Better

What marketing strategy will work for a startup with AI models to help real estate developers Design to Monetize projects better?

What marketing strategy will work for a startup with AI models to help real estate developers Design to Monetize projects better. PoC has been tested successfully on 4 large scale commercial to residential projects and promised results were delivered. Will Sending out small marketing write up to all the developers in concerned territory help?

Struggling with my dog-themed clothing store – How can I make it better?

TL;DR: I own a dog-inspired store that’s struggling to make sales. I need your honest feedback to make it better. Hey reddit, I’m turning to you because I really need your honest feedback. I run a small online shop, dogloverclothing.com, where I sell dog-inspired fashion items and accessories (product list is growing). I poured my heart into creating it because I’m a huge dog lover (I own a Corgi and a Beagle), and I thought there must be others out there who’d resonate with the style of my designs. I truly believe my shop is fun and creative and I thought other dog lovers would easily connect with the dog-theme behind it. But I’m struggling. I’ve only made 1-2 sales a year and I feel like I’ve hit a wall. Let me be completely transparent about my situation: I have a small child who needs my care in the afternoons. I work part-time in the mornings, and the only time I'm able to work on my shop is in the evenings (once all the usual household chaos is settled) or on weekends. That gives me maybe 1-2 hours a day to focus on this project. I don’t have the money or time for big ad campaigns, influencer cooperations, daily social media activity, or even professional photoshoots for my products. My visuals are mostly created with AI tools, stock imagery, and mockup generators, but I think they look professional enough to be converting. I tried small ad campaigns, and while I got a few sales, the ad costs ended up being higher than my revenue, so I had to stop. I also tried organic Social Media activity, but the time I put into that did not turn into any traffic, followers or sales, so I also stopped that. I know that putting myself/my face out there on social media could help, but I’m not comfortable showing my face or apartment in videos or ads. I could do flatlays or simple videos with the products I have at home. Right now, I’m putting all my energy into SEO, hoping to attract organic traffic and customers. Otherwise, I feel stuck with marketing. I want to make the most of the limited time and resources I have. My dream definitely isn’t to get rich here from this shop. I would love to make an extra $300-500 a month to make life a little easier for my family, while fulfilling my creative streak – and that's about it. I’m not sure if that’s even realistic, but it’s what keeps me going. So, guys: What do you think I’m doing wrong or could do better? Is it the designs? The pricing? The website layout? The lack of time/lack of money? How can I make this work with my limited time and resources? Are there any affordable, creative marketing strategies you’d recommend for someone in my shoes? Is my goal of $300-500/month realistic for a store like mine? I’m open to all your ideas, tips, and even brutal honesty. This isn’t just a business for me, it’s my passion project, and I’d love to make it somewhat of sustainable. I’m not here to sell you something. I’m here to learn. I know Reddit doesn’t hold back, and that’s what I need. Can you take a look at my site, tell me what you think, and help me figure out why this dream hasn’t taken off yet? I know running a business is tough, and I deeply admire everyone in this community who’s making it work. I’d love to hear your insights, experiences, and even your tough love if that’s what it takes to get my dream back on track. Thank you so much for taking the time to read this and for any advice you can offer!

[Fashion Entrepreneurs] What kind of product images work better - Flatlay, On-mannequin, or On-Model

Hi folks, I am trying to do some market research for what kind of images have a better click-through in the apparel space. For re-selling it seems that - On-model performs worse, especially if its too well done (Purportedly gives out scammy vibes) My thesis is in any other space - On-model should outperform, but is simply cost-prohibitive. Any insights would be great! P.S. I work in this space, and have built an app that uses AI to do fashion photoshoots, just want to do some market research atm. Thanks.

[Ultimate List] A list of Marketing Tools That I’ve tested over the years and found helpful to do better marketing with less work. More than 50 Tools To Help you with Marketing, Copywriting & Sales!

Starting to focus on marketing for your business, You will come across the same tools mentioned over and over by marketers. I would like to mention here tools that you might haven’t seen going viral in the community but actually will help you grow faster and efficiently. Starting off with My favourite Marketing Channel! #Email Marketing For SMBs Convertkit / Mailerlite / Mailchimp - These 3 Platforms are the best options for SMBs and entrepreneurs just starting out with email marketing. All 3 have free plans up to 1,000 subscribers. Scribe - Email Signature Tool, Create Great Email signatures for your emails. Liramail - Most Email marketing platforms don’t offer great email templates. This tool will help you build great email templates with drag and drop. Quick mail Auto-Warmer - Most Businesses at the beginning don’t know what to do when open rate drops. You need to use an email warmer like this to keep it up. #Email Marketing For Big Businesses SendGrid - Overall Email Marketing Tools, this tool is best for brands that have huge email lists and email marketing is the key marketing channel. Braze - This tool is leading in email marketing for large Email senders. When I was working for agencies, this was one of the best email marketing tools I had used. NeoCertified - Protect your emails for spammers and threats. To keep your email list healthy, this is a must have! Sparkloop - Referral Marketing For Email Campaigns. Email can generate great huge amount of referrals for you and Sparkloop makes it easier. #Cold Emails & Lead Generation Hunter - A Great Tool to scrape emails from domain names. The tool comes with a green free plan but Pro plan is worth the amount of features it provides. Icyleads - It’s better than Hunter as it’s heavily focused on the sales and prospecting to help you derive great results from your campaigns. Mailshake - Beginner Friend Cold Email Tool with Great features like email list warming. #Communication Tools Twilio - One do the best customer engagement platform used by Companies like Stripe and mine too. Chatlio - Use Live chat feature on your website with slack integration. My favourite easier to catch up on conversations through slack integration. Intercom - Used by Most Marketers, Industry Leading customer communication platform. Great for beginners! Chatwoot - Another Amazing Communication Tool but the best part is they have a great free plan useful for new businesses. Loom - Communicate with your audience through Videos. Loom is great for SaaS and to show human interaction to close new visitors effectively. #CRM Outseta - This tool provides great CRM and their billing system is better than other tools out their which makes it stands out! Hubspot - I don’t think this tool needs an introduction because Hubspot’s CRM is the best in industry. Salesflare - This CRM is a great alternative to hubspot as it’s beginner friendly and helpful for SMBs. #SEO Tools Ahrefs - One of the best SEO tool in the industry. They also just launched a bunch of free tools to help SEO beginners. Screaming frog - The only website crawler I have used since I bought my first domain. It’s the best! Ubersuggest- The Tool by Neil Patel is the best SEO tool for you. (I’m Joking, it’s the worst) Contentking - This tool is good at Real-time SEO Auditing, they do a lot of Marketing work through Newsletters. If you are subscribed to any SEO newsletter. You may have seen this tool. SEOquake & Semrush - SEOquake is a great tool to conduct on-page analysis, SERP, and much more. Great tool but it’s owned by Semrush. You should go for Semrush because that tool will cover all SEO aspects for you. #Content Marketing Buzzsumo - This tool is great for content research and but you may find the regular emails pretty annoying sometimes. Contentrow - Analyse Your Content and find it’s strength. Highly recommended who are weak at content structuring like me. Grammarly - If you are not a native English speaker like me, you might think you need it or not. You need it for sure for grammar corrections. #Graphic Design Tools Visme - At agencies, Infographics can be more effective than usual postscript. Visme is a graphic design tool focused on infographics and designs related to B2B and B2C. It’s great for agencies! Glorify - A Graphic Design Tool focused on E-commerce, filled with Designs useful for E-commerce store owners. Canva - All-in-one Industry leading Graphic Design Tool that everyone knows and every template is overused now. Adobe Creative Cloud ( previously Sparkpost) - It’s a great alternative to Canva filled with Amazing Stock images to use in your visuals but the only backlash is the exports in this tool are not high quality. Snaps - A Canva Alternative that might not have overused templates for your Social Accounts. #Advertising Tools Plai - It’s a great PPC tool to create Ads for Instagram and Tiktok. Wordstream - It’s an industry leading PPC Tool, great for Ad Grading and auditing. AdEspresso - This Is a tool by Hootsuite. They have a lot of Data sourced at the backend, which helps in Ad optimisation through this tool. That’s the reason I recommend this tool. #Video Editing Tools Veed Studio - I have been using Veed from last year. It’s one of the best Video Marketing Tool Optimized for Instagram & Tiktok. Synthesia - It’s a new AI video generation platform. From last few months, if you have seen marketing agencies including Videos in Emails. The chances are that’s not a Agency member taking but AI generated Human. Motionbox - It’s also a great video editing tool focused on video editing for Digital Marketers. Jitter Video - It’s a great motion design tool. Comes with great templates, the only place where other tools I mentioned lacks. It’s great and beginner friendly. #Copywriting Jasper AI - Google’s John Mueller says AI generated content is banned on Search but I think with Jasper AI you can generate SEO optimised Content but you have to put in some efforts like at least give 30 minutes for editing the Copy by yourself. Copy AI - Another AI tool to help you write better copy. This one is more focused on helping you write copy suitable for Ads and Social media campaigns. Hemingway App - To help you write more clearly and Bold. This tool is better than Grammarly if you look for writing perspective and it’s free. #Social Media Management App I’ve used a Lot of SMM Tools and that’s why going to mention all of them with a short review. Sprout social - The Best with deep insights coverage. Hootsuite - Great Scheduling tool just under sprout social. Later - Heavily Focused on Instagram from beginning and Now Tiktok too. SkedSocial - It’s like a Later alternative with great addition features like link-in-bio. Facebook’s Business Manager- Great but sometimes bugs can make a huge issue for you and customer support is like dead. Tweet Hunter & Hypefury- Both are Twitter Scheduling tools growing very fast on platform and are great for growth. Buffer - It’s a great tool but I haven’t seen any new updates to help with management. Zoho Social - It’s a great SMM tool and if you use other marketing solutions from Zoho. It’s a must have! #Market Research Tool • SparkToro - That’s the only one I have ever used. It’s great for audience research and comes with great customer service. Founded by Rand Fishkin, it’s one of the best research tool. #Influencer Marketing & UGC InfluenceGrid - A free search engine To find Tiktok & Instagram Influencers for your campaigns. Tiktok Creative Center- TikTok’s in-built tool called “Creative Center” is the best to find content trends, audience demographics and much more. Archive - Find Instagram Stories and Posts mentioning Your brands and use them as Ads for your business Marketing. #Landing Page Builders Leadpages - Its a great landing page builder because the integration and drag-and-drop features makes it easier to work with! Cardd co - A Great Landing page builder with easy step up but it lacks the copywriting and tracking features. Instapage - It’s one of the best out and I think the overall product is effective enough to help you stand out with your landing page. Unbounce - It’s a great alternative to Instapage due its well polished landing page templates that might be helpful for you. #Community Building Mighty Networks - A Great Community building platform, and you can also sell courses within the platform. Circle so - A great alternative to Mighty networks focused on Communities specifically. We are currently using for small community Of ours. #Sales Tools Drift - You can get much more out of Drift than just sales tools but The Sales solutions provided in Drift are one of the best. Salesforce - It’s the industry Sales solution provider. A go-to and have various pricing plans making it suitable for majority of SMBs. #Social Proof Tools People don’t have enough time to search across internet to decide to trust you after seeing your Ad first time. That’s what you might be facing too. Here are two tools I absolutely love for social proof! Use Proof - Show Recent Activities occurring on your website and build the trust of your visitors. Testimonial to - Gather Testimonials across Social Media platforms related to your business with this tool. Capture tweets and comments mentioning your brands and mention them. #Analytics Tools Plausible Analytics- A privacy friendly Analytics alternative to Google Analytics if you hate Analytics 4 like me. Mixpanel - Product Analytics and funnel reports better than Google Analytics. #Reddit Marketing Gummysearch- This tool will help To find your target audience on Reddit and interact with them with its help and close your new customers. Howitzer- It’s another pretty similar tool to Gummysearch focused on Reddit cold outreach to get clients and new customers. Both are great but Gummysearch provides better customer support while Howtizer is helpful on a large scale Reddit Marketing. #Text Marketing Klaviyo - It’s an email + SMS marketing tool, it’s taking up space in marketing industry very quickly as an industry leader due to its great integrations but you need to learn the platform usage to maximise the outcome. Cartloop - This tool provides great text marketing solutions with integration with Spotify and other e-commerce marketing tools. Attentive Mobile - This is my favourite Text marketing tool due to the interactive dashboard + they have a library of Text marketing examples to help you out with your campaigns. #Other Tools I have used throughout my journey! Triple Whale - It’s a great E-commerce marketing tools with Triple pixel to help you track your campaigns more efficiently. Fastory - To create well optimized Instagram & Tiktok Stories for your business. Jotform - Online Form Builder with integrations with leading marketing tools. Gated - As an entrepreneur and marketer, you may receive a bunch of unwanted emails. Use Gated to get rid of them and receive useful mails only! ClickUp- The main Tool for Project Management, one of the best and highly recommended. Riverside - Forget Zoom or Google Meet, For your Podcast Interviews and Marketing conferences. You need riverside with great video quality and recording features. Manychat- Automate your Instagram DMs and interact with your followers more efficiently + sell out your products/ services when you are offline. Calendy - To schedule meetings with your ideal clients. ServiceProviderPro - It’s a client portal for SEO & Growing Agencies, very helpful in scaling agencies. SendCheckit - Compare your Email Subject Lines with 100,000+ others in the database for free. Otter AI - Using AI track your meetings more effectively, you can easily edit, annotate and share notes from the meetings. Ryte - Optimise your website User experience with this tool focused on UX aspects + SEO too. PhantomBuster - Scrape LinkedIn Profile and Data from Facebook/LinkedIn groups. I clearly love this tool! #Honourable Mentions Zapier - The Only tool you need to integrate your favourite tool with a new effective tool. Elementor - That’s what I use for web design and it’s great! Marketer Hire - To hire world class marketers to work with you. InShot & Capcut - I create Instagram Reels and TikTok’s and life without these tools isn’t possible. Nira - It’s a great tool to Manage your workspace and this tool has launched many marketing templates in-built helpful for marketers and also entrepreneurs. X - The tool you love that wasn’t mentioned here is valuable and I honour that tool and share that if you would like to! I mean thanks for reading what I have curated all over my life as a marketer. I share 5 Marketing Tools, 5 Marketing Resources and 1 Free Resourceevery week in my newsletter, you can subscribe here to receive that for free. Also, You can read an expanded list of email marketing tools in this Reddit post!

[Ultimate List] A list of Marketing Tools That I’ve tested over the years and found helpful to do better marketing with less work. More than 50 Tools To Help you with Marketing, Copywriting & Sales!

Starting to focus on marketing for your business, You will come across the same tools mentioned over and over by marketers. I would like to mention here tools that you might haven’t seen going viral in the community but actually will help you grow faster and efficiently. Starting off with My favourite Marketing Channel! #Email Marketing For SMBs Convertkit / Mailerlite / Mailchimp - These 3 Platforms are the best options for SMBs and entrepreneurs just starting out with email marketing. All 3 have free plans up to 1,000 subscribers. Scribe - Email Signature Tool, Create Great Email signatures for your emails. Liramail - Most Email marketing platforms don’t offer great email templates. This tool will help you build great email templates with drag and drop. Quick mail Auto-Warmer - Most Businesses at the beginning don’t know what to do when open rate drops. You need to use an email warmer like this to keep it up. #Email Marketing For Big Businesses SendGrid - Overall Email Marketing Tools, this tool is best for brands that have huge email lists and email marketing is the key marketing channel. Braze - This tool is leading in email marketing for large Email senders. When I was working for agencies, this was one of the best email marketing tools I had used. NeoCertified - Protect your emails for spammers and threats. To keep your email list healthy, this is a must have! Sparkloop - Referral Marketing For Email Campaigns. Email can generate great huge amount of referrals for you and Sparkloop makes it easier. #Cold Emails & Lead Generation Hunter - A Great Tool to scrape emails from domain names. The tool comes with a green free plan but Pro plan is worth the amount of features it provides. Icyleads - It’s better than Hunter as it’s heavily focused on the sales and prospecting to help you derive great results from your campaigns. Mailshake - Beginner Friend Cold Email Tool with Great features like email list warming. #Communication Tools Twilio - One do the best customer engagement platform used by Companies like Stripe and mine too. Chatlio - Use Live chat feature on your website with slack integration. My favourite easier to catch up on conversations through slack integration. Intercom - Used by Most Marketers, Industry Leading customer communication platform. Great for beginners! Chatwoot - Another Amazing Communication Tool but the best part is they have a great free plan useful for new businesses. Loom - Communicate with your audience through Videos. Loom is great for SaaS and to show human interaction to close new visitors effectively. #CRM Outseta - This tool provides great CRM and their billing system is better than other tools out their which makes it stands out! Hubspot - I don’t think this tool needs an introduction because Hubspot’s CRM is the best in industry. Salesflare - This CRM is a great alternative to hubspot as it’s beginner friendly and helpful for SMBs. #SEO Tools Ahrefs - One of the best SEO tool in the industry. They also just launched a bunch of free tools to help SEO beginners. Screaming frog - The only website crawler I have used since I bought my first domain. It’s the best! Ubersuggest- The Tool by Neil Patel is the best SEO tool for you. (I’m Joking, it’s the worst) Contentking - This tool is good at Real-time SEO Auditing, they do a lot of Marketing work through Newsletters. If you are subscribed to any SEO newsletter. You may have seen this tool. SEOquake & Semrush - SEOquake is a great tool to conduct on-page analysis, SERP, and much more. Great tool but it’s owned by Semrush. You should go for Semrush because that tool will cover all SEO aspects for you. #Content Marketing Buzzsumo - This tool is great for content research and but you may find the regular emails pretty annoying sometimes. Contentrow - Analyse Your Content and find it’s strength. Highly recommended who are weak at content structuring like me. Grammarly - If you are not a native English speaker like me, you might think you need it or not. You need it for sure for grammar corrections. #Graphic Design Tools Visme - At agencies, Infographics can be more effective than usual postscript. Visme is a graphic design tool focused on infographics and designs related to B2B and B2C. It’s great for agencies! Glorify - A Graphic Design Tool focused on E-commerce, filled with Designs useful for E-commerce store owners. Canva - All-in-one Industry leading Graphic Design Tool that everyone knows and every template is overused now. Adobe Creative Cloud ( previously Sparkpost) - It’s a great alternative to Canva filled with Amazing Stock images to use in your visuals but the only backlash is the exports in this tool are not high quality. Snaps - A Canva Alternative that might not have overused templates for your Social Accounts. #Advertising Tools Plai - It’s a great PPC tool to create Ads for Instagram and Tiktok. Wordstream - It’s an industry leading PPC Tool, great for Ad Grading and auditing. AdEspresso - This Is a tool by Hootsuite. They have a lot of Data sourced at the backend, which helps in Ad optimisation through this tool. That’s the reason I recommend this tool. #Video Editing Tools Veed Studio - I have been using Veed from last year. It’s one of the best Video Marketing Tool Optimized for Instagram & Tiktok. Synthesia - It’s a new AI video generation platform. From last few months, if you have seen marketing agencies including Videos in Emails. The chances are that’s not a Agency member taking but AI generated Human. Motionbox - It’s also a great video editing tool focused on video editing for Digital Marketers. Jitter Video - It’s a great motion design tool. Comes with great templates, the only place where other tools I mentioned lacks. It’s great and beginner friendly. #Copywriting Jasper AI - Google’s John Mueller says AI generated content is banned on Search but I think with Jasper AI you can generate SEO optimised Content but you have to put in some efforts like at least give 30 minutes for editing the Copy by yourself. Copy AI - Another AI tool to help you write better copy. This one is more focused on helping you write copy suitable for Ads and Social media campaigns. Hemingway App - To help you write more clearly and Bold. This tool is better than Grammarly if you look for writing perspective and it’s free. #Social Media Management App I’ve used a Lot of SMM Tools and that’s why going to mention all of them with a short review. Sprout social - The Best with deep insights coverage. Hootsuite - Great Scheduling tool just under sprout social. Later - Heavily Focused on Instagram from beginning and Now Tiktok too. SkedSocial - It’s like a Later alternative with great addition features like link-in-bio. Facebook’s Business Manager- Great but sometimes bugs can make a huge issue for you and customer support is like dead. Tweet Hunter & Hypefury- Both are Twitter Scheduling tools growing very fast on platform and are great for growth. Buffer - It’s a great tool but I haven’t seen any new updates to help with management. Zoho Social - It’s a great SMM tool and if you use other marketing solutions from Zoho. It’s a must have! #Market Research Tool • SparkToro - That’s the only one I have ever used. It’s great for audience research and comes with great customer service. Founded by Rand Fishkin, it’s one of the best research tool. #Influencer Marketing & UGC InfluenceGrid - A free search engine To find Tiktok & Instagram Influencers for your campaigns. Tiktok Creative Center- TikTok’s in-built tool called “Creative Center” is the best to find content trends, audience demographics and much more. Archive - Find Instagram Stories and Posts mentioning Your brands and use them as Ads for your business Marketing. #Landing Page Builders Leadpages - Its a great landing page builder because the integration and drag-and-drop features makes it easier to work with! Cardd co - A Great Landing page builder with easy step up but it lacks the copywriting and tracking features. Instapage - It’s one of the best out and I think the overall product is effective enough to help you stand out with your landing page. Unbounce - It’s a great alternative to Instapage due its well polished landing page templates that might be helpful for you. #Community Building Mighty Networks - A Great Community building platform, and you can also sell courses within the platform. Circle so - A great alternative to Mighty networks focused on Communities specifically. We are currently using for small community Of ours. #Sales Tools Drift - You can get much more out of Drift than just sales tools but The Sales solutions provided in Drift are one of the best. Salesforce - It’s the industry Sales solution provider. A go-to and have various pricing plans making it suitable for majority of SMBs. #Social Proof Tools People don’t have enough time to search across internet to decide to trust you after seeing your Ad first time. That’s what you might be facing too. Here are two tools I absolutely love for social proof! Use Proof - Show Recent Activities occurring on your website and build the trust of your visitors. Testimonial to - Gather Testimonials across Social Media platforms related to your business with this tool. Capture tweets and comments mentioning your brands and mention them. #Analytics Tools Plausible Analytics- A privacy friendly Analytics alternative to Google Analytics if you hate Analytics 4 like me. Mixpanel - Product Analytics and funnel reports better than Google Analytics. #Reddit Marketing Gummysearch- This tool will help To find your target audience on Reddit and interact with them with its help and close your new customers. Howitzer- It’s another pretty similar tool to Gummysearch focused on Reddit cold outreach to get clients and new customers. Both are great but Gummysearch provides better customer support while Howtizer is helpful on a large scale Reddit Marketing. #Text Marketing Klaviyo - It’s an email + SMS marketing tool, it’s taking up space in marketing industry very quickly as an industry leader due to its great integrations but you need to learn the platform usage to maximise the outcome. Cartloop - This tool provides great text marketing solutions with integration with Spotify and other e-commerce marketing tools. Attentive Mobile - This is my favourite Text marketing tool due to the interactive dashboard + they have a library of Text marketing examples to help you out with your campaigns. #Other Tools I have used throughout my journey! Triple Whale - It’s a great E-commerce marketing tools with Triple pixel to help you track your campaigns more efficiently. Fastory - To create well optimized Instagram & Tiktok Stories for your business. Jotform - Online Form Builder with integrations with leading marketing tools. Gated - As an entrepreneur and marketer, you may receive a bunch of unwanted emails. Use Gated to get rid of them and receive useful mails only! ClickUp- The main Tool for Project Management, one of the best and highly recommended. Riverside - Forget Zoom or Google Meet, For your Podcast Interviews and Marketing conferences. You need riverside with great video quality and recording features. Manychat- Automate your Instagram DMs and interact with your followers more efficiently + sell out your products/ services when you are offline. Calendy - To schedule meetings with your ideal clients. ServiceProviderPro - It’s a client portal for SEO & Growing Agencies, very helpful in scaling agencies. SendCheckit - Compare your Email Subject Lines with 100,000+ others in the database for free. Otter AI - Using AI track your meetings more effectively, you can easily edit, annotate and share notes from the meetings. Ryte - Optimise your website User experience with this tool focused on UX aspects + SEO too. PhantomBuster - Scrape LinkedIn Profile and Data from Facebook/LinkedIn groups. I clearly love this tool! #Honourable Mentions Zapier - The Only tool you need to integrate your favourite tool with a new effective tool. Elementor - That’s what I use for web design and it’s great! Marketer Hire - To hire world class marketers to work with you. InShot & Capcut - I create Instagram Reels and TikTok’s and life without these tools isn’t possible. Nira - It’s a great tool to Manage your workspace and this tool has launched many marketing templates in-built helpful for marketers and also entrepreneurs. X - The tool you love that wasn’t mentioned here is valuable and I honour that tool and share that if you would like to! I mean thanks for reading what I have curated all over my life as a marketer. I share 5 Marketing Tools, 5 Marketing Resources and 1 Free Resourceevery week in my newsletter, you can subscribe here to receive that for free. Also, You can read an expanded list of email marketing tools in this Reddit post!

Ideas for a better calorie counting app.

Hello, for the past few weeks I have been developing a calorie counting app using AI like ChatGPT and some free food apis for searching food and barcode scanning. I've also added a fasting tracker and a simple onboarding but other than that I am not so sure what would people in an app like this want, so I have a few questions that woudl really help me to make the app better. The app is live but I won't share the link because I don't want to look like self promoting. What are your desired features in a calorie counter app? (I can do pretty much anything with AI, so dont hold your imagination. :)) What is not needed in a calorie counter? How much would you pay for such an app, the lowest, the highest and say which country you are from. (state price for subscription and lifetime offers.) What should I track about food? So far, it only tracks macros, vitamins, minerals, ingredients and allergens. How can AI be used to make the app better? What would capture your attention and make you use & pay for the app? How much customisation do you prefer, tabs, colors, widgets, is this important for you? How would you market the app? What feature would make the app desirable and unique? Is integrating with other apps like huawei health, apple healthkit and google fit app important for you and which are most desirable? What should appear in the onboarding? Are achievements, gamification and notifications important to keep you using the app? What would you want to see in stats? How much versatile should the stats be and give an example? Should the app give information on how stay consistent and what are some vitamins for or how to fast and its stages? Do you want to track anything you want like different extracts and so on. And anything you think will be useful to know, I know that it is a saturated market but I believe I can push through which will obviously mean a greater reward and help people on the way ofc. Please share what is your go to strategy for marketing and getting users. Mine was organic because I made apps in less saturated places but now my growth has been steadily going down, so I am trying something more competitive and so far tiktok and meta ads but they are not performing that well.

better-genshin-impact

BetterGI 🌟 点一下右上角的 Star，Github 主页就能收到软件更新通知了哦~ BetterGI · 更好的原神， 一个基于计算机视觉技术，意图让原神变的更好的项目。 功能 实时任务 自动拾取：遇到可交互/拾取内容时自动按 F，支持黑白名单配置 自动剧情：快速点击过剧情、自动选择选项、自动提交物品、关闭弹出书页等 与凯瑟琳对话时有橙色选项会 自动领取「每日委托」奖励、自动重新派遣 自动邀约：自动剧情开启的情况下此功能才会生效，自动选择邀约选项 快速传送：在地图上点击传送点，或者点击后出现的列表中存在传送点，会自动点击传送点并传送 半自动钓鱼：AI 识别自动抛竿，鱼上钩时自动收杆，并自动完成钓鱼进度 自动烹饪：自动在完美区域完成食物烹饪，暂不支持“仙跳墙” 独立任务 全自动七圣召唤：帮助你轻松完成七圣召唤角色邀请、每周来客挑战等 PVE 内容 自动伐木：自动 Z 键使用「王树瑞佑」，利用上下线可以刷新木材的原理，挂机刷满一背包的木材 自动秘境：全自动秘境挂机刷体力，自动循环进入秘境开启钥匙、战斗、走到古树并领取奖励 自动音游：一键自动完成千音雅集的专辑，快速获取成就 全自动钓鱼：在出现钓鱼F按钮的位置面向鱼塘，然后启动全自动钓鱼，启动后程序会自动完成钓鱼，并切换白天和晚上 全自动 一条龙：一键完成日常（使用历练点），并领取奖励 自动采集/挖矿/锄地：通过左上角小地图的识别，完成自动采集、挖矿、锄地等功能 键鼠录制：可以录制回放当前的键鼠操作，建议配合调度器使用 操控辅助 那维莱特转圈：设置快捷键后，长按可以不断水平旋转视角（当然你也可以用来转草神） 快速圣遗物强化：通过快速切换“详情”、“强化”页跳过圣遗物强化结果展示，快速+20 商店一键购买：可以快速以满数量购买商店中的物品，适合快速清空活动兑换，尘歌壶商店兑换等 …… 自带一个遮罩窗口覆盖在游戏界面上，用于显示日志和图像识别结果 截图 !0 39 1 下载 [!NOTE] 下载地址：⚡Github 下载 不知道下载哪个？第一次使用？请看：快速上手 ， 遇到问题请先看：常见问题 最新编译版本可以从自动构建中获取： 使用方法 由于图像识别比较吃性能，低配置电脑可能无法正常使用部分功能。 推荐的电脑配置至少能够中画质60帧流畅游玩原神，否则部分功能的使用体验会较差。 你的系统需要满足以下条件： Windows 10 或更高版本的64位系统 .NET 8 运行时 （没有的话，启动程序，系统会提示下载安装） ⚠️注意： 窗口大小变化、切换游戏分辨率、切换显示器的时候请重启本软件。 不支持任何画面滤镜（HDR、N卡滤镜等）。游戏亮度请保持默认。 当前只支持 16:9 的分辨率，推荐在 1920x1080 窗口化游戏下使用。 模拟操作部分可能被部分安全软件拦截，请加入白名单。已知360或者自定义规则WD会拦截部分类型的模拟点击 打开软件以后，在“启动”页选择好截图方式，点击启动按钮就可以享受 BetterGI 带来的便利了！ 详细使用指南请看：快速上手 具体功能效果与使用方式见：文档 FAQ 为什么需要管理员权限？ 因为游戏是以管理员权限启动的，软件不以管理员权限启动的话没有权限模拟鼠标点击。 会不会封号？ 理论上不会被封。 BetterGI 不会做出任何修改游戏文件、读写游戏内存等任何危害游戏本体的行为，单纯依靠视觉算法和模拟操作实现。 但是mhy是自由的，用户条款上明确说明第三方软件/模拟操作是封号理由之一。当前方案还是存在被检测的可能。只能说请低调使用，请不要跳脸官方。 更多常见问题... 致谢 本项目的完成离不开以下项目： Yap genshin-woodmen Fischless MicaSetup cvAutoTrack genshinimpactassistant HutaoFisher minimap kachina-installer 另外特别感谢 @Lightczx 和 @emako 对本项目的指导与贡献 开发者 格式化：CodeMaid.config、Settings.XamlStyler； 如何编译项目？ 许可证 !GPL-v3 问题反馈 提 Issue 或 QQ群1029539994

Better ways to get leads for my MVP development service? I will not promote

Hi I'm Jay, I've been a dev for over 7 years. I've worked with organisations like the Qatar Airlines Currently I run a small dev shop focusing on building MVPs for non-tech founders specifically. Now I've been running meta ads and it's been okay. Working on 2 interesting projects currently. The workload is lower than our capacity but it's alright. The problem is- most of the leads don't seem to be qualified enough and fall through. Instead of actual founders who want to build something and know what it takes, I get wannabe entrepreneurs who have way too much expectations for absolute peanuts for budget Bare in mind, I already charge pretty low for the MVP as one of my USPs is cost-effective ($5k). I legit had a meeting with someone who expected me to develop a fully fledged AI powered MARKETPLACE for $1000😭 It's so hard not to take offense to things like that and absolutely lose my sh*t because WHAT💀 Any advice on where or how to get qualified and serious clients? Is there a way to target founders who've raised pre-seed or seed funding? I know it's a long shot since most startups don't get funded pre MVP but just something I'm trying to consider just in case Any and all advice would be appreciated, thank you🙏🏼 PS: Sorry about the rant halfway through😭🙏🏼

OpenAI Search for lead generation - better alternatives?

We need leads in an obscure niche. Leads in this industry are not sold by ZoomInfo/Clearbit/etc. We tried scraping them ourselves with Octoparse and Apify, but it proved too difficult. OpenAI’s new search tool works really well, though. We need the results in an exact format with a short description of their service, lat/long derived from the service address, categorized into our existing taxonomy - and we pretty easily created a prompt that would reliably give us what we want. But I need to super charge this. I need 2,000 leads in a specific geographic area as soon as possible. OpenAI’s API doesn’t allow access to the search functionality yet, as far as I can tell. The new OpenAI + prompt technique gives us like 5 at a time and they need to be manually copy-pasted into a spreadsheet. Eventually, I'll need at least 10,000 leads annually. Does anyone know of a start-up/service available that will automate what we’re doing at scale?

Could you guys help me fill up my research form to help me with better business research insights ?

hello everyone! I’m working on a new iOS app idea that uses AI to create custom automation templates for Make.com, based on your business struggles or time-wasting tasks. Example: You type “I waste too much time scheduling meetings” → boom, it gives you a plug-and-play Make.com automation. No coding needed. I made a short survey (3–5 mins) to see if this concept actually helps people or if I’m just building in a vacuum 😅 Would love your honest thoughts — and I’ll share the results with anyone who opts in! Here’s the link: 👉 https://forms.gle/kZf2LkRbre46KYKZ7 Big thanks in advance to anyone who takes a minute to help! 🙏

Need your opinion... Which name is better?

I'm starting a new project aimed at helping solo creators, builders, and entrepreneurs find and master the tools and systems that make it possible for them to do more than ever before. I'll be focusing in large part on no-code tools, and ai-powered workflows. I'm considering 2 different names: New Solo Creator New Solo Builder It's all about the new way to succeed as a solopreneur, indy hacker, or modern content creator. Which of these resonates more with you?

Is there a need for better tools to securely adopt AI in businesses? (e.g., access controls, data redaction, compliance dashboards)

Hey Reddit, I’ve been thinking a lot about the rise of AI tools like ChatGPT, DeepSeek, and others, and how businesses are struggling to balance the benefits of AI with the risks of sharing sensitive data. Many companies are concerned about employees accidentally leaking proprietary info, violating compliance regulations, or exposing customer data. Do you think there’s a need for tools that help businesses securely adopt AI? For example: Access controls: Restricting who can use AI tools and what data they can access. Data redaction: Automatically masking sensitive info before it’s processed by AI. Compliance dashboards: Tracking AI usage and ensuring adherence to regulations like GDPR, HIPAA, etc. I’m curious: Are you or your company already using tools like this? If so, what’s working (or not working)? What pain points do you face when trying to securely adopt AI? Would you pay for a solution that addresses these challenges? I’m exploring this idea and would love to hear your thoughts, experiences, or suggestions. Thanks in advance!

I'm software engineer learning ML and using AI tools. Getting better at it - I created a tool to automate tedious tasks in your browser with AI!

Just created the 1000th producthunt alternative, but it's way better than the rest

Apple Intelligence keeps getting better! 🤯

Prompt based writing tools are going to be SO USEFUL! So instead of your typical writing tools presets like “causal, professional, work etc” you can actually customize your prompt to make it rewrite something HOWEVER you want! You've basically got ChatGPT built-in on device level, not needing any internet! #appleintelligence

These Are Better Than Figma AI! — Motiff, Visily, Uizard #shorts #figma #ai

Figma Al is amazing But, it isn't available to everyone and it will soon be a paid feature. Here are three great alternatives to Figma Al and Figma Design Tool. Motiff - A powerful Ai design tool to do Ul designs, add content, and build design systems Visily - Brand new UI design tool that can convert screenshots into editable designs in seconds. It also has a unique set of design tools in built. Uizard - The company that pioneered Al in design, with its amazing wireframing and UI design capabilities. #figma #shorts #ai

Everybody sucks but me (a shitpost)

Honestly, I’m a god. My ideas and vision are unmatched. I have a new app idea every week, but I never work on them because that’s beneath me. In fact, I’ve never built anything before. Today is different. My superior mind came up with the best app idea ever. Are you ready to hear it? No, of course not ape. But I’ll tell you anyway: An AI-powered dating app for horses. Boom. 🤯🐎 I know you can’t even imagine it. But I’ve already started coding it and I’m coding it with ChatGPT4. Most of you poors can’t even afford 4. I don’t even need to talk to early users. Everyone has this problem. Obviously people are going to pay me for it - all I have to do is build it and they’ll be flocking to it. Easy money. I know, I know. I am a genius. Oh and your girl? You better make sure she doesn’t sign up. /s

Hot Take: Not all your startups need AI forced into them

I'm a final year Computer Engineering student, hence applying for jobs all around. There's this particular trend I've noticed with startups that are coming up these days. That is, even for the absolute basic stuff they'll use 'AI', and they'll think they built something 'revolutionary'. No. You're breaking your product in ways you don't realise. An example, that even some well established companies are guilty of: AI Chatbots You absolutely don't need them and it's an entire gimmick. If you really wanna implement a chatbot, connect the user to an actual person on your end, which I think is not possible if you're at a 'startup' stage. You'll need employees who can handle user queries in real time. If the user really is stuck let them use the 'Contact Us' page. A really close relative of mine is very vocal about the frustration he faces whenever he tries to use the AI Chatbot on any well known e-com website. The only case for AI Chatbot that makes sense is when it's directing the customer to an actual customer support rep if none of the AI's solutions is working for the customer. Even then, implementing a search page for FAQ is extremely easy and user friendly. Another example: AI Interviewer I recently interviewed for a startup, and their whole interviewing process was AI'zed?!?! No real person at the other end, I was answering to their questions which were in video format. They even had a 'mascot' / 'AI interviewer' avatar designed by an AI (AI-ception???). This mascot just text-to-speech'ed all the questions for me to rewind and hear what I missed again. And I had to record video and audio to answer these questions on their platform itself. The entire interview process just could've been a questionnaire, or if you're really concerned on the integrity of the interviewee, just take a few minutes out of your oh-so-busy schedule as a startup owner. Atleast for hiring employees who would make the most impact on your product going ahead. I say the most impact, because (atleast as a developer) the work done by these employees would define how robust your product is, and/or how easily other features can be integrated into the codebase. Trust me, refactoring code later on would only cost you time and money. These resources would rather be more useful in other departments of your startup. The only use case for an AI Interviewer I see is for preparing for an actual interview, provided that feedback is given to the user at the earliest, which you don't need to worry about as a startup owner. So yeah, you're probably better off without integrating AI in your product. Thank you for reading. TLDR; The title; I know AI is the new thing and gets everyone drooling and all, but for the love of God, just focus on what your startup does best and put real people behind it; Integrating AI without human intervention is as good as a broken product; Do your hiring yourself, or through real people, emphasizing on the fact that the people you hire at an early stage will define your growth ahead;

I spent 6 months on building a tool, and got 0 zero users. Here is my story.

Edit Thank you all so much for your time reading my story. Your support, feedback, criticism, and skepticism; all helped me a lot, and I couldn't appreciate it enough \^\_\^ TL;DR I spent 6 months on a tool that currently has 0 users. Below is what I learned during my journey, sharing because I believe most mistakes are easily avoidable. Do not overestimate your product and assume it will be an exception to fundamental principles. Principles are there for a reason. Always look for validation before you start. Avoid building products with a low money-to-effort ratio/in very competitive fields. Unless you have the means, you probably won't make it. Pick a problem space, pick your target audience, and talk to them before thinking about a solution. Identify and match their pain points. Only then should you think of a solution. If people are not overly excited or willing to pay in advance for a discounted price, it might be a sign to rethink. Sell one and only one feature at a time. Avoid everything else. If people don't pay for that one core feature, no secondary feature will change their mind. Always spend twice as much time marketing as you do building. You will not get users if they don't know it exists. Define success metrics ("1000 users in 3 months" or "$6000 in the account at the end of 6 months") before you start. If you don't meet them, strongly consider quitting the project. If you can't get enough users to keep going, nothing else matters. VALIDATION, VALIDATION, VALIDATION. Success is not random, but most of our first products will not make a success story. Know when to admit failure, and move on. Even if a product of yours doesn't succeed, what you learned during its journey will turn out to be invaluable for your future. My story So, this is the story of a product, Summ, that I’ve been working on for the last 6 months. As it's the first product I’ve ever built, after watching you all from the sidelines, I have learned a lot, made many mistakes, and did only a few things right. Just sharing what I’ve learned and some insights from my journey so far. I hope that this post will help you avoid the mistakes I made — most of which I consider easily avoidable — while you enjoy reading it, and get to know me a little bit more 🤓. A slow start after many years Summ isn’t the first product I really wanted to build. Lacking enough dev skills to even get started was a huge blocker for so many years. In fact, the first product I would’ve LOVED to build was a smart personal shopping assistant. I had this idea 4 years ago; but with no GPT, no coding skills, no technical co-founder, I didn’t have the means to make it happen. I still do not know if such a tool exists and is good enough. All I wanted was a tool that could make data-based predictions about when to buy stuff (“buy a new toothpaste every three months”) and suggest physical products that I might need or be strongly interested in. AFAIK, Amazon famously still struggles with the second one. Fast-forward a few years, I learned the very basics of HTML, CSS, and Vanilla JS. Still was not there to build a product; but good enough to code my design portfolio from scratch. Yet, I couldn’t imagine myself building a product using Vanilla JS. I really hated it, I really sucked at it. So, back to tutorial hell, and to learn about this framework I just heard about: React.React introduced so many new concepts to me. “Thinking in React” is a phrase we heard a lot, and with quite good reasons. After some time, I was able to build very basic tutorial apps, both in React, and React Native; but I have to say that I really hated coding for mobile. At this point, I was already a fan of productivity apps, and had a concept for a time management assistant app in my design portfolio. So, why not build one? Surely, it must be easy, since every coding tutorial starts with a todo app. ❌ WRONG! Building a basic todo app is easy enough, but building one good enough for a place in the market was a challenge I took and failed. I wasted one month on that until I abandoned the project for good. Even if I continued working on it, as the productivity landscape is overly competitive, I wouldn’t be able to make enough money to cover costs, assuming I make any. Since I was (and still am) in between jobs, I decided to abandon the project. 👉 What I learned: Do not start projects with a low ratio of money to effort and time. Example: Even if I get 500 monthly users, 200 of which are paid users (unrealistically high number), assuming an average subscription fee of $5/m (such apps are quite cheap, mostly due to the high competition), it would make me around $1000 minus any occurring costs. Any founder with a product that has 500 active users should make more. Even if it was relatively successful, due to the high competition, I wouldn’t make any meaningful money. PS: I use Todoist today. Due to local pricing, I pay less than $2/m. There is no way I could beat this competitive pricing, let alone the app itself. But, somehow, with a project that wasn’t even functional — let alone being an MVP — I made my first Wi-Fi money: Someone decided that the domain I preemptively purchased is worth something. By this point, I had already abandoned the project, certainly wasn’t going to renew the domain, was looking for a FT job, and a new project that I could work on. And out of nowhere, someone hands me some free money — who am I not to take it? Of course, I took it. The domain is still unused, no idea why 🤔. Ngl, I still hate the fact that my first Wi-Fi money came from this. A new idea worth pursuing? Fast-forward some weeks now. Around March, I got this crazy idea of building an email productivity tool. We all use emails, yet we all hate them. So, this must be fixed. Everyone uses emails, in fact everyone HAS TO use emails. So, I just needed to build a tool and wait for people to come. This was all, really. After all, the problem space is huge, there is enough room for another product, everyone uses emails, no need for any further validation, right? ❌ WRONG ONCE AGAIN! We all hear from the greatest in the startup landscape that we must validate our ideas with real people, yet at least some of us (guilty here 🥸) think that our product will be hugely successful and prove them to be an exception. Few might, but most are not. I certainly wasn't. 👉 Lesson learned: Always validate your ideas with real people. Ask them how much they’d pay for such a tool (not if they would). Much better if they are willing to pay upfront for a discount, etc. But even this comes later, keep reading. I think the difference between “How much” and “If” is huge for two reasons: (1) By asking them for “How much”, you force them to think in a more realistic setting. (2) You will have a more realistic idea on your profit margins. Based on my competitive analysis, I already had a solution in my mind to improve our email usage standards and email productivity (huge mistake), but I did my best to learn about their problems regarding those without pushing the idea too hard. The idea is this: Generate concise email summaries with suggested actions, combine them into one email, and send it at their preferred times. Save as much as time the AI you end up with allows. After all, everyone loves to save time. So, what kind of validation did I seek for? Talked with only a few people around me about this crazy, internet-breaking idea. The responses I got were, now I see, mediocre; no one got excited about it, just said things along the lines of “Cool idea, OK”. So, any reasonable person in this situation would think “Okay, not might not be working”, right? Well, I did not. I assumed that they were the wrong audience for this product, and there was this magical land of user segments waiting eagerly for my product, yet unknowingly. To this day, I still have not reached this magical place. Perhaps, it didn’t exist in the first place. If I cannot find it, whether it exists or not doesn’t matter. I am certainly searching for it. 👉 What I should have done: Once I decide on a problem space (time management, email productivity, etc.), I should decide on my potential user segments, people who I plan to sell my product to. Then I should go talk to those people, ask them about their pains, then get to the problem-solving/ideation phase only later. ❗️ VALIDATION COMES FROM THE REALITY OUTSIDE. What validation looks like might change from product to product; but what invalidation looks like is more or less the same for every product. Nico Jeannen told me yesterday “validation = money in the account” on Twitter. This is the ultimate form of validation your product could get. If your product doesn’t make any money, then something is invalidated by reality: Your product, you, your idea, who knows? So, at this point, I knew a little bit of Python from spending some time in tutorial hell a few years ago, some HTML/CSS/JS, barely enough React to build a working app. React could work for this project, but I needed easy-to-implement server interactivity. Luckily, around this time, I got to know about this new gen of indie hackers, and learned (but didn’t truly understand) about their approach to indie hacking, and this library called Nextjs. How good Next.js still blows my mind. So, I was back to tutorial hell once again. But, this time, with a promise to myself: This is the last time I would visit tutorial hell. Time to start building this "ground-breaking idea" Learning the fundamentals of Next.js was easier than learning of React unsurprisingly. Yet, the first time I managed to run server actions on Next.js was one of the rarest moments that completely blew my mind. To this day, I reject the idea that it is something else than pure magic under its hood. Did I absolutely need Nextjs for this project though? I do not think so. Did it save me lots of time? Absolutely. Furthermore, learning Nextjs will certainly be quite helpful for other projects that I will be tackling in the future. Already got a few ideas that might be worth pursuing in the head in case I decide to abandon Summ in the future. Fast-forward few weeks again: So, at this stage, I had a barely working MVP-like product. Since the very beginning, I spent every free hour (and more) on this project as speed is essential. But, I am not so sure it was worth it to overwork in retrospect. Yet, I know I couldn’t help myself. Everything is going kinda smooth, so what’s the worst thing that could ever happen? Well, both Apple and Google announced their AIs (Apple Intelligence and Google Gemini, respectively) will have email summarization features for their products. Summarizing singular emails is no big deal, after all there were already so many similar products in the market. I still think that what truly matters is a frictionless user experience, and this is why I built this product in a certain way: You spend less than a few minutes setting up your account, and you get to enjoy your email summaries, without ever visiting its website again. This is still a very cool concept I really like a lot. So, at this point: I had no other idea that could be pursued, already spent too much time on this project. Do I quit or not? This was the question. Of course not. I just have to launch this product as quickly as possible. So, I did something right, a quite rare occurrence I might say: Re-planned my product, dropped everything secondary to the core feature immediately (save time on reading emails), tried launching it asap. 👉 Insight: Sell only one core feature at one time. Drop anything secondary to this core feature. Well, my primary occupation is product design. So one would expect that a product I build must have stellar design. I considered any considerable time spent on design at this stage would be simply wasted. I still think this is both true and wrong: True, because if your product’s core benefits suck, no one will care about your design. False, because if your design looks amateurish, no one will trust you and your product. So, I always targeted an average level design with it and the way this tool works made it quite easy as I had to design only 2 primary pages: Landing page and user portal (which has only settings and analytics pages). However, even though I knew spending time on design was not worth much of my time, I got a bit “greedy”: In fact, I redesigned those pages three times, and still ended up with a so-so design that I am not proud of. 👉 What I would do differently: Unless absolutely necessary, only one iteration per stage as long as it works. This, in my mind, applies to everything. If your product’s A feature works, then no need to rewrite it from scratch for any reason, or even refactor it. When your product becomes a success, and you absolutely need that part of your codebase to be written, do so, but only then. Ready to launch, now is th etime for some marketing, right? By July 26, I already had a “launchable” product that barely works (I marked this date on a Notion docs, this is how I know). Yet, I had spent almost no time on marketing, sales, whatever. After all, “You build and they will come”. Did I know that I needed marketing? Of course I did, but knowingly didn’t. Why, you might ask. Well, from my perspective, it had to be a dev-heavy product; meaning that you spend most of your time on developing it, mostly coding skills. But, this is simply wrong. As a rule of thumb, as noted by one of the greatests, Marc Louvion, you should spend at least twice of the building time on marketing. ❗️ Time spent on building \* 2 people don’t know your product > they don’t use your product > you don’t get users > you don’t make money Easy as that. Following the same reasoning, a slightly different approach to planning a project is possible. Determine an approximate time to complete the project with a high level project plan. Let’s say 6 months. By the reasoning above, 2 months should go into building, and 4 into marketing. If you need 4 months for building instead of 2, then you need 8 months of marketing, which makes the time to complete the project 12 months. If you don’t have that much time, then quit the project. When does a project count as completed? Well, in reality, never. But, I think we have to define success conditions even before we start for indie projects and startups; so we know when to quit when they are not met. A success condition could look like “Make $6000 in 12 months” or “Have 3000 users in 6 months”. It all depends on the project. But, once you set it, it should be set in stone: You don’t change it unless absolutely necessary. I suspect there are few principles that make a solopreneur successful; and knowing when to quit and when to continue is definitely one of them. Marc Louvion is famously known for his success, but he got there after failing so many projects. To my knowledge, the same applies to Nico Jeannen, Pieter Levels, or almost everyone as well. ❗️ Determining when to continue even before you start will definitely help in the long run. A half-aed launch Time-leap again. Around mid August, I “soft launched” my product. By soft launch, I mean lazy marketing. Just tweeting about it, posting it on free directories. Did I get any traffic? Surely I did. Did I get any users? Nope. Only after this time, it hit me: “Either something is wrong with me, or with this product” Marketing might be a much bigger factor for a project’s success after all. Even though I get some traffic, not convincing enough for people to sign up even for a free trial. The product was still perfect in my eyes at the time (well, still is ^(\_),) so the right people are not finding my product, I thought. Then, a question that I should have been asking at the very first place, one that could prevent all these, comes to my mind: “How do even people search for such tools?” If we are to consider this whole journey of me and my so-far-failed product to be an already destined failure, one metric suffices to show why. Search volume: 30. Even if people have such a pain point, they are not looking for email summaries. So, almost no organic traffic coming from Google. But, as a person who did zero marketing on this or any product, who has zero marketing knowledge, who doesn’t have an audience on social media, there is not much I could do. Finally, it was time to give up. Or not… In my eyes, the most important element that makes a founder (solo or not) successful (this, I am not by any means) is to solve problems. ❗️ So, the problem was this: “People are not finding my product by organic search” How do I make sure I get some organic traffic and gets more visibility? Learn digital marketing and SEO as much as I can within very limited time. Thankfully, without spending much time, I came across Neil Patel's YT channel, and as I said many times, it is an absolute gold mine. I learned a lot, especially about the fundamentals, and surely it will be fruitful; but there is no magic trick that could make people visit your website. SEO certainly helps, but only when people are looking for your keywords. However, it is truly a magical solution to get in touch with REAL people that are in your user segments: 👉 Understand your pains, understand their problems, help them to solve them via building products. I did not do this so far, have to admit. But, in case you would like to have a chat about your email usage, and email productivity, just get in touch; I’d be delighted to hear about them. Getting ready for a ProductHunt launch The date was Sept 1. And I unlocked an impossible achievement: Running out of Supabase’s free plan’s Egres limit while having zero users. I was already considering moving out of their Cloud server and managing a Supabase CLI service on my Hetzner VPS for some time; but never ever suspected that I would have to do this quickly. The cheapest plan Supabase offers is $25/month; yet, at that point, I am in between jobs for such a long time, basically broke, and could barely afford that price. One or two months could be okay, but why pay for it if I will eventually move out of their Cloud service? So, instead of paying $25, I spent two days migrating out of Supabase Cloud. Worth my time? Definitely not. But, when you are broke, you gotta do stupid things. This was the first time that I felt lucky to have zero users: I have no idea how I would manage this migration if I had any. I think this is one of the core tenets of an indie hacker: Controlling their own environment. I can’t remember whose quote this is, but I suspect it was Naval: Entrepreneurs have an almost pathological need to control their own fate. They will take any suffering if they can be in charge of their destiny, and not have it in somebody else’s hands. What’s truly scary is, at least in my case, we make people around us suffer at the expense of our attempting to control our own fates. I know this period has been quite hard on my wife as well, as I neglected her quite a bit, but sadly, I know that this will happen again. It is something that I can barely help with. Still, so sorry. After working the last two weeks on a ProductHunt Launch, I finally launched it this Tuesday. Zero ranking, zero new users, but 36 kind people upvoted my product, and many commented and provided invaluable feedback. I couldn't be more grateful for each one of them 🙏. Considering all these, what lies in the future of Summ though? I have no idea, to be honest. On one hand, I have zero users, have no job, no income. So, I need a way to make money asap. On the other hand, the whole idea of it revolves around one core premise (not an assumption) that I am not so willing to share; and I couldn’t have more trust in it. This might not be the best iteration of it, however I certainly believe that email usage is one of the best problem spaces one could work on. 👉 But, one thing is for certain: I need to get in touch with people, and talk with them about this product I built so far. In fact, this is the only item on my agenda. Nothing else will save my brainchild <3. Below are some other insights and notes that I got during my journey; as they do not 100% fit into this story, I think it is more suitable to list them here. I hope you enjoyed reading this. Give Summ a try, it comes with a generous free trial, no credit card required. Some additional notes and insights: Project planning is one of the most underestimated skills for solopreneurs. It saves you enormous time, and helps you to keep your focus up. Building B2C products beats building B2B products. Businesses are very willing to pay big bucks if your product helps them. On the other hand, spending a few hours per user who would pay $5/m probably is not worth your time. It doesn’t matter how brilliant your product is if no one uses it. If you cannot sell a product in a certain category/niche (or do not know how to sell it), it might be a good idea not to start a project in it. Going after new ideas and ventures is quite risky, especially if you don’t know how to market it. On the other hand, an already established category means that there is already demand. Whether this demand is sufficient or not is another issue. As long as there is enough demand for your product to fit in, any category/niche is good. Some might be better, some might be worse. Unless you are going hardcore B2B, you will need people to find your product by means of organic search. Always conduct thorough keyword research as soon as possible.

How I made a high tech salary in my first selling month

For over 7 years I worked as a full-stack developer, helping other companies bring their ideas to life. But one day, I thought “Why not try making my own dream come true?”. That’s when I decided to quit my job and start my own journey to becoming an entrepreneur. At first, it wasn’t easy. I didn’t make any money for months and had no idea where to start. I felt lost. Then, I decided to focus on something popular and trending. AI was everywhere, and ChatGPT was the most used AI platform. So I looked into it and I found the OpenAI community forum where people had been asking for features that weren’t being added. That gave me an idea. Why not build those features myself? I created a Chrome extension and I worked on some of the most requested features, like: Downloading the advanced voice mode and messages as MP3 Adding folders to organize chats Saving and reusing prompts Pinning important chats Exporting chats to TXT/JSON files Deleting or archiving multiple chats at once Making chat history searches faster and better It took me about a week to build the first version, and when I published it, the response was incredible. People loved it! Some even said things like, “You’re a lifesaver!” That’s when I realized I had something that could not only help people but also turn into a real business. I kept the first version free to see how people would respond. Many users have been downloading my extension, which prompted Chrome to review it to determine if it qualified for the featured badge. I received the badge, and it has significantly boosted traffic to my extension ever since. After all the positive feedback, I launched a paid version one month ago. A few minutes after publishing it, I made my first sale! That moment was so exciting, and it motivated me to keep going. I already have over 4,000 users and have made more than $4,500 in my first selling month. I’ve decided to release 1-2 new features every month to keep improving the extension based on what users ask for. I also created the same extension for Firefox and Edge users because many people have been asking for it! I also started a Reddit community, where I share updates, sales, discount codes, and ideas for new features. It’s been awesome to connect with users directly and get their feedback. Additionally, I’ve started working on another extension for Claude, which I’m hoping will be as successful as this one. My message to you is this: never give up on your dreams. It might feel impossible at first, but with patience, hard work, and some creativity, you can make it happen. I hope this inspires you to go after what you want. Good luck to all of us!

I'm a dev with zero fucking ideas. Help?

Long-time lurker, first-time poster here. I'm hoping you guys can help me out. I consider myself an above average engineer. With over 8 years of industry experience, I can whip out an MVP fast and iterate quickly. I love coding and learning new tech, but here's the issue—I've got absolutely no clue what to build. It's like I'm the least creative person I know, and can't find even one problem to solve. I've tried everything I can think of: Scrolling through ProductHunt until my eyes bled Asking non-tech friends about their "pain points" Stalking Twitter/X to see what people are building Experimenting with new AI tech to explore possibilities I've even attempted to build products. Almost 6 months ago, I started working on an AI conversation app to help non-native speakers like myself improve their English. But I soon realized there were already hundreds of apps doing this, and doing it much better than I could. I abandoned the project, figuring it wasn't unique enough. Same story with a couple of other projects that I started working on and abandoned later. So my question is how the heck you all come up with ideas? Any advice, commiseration, or hell—even random ideas you don’t want to build—would be greatly appreciated.

For anyone working on LLM / AI startups

My company (which I will not promote) wrote this blog post in compliance with rule #7 :) Introduction to fine-tuning Large Language Models, or LLMs, have become commonplace in the tech world. The number of applications that LLMs are revolutionizing is multiplying by the day — extraction use cases, chatbots, tools for creatives and engineers. In spite of this, at its core, the LLM is a multi-purpose neural network, dozens of layers deep, designed to simply predict one word after the next. It predicts words by performing billions of matrix multiplication steps based on so-called parameter weights, which are discovered during the model training process. Almost all open-source, open-weight models are trained on a massive amount of text from every conceivable genre and topic. How, then, do researchers and engineers create novel specialized applications? The answer is fine-tuning. In this post, we will demystify the process of fine-tuning and discuss the tradeoffs of other approaches to customizing an LLM. The history of fine-tuning In the ancient days of LLMs, by which we mean five years ago, the primary approaches to customizing an LLM was identical to the approaches to customizing any other deep learning model. A machine learning engineer would have two options: Retrain the entire LLM. This would mean discarding the trained weights and instead only using the open source model’s architecture to train it on a specialized dataset. As long as the amount and diversity of the specialized data is comparable to what the original model was trained on, this can be the ideal method of customizing a model. However, of course, this is a massive waste of resources due to the computational power required and the difficulty of collecting such a massive dataset. Even if an organization could provision enough GPUs, the cost of training modern-day models could cost up to $190 million. Retrain the last few layers of the LLM while keeping the rest of the weights frozen. This is a more efficient method in terms of time and computational power required because it significantly cuts down the number of parameters that need to be trained. However, for most tasks, this leads to subpar quality. Of course, almost everyone chooses to retrain the last few layers. And where there is only one option, the research community saw an opportunity to step in. Soon, the LLM space saw an enormous amount of activity in fine-tuning, which leads us to today. Modern approaches to fine-tuning Most fine-tuning approaches today are parameter-efficient. Deep neural networks are composed of matrices and vectors (generally called tensors), which are at their core arrays of floating point numbers. By training a small subset of these tensors, while the rest of the LLM’s weights are kept frozen, practitioners achieve good enough results without having to retrain the entire model. Generally, this method requires at least a hundred or so handcrafted examples of input-output pairs for fine-tuning. This is called supervised learning. The modern fine-tuning landscape involves an unsupervised learning step afterwards. Given a set of inputs, a practitioner gathers the various possible outputs from the LLM and casts votes among them. This preference data is then used to further train the LLM’s weights. Usually, this approach is used for LLM alignment and safety, which defends the application from malicious uses, outputs embarrassing to the organization, and prompt injection attacks. Fine-tuning’s relationship to prompt engineering A natural question arises: why fine-tune instead of crafting a well-considered system prompt? Wouldn’t that be easier and more efficient? The answer is no, it wouldn’t. Here’s why: Advanced techniques make prompt engineering obsolete: \[redacted\]'s product uses soft-prompting and other techniques to train the input layer itself. This obviates the need for prompt engineering entirely, which lets organizations avoid the time-consuming trial-and-error process to get the prompt just right. Prompt engineering has been a stopgap measure in the early days of LLM applications to convey the practitioner’s intent to the LLM. It is not the long-term solution for LLM application development. The system prompt is precious: the limited budget for system prompt length is better used for up-to-date information, e.g., Retrieval-Augmented Generation (RAG). Even as context windows increase in size with each new open-source model, the system prompt is the least efficient place to provide the LLM model with verbose instructions and examples. The longer the prompt, the slower the application: an LLM must attend to the entire system prompt for each token generated. This pain becomes more acute in the chatbot case, where the length of the conversation so far is also counted toward the system context. The longer the conversation, and the longer your beautifully-crafted system prompt, the slower the bot becomes. Even in cases where the model allows for system prompts that are millions of tokens long, doubling the size of the context will quadruple the latency. This means adding a few hundred words to the system prompt may result in several seconds of additional latency in production, making a chatbot impossible to use. Edge case handling: the number of edge cases that the system prompt would need to consider and emphasize to the LLM is too large. The instructions would have to be too nuanced and long to cover them all. However, fine-tuning on a dataset that considers these edge cases would be more straightforward. Do I need to fine-tune the LLM in my production application? Every LLM application in production must be fine-tuned often, not just once at the beginning. Why fine-tune? The world in which the application exists is constantly evolving. New prompt injection attacks are being discovered every day, new ways of embarrassing a chatbot are emerging constantly. This data can be used to further train an LLM model, which protects the application from new failure modes and reputational risk. Like any software, LLM models are constantly improving. Smarter and faster models are open-sourced all the time. For a new model to get deployed to production, it must first be finetuned on the specific dataset of the organization building the application. Fine-tuning does not add latency to LLM applications. Rather than a solution that sits in the middle of the LLM and the rest of the application, fine-tuning leverages the power of the LLM itself to increase the quality of the output. In fact, fine-tuning allows for shorter system prompts, which speeds up the average response generation time.

160 of Y Combinators 229 Startup Cohort are AI Startups with and 75% of the Cohort has 0 revenue

Y Combinator (YC), one of the most prestigious startup accelerators in the world, has just unveiled its latest batch of innovative startups, providing key insights into what the future might hold. Y Combinators Summer 2023 Batch In a recent post by Garry Tan, YC's president, Tan offers a nostalgic look back at his first YC Demo Day in 2008, where he, as a budding entrepreneur, pitched his startup. Now, fifteen years later, he's at the helm, proudly launching the 37th Demo Day, this time for the Summer 2023 batch. Tan proudly declares this batch as one of YC's most impressive yet, emphasizing the deep technical talent of the participants. From a staggering pool of over 24,000 applications, only 229 startups were chosen, making this one of the most competitive batches to date. This batch marks a number of firsts and solidifies several rising trends within the startups landscape. 75% of these companies began their YC journey with zero revenue, and 81% hadn't raised any funding before joining the accelerator. YC's decision to focus on early-stage startups this round signals their commitment to nurturing raw, untapped potential. A Return to Face-to-Face Interaction After three years, YC has brought back the in-person Demo Day format, allowing startups, investors, and mentors to connect directly. While the virtual format has its merits, there's an unmistakable magic in the YC Demo Day room, filled with anticipation, hope, and innovation. AI Takes Center Stage Artificial Intelligence is the standout sector in the Summer 2023 batch. With recent advancements making waves across various industries, there's arguably no better time to launch an AI-focused startup, and no better platform than YC to foster its growth. This signals a clear trend in the startup investing and venture capital space: AI is just getting started. Of the entire Summer 2023 batch, 160 out of the entire 229 Summer 2023 batch that are utilizing or implementing artificial intelligence in some capacity. This means over 2 out of every 3 startups accepted is focused on artificial intelligence in some capacity. Some of the startups include: Quill AI: Automating the job of a financial analyst Fiber AI: Automating prospecting and outbound marketing Reworkd AI: Open Source Zapier of AI Agents Watto AI: AI-powered McKinsey-quality reports in seconds Agentive: AI-powered auditing platform Humanlike: Replace your call center with voice bots that sound human Greenlite: AI compliance team for fintech and banking atla: AI assistants to help in-house lawyers answer legal questions Studdy: An AI Match tutor Glade: League of Legends with AI-generated maps and gameplay and literally over 100 others. As you can see, there's a startup covering nearly every sector of AI in the new batch. YC By The Numbers YC continues to grow as a community. The accelerator now boasts over 10,000 founders spanning more than 4,500 startups. The success stories are impressive: over 350 startups valued at over $150 million and 90 valued at more than $1 billion. The unicorn creation rate of 5% is truly unparalleled in the industry. To cater to the ever-growing community, YC has added more full-time Group Partners than ever. This includes industry veterans such as Tom Blomfield, co-founder of billion-dollar startups GoCardless and Monzo, and YC alumni like Wayne Crosby (Zenter) and Emmett Shear (Twitch). YC Core Values YC's commitment to diversity is evident in the demographics of the S23 batch. They've also spotlighted the industries these startups operate in, with 70% in B2B SaaS/Enterprise, followed by fintech, healthcare, consumer, and proptech/industrials. Garry Tan emphasizes three core tenets for YC investors: to act ethically, to make decisions swiftly, and to commit long-term. He underlines the importance of the YC community, urging investors to provide valuable introductions and guidance to founders. The Road Ahead With YC's track record and the promise shown by the Summer 2023 batch, the future of the startup ecosystem looks promising. As always, YC remains at the forefront, championing innovation and shaping the next generation of global startups. Original Post: https://www.democratizing.finance/post/take-a-peek-into-the-future-with-y-combinators-finalized-summer-2023-batch

Zero To One [Book Review]

If you don't feel like reading - check out the video here ##Introduction The more I read into Peter Thiel's background, the more ridiculous it seems.. He’s been involved in controversies over: Racism, Sexism, and, [Radical Right wing libertarianism.] (https://www.bloomberg.com/news/articles/2016-07-21/the-strange-politics-of-peter-thiel-trump-s-most-unlikely-supporter) He’s built a tech company that helps the NSA spy on the world. He supported Donald Trumps presidential campaign. He’s funding research on immortality And to top it off, he helped bankrupt online media company and blog network Gawker by funding Hulk Hogan’s sex tape lawsuit - after a report of his rumoured Homosexuality rattled his chain… Zero to One clearly reflects his unique attitude and doesn't pull any punches with a genuinely interesting point of view, that has clearly worked in the past, to the tune of almost 3 billion USD. But at times, his infatuation with the All American attitude is a little much…and, quite frankly, he’s not the kind of guy I could sit and have a pint with…without grinding my teeth anyway. The content is adapted from Blake Masters' lecture notes from Thiel's 2012 Stanford Course. This definitely helped keep the book concise and fast paced, at least compared to other books I’ve reviewed. The type of content is also quite varied, with a good spread from completely abstract theories — like the Technology vs. Globalisation concept, where the book get's it's title — to practical examples such as the analysis of personalities in chapter 14, "The Founders Paradox" covering Elvis Presley, Sean Parker, Lady Gaga and Bill Gates to name a few. ###Pros Monopolies To most people a monopoly is a negative thing. But while perfect competition can drive down costs and benefit the consumer - competition is bad for business. In fact, in Thiel's opinion, every startup should aim to be a monopoly or, as he puts it: Monopoly is the condition of every successful business. I like his honesty about it. While I’m not sure about the morality of encouraging monopolies at a large scale, I can see the benefit of thinking that way when developing a startup. When you're small, you can’t afford to compete. The best way to avoid competition is to build something nobody can compete with. The concept is summed up nicely at the end of chapter 3: Tolstoy opens Anna Karenina by observing: ‘All happy families are alike; each unhappy family is unhappy in its own way.’ Business is the opposite. All happy companies are different: each one earns a monopoly by solving a unique problem. All failed companies are the same: they failed to escape competition. Pareto The Pareto Law, which you might remember as the 80/20 rule in Tim Ferris’ The Four Hour Work Week, is often used synonymously with the power law of distribution, and shows up everywhere. Thiel refers to it in his section on The Power Law of Venture Capital. If Tim Ferris recommends identifying and removing the 20% of things that take 80% of your effort - Thiel recommends finding the 20% of investments that make 80% of your return. Anything else is a waste. Soberingly, he also suggests that the Pareto Law means: ...you should not necessarily start your own company, even if you are extraordinarily talented. But to me this seems more like a venture capitalists problem, than an entrepreneurs problem - Personally, I believe there’s far more benefit in starting up your own company that purely profit. ###Cons Man and machine? Content-wise, there is very little to dislike in this book. As long as you accept that the book is written specifically for startups - where anything short of exponential growth is considered a failure - it’s exceptionally on point. However, there are a couple sections dotted throughout the book where opinion and wild speculation began to creep in. Chapter 12 is a good example of this entitled: Man and Machine. It’s a short chapter, 12 pages in total, and Thiel essentially preaches and speculates about the impact of better technology and strong AI. I like to dog ear pages with interesting or useful content so I can come back later, but this entire chapter remains untouched. America, fuck yeah! It would be really difficult for a personality as pungent as Theil's to go entirely unnoticed in a book like this, and indeed it breaks through every now and then. I only had a feint idea of Thiel's personality before I read the book, but having read up on his background, I’m actually surprised the book achieves such a neutral, if pragmatic, tone. Pretty early on in the book however, we are introduced to Thiel's concept of Economic Optimism and quite frankly the whole of chapter 6 should have been printed on star spangled, red white and blue pages. I’m not necessarily against the egotistic American spirit but when Thiel writes, in relation to European Pessimism: the US treasury prints ‘in god we trust’ on the dollar; the ECB might as well print ‘kick the can down the road’ on the euro I can smell the bacon double cheese burgers, with those tiny little American flags from here. Ooh Rah! ###TL;DR (a.k.a: Conclusion) Overall, however, I really did enjoy this book and I can see myself coming back to it. Peter Thiel IS controversial, but he has also been undeniably successful with a career punctuated by bold business decisions. The ideas in the book reflect this mind set well. Yes, he backed Trump, be he also (sadly) backed the winner.

Should I Keep Iterating My Web Concept or Build an App to Attract Angel Investors?

Hi everyone, I’m building a start-up called Foodable, which takes your ingredients and leftovers and, using AI and the creator economy, provides personalised, user-generated, video-first recipes based on them and your preferences. Currently, I have a web concept that shows TikTok videos based on user-provided ingredients. It has over 2k people using it and some promising engagement. My next big step is to raise funding (starting with Angels) to take Foodable to the next level. However, I’m torn between two potential strategies and would love your advice. Option 1: Iterate the Web Concept Add 1-2 key features (e.g., dietary filters or improved video suggestions). Introduce a small paywall (e.g., £0.99/month) to validate whether people are willing to pay for what we’ve built. Use this validation to pitch Angels for funding, with the focus of building a more robust app version. Option 2: Build the App Version Bring someone on board to build the app (I have no coding experience). Shift away from TikTok videos and instead allow users to upload their own recipes. Use funding to iterate and improve the app after launch. I feel like validation is key to attracting Angels, but I’m not sure if it’s better to focus on proving willingness to pay with the web concept or build a more polished app version right away. What would you do in this situation?

How a founder built a B2B AI startup to serve with 65+ global brands (including Fortune500 companies) (I will not promote)

AI Palette is an AI-driven platform that helps food and beverage companies predict emerging product trends. I had the opportunity recently to sit down with the founder to get his advice on building an AI-first startup, which he'll be going through in this post. (I will not promote) About AI Palette: Co-founders: >!2 (Somsubhra GanChoudhuri, Himanshu Upreti)!!100+!!$12.7M USD!!AI-powered predictive analytics for the CPG (Consumer Packaged Goods) industry!!Signed first paying customer in the first year!!65+ global brands, including Cargill, Diageo, Ajinomoto, Symrise, Mondelez, and L’Oréal, use AI Palette!!Every new product launched has secured a paying client within months!!Expanded into Beauty & Personal Care (BPC), onboarding one of India’s largest BPC companies within weeks!!Launched multiple new product lines in the last two years, creating a unified suite for brand innovation!Identify the pain points in your industry for ideas* When I was working in the flavour and fragrance industry, I noticed a major issue CPG companies faced: launching a product took at least one to two years. For instance, if a company decided today to launch a new juice, it wouldn’t hit the market until 2027. This long timeline made it difficult to stay relevant and on top of trends. Another big problem I noticed was that companies relied heavily on market research to determine what products to launch. While this might work for current consumer preferences, it was highly inefficient since the product wouldn’t actually reach the market for several years. By the time the product launched, the consumer trends had already shifted, making that research outdated. That’s where AI can play a crucial role. Instead of looking at what consumers like today, we realised that companies should use AI to predict what they will want next. This allows businesses to create products that are ahead of the curve. Right now, the failure rate for new product launches is alarmingly high, with 8 out of 10 products failing. By leveraging AI, companies can avoid wasting resources on products that won’t succeed, leading to better, more successful launches. Start by talking to as many industry experts as possible to identify the real problems When we first had the idea for AI Palette, it was just a hunch, a gut feeling—we had no idea whether people would actually pay for it. To validate the idea, we reached out to as many people as we could within the industry. Since our focus area was all about consumer insights, we spoke to professionals in the CPG sector, particularly those in the insights departments of CPG companies. Through these early conversations, we began to see a common pattern emerge and identified the exact problem we wanted to solve. Don’t tell people what you’re building—listen to their frustrations and challenges first. Going into these early customer conversations, our goal was to listen and understand their challenges without telling them what we were trying to build. This is crucial as it ensures that you can gather as much data about the problem to truly understand it and that you aren't biasing their answers by showing your solution. This process helped us in two key ways: First, it validated that there was a real problem in the industry through the number of people who spoke about experiencing the same problem. Second, it allowed us to understand the exact scale and depth of the problem—e.g., how much money companies were spending on consumer research, what kind of tools they were currently using, etc. Narrow down your focus to a small, actionable area to solve initially. Once we were certain that there was a clear problem worth solving, we didn’t try to tackle everything at once. As a small team of two people, we started by focusing on a specific area of the problem—something big enough to matter but small enough for us to handle. Then, we approached customers with a potential solution and asked them for feedback. We learnt that our solution seemed promising, but we wanted to validate it further. If customers are willing to pay you for the solution, it’s a strong validation signal for market demand. One of our early customer interviewees even asked us to deliver the solution, which we did manually at first. We used machine learning models to analyse the data and presented the results in a slide deck. They paid us for the work, which was a critical moment. It meant we had something with real potential, and we had customers willing to pay us before we had even built the full product. This was the key validation that we needed. By the time we were ready to build the product, we had already gathered crucial insights from our early customers. We understood the specific information they wanted and how they wanted the results to be presented. This input was invaluable in shaping the development of our final product. Building & Product Development Start with a simple concept/design to validate with customers before building When we realised the problem and solution, we began by designing the product, but not by jumping straight into coding. Instead, we created wireframes and user interfaces using tools like InVision and Figma. This allowed us to visually represent the product without the need for backend or frontend development at first. The goal was to showcase how the product would look and feel, helping potential customers understand its value before we even started building. We showed these designs to potential customers and asked for feedback. Would they want to buy this product? Would they pay for it? We didn’t dive into actual development until we found a customer willing to pay a significant amount for the solution. This approach helped us ensure we were on the right track and didn’t waste time or resources building something customers didn’t actually want. Deliver your solution using a manual consulting approach before developing an automated product Initially, we solved problems for customers in a more "consulting" manner, delivering insights manually. Recall how I mentioned that when one of our early customer interviewees asked us to deliver the solution, we initially did it manually by using machine learning models to analyse the data and presenting the results to them in a slide deck. This works for the initial stages of validating your solution, as you don't want to invest too much time into building a full-blown MVP before understanding the exact features and functionalities that your users want. However, after confirming that customers were willing to pay for what we provided, we moved forward with actual product development. This shift from a manual service to product development was key to scaling in a sustainable manner, as our building was guided by real-world feedback and insights rather than intuition. Let ongoing customer feedback drive iteration and the product roadmap Once we built the first version of the product, it was basic, solving only one problem. But as we worked closely with customers, they requested additional features and functionalities to make it more useful. As a result, we continued to evolve the product to handle more complex use cases, gradually developing new modules based on customer feedback. Product development is a continuous process. Our early customers pushed us to expand features and modules, from solving just 20% of their problems to tackling 50–60% of their needs. These demands shaped our product roadmap and guided the development of new features, ultimately resulting in a more complete solution. Revenue and user numbers are key metrics for assessing product-market fit. However, critical mass varies across industries Product-market fit (PMF) can often be gauged by looking at the size of your revenue and the number of customers you're serving. Once you've reached a certain critical mass of customers, you can usually tell that you're starting to hit product-market fit. However, this critical mass varies by industry and the type of customers you're targeting. For example, if you're building an app for a broad consumer market, you may need thousands of users. But for enterprise software, product-market fit may be reached with just a few dozen key customers. Compare customer engagement and retention with other available solutions on the market for product-market fit Revenue and the number of customers alone isn't always enough to determine if you're reaching product-market fit. The type of customer and the use case for your product also matter. The level of engagement with your product—how much time users are spending on the platform—is also an important metric to track. The more time they spend, the more likely it is that your product is meeting a crucial need. Another way to evaluate product-market fit is by assessing retention, i.e whether users are returning to your platform and relying on it consistently, as compared to other solutions available. That's another key indication that your solution is gaining traction in the market. Business Model & Monetisation Prioritise scalability Initially, we started with a consulting-type model where we tailor-made specific solutions for each customer use-case we encountered and delivered the CPG insights manually, but we soon realized that this wasn't scalable. The problem with consulting is that you need to do the same work repeatedly for every new project, which requires a large team to handle the workload. That is not how you sustain a high-growth startup. To solve this, we focused on building a product that would address the most common problems faced by our customers. Once built, this product could be sold to thousands of customers without significant overheads, making the business scalable. With this in mind, we decided on a SaaS (Software as a Service) business model. The benefit of SaaS is that once you create the software, you can sell it to many customers without adding extra overhead. This results in a business with higher margins, where the same product can serve many customers simultaneously, making it much more efficient than the consulting model. Adopt a predictable, simplistic business model for efficiency. Look to industry practices for guidance When it came to monetisation, we considered the needs of our CPG customers, who I knew from experience were already accustomed to paying annual subscriptions for sales databases and other software services. We decided to adopt the same model and charge our customers an annual upfront fee. This model worked well for our target market, aligning with industry standards and ensuring stable, recurring revenue. Moreover, our target CPG customers were already used to this business model and didn't have to choose from a huge variety of payment options, making closing sales a straightforward and efficient process. Marketing & Sales Educate the market to position yourself as a thought leader When we started, AI was not widely understood, especially in the CPG industry. We had to create awareness around both AI and its potential value. Our strategy focused on educating potential users and customers about AI, its relevance, and why they should invest in it. This education was crucial to the success of our marketing efforts. To establish credibility, we adopted a thought leadership approach. We wrote blogs on the importance of AI and how it could solve problems for CPG companies. We also participated in events and conferences to demonstrate our expertise in applying AI to the industry. This helped us build our brand and reputation as leaders in the AI space for CPG, and word-of-mouth spread as customers recognized us as the go-to company for AI solutions. It’s tempting for startups to offer products for free in the hopes of gaining early traction with customers, but this approach doesn't work in the long run. Free offerings don’t establish the value of your product, and customers may not take them seriously. You should always charge for pilots, even if the fee is minimal, to ensure that the customer is serious about potentially working with you, and that they are committed and engaged with the product. Pilots/POCs/Demos should aim to give a "flavour" of what you can deliver A paid pilot/POC trial also gives you the opportunity to provide a “flavour” of what your product can deliver, helping to build confidence and trust with the client. It allows customers to experience a detailed preview of what your product can do, which builds anticipation and desire for the full functionality. During this phase, ensure your product is built to give them a taste of the value you can provide, which sets the stage for a broader, more impactful adoption down the line. Fundraising & Financial Management Leverage PR to generate inbound interest from VCs When it comes to fundraising, our approach was fairly traditional—we reached out to VCs and used connections from existing investors to make introductions. However, looking back, one thing that really helped us build momentum during our fundraising process was getting featured in Tech in Asia. This wasn’t planned; it just so happened that Tech in Asia was doing a series on AI startups in Southeast Asia and they reached out to us for an article. During the interview, they asked if we were fundraising, and we mentioned that we were. As a result, several VCs we hadn’t yet contacted reached out to us. This inbound interest was incredibly valuable, and we found it far more effective than our outbound efforts. So, if you can, try to generate some PR attention—it can help create inbound interest from VCs, and that interest is typically much stronger and more promising than any outbound strategies because they've gone out of their way to reach out to you. Be well-prepared and deliberate about fundraising. Keep trying and don't lose heart When pitching to VCs, it’s crucial to be thoroughly prepared, as you typically only get one shot at making an impression. If you mess up, it’s unlikely they’ll give you a second chance. You need to have key metrics at your fingertips, especially if you're running a SaaS company. Be ready to answer questions like: What’s your retention rate? What are your projections for the year? How much will you close? What’s your average contract value? These numbers should be at the top of your mind. Additionally, fundraising should be treated as a structured process, not something you do on the side while juggling other tasks. When you start, create a clear plan: identify 20 VCs to reach out to each week. By planning ahead, you’ll maintain momentum and speed up the process. Fundraising can be exhausting and disheartening, especially when you face multiple rejections. Remember, you just need one investor to say yes to make it all worthwhile. When using funds, prioritise profitability and grow only when necessary. Don't rely on funding to survive. In the past, the common advice for startups was to raise money, burn through it quickly, and use it to boost revenue numbers, even if that meant operating at a loss. The idea was that profitability wasn’t the main focus, and the goal was to show rapid growth for the next funding round. However, times have changed, especially with the shift from “funding summer” to “funding winter.” My advice now is to aim for profitability as soon as possible and grow only when it's truly needed. For example, it’s tempting to hire a large team when you have substantial funds in the bank, but ask yourself: Do you really need 10 new hires, or could you get by with just four? Growing too quickly can lead to unnecessary expenses, so focus on reaching profitability as soon as possible, rather than just inflating your team or burn rate. The key takeaway is to spend your funds wisely and only when absolutely necessary to reach profitability. You want to avoid becoming dependent on future VC investments to keep your company afloat. Instead, prioritize reaching break-even as quickly as you can, so you're not reliant on external funding to survive in the long run. Team-Building & Leadership Look for complementary skill sets in co-founders When choosing a co-founder, it’s important to find someone with a complementary skill set, not just someone you’re close to. For example, I come from a business and commercial background, so I needed someone with technical expertise. That’s when I found my co-founder, Himanshu, who had experience in machine learning and AI. He was a great match because his technical knowledge complemented my business skills, and together we formed a strong team. It might seem natural to choose your best friend as your co-founder, but this can often lead to conflict. Chances are, you and your best friend share similar interests, skills, and backgrounds, which doesn’t bring diversity to the table. If both of you come from the same industry or have the same strengths, you may end up butting heads on how things should be done. Having diverse skill sets helps avoid this and fosters a more collaborative working relationship. Himanshu (left) and Somsubhra (right) co-founded AI Palette in 2018 Define roles clearly to prevent co-founder conflict To avoid conflict, it’s essential that your roles as co-founders are clearly defined from the beginning. If your co-founder and you have distinct responsibilities, there is no room for overlap or disagreement. This ensures that both of you can work without stepping on each other's toes, and there’s mutual respect for each other’s expertise. This is another reason as to why it helps to have a co-founder with a complementary skillset to yours. Not only is having similar industry backgrounds and skillsets not particularly useful when building out your startup, it's also more likely to lead to conflicts since you both have similar subject expertise. On the other hand, if your co-founder is an expert in something that you're not, you're less likely to argue with them about their decisions regarding that aspect of the business and vice versa when it comes to your decisions. Look for employees who are driven by your mission, not salary For early-stage startups, the first hires are crucial. These employees need to be highly motivated and excited about the mission. Since the salary will likely be low and the work demanding, they must be driven by something beyond just the paycheck. The right employees are the swash-buckling pirates and romantics, i.e those who are genuinely passionate about the startup’s vision and want to be part of something impactful beyond material gains. When employees are motivated by the mission, they are more likely to stick around and help take the startup to greater heights. A litmus test for hiring: Would you be excited to work with them on a Sunday? One of the most important rounds in the hiring process is the culture fit round. This is where you assess whether a candidate shares the same values as you and your team. A key question to ask yourself is: "Would I be excited to work with this person on a Sunday?" If there’s any doubt about your answer, it’s likely not a good fit. The idea is that you want employees who align with the company's culture and values and who you would enjoy collaborating with even outside of regular work hours. How we structure the team at AI Palette We have three broad functions in our organization. The first two are the big ones: Technical Team – This is the core of our product and technology. This team is responsible for product development and incorporating customer feedback into improving the technology Commercial Team – This includes sales, marketing, customer service, account managers, and so on, handling everything related to business growth and customer relations. General and Administrative Team – This smaller team supports functions like finance, HR, and administration. As with almost all businesses, we have teams that address the two core tasks of building (technical team) and selling (commercial team), but given the size we're at now, having the administrative team helps smoothen operations. Set broad goals but let your teams decide on execution What I've done is recruit highly skilled people who don't need me to micromanage them on a day-to-day basis. They're experts in their roles, and as Steve Jobs said, when you hire the right person, you don't have to tell them what to do—they understand the purpose and tell you what to do. So, my job as the CEO is to set the broader goals for them, review the plans they have to achieve those goals, and periodically check in on progress. For example, if our broad goal is to meet a certain revenue target, I break it down across teams: For the sales team, I’ll look at how they plan to hit that target—how many customers they need to sell to, how many salespeople they need, and what tactics and strategies they plan to use. For the technical team, I’ll evaluate our product offerings—whether they think we need to build new products to attract more customers, and whether they think it's scalable for the number of customers we plan to serve. This way, the entire organization's tasks are cascaded in alignment with our overarching goals, with me setting the direction and leaving the details of execution to the skilled team members that I hire.

No revenue for 6 months, then signed $10k MRR in 2 weeks with a new strategy. Here’s what I changed.

This is my first company so I made A LOT of mistakes when starting out. I'll explain everything I did that worked so you don't have to waste your time either. For context, I built a SaaS tool that helps companies scale their new client outreach 10x (at human quality with AI) so they can secure more sales meetings. Pricing I started out pricing it way too low (1/10 as much as competitors) so that it'd be easier to get customers in the beginning. This is a HUGE mistake and wasted me a bunch of time. First, this low pricing meant that I was unable to pay for the tools I needed to make sure my product could be great. I was forced to use low-quality databases, AI models, sending infrastructure -- you name it. Second, my customers were less invested in the product, and I received less input from them to make the product better. None ended up converting from my free trial because my product sucked, and I couldn't even get good feedback from them. I decided to price my product much higher, which allowed me to use best-in class tools to make my product actually work well. Outreach Approach The only issue is that it's a lot harder to get people to pay $500/month than $50/month. I watched every single video on the internet about cold email for getting B2B clients and built up an outbound MACHINE for sending thousands of emails a day. I tried all the top recommended sales email formats and tricks (intro, painpoint, testimonial, CTA, etc). Nothing. I could send 1k emails and get a few out of office responses and a handful of 'F off' responses. I felt bad and decided I couldn't just spam the entire world and expect to make any progress. I decided I needed to take a step back and learn from people who'd succeeded before in sales. I started manually emailing CEOs/founders that fit my customer profile with personal messages asking for feedback on my product -- not even trying to sell them anything. Suddenly I was getting 4-6 meetings a day and just trying to learn from them (turns out people love helping others). And without even prompting, many of them said 'hey, I actually could use this for my own sales' and asked how they could start trying it out. That week I signed 5 clients between $500-$4k/month (depending how many contacts they want to reach). I then taught my product to do outreach the same way I did that worked (include company signals, make sure the person is a great match with web research, and DONT TALK SALESY). Now, 6 of my first 10 clients (still figuring out who it works for, lol) have converted from the free trial and successfully used it to book sales meetings. I'm definitely still learning, but this one change in my sales approach changed everything for me, so I wanted to share. If anyone has any other tips/advice that changed their business's sales, would love to hear!

From “Green” to “Smart” – Tom Gorski’s Word of Advice

Sharing this interview with entrepreneur Tom Gorski. I think it contains a few nice tips for beginner entrepreneurs. What is the problem with the term “Green?” what are the top 3 mistakes entrepreneurs make that can prevent them from enjoying the sweet taste of success? And what should young entrepreneurs always keep in mind? Continuing our expert interview series, we asked entrepreneur Tom Gorski to share some of his secrets to success with us. Gorski is the CEO and Co-Founder at SaaSGenius.com, and an Inbound Marketer & Growth Hacker at InboundWay.com. His career spans over 12 years of developing and implementing online marketing, SEO and conversion optimization campaigns. He defines his biggest accomplishment to date as “achieving 4500% growth for one of my clients over a three­year period.” logo-saasgenius Q: It’s no secret that the SaaS market is saturated, as new companies are having very hard time acquiring, retaining and monetizing users. In your view – what are the top 3 mistakes SaaS companies make? What are some key differentiators you recognize in a successful product? A: Mistake No. 1: Product-market fit is not good enough There are a number of reasons for this, including the fact that inertia, incumbency and bureaucracy are all working against you. For emerging companies, this means finding a way to be exponentially better with fewer resources. As a result, focus is key. Mistake No. 2: Not Specializing Your Sales Roles When you specialize your sales people, you allow them to focus, which creates greater output form your sales team. Mistake No. 3: You Need a Niche To be able to market and sell well, you need to have a niche. The world is noisy and messy, and you’ll struggle if you don’t have a sharp, direct message. When you try to speak to everyone, no one can hear you. Q: Which innovative trends do you recognize in the high tech world nowadays? A: “Green” was a mega trend of the last decade and while it will continue to be very important, there will be a shift towards “smart” solutions, which are intelligent, connected and have the ability to sense, report, and take the right action. Smart solutions will be everywhere around us from smart clothing, phones, to smart homes and smart cities. Q: What is the most significant advice you can give young entrepreneurs? A: Being very successful means learning from those who have already achieved success. Having a mentor is an amazing blessing to an entrepreneur, but not everyone can find one in person. My advice is to work smarter, not harder. This is the most non-intuitive observation I will probably make. If you want to compete in the arena, hard work isn’t enough. And judging yourself on how hard you work, rather than how smart you work can be fatal. Q: We are flooded with buzzwords lately – VR / AI / Bots… where do you think the software world is heading? A: AI and bots are a very hot topic in 2016 and it’s sometimes hard to distinguish the real potential behind the hype. My point of view is that, like with many things, there’s no revolution but evolution. It’s unrealistic to think that AI can become mainstream in SaaS products without proper AI infrastructure. SaaS delivery will significantly outpace traditional software product delivery, growing nearly five times faster than the traditional software market and will become a significant growth driver for all functional software markets. By 2019, the SaaS software model will account for $1 of every $4 spent on software. Q: Let us in on some of your secrets… where do you look for innovation? For inspiration and revolutionary ideas? A: Ideas for new startups often begin with a real problem that needs to be solved. And they don’t come while you’re sitting around sipping coffee and contemplating life. They tend to reveal themselves while you’re at work on something else. Start with brainstorming with problems that you are personally invested in. Building a business is hard and takes the kind of relentless dedication that comes from personal passion. Perhaps the greatest factor that determines whether or not an entrepreneur will be successful isn’t the business idea itself, but rather the entrepreneur’s willingness to try to turn the idea into reality. Great ideas are abundant, but it’s what we decide to do with them that counts. Original post: http://saasaddict.walkme.com/from-green-to-smart-tom-gorskis-words-of-advice/

Building in the open with Founder University - I will not promote

Published Oct 30, 2024 I am on my fifth startup. I ran the last one for a decade, that’s a whole story. A hell of a story. But a different story. I’ll tell it to you when I can, but not right now. The one before that was an e-commerce site that did pretty well but I didn’t love it. Before that were two service businesses. The first one I did for the love of the game, the second one was an attempt to make people stop asking me to fix their computer by charging them outrageous prices, which backfired horribly when they were eager to pay. None are relevant except to say I’ve been around the block and have the scars to prove it. When it was time to get back out there, I wanted to use all I’ve learned to do better. Before I talk about what those lessons produced, I’m going to talk about what those lessons were. Cause before effect, after all. One thing I wanted to do better this time was pattern matching - making the startup look the way that the industry and investors “expect” a startup to look. My last startup was an awesome idea with awesome tech (still is, but like I said, another story), but that one didn’t match patterns. It didn’t match investor patterns, industry buying patterns, patterns of existing, immediate, recognized and admitted needs. Because it didn’t “look” right to anyone, everything about it was way harder than necessary. The “make it look right” approach runs the risk of building a cargo cult, imitating the trappings of something but without understanding the essence of that something, but then again, a thing that looks like a knife is going to make a better knife that a thing that looks like a bowling ball, so sometimes just sharing apparent similarities can get you pretty far, even if it doesn’t get you all the way there. Like how mimicking someone’s accent makes it easier for them to understand you. For this one, I wanted to adopt every tool, method, and pattern that I knew “the industry” wanted to see to minimize the friction from development, go-to-market, scaling, adoption, and that would make investment optional (and, therefore, available if desired) instead of necessary (and, therefore, largely unavailable). That required establishing some expectations for successful patterns I could match against. What patterns am I matching to? Here’s a general sketch of my pattern matching thought process: Software first and software only. It’s the easiest industry to start a business in, lowest startup costs, and easiest customer acquisition. I wanted to build software for an element of the industry that’s actively emerging (and therefore has room to grow) and part of an optimistic investor thesis (and therefore has a cohort of people who are intent on injecting capital into the market to help it grow). It needs to fills a niche that is underexplored (low competition) and highly potent (lots of opportunity), while being aligned to recognized and emerging needs within the industry (readily adopted). I wanted it to have evidence supporting the business thesis that proves the demand exists, but demonstrates that the demand is unanswered (as of yet) by sufficient or adequate supply.* I wanted the lowest number of dominoes to line up and tip for everything to work correctly - the more dominoes in the line, the less likely the last one will fall. I wanted to implement modern toolsets for everything, wherever possible. I wanted to obey the maxim, “When there’s a gold rush, don’t mine the gold, sell the picks and shovels.” Whatever I chose would need to produce cash flow almost immediately with minimal development time or go-to-market delays, because the end of ZIRP killed the “trust me bro” investment thesis predominant over the last 15 years. I wanted to match to YC best practices, not because YC can predict what will definitely work, but because they’ve churned through so many startups in the last 15 years that they have a good sense of what will definitely not work. And I wanted to build client-centric, because if my intent is to to produce cash flow immediately, we need to get clients immediately, and if we need to get clients immediately, we need to focus on what clients need right now. Extra credit: What’s the difference between a customer and a client? Note: Competition is awesome! Competition is validating and not scary, because competition proves a market exists. But competition, especially mature competition against an immature startup, makes it harder to break into a space. A first mover advantage isn’t everything, but seeing demand before it’s sufficiently supplied is a great advantage if you’re capital constrained or otherwise unproven. Think about how much money the first guy to sell fidget spinners or Silly Bandz made versus how much money the last guy to order a pallet of each made. Finding demand that exists already but is as of yet insufficiently satisfied is a great place to start. What opportunity spaces are most relevant? The industries and markets I chose to observe were: AI, because if I’m following a theme & pattern for today, it’s AI. Fintech, because cash is king, and fintech puts your hands on cash flow. Crypto/blockchain, because that’s the “new” fintech (or maybe the “old-new” fintech?), and crypto creates powerful incentives and capital formation strategies, along with a lot of flexibility for transaction systems. Tools, particularly unmet demand in tools, that enable these industries. If you wanted to do some brief and simple homework, you could map each of those bullets to several of the numbered list items preceding them. The reasoning was pretty simplistic - AI is what people want to build and invest in now, while fintech and crypto/blockchain are what people were building and investing in for the last major investment thesis. That means that there’s demand in the market for AI and AI-adjacent startups, while there’s a glut of underutilized and highly developed tools within fintech and crypto/blockchain, with a lot of motivated capital behind the adoption. When someone is thinking “I built this thing and not enough people are using it”, and you then build something that uses it creates a great way to find allies. This rationale harnesses technology that is being built and financed now (which means it needs tools and support methods, and a lot of other “picks and shovels”), while leveraging technology that was recently built and financed and is eager for more widespread adoption of the existing toolkits, which makes it suitable for using to build the AI-adjacent tools that are in demand now. It’s like two harmonics producing constructive interference - it makes two waves into one larger wave, which gives me more momentum to surf against. This was a learning process, and I iterated against my general paradigm repeatedly as I learned more. Neither of us have the patience to go through that in excruciating detail, so I’ll cover the highlights in my next post. Extra credit answer: A customer gets a product, a client gets a service. Challenge: Is software a product or a service?

There's a handful of frequent discussion/post types tanking this sub's overall quality

We've all seen them, here's a few that I've routinely noticed: Painfully obvious ChatGPT'd dos-and-donts list gurus Poorly veiled posts attempting to disguise crowdsourcing market research as random curiosity (e.g, what are your pain points with todo apps and what would it take for you to pay a million dollars for mine?) Delusions of grandeur - recruitment posts for taking down FAANG companies with no existing traction, moat, funding, team, or product Idea guys asking how get full time engineers to build massive products for free Seeking a tech founder with no details about the business and people in the comments begging to join despite knowing nothing about it Building an app like but with amateuraly implemented, needless AI that could easily do better in a week to sink us Asking for product validation, expecting a standing ovation and losing their cool when it's decidedly no good Did I miss anything?

Content aggregation that acts as a middleman for content discovery via third-party marketplace & revenue sharing (i will not promote but I'm looking for fellow researchers)

High level I’m considering a content aggregation business model, but one that acts as an open marketplace where third party devs and where world class data scientists compete to build the best recommenders for different use cases. (E.g. the incentives can be ad revenue sharing or subscription based for niche professional markets.) The idea is to facilitate more bottom up innovation from third party data scientists. The platform itself just acts as the middleman. (Also something that strips out original ads and makes it easy to skip paid sponsorship sections would be great.)  I’ve seen startups building web crawlers and content aggregation systems for other AI startups. My proposal is better in the sense that third party devs are instead responsible for implementing whatever questionable hacks are necessarily to scrape platforms that don’t necessarily want to be scraped.  Personally, I’m more concerned about getting the right information than ever before, to this end I can’t rely on platform specific recommenders. The solution is more bottom up innovation in content promotion. More generally, if you’re also concerned about consuming game changing information that’s too easily missed: we need a platform that incentivizes bottom up innovation of content promotion. What we need is a platform that functions like a marketplace where third party devs and where world class data scientists compete to build the best recommenders for different use cases. Here’s some elevator pitches I’m considering:  Did you know that the magic behind YouTube is its recommendation engine? Now, imagine an open platform where independent engines compete to deliver the most personalized content feed—from news to local events—directly to you. Interested in rethinking how we find content? “In today’s fragmented digital landscape, a single platform no longer holds sway over content discovery. The Network Effect is dead: audiences are more mobile than ever; and big tech killed it. In such a fragmented landscape we’re building a bottom-up, decentralized marketplace for recommendation engines—a solution that taps into diverse revenue streams through subscriptions, ad revenue, and affiliate partnerships. Invest in the future of personalized content aggregation.” “Are you a developer passionate about algorithms and content discovery? Our open marketplace lets you build and monetize your own recommendation engine, competing to deliver the most engaging, personalized feeds. Join a revolution where your innovation can directly shape how the world finds content.” “Are you tired of being told what to watch or read by one mysterious algorithm? Imagine taking control—choosing from a marketplace of smart recommendation engines that curate content just for you. It’s a revolution in content discovery where you hold the power.” (As a Utahn this one is interesting because even mormons are talking about the dangers of “doom scrolling” though it’s seldom discussed in society at large.) As far as simple hooks I’m considering:  One platform to rule them all and in the darkness bind them.  Choose how you discover—content recommenders that work for you.  The area where recommender engines battle to win your feed. Request I would love to start prototyping this idea and see what else I can uncover from such preliminary research. But I want to get a couple other likeminded individuals onboard.  I'm the best when it comes to iOS/macOS development, but there's tons of backend work that needs to be done which I wouldn’t have the time for if i'm focused on the native clients. Who am I 'ideally' looking for?  I’ve heard of weird stats to the effect that if you scale up a population to billions of people, the number of life overlaps starts skyrocketing. Not just physical lookalikes, but people with eerily similar life paths, personalities, habits, and even thoughts — without ever knowing each other. Where are my clones? Such is whom I’m looking for in an ideal world.  Take a hunch  People nowadays have no concept of going out on a limb, taking a ‘hunch’, and backing their instincts. Everything has to be calculated, proven, and guaranteed before they make a move. In contrast consider the success of the Chinese DeepSeek project: According to Asianometry’s YouTube video on DeepSeek, their “memory-saving multi-head latent architecture” (whatever that means, just quoting the name) came about from a researchers ‘hunch’, which the company bet big on and the result was drastically improved performance on low end hardware…  Here in the west the idea of betting on a hunch is inconceivable. We have no balls to chase long term insights. My own instincts when it comes to software is such because I’ve wasted too much of my life on small scale projects. All I’m trying to do is attempt a more scaled up experiment based on some hunches with me and a few other likeminded individuals.  Just as the early oil prospectors didn’t have precise maps—just intuition and test drills. They had to drill, analyze the pressure, and adjust. The best oil fields weren’t found by foresight alone, but by adaptive exploration. The startup space itself is liken to the first prospectors who got the gold nuggets lying in the riverbed. In such an environment moving first has its advantages but nowadays I wish I could have all those shitty ‘engineers’ sent to their maker.  Today the reality is such that you’ve got to dig deep—where vast stores of wealth can be found—or go home, and those who dig into the depths cannot use mere forethought, for what lies beneath cannot be seen by the mind’s eye.  I will not promote but I'm looking for fellow research oriented minds.

Hot Take: Not all your startups need AI forced into them

I'm a final year Computer Engineering student, hence applying for jobs all around. There's this particular trend I've noticed with startups that are coming up these days. That is, even for the absolute basic stuff they'll use 'AI', and they'll think they built something 'revolutionary'. No. You're breaking your product in ways you don't realise. An example, that even some well established companies are guilty of: AI Chatbots You absolutely don't need them and it's an entire gimmick. If you really wanna implement a chatbot, connect the user to an actual person on your end, which I think is not possible if you're at a 'startup' stage. You'll need employees who can handle user queries in real time. If the user really is stuck let them use the 'Contact Us' page. A really close relative of mine is very vocal about the frustration he faces whenever he tries to use the AI Chatbot on any well known e-com website. The only case for AI Chatbot that makes sense is when it's directing the customer to an actual customer support rep if none of the AI's solutions is working for the customer. Even then, implementing a search page for FAQ is extremely easy and user friendly. Another example: AI Interviewer I recently interviewed for a startup, and their whole interviewing process was AI'zed?!?! No real person at the other end, I was answering to their questions which were in video format. They even had a 'mascot' / 'AI interviewer' avatar designed by an AI (AI-ception???). This mascot just text-to-speech'ed all the questions for me to rewind and hear what I missed again. And I had to record video and audio to answer these questions on their platform itself. The entire interview process just could've been a questionnaire, or if you're really concerned on the integrity of the interviewee, just take a few minutes out of your oh-so-busy schedule as a startup owner. Atleast for hiring employees who would make the most impact on your product going ahead. I say the most impact, because (atleast as a developer) the work done by these employees would define how robust your product is, and/or how easily other features can be integrated into the codebase. Trust me, refactoring code later on would only cost you time and money. These resources would rather be more useful in other departments of your startup. The only use case for an AI Interviewer I see is for preparing for an actual interview, provided that feedback is given to the user at the earliest, which you don't need to worry about as a startup owner. So yeah, you're probably better off without integrating AI in your product. Thank you for reading. TLDR; The title; I know AI is the new thing and gets everyone drooling and all, but for the love of God, just focus on what your startup does best and put real people behind it; Integrating AI without human intervention is as good as a broken product; Do your hiring yourself, or through real people, emphasizing on the fact that the people you hire at an early stage will define your growth ahead;

I spent 6 months on building a tool, and got 0 zero users. Here is my story.

Edit Thank you all so much for your time reading my story. Your support, feedback, criticism, and skepticism; all helped me a lot, and I couldn't appreciate it enough \^\_\^ TL;DR I spent 6 months on a tool that currently has 0 users. Below is what I learned during my journey, sharing because I believe most mistakes are easily avoidable. Do not overestimate your product and assume it will be an exception to fundamental principles. Principles are there for a reason. Always look for validation before you start. Avoid building products with a low money-to-effort ratio/in very competitive fields. Unless you have the means, you probably won't make it. Pick a problem space, pick your target audience, and talk to them before thinking about a solution. Identify and match their pain points. Only then should you think of a solution. If people are not overly excited or willing to pay in advance for a discounted price, it might be a sign to rethink. Sell one and only one feature at a time. Avoid everything else. If people don't pay for that one core feature, no secondary feature will change their mind. Always spend twice as much time marketing as you do building. You will not get users if they don't know it exists. Define success metrics ("1000 users in 3 months" or "$6000 in the account at the end of 6 months") before you start. If you don't meet them, strongly consider quitting the project. If you can't get enough users to keep going, nothing else matters. VALIDATION, VALIDATION, VALIDATION. Success is not random, but most of our first products will not make a success story. Know when to admit failure, and move on. Even if a product of yours doesn't succeed, what you learned during its journey will turn out to be invaluable for your future. My story So, this is the story of a product, Summ, that I’ve been working on for the last 6 months. As it's the first product I’ve ever built, after watching you all from the sidelines, I have learned a lot, made many mistakes, and did only a few things right. Just sharing what I’ve learned and some insights from my journey so far. I hope that this post will help you avoid the mistakes I made — most of which I consider easily avoidable — while you enjoy reading it, and get to know me a little bit more 🤓. A slow start after many years Summ isn’t the first product I really wanted to build. Lacking enough dev skills to even get started was a huge blocker for so many years. In fact, the first product I would’ve LOVED to build was a smart personal shopping assistant. I had this idea 4 years ago; but with no GPT, no coding skills, no technical co-founder, I didn’t have the means to make it happen. I still do not know if such a tool exists and is good enough. All I wanted was a tool that could make data-based predictions about when to buy stuff (“buy a new toothpaste every three months”) and suggest physical products that I might need or be strongly interested in. AFAIK, Amazon famously still struggles with the second one. Fast-forward a few years, I learned the very basics of HTML, CSS, and Vanilla JS. Still was not there to build a product; but good enough to code my design portfolio from scratch. Yet, I couldn’t imagine myself building a product using Vanilla JS. I really hated it, I really sucked at it. So, back to tutorial hell, and to learn about this framework I just heard about: React.React introduced so many new concepts to me. “Thinking in React” is a phrase we heard a lot, and with quite good reasons. After some time, I was able to build very basic tutorial apps, both in React, and React Native; but I have to say that I really hated coding for mobile. At this point, I was already a fan of productivity apps, and had a concept for a time management assistant app in my design portfolio. So, why not build one? Surely, it must be easy, since every coding tutorial starts with a todo app. ❌ WRONG! Building a basic todo app is easy enough, but building one good enough for a place in the market was a challenge I took and failed. I wasted one month on that until I abandoned the project for good. Even if I continued working on it, as the productivity landscape is overly competitive, I wouldn’t be able to make enough money to cover costs, assuming I make any. Since I was (and still am) in between jobs, I decided to abandon the project. 👉 What I learned: Do not start projects with a low ratio of money to effort and time. Example: Even if I get 500 monthly users, 200 of which are paid users (unrealistically high number), assuming an average subscription fee of $5/m (such apps are quite cheap, mostly due to the high competition), it would make me around $1000 minus any occurring costs. Any founder with a product that has 500 active users should make more. Even if it was relatively successful, due to the high competition, I wouldn’t make any meaningful money. PS: I use Todoist today. Due to local pricing, I pay less than $2/m. There is no way I could beat this competitive pricing, let alone the app itself. But, somehow, with a project that wasn’t even functional — let alone being an MVP — I made my first Wi-Fi money: Someone decided that the domain I preemptively purchased is worth something. By this point, I had already abandoned the project, certainly wasn’t going to renew the domain, was looking for a FT job, and a new project that I could work on. And out of nowhere, someone hands me some free money — who am I not to take it? Of course, I took it. The domain is still unused, no idea why 🤔. Ngl, I still hate the fact that my first Wi-Fi money came from this. A new idea worth pursuing? Fast-forward some weeks now. Around March, I got this crazy idea of building an email productivity tool. We all use emails, yet we all hate them. So, this must be fixed. Everyone uses emails, in fact everyone HAS TO use emails. So, I just needed to build a tool and wait for people to come. This was all, really. After all, the problem space is huge, there is enough room for another product, everyone uses emails, no need for any further validation, right? ❌ WRONG ONCE AGAIN! We all hear from the greatest in the startup landscape that we must validate our ideas with real people, yet at least some of us (guilty here 🥸) think that our product will be hugely successful and prove them to be an exception. Few might, but most are not. I certainly wasn't. 👉 Lesson learned: Always validate your ideas with real people. Ask them how much they’d pay for such a tool (not if they would). Much better if they are willing to pay upfront for a discount, etc. But even this comes later, keep reading. I think the difference between “How much” and “If” is huge for two reasons: (1) By asking them for “How much”, you force them to think in a more realistic setting. (2) You will have a more realistic idea on your profit margins. Based on my competitive analysis, I already had a solution in my mind to improve our email usage standards and email productivity (huge mistake), but I did my best to learn about their problems regarding those without pushing the idea too hard. The idea is this: Generate concise email summaries with suggested actions, combine them into one email, and send it at their preferred times. Save as much as time the AI you end up with allows. After all, everyone loves to save time. So, what kind of validation did I seek for? Talked with only a few people around me about this crazy, internet-breaking idea. The responses I got were, now I see, mediocre; no one got excited about it, just said things along the lines of “Cool idea, OK”. So, any reasonable person in this situation would think “Okay, not might not be working”, right? Well, I did not. I assumed that they were the wrong audience for this product, and there was this magical land of user segments waiting eagerly for my product, yet unknowingly. To this day, I still have not reached this magical place. Perhaps, it didn’t exist in the first place. If I cannot find it, whether it exists or not doesn’t matter. I am certainly searching for it. 👉 What I should have done: Once I decide on a problem space (time management, email productivity, etc.), I should decide on my potential user segments, people who I plan to sell my product to. Then I should go talk to those people, ask them about their pains, then get to the problem-solving/ideation phase only later. ❗️ VALIDATION COMES FROM THE REALITY OUTSIDE. What validation looks like might change from product to product; but what invalidation looks like is more or less the same for every product. Nico Jeannen told me yesterday “validation = money in the account” on Twitter. This is the ultimate form of validation your product could get. If your product doesn’t make any money, then something is invalidated by reality: Your product, you, your idea, who knows? So, at this point, I knew a little bit of Python from spending some time in tutorial hell a few years ago, some HTML/CSS/JS, barely enough React to build a working app. React could work for this project, but I needed easy-to-implement server interactivity. Luckily, around this time, I got to know about this new gen of indie hackers, and learned (but didn’t truly understand) about their approach to indie hacking, and this library called Nextjs. How good Next.js still blows my mind. So, I was back to tutorial hell once again. But, this time, with a promise to myself: This is the last time I would visit tutorial hell. Time to start building this "ground-breaking idea" Learning the fundamentals of Next.js was easier than learning of React unsurprisingly. Yet, the first time I managed to run server actions on Next.js was one of the rarest moments that completely blew my mind. To this day, I reject the idea that it is something else than pure magic under its hood. Did I absolutely need Nextjs for this project though? I do not think so. Did it save me lots of time? Absolutely. Furthermore, learning Nextjs will certainly be quite helpful for other projects that I will be tackling in the future. Already got a few ideas that might be worth pursuing in the head in case I decide to abandon Summ in the future. Fast-forward few weeks again: So, at this stage, I had a barely working MVP-like product. Since the very beginning, I spent every free hour (and more) on this project as speed is essential. But, I am not so sure it was worth it to overwork in retrospect. Yet, I know I couldn’t help myself. Everything is going kinda smooth, so what’s the worst thing that could ever happen? Well, both Apple and Google announced their AIs (Apple Intelligence and Google Gemini, respectively) will have email summarization features for their products. Summarizing singular emails is no big deal, after all there were already so many similar products in the market. I still think that what truly matters is a frictionless user experience, and this is why I built this product in a certain way: You spend less than a few minutes setting up your account, and you get to enjoy your email summaries, without ever visiting its website again. This is still a very cool concept I really like a lot. So, at this point: I had no other idea that could be pursued, already spent too much time on this project. Do I quit or not? This was the question. Of course not. I just have to launch this product as quickly as possible. So, I did something right, a quite rare occurrence I might say: Re-planned my product, dropped everything secondary to the core feature immediately (save time on reading emails), tried launching it asap. 👉 Insight: Sell only one core feature at one time. Drop anything secondary to this core feature. Well, my primary occupation is product design. So one would expect that a product I build must have stellar design. I considered any considerable time spent on design at this stage would be simply wasted. I still think this is both true and wrong: True, because if your product’s core benefits suck, no one will care about your design. False, because if your design looks amateurish, no one will trust you and your product. So, I always targeted an average level design with it and the way this tool works made it quite easy as I had to design only 2 primary pages: Landing page and user portal (which has only settings and analytics pages). However, even though I knew spending time on design was not worth much of my time, I got a bit “greedy”: In fact, I redesigned those pages three times, and still ended up with a so-so design that I am not proud of. 👉 What I would do differently: Unless absolutely necessary, only one iteration per stage as long as it works. This, in my mind, applies to everything. If your product’s A feature works, then no need to rewrite it from scratch for any reason, or even refactor it. When your product becomes a success, and you absolutely need that part of your codebase to be written, do so, but only then. Ready to launch, now is th etime for some marketing, right? By July 26, I already had a “launchable” product that barely works (I marked this date on a Notion docs, this is how I know). Yet, I had spent almost no time on marketing, sales, whatever. After all, “You build and they will come”. Did I know that I needed marketing? Of course I did, but knowingly didn’t. Why, you might ask. Well, from my perspective, it had to be a dev-heavy product; meaning that you spend most of your time on developing it, mostly coding skills. But, this is simply wrong. As a rule of thumb, as noted by one of the greatests, Marc Louvion, you should spend at least twice of the building time on marketing. ❗️ Time spent on building \* 2 people don’t know your product > they don’t use your product > you don’t get users > you don’t make money Easy as that. Following the same reasoning, a slightly different approach to planning a project is possible. Determine an approximate time to complete the project with a high level project plan. Let’s say 6 months. By the reasoning above, 2 months should go into building, and 4 into marketing. If you need 4 months for building instead of 2, then you need 8 months of marketing, which makes the time to complete the project 12 months. If you don’t have that much time, then quit the project. When does a project count as completed? Well, in reality, never. But, I think we have to define success conditions even before we start for indie projects and startups; so we know when to quit when they are not met. A success condition could look like “Make $6000 in 12 months” or “Have 3000 users in 6 months”. It all depends on the project. But, once you set it, it should be set in stone: You don’t change it unless absolutely necessary. I suspect there are few principles that make a solopreneur successful; and knowing when to quit and when to continue is definitely one of them. Marc Louvion is famously known for his success, but he got there after failing so many projects. To my knowledge, the same applies to Nico Jeannen, Pieter Levels, or almost everyone as well. ❗️ Determining when to continue even before you start will definitely help in the long run. A half-aed launch Time-leap again. Around mid August, I “soft launched” my product. By soft launch, I mean lazy marketing. Just tweeting about it, posting it on free directories. Did I get any traffic? Surely I did. Did I get any users? Nope. Only after this time, it hit me: “Either something is wrong with me, or with this product” Marketing might be a much bigger factor for a project’s success after all. Even though I get some traffic, not convincing enough for people to sign up even for a free trial. The product was still perfect in my eyes at the time (well, still is ^(\_),) so the right people are not finding my product, I thought. Then, a question that I should have been asking at the very first place, one that could prevent all these, comes to my mind: “How do even people search for such tools?” If we are to consider this whole journey of me and my so-far-failed product to be an already destined failure, one metric suffices to show why. Search volume: 30. Even if people have such a pain point, they are not looking for email summaries. So, almost no organic traffic coming from Google. But, as a person who did zero marketing on this or any product, who has zero marketing knowledge, who doesn’t have an audience on social media, there is not much I could do. Finally, it was time to give up. Or not… In my eyes, the most important element that makes a founder (solo or not) successful (this, I am not by any means) is to solve problems. ❗️ So, the problem was this: “People are not finding my product by organic search” How do I make sure I get some organic traffic and gets more visibility? Learn digital marketing and SEO as much as I can within very limited time. Thankfully, without spending much time, I came across Neil Patel's YT channel, and as I said many times, it is an absolute gold mine. I learned a lot, especially about the fundamentals, and surely it will be fruitful; but there is no magic trick that could make people visit your website. SEO certainly helps, but only when people are looking for your keywords. However, it is truly a magical solution to get in touch with REAL people that are in your user segments: 👉 Understand your pains, understand their problems, help them to solve them via building products. I did not do this so far, have to admit. But, in case you would like to have a chat about your email usage, and email productivity, just get in touch; I’d be delighted to hear about them. Getting ready for a ProductHunt launch The date was Sept 1. And I unlocked an impossible achievement: Running out of Supabase’s free plan’s Egres limit while having zero users. I was already considering moving out of their Cloud server and managing a Supabase CLI service on my Hetzner VPS for some time; but never ever suspected that I would have to do this quickly. The cheapest plan Supabase offers is $25/month; yet, at that point, I am in between jobs for such a long time, basically broke, and could barely afford that price. One or two months could be okay, but why pay for it if I will eventually move out of their Cloud service? So, instead of paying $25, I spent two days migrating out of Supabase Cloud. Worth my time? Definitely not. But, when you are broke, you gotta do stupid things. This was the first time that I felt lucky to have zero users: I have no idea how I would manage this migration if I had any. I think this is one of the core tenets of an indie hacker: Controlling their own environment. I can’t remember whose quote this is, but I suspect it was Naval: Entrepreneurs have an almost pathological need to control their own fate. They will take any suffering if they can be in charge of their destiny, and not have it in somebody else’s hands. What’s truly scary is, at least in my case, we make people around us suffer at the expense of our attempting to control our own fates. I know this period has been quite hard on my wife as well, as I neglected her quite a bit, but sadly, I know that this will happen again. It is something that I can barely help with. Still, so sorry. After working the last two weeks on a ProductHunt Launch, I finally launched it this Tuesday. Zero ranking, zero new users, but 36 kind people upvoted my product, and many commented and provided invaluable feedback. I couldn't be more grateful for each one of them 🙏. Considering all these, what lies in the future of Summ though? I have no idea, to be honest. On one hand, I have zero users, have no job, no income. So, I need a way to make money asap. On the other hand, the whole idea of it revolves around one core premise (not an assumption) that I am not so willing to share; and I couldn’t have more trust in it. This might not be the best iteration of it, however I certainly believe that email usage is one of the best problem spaces one could work on. 👉 But, one thing is for certain: I need to get in touch with people, and talk with them about this product I built so far. In fact, this is the only item on my agenda. Nothing else will save my brainchild <3. Below are some other insights and notes that I got during my journey; as they do not 100% fit into this story, I think it is more suitable to list them here. I hope you enjoyed reading this. Give Summ a try, it comes with a generous free trial, no credit card required. Some additional notes and insights: Project planning is one of the most underestimated skills for solopreneurs. It saves you enormous time, and helps you to keep your focus up. Building B2C products beats building B2B products. Businesses are very willing to pay big bucks if your product helps them. On the other hand, spending a few hours per user who would pay $5/m probably is not worth your time. It doesn’t matter how brilliant your product is if no one uses it. If you cannot sell a product in a certain category/niche (or do not know how to sell it), it might be a good idea not to start a project in it. Going after new ideas and ventures is quite risky, especially if you don’t know how to market it. On the other hand, an already established category means that there is already demand. Whether this demand is sufficient or not is another issue. As long as there is enough demand for your product to fit in, any category/niche is good. Some might be better, some might be worse. Unless you are going hardcore B2B, you will need people to find your product by means of organic search. Always conduct thorough keyword research as soon as possible.

AI will obsolete most young vertical SAAS startups, I will not promote

This is an unpopular opinion, but living in New York City and working with a ton of vertical SaaS startups, meaning basically database wrapper startups that engineer workflows for specific industries and specific users, what they built was at one point in time kind of innovative, or their edge was the fact that they built these like very specific workflows. And so a lot of venture capital and seed funding has gone into these types of startups. But with AI, those database wrapper startups are basically obsolete. I personally feel like all of these companies are going to have to shift like quickly to AI or watch all of their edge and what value they bring to the table absolutely evaporate. It's something that I feel like it's not currently being priced in and no one really knows how to price, but it's going to be really interesting to watch as more software becomes generated and workflows get generated. I’m not saying these companies are worth nothing, but their products need to be completely redone EDIT: for people not understanding: The UX is completely different from traditional vertical saas. Also in real world scenarios, AI does not call the same APIs as the front end. The data handling and validation is different. It’s 50% rebuild. Then add in the technical debt, the fact that they might need a different tech stack to build agents correctly, different experience in their engineers. the power struggles that occur inside companies that need a huge change like this could tank the whole thing alone. It can be done, but these companies are vulnerable. The edge they have is working with existing customers to get it right. But they basically blew millions on a tech implementation that’s not as relevant going forwards. Investors maybe better served putting money into a fresh cap table

Is my idea + progress good enough to raise pre-seed round? CRM for construction niches. Non-tech founder.

Is my startup idea and progress good enough to raise a pre-seed round? It’s a CRM with meaningful AI integrations for specific type of B2B construction companies. I only want to continue at my current pace if it’s realistic to start raising within the next 2 weeks. At first, I thought it was fine because simple companies still get on Y-comb such as hammr and Relate CRM , but now I’m not sure. Would love to get the community’s thoughts on this. I’ve been working on this for about a week. &#x200B; Key Highlights (You can skip to longer section below) Product is CRM for B2B construction companies. The previous tech company I worked at used an in-house built CRM for their workflow, and I’m creating that solution and applying it to B2B construction companies that have similar workflows. No competitors I’ve found. I’m uniquely positioned to spearhead: B2B SaaS/tech sales + expertise in construction I’m a non-tech sales founder with experience in UI/UX. Will bring on CTO co-founder once I start raising as that would entice better talent Progress + Traction $400 MRR in pre-sales, can get to \~$800-1000 EOM Validated through customer interviews Created some Figma frames, product overview, user journeys, business plan Made a simple but meaningful AI tool that will be available to those that sign up for waitlist. Did this with GitHub + ChatGPT Landing page website going up this week followed by PPC campaign, email marketing, and outreach. My GF works in enterprise sales and she’ll help me generate more leads. &#x200B; Long Version Background B2B SaaS/Tech sales. I worked at enterprise company as an Account Executive where I worked with funded startups and their development, UI/UX, and Product management teams. I have a general knowledge in all these - my best being UI/UX design as I can work with Figma well Domain expertise: my family has had a construction company since I was young. I have a large network because of this. Problem At my previous company, we had a custom in-house built CRM for our workflow. It worked okay, despite being maintained by multiple engineers costing hundreds of thousands a year. I’m creating a CRM that solves that, and applying it to construction industries that can make use of it. I have a great network here which makes it easy for me get sales quickly. Vision Building this CRM for construction niche will allow us to generate MRR fast. We will be first movers in bringing meaningful AI tools to construction, which is generating significant interest. This gives us the opportunity to build the foundational technology that can be adapted to a wider audience such as my previous company and others - think researchers, consultants, etc. Traction + Current Progress (1 week) Validated idea through user interviews and pre-sales. Currently have $400 MRR in pre-sales. I expect $800-1000 in a month if I continue at my pace. This is from doing typical B2B sales. I’ve set up a CRM for this. Created product overview, user journeys, wireframes and some Figma frames, business plan Created a simple but meaningful AI tool for the niche which will be available to those that sign up for the waitlist. Created with GitHub + ChatGPT Completing landing page website this week. Will start PPC ads (I’m experienced in this) after that to generate sign-ups. I’ll also start email marketing from lists I’ve scraped. Team Solo-founder, will bring on CTO co-founder once I start raising funds. I have promising candidates, but feel that I need to raise funds to really entice a good co-founder. I’m uniquely positioned to head this product; B2B sales having worked with many CRMs + construction expertise and network. That said, I’ve never actually done anything that* impressive besides being an AE at a known enterprise techy company (but not FAANG level). &#x200B; I want to acknowledge that my progress might sound more impressive than it is - it's still just a CRM after all, and I'm non-technical. Should I keep going? Advice? I also have a great offer to lead sales at a profitable startup, but I could always do both if it was worth it. I’m feeling really uncertain for some reason :/ maybe it’s just burnout.

Marketing strategy for early-stage startup

Hi! I'm a first-time founder and now we with my co-founder are working on launching our solution. We are working on a b2c service that visualizes what people feel based on their notes. Our potential users are women 18-29 who are interested in feeling better. I'm non-technical so marketing is in my responsibilities. Now I am trying to create something like a marketing strategy for this early-stage launch, and I would like to know your opinions about it, maybe I missed something that could work for us. In my plan, we start by announcing in personal social networks, like LI, Ig and meeting new people on offline events. We also would try to have some paid or unpaid announcements in groups on Fb about health, well-being, new apps, AI (we use AI in our service), women entrepreneurs supportive communities. We were thinking about Tinder Ads, but I didn't have any reviews of it. We also plan to work with influencers on Ig and YT, maybe TikTok. And also would like to try Google Ads, IG ads, YT ads. &#x200B; Have you tried something of it? How it was? Maybe I missed something that worked for you in similar cases?

Does this sound useful? [I will not promote]

My idea is an AI model that helps business owner make smart decisions no matter their size. (Mentor in your pocket) No more spending ours researching, Validating, planning, time wasting decision discussions etc 🕑Save Time > Saving Money💰 ⬇️Read for a better understanding⬇️ 1) give it context about your business( the more specific the better) 2) ask it a question. E.g "I need a marketing strategy that appeals to the X audience more " E.g "At the current rate is my business dying?" E.g "give me a step by step guide using the resources I have that can get my business up and running" 3) results aren't just pulled out of the air but are pulled from a database with answers and case studies to back up the answer. E.g "company Y had competition with company X in [2012] to get a larger market share so company Y...[The decisions that company made to get the result similar to the problem your facing]" This would even be friendly for people who wish to start a new business. •E.g prompt: "[ input idea] please validate my idea, does it suck?" Result could even be from a specific entrepreneur. E.g • "Alex Hormozi states that ... in the book $100M Offers. And it seems you are missing ... from his framework." Here is what you can do to [Desired result]. (You can specify which entrepreneur or the AI will select the most relevant one to you.)

Competing with much bigger companies that have lame products? How do I market and carve out a niche? (I will not promote)

I've been working on a product for the last few months that competes with CapCut, Adobe Premier, Veed, Descript, DaVinci Resolve, etc. Basically, it's a fancy video editor. (no link and I will not promote but just some background context) I'm very technical and started creating videos for TikTok but really wanted to take my game to the next level. My channel sort of blew up on me in the first month and I was able to get 2M views and 10k followers. My initial thinking was that I was going to use AI to make video editing fancy/faster and sort of have this as a "script" that I used personally. Basically, give myself a serious competitive advantage. However, it sort of spiraled out of control! What started off as a weekend project, turned into 2 weekends, which turned into about 2 months of continuous hacking. If I'm going to spend a significant amount of time on this, I might as well try to productize it and try to at least make enough money that I break even on my time. The thing I'm worried about, in the back of my mind, is that if I shop this, that my competitors, with their signifiant resources, could clone what I'm doing quickly. However, at the same time, why haven't they done so already? I mean maybe I have a better understanding of the market than they do because they don't actually use their products. I know that sounds like a bit of a cop out in a way but there are plenty of entrepreneurs who have started companies and crushed it just because they were heads down and focused. Another problem I face, is that I think VCs may not be super excited about this because it's B2C-ish and it's not in a super exciting space. Maybe you could say it's in the AI video space, and they're excited about AI video, but it's just an AI video editor, not fully creating AI videos from scratch like SORA. I think since I blew up my TikTok feed before, that I could do it again, and if I get 2M views, and I have a outro on my video, that I could start to convert some of these as customers. Especially, if I started to create videos for creators which is more focused on the target market. So without funding, can I really tackle these existing competitors? PS. "I will not promote" but I have to talk about this somewhat abstractly but I won't link to anything.

Looking for first-time founders who are on their way to get to product-market fit | I will not promote

Hey all! I’m Emil, a product guy and angel investor looking to understand better the needs of aspiring entrepreneurs and early startup founders.  I'm on a mission to make the journey from idea to first customers less stressful. This all started because of personal frustration, and I’d love to hear your experience to make sure we’re creating something that truly helps. If you’re up for it, your insights would mean the world to us and help shape a better future for entrepreneurs worldwide. You can share your thoughts in a quick 10-minute chat with AI-based virtual assistant - drop me a DM to set it up. Thanks a bunch, Emil

Why raise in 2025? - I will not promote

I will not promote Lately, I've been thinking about how AI tools are completely reshaping what it means to bootstrap a startup. It honestly feels like we're living through a golden age for entrepreneurs where you don't necessarily need venture capital to build something big or meaningful. At my company, we're a small team of just four people, bootstrapping our AI-focused startup. Thanks to AI-powered tools, we're able to keep our burn rate ridiculously low, quickly test new ideas, and scale our operations way faster than we ever expected. It’s honestly pretty incredible how accessible advanced technology has become, even compared to just a few years ago. Of course, bootstrapping definitely comes with its own share of headaches. For example, we've noticed that funded startups get significantly better access to cloud credits, advertising budgets, and enterprise-level tools. We do have access to some discounts and free resources, but it rarely compares to what funded startups enjoy. This can feel frustrating, especially when you know you're competing directly with businesses that have those extra advantages. Visibility is another major challenge we've noticed. Without big funding announcements or a well-connected investor backing us, getting attention from media or even early adopters can be tough. It's just harder to make a splash without someone else's endorsement. We've had to accept and work around creatively. That said, there's something genuinely empowering about staying bootstrapped, prioritizing profitability, and maintaining control over our vision. After speaking with several investors, we've become aware of how investors can significantly influence or even redirect the trajectory of a business. We've heard stories where investors gained enough leverage to replace the original founders or have killed perfectly profitable businesses that were not growing "fast enough", which certainly gave us pause. They can definitely be helpful but giving the control over the future of my business to someone else would definitely make me feel anxious. At this time, we simply don't feel raising external capital aligns with our current goals, but we're also aware that this could change in the future. For now, maintaining autonomy and staying close to our original vision remains a priority. I'm curious to hear from others here who've been through this. Have you successfully bootstrapped an AI a tech business? What obstacles did you encounter, and how did you overcome them? EDIT: To give you a bit of perspective, my company is a B2B SaaS in the finance industry based in Europe. We have received VC funding in the past but it was an exceptionally good deal and we don't plan to raise in the near future even-thought it may change if we see the need to help us scale. We have also raised a significant amount in soft funding. Right now, we are growing on our revenues, and we plan to continue this trajectory. Recently, one of our developers left, and although we are a small team, we noticed that it had little to no impact on our productivity.

How I made a high tech salary in my first selling month

For over 7 years I worked as a full-stack developer, helping other companies bring their ideas to life. But one day, I thought “Why not try making my own dream come true?”. That’s when I decided to quit my job and start my own journey to becoming an entrepreneur. At first, it wasn’t easy. I didn’t make any money for months and had no idea where to start. I felt lost. Then, I decided to focus on something popular and trending. AI was everywhere, and ChatGPT was the most used AI platform. So I looked into it and I found the OpenAI community forum where people had been asking for features that weren’t being added. That gave me an idea. Why not build those features myself? I created a Chrome extension and I worked on some of the most requested features, like: Downloading the advanced voice mode and messages as MP3 Adding folders to organize chats Saving and reusing prompts Pinning important chats Exporting chats to TXT/JSON files Deleting or archiving multiple chats at once Making chat history searches faster and better It took me about a week to build the first version, and when I published it, the response was incredible. People loved it! Some even said things like, “You’re a lifesaver!” That’s when I realized I had something that could not only help people but also turn into a real business. I kept the first version free to see how people would respond. Many users have been downloading my extension, which prompted Chrome to review it to determine if it qualified for the featured badge. I received the badge, and it has significantly boosted traffic to my extension ever since. After all the positive feedback, I launched a paid version one month ago. A few minutes after publishing it, I made my first sale! That moment was so exciting, and it motivated me to keep going. I already have over 4,000 users and have made more than $4,500 in my first selling month. I’ve decided to release 1-2 new features every month to keep improving the extension based on what users ask for. I also created the same extension for Firefox and Edge users because many people have been asking for it! I also started a Reddit community, where I share updates, sales, discount codes, and ideas for new features. It’s been awesome to connect with users directly and get their feedback. Additionally, I’ve started working on another extension for Claude, which I’m hoping will be as successful as this one. My message to you is this: never give up on your dreams. It might feel impossible at first, but with patience, hard work, and some creativity, you can make it happen. I hope this inspires you to go after what you want. Good luck to all of us!

I spent 6 months on building a tool, and got 0 zero users. Here is my story.

Edit Thank you all so much for your time reading my story. Your support, feedback, criticism, and skepticism; all helped me a lot, and I couldn't appreciate it enough \^\_\^ TL;DR I spent 6 months on a tool that currently has 0 users. Below is what I learned during my journey, sharing because I believe most mistakes are easily avoidable. Do not overestimate your product and assume it will be an exception to fundamental principles. Principles are there for a reason. Always look for validation before you start. Avoid building products with a low money-to-effort ratio/in very competitive fields. Unless you have the means, you probably won't make it. Pick a problem space, pick your target audience, and talk to them before thinking about a solution. Identify and match their pain points. Only then should you think of a solution. If people are not overly excited or willing to pay in advance for a discounted price, it might be a sign to rethink. Sell one and only one feature at a time. Avoid everything else. If people don't pay for that one core feature, no secondary feature will change their mind. Always spend twice as much time marketing as you do building. You will not get users if they don't know it exists. Define success metrics ("1000 users in 3 months" or "$6000 in the account at the end of 6 months") before you start. If you don't meet them, strongly consider quitting the project. If you can't get enough users to keep going, nothing else matters. VALIDATION, VALIDATION, VALIDATION. Success is not random, but most of our first products will not make a success story. Know when to admit failure, and move on. Even if a product of yours doesn't succeed, what you learned during its journey will turn out to be invaluable for your future. My story So, this is the story of a product, Summ, that I’ve been working on for the last 6 months. As it's the first product I’ve ever built, after watching you all from the sidelines, I have learned a lot, made many mistakes, and did only a few things right. Just sharing what I’ve learned and some insights from my journey so far. I hope that this post will help you avoid the mistakes I made — most of which I consider easily avoidable — while you enjoy reading it, and get to know me a little bit more 🤓. A slow start after many years Summ isn’t the first product I really wanted to build. Lacking enough dev skills to even get started was a huge blocker for so many years. In fact, the first product I would’ve LOVED to build was a smart personal shopping assistant. I had this idea 4 years ago; but with no GPT, no coding skills, no technical co-founder, I didn’t have the means to make it happen. I still do not know if such a tool exists and is good enough. All I wanted was a tool that could make data-based predictions about when to buy stuff (“buy a new toothpaste every three months”) and suggest physical products that I might need or be strongly interested in. AFAIK, Amazon famously still struggles with the second one. Fast-forward a few years, I learned the very basics of HTML, CSS, and Vanilla JS. Still was not there to build a product; but good enough to code my design portfolio from scratch. Yet, I couldn’t imagine myself building a product using Vanilla JS. I really hated it, I really sucked at it. So, back to tutorial hell, and to learn about this framework I just heard about: React.React introduced so many new concepts to me. “Thinking in React” is a phrase we heard a lot, and with quite good reasons. After some time, I was able to build very basic tutorial apps, both in React, and React Native; but I have to say that I really hated coding for mobile. At this point, I was already a fan of productivity apps, and had a concept for a time management assistant app in my design portfolio. So, why not build one? Surely, it must be easy, since every coding tutorial starts with a todo app. ❌ WRONG! Building a basic todo app is easy enough, but building one good enough for a place in the market was a challenge I took and failed. I wasted one month on that until I abandoned the project for good. Even if I continued working on it, as the productivity landscape is overly competitive, I wouldn’t be able to make enough money to cover costs, assuming I make any. Since I was (and still am) in between jobs, I decided to abandon the project. 👉 What I learned: Do not start projects with a low ratio of money to effort and time. Example: Even if I get 500 monthly users, 200 of which are paid users (unrealistically high number), assuming an average subscription fee of $5/m (such apps are quite cheap, mostly due to the high competition), it would make me around $1000 minus any occurring costs. Any founder with a product that has 500 active users should make more. Even if it was relatively successful, due to the high competition, I wouldn’t make any meaningful money. PS: I use Todoist today. Due to local pricing, I pay less than $2/m. There is no way I could beat this competitive pricing, let alone the app itself. But, somehow, with a project that wasn’t even functional — let alone being an MVP — I made my first Wi-Fi money: Someone decided that the domain I preemptively purchased is worth something. By this point, I had already abandoned the project, certainly wasn’t going to renew the domain, was looking for a FT job, and a new project that I could work on. And out of nowhere, someone hands me some free money — who am I not to take it? Of course, I took it. The domain is still unused, no idea why 🤔. Ngl, I still hate the fact that my first Wi-Fi money came from this. A new idea worth pursuing? Fast-forward some weeks now. Around March, I got this crazy idea of building an email productivity tool. We all use emails, yet we all hate them. So, this must be fixed. Everyone uses emails, in fact everyone HAS TO use emails. So, I just needed to build a tool and wait for people to come. This was all, really. After all, the problem space is huge, there is enough room for another product, everyone uses emails, no need for any further validation, right? ❌ WRONG ONCE AGAIN! We all hear from the greatest in the startup landscape that we must validate our ideas with real people, yet at least some of us (guilty here 🥸) think that our product will be hugely successful and prove them to be an exception. Few might, but most are not. I certainly wasn't. 👉 Lesson learned: Always validate your ideas with real people. Ask them how much they’d pay for such a tool (not if they would). Much better if they are willing to pay upfront for a discount, etc. But even this comes later, keep reading. I think the difference between “How much” and “If” is huge for two reasons: (1) By asking them for “How much”, you force them to think in a more realistic setting. (2) You will have a more realistic idea on your profit margins. Based on my competitive analysis, I already had a solution in my mind to improve our email usage standards and email productivity (huge mistake), but I did my best to learn about their problems regarding those without pushing the idea too hard. The idea is this: Generate concise email summaries with suggested actions, combine them into one email, and send it at their preferred times. Save as much as time the AI you end up with allows. After all, everyone loves to save time. So, what kind of validation did I seek for? Talked with only a few people around me about this crazy, internet-breaking idea. The responses I got were, now I see, mediocre; no one got excited about it, just said things along the lines of “Cool idea, OK”. So, any reasonable person in this situation would think “Okay, not might not be working”, right? Well, I did not. I assumed that they were the wrong audience for this product, and there was this magical land of user segments waiting eagerly for my product, yet unknowingly. To this day, I still have not reached this magical place. Perhaps, it didn’t exist in the first place. If I cannot find it, whether it exists or not doesn’t matter. I am certainly searching for it. 👉 What I should have done: Once I decide on a problem space (time management, email productivity, etc.), I should decide on my potential user segments, people who I plan to sell my product to. Then I should go talk to those people, ask them about their pains, then get to the problem-solving/ideation phase only later. ❗️ VALIDATION COMES FROM THE REALITY OUTSIDE. What validation looks like might change from product to product; but what invalidation looks like is more or less the same for every product. Nico Jeannen told me yesterday “validation = money in the account” on Twitter. This is the ultimate form of validation your product could get. If your product doesn’t make any money, then something is invalidated by reality: Your product, you, your idea, who knows? So, at this point, I knew a little bit of Python from spending some time in tutorial hell a few years ago, some HTML/CSS/JS, barely enough React to build a working app. React could work for this project, but I needed easy-to-implement server interactivity. Luckily, around this time, I got to know about this new gen of indie hackers, and learned (but didn’t truly understand) about their approach to indie hacking, and this library called Nextjs. How good Next.js still blows my mind. So, I was back to tutorial hell once again. But, this time, with a promise to myself: This is the last time I would visit tutorial hell. Time to start building this "ground-breaking idea" Learning the fundamentals of Next.js was easier than learning of React unsurprisingly. Yet, the first time I managed to run server actions on Next.js was one of the rarest moments that completely blew my mind. To this day, I reject the idea that it is something else than pure magic under its hood. Did I absolutely need Nextjs for this project though? I do not think so. Did it save me lots of time? Absolutely. Furthermore, learning Nextjs will certainly be quite helpful for other projects that I will be tackling in the future. Already got a few ideas that might be worth pursuing in the head in case I decide to abandon Summ in the future. Fast-forward few weeks again: So, at this stage, I had a barely working MVP-like product. Since the very beginning, I spent every free hour (and more) on this project as speed is essential. But, I am not so sure it was worth it to overwork in retrospect. Yet, I know I couldn’t help myself. Everything is going kinda smooth, so what’s the worst thing that could ever happen? Well, both Apple and Google announced their AIs (Apple Intelligence and Google Gemini, respectively) will have email summarization features for their products. Summarizing singular emails is no big deal, after all there were already so many similar products in the market. I still think that what truly matters is a frictionless user experience, and this is why I built this product in a certain way: You spend less than a few minutes setting up your account, and you get to enjoy your email summaries, without ever visiting its website again. This is still a very cool concept I really like a lot. So, at this point: I had no other idea that could be pursued, already spent too much time on this project. Do I quit or not? This was the question. Of course not. I just have to launch this product as quickly as possible. So, I did something right, a quite rare occurrence I might say: Re-planned my product, dropped everything secondary to the core feature immediately (save time on reading emails), tried launching it asap. 👉 Insight: Sell only one core feature at one time. Drop anything secondary to this core feature. Well, my primary occupation is product design. So one would expect that a product I build must have stellar design. I considered any considerable time spent on design at this stage would be simply wasted. I still think this is both true and wrong: True, because if your product’s core benefits suck, no one will care about your design. False, because if your design looks amateurish, no one will trust you and your product. So, I always targeted an average level design with it and the way this tool works made it quite easy as I had to design only 2 primary pages: Landing page and user portal (which has only settings and analytics pages). However, even though I knew spending time on design was not worth much of my time, I got a bit “greedy”: In fact, I redesigned those pages three times, and still ended up with a so-so design that I am not proud of. 👉 What I would do differently: Unless absolutely necessary, only one iteration per stage as long as it works. This, in my mind, applies to everything. If your product’s A feature works, then no need to rewrite it from scratch for any reason, or even refactor it. When your product becomes a success, and you absolutely need that part of your codebase to be written, do so, but only then. Ready to launch, now is th etime for some marketing, right? By July 26, I already had a “launchable” product that barely works (I marked this date on a Notion docs, this is how I know). Yet, I had spent almost no time on marketing, sales, whatever. After all, “You build and they will come”. Did I know that I needed marketing? Of course I did, but knowingly didn’t. Why, you might ask. Well, from my perspective, it had to be a dev-heavy product; meaning that you spend most of your time on developing it, mostly coding skills. But, this is simply wrong. As a rule of thumb, as noted by one of the greatests, Marc Louvion, you should spend at least twice of the building time on marketing. ❗️ Time spent on building \* 2 people don’t know your product > they don’t use your product > you don’t get users > you don’t make money Easy as that. Following the same reasoning, a slightly different approach to planning a project is possible. Determine an approximate time to complete the project with a high level project plan. Let’s say 6 months. By the reasoning above, 2 months should go into building, and 4 into marketing. If you need 4 months for building instead of 2, then you need 8 months of marketing, which makes the time to complete the project 12 months. If you don’t have that much time, then quit the project. When does a project count as completed? Well, in reality, never. But, I think we have to define success conditions even before we start for indie projects and startups; so we know when to quit when they are not met. A success condition could look like “Make $6000 in 12 months” or “Have 3000 users in 6 months”. It all depends on the project. But, once you set it, it should be set in stone: You don’t change it unless absolutely necessary. I suspect there are few principles that make a solopreneur successful; and knowing when to quit and when to continue is definitely one of them. Marc Louvion is famously known for his success, but he got there after failing so many projects. To my knowledge, the same applies to Nico Jeannen, Pieter Levels, or almost everyone as well. ❗️ Determining when to continue even before you start will definitely help in the long run. A half-aed launch Time-leap again. Around mid August, I “soft launched” my product. By soft launch, I mean lazy marketing. Just tweeting about it, posting it on free directories. Did I get any traffic? Surely I did. Did I get any users? Nope. Only after this time, it hit me: “Either something is wrong with me, or with this product” Marketing might be a much bigger factor for a project’s success after all. Even though I get some traffic, not convincing enough for people to sign up even for a free trial. The product was still perfect in my eyes at the time (well, still is ^(\_),) so the right people are not finding my product, I thought. Then, a question that I should have been asking at the very first place, one that could prevent all these, comes to my mind: “How do even people search for such tools?” If we are to consider this whole journey of me and my so-far-failed product to be an already destined failure, one metric suffices to show why. Search volume: 30. Even if people have such a pain point, they are not looking for email summaries. So, almost no organic traffic coming from Google. But, as a person who did zero marketing on this or any product, who has zero marketing knowledge, who doesn’t have an audience on social media, there is not much I could do. Finally, it was time to give up. Or not… In my eyes, the most important element that makes a founder (solo or not) successful (this, I am not by any means) is to solve problems. ❗️ So, the problem was this: “People are not finding my product by organic search” How do I make sure I get some organic traffic and gets more visibility? Learn digital marketing and SEO as much as I can within very limited time. Thankfully, without spending much time, I came across Neil Patel's YT channel, and as I said many times, it is an absolute gold mine. I learned a lot, especially about the fundamentals, and surely it will be fruitful; but there is no magic trick that could make people visit your website. SEO certainly helps, but only when people are looking for your keywords. However, it is truly a magical solution to get in touch with REAL people that are in your user segments: 👉 Understand your pains, understand their problems, help them to solve them via building products. I did not do this so far, have to admit. But, in case you would like to have a chat about your email usage, and email productivity, just get in touch; I’d be delighted to hear about them. Getting ready for a ProductHunt launch The date was Sept 1. And I unlocked an impossible achievement: Running out of Supabase’s free plan’s Egres limit while having zero users. I was already considering moving out of their Cloud server and managing a Supabase CLI service on my Hetzner VPS for some time; but never ever suspected that I would have to do this quickly. The cheapest plan Supabase offers is $25/month; yet, at that point, I am in between jobs for such a long time, basically broke, and could barely afford that price. One or two months could be okay, but why pay for it if I will eventually move out of their Cloud service? So, instead of paying $25, I spent two days migrating out of Supabase Cloud. Worth my time? Definitely not. But, when you are broke, you gotta do stupid things. This was the first time that I felt lucky to have zero users: I have no idea how I would manage this migration if I had any. I think this is one of the core tenets of an indie hacker: Controlling their own environment. I can’t remember whose quote this is, but I suspect it was Naval: Entrepreneurs have an almost pathological need to control their own fate. They will take any suffering if they can be in charge of their destiny, and not have it in somebody else’s hands. What’s truly scary is, at least in my case, we make people around us suffer at the expense of our attempting to control our own fates. I know this period has been quite hard on my wife as well, as I neglected her quite a bit, but sadly, I know that this will happen again. It is something that I can barely help with. Still, so sorry. After working the last two weeks on a ProductHunt Launch, I finally launched it this Tuesday. Zero ranking, zero new users, but 36 kind people upvoted my product, and many commented and provided invaluable feedback. I couldn't be more grateful for each one of them 🙏. Considering all these, what lies in the future of Summ though? I have no idea, to be honest. On one hand, I have zero users, have no job, no income. So, I need a way to make money asap. On the other hand, the whole idea of it revolves around one core premise (not an assumption) that I am not so willing to share; and I couldn’t have more trust in it. This might not be the best iteration of it, however I certainly believe that email usage is one of the best problem spaces one could work on. 👉 But, one thing is for certain: I need to get in touch with people, and talk with them about this product I built so far. In fact, this is the only item on my agenda. Nothing else will save my brainchild <3. Below are some other insights and notes that I got during my journey; as they do not 100% fit into this story, I think it is more suitable to list them here. I hope you enjoyed reading this. Give Summ a try, it comes with a generous free trial, no credit card required. Some additional notes and insights: Project planning is one of the most underestimated skills for solopreneurs. It saves you enormous time, and helps you to keep your focus up. Building B2C products beats building B2B products. Businesses are very willing to pay big bucks if your product helps them. On the other hand, spending a few hours per user who would pay $5/m probably is not worth your time. It doesn’t matter how brilliant your product is if no one uses it. If you cannot sell a product in a certain category/niche (or do not know how to sell it), it might be a good idea not to start a project in it. Going after new ideas and ventures is quite risky, especially if you don’t know how to market it. On the other hand, an already established category means that there is already demand. Whether this demand is sufficient or not is another issue. As long as there is enough demand for your product to fit in, any category/niche is good. Some might be better, some might be worse. Unless you are going hardcore B2B, you will need people to find your product by means of organic search. Always conduct thorough keyword research as soon as possible.

Am I on the right track?

This might be a little long for the average reader. But i'll do my best to format it so it's skimmable. Context I left my SaaS company 2 months ago. I was employee number 4 and helped them grow to 8 figures. I had a seat at the executive table and equity in the business. Burnt out and wanted to start my own thing. I forgot how hard it is to go from 0 👉 1 📚 Two schools of thought Build a product that solves your pain point and find others with that pain point Perform customer discovery calls until you get signal and start building + follow up with them 🥇 First approach For the last 45 days I built the product I wished I had when leading a 10 person marketing/sales team for the SaaS I was previously at. It checked all the boxes, pulled data, automated specific steps, showed the conversion tracking, data, etc. I launched it as a beta to my close network and the crowd went MILD. 😒 After some follow up - I realized I built something that already kind of exists and it's hard to convince others (even those who personally know me) that it's different or better. Undiscouraged, I am going to go back to the drawing board and try approach #2 above and schedule some customer discovery calls. 🥈 Second approach After trying and failing to turn the marketing numbers around at my last role I am convicted of 4 brutal truths about digital marketing today Truth #1 – AI-generated content is flooding the internet and ANYONE can and will be creating content with AI. Truth #2 – Ranking for high-volume keywords is harder than ever and probably not worth it anymore. Truth #3 – AI-driven efficiency is non-negotiable. If you haven’t installed AI in your business - you are WAY behind. Truth #4 – Most businesses are thinking about AI completely wrong. Easy button vs quality stair step. I have some early thoughts on how I would like to solve this (backed by data and some user stories). But my main question and the entire point of this post is.... ⁉️ Questions Before I schedule these product discovery calls should I make it clear where I am convicted and find those who want to talk (agree or disagree) with the above. Or just keep that out of the mix and ask them my product discovery questions regardless? I am probably overthinking it - but I just hit up my personal network with a beta launch, feels silly to go back with product discovery questions for them. Is there a good place (besides reddit) to pay people for product discovery calls? A quick Google Search and it's unclear to me.

Why you should consider using small open source fine-tuned models

Context I want to start off by giving some context on what fine-tuning is, why it's useful and who it would be useful for: What is fine-tuning? When controlling the output of an LLM there are, broadly, three levels. Prompt engineering, RAG and fine-tuning. Most of you are likely familiar with the first two. Prompt engineering is when you try to optimize the prompt to get the model to do what you want better. RAG (retrieval augmented generation) is when you first do a search on some data (usually stored in a vector database which allows you to search by similarity), then you insert the results into the prompt so that the model can use that context to more accurately answer any questions. It's like letting the LLM access external information right before answering, using that additional context to improve its response Fine-tuning is when you want to fundamentally teach a model something new or teach it to behave in a particular way. You would provide the model with high quality data (i.e. inputs and outputs) which it will train on. Why is it useful? At the moment, many of you use the largest and best LLMs because they give the best results. However, for a lot of use cases you are likely using a sledgehammer for a small nail. Does it do a great job? Damn yeah! Well... why not use a smaller hammer? Because it might miss or hit your finger. The solution shouldn't be to use a sledgehammer, but rather to learn how to use a smaller hammer properly so you never miss! That's exactly what fine-tuning a smaller model is like. Once you fine-tune it on a specific task with good high quality data, it can surpass even the best models at that specific task. It'll be 10x cheaper to run, much faster and, if you use an open source model, you'll own the model (no vendor lock-in!). If you run a SaaS and your biggest expense is AI costs then you should definitely consider fine-tuning. It'll take some time to set up but it'll be well worth it in the medium/long term (a bit like SEO). You can always resort to the best models for more complex tasks. How to fine-tune? I'm going to give you a breakdown of the process from beginning to end. You do need to be (a bit) technical in order to do this. Getting the data Let's suppose we want to fine-tune a model to make high-quality SEO content. At the moment, you might be using a large sophisticated prompt or using multiple large LLMs to write different parts or utilizing RAG. This is all slow and expensive but might be giving you great results. Our goal is to replace this with a fine-tuned model that is great at one thing: writing high-quality SEO content quickly at a much lower cost. The first step is gathering the appropriate data. If you want the model to write 3 or 4 paragraphs based on a prompt that contains the topic and a few keywords, then your data should match that. There are a few way you can do this: You can manually gather high-quality SEO content. You'd write the prompt and the response that the model should give. You can use a larger more powerful LLM to generate the content for you (also known as synthetic data). It'll be expensive but remember that it'll be a larger one-off cost to get the data. If you already have a pipeline that works great then you can use the prompts and the generated content that you already have from that pipeline. You can buy a high-quality dataset or get someone to make it for you. The data is the most important part of this process. Remember, garbage in garbage out. Your data needs to have a good variety and should not contain any bad examples. You should aim for around 1000 examples. The more the better! The actual fine-tuning. At this stage you are now ready to choose a model and setup the fine-tuning. If you are unsure I'd stick to the Llama 3.1 family of models. They are great and reliable. There are three models: 8b, 70b and 405b. Depending on the complexity of the task you should select an appropriate size. However, to really reap the cost saving benefits and the speed you should try to stick with the 8b model or the the 70b model if the 8b is not good enough. For our SEO example, let's use the 8b model. Important note on selecting a model: You might see multiple models with the 8b flag. You might see 4bit-bnb or instruct. The instruct version of the models have basically been trained to be chatbots. So if you want to keep the chatbot-like instruction-following functionality then you should use the instruct version as the base. The non-instruct version simply generates text. It won't 'act' like a chatbot which is better for use cases like creative writing. The 4bit-bnb means that the model has been 'quantized'. Basically it has been made 4x smaller (the original is in 16 bits) so that it is faster to download and faster to fine-tune. This slightly reduces the accuracy of the model but it's usually fine for most use cases :) Fine-tuning should be done on a good GPU. CPU aren't good enough. So you can't spin up a droplet on digital ocean and use that. You'll specifically need to spin up a GPU. One website that I think is great is Runpod .io (I am not affiliated with them). You simply pay for the GPU by the hour. If you want the training to be fast you can use the H100, if you want something cheaper but slower you can use the A40. Although the A40 won't be good enough to run the 70b parameter model. For the 405b model you'll need multiple H100s but let's leave that for more advanced use cases. Once you've spun up your H100 and ssh-ed into it. I would recommend using the unsloth open source library to do the fine-tuning. They have great docs and good boilerplate code. You want to train using a method called QLoRA. This won't train the entire model but only "part of it". I don't want to get into the technical details as t3hat isn't important but essentially it's a very efficient and effective way of fine-tuning models. When fine-tuning you can provide something called a 'validation set'. As your model is training it will be tested against the 'validation set' to see how well it's doing. You'll get an 'eval loss' which basically means how well is your model doing when compared with the unseen validation data. If you have 1000 training examples I'd recommend taking out 100-200 so it can act as the validation set. Your model may start off with an eval loss of 1.1 and by the end of the training (e.g. 3 epochs - the number of epochs is the number of times your model will be trained on the entire dataset. It's like reading a book more than once so you can understand it better. Usually 3-5 epochs is enough) the eval loss would drop to 0.6 or 0.7 which means your model has made great progress in learning your dataset! You don't want it to be too low as that means it is literally memorizing which isn't good. Post fine-tuning You'll want to save the model with the best eval loss. You actually won't have the whole model, just something called the "QLoRA adapters". These are basically like the new neurons that contain the "understanding" of the data you trained the model on. You can combine these with the base model (using unsloth again) to prompt the model. You can also (and I recommend this) convert the model to GGUF format (using unsloth again). This basically packages the QLoRA adapters and model together into an optimized format so you can easily and efficiently run it and prompt it (using unsloth again... lol). I would then recommend running some evaluations on the new model. You can do this by simply prompting the new model and a more powerful model (or using your old pipeline) and then asking a powerful model e.g. Claude to judge which is better. If your model consistently does better then you've hit a winner! You can then use runpod again to deploy the model to their serverless AI endpoint so you only pay when it's actually being inferenced. (Again, I'm not affiliated with them) I hope this was useful and you at least got a good idea of what fine-tuning is and how you might go about doing it. By the way, I've just launched a website where you can easily fine-tune Llama 3.1 models. I'm actually hoping to eventually automate this entire process as I believe small fine-tuned models will be much more common in the future. If you want more info, feel free to DM me :)

The Cold-Calling AI Project I'm Working On Just Got Some Angel Investment!

Hey y'all. The AI cold calling startup I've been working on for 3-4 months now just got a $2,500 angel investment, and we have 2 current customers, a credit card processing broker and a hospital equipment rental company based out of Texas. We have around $1,500 revenue so far, but we're having lots of trouble fulfilling the contracts because our tech just isn't "there" yet. I'm the Chief Tech Officer, and I'm also running some operations. The other main person in this is the CEO who has a strong sales background and came up with the idea. I've been working purely remotely, and it's great having some income because I'm stuck at home because I'm disabled, basically... &#x200B; We're using 11labs, openai, google speech to text, and a sh\*tty online dialer right now to run the first MVP which runs locally on our "botrunners" computers, and we're developing a web app with django python + javascript react. Our plan is, after we get the webapp working better, to hire more botrunners for $3 per hour from countries like Phillipines and India, and we're going to try to track all the actions the botrunners take to be able to train the AI to run it fully automated. The biggest problem we're facing right now with the tech is reducing latency, it started at 27 seconds to get a response and I've been able to get it down to 6 seconds, but people are still hanging up. We're trying several ways to mitigate this, including having pre-rendered speech playing something like "Okay" or "As an artificial representative, I'm still learning to be quicker on the pickup. We appreciate your patience." One of the industries we want to target is international web development and digital marketing companies, and we want to use the bot to cold-call businesses to pitch them our services. The goal is to replace $30 an hour cold-callers from the USA with $3 per hour total-cost automation. Apparently the CEO was given a $5 million valuation from the strength of the MVP from a VC. Our investment so far was at a $300k valuation tho. It's exciting. Trying to get Twilio working to be able to make calls programmatically instead of using our hacky workaround. Let me know if you have any questions. I just wanted to share this awesome news!

From "There's an App for that" to "There's YOUR App for that" - AI workflows will transform generic apps into deeply personalized experiences

I will not promote. For the past decade mobile apps were a core element of daily life for entertainment, productivity and connectivity. However, as the ecosystem saturated the general desire to download "just one more app" became apprehensive. There were clear monopolistic winners in different categories, such as Instagram and TikTok, which completely captured the majority of people's screentime. The golden age of creating indie apps and becoming a millionaire from them was dead. Conceptual models of these popular apps became ingrained in the general consciousness, and downloading new apps where re-learning new UI layouts was required, became a major friction point. There is high reluctance to download a new app rather than just utilizing the tooling of the growing market share of the existing winners. Content marketing and white labeled apps saw a resurgence of new app downloads, as users with parasympathetic relationships with influencers could be more easily persuaded to download them. However, this has led to a series of genericized tooling that lacks the soul of the early indie developer apps from the 2010s (Flappy bird comes to mind). A seemingly grim spot to be in, until everything changed on November 30th 2022. Sam Altman, Ilya Sutskever and team announced chatGPT, a Large Language Model that was the first publicly available generative AI tool. The first non-deterministic tool that could reason probablisitically in a similar (if flawed) way, to the human mind. At first, it was a clear paradigm shift in the world of computing, this was obvious from the fact that it climbed to 1 Million users within the first 5 days of its launch. However, despite the insane hype around the AI, its utility was constrained to chatbot interfaces for another year or more. As the models reasoning abilities got better and better, engineers began to look for other ways of utilizing this new paradigm shift, beyond chatbots. It became clear that, despite the powerful abilities to generate responses to prompts, the LLMs suffered from false hallucinations with extreme confidence, significantly impacting the reliability of their use, in search, coding and general utility. Retrieval Augmented Generation (RAG) was coined to provide a solution to this. Now, the LLM would apply a traditional search for data, via a database, a browser or other source of truth, and then feed that information into the prompt as it generates, allowing for more accurate results. Furthermore, it became clear that you could enhance an LLM by providing them metadata to interact with tools such as APIs for other services, allowing LLMs to perform actions typically reserved for humans, like fetching data, manipulating it and acting as an independent Agent. This prompted engineers to start treating LLMs, not as a database and a search engine, but rather a reasoning system, that could be part of a larger system of inputs and feedback to handle workflows independently. These "AI Agents" are poised to become the core technology in the next few years for hyper-personalizing and automating processes for specific users. Rather than having a generic B2B SaaS product that is somewhat useful for a team, one could standup a modular system of Agents that can handle the exactly specified workflow for that team. Frameworks such as LlangChain and LLamaIndex will help enable this for companies worldwide. The power is back in the hands of the people. However, it's not just big tech that is going to benefit from this revolution. AI Agentic workflows will allow for a resurgence in personalized applications that work like personal digital employee's. One could have a Personal Finance agent keeping track of their budgets, a Personal Trainer accountability coaching you making sure you meet your goals, or even a silly companion that roasts you when you're procrastinating. The options are endless ! At the core of this technology is the fact that these agents will be able to recall all of your previous data and actions, so they will get better at understanding you and your needs as a function of time. We are at the beginning of an exciting period in history, and I'm looking forward to this new period of deeply personalized experiences. What are your thoughts ? Let me know in the comments !

HubSpot alternatives

We’ve been using HubSpot as our customer CRM, email marketing + automation loops, customer call hub and for meeting links. Everything just seems to work “ok” and we’re about to graduate to the next tranche of HubSpot start-up pricing where it start to get silly. Our core business has a platform which manages customer day to day ops but we’re keen to switch to alternative platforms that work better for: A) customer calls (phone line for inbound/outbound/scheduling/recording/AI note taking) B) email marketing (automations and campaigns) Any recommendations?

How a founder built a B2B AI startup to serve with 65+ global brands (including Fortune500 companies) (I will not promote)

AI Palette is an AI-driven platform that helps food and beverage companies predict emerging product trends. I had the opportunity recently to sit down with the founder to get his advice on building an AI-first startup, which he'll be going through in this post. (I will not promote) About AI Palette: Co-founders: >!2 (Somsubhra GanChoudhuri, Himanshu Upreti)!!100+!!$12.7M USD!!AI-powered predictive analytics for the CPG (Consumer Packaged Goods) industry!!Signed first paying customer in the first year!!65+ global brands, including Cargill, Diageo, Ajinomoto, Symrise, Mondelez, and L’Oréal, use AI Palette!!Every new product launched has secured a paying client within months!!Expanded into Beauty & Personal Care (BPC), onboarding one of India’s largest BPC companies within weeks!!Launched multiple new product lines in the last two years, creating a unified suite for brand innovation!Identify the pain points in your industry for ideas* When I was working in the flavour and fragrance industry, I noticed a major issue CPG companies faced: launching a product took at least one to two years. For instance, if a company decided today to launch a new juice, it wouldn’t hit the market until 2027. This long timeline made it difficult to stay relevant and on top of trends. Another big problem I noticed was that companies relied heavily on market research to determine what products to launch. While this might work for current consumer preferences, it was highly inefficient since the product wouldn’t actually reach the market for several years. By the time the product launched, the consumer trends had already shifted, making that research outdated. That’s where AI can play a crucial role. Instead of looking at what consumers like today, we realised that companies should use AI to predict what they will want next. This allows businesses to create products that are ahead of the curve. Right now, the failure rate for new product launches is alarmingly high, with 8 out of 10 products failing. By leveraging AI, companies can avoid wasting resources on products that won’t succeed, leading to better, more successful launches. Start by talking to as many industry experts as possible to identify the real problems When we first had the idea for AI Palette, it was just a hunch, a gut feeling—we had no idea whether people would actually pay for it. To validate the idea, we reached out to as many people as we could within the industry. Since our focus area was all about consumer insights, we spoke to professionals in the CPG sector, particularly those in the insights departments of CPG companies. Through these early conversations, we began to see a common pattern emerge and identified the exact problem we wanted to solve. Don’t tell people what you’re building—listen to their frustrations and challenges first. Going into these early customer conversations, our goal was to listen and understand their challenges without telling them what we were trying to build. This is crucial as it ensures that you can gather as much data about the problem to truly understand it and that you aren't biasing their answers by showing your solution. This process helped us in two key ways: First, it validated that there was a real problem in the industry through the number of people who spoke about experiencing the same problem. Second, it allowed us to understand the exact scale and depth of the problem—e.g., how much money companies were spending on consumer research, what kind of tools they were currently using, etc. Narrow down your focus to a small, actionable area to solve initially. Once we were certain that there was a clear problem worth solving, we didn’t try to tackle everything at once. As a small team of two people, we started by focusing on a specific area of the problem—something big enough to matter but small enough for us to handle. Then, we approached customers with a potential solution and asked them for feedback. We learnt that our solution seemed promising, but we wanted to validate it further. If customers are willing to pay you for the solution, it’s a strong validation signal for market demand. One of our early customer interviewees even asked us to deliver the solution, which we did manually at first. We used machine learning models to analyse the data and presented the results in a slide deck. They paid us for the work, which was a critical moment. It meant we had something with real potential, and we had customers willing to pay us before we had even built the full product. This was the key validation that we needed. By the time we were ready to build the product, we had already gathered crucial insights from our early customers. We understood the specific information they wanted and how they wanted the results to be presented. This input was invaluable in shaping the development of our final product. Building & Product Development Start with a simple concept/design to validate with customers before building When we realised the problem and solution, we began by designing the product, but not by jumping straight into coding. Instead, we created wireframes and user interfaces using tools like InVision and Figma. This allowed us to visually represent the product without the need for backend or frontend development at first. The goal was to showcase how the product would look and feel, helping potential customers understand its value before we even started building. We showed these designs to potential customers and asked for feedback. Would they want to buy this product? Would they pay for it? We didn’t dive into actual development until we found a customer willing to pay a significant amount for the solution. This approach helped us ensure we were on the right track and didn’t waste time or resources building something customers didn’t actually want. Deliver your solution using a manual consulting approach before developing an automated product Initially, we solved problems for customers in a more "consulting" manner, delivering insights manually. Recall how I mentioned that when one of our early customer interviewees asked us to deliver the solution, we initially did it manually by using machine learning models to analyse the data and presenting the results to them in a slide deck. This works for the initial stages of validating your solution, as you don't want to invest too much time into building a full-blown MVP before understanding the exact features and functionalities that your users want. However, after confirming that customers were willing to pay for what we provided, we moved forward with actual product development. This shift from a manual service to product development was key to scaling in a sustainable manner, as our building was guided by real-world feedback and insights rather than intuition. Let ongoing customer feedback drive iteration and the product roadmap Once we built the first version of the product, it was basic, solving only one problem. But as we worked closely with customers, they requested additional features and functionalities to make it more useful. As a result, we continued to evolve the product to handle more complex use cases, gradually developing new modules based on customer feedback. Product development is a continuous process. Our early customers pushed us to expand features and modules, from solving just 20% of their problems to tackling 50–60% of their needs. These demands shaped our product roadmap and guided the development of new features, ultimately resulting in a more complete solution. Revenue and user numbers are key metrics for assessing product-market fit. However, critical mass varies across industries Product-market fit (PMF) can often be gauged by looking at the size of your revenue and the number of customers you're serving. Once you've reached a certain critical mass of customers, you can usually tell that you're starting to hit product-market fit. However, this critical mass varies by industry and the type of customers you're targeting. For example, if you're building an app for a broad consumer market, you may need thousands of users. But for enterprise software, product-market fit may be reached with just a few dozen key customers. Compare customer engagement and retention with other available solutions on the market for product-market fit Revenue and the number of customers alone isn't always enough to determine if you're reaching product-market fit. The type of customer and the use case for your product also matter. The level of engagement with your product—how much time users are spending on the platform—is also an important metric to track. The more time they spend, the more likely it is that your product is meeting a crucial need. Another way to evaluate product-market fit is by assessing retention, i.e whether users are returning to your platform and relying on it consistently, as compared to other solutions available. That's another key indication that your solution is gaining traction in the market. Business Model & Monetisation Prioritise scalability Initially, we started with a consulting-type model where we tailor-made specific solutions for each customer use-case we encountered and delivered the CPG insights manually, but we soon realized that this wasn't scalable. The problem with consulting is that you need to do the same work repeatedly for every new project, which requires a large team to handle the workload. That is not how you sustain a high-growth startup. To solve this, we focused on building a product that would address the most common problems faced by our customers. Once built, this product could be sold to thousands of customers without significant overheads, making the business scalable. With this in mind, we decided on a SaaS (Software as a Service) business model. The benefit of SaaS is that once you create the software, you can sell it to many customers without adding extra overhead. This results in a business with higher margins, where the same product can serve many customers simultaneously, making it much more efficient than the consulting model. Adopt a predictable, simplistic business model for efficiency. Look to industry practices for guidance When it came to monetisation, we considered the needs of our CPG customers, who I knew from experience were already accustomed to paying annual subscriptions for sales databases and other software services. We decided to adopt the same model and charge our customers an annual upfront fee. This model worked well for our target market, aligning with industry standards and ensuring stable, recurring revenue. Moreover, our target CPG customers were already used to this business model and didn't have to choose from a huge variety of payment options, making closing sales a straightforward and efficient process. Marketing & Sales Educate the market to position yourself as a thought leader When we started, AI was not widely understood, especially in the CPG industry. We had to create awareness around both AI and its potential value. Our strategy focused on educating potential users and customers about AI, its relevance, and why they should invest in it. This education was crucial to the success of our marketing efforts. To establish credibility, we adopted a thought leadership approach. We wrote blogs on the importance of AI and how it could solve problems for CPG companies. We also participated in events and conferences to demonstrate our expertise in applying AI to the industry. This helped us build our brand and reputation as leaders in the AI space for CPG, and word-of-mouth spread as customers recognized us as the go-to company for AI solutions. It’s tempting for startups to offer products for free in the hopes of gaining early traction with customers, but this approach doesn't work in the long run. Free offerings don’t establish the value of your product, and customers may not take them seriously. You should always charge for pilots, even if the fee is minimal, to ensure that the customer is serious about potentially working with you, and that they are committed and engaged with the product. Pilots/POCs/Demos should aim to give a "flavour" of what you can deliver A paid pilot/POC trial also gives you the opportunity to provide a “flavour” of what your product can deliver, helping to build confidence and trust with the client. It allows customers to experience a detailed preview of what your product can do, which builds anticipation and desire for the full functionality. During this phase, ensure your product is built to give them a taste of the value you can provide, which sets the stage for a broader, more impactful adoption down the line. Fundraising & Financial Management Leverage PR to generate inbound interest from VCs When it comes to fundraising, our approach was fairly traditional—we reached out to VCs and used connections from existing investors to make introductions. However, looking back, one thing that really helped us build momentum during our fundraising process was getting featured in Tech in Asia. This wasn’t planned; it just so happened that Tech in Asia was doing a series on AI startups in Southeast Asia and they reached out to us for an article. During the interview, they asked if we were fundraising, and we mentioned that we were. As a result, several VCs we hadn’t yet contacted reached out to us. This inbound interest was incredibly valuable, and we found it far more effective than our outbound efforts. So, if you can, try to generate some PR attention—it can help create inbound interest from VCs, and that interest is typically much stronger and more promising than any outbound strategies because they've gone out of their way to reach out to you. Be well-prepared and deliberate about fundraising. Keep trying and don't lose heart When pitching to VCs, it’s crucial to be thoroughly prepared, as you typically only get one shot at making an impression. If you mess up, it’s unlikely they’ll give you a second chance. You need to have key metrics at your fingertips, especially if you're running a SaaS company. Be ready to answer questions like: What’s your retention rate? What are your projections for the year? How much will you close? What’s your average contract value? These numbers should be at the top of your mind. Additionally, fundraising should be treated as a structured process, not something you do on the side while juggling other tasks. When you start, create a clear plan: identify 20 VCs to reach out to each week. By planning ahead, you’ll maintain momentum and speed up the process. Fundraising can be exhausting and disheartening, especially when you face multiple rejections. Remember, you just need one investor to say yes to make it all worthwhile. When using funds, prioritise profitability and grow only when necessary. Don't rely on funding to survive. In the past, the common advice for startups was to raise money, burn through it quickly, and use it to boost revenue numbers, even if that meant operating at a loss. The idea was that profitability wasn’t the main focus, and the goal was to show rapid growth for the next funding round. However, times have changed, especially with the shift from “funding summer” to “funding winter.” My advice now is to aim for profitability as soon as possible and grow only when it's truly needed. For example, it’s tempting to hire a large team when you have substantial funds in the bank, but ask yourself: Do you really need 10 new hires, or could you get by with just four? Growing too quickly can lead to unnecessary expenses, so focus on reaching profitability as soon as possible, rather than just inflating your team or burn rate. The key takeaway is to spend your funds wisely and only when absolutely necessary to reach profitability. You want to avoid becoming dependent on future VC investments to keep your company afloat. Instead, prioritize reaching break-even as quickly as you can, so you're not reliant on external funding to survive in the long run. Team-Building & Leadership Look for complementary skill sets in co-founders When choosing a co-founder, it’s important to find someone with a complementary skill set, not just someone you’re close to. For example, I come from a business and commercial background, so I needed someone with technical expertise. That’s when I found my co-founder, Himanshu, who had experience in machine learning and AI. He was a great match because his technical knowledge complemented my business skills, and together we formed a strong team. It might seem natural to choose your best friend as your co-founder, but this can often lead to conflict. Chances are, you and your best friend share similar interests, skills, and backgrounds, which doesn’t bring diversity to the table. If both of you come from the same industry or have the same strengths, you may end up butting heads on how things should be done. Having diverse skill sets helps avoid this and fosters a more collaborative working relationship. Himanshu (left) and Somsubhra (right) co-founded AI Palette in 2018 Define roles clearly to prevent co-founder conflict To avoid conflict, it’s essential that your roles as co-founders are clearly defined from the beginning. If your co-founder and you have distinct responsibilities, there is no room for overlap or disagreement. This ensures that both of you can work without stepping on each other's toes, and there’s mutual respect for each other’s expertise. This is another reason as to why it helps to have a co-founder with a complementary skillset to yours. Not only is having similar industry backgrounds and skillsets not particularly useful when building out your startup, it's also more likely to lead to conflicts since you both have similar subject expertise. On the other hand, if your co-founder is an expert in something that you're not, you're less likely to argue with them about their decisions regarding that aspect of the business and vice versa when it comes to your decisions. Look for employees who are driven by your mission, not salary For early-stage startups, the first hires are crucial. These employees need to be highly motivated and excited about the mission. Since the salary will likely be low and the work demanding, they must be driven by something beyond just the paycheck. The right employees are the swash-buckling pirates and romantics, i.e those who are genuinely passionate about the startup’s vision and want to be part of something impactful beyond material gains. When employees are motivated by the mission, they are more likely to stick around and help take the startup to greater heights. A litmus test for hiring: Would you be excited to work with them on a Sunday? One of the most important rounds in the hiring process is the culture fit round. This is where you assess whether a candidate shares the same values as you and your team. A key question to ask yourself is: "Would I be excited to work with this person on a Sunday?" If there’s any doubt about your answer, it’s likely not a good fit. The idea is that you want employees who align with the company's culture and values and who you would enjoy collaborating with even outside of regular work hours. How we structure the team at AI Palette We have three broad functions in our organization. The first two are the big ones: Technical Team – This is the core of our product and technology. This team is responsible for product development and incorporating customer feedback into improving the technology Commercial Team – This includes sales, marketing, customer service, account managers, and so on, handling everything related to business growth and customer relations. General and Administrative Team – This smaller team supports functions like finance, HR, and administration. As with almost all businesses, we have teams that address the two core tasks of building (technical team) and selling (commercial team), but given the size we're at now, having the administrative team helps smoothen operations. Set broad goals but let your teams decide on execution What I've done is recruit highly skilled people who don't need me to micromanage them on a day-to-day basis. They're experts in their roles, and as Steve Jobs said, when you hire the right person, you don't have to tell them what to do—they understand the purpose and tell you what to do. So, my job as the CEO is to set the broader goals for them, review the plans they have to achieve those goals, and periodically check in on progress. For example, if our broad goal is to meet a certain revenue target, I break it down across teams: For the sales team, I’ll look at how they plan to hit that target—how many customers they need to sell to, how many salespeople they need, and what tactics and strategies they plan to use. For the technical team, I’ll evaluate our product offerings—whether they think we need to build new products to attract more customers, and whether they think it's scalable for the number of customers we plan to serve. This way, the entire organization's tasks are cascaded in alignment with our overarching goals, with me setting the direction and leaving the details of execution to the skilled team members that I hire.

Online Reputation AI - Startup got stuck

Hi, I‘m one of 3 co-founders of a startup that built an AI-driven SaaS and App product this year. We‘re coming from an SaaS background, two of us senior developers (in the 3% of highest earning freelancers in Germany) and expert in our fields. The third is a seasoned sales strategist. We have a minor 4th co-founder (legal advisor). The company is self-funded, no investors. Our tech is owned by us, built by us and the product was already operational after a few months. We basically solve three data science/NLP issues in a generalized way: understand customer feedback to improve your business. Analyzes online review with context and explains it with a drill down, aggregation, charts (AI insights, timeframe reports); evidence driven, agentic LLM and ETL processes drive this. respond to customer feedback, half-automated, human in the loop, but AI supported. In the tone of your brand, any language. And context-aware, with your customer support signature etc. competitor analysis. Because we do 1 for you, we can do 1. for all of your competitors and compare the results, yielding insights like „oh, this happens to everyone in November to December, so I should focus on something else“ — etc. Now, after a huge sales effort we got only one paying customer. This customer is petty happy with the product. They tell us that they use our product daily, it‘s better than all the other solutions out there (better than TrustYou, etc.) However, after cold calling/emailing hundreds of leads, we almost always hear that „what we have is good enough“. Or that they don‘t have budget. I‘m the introverted tech part of the startup. I‘m good with algorithms. Give me any tech issue and I will solve it for you quickly and efficiently. I make stuff work. But with my startups I never had commercial luck. People always tell me about my stellar potential, because I can build things almost nobody else can. I come from a poor families background, worked my way up the very hard way. I just love tech and programming. I wrote a book for O’Reilly once. I‘m not doing bad economically, but I‘m probably not the best sales person. After founding a few startups with amazing tech, people using the products and loving them, but no commercial success, I truly question myself and if I‘m just unlucky with the fact that I‘m located in Europe, targeting the wrong industries, or are just unlucky somehow? I won‘t blame my co-founders here. They definitely did the best they could. I‘m just a bit resignated. I recently thought about valuing my own lifetime more and only building software for myself anymore. Basically not focusing on what problems other people face and trying to solve them, but solely focusing on what I enjoy doing most — e.g. coding algorithms for a music visualizer. Because in the end, my time is my most valuable resource. If I waste any second on something that isn‘t contributing to „my life“ and how I define success, then it would be a rather stupid deed? I don‘t want to derail too much here. I‘m confused and seeking for advice. Burn me if you like, but please be aware that you are talking to a broadly educated nerd.

The Cold-Calling AI Project I'm Working On Just Got Some Angel Investment!

Hey y'all. The AI cold calling startup I've been working on for 3-4 months now just got a $2,500 angel investment, and we have 2 current customers, a credit card processing broker and a hospital equipment rental company based out of Texas. We have around $1,500 revenue so far, but we're having lots of trouble fulfilling the contracts because our tech just isn't "there" yet. I'm the Chief Tech Officer, and I'm also running some operations. The other main person in this is the CEO who has a strong sales background and came up with the idea. I've been working purely remotely, and it's great having some income because I'm stuck at home because I'm disabled, basically... &#x200B; We're using 11labs, openai, google speech to text, and a sh\*tty online dialer right now to run the first MVP which runs locally on our "botrunners" computers, and we're developing a web app with django python + javascript react. Our plan is, after we get the webapp working better, to hire more botrunners for $3 per hour from countries like Phillipines and India, and we're going to try to track all the actions the botrunners take to be able to train the AI to run it fully automated. The biggest problem we're facing right now with the tech is reducing latency, it started at 27 seconds to get a response and I've been able to get it down to 6 seconds, but people are still hanging up. We're trying several ways to mitigate this, including having pre-rendered speech playing something like "Okay" or "As an artificial representative, I'm still learning to be quicker on the pickup. We appreciate your patience." One of the industries we want to target is international web development and digital marketing companies, and we want to use the bot to cold-call businesses to pitch them our services. The goal is to replace $30 an hour cold-callers from the USA with $3 per hour total-cost automation. Apparently the CEO was given a $5 million valuation from the strength of the MVP from a VC. Our investment so far was at a $300k valuation tho. It's exciting. Trying to get Twilio working to be able to make calls programmatically instead of using our hacky workaround. Let me know if you have any questions. I just wanted to share this awesome news!

Feeling stuck—built a startup, got rejected from YC & IVI, met smarter people, and now I don’t know what to do. ( i will not promote ) I will not promote

I will not promote I don’t even know where to start, but I just feel completely stuck right now. I’m 20 years oldI don’t even know where to start, but I just feel completely stuck right now. I’m 20 years old, have been grinding non-stop for months, and it feels like I have nothing to show for it. I built an AI agent that automates workflows for businesses. I can build tech, but I can’t sell. That’s been my biggest realization recently—I thought building would be enough, but it’s not. I need customers, I need a co-founder, I need to figure out the business side… and I have no idea how. I applied to YC, IVI at ISB, and EF, met a lot of insanely smart people—some were impressed with me and my work, but they were wiser, more experienced, and honestly, just better at all of this than I am. It made me realize how much I don’t know. I got rejected from YC & IVI. 💔 YC didn’t even give much feedback—just a standard rejection. 💔 IVI told me: “You're too young, you need more experience, and you should work with a team before trying to start something.” That hit me hard. I had already been struggling to find a co-founder, and this just made me wonder if I even belong in this space yet. The Frustrating Part? I KNOW my tool Has a Unique Edge. I’m not just another AI automation tool—I know my tool has a strong USP that competitors lack. It has the potential to be an AI employee for businesses, not just another workflow tool. But I still haven’t built the “perfect product” I originally envisioned. And that’s what’s eating at me. I see what it COULD be, but I haven’t made it happen yet. At the same time, the competition in the AI agent space is exploding. YC-backed companies are working on AI agent startups. OpenAI is making huge progress with Operator. Competitors are moving fast, while I feel stuck. I’ve delayed development because I’m unsure whether to double down, pivot, or just move on entirely. Where I’m Stuck Right Now 🔹 Do I keep pushing and try to crack sales somehow? 🔹 Do I join a startup as a founding engineer to get experience, make connections, and learn sales before trying again? 🔹 Do I move to Bangalore, meet founders, and figure out what’s next? 🔹 Do I pivot to something nicher instead of competing in the AI agent race? If so, how do I even find a niche worth pursuing? 🔹 Do I even belong in startups? Or am I just forcing something that’s not working? I feel stuck in a weird middle zone where I’m not a beginner, but I’m also not successful. I’ve done enough to see what’s possible, but not enough to make it real. Every rejection makes me question if I’m even on the right path. I don’t know if I’m posting this for advice or just to get it out of my system. Maybe both. Has anyone else felt like this before? If you’ve been in this situation—how did you figure out whether to keep going or move on? TL;DR: I’m 20, built an AI agent for automating workflows, got rejected from YC & IVI, met insanely smart and experienced people, realized I can build tech but can’t sell, struggling to find a co-founder, AI agent competition is growing, delaying development, confused about the future—don’t know whether to double down, pivot, or move on. The frustrating part? I\ know I have a unique edge that others lack, but I still haven’t built the perfect product I originally envisioned.* edit: removed the tool's name

I started a Tech Startup, and I feel totally STUCK.

I made "Visual Love," a Computer Vision/AI-driven matchmaking platform. The idea is that although appearance is one of the biggest factors for starting a relationship, current matchmaking services and dating apps do not have the capability to search for people based on appearance. On Visual Love, you can find your ideal match simply by uploading a picture of your "ideal type." Also, you can connect with someone who thinks of you as their ideal type, simply by uploading your own picture. Or, there might be a perfect (mutually ideal) match. I made this CV/AI algorithm to scan faces, retrieve facial features, and make it possible to find the closest match among millions of others in a second. On average, regular dating app users swipe 8000 times over 8 months until they find their love. On Visual Love, users can find one in a million just in a second. You can try the tech demo on the website if you want to (find the link through my LinkedIn at the bottom of the post; I have to follow the "I will not promote" rule.) I thought this app would have the best chance in Asia, as people care a lot more about appearance in Asia (especially Korea and Japan). Also, my nationality is Korean, and I speak both Korean and Japanese as fluently as I speak English. So I came to Korea, and pitched to a number of VC/AC firms in Korea and Japan, and two of them were typically intersted in making investment. However, they both required me to provide market validation: how much it would cost per user acquisition, how much each user would pay on average, and etc, even after I provided them with a 3-years financial projection including market research based on other dating apps. &#x200B; Everything might be going just as expected, or even better than anticipated, but I'm feeling very stuck now. I am not a business expert, and I don't have much idea on how to proceed from here. The problem is, it wouldn't quite work as expected when there are not many users. If I start with a small group of users, it's not any better than any other dating app. Matching users within a small group doesn't quite reflect the values of Visual Love. So I figured a way around: making a game version of Visual Love targeting 100k to 500k users to work as an initial distribution channel. This version will include finding look-alike celebrities, and solving look-alike face puzzles, and etc. But now, the problem is, I cannot continue this project by myself. I have no social/financial support, and I'm running low on cash. Also, although I'm from Korea, I lived in many different countries. I did my undergraduate in New York (Columbia University) and all my friends are in the US. I don't feel very included here. I can't stop feeling frustrated and distressed :( I'm sure Visual Love can reshape the future of the matchmaking market. But, only if I can continue this project by getting the fund I require. I'm open to any advice, and if you're interested in providing any help or working with me, please contact me through LinkedIn. https://www.linkedin.com/in/don-lee-3853b1264/

What I Learned from a Failed Startup: Seeking Advice on Engineering, Co-Founder Agreements & Execution (i will not promote)

Hey everyone! Long-time lurker, first-time founder here. I’m reaching out to get feedback on a recent startup experience—what went wrong, what I could have done better, and how I should approach future opportunities. The Background There were three founders in this venture: • Founder A (CEO, 50%) – The product/growth guy who identified the problem space. • Founder B (Me, CTO, 37.5%) – A software engineer with a software dev shop and multiple clients. I wanted to diversify into building my own products but am not inherently a “product person.” • Founder C (COO, 12.5%) – Brought into the mix by Founder A, with the goal of leveraging his network for traction once the product was built. The idea was to create Product X, a solution targeting the SMB space while competitors were moving upmarket. It wasn’t revolutionary—more of a strategic market play. The Initial Plan & My Role • Founder A would define and prioritize product specs, guiding what needed to be built. • I (Founder B) didn’t have time to code myself, so I allocated engineers from my dev shop (which I personally paid for). My stake was adjusted from 32.5% to 37.5% to reflect this contribution. • Founder C was more of an observer early on, planning to help with traction once we had a product ready. We agreed on a 1-year cliff and a 4-year vesting schedule for equity. Where Things Started to Go Wrong • Lack of a Clear Product Roadmap – Founder A was very focused on getting something built fast, but we never signed off on a structured roadmap or milestones. I underestimated the complexity of what was actually needed for customer conversations. • Engineering Expectations vs. Reality – The team (one part-time lead + two full-time juniors from my dev shop) faced early feedback that development was too slow. In response, I ramped up the lead to full-time and added a part-time PM. But Founder A continued pushing for speed, despite real hurdles (OAuth integrations, etc.). • Shifting MVP Goalposts – Midway, Founder A concluded that an MVP wouldn’t cut it—we needed a more complete product to be competitive. This meant more engineering, more delays, and more of my own money spent on development. The Breaking Point Near the 1-year vesting mark, we had an opportunity: a paying client willing to fund an app. I didn’t have devs on the bench, so I asked Founder A to hold off our project briefly while I hired more engineers to avoid stalling either effort. This was the final straw. Founder A (with Founder C somewhat aligned) decided the arrangement wasn’t working—citing past disagreements and the “slowness” issue. The decision was made to end the partnership. Now, Founder A, as majority holder, is requesting a full handover of the code, Founder C is indifferent, and all engineering costs I covered are essentially lost. Key Takeaways (So Far) Crystal-Clear Agreements Upfront – A formalized product roadmap and timeline should’ve been locked in from day one. Business Needs > Engineering Standards – I wanted to build something solid and scalable, but in an early-stage startup, speed to market is king. This was before AI tools became mainstream, so our approach wasn’t as optimized. Don’t Overextend Without Protection – I personally financed all engineering, but without clear safeguards, that investment became a sunk cost. Expenses Must Be Distributed – I was solely covering engineering salaries, which created an imbalance in financial risk. Future partnerships should ensure costs are shared proportionally, rather than one person shouldering the burden. Where I Need Advice Looking back, I want to improve as an engineer, CEO, and co-founder. • What should I have done differently in structuring this partnership? • How do you balance engineering quality with the startup need for speed? • As a dev shop owner, how can I better navigate equity deals where I’m also bringing in engineering resources? I really appreciate everyone who went through this long post and provide any insights from founders, engineers, or anyone who has been in a similar situation. Thanks for reading! ===================================================================== For readers who might be thinking what set this type of expectation? Because I had a dev shop and I thought my co-founders will be understanding of my business circumstance and I was a bit trigger to build a product with a C-exec team, I gave the impression of "unlimited" engineering which I later realized down the line that it was not feasible for me. Something I learned that I have to be more careful with and set expectations accordingly from the very beginning. And from the feedback of the commenters here, I am much more aware what I should offer and how to set expectations, esp. in the early stages of execution. So thank you all! 🙏🏾 EDIT: I would like to thank everyone who contributed to this thread. You not only helped me but future founders who are considering to get into the startup scene!

Hot Take: Not all your startups need AI forced into them

I'm a final year Computer Engineering student, hence applying for jobs all around. There's this particular trend I've noticed with startups that are coming up these days. That is, even for the absolute basic stuff they'll use 'AI', and they'll think they built something 'revolutionary'. No. You're breaking your product in ways you don't realise. An example, that even some well established companies are guilty of: AI Chatbots You absolutely don't need them and it's an entire gimmick. If you really wanna implement a chatbot, connect the user to an actual person on your end, which I think is not possible if you're at a 'startup' stage. You'll need employees who can handle user queries in real time. If the user really is stuck let them use the 'Contact Us' page. A really close relative of mine is very vocal about the frustration he faces whenever he tries to use the AI Chatbot on any well known e-com website. The only case for AI Chatbot that makes sense is when it's directing the customer to an actual customer support rep if none of the AI's solutions is working for the customer. Even then, implementing a search page for FAQ is extremely easy and user friendly. Another example: AI Interviewer I recently interviewed for a startup, and their whole interviewing process was AI'zed?!?! No real person at the other end, I was answering to their questions which were in video format. They even had a 'mascot' / 'AI interviewer' avatar designed by an AI (AI-ception???). This mascot just text-to-speech'ed all the questions for me to rewind and hear what I missed again. And I had to record video and audio to answer these questions on their platform itself. The entire interview process just could've been a questionnaire, or if you're really concerned on the integrity of the interviewee, just take a few minutes out of your oh-so-busy schedule as a startup owner. Atleast for hiring employees who would make the most impact on your product going ahead. I say the most impact, because (atleast as a developer) the work done by these employees would define how robust your product is, and/or how easily other features can be integrated into the codebase. Trust me, refactoring code later on would only cost you time and money. These resources would rather be more useful in other departments of your startup. The only use case for an AI Interviewer I see is for preparing for an actual interview, provided that feedback is given to the user at the earliest, which you don't need to worry about as a startup owner. So yeah, you're probably better off without integrating AI in your product. Thank you for reading. TLDR; The title; I know AI is the new thing and gets everyone drooling and all, but for the love of God, just focus on what your startup does best and put real people behind it; Integrating AI without human intervention is as good as a broken product; Do your hiring yourself, or through real people, emphasizing on the fact that the people you hire at an early stage will define your growth ahead;

I spent 6 months on building a tool, and got 0 zero users. Here is my story.

Edit Thank you all so much for your time reading my story. Your support, feedback, criticism, and skepticism; all helped me a lot, and I couldn't appreciate it enough \^\_\^ TL;DR I spent 6 months on a tool that currently has 0 users. Below is what I learned during my journey, sharing because I believe most mistakes are easily avoidable. Do not overestimate your product and assume it will be an exception to fundamental principles. Principles are there for a reason. Always look for validation before you start. Avoid building products with a low money-to-effort ratio/in very competitive fields. Unless you have the means, you probably won't make it. Pick a problem space, pick your target audience, and talk to them before thinking about a solution. Identify and match their pain points. Only then should you think of a solution. If people are not overly excited or willing to pay in advance for a discounted price, it might be a sign to rethink. Sell one and only one feature at a time. Avoid everything else. If people don't pay for that one core feature, no secondary feature will change their mind. Always spend twice as much time marketing as you do building. You will not get users if they don't know it exists. Define success metrics ("1000 users in 3 months" or "$6000 in the account at the end of 6 months") before you start. If you don't meet them, strongly consider quitting the project. If you can't get enough users to keep going, nothing else matters. VALIDATION, VALIDATION, VALIDATION. Success is not random, but most of our first products will not make a success story. Know when to admit failure, and move on. Even if a product of yours doesn't succeed, what you learned during its journey will turn out to be invaluable for your future. My story So, this is the story of a product, Summ, that I’ve been working on for the last 6 months. As it's the first product I’ve ever built, after watching you all from the sidelines, I have learned a lot, made many mistakes, and did only a few things right. Just sharing what I’ve learned and some insights from my journey so far. I hope that this post will help you avoid the mistakes I made — most of which I consider easily avoidable — while you enjoy reading it, and get to know me a little bit more 🤓. A slow start after many years Summ isn’t the first product I really wanted to build. Lacking enough dev skills to even get started was a huge blocker for so many years. In fact, the first product I would’ve LOVED to build was a smart personal shopping assistant. I had this idea 4 years ago; but with no GPT, no coding skills, no technical co-founder, I didn’t have the means to make it happen. I still do not know if such a tool exists and is good enough. All I wanted was a tool that could make data-based predictions about when to buy stuff (“buy a new toothpaste every three months”) and suggest physical products that I might need or be strongly interested in. AFAIK, Amazon famously still struggles with the second one. Fast-forward a few years, I learned the very basics of HTML, CSS, and Vanilla JS. Still was not there to build a product; but good enough to code my design portfolio from scratch. Yet, I couldn’t imagine myself building a product using Vanilla JS. I really hated it, I really sucked at it. So, back to tutorial hell, and to learn about this framework I just heard about: React.React introduced so many new concepts to me. “Thinking in React” is a phrase we heard a lot, and with quite good reasons. After some time, I was able to build very basic tutorial apps, both in React, and React Native; but I have to say that I really hated coding for mobile. At this point, I was already a fan of productivity apps, and had a concept for a time management assistant app in my design portfolio. So, why not build one? Surely, it must be easy, since every coding tutorial starts with a todo app. ❌ WRONG! Building a basic todo app is easy enough, but building one good enough for a place in the market was a challenge I took and failed. I wasted one month on that until I abandoned the project for good. Even if I continued working on it, as the productivity landscape is overly competitive, I wouldn’t be able to make enough money to cover costs, assuming I make any. Since I was (and still am) in between jobs, I decided to abandon the project. 👉 What I learned: Do not start projects with a low ratio of money to effort and time. Example: Even if I get 500 monthly users, 200 of which are paid users (unrealistically high number), assuming an average subscription fee of $5/m (such apps are quite cheap, mostly due to the high competition), it would make me around $1000 minus any occurring costs. Any founder with a product that has 500 active users should make more. Even if it was relatively successful, due to the high competition, I wouldn’t make any meaningful money. PS: I use Todoist today. Due to local pricing, I pay less than $2/m. There is no way I could beat this competitive pricing, let alone the app itself. But, somehow, with a project that wasn’t even functional — let alone being an MVP — I made my first Wi-Fi money: Someone decided that the domain I preemptively purchased is worth something. By this point, I had already abandoned the project, certainly wasn’t going to renew the domain, was looking for a FT job, and a new project that I could work on. And out of nowhere, someone hands me some free money — who am I not to take it? Of course, I took it. The domain is still unused, no idea why 🤔. Ngl, I still hate the fact that my first Wi-Fi money came from this. A new idea worth pursuing? Fast-forward some weeks now. Around March, I got this crazy idea of building an email productivity tool. We all use emails, yet we all hate them. So, this must be fixed. Everyone uses emails, in fact everyone HAS TO use emails. So, I just needed to build a tool and wait for people to come. This was all, really. After all, the problem space is huge, there is enough room for another product, everyone uses emails, no need for any further validation, right? ❌ WRONG ONCE AGAIN! We all hear from the greatest in the startup landscape that we must validate our ideas with real people, yet at least some of us (guilty here 🥸) think that our product will be hugely successful and prove them to be an exception. Few might, but most are not. I certainly wasn't. 👉 Lesson learned: Always validate your ideas with real people. Ask them how much they’d pay for such a tool (not if they would). Much better if they are willing to pay upfront for a discount, etc. But even this comes later, keep reading. I think the difference between “How much” and “If” is huge for two reasons: (1) By asking them for “How much”, you force them to think in a more realistic setting. (2) You will have a more realistic idea on your profit margins. Based on my competitive analysis, I already had a solution in my mind to improve our email usage standards and email productivity (huge mistake), but I did my best to learn about their problems regarding those without pushing the idea too hard. The idea is this: Generate concise email summaries with suggested actions, combine them into one email, and send it at their preferred times. Save as much as time the AI you end up with allows. After all, everyone loves to save time. So, what kind of validation did I seek for? Talked with only a few people around me about this crazy, internet-breaking idea. The responses I got were, now I see, mediocre; no one got excited about it, just said things along the lines of “Cool idea, OK”. So, any reasonable person in this situation would think “Okay, not might not be working”, right? Well, I did not. I assumed that they were the wrong audience for this product, and there was this magical land of user segments waiting eagerly for my product, yet unknowingly. To this day, I still have not reached this magical place. Perhaps, it didn’t exist in the first place. If I cannot find it, whether it exists or not doesn’t matter. I am certainly searching for it. 👉 What I should have done: Once I decide on a problem space (time management, email productivity, etc.), I should decide on my potential user segments, people who I plan to sell my product to. Then I should go talk to those people, ask them about their pains, then get to the problem-solving/ideation phase only later. ❗️ VALIDATION COMES FROM THE REALITY OUTSIDE. What validation looks like might change from product to product; but what invalidation looks like is more or less the same for every product. Nico Jeannen told me yesterday “validation = money in the account” on Twitter. This is the ultimate form of validation your product could get. If your product doesn’t make any money, then something is invalidated by reality: Your product, you, your idea, who knows? So, at this point, I knew a little bit of Python from spending some time in tutorial hell a few years ago, some HTML/CSS/JS, barely enough React to build a working app. React could work for this project, but I needed easy-to-implement server interactivity. Luckily, around this time, I got to know about this new gen of indie hackers, and learned (but didn’t truly understand) about their approach to indie hacking, and this library called Nextjs. How good Next.js still blows my mind. So, I was back to tutorial hell once again. But, this time, with a promise to myself: This is the last time I would visit tutorial hell. Time to start building this "ground-breaking idea" Learning the fundamentals of Next.js was easier than learning of React unsurprisingly. Yet, the first time I managed to run server actions on Next.js was one of the rarest moments that completely blew my mind. To this day, I reject the idea that it is something else than pure magic under its hood. Did I absolutely need Nextjs for this project though? I do not think so. Did it save me lots of time? Absolutely. Furthermore, learning Nextjs will certainly be quite helpful for other projects that I will be tackling in the future. Already got a few ideas that might be worth pursuing in the head in case I decide to abandon Summ in the future. Fast-forward few weeks again: So, at this stage, I had a barely working MVP-like product. Since the very beginning, I spent every free hour (and more) on this project as speed is essential. But, I am not so sure it was worth it to overwork in retrospect. Yet, I know I couldn’t help myself. Everything is going kinda smooth, so what’s the worst thing that could ever happen? Well, both Apple and Google announced their AIs (Apple Intelligence and Google Gemini, respectively) will have email summarization features for their products. Summarizing singular emails is no big deal, after all there were already so many similar products in the market. I still think that what truly matters is a frictionless user experience, and this is why I built this product in a certain way: You spend less than a few minutes setting up your account, and you get to enjoy your email summaries, without ever visiting its website again. This is still a very cool concept I really like a lot. So, at this point: I had no other idea that could be pursued, already spent too much time on this project. Do I quit or not? This was the question. Of course not. I just have to launch this product as quickly as possible. So, I did something right, a quite rare occurrence I might say: Re-planned my product, dropped everything secondary to the core feature immediately (save time on reading emails), tried launching it asap. 👉 Insight: Sell only one core feature at one time. Drop anything secondary to this core feature. Well, my primary occupation is product design. So one would expect that a product I build must have stellar design. I considered any considerable time spent on design at this stage would be simply wasted. I still think this is both true and wrong: True, because if your product’s core benefits suck, no one will care about your design. False, because if your design looks amateurish, no one will trust you and your product. So, I always targeted an average level design with it and the way this tool works made it quite easy as I had to design only 2 primary pages: Landing page and user portal (which has only settings and analytics pages). However, even though I knew spending time on design was not worth much of my time, I got a bit “greedy”: In fact, I redesigned those pages three times, and still ended up with a so-so design that I am not proud of. 👉 What I would do differently: Unless absolutely necessary, only one iteration per stage as long as it works. This, in my mind, applies to everything. If your product’s A feature works, then no need to rewrite it from scratch for any reason, or even refactor it. When your product becomes a success, and you absolutely need that part of your codebase to be written, do so, but only then. Ready to launch, now is th etime for some marketing, right? By July 26, I already had a “launchable” product that barely works (I marked this date on a Notion docs, this is how I know). Yet, I had spent almost no time on marketing, sales, whatever. After all, “You build and they will come”. Did I know that I needed marketing? Of course I did, but knowingly didn’t. Why, you might ask. Well, from my perspective, it had to be a dev-heavy product; meaning that you spend most of your time on developing it, mostly coding skills. But, this is simply wrong. As a rule of thumb, as noted by one of the greatests, Marc Louvion, you should spend at least twice of the building time on marketing. ❗️ Time spent on building \* 2 people don’t know your product > they don’t use your product > you don’t get users > you don’t make money Easy as that. Following the same reasoning, a slightly different approach to planning a project is possible. Determine an approximate time to complete the project with a high level project plan. Let’s say 6 months. By the reasoning above, 2 months should go into building, and 4 into marketing. If you need 4 months for building instead of 2, then you need 8 months of marketing, which makes the time to complete the project 12 months. If you don’t have that much time, then quit the project. When does a project count as completed? Well, in reality, never. But, I think we have to define success conditions even before we start for indie projects and startups; so we know when to quit when they are not met. A success condition could look like “Make $6000 in 12 months” or “Have 3000 users in 6 months”. It all depends on the project. But, once you set it, it should be set in stone: You don’t change it unless absolutely necessary. I suspect there are few principles that make a solopreneur successful; and knowing when to quit and when to continue is definitely one of them. Marc Louvion is famously known for his success, but he got there after failing so many projects. To my knowledge, the same applies to Nico Jeannen, Pieter Levels, or almost everyone as well. ❗️ Determining when to continue even before you start will definitely help in the long run. A half-aed launch Time-leap again. Around mid August, I “soft launched” my product. By soft launch, I mean lazy marketing. Just tweeting about it, posting it on free directories. Did I get any traffic? Surely I did. Did I get any users? Nope. Only after this time, it hit me: “Either something is wrong with me, or with this product” Marketing might be a much bigger factor for a project’s success after all. Even though I get some traffic, not convincing enough for people to sign up even for a free trial. The product was still perfect in my eyes at the time (well, still is ^(\_),) so the right people are not finding my product, I thought. Then, a question that I should have been asking at the very first place, one that could prevent all these, comes to my mind: “How do even people search for such tools?” If we are to consider this whole journey of me and my so-far-failed product to be an already destined failure, one metric suffices to show why. Search volume: 30. Even if people have such a pain point, they are not looking for email summaries. So, almost no organic traffic coming from Google. But, as a person who did zero marketing on this or any product, who has zero marketing knowledge, who doesn’t have an audience on social media, there is not much I could do. Finally, it was time to give up. Or not… In my eyes, the most important element that makes a founder (solo or not) successful (this, I am not by any means) is to solve problems. ❗️ So, the problem was this: “People are not finding my product by organic search” How do I make sure I get some organic traffic and gets more visibility? Learn digital marketing and SEO as much as I can within very limited time. Thankfully, without spending much time, I came across Neil Patel's YT channel, and as I said many times, it is an absolute gold mine. I learned a lot, especially about the fundamentals, and surely it will be fruitful; but there is no magic trick that could make people visit your website. SEO certainly helps, but only when people are looking for your keywords. However, it is truly a magical solution to get in touch with REAL people that are in your user segments: 👉 Understand your pains, understand their problems, help them to solve them via building products. I did not do this so far, have to admit. But, in case you would like to have a chat about your email usage, and email productivity, just get in touch; I’d be delighted to hear about them. Getting ready for a ProductHunt launch The date was Sept 1. And I unlocked an impossible achievement: Running out of Supabase’s free plan’s Egres limit while having zero users. I was already considering moving out of their Cloud server and managing a Supabase CLI service on my Hetzner VPS for some time; but never ever suspected that I would have to do this quickly. The cheapest plan Supabase offers is $25/month; yet, at that point, I am in between jobs for such a long time, basically broke, and could barely afford that price. One or two months could be okay, but why pay for it if I will eventually move out of their Cloud service? So, instead of paying $25, I spent two days migrating out of Supabase Cloud. Worth my time? Definitely not. But, when you are broke, you gotta do stupid things. This was the first time that I felt lucky to have zero users: I have no idea how I would manage this migration if I had any. I think this is one of the core tenets of an indie hacker: Controlling their own environment. I can’t remember whose quote this is, but I suspect it was Naval: Entrepreneurs have an almost pathological need to control their own fate. They will take any suffering if they can be in charge of their destiny, and not have it in somebody else’s hands. What’s truly scary is, at least in my case, we make people around us suffer at the expense of our attempting to control our own fates. I know this period has been quite hard on my wife as well, as I neglected her quite a bit, but sadly, I know that this will happen again. It is something that I can barely help with. Still, so sorry. After working the last two weeks on a ProductHunt Launch, I finally launched it this Tuesday. Zero ranking, zero new users, but 36 kind people upvoted my product, and many commented and provided invaluable feedback. I couldn't be more grateful for each one of them 🙏. Considering all these, what lies in the future of Summ though? I have no idea, to be honest. On one hand, I have zero users, have no job, no income. So, I need a way to make money asap. On the other hand, the whole idea of it revolves around one core premise (not an assumption) that I am not so willing to share; and I couldn’t have more trust in it. This might not be the best iteration of it, however I certainly believe that email usage is one of the best problem spaces one could work on. 👉 But, one thing is for certain: I need to get in touch with people, and talk with them about this product I built so far. In fact, this is the only item on my agenda. Nothing else will save my brainchild <3. Below are some other insights and notes that I got during my journey; as they do not 100% fit into this story, I think it is more suitable to list them here. I hope you enjoyed reading this. Give Summ a try, it comes with a generous free trial, no credit card required. Some additional notes and insights: Project planning is one of the most underestimated skills for solopreneurs. It saves you enormous time, and helps you to keep your focus up. Building B2C products beats building B2B products. Businesses are very willing to pay big bucks if your product helps them. On the other hand, spending a few hours per user who would pay $5/m probably is not worth your time. It doesn’t matter how brilliant your product is if no one uses it. If you cannot sell a product in a certain category/niche (or do not know how to sell it), it might be a good idea not to start a project in it. Going after new ideas and ventures is quite risky, especially if you don’t know how to market it. On the other hand, an already established category means that there is already demand. Whether this demand is sufficient or not is another issue. As long as there is enough demand for your product to fit in, any category/niche is good. Some might be better, some might be worse. Unless you are going hardcore B2B, you will need people to find your product by means of organic search. Always conduct thorough keyword research as soon as possible.

We received 25k investment offer, need advice [I will not promote]

We received a $25k for 2.5% on a convertible note offer from a US based investor. The note matures in 18 months with an interest rate of 5%, but the investor said they can extend it further. It’s an AI SaaS in graphic design. We have been bootstrapping till now, and we feel that this money could help us hire better engineers and marketeers, we want to grow it to a good revenue, but don't see it becoming a billion dollar startup as such. Our initial plans were to build it like an indie-hacker, grow it a decent revenue and sell it to someone who can take better care of it. We built it as a side project with full time jobs. We already have decent traction with 10k+ signups and $600+ in revenue per month with <100 dollars spent on marketing. But our AI model costs are high, 0.2 USD per user that we onboard and provide free credits. But we as founders are more interested in another idea that we have been thinking about and see a bigger potential + founder market fit in. The current product is good, and we can foresee that with better hiring and marketing, we can grow our revenue to about 10-20k a month, like a regular online business. What should we do? We don't want to simply let go of the product because it's not that it doesn't work, it's just that we as founders are better fit for something else. We can't sell it yet as the revenue isn't too high and we haven't even incorporated. Is it okay if we think of growing it to 10-20k+ a month and then intend to sell it to someone who can take better care of it? Should we take the investment in such a case, given this investment is definitely gonna help us grow? Process of incorporation will also help us in selling this business later I think?

How I made a high tech salary in my first selling month

For over 7 years I worked as a full-stack developer, helping other companies bring their ideas to life. But one day, I thought “Why not try making my own dream come true?”. That’s when I decided to quit my job and start my own journey to becoming an entrepreneur. At first, it wasn’t easy. I didn’t make any money for months and had no idea where to start. I felt lost. Then, I decided to focus on something popular and trending. AI was everywhere, and ChatGPT was the most used AI platform. So I looked into it and I found the OpenAI community forum where people had been asking for features that weren’t being added. That gave me an idea. Why not build those features myself? I created a Chrome extension and I worked on some of the most requested features, like: Downloading the advanced voice mode and messages as MP3 Adding folders to organize chats Saving and reusing prompts Pinning important chats Exporting chats to TXT/JSON files Deleting or archiving multiple chats at once Making chat history searches faster and better It took me about a week to build the first version, and when I published it, the response was incredible. People loved it! Some even said things like, “You’re a lifesaver!” That’s when I realized I had something that could not only help people but also turn into a real business. I kept the first version free to see how people would respond. Many users have been downloading my extension, which prompted Chrome to review it to determine if it qualified for the featured badge. I received the badge, and it has significantly boosted traffic to my extension ever since. After all the positive feedback, I launched a paid version one month ago. A few minutes after publishing it, I made my first sale! That moment was so exciting, and it motivated me to keep going. I already have over 4,000 users and have made more than $4,500 in my first selling month. I’ve decided to release 1-2 new features every month to keep improving the extension based on what users ask for. I also created the same extension for Firefox and Edge users because many people have been asking for it! I also started a Reddit community, where I share updates, sales, discount codes, and ideas for new features. It’s been awesome to connect with users directly and get their feedback. Additionally, I’ve started working on another extension for Claude, which I’m hoping will be as successful as this one. My message to you is this: never give up on your dreams. It might feel impossible at first, but with patience, hard work, and some creativity, you can make it happen. I hope this inspires you to go after what you want. Good luck to all of us!

Just raised and here are the stats (July 2024)

CEO of a startup - bootstrapped for 10 months with a team of 7 - Built a waitlist of $15B AUM (fintech) and here's what it took (with no intended story structure) I didn't want to spam, so I decided to go the old school route and manually write every single email (some copy and paste) In order to feel prepared, I would do my research prior to reaching out, albeit sometimes limited due to time x reward Sent over 350 emails to around 300 funds and we received three yes' (to be honest we received more than three, but they wanted too much equity, or they weren’t a good fit culturally) Pre Seed is different for everyone. Some accept pre revenue others expect 100-300k ARR - this was one of the more frustrating pieces for me, due to the fact that it's extremely subjective to what "Earliest Stage" means to some funds. We're pre-product, we had to remove our CTO in the process due to performance issues, we let go of our front-end, hired a new CTO, hired an AI Engineer, and replaced our front end. It's a numbers game. We received 94% no reply - 5% nos (with meetings) - 1% yes' I used OpenVC as my main resource, highly recommend even their free product. I recommend using discount with a SAFE. Some Angels like it better, some VC’s hate it. You have to be willing to play ball with whoever leads. Mercury for banking, perks (like Carta), and SAFE agreement. All great at Mercury. Raising for a B2B business in an enterprise market is much easier, unless deep tech or science backed. But consumer products right now are not raising pre seed from what I can tell. If it means anything - it's a numbers game. Go get what you deserve, but put in the work because no one will just hand it to you. Love this community, always here to help anyone I can.

What I Learned from a Failed Startup: Seeking Advice on Engineering, Co-Founder Agreements & Execution (i will not promote)

Hey everyone! Long-time lurker, first-time founder here. I’m reaching out to get feedback on a recent startup experience—what went wrong, what I could have done better, and how I should approach future opportunities. The Background There were three founders in this venture: • Founder A (CEO, 50%) – The product/growth guy who identified the problem space. • Founder B (Me, CTO, 37.5%) – A software engineer with a software dev shop and multiple clients. I wanted to diversify into building my own products but am not inherently a “product person.” • Founder C (COO, 12.5%) – Brought into the mix by Founder A, with the goal of leveraging his network for traction once the product was built. The idea was to create Product X, a solution targeting the SMB space while competitors were moving upmarket. It wasn’t revolutionary—more of a strategic market play. The Initial Plan & My Role • Founder A would define and prioritize product specs, guiding what needed to be built. • I (Founder B) didn’t have time to code myself, so I allocated engineers from my dev shop (which I personally paid for). My stake was adjusted from 32.5% to 37.5% to reflect this contribution. • Founder C was more of an observer early on, planning to help with traction once we had a product ready. We agreed on a 1-year cliff and a 4-year vesting schedule for equity. Where Things Started to Go Wrong • Lack of a Clear Product Roadmap – Founder A was very focused on getting something built fast, but we never signed off on a structured roadmap or milestones. I underestimated the complexity of what was actually needed for customer conversations. • Engineering Expectations vs. Reality – The team (one part-time lead + two full-time juniors from my dev shop) faced early feedback that development was too slow. In response, I ramped up the lead to full-time and added a part-time PM. But Founder A continued pushing for speed, despite real hurdles (OAuth integrations, etc.). • Shifting MVP Goalposts – Midway, Founder A concluded that an MVP wouldn’t cut it—we needed a more complete product to be competitive. This meant more engineering, more delays, and more of my own money spent on development. The Breaking Point Near the 1-year vesting mark, we had an opportunity: a paying client willing to fund an app. I didn’t have devs on the bench, so I asked Founder A to hold off our project briefly while I hired more engineers to avoid stalling either effort. This was the final straw. Founder A (with Founder C somewhat aligned) decided the arrangement wasn’t working—citing past disagreements and the “slowness” issue. The decision was made to end the partnership. Now, Founder A, as majority holder, is requesting a full handover of the code, Founder C is indifferent, and all engineering costs I covered are essentially lost. Key Takeaways (So Far) Crystal-Clear Agreements Upfront – A formalized product roadmap and timeline should’ve been locked in from day one. Business Needs > Engineering Standards – I wanted to build something solid and scalable, but in an early-stage startup, speed to market is king. This was before AI tools became mainstream, so our approach wasn’t as optimized. Don’t Overextend Without Protection – I personally financed all engineering, but without clear safeguards, that investment became a sunk cost. Expenses Must Be Distributed – I was solely covering engineering salaries, which created an imbalance in financial risk. Future partnerships should ensure costs are shared proportionally, rather than one person shouldering the burden. Where I Need Advice Looking back, I want to improve as an engineer, CEO, and co-founder. • What should I have done differently in structuring this partnership? • How do you balance engineering quality with the startup need for speed? • As a dev shop owner, how can I better navigate equity deals where I’m also bringing in engineering resources? I really appreciate everyone who went through this long post and provide any insights from founders, engineers, or anyone who has been in a similar situation. Thanks for reading! ===================================================================== For readers who might be thinking what set this type of expectation? Because I had a dev shop and I thought my co-founders will be understanding of my business circumstance and I was a bit trigger to build a product with a C-exec team, I gave the impression of "unlimited" engineering which I later realized down the line that it was not feasible for me. Something I learned that I have to be more careful with and set expectations accordingly from the very beginning. And from the feedback of the commenters here, I am much more aware what I should offer and how to set expectations, esp. in the early stages of execution. So thank you all! 🙏🏾 EDIT: I would like to thank everyone who contributed to this thread. You not only helped me but future founders who are considering to get into the startup scene!

Feeling stuck—built a startup, got rejected from YC & IVI, met smarter people, and now I don’t know what to do. ( i will not promote ) I will not promote

I will not promote I don’t even know where to start, but I just feel completely stuck right now. I’m 20 years oldI don’t even know where to start, but I just feel completely stuck right now. I’m 20 years old, have been grinding non-stop for months, and it feels like I have nothing to show for it. I built an AI agent that automates workflows for businesses. I can build tech, but I can’t sell. That’s been my biggest realization recently—I thought building would be enough, but it’s not. I need customers, I need a co-founder, I need to figure out the business side… and I have no idea how. I applied to YC, IVI at ISB, and EF, met a lot of insanely smart people—some were impressed with me and my work, but they were wiser, more experienced, and honestly, just better at all of this than I am. It made me realize how much I don’t know. I got rejected from YC & IVI. 💔 YC didn’t even give much feedback—just a standard rejection. 💔 IVI told me: “You're too young, you need more experience, and you should work with a team before trying to start something.” That hit me hard. I had already been struggling to find a co-founder, and this just made me wonder if I even belong in this space yet. The Frustrating Part? I KNOW my tool Has a Unique Edge. I’m not just another AI automation tool—I know my tool has a strong USP that competitors lack. It has the potential to be an AI employee for businesses, not just another workflow tool. But I still haven’t built the “perfect product” I originally envisioned. And that’s what’s eating at me. I see what it COULD be, but I haven’t made it happen yet. At the same time, the competition in the AI agent space is exploding. YC-backed companies are working on AI agent startups. OpenAI is making huge progress with Operator. Competitors are moving fast, while I feel stuck. I’ve delayed development because I’m unsure whether to double down, pivot, or just move on entirely. Where I’m Stuck Right Now 🔹 Do I keep pushing and try to crack sales somehow? 🔹 Do I join a startup as a founding engineer to get experience, make connections, and learn sales before trying again? 🔹 Do I move to Bangalore, meet founders, and figure out what’s next? 🔹 Do I pivot to something nicher instead of competing in the AI agent race? If so, how do I even find a niche worth pursuing? 🔹 Do I even belong in startups? Or am I just forcing something that’s not working? I feel stuck in a weird middle zone where I’m not a beginner, but I’m also not successful. I’ve done enough to see what’s possible, but not enough to make it real. Every rejection makes me question if I’m even on the right path. I don’t know if I’m posting this for advice or just to get it out of my system. Maybe both. Has anyone else felt like this before? If you’ve been in this situation—how did you figure out whether to keep going or move on? TL;DR: I’m 20, built an AI agent for automating workflows, got rejected from YC & IVI, met insanely smart and experienced people, realized I can build tech but can’t sell, struggling to find a co-founder, AI agent competition is growing, delaying development, confused about the future—don’t know whether to double down, pivot, or move on. The frustrating part? I\ know I have a unique edge that others lack, but I still haven’t built the perfect product I originally envisioned.* edit: removed the tool's name

Service to create professional voice prompts for simple IVR? -No AI-

Hi everyone, have any of you used a service to create voice prompts for your answering IVR service? I’ve tinkered with the available AI options, even using custom code to slow speech, speed it up, and to change the phonetics of words to better match human inflection but it still sounds like AI at the end of the day. I would like to find a cheap/affordable service to create professional sounding prompts for me. I’ll write the scripts, not much to it, maybe 5-6 different prompts. Anyone suggestions? Edit to clarify: looking for humans, not AI

Good at coding, bad at marketing. Summary

Hello. I posted a question on what to do if you are good at coding but bad at marketing four days ago, and I received so many responses and tips. The original post is here. I was really glad and excited to read comments. To return the favor to the community and add some more value, I’ve summarized all the comments I got on the original post. Here are they, with my personal comments on some of the advice I got. You’ll never believe it, but the most common advice was to learn. Really, the first and only thing you should start with if you’re bad at marketing is learning. Yet learning could be different. I highlighted 5 main areas. Educate yourself on general questions. Learn more about some basics. For example, start by finding out what the 4P’s of marketing are, and afterward, you’ll inevitably run into YouTube videos, seminars, Udemy courses, or any other resource that resonates with you on some ideas/avenues you could pursue. Read books and watch videos. There are tons of books on marketing and sales. People shared in the comments books by Dan Kennedy and “Cashvertising”, written by Drew Eric Whitman. (I’ve never heard of them, but already ordered on Amazon). For sales, the most common idea was to start with YouTube videos. For example, Alex Hormozi videos and Startup school delivered by Ycombinator videos. Check out Indie Hackers and scrutinize it for a piece of good advice from developers in the same situation. Also, there was advice to follow up and read some guy on Twitter. (Don't want to get unfairly banned from here, so won't post it) Educate yourself and hire a professional or find a co-founder to help you: Hire a seasoned marketer in this field to help you out. He will help you achieve cost-efficient scales. But it could be a real problem to find the right person. Marketing agencies are expensive. Try to look on LinkedIn or among your acquaintances. Look for professionals with credentials or extensive experience. Seek marketing referrals from startups of a similar size/industry. If you don't have those, try to bring a trusted/experienced marketer friend into the intro meetings to help assess whether the service provider knows what they are doing. Talented freelancers can often get the job done for less than hiring an entire agency. Look for a co-founder who is savvy in marketing, passionate, and ready to work hard towards mutual success. Educate and DIY Being the face of your business is way better than having faceless communication. The startup checklist is made based on the comments is next: At least have your product defined. Define your target audience. Set up the goals you want to achieve. Make domain expertise and understand the market and the direction of its development. The next stage is answering tricky questions: Have you created a business model? How do you plan to compete? What’s your unique selling point? How much do you plan to budget for marketing? Are you planning to work alone, or will you need other devs? Then you start thinking about clients… You need the exposure to truly understand the customer's pain points and build a product that they love. You need to think about how your clients would think, and you should tailor each step you take for them. Get feedback from your early users if you already have a product. Interview your potential customers to learn how they buy. This will help you narrow your choice of marketing channels. Get your product or service used by several startups and help them achieve their goals. Endorsements are very valuable marketing assets. You need a landing to validate your value proposition and start sending traffic, or you can run meta instant form campaigns... It would depend on the category of your startup. You need a benchmark of the competition's ads both in Meta and Google, blog posts, domain authority, their landing page, and average search volumes. Do affiliate marketing for your product since it's an effective strategy. Educate and use AI tools for dealing with marketing. Build an LLM-based product to automate marketing. (Sounds like an idea for a startup, right?) Learn following ChatGPT advice. In 1–3 months, you will be another updated person. Look at marketowl, an AI marketing department for startups and microbusinesses that have no budget or time to do marketing. It will automate the basic tasks your business needs, but it doesn't require your marketing expertise. Check out AI tools that are delivering very good marketing content (gocharlie, jasper, copyai). Educate yourself and run socials Start a blog or YouTube channel where you can share your expertise in coding or anything else you are good at and how your product simplifies life. Engage with your audience on social media platforms like Instagram and LinkedIn, where you can showcase your industry knowledge. Start a page on Twitter and an account on Reddit. Follow and read subreddits and pages where your potential customers are. Learn the pain from the inside. Do not simply promote, people will lose interest immediately. Start by taking focused time to create informational content, so people will eventually be naturally intrigued by what you do and want to support you when they start to “know” you. Educate your potential users about the value of your product. Create content based on what ideal customers are asking at the various stages of marketing. e.g., if they are at the beginning of the process, they may use basic language; if they are further down the process, maybe they’ll be specific. Try to get on podcasts and build as many social links as you can. In other words, don’t live in a shell! Post regularly, and eventually you’ll find sites or people that are willing to promote for you. I omitted here all personal help offers and newsletters, however you could find them in the original post. Hope that will be helpful!

The Birth of My First (and Hilariously Flawed) Voice Agent: A Tale of No-Code Chaos

Okay Reddit, buckle up. I'm about to tell you the saga of how I birthed my very first voice agent, a chaotic and frankly, slightly embarrassing journey involving Retell.ai, Make.com, and Zapier. Looking back, it's equal parts hilarious and traumatizing. The Naive Dream: Back then (it feels like ages ago!), I was convinced I could easily whip up a voice agent that would take restaurant orders over the phone. Elegant, efficient, and completely automated! I envisioned a world where my clients' restaurant never missed a beat, all thanks to my coding prowess... or rather, my no-code prowess. How wrong I was. The Gauntlet Begins: Retell.ai's Murky Depths Retell.ai was the starting point, the "voice" of my operation. Getting the phone number hooked up felt like a small victory, quickly overshadowed by the realization that their documentation was... well, let's just say it wasn't written for complete novices. I spent what felt like an eternity staring at API keys, convinced I'd entered them correctly, only to be greeted by cryptic error messages. The sheer frustration I felt wrestling with that initial setup is something I'll never forget. Make.com: From Pretty Picture to Painful Puzzle Then came Make.com, the orchestra conductor of my workflow. It looked so beautiful, so user-friendly! Drag and drop, visual modules... what could go wrong? Oh, so much could go wrong. Trying to decipher the JSON data stream from Retell was like trying to understand a foreign language I only knew a few words of. Mapping that data to a Google Sheet? A complete and utter disaster. I remember spending hours just trying to get the correct fields to populate, each failed attempt fueling my growing despair. Zapier: Briefly Considered, Quickly Dismissed I flirted with the idea of using Zapier instead, seduced by its simplicity. But its limitations became glaringly obvious when I tried to build the complex, multi-step process I needed. Make.com was the only real option, which meant diving headfirst into a whole new world of modules, triggers, and data transformations. The Infernal Testing Loop: The absolute WORST part of the entire process was the testing. Picture this: Calling the agent, rambling through a mock order, waiting for the workflow to execute, only to discover (yet another) error. Then, tweaking the scenario, pushing "save," and repeating the entire agonizing process. Each test call felt like a mini-marathon, a grueling race against time and my own dwindling patience. The AI's... Quirks: And then there was the AI itself. It was... let's just say it had a personality of its own. Sometimes, it perfectly understood my order. Other times, it decided I wanted to order 500 pizzas with extra anchovies. Debugging the AI's interpretation felt like negotiating with a stubborn toddler. Lessons Hard-Learned (And Forever Etched in My Memory): Start absurdly small: I tried to build a fully functional system right away. A HUGE mistake. If I could go back, I would have focused on just extracting one piece of information (like, say, just the quantity) and gotten that rock solid before adding anything else. JSON is your friend (or should be): Back then, JSON felt like alien code. Now, I have a slightly better grasp on it. Trust me, learn JSON. It will save you so much pain. Test like your sanity depends on it: Because it does. After every. Single. Change. Test the entire flow. It's tedious, but it's the only way to catch errors before they snowball into a catastrophe. Don't suffer in silence: I tried to be a lone wolf, figuring everything out myself. Big mistake. Retell.ai's forums and Make.com's documentation are goldmines. Use them! Embrace the struggle: This is the most important lesson. Building a voice agent, especially your first one, is hard. It's frustrating. It will test your limits. But don't give up. The feeling of finally making it work (even partially) is worth it. The Bot That (Barely) Lived: In the end, I did create a voice agent that could take orders and log them into a spreadsheet. It wasn't pretty. It was buggy. It occasionally ordered things that didn't make any sense. But it was mine. And it was the first step on a long and winding road. Looking back, I laugh (and cringe) at my naivety. But I also appreciate the lessons I learned and the sheer grit it took to bring my little AI Frankenstein to life. Anyone else have a similar "first bot" story? Let's hear them! Misery (and laughter) loves company. #RetellAI #Makecom #Zapier #FirstBot #NoCodeFail #VoiceAgentStruggles #StoryTime

I spent 6 months on building a web product, and got zero users. Here is my story.

Edit Thank you all so much for your time reading my story. Your support, feedback, criticism, and skepticism; all helped me a lot, and I couldn't appreciate it enough \^\_\^ I have stuff to post on Reddit very rarely, but I share how my project is going on, random stuff, and memes on X. Just in case few might want to keep in touch 👀 TL;DR I spent 6 months on a tool that currently has 0 users. Below is what I learned during my journey, sharing because I believe most mistakes are easily avoidable. Do not overestimate your product and assume it will be an exception to fundamental principles. Principles are there for a reason. Always look for validation before you start. Avoid building products with a low money-to-effort ratio/in very competitive fields. Unless you have the means, you probably won't make it. Pick a problem space, pick your target audience, and talk to them before thinking about a solution. Identify and match their pain points. Only then should you think of a solution. If people are not overly excited or willing to pay in advance for a discounted price, it might be a sign to rethink. Sell one and only one feature at a time. Avoid everything else. If people don't pay for that one core feature, no secondary feature will change their mind. Always spend twice as much time marketing as you do building. You will not get users if they don't know it exists. Define success metrics ("1000 users in 3 months" or "$6000 in the account at the end of 6 months") before you start. If you don't meet them, strongly consider quitting the project. If you can't get enough users to keep going, nothing else matters. VALIDATION, VALIDATION, VALIDATION. Success is not random, but most of our first products will not make a success story. Know when to admit failure, and move on. Even if a product of yours doesn't succeed, what you learned during its journey will turn out to be invaluable for your future. My story So, this is the story of a product that I’ve been working on for the last 6 months. As it's the first product I’ve ever built, after watching you all from the sidelines, I have learned a lot, made many mistakes, and did only a few things right. Just sharing what I’ve learned and some insights from my journey so far. I hope that this post will help you avoid the mistakes I made — most of which I consider easily avoidable — while you enjoy reading it, and get to know me a little bit more 🤓. A slow start after many years Summ isn’t the first product I really wanted to build. Lacking enough dev skills to even get started was a huge blocker for so many years. In fact, the first product I would’ve LOVED to build was a smart personal shopping assistant. I had this idea 4 years ago; but with no GPT, no coding skills, no technical co-founder, I didn’t have the means to make it happen. I still do not know if such a tool exists and is good enough. All I wanted was a tool that could make data-based predictions about when to buy stuff (“buy a new toothpaste every three months”) and suggest physical products that I might need or be strongly interested in. AFAIK, Amazon famously still struggles with the second one. Fast-forward a few years, I learned the very basics of HTML, CSS, and Vanilla JS. Still was not there to build a product; but good enough to code my design portfolio from scratch. Yet, I couldn’t imagine myself building a product using Vanilla JS. I really hated it, I really sucked at it. So, back to tutorial hell, and to learn about this framework I just heard about: React.React introduced so many new concepts to me. “Thinking in React” is a phrase we heard a lot, and with quite good reasons. After some time, I was able to build very basic tutorial apps, both in React, and React Native; but I have to say that I really hated coding for mobile. At this point, I was already a fan of productivity apps, and had a concept for a time management assistant app in my design portfolio. So, why not build one? Surely, it must be easy, since every coding tutorial starts with a todo app. ❌ WRONG! Building a basic todo app is easy enough, but building one good enough for a place in the market was a challenge I took and failed. I wasted one month on that until I abandoned the project for good. Even if I continued working on it, as the productivity landscape is overly competitive, I wouldn’t be able to make enough money to cover costs, assuming I make any. Since I was (and still am) in between jobs, I decided to abandon the project. 👉 What I learned: Do not start projects with a low ratio of money to effort and time. Example: Even if I get 500 monthly users, 200 of which are paid users (unrealistically high number), assuming an average subscription fee of $5/m (such apps are quite cheap, mostly due to the high competition), it would make me around $1000 minus any occurring costs. Any founder with a product that has 500 active users should make more. Even if it was relatively successful, due to the high competition, I wouldn’t make any meaningful money. PS: I use Todoist today. Due to local pricing, I pay less than $2/m. There is no way I could beat this competitive pricing, let alone the app itself. But, somehow, with a project that wasn’t even functional — let alone being an MVP — I made my first Wi-Fi money: Someone decided that the domain I preemptively purchased is worth something. By this point, I had already abandoned the project, certainly wasn’t going to renew the domain, was looking for a FT job, and a new project that I could work on. And out of nowhere, someone hands me some free money — who am I not to take it? Of course, I took it. The domain is still unused, no idea why 🤔. Ngl, I still hate the fact that my first Wi-Fi money came from this. A new idea worth pursuing? Fast-forward some weeks now. Around March, I got this crazy idea of building an email productivity tool. We all use emails, yet we all hate them. So, this must be fixed. Everyone uses emails, in fact everyone HAS TO use emails. So, I just needed to build a tool and wait for people to come. This was all, really. After all, the problem space is huge, there is enough room for another product, everyone uses emails, no need for any further validation, right? ❌ WRONG ONCE AGAIN! We all hear from the greatest in the startup landscape that we must validate our ideas with real people, yet at least some of us (guilty here 🥸) think that our product will be hugely successful and prove them to be an exception. Few might, but most are not. I certainly wasn't. 👉 Lesson learned: Always validate your ideas with real people. Ask them how much they’d pay for such a tool (not if they would). Much better if they are willing to pay upfront for a discount, etc. But even this comes later, keep reading. I think the difference between “How much” and “If” is huge for two reasons: (1) By asking them for “How much”, you force them to think in a more realistic setting. (2) You will have a more realistic idea on your profit margins. Based on my competitive analysis, I already had a solution in my mind to improve our email usage standards and email productivity (huge mistake), but I did my best to learn about their problems regarding those without pushing the idea too hard. The idea is this: Generate concise email summaries with suggested actions, combine them into one email, and send it at their preferred times. Save as much as time the AI you end up with allows. After all, everyone loves to save time. So, what kind of validation did I seek for? Talked with only a few people around me about this crazy, internet-breaking idea. The responses I got were, now I see, mediocre; no one got excited about it, just said things along the lines of “Cool idea, OK”. So, any reasonable person in this situation would think “Okay, not might not be working”, right? Well, I did not. I assumed that they were the wrong audience for this product, and there was this magical land of user segments waiting eagerly for my product, yet unknowingly. To this day, I still have not reached this magical place. Perhaps, it didn’t exist in the first place. If I cannot find it, whether it exists or not doesn’t matter. I am certainly searching for it. 👉 What I should have done: Once I decide on a problem space (time management, email productivity, etc.), I should decide on my potential user segments, people who I plan to sell my product to. Then I should go talk to those people, ask them about their pains, then get to the problem-solving/ideation phase only later. ❗️ VALIDATION COMES FROM THE REALITY OUTSIDE. What validation looks like might change from product to product; but what invalidation looks like is more or less the same for every product. Nico Jeannen told me yesterday “validation = money in the account” on Twitter. This is the ultimate form of validation your product could get. If your product doesn’t make any money, then something is invalidated by reality: Your product, you, your idea, who knows? So, at this point, I knew a little bit of Python from spending some time in tutorial hell a few years ago, some HTML/CSS/JS, barely enough React to build a working app. React could work for this project, but I needed easy-to-implement server interactivity. Luckily, around this time, I got to know about this new gen of indie hackers, and learned (but didn’t truly understand) about their approach to indie hacking, and this library called Nextjs. How good Next.js still blows my mind. So, I was back to tutorial hell once again. But, this time, with a promise to myself: This is the last time I would visit tutorial hell. Time to start building this "ground-breaking idea" Learning the fundamentals of Next.js was easier than learning of React unsurprisingly. Yet, the first time I managed to run server actions on Next.js was one of the rarest moments that completely blew my mind. To this day, I reject the idea that it is something else than pure magic under its hood. Did I absolutely need Nextjs for this project though? I do not think so. Did it save me lots of time? Absolutely. Furthermore, learning Nextjs will certainly be quite helpful for other projects that I will be tackling in the future. Already got a few ideas that might be worth pursuing in the head in case I decide to abandon Summ in the future. Fast-forward few weeks again: So, at this stage, I had a barely working MVP-like product. Since the very beginning, I spent every free hour (and more) on this project as speed is essential. But, I am not so sure it was worth it to overwork in retrospect. Yet, I know I couldn’t help myself. Everything is going kinda smooth, so what’s the worst thing that could ever happen? Well, both Apple and Google announced their AIs (Apple Intelligence and Google Gemini, respectively) will have email summarization features for their products. Summarizing singular emails is no big deal, after all there were already so many similar products in the market. I still think that what truly matters is a frictionless user experience, and this is why I built this product in a certain way: You spend less than a few minutes setting up your account, and you get to enjoy your email summaries, without ever visiting its website again. This is still a very cool concept I really like a lot. So, at this point: I had no other idea that could be pursued, already spent too much time on this project. Do I quit or not? This was the question. Of course not. I just have to launch this product as quickly as possible. So, I did something right, a quite rare occurrence I might say: Re-planned my product, dropped everything secondary to the core feature immediately (save time on reading emails), tried launching it asap. 👉 Insight: Sell only one core feature at one time. Drop anything secondary to this core feature. Well, my primary occupation is product design. So one would expect that a product I build must have stellar design. I considered any considerable time spent on design at this stage would be simply wasted. I still think this is both true and wrong: True, because if your product’s core benefits suck, no one will care about your design. False, because if your design looks amateurish, no one will trust you and your product. So, I always targeted an average level design with it and the way this tool works made it quite easy as I had to design only 2 primary pages: Landing page and user portal (which has only settings and analytics pages). However, even though I knew spending time on design was not worth much of my time, I got a bit “greedy”: In fact, I redesigned those pages three times, and still ended up with a so-so design that I am not proud of. 👉 What I would do differently: Unless absolutely necessary, only one iteration per stage as long as it works. This, in my mind, applies to everything. If your product’s A feature works, then no need to rewrite it from scratch for any reason, or even refactor it. When your product becomes a success, and you absolutely need that part of your codebase to be written, do so, but only then. Ready to launch, now is th etime for some marketing, right? By July 26, I already had a “launchable” product that barely works (I marked this date on a Notion docs, this is how I know). Yet, I had spent almost no time on marketing, sales, whatever. After all, “You build and they will come”. Did I know that I needed marketing? Of course I did, but knowingly didn’t. Why, you might ask. Well, from my perspective, it had to be a dev-heavy product; meaning that you spend most of your time on developing it, mostly coding skills. But, this is simply wrong. As a rule of thumb, as noted by one of the greatests, Marc Louvion, you should spend at least twice of the building time on marketing. ❗️ Time spent on building \* 2 people don’t know your product > they don’t use your product > you don’t get users > you don’t make money Easy as that. Following the same reasoning, a slightly different approach to planning a project is possible. Determine an approximate time to complete the project with a high level project plan. Let’s say 6 months. By the reasoning above, 2 months should go into building, and 4 into marketing. If you need 4 months for building instead of 2, then you need 8 months of marketing, which makes the time to complete the project 12 months. If you don’t have that much time, then quit the project. When does a project count as completed? Well, in reality, never. But, I think we have to define success conditions even before we start for indie projects and startups; so we know when to quit when they are not met. A success condition could look like “Make $6000 in 12 months” or “Have 3000 users in 6 months”. It all depends on the project. But, once you set it, it should be set in stone: You don’t change it unless absolutely necessary. I suspect there are few principles that make a solopreneur successful; and knowing when to quit and when to continue is definitely one of them. Marc Louvion is famously known for his success, but he got there after failing so many projects. To my knowledge, the same applies to Nico Jeannen, Pieter Levels, or almost everyone as well. ❗️ Determining when to continue even before you start will definitely help in the long run. A half-aed launch Time-leap again. Around mid August, I “soft launched” my product. By soft launch, I mean lazy marketing. Just tweeting about it, posting it on free directories. Did I get any traffic? Surely I did. Did I get any users? Nope. Only after this time, it hit me: “Either something is wrong with me, or with this product” Marketing might be a much bigger factor for a project’s success after all. Even though I get some traffic, not convincing enough for people to sign up even for a free trial. The product was still perfect in my eyes at the time (well, still is ^(\_),) so the right people are not finding my product, I thought. Then, a question that I should have been asking at the very first place, one that could prevent all these, comes to my mind: “How do even people search for such tools?” If we are to consider this whole journey of me and my so-far-failed product to be an already destined failure, one metric suffices to show why. Search volume: 30. Even if people have such a pain point, they are not looking for email summaries. So, almost no organic traffic coming from Google. But, as a person who did zero marketing on this or any product, who has zero marketing knowledge, who doesn’t have an audience on social media, there is not much I could do. Finally, it was time to give up. Or not… In my eyes, the most important element that makes a founder (solo or not) successful (this, I am not by any means) is to solve problems. ❗️ So, the problem was this: “People are not finding my product by organic search” How do I make sure I get some organic traffic and gets more visibility? Learn digital marketing and SEO as much as I can within very limited time. Thankfully, without spending much time, I came across Neil Patel's YT channel, and as I said many times, it is an absolute gold mine. I learned a lot, especially about the fundamentals, and surely it will be fruitful; but there is no magic trick that could make people visit your website. SEO certainly helps, but only when people are looking for your keywords. However, it is truly a magical solution to get in touch with REAL people that are in your user segments: 👉 Understand your pains, understand their problems, help them to solve them via building products. I did not do this so far, have to admit. But, in case you would like to have a chat about your email usage, and email productivity, just get in touch; I’d be delighted to hear about them. Getting ready for a ProductHunt launch The date was Sept 1. And I unlocked an impossible achievement: Running out of Supabase’s free plan’s Egres limit while having zero users. I was already considering moving out of their Cloud server and managing a Supabase CLI service on my Hetzner VPS for some time; but never ever suspected that I would have to do this quickly. The cheapest plan Supabase offers is $25/month; yet, at that point, I am in between jobs for such a long time, basically broke, and could barely afford that price. One or two months could be okay, but why pay for it if I will eventually move out of their Cloud service? So, instead of paying $25, I spent two days migrating out of Supabase Cloud. Worth my time? Definitely not. But, when you are broke, you gotta do stupid things. This was the first time that I felt lucky to have zero users: I have no idea how I would manage this migration if I had any. I think this is one of the core tenets of an indie hacker: Controlling their own environment. I can’t remember whose quote this is, but I suspect it was Naval: Entrepreneurs have an almost pathological need to control their own fate. They will take any suffering if they can be in charge of their destiny, and not have it in somebody else’s hands. What’s truly scary is, at least in my case, we make people around us suffer at the expense of our attempting to control our own fates. I know this period has been quite hard on my wife as well, as I neglected her quite a bit, but sadly, I know that this will happen again. It is something that I can barely help with. Still, so sorry. After working the last two weeks on a ProductHunt Launch, I finally launched it this Tuesday. Zero ranking, zero new users, but 36 kind people upvoted my product, and many commented and provided invaluable feedback. I couldn't be more grateful for each one of them 🙏. Considering all these, what lies in the future of Summ though? I have no idea, to be honest. On one hand, I have zero users, have no job, no income. So, I need a way to make money asap. On the other hand, the whole idea of it revolves around one core premise (not an assumption) that I am not so willing to share; and I couldn’t have more trust in it. This might not be the best iteration of it, however I certainly believe that email usage is one of the best problem spaces one could work on. 👉 But, one thing is for certain: I need to get in touch with people, and talk with them about this product I built so far. In fact, this is the only item on my agenda. Nothing else will save my brainchild <3. Below are some other insights and notes that I got during my journey; as they do not 100% fit into this story, I think it is more suitable to list them here. I hope you enjoyed reading this. Give Summ a try, it comes with a generous free trial, no credit card required. Some additional notes and insights: Project planning is one of the most underestimated skills for solopreneurs. It saves you enormous time, and helps you to keep your focus up. Building B2C products beats building B2B products. Businesses are very willing to pay big bucks if your product helps them. On the other hand, spending a few hours per user who would pay $5/m probably is not worth your time. It doesn’t matter how brilliant your product is if no one uses it. If you cannot sell a product in a certain category/niche (or do not know how to sell it), it might be a good idea not to start a project in it. Going after new ideas and ventures is quite risky, especially if you don’t know how to market it. On the other hand, an already established category means that there is already demand. Whether this demand is sufficient or not is another issue. As long as there is enough demand for your product to fit in, any category/niche is good. Some might be better, some might be worse. Unless you are going hardcore B2B, you will need people to find your product by means of organic search. Always conduct thorough keyword research as soon as possible.

Stable Video 3D creates orbiting videos of objects

The introduction of Stable Video 3D (SV3D) by Stability AI could significantly change how we interact with digital content in several straightforward ways: \- Online Shopping: Products can be viewed in 360-degree videos, making shopping online more like seeing the item in person. This could help shoppers make better decisions and feel more confident about their purchases. \- Design and Gaming: Designers and game developers can quickly turn images into 3D models, speeding up their work and improving the quality of their designs and games. \- Augmented and Virtual Reality: Creating content for AR and VR could become easier and more accessible, leading to more immersive and engaging experiences in these platforms. \- Accessibility for Creators: With SV3D available for non-commercial use, more people can experiment with 3D content creation, potentially leading to innovative applications and uses in various fields. This literally just happened if you want AI news as it drops it launches here first. The whole article has been extrapolated here as well for convenience.

Idea Validation Post: Seeking Feedback on My AI-Driven Quick Launch Application! 🚀

Hey Members! I’m excited to share an idea for a new application I’m planning to build: Quick Launch . This AI-driven platform is designed to assist solopreneurs or anyone with an idea in launching their Minimum Viable Products (MVPs) by taking on the roles of the entire team needed for the process. Goal: Assistance in quickly moving from Idea to MVP Before I dive into the details, I’d love to hear your thoughts and feedback. Key Features: Product Creation: From Idea to Product Detailing AI-Generated Q&A: Real-time questions generation one-at-a-time to define the product requirements based on their knowledge levels to convert an Idea into a Product. Market Research Reports: In-depth analysis that identifies product-market fit, competitive landscape, and potential marketing strategies. Sentiment Analysis: Evaluation of user feedback and reactions across multiple subreddits to gauge public opinion on ideas. Product Development: Product Detailing to Actual Product User Story Generation: Identification and creation of comprehensive user stories, tasks, and sub-tasks to facilitate development. AI Project Management: AI agents assume roles of project managers and UI/UX designers to streamline product detailing and development. Integration Capabilities: Seamless integration with popular project management tools like Jira, Asana, and Trello for better workflow management. Target Audience: Solopreneurs: Individuals looking to bring their business ideas to life without extensive resources. Indie Hackers: Entrepreneurs focused on building small projects or startups with minimal overhead. Idea Validators: Anyone with a concept seeking initial validation and market feedback before committing significant resources. If you’re interested in learning more, check out our teaser website: Quick Launch Discussion Question: What features would you find most valuable in an application like this? Are there specific pain points you face when launching an MVP? Your insights would be incredibly helpful as I refine this idea! Looking forward to your thoughts! 🙌

Virtual Assistants -- Service vs. Freelance

Hi all! I run a small marketing agency (by small, I mean tiny, we only have three full-time employees). We do a lot of strategic SEO work and really embed with our client teams to help them build holistic content/search/AI-optimization strategies. Anyway, I've been working with a virtual assistant I found through a reference, and she was absolutely fantastic, but she's moving on to a full-time role. She was managing our calendars, updating templated audit presentations, and handling a lot of our CRM processes. I need to hire someone to replace her part-time. I'm not sure how to proceed, so I thought I'd ask here. I need to decide if I should hire someone contract or it might be be better to hire a managed VA service. My concerns are: Having to retrain a VA whenever they leave Confidentiality/security concerns Continuity of support I've been looking at services like Prialto and Belay and the managed element is compelling, but I know a contractor is cheaper. People who've tried both or either, what did you prefer?

How do you make your client presentations stand out?

Hey folks! I’ve been working on improving how I pitch to clients, and I feel like my presentations are always missing that extra “wow” factor. I try to keep things professional and clean, but it still feels like something’s missing—whether it’s storytelling, design, or just better ways to structure ideas. Do you have any strategies or tips for creating client presentations that leave a strong impression? Would love to hear what’s worked for you or any resources you’d recommend! Update: some of the good advice I got: use story to attract people, use Fiverr to get help form designers, use ChatGPT or ChatSlide to help with the content, use DeathToStock to help with images.

Ai C-Level team

I've been exploring ways to run a company where I'm essentially the only internal team member, relying entirely on a suite of specialized AIs for executive roles, supported occasionally by external consultants for niche expertise. My goal is to stay lean, agile, and highly creative, especially in a fashion/tech brand context. Essentially, I'm building an AI-driven C-Level team, or what I like to call a "C-Level AI Wallet." Here's what I'm thinking for the key executive roles I'd need to cover with AI: CEO AI – Responsible for overall strategy, decision-making, trend analysis, and guiding the company's vision. I'd probably lean on something advanced like Gemini, GPT-4, or similar models, fine-tuned with market-specific data. COO AI (Operations): I'd need tools that streamline and automate logistics, supply chain management, and day-to-day operations (think something along the lines of Zapier AI integrations or Make). CMO AI (Marketing & Content): For branding, content creation, digital marketing, and consumer insights, I'd use Jasper or Copy.ai, combined with predictive analytics tools like Google Vertex AI to understand trends better. Additionally, for generating engaging visual and multimedia content, tools like Midjourney, DALL·E, Adobe Firefly, and Runway ML would be perfect. CFO AI (Financial Management): For financial management, cash flow control, and investment decisions, I'd probably leverage AI tools like Bloomberg GPT, combined with AI-powered forecasting platforms. CHRO AI (Human Resources & Culture): Although the internal team is minimal (just myself!), I'd still rely on AI for tasks like project management, freelancer hiring, and performance tracking—tools like HireVue AI, Motion, or even Notion's AI could be beneficial here. CSO AI (Sustainability & Compliance): Since sustainability and ethical sourcing are critical, I'd integrate ESG-focused AI tools to ensure transparency and responsible sourcing. My idea is that, with the right AI tools seamlessly integrated, I can manage the strategic vision and creative direction personally, leveraging external consultants only when necessary. This setup would ideally allow me to operate as a one-person internal team supported by a robust "wallet" of AI executives. Has anyone tried a similar approach? What AI tools would you recommend for a truly lean, innovative brand structure? I'm very curious about your experiences or suggestions—let me know your thoughts!

Struggling with Emotions Automating Jobs

Hey everyone, I run a small logistics company alongside my father that I recently began taking a more active role in. Many of the \~50 employees are quite behind on the tech side of things and therefore are lacking serious productivity, lots of pen and paper still. As part of my efforts to streamline things I worked with an automation/ai company that took a look at our processes and helped us implement some new tech, however I’m struggling emotionally with the outcome. &#x200B; Unfortunately we no longer need several of our staff anymore, particularly those that handled tasks like our data entry, text customer service, invoicing, and dispatchers. It’s never fun letting anyone go, but I’m worried about some of the implications for our culture and other employees… &#x200B; In a perfect world I’d love to keep these 4-5 full-time staff members on the team and train them to do other roles, but frankly after calculating it out and running the numbers we’re better off just reducing staff and taking the significant cost savings for now, and reallocating resources. &#x200B; My question: How to toe this delicate line to do right by our staff that we respect and care about, while also keeping our business up to date with modern tech? I am leaning towards generous exit packages and providing support helping them find new jobs, but still don’t quite feel right.

I spent 6 months on building a web product, and got zero users. Here is my story.

Edit Thank you all so much for your time reading my story. Your support, feedback, criticism, and skepticism; all helped me a lot, and I couldn't appreciate it enough \^\_\^ I have stuff to post on Reddit very rarely, but I share how my project is going on, random stuff, and memes on X. Just in case few might want to keep in touch 👀 TL;DR I spent 6 months on a tool that currently has 0 users. Below is what I learned during my journey, sharing because I believe most mistakes are easily avoidable. Do not overestimate your product and assume it will be an exception to fundamental principles. Principles are there for a reason. Always look for validation before you start. Avoid building products with a low money-to-effort ratio/in very competitive fields. Unless you have the means, you probably won't make it. Pick a problem space, pick your target audience, and talk to them before thinking about a solution. Identify and match their pain points. Only then should you think of a solution. If people are not overly excited or willing to pay in advance for a discounted price, it might be a sign to rethink. Sell one and only one feature at a time. Avoid everything else. If people don't pay for that one core feature, no secondary feature will change their mind. Always spend twice as much time marketing as you do building. You will not get users if they don't know it exists. Define success metrics ("1000 users in 3 months" or "$6000 in the account at the end of 6 months") before you start. If you don't meet them, strongly consider quitting the project. If you can't get enough users to keep going, nothing else matters. VALIDATION, VALIDATION, VALIDATION. Success is not random, but most of our first products will not make a success story. Know when to admit failure, and move on. Even if a product of yours doesn't succeed, what you learned during its journey will turn out to be invaluable for your future. My story So, this is the story of a product that I’ve been working on for the last 6 months. As it's the first product I’ve ever built, after watching you all from the sidelines, I have learned a lot, made many mistakes, and did only a few things right. Just sharing what I’ve learned and some insights from my journey so far. I hope that this post will help you avoid the mistakes I made — most of which I consider easily avoidable — while you enjoy reading it, and get to know me a little bit more 🤓. A slow start after many years Summ isn’t the first product I really wanted to build. Lacking enough dev skills to even get started was a huge blocker for so many years. In fact, the first product I would’ve LOVED to build was a smart personal shopping assistant. I had this idea 4 years ago; but with no GPT, no coding skills, no technical co-founder, I didn’t have the means to make it happen. I still do not know if such a tool exists and is good enough. All I wanted was a tool that could make data-based predictions about when to buy stuff (“buy a new toothpaste every three months”) and suggest physical products that I might need or be strongly interested in. AFAIK, Amazon famously still struggles with the second one. Fast-forward a few years, I learned the very basics of HTML, CSS, and Vanilla JS. Still was not there to build a product; but good enough to code my design portfolio from scratch. Yet, I couldn’t imagine myself building a product using Vanilla JS. I really hated it, I really sucked at it. So, back to tutorial hell, and to learn about this framework I just heard about: React.React introduced so many new concepts to me. “Thinking in React” is a phrase we heard a lot, and with quite good reasons. After some time, I was able to build very basic tutorial apps, both in React, and React Native; but I have to say that I really hated coding for mobile. At this point, I was already a fan of productivity apps, and had a concept for a time management assistant app in my design portfolio. So, why not build one? Surely, it must be easy, since every coding tutorial starts with a todo app. ❌ WRONG! Building a basic todo app is easy enough, but building one good enough for a place in the market was a challenge I took and failed. I wasted one month on that until I abandoned the project for good. Even if I continued working on it, as the productivity landscape is overly competitive, I wouldn’t be able to make enough money to cover costs, assuming I make any. Since I was (and still am) in between jobs, I decided to abandon the project. 👉 What I learned: Do not start projects with a low ratio of money to effort and time. Example: Even if I get 500 monthly users, 200 of which are paid users (unrealistically high number), assuming an average subscription fee of $5/m (such apps are quite cheap, mostly due to the high competition), it would make me around $1000 minus any occurring costs. Any founder with a product that has 500 active users should make more. Even if it was relatively successful, due to the high competition, I wouldn’t make any meaningful money. PS: I use Todoist today. Due to local pricing, I pay less than $2/m. There is no way I could beat this competitive pricing, let alone the app itself. But, somehow, with a project that wasn’t even functional — let alone being an MVP — I made my first Wi-Fi money: Someone decided that the domain I preemptively purchased is worth something. By this point, I had already abandoned the project, certainly wasn’t going to renew the domain, was looking for a FT job, and a new project that I could work on. And out of nowhere, someone hands me some free money — who am I not to take it? Of course, I took it. The domain is still unused, no idea why 🤔. Ngl, I still hate the fact that my first Wi-Fi money came from this. A new idea worth pursuing? Fast-forward some weeks now. Around March, I got this crazy idea of building an email productivity tool. We all use emails, yet we all hate them. So, this must be fixed. Everyone uses emails, in fact everyone HAS TO use emails. So, I just needed to build a tool and wait for people to come. This was all, really. After all, the problem space is huge, there is enough room for another product, everyone uses emails, no need for any further validation, right? ❌ WRONG ONCE AGAIN! We all hear from the greatest in the startup landscape that we must validate our ideas with real people, yet at least some of us (guilty here 🥸) think that our product will be hugely successful and prove them to be an exception. Few might, but most are not. I certainly wasn't. 👉 Lesson learned: Always validate your ideas with real people. Ask them how much they’d pay for such a tool (not if they would). Much better if they are willing to pay upfront for a discount, etc. But even this comes later, keep reading. I think the difference between “How much” and “If” is huge for two reasons: (1) By asking them for “How much”, you force them to think in a more realistic setting. (2) You will have a more realistic idea on your profit margins. Based on my competitive analysis, I already had a solution in my mind to improve our email usage standards and email productivity (huge mistake), but I did my best to learn about their problems regarding those without pushing the idea too hard. The idea is this: Generate concise email summaries with suggested actions, combine them into one email, and send it at their preferred times. Save as much as time the AI you end up with allows. After all, everyone loves to save time. So, what kind of validation did I seek for? Talked with only a few people around me about this crazy, internet-breaking idea. The responses I got were, now I see, mediocre; no one got excited about it, just said things along the lines of “Cool idea, OK”. So, any reasonable person in this situation would think “Okay, not might not be working”, right? Well, I did not. I assumed that they were the wrong audience for this product, and there was this magical land of user segments waiting eagerly for my product, yet unknowingly. To this day, I still have not reached this magical place. Perhaps, it didn’t exist in the first place. If I cannot find it, whether it exists or not doesn’t matter. I am certainly searching for it. 👉 What I should have done: Once I decide on a problem space (time management, email productivity, etc.), I should decide on my potential user segments, people who I plan to sell my product to. Then I should go talk to those people, ask them about their pains, then get to the problem-solving/ideation phase only later. ❗️ VALIDATION COMES FROM THE REALITY OUTSIDE. What validation looks like might change from product to product; but what invalidation looks like is more or less the same for every product. Nico Jeannen told me yesterday “validation = money in the account” on Twitter. This is the ultimate form of validation your product could get. If your product doesn’t make any money, then something is invalidated by reality: Your product, you, your idea, who knows? So, at this point, I knew a little bit of Python from spending some time in tutorial hell a few years ago, some HTML/CSS/JS, barely enough React to build a working app. React could work for this project, but I needed easy-to-implement server interactivity. Luckily, around this time, I got to know about this new gen of indie hackers, and learned (but didn’t truly understand) about their approach to indie hacking, and this library called Nextjs. How good Next.js still blows my mind. So, I was back to tutorial hell once again. But, this time, with a promise to myself: This is the last time I would visit tutorial hell. Time to start building this "ground-breaking idea" Learning the fundamentals of Next.js was easier than learning of React unsurprisingly. Yet, the first time I managed to run server actions on Next.js was one of the rarest moments that completely blew my mind. To this day, I reject the idea that it is something else than pure magic under its hood. Did I absolutely need Nextjs for this project though? I do not think so. Did it save me lots of time? Absolutely. Furthermore, learning Nextjs will certainly be quite helpful for other projects that I will be tackling in the future. Already got a few ideas that might be worth pursuing in the head in case I decide to abandon Summ in the future. Fast-forward few weeks again: So, at this stage, I had a barely working MVP-like product. Since the very beginning, I spent every free hour (and more) on this project as speed is essential. But, I am not so sure it was worth it to overwork in retrospect. Yet, I know I couldn’t help myself. Everything is going kinda smooth, so what’s the worst thing that could ever happen? Well, both Apple and Google announced their AIs (Apple Intelligence and Google Gemini, respectively) will have email summarization features for their products. Summarizing singular emails is no big deal, after all there were already so many similar products in the market. I still think that what truly matters is a frictionless user experience, and this is why I built this product in a certain way: You spend less than a few minutes setting up your account, and you get to enjoy your email summaries, without ever visiting its website again. This is still a very cool concept I really like a lot. So, at this point: I had no other idea that could be pursued, already spent too much time on this project. Do I quit or not? This was the question. Of course not. I just have to launch this product as quickly as possible. So, I did something right, a quite rare occurrence I might say: Re-planned my product, dropped everything secondary to the core feature immediately (save time on reading emails), tried launching it asap. 👉 Insight: Sell only one core feature at one time. Drop anything secondary to this core feature. Well, my primary occupation is product design. So one would expect that a product I build must have stellar design. I considered any considerable time spent on design at this stage would be simply wasted. I still think this is both true and wrong: True, because if your product’s core benefits suck, no one will care about your design. False, because if your design looks amateurish, no one will trust you and your product. So, I always targeted an average level design with it and the way this tool works made it quite easy as I had to design only 2 primary pages: Landing page and user portal (which has only settings and analytics pages). However, even though I knew spending time on design was not worth much of my time, I got a bit “greedy”: In fact, I redesigned those pages three times, and still ended up with a so-so design that I am not proud of. 👉 What I would do differently: Unless absolutely necessary, only one iteration per stage as long as it works. This, in my mind, applies to everything. If your product’s A feature works, then no need to rewrite it from scratch for any reason, or even refactor it. When your product becomes a success, and you absolutely need that part of your codebase to be written, do so, but only then. Ready to launch, now is th etime for some marketing, right? By July 26, I already had a “launchable” product that barely works (I marked this date on a Notion docs, this is how I know). Yet, I had spent almost no time on marketing, sales, whatever. After all, “You build and they will come”. Did I know that I needed marketing? Of course I did, but knowingly didn’t. Why, you might ask. Well, from my perspective, it had to be a dev-heavy product; meaning that you spend most of your time on developing it, mostly coding skills. But, this is simply wrong. As a rule of thumb, as noted by one of the greatests, Marc Louvion, you should spend at least twice of the building time on marketing. ❗️ Time spent on building \* 2 people don’t know your product > they don’t use your product > you don’t get users > you don’t make money Easy as that. Following the same reasoning, a slightly different approach to planning a project is possible. Determine an approximate time to complete the project with a high level project plan. Let’s say 6 months. By the reasoning above, 2 months should go into building, and 4 into marketing. If you need 4 months for building instead of 2, then you need 8 months of marketing, which makes the time to complete the project 12 months. If you don’t have that much time, then quit the project. When does a project count as completed? Well, in reality, never. But, I think we have to define success conditions even before we start for indie projects and startups; so we know when to quit when they are not met. A success condition could look like “Make $6000 in 12 months” or “Have 3000 users in 6 months”. It all depends on the project. But, once you set it, it should be set in stone: You don’t change it unless absolutely necessary. I suspect there are few principles that make a solopreneur successful; and knowing when to quit and when to continue is definitely one of them. Marc Louvion is famously known for his success, but he got there after failing so many projects. To my knowledge, the same applies to Nico Jeannen, Pieter Levels, or almost everyone as well. ❗️ Determining when to continue even before you start will definitely help in the long run. A half-aed launch Time-leap again. Around mid August, I “soft launched” my product. By soft launch, I mean lazy marketing. Just tweeting about it, posting it on free directories. Did I get any traffic? Surely I did. Did I get any users? Nope. Only after this time, it hit me: “Either something is wrong with me, or with this product” Marketing might be a much bigger factor for a project’s success after all. Even though I get some traffic, not convincing enough for people to sign up even for a free trial. The product was still perfect in my eyes at the time (well, still is ^(\_),) so the right people are not finding my product, I thought. Then, a question that I should have been asking at the very first place, one that could prevent all these, comes to my mind: “How do even people search for such tools?” If we are to consider this whole journey of me and my so-far-failed product to be an already destined failure, one metric suffices to show why. Search volume: 30. Even if people have such a pain point, they are not looking for email summaries. So, almost no organic traffic coming from Google. But, as a person who did zero marketing on this or any product, who has zero marketing knowledge, who doesn’t have an audience on social media, there is not much I could do. Finally, it was time to give up. Or not… In my eyes, the most important element that makes a founder (solo or not) successful (this, I am not by any means) is to solve problems. ❗️ So, the problem was this: “People are not finding my product by organic search” How do I make sure I get some organic traffic and gets more visibility? Learn digital marketing and SEO as much as I can within very limited time. Thankfully, without spending much time, I came across Neil Patel's YT channel, and as I said many times, it is an absolute gold mine. I learned a lot, especially about the fundamentals, and surely it will be fruitful; but there is no magic trick that could make people visit your website. SEO certainly helps, but only when people are looking for your keywords. However, it is truly a magical solution to get in touch with REAL people that are in your user segments: 👉 Understand your pains, understand their problems, help them to solve them via building products. I did not do this so far, have to admit. But, in case you would like to have a chat about your email usage, and email productivity, just get in touch; I’d be delighted to hear about them. Getting ready for a ProductHunt launch The date was Sept 1. And I unlocked an impossible achievement: Running out of Supabase’s free plan’s Egres limit while having zero users. I was already considering moving out of their Cloud server and managing a Supabase CLI service on my Hetzner VPS for some time; but never ever suspected that I would have to do this quickly. The cheapest plan Supabase offers is $25/month; yet, at that point, I am in between jobs for such a long time, basically broke, and could barely afford that price. One or two months could be okay, but why pay for it if I will eventually move out of their Cloud service? So, instead of paying $25, I spent two days migrating out of Supabase Cloud. Worth my time? Definitely not. But, when you are broke, you gotta do stupid things. This was the first time that I felt lucky to have zero users: I have no idea how I would manage this migration if I had any. I think this is one of the core tenets of an indie hacker: Controlling their own environment. I can’t remember whose quote this is, but I suspect it was Naval: Entrepreneurs have an almost pathological need to control their own fate. They will take any suffering if they can be in charge of their destiny, and not have it in somebody else’s hands. What’s truly scary is, at least in my case, we make people around us suffer at the expense of our attempting to control our own fates. I know this period has been quite hard on my wife as well, as I neglected her quite a bit, but sadly, I know that this will happen again. It is something that I can barely help with. Still, so sorry. After working the last two weeks on a ProductHunt Launch, I finally launched it this Tuesday. Zero ranking, zero new users, but 36 kind people upvoted my product, and many commented and provided invaluable feedback. I couldn't be more grateful for each one of them 🙏. Considering all these, what lies in the future of Summ though? I have no idea, to be honest. On one hand, I have zero users, have no job, no income. So, I need a way to make money asap. On the other hand, the whole idea of it revolves around one core premise (not an assumption) that I am not so willing to share; and I couldn’t have more trust in it. This might not be the best iteration of it, however I certainly believe that email usage is one of the best problem spaces one could work on. 👉 But, one thing is for certain: I need to get in touch with people, and talk with them about this product I built so far. In fact, this is the only item on my agenda. Nothing else will save my brainchild <3. Below are some other insights and notes that I got during my journey; as they do not 100% fit into this story, I think it is more suitable to list them here. I hope you enjoyed reading this. Give Summ a try, it comes with a generous free trial, no credit card required. Some additional notes and insights: Project planning is one of the most underestimated skills for solopreneurs. It saves you enormous time, and helps you to keep your focus up. Building B2C products beats building B2B products. Businesses are very willing to pay big bucks if your product helps them. On the other hand, spending a few hours per user who would pay $5/m probably is not worth your time. It doesn’t matter how brilliant your product is if no one uses it. If you cannot sell a product in a certain category/niche (or do not know how to sell it), it might be a good idea not to start a project in it. Going after new ideas and ventures is quite risky, especially if you don’t know how to market it. On the other hand, an already established category means that there is already demand. Whether this demand is sufficient or not is another issue. As long as there is enough demand for your product to fit in, any category/niche is good. Some might be better, some might be worse. Unless you are going hardcore B2B, you will need people to find your product by means of organic search. Always conduct thorough keyword research as soon as possible.

Seeking co-founder to build LinkedIn’s biggest rival(curated version)

How do you connect with likeminded people? You see the polished wins everywhere, but what about the messy drafts , the awkward pitches and the moments you’re not sure you’ve got it right? Problem: The whole idea of founding and starting a business can be super intimidating for some people, specially those who don’t know any founders personally, those who don’t have a large network, those who don’t have rich parents with large networks, those not inserted in an entrepreneurial culture like in the US for example (which is my case). Sometimes all you need is the right support network, and too see others do what you want, to know that it’s possible! Everyone has an “ultimate guide” to make 7 figures or build a business on YouTube but NO ONE shoes you the HOW, just the results… I’ve tried joining founder communities, LinkedIn ,Reddit … you name it. Most of these founder communities are inaccessible for regular people and often ask for you to have an already existing business with a min ARR… or their simply geography based and if you’re not in a certain area you can’t really participate… As of LinkedIn… full of empty AI generated posts about how some random dude raised $10m in 7 days. Okay Jonathan, but what about the HOW?? How did you write your first pitch? How many rejection calls did you get? What is an MVP? There simply isn’t a platform out there to document your founding journey and find inspiration within a community of people who are doing the same as you. What better way to feel motivated then to see someone actually document their process? Solution: I’m working on building a social media platform for aspiring/founders to connect through the RAW, UNFILTERED process of turning ideas into reality in REAL time. It’s all gonna be around the “building in public “ concept and content creation. Picture an instagram/tiktok profile where instead of seeing someone’s dog you see them documenting their founding process—from the moment they had the idea, to the moment they launched, you’re going to see the successes, the fails, the rejected calls, all documented through actual content and not some AI generated LinkedIn post. Imagine if you wanted to learn about how Steve Jobs started Apple , you could simply go through his profile on this app—exactly. To make sure all interactions are meaningful people would have to apply. It’s a truly curated community, with REAL people, building REAL things in REAL time, and not just tell us the story of how they did it… Audience: I’m targeting people who have a burning desire of building a business and early stage founders starting their founder journeys, that don’t have a support network and simply don’t know where to start. People who are tired of watching 30 min “ultimate guides “ on how to make it on YouTube from “business gurus” selling courses. People who haven’t reached the min ARR required to join an “exclusive “ founder a community. People who can’t simply just move to the US to get into the “exclusive” YC combinator. People who want to connect with real people building real things and not anonymous people on Reddit, or LinkedIn influencers again trying to promote their services. I believe in the idea because I’m also part of my audience. Have always wanted to start my own thing just never knew how to and where to find a community of likeminded people . I don’t know any founders myself, I come from a non-entrepreneurial society and I’d pay good money to access a community of REAL passionate founders building REAL things, in REAL time. This would be my first ever business, and I want to share my journey building it and hopefully inspire others to just start so I’ve created a mailing list to keep anyone interested in the project updated on my fails , learnings and successes. I’m not worried about “making it” but just “starting” and hopefully reach the right audience and inspire anyone to start whatever they have marinating in their thoughts. If you’re a founder struggling with staying consistent or an aspiring founder with an insane desire of starting and don’t know how to start, I’d love to get your feedback on what’s stopping you, your challenges starting out and what you’d find useful in such platform. And finally would this be something that interests you?? PS: casually looking for a technical co-founder

(Social Media) Marketing Advice

I'm a founder, currently with just my 2 other co-founders in the team. We have gotten through the ideation phase, with the help of an accelerator and have been given a grant of $5000. We're two technical founders and one non-technical founder, so do not need to hire any devs for now and are close to releasing our MVP. We're mainly using our money at this point for subscriptions (notion, chatGPT, etc.). Now we want to start spending on ads and social media marketing, but we all suck at social media, so we found a tool to do it for us: https://www.kendal.ai/. Do you think it's a good idea for us to spend $99 on a subscription to this AI tool so it can handle our content for us? If not, how can we do it better/cheaper?

What are your struggles with AI implementation?

Hey! I am working on a project (won't advertise it so won't even give a name & I don't have it anywhere in my profile) to help people with AI implementation in their businesses. We have already covered areas of how to spot AI opportunities and various tools, etc, but I wanted to know a bit more what others are struggling with. What are your challenges in AI implementation in your business? What kind of material (guide, checklist, roadmap, whatever) help entrepreneurs and business executives to finally get on the AI train and grow their businesses? Any suggestions and pain points are welcome. The more you share, the better guides we will create to help businesses with AI adoption. Cheers

Looking for Feedback on this Idea

Hey everyone, I’d love some honest feedback on an idea I’ve been working on (currently just in paper). A little about me: I started in hospitality across South America and Asia, then moved into social entrepreneurship in a rural area, and eventually ecommerce using WordPress. Now, I’m deep into programming here in Europe, which I’ve really come to enjoy. So yes, I understand the perspective of businesses, entrepreneurs and programmers.  Back when I had tons of ideas for businesses and optimizing processes, I always hit the same drama: "You need a developer." But hiring one was too expensive or unreliable or shady business practice, and partnering with a programmer, someone I barely knew often felt too risky (I've learned the hard way that partnerships can feel like marriages). Now, as a programmer, I get a lot of requests from small businesses needing help and sometimes with very simple ideas. And while I can do it, I often don’t have the time, so I have to tell them I can't. And when I do have time, I know the cost can be too much for their budget. This got me thinking: What if I created a course to teach business owners just enough programming to solve their own problems? Not to become full time coders, but to gain enough knowledge to build simple tools or, better yet, understand code enough to ask the right questions whether it's to AI or a future developer. The course would focus on programming but talking business language, starting with building more flexible websites, managing your own content and creating custom tools without the limitations of templates or paid widgets. I’m thinking of creating a supportive community where we learn and grow together (maybe using your business as an example), and I’d be available to help along the way, plus I will be adding tools that you could reuse for your business (mostly because you will be able to read it and understand it → that's the goal). Talking about money, I can only tell you will be way more affordable compared to multiple payments in different places. So, does this resonate with you? I’d really appreciate your honest thoughts. Do you feel you have the time to learn or you still prefer looking for a developer? Feel free to share any frustrations or ideas. And if this sounds interesting, write me a PM, and I’ll keep you updated. Thanks for reading. I'm excited to hear what you think! :)

Seeking Feedback & Support: Launching a Nut Mix Startup to Improve Gut Health

This txt is AI summarized but I read it, he just restructured my thoughts accurately. Hey all, I’m Ilia, a Seattle-based entrepreneur working on a product that’s all about making healthy eating easier. I’m creating a premium nut mix with 16+ different nuts (70% organic) aimed at helping people improve their microbiome and overall health. The concept is simple: diverse ingredients lead to better gut health, reduced inflammation, and more energy. No more juggling 20 bags of different foods—my nut mix is a convenient, delicious solution. I’m in the early stages and raising about $7,000 to cover things like regulatory compliance, a commercial kitchen rental, quality ingredients, packaging, and a basic brand presence. I’ve poured my own savings into this and am now turning to the community for support, advice, and maybe even early funding. I made a short (12-min) video walking through the concept, the budget breakdown, and my long-term vision (expanding to seeds, fruit mixes, and maybe even a billion-dollar brand one day!). I’d love your honest feedback, connections, or suggestions. If you’re interested in supporting, even by sharing this post, I really appreciate it. Feel free to ask me anything—transparency is key for me, and I want to build something that genuinely helps people live healthier. https://www.gofundme.com/f/support-my-goal-to-make-healthy-eating-easy-and-convenient

Advice on Launching an AI Task Assistant for Forgetful People

Hi everyone, I’m working on an idea for an AI assistant that helps people stay on top of their tasks—like remembering to cancel a gym membership or following up on an important email. What makes this different is that it doesn’t require downloading yet another app. Instead, it integrates with tools people already use, like: WhatsApp Slack SMS Email For critical tasks, it could even escalate reminders to a phone call to make sure nothing gets missed. The main features I’m building include: Daily Check-ins: Quick updates to keep tasks and schedules on track. Persistent Follow-ups: Friendly nudges until tasks are completed or rescheduled. Proactive Scheduling: Automatically resolving conflicts in a calendar. Escalating Reminders: Escalating priority tasks via calls if needed. I’d love to ask for your advice: As a small business owner, would features like these help you or your team stay organized? What’s missing in existing task management tools for busy entrepreneurs? Do you think the “no app needed” angle is compelling enough to stand out in a crowded market? I’m still testing and refining this concept, and I’d love to hear your insights to help make it better. Thanks in advance for sharing your thoughts and feedback!

What Problem Holds You Back? (testing a hypothesis about business solutions)

I have a hypothesis about solving small business challenges that I'd like to test with real entrepreneurs' perspectives. I believe that the most valuable application of AI isn't in chatbots or SaaS automations, but in enhancing how we solve real-world business problems through better analysis and solution design. Please note that I have no particular product or service to sell or promote, just a hunch to test. The Process: You share your specific business challenge (questions below) I'll use AI to analyze your situation and generate additional solution possibilities you may not have considered You tell me how viable or useful these AI-generated suggestions are for your real-world situation This feedback helps validate whether AI can truly add value to business problem-solving Please share: What ONE problem, bottleneck, or challenge is currently the BIGGEST headache holding back your business? How long has it been an issue? How much do the known alternatives to fix it cost? Which of those alternatives are you leaning towards using and why... or do you have a new or different idea you want to try? Your insights will help validate or disprove whether AI-enhanced problem-solving can genuinely help small business owners tackle their actual challenges. I plan to document this research (likely in a book), whether the results support my hypothesis or not. I'm looking for raw, honest responses - no sugar coating needed. Your real-world experience is what matters here. After I provide AI-generated solutions, please share your honest, subjective feedback about: How practical these suggestions are [0,10] What the AI might be missing about real-world implementation Whether any suggestions offer genuinely new perspectives you hadn't considered Thank you for helping me test this out.

Idea Validation Post: Seeking Feedback on My AI-Driven Quick Launch Application! 🚀

Hey Members! I’m excited to share an idea for a new application I’m planning to build: Quick Launch . This AI-driven platform is designed to assist solopreneurs or anyone with an idea in launching their Minimum Viable Products (MVPs) by taking on the roles of the entire team needed for the process. Goal: Assistance in quickly moving from Idea to MVP Before I dive into the details, I’d love to hear your thoughts and feedback. Key Features: Product Creation: From Idea to Product Detailing AI-Generated Q&A: Real-time questions generation one-at-a-time to define the product requirements based on their knowledge levels to convert an Idea into a Product. Market Research Reports: In-depth analysis that identifies product-market fit, competitive landscape, and potential marketing strategies. Sentiment Analysis: Evaluation of user feedback and reactions across multiple subreddits to gauge public opinion on ideas. Product Development: Product Detailing to Actual Product User Story Generation: Identification and creation of comprehensive user stories, tasks, and sub-tasks to facilitate development. AI Project Management: AI agents assume roles of project managers and UI/UX designers to streamline product detailing and development. Integration Capabilities: Seamless integration with popular project management tools like Jira, Asana, and Trello for better workflow management. Target Audience: Solopreneurs: Individuals looking to bring their business ideas to life without extensive resources. Indie Hackers: Entrepreneurs focused on building small projects or startups with minimal overhead. Idea Validators: Anyone with a concept seeking initial validation and market feedback before committing significant resources. If you’re interested in learning more, check out our teaser website: Quick Launch Discussion Question: What features would you find most valuable in an application like this? Are there specific pain points you face when launching an MVP? Your insights would be incredibly helpful as I refine this idea! Looking forward to your thoughts! 🙌

I spent 6 months on building a web product, and got zero users. Here is my story.

Edit Thank you all so much for your time reading my story. Your support, feedback, criticism, and skepticism; all helped me a lot, and I couldn't appreciate it enough \^\_\^ I have stuff to post on Reddit very rarely, but I share how my project is going on, random stuff, and memes on X. Just in case few might want to keep in touch 👀 TL;DR I spent 6 months on a tool that currently has 0 users. Below is what I learned during my journey, sharing because I believe most mistakes are easily avoidable. Do not overestimate your product and assume it will be an exception to fundamental principles. Principles are there for a reason. Always look for validation before you start. Avoid building products with a low money-to-effort ratio/in very competitive fields. Unless you have the means, you probably won't make it. Pick a problem space, pick your target audience, and talk to them before thinking about a solution. Identify and match their pain points. Only then should you think of a solution. If people are not overly excited or willing to pay in advance for a discounted price, it might be a sign to rethink. Sell one and only one feature at a time. Avoid everything else. If people don't pay for that one core feature, no secondary feature will change their mind. Always spend twice as much time marketing as you do building. You will not get users if they don't know it exists. Define success metrics ("1000 users in 3 months" or "$6000 in the account at the end of 6 months") before you start. If you don't meet them, strongly consider quitting the project. If you can't get enough users to keep going, nothing else matters. VALIDATION, VALIDATION, VALIDATION. Success is not random, but most of our first products will not make a success story. Know when to admit failure, and move on. Even if a product of yours doesn't succeed, what you learned during its journey will turn out to be invaluable for your future. My story So, this is the story of a product that I’ve been working on for the last 6 months. As it's the first product I’ve ever built, after watching you all from the sidelines, I have learned a lot, made many mistakes, and did only a few things right. Just sharing what I’ve learned and some insights from my journey so far. I hope that this post will help you avoid the mistakes I made — most of which I consider easily avoidable — while you enjoy reading it, and get to know me a little bit more 🤓. A slow start after many years Summ isn’t the first product I really wanted to build. Lacking enough dev skills to even get started was a huge blocker for so many years. In fact, the first product I would’ve LOVED to build was a smart personal shopping assistant. I had this idea 4 years ago; but with no GPT, no coding skills, no technical co-founder, I didn’t have the means to make it happen. I still do not know if such a tool exists and is good enough. All I wanted was a tool that could make data-based predictions about when to buy stuff (“buy a new toothpaste every three months”) and suggest physical products that I might need or be strongly interested in. AFAIK, Amazon famously still struggles with the second one. Fast-forward a few years, I learned the very basics of HTML, CSS, and Vanilla JS. Still was not there to build a product; but good enough to code my design portfolio from scratch. Yet, I couldn’t imagine myself building a product using Vanilla JS. I really hated it, I really sucked at it. So, back to tutorial hell, and to learn about this framework I just heard about: React.React introduced so many new concepts to me. “Thinking in React” is a phrase we heard a lot, and with quite good reasons. After some time, I was able to build very basic tutorial apps, both in React, and React Native; but I have to say that I really hated coding for mobile. At this point, I was already a fan of productivity apps, and had a concept for a time management assistant app in my design portfolio. So, why not build one? Surely, it must be easy, since every coding tutorial starts with a todo app. ❌ WRONG! Building a basic todo app is easy enough, but building one good enough for a place in the market was a challenge I took and failed. I wasted one month on that until I abandoned the project for good. Even if I continued working on it, as the productivity landscape is overly competitive, I wouldn’t be able to make enough money to cover costs, assuming I make any. Since I was (and still am) in between jobs, I decided to abandon the project. 👉 What I learned: Do not start projects with a low ratio of money to effort and time. Example: Even if I get 500 monthly users, 200 of which are paid users (unrealistically high number), assuming an average subscription fee of $5/m (such apps are quite cheap, mostly due to the high competition), it would make me around $1000 minus any occurring costs. Any founder with a product that has 500 active users should make more. Even if it was relatively successful, due to the high competition, I wouldn’t make any meaningful money. PS: I use Todoist today. Due to local pricing, I pay less than $2/m. There is no way I could beat this competitive pricing, let alone the app itself. But, somehow, with a project that wasn’t even functional — let alone being an MVP — I made my first Wi-Fi money: Someone decided that the domain I preemptively purchased is worth something. By this point, I had already abandoned the project, certainly wasn’t going to renew the domain, was looking for a FT job, and a new project that I could work on. And out of nowhere, someone hands me some free money — who am I not to take it? Of course, I took it. The domain is still unused, no idea why 🤔. Ngl, I still hate the fact that my first Wi-Fi money came from this. A new idea worth pursuing? Fast-forward some weeks now. Around March, I got this crazy idea of building an email productivity tool. We all use emails, yet we all hate them. So, this must be fixed. Everyone uses emails, in fact everyone HAS TO use emails. So, I just needed to build a tool and wait for people to come. This was all, really. After all, the problem space is huge, there is enough room for another product, everyone uses emails, no need for any further validation, right? ❌ WRONG ONCE AGAIN! We all hear from the greatest in the startup landscape that we must validate our ideas with real people, yet at least some of us (guilty here 🥸) think that our product will be hugely successful and prove them to be an exception. Few might, but most are not. I certainly wasn't. 👉 Lesson learned: Always validate your ideas with real people. Ask them how much they’d pay for such a tool (not if they would). Much better if they are willing to pay upfront for a discount, etc. But even this comes later, keep reading. I think the difference between “How much” and “If” is huge for two reasons: (1) By asking them for “How much”, you force them to think in a more realistic setting. (2) You will have a more realistic idea on your profit margins. Based on my competitive analysis, I already had a solution in my mind to improve our email usage standards and email productivity (huge mistake), but I did my best to learn about their problems regarding those without pushing the idea too hard. The idea is this: Generate concise email summaries with suggested actions, combine them into one email, and send it at their preferred times. Save as much as time the AI you end up with allows. After all, everyone loves to save time. So, what kind of validation did I seek for? Talked with only a few people around me about this crazy, internet-breaking idea. The responses I got were, now I see, mediocre; no one got excited about it, just said things along the lines of “Cool idea, OK”. So, any reasonable person in this situation would think “Okay, not might not be working”, right? Well, I did not. I assumed that they were the wrong audience for this product, and there was this magical land of user segments waiting eagerly for my product, yet unknowingly. To this day, I still have not reached this magical place. Perhaps, it didn’t exist in the first place. If I cannot find it, whether it exists or not doesn’t matter. I am certainly searching for it. 👉 What I should have done: Once I decide on a problem space (time management, email productivity, etc.), I should decide on my potential user segments, people who I plan to sell my product to. Then I should go talk to those people, ask them about their pains, then get to the problem-solving/ideation phase only later. ❗️ VALIDATION COMES FROM THE REALITY OUTSIDE. What validation looks like might change from product to product; but what invalidation looks like is more or less the same for every product. Nico Jeannen told me yesterday “validation = money in the account” on Twitter. This is the ultimate form of validation your product could get. If your product doesn’t make any money, then something is invalidated by reality: Your product, you, your idea, who knows? So, at this point, I knew a little bit of Python from spending some time in tutorial hell a few years ago, some HTML/CSS/JS, barely enough React to build a working app. React could work for this project, but I needed easy-to-implement server interactivity. Luckily, around this time, I got to know about this new gen of indie hackers, and learned (but didn’t truly understand) about their approach to indie hacking, and this library called Nextjs. How good Next.js still blows my mind. So, I was back to tutorial hell once again. But, this time, with a promise to myself: This is the last time I would visit tutorial hell. Time to start building this "ground-breaking idea" Learning the fundamentals of Next.js was easier than learning of React unsurprisingly. Yet, the first time I managed to run server actions on Next.js was one of the rarest moments that completely blew my mind. To this day, I reject the idea that it is something else than pure magic under its hood. Did I absolutely need Nextjs for this project though? I do not think so. Did it save me lots of time? Absolutely. Furthermore, learning Nextjs will certainly be quite helpful for other projects that I will be tackling in the future. Already got a few ideas that might be worth pursuing in the head in case I decide to abandon Summ in the future. Fast-forward few weeks again: So, at this stage, I had a barely working MVP-like product. Since the very beginning, I spent every free hour (and more) on this project as speed is essential. But, I am not so sure it was worth it to overwork in retrospect. Yet, I know I couldn’t help myself. Everything is going kinda smooth, so what’s the worst thing that could ever happen? Well, both Apple and Google announced their AIs (Apple Intelligence and Google Gemini, respectively) will have email summarization features for their products. Summarizing singular emails is no big deal, after all there were already so many similar products in the market. I still think that what truly matters is a frictionless user experience, and this is why I built this product in a certain way: You spend less than a few minutes setting up your account, and you get to enjoy your email summaries, without ever visiting its website again. This is still a very cool concept I really like a lot. So, at this point: I had no other idea that could be pursued, already spent too much time on this project. Do I quit or not? This was the question. Of course not. I just have to launch this product as quickly as possible. So, I did something right, a quite rare occurrence I might say: Re-planned my product, dropped everything secondary to the core feature immediately (save time on reading emails), tried launching it asap. 👉 Insight: Sell only one core feature at one time. Drop anything secondary to this core feature. Well, my primary occupation is product design. So one would expect that a product I build must have stellar design. I considered any considerable time spent on design at this stage would be simply wasted. I still think this is both true and wrong: True, because if your product’s core benefits suck, no one will care about your design. False, because if your design looks amateurish, no one will trust you and your product. So, I always targeted an average level design with it and the way this tool works made it quite easy as I had to design only 2 primary pages: Landing page and user portal (which has only settings and analytics pages). However, even though I knew spending time on design was not worth much of my time, I got a bit “greedy”: In fact, I redesigned those pages three times, and still ended up with a so-so design that I am not proud of. 👉 What I would do differently: Unless absolutely necessary, only one iteration per stage as long as it works. This, in my mind, applies to everything. If your product’s A feature works, then no need to rewrite it from scratch for any reason, or even refactor it. When your product becomes a success, and you absolutely need that part of your codebase to be written, do so, but only then. Ready to launch, now is th etime for some marketing, right? By July 26, I already had a “launchable” product that barely works (I marked this date on a Notion docs, this is how I know). Yet, I had spent almost no time on marketing, sales, whatever. After all, “You build and they will come”. Did I know that I needed marketing? Of course I did, but knowingly didn’t. Why, you might ask. Well, from my perspective, it had to be a dev-heavy product; meaning that you spend most of your time on developing it, mostly coding skills. But, this is simply wrong. As a rule of thumb, as noted by one of the greatests, Marc Louvion, you should spend at least twice of the building time on marketing. ❗️ Time spent on building \* 2 people don’t know your product > they don’t use your product > you don’t get users > you don’t make money Easy as that. Following the same reasoning, a slightly different approach to planning a project is possible. Determine an approximate time to complete the project with a high level project plan. Let’s say 6 months. By the reasoning above, 2 months should go into building, and 4 into marketing. If you need 4 months for building instead of 2, then you need 8 months of marketing, which makes the time to complete the project 12 months. If you don’t have that much time, then quit the project. When does a project count as completed? Well, in reality, never. But, I think we have to define success conditions even before we start for indie projects and startups; so we know when to quit when they are not met. A success condition could look like “Make $6000 in 12 months” or “Have 3000 users in 6 months”. It all depends on the project. But, once you set it, it should be set in stone: You don’t change it unless absolutely necessary. I suspect there are few principles that make a solopreneur successful; and knowing when to quit and when to continue is definitely one of them. Marc Louvion is famously known for his success, but he got there after failing so many projects. To my knowledge, the same applies to Nico Jeannen, Pieter Levels, or almost everyone as well. ❗️ Determining when to continue even before you start will definitely help in the long run. A half-aed launch Time-leap again. Around mid August, I “soft launched” my product. By soft launch, I mean lazy marketing. Just tweeting about it, posting it on free directories. Did I get any traffic? Surely I did. Did I get any users? Nope. Only after this time, it hit me: “Either something is wrong with me, or with this product” Marketing might be a much bigger factor for a project’s success after all. Even though I get some traffic, not convincing enough for people to sign up even for a free trial. The product was still perfect in my eyes at the time (well, still is ^(\_),) so the right people are not finding my product, I thought. Then, a question that I should have been asking at the very first place, one that could prevent all these, comes to my mind: “How do even people search for such tools?” If we are to consider this whole journey of me and my so-far-failed product to be an already destined failure, one metric suffices to show why. Search volume: 30. Even if people have such a pain point, they are not looking for email summaries. So, almost no organic traffic coming from Google. But, as a person who did zero marketing on this or any product, who has zero marketing knowledge, who doesn’t have an audience on social media, there is not much I could do. Finally, it was time to give up. Or not… In my eyes, the most important element that makes a founder (solo or not) successful (this, I am not by any means) is to solve problems. ❗️ So, the problem was this: “People are not finding my product by organic search” How do I make sure I get some organic traffic and gets more visibility? Learn digital marketing and SEO as much as I can within very limited time. Thankfully, without spending much time, I came across Neil Patel's YT channel, and as I said many times, it is an absolute gold mine. I learned a lot, especially about the fundamentals, and surely it will be fruitful; but there is no magic trick that could make people visit your website. SEO certainly helps, but only when people are looking for your keywords. However, it is truly a magical solution to get in touch with REAL people that are in your user segments: 👉 Understand your pains, understand their problems, help them to solve them via building products. I did not do this so far, have to admit. But, in case you would like to have a chat about your email usage, and email productivity, just get in touch; I’d be delighted to hear about them. Getting ready for a ProductHunt launch The date was Sept 1. And I unlocked an impossible achievement: Running out of Supabase’s free plan’s Egres limit while having zero users. I was already considering moving out of their Cloud server and managing a Supabase CLI service on my Hetzner VPS for some time; but never ever suspected that I would have to do this quickly. The cheapest plan Supabase offers is $25/month; yet, at that point, I am in between jobs for such a long time, basically broke, and could barely afford that price. One or two months could be okay, but why pay for it if I will eventually move out of their Cloud service? So, instead of paying $25, I spent two days migrating out of Supabase Cloud. Worth my time? Definitely not. But, when you are broke, you gotta do stupid things. This was the first time that I felt lucky to have zero users: I have no idea how I would manage this migration if I had any. I think this is one of the core tenets of an indie hacker: Controlling their own environment. I can’t remember whose quote this is, but I suspect it was Naval: Entrepreneurs have an almost pathological need to control their own fate. They will take any suffering if they can be in charge of their destiny, and not have it in somebody else’s hands. What’s truly scary is, at least in my case, we make people around us suffer at the expense of our attempting to control our own fates. I know this period has been quite hard on my wife as well, as I neglected her quite a bit, but sadly, I know that this will happen again. It is something that I can barely help with. Still, so sorry. After working the last two weeks on a ProductHunt Launch, I finally launched it this Tuesday. Zero ranking, zero new users, but 36 kind people upvoted my product, and many commented and provided invaluable feedback. I couldn't be more grateful for each one of them 🙏. Considering all these, what lies in the future of Summ though? I have no idea, to be honest. On one hand, I have zero users, have no job, no income. So, I need a way to make money asap. On the other hand, the whole idea of it revolves around one core premise (not an assumption) that I am not so willing to share; and I couldn’t have more trust in it. This might not be the best iteration of it, however I certainly believe that email usage is one of the best problem spaces one could work on. 👉 But, one thing is for certain: I need to get in touch with people, and talk with them about this product I built so far. In fact, this is the only item on my agenda. Nothing else will save my brainchild <3. Below are some other insights and notes that I got during my journey; as they do not 100% fit into this story, I think it is more suitable to list them here. I hope you enjoyed reading this. Give Summ a try, it comes with a generous free trial, no credit card required. Some additional notes and insights: Project planning is one of the most underestimated skills for solopreneurs. It saves you enormous time, and helps you to keep your focus up. Building B2C products beats building B2B products. Businesses are very willing to pay big bucks if your product helps them. On the other hand, spending a few hours per user who would pay $5/m probably is not worth your time. It doesn’t matter how brilliant your product is if no one uses it. If you cannot sell a product in a certain category/niche (or do not know how to sell it), it might be a good idea not to start a project in it. Going after new ideas and ventures is quite risky, especially if you don’t know how to market it. On the other hand, an already established category means that there is already demand. Whether this demand is sufficient or not is another issue. As long as there is enough demand for your product to fit in, any category/niche is good. Some might be better, some might be worse. Unless you are going hardcore B2B, you will need people to find your product by means of organic search. Always conduct thorough keyword research as soon as possible.

Looking for Feedback: AI-Powered Platform to Help Entrepreneurs Find Profitable Digital Businesses

Hi everyone! I’m launching DealSight, an AI-driven platform designed to help entrepreneurs find and analyze digital businesses for acquisition. It monitors 20+ broker sites, applies smart deal filtering, performs deep analysis, and sends priority alerts for deals that match your criteria. Our goal is to save entrepreneurs time and help them make better data-driven decisions. Here’s how it works: 1️⃣ Set your preferences (industry, size, location, etc.). 2️⃣ Our AI continuously matches your criteria with new listings. 3️⃣ Get customizable alerts with detailed deal reports. We’ve already analyzed $250M+ in deal value and saved users an average of 45% in time. I’d love to hear your thoughts: Would this be useful for your business-buying journey? Any features you think we should add or improve? Any concerns that might stop you from using a platform like this? You can learn more or try it for free \here\. Thanks in advance for your feedback!

Seeking Feedback on My Business Idea – SaaS + Lead Generation for Small Businesses

Edit: TL;DR I’m Sarvesh, a digital marketer with 10 years of experience in paid ads. After losing my job last year, I started freelancing and discovered how much small businesses struggle with getting reviews (Google, Yelp, TrustPilot, etc.). My Business Idea – SaaS + Paid Ads Free Plan: Businesses can track & reply to reviews across 40+ platforms in one dashboard. Paid Plan ($99/month): Automates review collection, AI-powered responses, social media posting, and spam detection. Custom Plan: Paid ads to generate leads, offered only to businesses on my paid plan for 3+ months. Goal: SaaS platform attracts users → Some upgrade to paid plan → Best clients get lead-generation help → More leads → More reviews → More organic customers → A profitable business cycle. Need Feedback: Does this idea have potential? How can I get my first beta users? Any features I should add/remove? Would love your thoughts—thanks for reading! 😊 TL: Hi everyone, I’m Sarvesh, and I’m in the process of starting my own business. Since my target audience is small businesses, I’d love to get some input, advice, or critiques from this community. A Little About Me I’ve spent the last 10 years working in paid advertising, helping medium and large businesses generate leads through Facebook and Google Ads. I also have experience running e-commerce campaigns. You can check out my background on LinkedIn: LinkedIn Profile Last year, my second daughter was born, and around the same time, my company shut down all its offices (India & UK), leaving me without a job. I decided to take a break and spend time with my wife and newborn, something I regretted not doing with my first child. By November, I started job hunting again, but in the meantime, I got some freelance work through Reddit, helping small businesses with ads for the first time. For context, in my previous jobs, I managed ad campaigns with daily budgets of £4K–£8K. Working with small businesses was a new challenge, but to my surprise, I was able to generate solid leads for beauty salons, hair salons, and nail salons, helping them grow. What stood out to me was how much impact my work had—unlike my corporate job, where I was just another person in the system, here I felt truly valued. That feeling led me to explore starting my own business. The Problem I Noticed While working with small businesses, I realized that online reviews (Google, Yelp, Trustpilot, etc.) are critical for them, yet many struggle to get them. Customers often don’t leave reviews, and employees are either too shy or don’t prioritize asking for them. This gave me an idea—to build a system that helps businesses get more genuine Google reviews from customers. I developed the system but struggled to find businesses willing to test it, even for free. My target audience is U.S. small businesses, but since I’m based in India, cold emails and Reddit outreach didn’t get much traction. My Business Idea – SaaS + Custom Plans I’m now thinking of pivoting my business model into a SaaS platform with optional paid upgrades. Here’s how it would work: Free Plan (Review Tracking & Management) Businesses can track their reviews across 40+ platforms (Google, Yelp, Facebook, Trustpilot, TripAdvisor, etc.) in one dashboard. They can reply to reviews manually from a single place instead of switching between platforms. This will be completely free forever. Paid Plan ($99/month, Plus SMS/Email Costs) For businesses that struggle to get reviews, they can upgrade to a paid plan that includes: Automated Review Requests – Automatically send review requests via SMS & email. Website Widget – Showcase 4- and 5-star reviews dynamically. Social Media Automation – Automatically post positive reviews on Facebook/Instagram. AI-Powered Responses – AI can reply to reviews automatically. Spam Detection – The system will notify businesses of suspicious reviews (but won’t take direct action). Custom Plan (Lead Generation via Paid Ads) I will personally manage paid ad campaigns to generate leads. Pricing depends on the niche, budget, and contract duration. Money-Back Guarantee – If I don’t deliver results, I refund the month’s fee. Small businesses can’t afford wasted ad spend, and I want to ensure I provide real value. Limited spots per month to maintain quality and avoid burnout. How Everything Ties Together The SaaS platform serves as a lead generation tool for my custom plans: Businesses use the free plan to track their reviews. Some upgrade to the paid plan to automate and improve reviews. A select few, after 3 months on the paid plan, can join my custom plan for paid ads to generate more leads. More leads → More reviews → Better Google Maps ranking → More organic customers → A more profitable business. Would Love Your Feedback! What do you think about this approach? Do you see potential for this business to take off? Any features I should add or remove? Any suggestions on how I can get my first beta users to test the SaaS platform? What about pricing? Do you think $99 is good pricing? I know this is a long post, but I really appreciate anyone taking the time to read and share their thoughts. Thanks in advance!

Looking to streamline and update family business

Hey r/smallbusiness, I’ve been working at my family’s business for six years now—joined right after college—and I’ve realized that we’re long overdue for an overhaul. I handle advertising sales, and while the business itself is solid, the way we operate is extremely outdated. Without revealing too much, we print about 180 publications, and businesses pay to have their ads featured. As a sales rep, my job includes: Renewing current advertisers Finding new customers and making sales Collecting artwork for ads Gathering billing info Laying out the ad grid with all advertisers The Problem: Everything is still done with pen and paper. We use carbon copy paper to record business details, billing info, and ad costs. One copy goes to the graphic designers, the other to billing. The billing team manually enters everything into QuickBooks, prints invoices, stuffs envelopes, and mails them out. We recently got new software that lets us send invoices via email and text through QuickBooks, which is a step in the right direction, but it’s just a small fix to a much bigger problem. What I Want to Change: Move everything onto an app or website—no more paper. Digitally layout the ad grid instead of doing it manually. (For graphics team) Collect billing info online instead of writing it down. (Obviously to get paid faster and reduce wasted labor) Automate renewal emails instead of calling every single customer. (Save time) Find more efficient ways to generate leads for new business. (Work smarter not harder) Honestly, the company still runs like my grandma set it up in the '90s, and it’s overwhelming trying to figure out where to start. If anyone has been through something similar or has advice on modernizing a business, I’d love to hear your thoughts! Happy to provide more details if needed. I’ve explored some CRMs and AI tools, but I’m sure someone here has better insights or more experience with this than I do. There are other parts of the business that need improvement, but I believe this would be a big step in the right direction. Thanks in advance!

Ai C-Level team

I've been exploring ways to run a company where I'm essentially the only internal team member, relying entirely on a suite of specialized AIs for executive roles, supported occasionally by external consultants for niche expertise. My goal is to stay lean, agile, and highly creative, especially in a fashion/tech brand context. Essentially, I'm building an AI-driven C-Level team, or what I like to call a "C-Level AI Wallet." Here's what I'm thinking for the key executive roles I'd need to cover with AI: CEO AI – Responsible for overall strategy, decision-making, trend analysis, and guiding the company's vision. I'd probably lean on something advanced like Gemini, GPT-4, or similar models, fine-tuned with market-specific data. COO AI (Operations): I'd need tools that streamline and automate logistics, supply chain management, and day-to-day operations (think something along the lines of Zapier AI integrations or Make). CMO AI (Marketing & Content): For branding, content creation, digital marketing, and consumer insights, I'd use Jasper or Copy.ai, combined with predictive analytics tools like Google Vertex AI to understand trends better. Additionally, for generating engaging visual and multimedia content, tools like Midjourney, DALL·E, Adobe Firefly, and Runway ML would be perfect. CFO AI (Financial Management): For financial management, cash flow control, and investment decisions, I'd probably leverage AI tools like Bloomberg GPT, combined with AI-powered forecasting platforms. CHRO AI (Human Resources & Culture): Although the internal team is minimal (just myself!), I'd still rely on AI for tasks like project management, freelancer hiring, and performance tracking—tools like HireVue AI, Motion, or even Notion's AI could be beneficial here. CSO AI (Sustainability & Compliance): Since sustainability and ethical sourcing are critical, I'd integrate ESG-focused AI tools to ensure transparency and responsible sourcing. My idea is that, with the right AI tools seamlessly integrated, I can manage the strategic vision and creative direction personally, leveraging external consultants only when necessary. This setup would ideally allow me to operate as a one-person internal team supported by a robust "wallet" of AI executives. Has anyone tried a similar approach? What AI tools would you recommend for a truly lean, innovative brand structure? I'm very curious about your experiences or suggestions—let me know your thoughts!

Would You Pay for a Simple Course on How Small Businesses Can Integrate AI Without the Noise?

Helli, I’m Dan, and I’ve spent a lot of time exploring and working with various business tools. Over the years, I’ve self-taught myself how to navigate the overwhelming amount of information out there about AI and its potential for small businesses. One thing I’ve noticed is that many small business owners are struggling to cut through the noise and figure out how AI can actually help their businesses—without needing a tech background or spending a fortune. So, I’m working on a simple, actionable course designed specifically for small businesses. It would cover: Filtering through the hype and picking the right AI tools Practical applications like automating social media, customer service, or invoicing Using data to make better decisions Balancing automation with the human touch The idea is to make it straightforward and practical, showing real tools in action that you can implement right away. Would you find value in a course like this? If so, what would you want to learn, and what price point feels reasonable for such content? Thanks for your input—I’d love to make something that’s genuinely helpful for the community!

Has automation or AI actually impacted your business?

For the better or the worse, how's AI impacted your business? Have you been able to automate anything you used to spend tons of hours in your day to day operations? I am genuinely curious and I am interested in getting into the agency or consulting side of business. I want to know if there's actual demand for business owners who aren't too tech savvy?

Looking for Feedback: AI-Powered Platform to Help Entrepreneurs Find Profitable Digital Businesses

Hi everyone! I’m launching DealSight, an AI-driven platform designed to help entrepreneurs find and analyze digital businesses for acquisition. It monitors 20+ broker sites, applies smart deal filtering, performs deep analysis, and sends priority alerts for deals that match your criteria. Our goal is to save entrepreneurs time and help them make better data-driven decisions. Here’s how it works: 1️⃣ Set your preferences (industry, size, location, etc.). 2️⃣ Our AI continuously matches your criteria with new listings. 3️⃣ Get customizable alerts with detailed deal reports. We’ve already analyzed $250M+ in deal value and saved users an average of 45% in time. I’d love to hear your thoughts: Would this be useful for your business-buying journey? Any features you think we should add or improve? Any concerns that might stop you from using a platform like this? You can learn more or try it for free \here\. Thanks in advance for your feedback!

Would You Pay for a Simple Course on How Small Businesses Can Integrate AI Without the Noise?

Helli, I’m Dan, and I’ve spent a lot of time exploring and working with various business tools. Over the years, I’ve self-taught myself how to navigate the overwhelming amount of information out there about AI and its potential for small businesses. One thing I’ve noticed is that many small business owners are struggling to cut through the noise and figure out how AI can actually help their businesses—without needing a tech background or spending a fortune. So, I’m working on a simple, actionable course designed specifically for small businesses. It would cover: Filtering through the hype and picking the right AI tools Practical applications like automating social media, customer service, or invoicing Using data to make better decisions Balancing automation with the human touch The idea is to make it straightforward and practical, showing real tools in action that you can implement right away. Would you find value in a course like this? If so, what would you want to learn, and what price point feels reasonable for such content? Thanks for your input—I’d love to make something that’s genuinely helpful for the community!

What I learn from my $200 MRR App I built 4 months ago?

4 month ago, I am just a 10-years experienced product manager without any software development experience. I have an $3K/month job, but I am so tired, I don’t like my life, don’t like my boss, don’t like my daily work, that make me feeling I already died however I am still living. I yearn for freedom and want to live each day the way I want to. So I quit my job, and become a Indie developer to build my own business, my own app, even my own life. I am so grateful for this time and experience, now my app reach $200 MRR, still very little compared to my previous salary, but I never regret. I have learned lots of things from this time and experience, more than I had in last 10 years. Here is the time-line of my App: \- Sep 2023: Launch first version to iOS App store \- Oct 2023: Release in-app-purchase features and have first subscriber, the revenue in October is $154 \- Nov 2023: Change from subscription to pay per use, and I did lots of marketing jobs in November, however, the revenue reduced to only $40. \- Dec 2023: Change back to subscription, and stop some invalid marketing jobs, only keep the ones that actually work. I almost did nothing in December, and the revenue come to $243. During this process, I have learned lots of things, there are some of them that I think could help you as well. Web or App My App is an iOS app that only can running on Apple’s device such like iPhone/iPad or Mac with Apple silicon. Many people ask me why my product is an iOS app not a website, because they don’t have any Apple device. It's true that promoting an app is much harder than promoting a website. However I am now very glad I made an App and not a website! If I make a website, I don't think it's possible to make $100 in the first month. My App is about keyword research, to help people find some ideas from search keyword, because every keyword people searched in Google are representing a real need of them, also can be used in SEO field. However there are a lot of website tools about keyword research, some of them are famous like Ahrefs, SEMrush… I have no intention of competing with them. Actually I don’t have any chance. While in app store, there are little apps about keyword research, each of them have terrible data and user experience, that means if my app has better data and experience that could be my chance. In fact, the App store brings me 20 organic installs a day that Google would never have been able to bring me if I had a website, at least for the first few months. Furthermore, Apple nearly did everything for developer, I don’t need to care about user login, payment and so on, Apple did everything, I just need to call their API, that save lots of time, if I build a website, I need to implement login and payment by myself, that would add some extra work. Not to mention I'd need to buy servers and domains, that would cost me a lot of money. Although Apple will take 30% of the revenue, I can live with that in the early stages because the most important thing for me is to get the product to market as soon as possible. Actually thought Apple’s SMB program, the take rate is 15% now. So Web or App is not important in the early stage, time is important, if people need my product, it's easy to make a website one. More Users or More Valuable Users In November, I notice some users would like use my app, and they were meet paywall, but they never subscribe. I provided 7 day free trail, but it seem that they don’t like it. So I decide to change subscription to pay per use. Because as a user, I don’t like subscription as well, pay per use seem like more friendly. So I change from subscription to pay per use. People can afford $9.99 to subscribe monthly for unlimited use or pay $1.99 for each data they want(First purchase is $0.99 then $1.99). I was expecting more user to pay, but it was the complete opposite! Some users who would have paid a higher subscription fee are switching to a lower priced single payment. Users are encountering paywalls more often, and each time they need to make a decision about whether or not to pay, which increases the probability that they will abandon payment. This resulted in a 75% decrease in revenue in November. In fact, the mostly of my revenue comes from a handful of long-cycle subscribers, such as annual subscription. \\Few bring in most of the revenue,\\ that is the most important thing I learned. You don't need a lot of customers, you just need more valuable ones. That's why it's only right to design a mechanism to filter out high-value customers and focus on them, all the things you want do is just let more people into the filter, and from that point of view, subscription with free trial period is the best way, even if most people don't like it. The rule of 20/80 will always be there. The most important thing is always focus on the 20 percent things and people. Effort does not always guarantee rewards. Unless one engages in deep thinking, or most efforts are invalid. I have been working very hard to promote my product for a period of time. It’s about in November. I did a lot of job, such as write script to send message to my potential clients on Fiverr, post and write comments on others post on Reddit, find related questions and answer them on Quora, post and comments on Twitte, etc. During that period, I was exhausted every day, but the outcome did not meet my expectations. There is only little growth on App installation, even less revenue than before. That make me frustrated. I finally realized that If I need to put in a tremendous amount of effort just to make a little progress, there is must something wrong. So I stop 80% of promote work I have ever did, only keep app store search ad, which will bring a installation with less than $0.5 cost. Then I dive into long time and deeply thinking, I spent more time on reading books, investigate other product with great MRR, watch interviews with people who are already living the kind of life I aspire to live, for example, u/levelsio. These things have given me great inspiration, and my life has become easier. It seems that the life I anticipated when I resigned is getting closer. I also have a clearer understanding of my app. Meanwhile, MRR has been growing. This experience let me learn that effort does not always guarantee results. Many times, our efforts are just wishful thinking, they are invalid, do the right thing after deeply thinking is more important. What Next? My goal is reach $3K MRR, as same as my job payment, I will never stop to building things, and I will keep my currently lifestyle. I still don't know how to get more people to use my app, but levelsio's interviews give me some inspiration that I can verified something by manually instead of build a software. I plan to launch a trend analysis product based on the keyword data provided by my current app. I have always wanted to combine AI to build such a product, but I didn't know how to do it. Now I intend to manually complete it first and start software development once there are paying users. If you are interested to my App, you could try it.

Chatbot for SMB customer service. Looking for feedback!

Hi there! We are focusing on offering a customer service automation solution specifically dedicated to small and medium businesses. We have prepared a very simple tutorial, which shows how to create a chatbot that can help SMBs provide pre-sales information, help them in sales, and provide assistance after the sale. What better feedback than asking those who directly manage an SMB? Link: https://help.dataknowl.com/en/kb/k/vagent/how-to-create-a-simple-but-intelligent-chatbot-for-your-website Your feedback is important to us, because it allows us to better understand your needs, and how to improve the product to better meet business needs. In particular, it would be useful to know if you consider a chatbot useful in general, if it could help you concretely, and in particular in which phase (pre-sales, sales, after-sales assistance). Furthermore, is having a chatbot that becomes a real employee thanks to AI, integrated into a CRM platform, an important factor? In exchange, in addition to the gratitude for your feedback, I am happy to be able to help those who have questions on the subject, and in general those who would like to know better how to apply AI to improve the performance of their business, in a win-win perspective. Let's grow together 💪💪💪

40% Of SMBs Still Can't Pay Their Rent, Extending High Delinquency From September Into October

https://www.alignable.com/forum/q4s-off-to-a-rough-start-40-of-smbs-still-cant-pay-their-rent October 31, 2023: While the federal government reported a surge in economic growth for the U.S. last week, that news doesn't hold true for many small business owners. In fact, in October polling by Alignable, only 12% said their companies are experiencing significant growth this month. Beyond that, Alignable’s October Rent Report, released today, shows that a whopping 40% of SMBs couldn't even pay their October rent in full and on time. This marks the second consecutive month of a 40% rent delinquency rate -- extending 2023's record high from September through October. These findings are based on responses from 4,246 randomly selected small business owners surveyed from 10/1/23 to 10/30/23, as well as input from 44,000+ other respondents over the past year. As the chart below shows, October's SMB rent delinquency rate is 10 percentage points higher than it was in January, reflecting cumulative economic struggles: increased rents, high interest rates, still-stifling inflation, rising labor costs, and revenues that have declined since this time last year. Rent delinquency rates among small businesses during 2023 based on Alignable surveys So, Why's Rent Delinquency At 40% For A 2nd Month? Here’s the current list of problems contributing to two months' worth of the highest delinquency rate 2023 has seen so far: Consumer Spending Declines On Main Street: Quarterly, we ask about customer spending habits at retailers. This month, 45% of independent Mom and Pop Shops said spending has been down over the last 30 days. Some said it was due to more people spending money online with big retailers like Amazon. This figure is quite high, especially considering that back in July, only 24% reported a drop in consumer spending -- 21 percentage points less severe than it is now. Revenue Troubles: 42% are making half or less of the income they generated monthly prior to COVID. For businesses that are less than three years old, this situation is even worse: 53% of this group reports making half or less of what they generated this time last year. High Interest Rates: Over half of all SMB owners polled said the past 19 months of high interest rates have hurt their margins, reduced revenues, and put their expansion plans on hold, as they don't want to apply for loans. Increased Rent Prices: 50% say they’re being charged more for rent now than they were six months ago, with 15% saying rent has increased by 20% or more. At present, only 37% of pre-COVID businesses have recovered financially from the pandemic era, leaving 63% still striving to make up for time they lost due to COVID, inflationary pressures, and high interest rates. There's a slight silver lining here, though, as the 37% figure is three percentage points higher than it was in September. But, with that said, a recovery rate of 37% after more than three and a half years is still very low and speaks volumes about the ongoing list of troubles small business owners face looking into the rest of 2023. Tech, Manufacturing, Gyms, Beauty & Retail Struggle Examining the rent delinquency landscape in terms of sectors, there's quite a negative shift occurring among some industries in October. Let's look at the charts below to see what's really happening. Sectors most affected by rent delinquency include tech and retail Details on sectors affected by rent delinquency in October This is alarming for a few reasons: The countless technology layoffs at larger companies over the past year appear to be affecting the small companies now, too, who are often dependent on the larger ones as clients. Right now, 54% of science/technology small companies couldn't pay their October rent, up 10 percentage points from September and 16 percentage points since August. There are also some comments in the surveys of technology roles being reduced or replaced by ChatGPT and other AI, which can write software programs. Gyms have been struggling now for a while and now 50% of them can't afford the rent, up 8 percentage points from September. The biggest shift between October and September occurred among manufacturers, partially due to ongoing fluctuation in the price of gas and other inflationary issues. For quite some time, manufacturers were improving a lot in terms of their rent delinquency rates, but in October, they jumped 25 percentage points, doubling their rate, which is now 50%. This is also a record high for manufacturers in 2023. We hope this is just a blip, but we'll see in November. Also due, in part, to fluctuating gas prices and costs of vehicles, 45% of transportation companies couldn't pay October rent in full and on time. That's up 6 percentage points from last month. Sadly, 47% of salon owners couldn't cover October rent, after showing a lot of stability over the past few months. But that stability ended this month, as salons' rent delinquency rates jumped nine percentage points. Though rates have dropped three percentage points in October, a high percentage of retailers are still having trouble paying the rent. Last month, it was 47%. This month, it's better, but is still over 40%, landing at 44%. This is worrisome, especially since Q4 is a "make it or break it" time for many Main Street merchants. Looking more closely at the industries, there was some good news, in that a few others experienced lower delinquency rates in October, including restaurants, which dipped to 40% from 44% in September. Travel/lodging dropped seven percentage points to 38% (from 45% last month), as did education, which is also at 38%, down from 43%. When looking at rent delinquency from the vantage point of the states that are most affected, many surges can be seen between October and September, while a few states saw some dramatic, encouraging declines, too. Rent Troubles Increase For IL, VA, TX, MA, FL, & CO Looking at the states' charts, you can see how tumultuous the rent story has become this fall. Let's first talk about those with significant jumps in their delinquency rates. Here's the rundown: Illinois leads the list once again. After having a better month in September, its delinquency rate has soared, once more, landing at 54% for October (up from 46% last month). In fact, the 54% figure is the highest rate IL-based SMBs have seen in 2023. Virginia was in great shape last month, with a delinquency rate of just 19%. But Virginia-based small business owners have had a very rough month, at least in terms of rent. Now, 50% of them who took our poll say they couldn't cover rent (an increase of 31 percentage points). Texas is third on the list, with an 11-percentage-point lift from 38% in September to 49% in October. MA is next up at 48%, which marks the largest jump on the chart -- 32 percentage points from a low of just 16% in September. Small businesses in Florida have also experienced two challenging months in terms of rent delinquency. Right now, 45% of SMBs there couldn't afford to pay, up nine percentage points from September and 15 percentage points from August. Colorado's businesses regressed in October, hitting a new record high of 40%. That rent delinquency rate jumped 13 percentage points from September to October. While we just covered states with some very high delinquency rates, there were also several more positive swings that have occurred in October. Though encouraging, we'll have to see how long those delinquency rates continue. Here are the most remarkable: New York -- After reaching a record rate of 55% last month, New York's small business owners now report a more stable number: just 29%. That's down 26 percentage points. New Jersey -- New York's neighbor has an even more impressive story in October: only 20% of New Jersey's SMBs couldn't pay rent this month, a record low over at least the past 14 months, down 34 percentage points from a record high of 54%. Michigan -- Similarly, Michigan's small business owners boast a rate of just 20%, down from 45% in September.

How do you explain, to a non-programmer why it's hard to replace programmers with AI?

to me it seems that AI is best at creative writing and absolutely dogshit at programming, it can't even get complex enough SQL no matter how much you try to correct it and feed it output. Let alone production code.. And since it's all just probability this isn't something that I see fixed in the near future. So from my perspective the last job that will be replaced is programming. But for some reason popular media has convinced everyone that programming is a dead profession that is currently being given away to robots. The best example I could come up with was saying: "It doesn't matter whether the AI says 'very tired' or 'exhausted' but in programming the equivalent would lead to either immediate issues or hidden issues in the future" other then that I made some bad attempts at explaining the scale, dependencies, legacy, and in-house services of large projects. But that did not win me the argument, because they saw a TikTok where the AI created a whole website! (generated boilerplate html) or heard that hundreds of thousands of programers are being laid off because "their 6 figure jobs are better done by AI already".

How I Started Learning Machine Learning

Hello, everyone. As promised, I'll write a longer post about how I entered the world of ML, hoping it will help someone shape their path. I'll include links to all the useful materials I used alongside the story, which you can use for learning. I like to call myself an AI Research Scientist who enjoys exploring new AI trends, delving deeper into understanding their background, and applying them to real products. This way, I try to connect science and entrepreneurship because I believe everything that starts as scientific research ends up "on the shelves" as a product that solves a specific user problem. I began my journey in ML in 2016 when it wasn't such a popular field. Everyone had heard of it, but few were applying it. I have several years of development experience and want to try my hand at ML. The first problem I encountered was where to start - whether to learn mathematics, statistics, or something else. That's when I came across a name and a course that completely changed my career. Let's start You guessed it. It was Professor Andrew Ng and his globally popular Machine Learning course available on Coursera (I still have the certificate, hehe). This was also my first official online course ever. Since that course no longer exists as it's been replaced by a new one, I recommend you check out: Machine Learning (Stanford CS229) Machine Learning Specialization These two courses start from the basics of ML and all the necessary calculus you need to know. Many always ask questions like whether to learn linear algebra, statistics, or probability, but you don't need to know everything in depth. This knowledge helps if you're a scientist developing a new architecture, but as an engineer, not really. You need to know some basics to understand, such as how the backpropagation algorithm works. I know that Machine Learning (Stanford CS229) is a very long and arduous course, but it's the right start if you want to be really good at ML. In my time, I filled two thick notebooks by hand while taking the course mentioned above. TensorFlow and Keras After the course, I didn't know how to apply my knowledge because I hadn't learned specifically how to code things. Then, I was looking for ways to learn how to code it. That's when I came across a popular framework called Keras, now part of TensorFlow. I started with a new course and acquiring practical knowledge: Deep Learning Specialization Deep Learning by Ian Goodfellow Machine Learning Yearning by Andrew Ng These resources above were my next step. I must admit that I learned the most from that course and from the book Deep Learning by Ian Goodfellow because I like reading books (although this one is quite difficult to read). Learn by coding To avoid just learning, I went through various GitHub repositories that I manually retyped and learned that way. It may be an old-fashioned technique, but it helped me a lot. Now, most of those repositories don't exist, so I'll share some that I found to be good: Really good Jupyter notebooks that can teach you the basics of TensorFlow Another good repo for learning TF and Keras Master the challenge After mastering the basics in terms of programming in TF/Keras, I wanted to try solving some real problems. There's no better place for that challenge than Kaggle and the popular Titanic dataset. Here, you can really find a bunch of materials and simple examples of ML applications. Here are some of my favorites: Titanic - Machine Learning from Disaster Home Credit Default Risk House Prices - Advanced Regression Techniques Two Sigma: Using News to Predict Stock Movements I then decided to further develop my career in the direction of applying ML to the stock market, first using predictions on time series and then using natural language processing. I've remained in this field until today and will defend my doctoral dissertation soon. How to deploy models To continue, before I move on to the topic of specialization, we need to address the topic of deployment. Now that we've learned how to make some basic models in Keras and how to use them, there are many ways and services, but I'll only mention what I use today. For all my ML models, whether simple regression models or complex GPT models, I use FastAPI. It's a straightforward framework, and you can quickly create API endpoints. I'll share a few older and useful tutorials for beginners: AI as an API tutorial series A step-by-step guide Productizing an ML Model with FastAPI and Cloud Run Personally, I've deployed on various cloud providers, of which I would highlight GCP and AWS because they have everything needed for model deployment, and if you know how to use them, they can be quite cheap. Chose your specialization The next step in developing my career, besides choosing finance as the primary area, was my specialization in the field of NLP. This happened in early 2020 when I started working with models based on the Transformer architecture. The first model I worked with was BERT, and the first tasks were related to classifications. My recommendations are to master the Transformer architecture well because 99% of today's LLM models are based on it. Here are some resources: The legendary paper "Attention Is All You Need" Hugging Face Course on Transformers Illustrated Guide to Transformers - Step by Step Explanation Good repository How large language models work, a visual intro to transformers After spending years using encoder-based Transformer models, I started learning GPT models. Good open-source models like Llama 2 then appear. Then, I started fine-tuning these models using the excellent Unsloth library: How to Finetune Llama-3 and Export to Ollama Fine-tune Llama 3.1 Ultra-Efficiently with Unsloth After that, I focused on studying various RAG techniques and developing Agent AI systems. This is now called AI engineering, and, as far as I can see, it has become quite popular. So I'll write more about that in another post, but here I'll leave what I consider to be the three most famous representatives, i.e., their tutorials: LangChain tutorial LangGraph tutorial CrewAI examples Here I am today Thanks to the knowledge I've generated over all these years in the field of ML, I've developed and worked on numerous projects. The most significant publicly available project is developing an agent AI system for well-being support, which I turned into a mobile application. Also, my entire doctoral dissertation is related to applying ML to the stock market in combination with the development of GPT models and reinforcement learning (more on that in a separate post). After long 6 years, I've completed my dissertation, and now I'm just waiting for its defense. I'll share everything I'm working on for the dissertation publicly on the project, and in tutorials I'm preparing to write. If you're interested in these topics, I announce that I'll soon start with activities of publishing content on Medium and a blog, but I'll share all of that here on Reddit as well. Now that I've gathered years of experience and knowledge in this field, I'd like to share it with others and help as much as possible. If you have any questions, feel free to ask them, and I'll try to answer all of them. Thank you for reading.

MIT Introduction to Data-Centric AI

Announcing the first-ever course on Data-Centric AI. Learn how to train better ML models by improving the data. Course homepage | Lecture videos on YouTube | Lab Assignments The course covers: Data-Centric AI vs. Model-Centric AI Label Errors Dataset Creation and Curation Data-centric Evaluation of ML Models Class Imbalance, Outliers, and Distribution Shift Growing or Compressing Datasets Interpretability in Data-Centric ML Encoding Human Priors: Data Augmentation and Prompt Engineering Data Privacy and Security MIT, like most universities, has many courses on machine learning (6.036, 6.867, and many others). Those classes teach techniques to produce effective models for a given dataset, and the classes focus heavily on the mathematical details of models rather than practical applications. However, in real-world applications of ML, the dataset is not fixed, and focusing on improving the data often gives better results than improving the model. We’ve personally seen this time and time again in our applied ML work as well as our research. Data-Centric AI (DCAI) is an emerging science that studies techniques to improve datasets in a systematic/algorithmic way — given that this topic wasn’t covered in the standard curriculum, we (a group of PhD candidates and grads) thought that we should put together a new class! We taught this intensive 2-week course in January over MIT’s IAP term, and we’ve just published all the course material, including lecture videos, lecture notes, hands-on lab assignments, and lab solutions, in hopes that people outside the MIT community would find these resources useful. We’d be happy to answer any questions related to the class or DCAI in general, and we’d love to hear any feedback on how we can improve the course material. Introduction to Data-Centric AI is open-source opencourseware, so feel free to make improvements directly: https://github.com/dcai-course/dcai-course.

How I Started Learning Machine Learning

Hello, everyone. As promised, I'll write a longer post about how I entered the world of ML, hoping it will help someone shape their path. I'll include links to all the useful materials I used alongside the story, which you can use for learning. I like to call myself an AI Research Scientist who enjoys exploring new AI trends, delving deeper into understanding their background, and applying them to real products. This way, I try to connect science and entrepreneurship because I believe everything that starts as scientific research ends up "on the shelves" as a product that solves a specific user problem. I began my journey in ML in 2016 when it wasn't such a popular field. Everyone had heard of it, but few were applying it. I have several years of development experience and want to try my hand at ML. The first problem I encountered was where to start - whether to learn mathematics, statistics, or something else. That's when I came across a name and a course that completely changed my career. Let's start You guessed it. It was Professor Andrew Ng and his globally popular Machine Learning course available on Coursera (I still have the certificate, hehe). This was also my first official online course ever. Since that course no longer exists as it's been replaced by a new one, I recommend you check out: Machine Learning (Stanford CS229) Machine Learning Specialization These two courses start from the basics of ML and all the necessary calculus you need to know. Many always ask questions like whether to learn linear algebra, statistics, or probability, but you don't need to know everything in depth. This knowledge helps if you're a scientist developing a new architecture, but as an engineer, not really. You need to know some basics to understand, such as how the backpropagation algorithm works. I know that Machine Learning (Stanford CS229) is a very long and arduous course, but it's the right start if you want to be really good at ML. In my time, I filled two thick notebooks by hand while taking the course mentioned above. TensorFlow and Keras After the course, I didn't know how to apply my knowledge because I hadn't learned specifically how to code things. Then, I was looking for ways to learn how to code it. That's when I came across a popular framework called Keras, now part of TensorFlow. I started with a new course and acquiring practical knowledge: Deep Learning Specialization Deep Learning by Ian Goodfellow Machine Learning Yearning by Andrew Ng These resources above were my next step. I must admit that I learned the most from that course and from the book Deep Learning by Ian Goodfellow because I like reading books (although this one is quite difficult to read). Learn by coding To avoid just learning, I went through various GitHub repositories that I manually retyped and learned that way. It may be an old-fashioned technique, but it helped me a lot. Now, most of those repositories don't exist, so I'll share some that I found to be good: Really good Jupyter notebooks that can teach you the basics of TensorFlow Another good repo for learning TF and Keras Master the challenge After mastering the basics in terms of programming in TF/Keras, I wanted to try solving some real problems. There's no better place for that challenge than Kaggle and the popular Titanic dataset. Here, you can really find a bunch of materials and simple examples of ML applications. Here are some of my favorites: Titanic - Machine Learning from Disaster Home Credit Default Risk House Prices - Advanced Regression Techniques Two Sigma: Using News to Predict Stock Movements I then decided to further develop my career in the direction of applying ML to the stock market, first using predictions on time series and then using natural language processing. I've remained in this field until today and will defend my doctoral dissertation soon. How to deploy models To continue, before I move on to the topic of specialization, we need to address the topic of deployment. Now that we've learned how to make some basic models in Keras and how to use them, there are many ways and services, but I'll only mention what I use today. For all my ML models, whether simple regression models or complex GPT models, I use FastAPI. It's a straightforward framework, and you can quickly create API endpoints. I'll share a few older and useful tutorials for beginners: AI as an API tutorial series A step-by-step guide Productizing an ML Model with FastAPI and Cloud Run Personally, I've deployed on various cloud providers, of which I would highlight GCP and AWS because they have everything needed for model deployment, and if you know how to use them, they can be quite cheap. Chose your specialization The next step in developing my career, besides choosing finance as the primary area, was my specialization in the field of NLP. This happened in early 2020 when I started working with models based on the Transformer architecture. The first model I worked with was BERT, and the first tasks were related to classifications. My recommendations are to master the Transformer architecture well because 99% of today's LLM models are based on it. Here are some resources: The legendary paper "Attention Is All You Need" Hugging Face Course on Transformers Illustrated Guide to Transformers - Step by Step Explanation Good repository How large language models work, a visual intro to transformers After spending years using encoder-based Transformer models, I started learning GPT models. Good open-source models like Llama 2 then appear. Then, I started fine-tuning these models using the excellent Unsloth library: How to Finetune Llama-3 and Export to Ollama Fine-tune Llama 3.1 Ultra-Efficiently with Unsloth After that, I focused on studying various RAG techniques and developing Agent AI systems. This is now called AI engineering, and, as far as I can see, it has become quite popular. So I'll write more about that in another post, but here I'll leave what I consider to be the three most famous representatives, i.e., their tutorials: LangChain tutorial LangGraph tutorial CrewAI examples Here I am today Thanks to the knowledge I've generated over all these years in the field of ML, I've developed and worked on numerous projects. The most significant publicly available project is developing an agent AI system for well-being support, which I turned into a mobile application. Also, my entire doctoral dissertation is related to applying ML to the stock market in combination with the development of GPT models and reinforcement learning (more on that in a separate post). After long 6 years, I've completed my dissertation, and now I'm just waiting for its defense. I'll share everything I'm working on for the dissertation publicly on the project, and in tutorials I'm preparing to write. If you're interested in these topics, I announce that I'll soon start with activities of publishing content on Medium and a blog, but I'll share all of that here on Reddit as well. Now that I've gathered years of experience and knowledge in this field, I'd like to share it with others and help as much as possible. If you have any questions, feel free to ask them, and I'll try to answer all of them. Thank you for reading.

[Help Needed] Developing an AI to Play Mini Metro – Struggling with Data Extraction & Strategy method

Hello everyone ! First of all, please excuse my English if i do mistakes, as it is not my native language and I am not necessarily comfortable with it :) Regarding this project, I will explain my initial intention. I know very little about coding, but I enjoy it and have had some Python lessons, along with a few small personal projects for fun, mostly using YouTube tutorials. Nothing too advanced... However, now I want to take it to the next level. Since I have some familiarity with coding, I’ve wanted to work on artificial intelligence for a while. I have never coded AI myself, but I enjoy downloading existing projects (for chess, checkers, cat-and-mouse games, etc.), testing their limits, and understanding how they work. One of my favorite strategy game genres is management games, especially Mini Metro. Given its relatively simple mechanics, I assumed there would already be AI projects for it. But to my surprise, I could only find mods that add maps ! I admit that I am neither the best nor the most patient researcher, so I haven’t spent hours searching, but the apparent lack of projects for this game struck me. Maybe the community is just small ? I haven't looked deeply into it. So, I got it into my head to create my own AI. After all, everything is on the internet, and perseverance is key ! However, perseverance alone is not enough when you are not particularly experienced, so I am turning to the community to find knowledgeable people who can help me. The First Obstacle: Getting Game Data I quickly realized that the biggest challenge is that Mini Metro does not have an accessible API (at least, not one I could find). This means I cannot easily extract game data. My initial idea was to have an AI analyze the game, think about the best move, and then write out the actions to be performed, instead of coding a bot that directly manipulates the game. But first, I needed a way to retrieve and store game data. Attempt #1: Image Recognition (Failed) Since there was no API, I tried using image recognition to gather game data. Unfortunately, it was a disaster. I used mss for screenshots ,Tesseract for OCR, andNumPy to manipulate images in the HSV color space but it produced unreliable results : It detected many false positives (labeling empty spaces as stations) It failed to consistently detect numbers (scores or resources like trains and lines) Dotted bridge indicators over rivers were misinterpreted as stations While I could detect stations, lines, and moving trains, the data was chaotic and unreliable Attempt #2: Manual Data Entry (Partially Successful but Impractical) Since image recognition was unreliable, I decided to manually update the game data in real-time. I created a script that : Displays an overlay when I press Shift+R. Allows me to manually input stations, lines, and other game elements. Saves the current state when I press Shift+R again, so I can resume playing. Implements a simple resource management system (trains, lines, etc.). This works better than image recognition because I control the input, but I’m running into serious limitations : Some game mechanics are hard to implement manually (adding a station in the middle of a line, extending the correct line when two lines overlap at a station) Keeping track of station demands (the shapes passengers want to travel to) becomes overwhelming as the game progresses Updating the score in real-time is practically impossible manually, and the score is essential for training an AI (for my reward systems) My Dilemma At this point, I am unsure of how to proceed. My questions for the community : Am I going in the right direction? Should I continue improving my manual tracking system or is it a dead end? Should I have persevered with image recognition instead? Is there a better way to extract game data that I haven’t thought of? I would appreciate any guidance or ideas. Thanks in advance ! if you need more info, i have posted my codes here : https://github.com/Dmsday/mini\metro\data\analyzer (for the image detection version I'm not sure that it's the latest version aka the most "functional" version that I could do because I think I deleted it out of boredom...)

Scratch Machine Learning Algorithms Implementations

Hi there, other Redditors! Like many of you, when I first started working in the AI field, I wanted to build some basic Machine Learning models from scratch in order to better understand how each algorithm works, improve my programming and math skills, or simply produce an eye-catching, difficult project to put in the résumé. After spending some time searching for resources that could help me guide my studies, I discovered that the majority of scratch implementations that are currently available are either i) outdated (having been implemented years ago using Python 2 or an earlier version of Python 3); ii) too difficult to understand (using a lot of difficult, unfriendly optimization techniques or with poorly written code); or iii) too simple (only covering binary classification). With that in mind, I made the decision to develop user-friendly, uncomplicated, organized, and simple implementations from scratch. Aside from all of that, I've always wanted to create an open-source project so that others, particularly novices and those with less than a year's experience (like me), can collaborate with others, contribute to public projects, and experience Git firsthand (some of these implementations were made by other contributors!). Here are some implementations that are available: Algorithms (Random Forest Classifier and Regressor, Decision Tree Classifier and Regressor, KMeans, KNN Classifier and Regressor, Gaussian Naive Bayes, Linear Regression, Logistic Regression, PCA, Perceptron, MLP Classifier and Regressor, SVM Classifier and Regressor); Regression and classification metrics; Distance metrics (such as Euclidean); Data split functions (such as KFold); Activation and loss functions; Scalers (such as MinMaxScaler) and encoders (such as One Hot Encoder); and a few things more! Project's link: https://github.com/rafaelgreca/scratchml Disclaimer: The goal of this library is to provide code that is simpler, easier to understand, and more approachable for artificial intelligence enthusiasts and beginners who want to contribute to an open-source repository or who want to learn more about how algorithms work. It is not meant to replace existing libraries that are better, more optimized, and have a wider variety of implemented algorithms (such as scikit-learn, PyTorch, Keras, and Tensorflow). If you want to use optimized implementations with accurate results, please use one of the previously mentioned libraries. P.S.: I accidentally deleted the other post, so I am posting again. :-)

NeRFs (2025)

Hey everyone! I'm currently working on my final year project, and it's focused on NeRFs and the representation of large-scale outdoor objects using drones. I'm looking for advice and some model recommendations to make comparisons. My goal is to build a private-access web app where I can upload my dataset, train a model remotely via SSH (no GUI), and then view the results interactively — something like what Luma AI offers. I’ll be running the training on a remote server with 4x A6000 GPUs, but the whole interaction will be through CLI over SSH. Here are my main questions: Which NeRF models would you recommend for my use case? I’ve seen some models that support JS/WebGL rendering, but I’m not sure what the best approach is for combining training + rendering + web access. How can I render and visualize the results interactively, ideally within my web app, similar to Luma AI? I've seen things like sMPLerNeRF, SNeRFs, and Instant-NGP, but I’m curious if there are more beginner-friendly or better-documented alternatives that can integrate well with a custom web interface. Any guidance on how to stream or render the output inside a browser? I’ve seen people use WebGL/Three.js, but I’m still not clear on the pipeline. I’m still new to NeRFs, but my goal is to implement the best model I can, and allow interactive mapping through my web application using data captured by drones. Any help or insights are much appreciated!

Neural Networks you can try to implement from scratch (for beginners)

I was reading a tweet talking about how useful it is to implement neural networks from scratch. How it allowed for a greater understanding of the topic. The author said he found it more useful than other people explaining the concept to him. While I disagree with the author’s opinion that it stops the need for explanations. It certainly does help the understanding of one’s model. I recommend giving it a go. In the blog post, I will suggest which models you should try to implement from scratch using NumPy or your favourite library. Also, I will link to some accompanying resources. Simple Feedforward Network This is the most famous example because it’s so simple. But allows you to learn so much. I heard about this idea from Andrew Trask. It also helped me think about implementing networks from scratch in general. In the Feedforward network, you will be using NumPy. As you won't need Pytorch or TensorFlow. To do the heavy-lifting for complex calculations. You can simply create a Numpy Array for training and testing data. You can also create a nonlinear function using Numpy. Then work out the error rate between the layer’s guess and real data. Resource for this task: https://iamtrask.github.io/2015/07/12/basic-python-network/ Follow this tutorial. It does a much better job of explaining how to do this in NumPy. With code examples to follow. Feedforward Network with Gradient Descent This is an extension of the network above. In this network, we allow the model to optimise its weights. This can also be done in NumPy. Resource for this task: https://iamtrask.github.io/2015/07/27/python-network-part2/ A follow-on from the previous article. Pytorch version of Perceptrons and Multi-layered Perceptrons. Here will go up a level by using a library. Examples I'm using will be done in Pytorch. But you can use whatever library you prefer. When implementing these networks, you learn how much a library does the work for you. Recourses for the task: https://medium.com/@tomgrek/building-your-first-neural-net-from-scratch-with-pytorch-56b0e9c84d54 https://becominghuman.ai/pytorch-from-first-principles-part-ii-d37529c57a62 K Means Clustering Yes, this does not count as a neural network. But a traditional machine learning algorithm is still very useful. As this is non deep learning algorithm it should be easier to understand. This can be done just using NumPy or Pandas depending on the implementation. Recourse for this task: https://www.machinelearningplus.com/predictive-modeling/k-means-clustering/ http://madhugnadig.com/articles/machine-learning/2017/03/04/implementing-k-means-clustering-from-scratch-in-python.html https://gdcoder.com/implementation-of-k-means-from-scratch-in-python-9-lines/ There are quite a few choices to choose from. So pick whatever implementation helps you understand the concepts better. These networks or models should be simple enough that you won't get lost trying to implement them. But still, help learn a few stuff along the way. \- If you found this post useful, then check out my mailing list where I write more stuff like this.

GPT Weekly - 19the June Edition - OpenAI's function calling, Meta's free LLM, EU Regulation and more.

This is a recap covering the major news from last week. 🔥Top 3 news - OpenAI’s updates, Meta’s upcoming free LLM and EU Regulation 🗞️Interesting reads include PSA about protecting your keys, The GPT ouroboros, Reddit - OpenAI’s moat, and more.. 🧑‍🎓Learning includes a Step-by-step guide from a non-technical founder who launched his MVP, Chatbot for your Gdrive and more 🔥Top 3 AI news in the past week OpenAI: New Pricing, Models, & Functions OpenAI has been on a roll. Last week we saw the release of OpenAI best practice on using GPT. This week we saw some amazing updates. Three major buckets were: First, the price decreases for both embeddings and GPT-3.5 tokens. Second, new models for gpt-4 and gpt-3.5. A new longer context model for gpt-3.5. Third, a new function calling capability. Why is it important? Previously, the output from OpenAI was all text. So, calling an external API from GPT was quite difficult. You had to parse the text data and things were often incorrect. Langchain created the Agents and Tools feature to tackle this problem. It was still unreliable and prone to issues. Now you get native support to generate a fixed format output. You can use the output to generate functional calls and also pass functions which need to be called. For example, if your app has multiple API endpoints then you can use GPT to generate the API calls with parameters. You can also pass the endpoints as function calls to ensure the correct function is executed. This functionality can further be used to generate structured data (JSON) out of GPT. So, you can generate data from GPT and load it into your backend. What’s next? This functionality allows turning natural language responses into structured data. This can be used to create “intelligent” backends using LLMs. We might see implementations in no-code tools to allow more robust and natural-language tools for non-technical folks. The structured data process goes both ways. You can also feed structured data into GPT for better responses. This feature also has its share of issues. Function calling suffers from the same prompt injection issues. Malicious actors can pass malicious code in function or the responses. For example, creation of queries using functions might contain malicious code to delete data. Without proper user validation this code will be executed automatically and delete data. So, using LLM as the back-end layer needs proper security implementation. Meta's LLM: Commercial Use Ahead Llama has been a boon for the open source community. Many of the open source models rely on Llama. The issue is that Llama is research-only and cannot be used commercially. So, no one can use it to build any product. Meta is now working on the next version of the model. This model will be available for commercial use. This is in stark contrast to both OpenAI and Google. Both safe-guarde their models and make it available through API. Why is it important? Certain industries cannot use LLM APIs because of strict restrictions on data privacy. These companies would want to run their own instance of a foundational model. A commercially available foundational model is also going to help people who want to keep their “API call” costs next to 0. A commercially available free-for-all model will also help push the open source community further. Just like Llama. What’s next? Sam Altman has said OpenAI didn’t release GPT-3 as open-source because they didn’t think people would be able to run it. Now OpenAI is working on an open-source model. This is going to be weaker than GPT-4. Let the battle of LLMs begin. EU's Proposed Legislation and Its Impact on AI Usage The EU parliament voted to move ahead with the E.U. AI Act. This act aims to ensure consumer protection against the dangers of AI. Why is it important? OpenAI and Sam Altman want regulations for models. They have proposed a IAEA-type of agency to stop the proliferation of LLM models. As per OpenAI, all models should be regulated and monitored. The suggestion of a license based regulation has led to significant backlash. Many people have called it “regulatory capture” - with the aim of shutting down competing LLMs. Licensing based regulations might not really be effective. The EU is approaching regulation from a different angle. It doesn’t focus on how models are developed. Rather focuses on how AI will/can be used. They have broken down use cases into 4 categories - unacceptable (prohibited), high, medium and low risk. For example, Building a Pre-Crime software,on%20crimes%20not%20yet%20committed.) to predict crimes? Building a Social credit system? Unacceptable. Using tools to influence elections or recommendation algorithms? High (Highly regulated). Using generative AI tools to create text or images on news sites? Medium (Add label that the content is AI generated) AI providers also need to disclose their training source. To me this sounds like good legislation. What do you guys think? But, OpenAI has warned that EU regulations might force them to pull out completely. What’s next? The disclosure requirements might help various publishing companies. AI and media companies are in talks to pay for training data. Google has been leading the charge. Additionally, OpenAI and Deepmind will open their models for safety and research purposes to the UK government. 🗞️10 AI news highlights and interesting reads PSA: If you are using Repl to write code, you might want to check your OpenAI API keys. If you have left them embedded then people can pirate and steal the keys. LLMs rely on human annotation or human feedback to learn. And one way to generate human annotation is crowdsourcing. But what if the crowdsource human annotators use LLMs? Research shows 33-46% workers used LLMs. So, basically we go from Human -> AI -> Human -> AI. The AI ouroboros. Researchers also say generated data to train models might cause serious issue. All the talks about moats \- Reddit might be OpenAI’s \future\ moat. Given the amount of complaints about how Google search experience has deteriorated during the blackout, this might be true? Doctors are using ChatGPT but not to diagnose.Rather to be more empathetic. We discussed this just a month ago. And guess where the data for this study came from? Reddit AskDocs. Moat FTW?! Beatles to make a comeback…using Generative AI. SnapFusion - Text to Image diffusion on mobile phones. Large context lengths are important for better GPT experience. The secret sauce for 100k context length. There is a lot of bad AI research out there. Some border on snake oil. Most AI “research” should be double checked and challenged. A new research on huggingface said that GPT-4 can ace MIT curriculum. Now someone is replicating the results and say that GPT-4 can’t beat MIT. Are we seeing peak AI? Especially when people from Deepmind and Meta are involved? Mistral AI raised $113 million in seed round with no product. Some might say this funding is for the team and the team is really solid. The issue though is whether the valuation is justified when OpenAI and Google already have a head start. The AI Hype Wall of Shame. \- Collection of articles which mislead people about AI in various aspects. 🧑‍🎓3 Learning Resources Building and Launching a company using GPT-4 with prompts. (The author didn’t know how to code but created and launched the MVP in a month). Chatbot for your Gdrive - https://www.haihai.ai/gpt-gdrive/ Building ChatGPT plugin using Supabase - https://supabase.com/blog/building-chatgpt-plugins-template That’s it folks. Thank you for reading and have a great week ahead. If you are interested in a focused weekly recap delivered to your inbox on Mondays you can subscribe here. It is FREE!

What is the best setup to implement for Ai

first of all I'm a fresh machine learning eng(not working yet) and my laptop system running on 128gb ssd + usual 1tb hdd + gtx1050. I used to install python locally and its libraries (from numpy and pandas to tensorflow and pytorch) with vscode (instead of anaconda) and I was happy about that. whenever I do project and want to deploy it i used pepenv. I got problems in storage when it comes to docker or cuda or wsl recently I got an storage upgrade to 512gb ssd and looking for new ideas and approaches about my new instlations What Should I do for each aspect use anaconda and make different environments (I feel this gonna drain storage specially I don't know what should each env contain) Shoul I use docker for windows or install wsl and install docker through it. Same for cuda should i install cuda native windows installation or intall it using wsl I don't try how to use programs in wsl for ex. I don't know how to use cuda on local development if it installed in wsl same as docker I know my gtx1050 won't be effecient when it comes to cuda and maybe more effective to use colab or kaggle gpu. but it's better practice i guess to develop on cuda.

Study Plan for Learning Data Science Over the Next 12 Months [D]

In this thread, I address a study plan for 2021. In case you're interested, I wrote a whole article about this topic: Study Plan for Learning Data Science Over the Next 12 Months Let me know your thoughts on this. &#x200B; https://preview.redd.it/emg20nzhet661.png?width=1170&format=png&auto=webp&s=cf09e4dc5e82ba2fd7b57c706ba2873be57fe8de We are ending 2020 and it is time to make plans for next year, and one of the most important plans and questions we must ask is what do we want to study?, what do we want to enhance?, what changes do we want to make?, and what is the direction we are going to take (or continue) in our professional careers?. Many of you will be starting on the road to becoming a data scientist, in fact you may be evaluating it, since you have heard a lot about it, but you have some doubts, for example about the amount of job offers that may exist in this area, doubts about the technology itself, and about the path you should follow, considering the wide range of options to learn. I’m a believer that we should learn from various sources, from various mentors, and from various formats. By sources I mean the various virtual platforms and face-to-face options that exist to study. By mentors I mean that it is always a good idea to learn from different points of view and learning from different teachers/mentors, and by formats I mean the choices between books, videos, classes, and other formats where the information is contained. When we extract information from all these sources we reinforce the knowledge learned, but we always need a guide, and this post aims to give you some practical insights and strategies in this regard. To decide on sources, mentors and formats it is up to you to choose. It depends on your preferences and ease of learning: for example, some people are better at learning from books, while others prefer to learn from videos. Some prefer to study on platforms that are practical (following online code), and others prefer traditional platforms: like those at universities (Master’s Degree, PHDs or MOOCs). Others prefer to pay for quality content, while others prefer to look only for free material. That’s why I won’t give a specific recommendation in this post, but I’ll give you the whole picture: a study plan. To start you should consider the time you’ll spend studying and the depth of learning you want to achieve, because if you find yourself without a job you could be available full time to study, which is a huge advantage. On the other hand, if you are working, you’ll have less time and you’ll have to discipline yourself to be able to have the time available in the evenings, mornings or weekends. Ultimately, the important thing is to meet the goal of learning and perhaps dedicating your career to this exciting area! We will divide the year into quarters as follows First Quarter: Learning the Basics Second Quarter: Upgrading the Level: Intermediate Knowledge Third Quarter: A Real World Project — A Full-stack Project Fourth Quarter: Seeking Opportunities While Maintaining Practice First Quarter: Learning the Basics &#x200B; https://preview.redd.it/u7t9bthket661.png?width=998&format=png&auto=webp&s=4ad29cb43618e7acf793259243aa5a60a8535f0a If you want to be more rigorous you can have start and end dates for this period of study of the bases. It could be something like: From January 1 to March 30, 2021 as deadline. During this period you will study the following: A programming language that you can apply to data science: Python or R. We recommend Python due to the simple fact that approximately 80% of data science job offers ask for knowledge in Python. That same percentage is maintained with respect to the real projects you will find implemented in production. And we add the fact that Python is multipurpose, so you won’t “waste” your time if at some point you decide to focus on web development, for example, or desktop development. This would be the first topic to study in the first months of the year. Familiarize yourself with statistics and mathematics. There is a big debate in the data science community about whether we need this foundation or not. I will write a post later on about this, but the reality is that you DO need it, but ONLY the basics (at least in the beginning). And I want to clarify this point before continuing. We could say that data science is divided in two big fields: Research on one side and putting Machine Learning algorithms into production on the other side. If you later decide to focus on Research then you are going to need mathematics and statistics in depth (very in depth). If you are going to go for the practical part, the libraries will help you deal with most of it, under the hood. It should be noted that most job offers are in the practical part. For both cases, and in this first stage you will only need the basics of: Statistics (with Python and NumPy) Descriptive statistics Inferential Statistics Hypothesis testing Probability Mathematics (with Python and NumPy) Linear Algebra (For example: SVD) Multivariate Calculus Calculus (For example: gradient descent) Note: We recommend that you study Python first before seeing statistics and mathematics, because the challenge is to implement these statistical and mathematical bases with Python. Don’t look for theoretical tutorials that show only slides or statistical and/or mathematical examples in Excel/Matlab/Octave/SAS and other different to Python or R, it gets very boring and impractical! You should choose a course, program or book that teaches these concepts in a practical way and using Python. Remember that Python is what we finally use, so you need to choose well. This advice is key so you don’t give up on this part, as it will be the most dense and difficult. If you have these basics in the first three months, you will be ready to make a leap in your learning for the next three months. Second Quarter: Upgrading the Level: Intermediate Knowledge &#x200B; https://preview.redd.it/y1y55vynet661.png?width=669&format=png&auto=webp&s=bd3e12bb112943025c39a8975faf4d64514df275 If you want to be more rigorous you can have start and end dates for this period of study at the intermediate level. It could be something like: From April 1 to June 30, 2021 as deadline. Now that you have a good foundation in programming, statistics and mathematics, it is time to move forward and learn about the great advantages that Python has for applying data analysis. For this stage you will be focused on: Data science Python stack Python has the following libraries that you should study, know and practice at this stage Pandas: for working with tabular data and make in-depth analysis Matplotlib and Seaborn: for data visualization Pandas is the in-facto library for data analysis, it is one of the most important (if not the most important) and powerful tools you should know and master during your career as a data scientist. Pandas will make it much easier for you to manipulate, cleanse and organize your data. Feature Engineering Many times people don’t go deep into Feature Engineering, but if you want to have Machine Learning models that make good predictions and improve your scores, spending some time on this subject is invaluable! Feature engineering is the process of using domain knowledge to extract features from raw data using data mining techniques. These features can be used to improve the performance of machine learning algorithms. Feature engineering can be considered as applied machine learning itself. To achieve the goal of good feature engineering you must know the different techniques that exist, so it is a good idea to at least study the main ones. Basic Models of Machine Learning At the end of this stage you will start with the study of Machine Learning. This is perhaps the most awaited moment! This is where you start to learn about the different algorithms you can use, which particular problems you can solve and how you can apply them in real life. The Python library we recommend you to start experimenting with ML is: scikit-learn. However it is a good idea that you can find tutorials where they explain the implementation of the algorithms (at least the simplest ones) from scratch with Python, since the library could be a “Black Box” and you might not understand what is happening under the hood. If you learn how to implement them with Python, you can have a more solid foundation. If you implement the algorithms with Python (without a library), you will put into practice everything seen in the statistics, mathematics and Pandas part. These are some recommendations of the algorithms that you should at least know in this initial stage Supervised learning Simple Linear Regression Multiple Linear Regression K-nearest neighbors (KNN) Logistic Regression Decision Trees Random Forest Unsupervised Learning K-Means PCA Bonus: if you have the time and you are within the time ranges, you can study these others Gradient Boosting Algorithms GBM XGBoost LightGBM CatBoost Note: do not spend more than the 3 months stipulated for this stage. Because you will be falling behind and not complying with the study plan. We all have shortcomings at this stage, it is normal, go ahead and then you can resume some concepts that did not understand in detail. The important thing is to have the basic knowledge and move forward! If at least you succeed to study the mentioned algorithms of supervised and unsupervised learning, you will have a very clear idea of what you will be able to do in the future. So don’t worry about covering everything, remember that it is a process, and ideally you should have some clearly established times so that you don’t get frustrated and feel you are advancing. So far, here comes your “theoretical” study of the basics of data science. Now we’ll continue with the practical part! Third Quarter: A Real World Project — A Full-stack Project &#x200B; https://preview.redd.it/vrn783vqet661.png?width=678&format=png&auto=webp&s=664061b3d33b34979b74b10b9f8a3d0f7b8b99ee If you want to be more rigorous you can have start and end dates for this period of study at the intermediate level. It could be something like: From July 1 to September 30, 2021 as deadline. Now that you have a good foundation in programming, statistics, mathematics, data analysis and machine learning algorithms, it is time to move forward and put into practice all this knowledge. Many of these suggestions may sound out of the box, but believe me they will make a big difference in your career as a data scientist. The first thing is to create your web presence: Create a Github (or GitLab) account, and learn Git*. Being able to manage different versions of your code is important, you should have version control over them, not to mention that having an active Github account is very valuable in demonstrating your true skills. On Github, you can also set up your Jupyter Notebooks and make them public, so you can show off your skills as well. This is mine for example: https://github.com/danielmoralesp Learn the basics of web programming*. The advantage is that you already have Python as a skill, so you can learn Flask to create a simple web page. Or you can use a template engine like Github Pages, Ghost or Wordpress itself and create your online portfolio. Buy a domain with your name*. Something like myname.com, myname.co, myname.dev, etc. This is invaluable so you can have your CV online and update it with your projects. There you can make a big difference, showing your projects, your Jupyter Notebooks and showing that you have the practical skills to execute projects in this area. There are many front-end templates for you to purchase for free or for payment, and give it a more personalized and pleasant look. Don’t use free sub-domains of Wordpress, Github or Wix, it looks very unprofessional, make your own. Here is mine for example: https://www.danielmorales.dev/ Choose a project you are passionate about and create a Machine Learning model around it. The final goal of this third quarter is to create ONE project, that you are passionate about, and that is UNIQUE among others. It turns out that there are many typical projects in the community, such as predicting the Titanic Survivors, or predicting the price of Houses in Boston. Those kinds of projects are good for learning, but not for showing off as your UNIQUE projects. If you are passionate about sports, try predicting the soccer results of your local league. If you are passionate about finance, try predicting your country’s stock market prices. If you are passionate about marketing, try to find someone who has an e-commerce and implement a product recommendation algorithm and upload it to production. If you are passionate about business: make a predictor of the best business ideas for 2021 :) As you can see, you are limited by your passions and your imagination. In fact, those are the two keys for you to do this project: Passion and Imagination. However don’t expect to make money from it, you are in a learning stage, you need that algorithm to be deployed in production, make an API in Flask with it, and explain in your website how you did it and how people can access it. This is the moment to shine, and at the same time it’s the moment of the greatest learning. You will most likely face obstacles, if your algorithm gives 60% of Accuracy after a huge optimization effort, it doesn’t matter, finish the whole process, deploy it to production, try to get a friend or family member to use it, and that will be the goal achieved for this stage: Make a Full-stack Machine Learning project. By full-stack I mean that you did all the following steps: You got the data from somewhere (scrapping, open data or API) You did a data analysis You cleaned and transformed the data You created Machine Learning Models You deployed the best model to production for other people to use. This does not mean that this whole process is what you will always do in your daily job, but it does mean that you will know every part of the pipeline that is needed for a data science project for a company. You will have a unique perspective! Fourth Quarter: Seeking Opportunities While Maintaining Practice &#x200B; https://preview.redd.it/qd0osystet661.png?width=1056&format=png&auto=webp&s=2da456b15985b2793041256f5e45bca99a23b51a If you want to be more rigorous you can have start and end dates for this period of study at the final level. It could be something like: From October 1 to December 31, 2021 as deadline. Now you have theoretical and practical knowledge. You have implemented a model in production. The next step depends on you and your personality. Let’s say you are an entrepreneur, and you have the vision to create something new from something you discovered or saw an opportunity to do business with this discipline, so it’s time to start planning how to do it. If that’s the case, obviously this post won’t cover that process, but you should know what the steps might be (or start figuring them out). But if you are one of those who want to get a job as a data scientist, here is my advice. Getting a job as a data scientist “You’re not going to get a job as fast as you think, if you keep thinking the same way”.Author It turns out that all people who start out as data scientists imagine themselves working for the big companies in their country or region. Or even remote. It turns out that if you aspire to work for a large company like data scientist you will be frustrated by the years of experience they ask for (3 or more years) and the skills they request. Large companies don’t hire Juniors (or very few do), precisely because they are already large companies. They have the financial muscle to demand experience and skills and can pay a commensurate salary (although this is not always the case). The point is that if you focus there you’re going to get frustrated! Here we must return to the following advise: “You need creativity to get a job in data science”. Like everything else in life we have to start at different steps, in this case, from the beginning. Here are the scenarios If you are working in a company and in a non-engineering role you must demonstrate your new skills to the company you are working for*. If you are working in the customer service area, you should apply it to your work, and do for example, detailed analysis of your calls, conversion rates, store data and make predictions about it! If you can have data from your colleagues, you could try to predict their sales! This may sound funny, but it’s about how creatively you can apply data science to your current work and how to show your bosses how valuable it is and EVANGELIZE them about the benefits of implementation. You’ll be noticed and they could certainly create a new data related department or job. And you already have the knowledge and experience. The key word here is Evangelize. Many companies and entrepreneurs are just beginning to see the power of this discipline, and it is your task to nurture that reality. If you are working in an area related to engineering, but that is not data science*. Here the same applies as the previous example, but you have some advantages, and that is that you could access the company’s data, and you could use it for the benefit of the company, making analyses and/or predictions about it, and again EVANGELIZING your bosses your new skills and the benefits of data science. If you are unemployed (or do not want, or do not feel comfortable following the two examples above)*, you can start looking outside, and what I recommend is that you look for technology companies and / or startups where they are just forming the first teams and are paying some salary, or even have options shares of the company. Obviously here the salaries will not be exorbitant, and the working hours could be longer, but remember that you are in the learning and practice stage (just in the first step), so you can not demand too much, you must land your expectations and fit that reality, and stop pretending to be paid $ 10,000 a month at this stage. But, depending of your country $1.000 USD could be something very interesting to start this new career. Remember, you are a Junior at this stage. The conclusion is: don’t waste your time looking at and/or applying to offers from big companies, because you will get frustrated. Be creative, and look for opportunities in smaller or newly created companies. Learning never stops While you are in that process of looking for a job or an opportunity, which could take half of your time (50% looking for opportunities, 50% staying in practice), you have to keep learning, you should advance to concepts such as Deep Learning, Data Engineer or other topics that you feel were left loose from the past stages or focus on the topics that you are passionate about within this group of disciplines in data science. At the same time you can choose a second project, and spend some time running it from end-to-end, and thus increase your portfolio and your experience. If this is the case, try to find a completely different project: if the first one was done with Machine Learning, let this second one be done with Deep learning. If the first one was deployed to a web page, that this second one is deployed to a mobile platform. Remember, creativity is the key! Conclusion We are at an ideal time to plan for 2021, and if this is the path you want to take, start looking for the platforms and media you want to study on. Get to work and don’t miss this opportunity to become a data scientist in 2021! Note: we are building a private community in Slack of data scientist, if you want to join us write to the email: support@datasource.ai I hope you enjoyed this reading! you can follow me on twitter or linkedin Thank you for reading!

6 principles to data architecture that facilitate innovation

My team and I have been re-building our company's data architecture. In the process of doing so, I got together six key principles to transforming data architectures and thought I would share them, as a strong data architecture is crucial for businesses looking to stay competitive in the digital landscape, as it improves decision-making, time to market, and data security. When executed with efficiency, a resilient data architecture unleashes unparalleled degrees of agility. Principle 1: Agility and flexibility To quickly adjust to market fluctuations, businesses must create adaptable data infrastructures that can effortlessly manage an ever-growing influx of data. To accomplish this objective, we recommend to our clients to implement Enterprise Service Bus, Enterprise Data Warehouse, and Master Data Management integrated together. &#x200B; I believe the best option is this: \- By centralizing communication, ESB reduces the time and effort required to integrate new systems; \- EDW consolidates data from different sources, resulting in a 50% reduction in software implementation time; \- Finally, MDM ensures consistency and accuracy across the organization, leading to better decision-making and streamlined operations. Implementing these solutions can lead to reduced software implementation time, better ROI, and more manageable data architecture. By fostering a culture of collaboration and adopting modern technologies and practices, businesses can prioritize agility and flexibility in their data architecture to increase the pace of innovation. Principle 2: Modularity and reusability Data architecture that fosters modularity and reusability is essential for accelerating innovation within an organization. By breaking data architecture components into smaller, more manageable pieces, businesses can enable different teams to leverage existing architecture components, reducing redundancy and improving overall efficiency. MDM can promote modularity and reusability by creating a central repository for critical business data. This prevents duplication and errors, improving efficiency and decision-making. MDM enables a single source of truth for data, accessible across multiple systems, which promotes integration and scalability. MDM also provides standardized data models, rules, and governance policies that reduce development time, increase quality, and ensure proper management throughout the data’s lifecycle. Another way to achieve modularity in data architecture is through the use of microservices and scripts for Extract, Transform, and Load (ETL) processes. Adopting a structured methodology and framework can ensure these components are well-organized, making it easier for teams to collaborate and maintain the system. Microservices can also contribute to modularity and reusability in data architecture. These small, independent components can be developed, deployed, and scaled independently of one another. By utilizing microservices, organizations can update or replace individual components without affecting the entire system, improving flexibility and adaptability. Principle 3: Data quality and consistency The efficiency of operations depends on data’s quality, so a meticulously crafted data architecture plays a pivotal role in preserving it, empowering enterprises to make well-informed decisions based on credible information. Here are some key factors to consider that will help your company ensure quality: \- Implementing Master Data Management (MDM) – this way, by consolidating, cleansing, and standardizing data from multiple sources, your IT department will be able to create a single, unified view of the most important data entities (customers, products, and suppliers); \- Assigning data stewardship responsibilities to a small team or an individual specialist; \- Considering implementing data validation, data lineage, and data quality metrics; \- By implementing MDM and adopting a minimal data stewardship approach, organizations can maintain high-quality data that drives innovation and growth. Principle 4: Data governance Data governance is a strategic framework that goes beyond ensuring data quality and consistency. It includes ensuring data security, privacy, accessibility, regulatory compliance, and lifecycle management. Here are some key aspects of data governance: \- Implementing robust measures and controls to protect sensitive data from unauthorized access, breaches, and theft. This is only possible through including encryption, access controls, and intrusion detection systems into your company’s IT architecture; \- Adhering to data privacy regulations and guidelines, such as the General Data Protection Regulation (GDPR) and the California Consumer Privacy Act (CCPA); \- Defining stringent conditions for who has access to specific data assets to maintain control over data and ensure its accessibility only for legitimate purposes. Managing the entire lifecycle of data, from creation and storage to archiving and disposal, including defining policies for data retention, archiving, and deletion in compliance with legal and regulatory requirements. To facilitate effective data governance, organizations can leverage various tools and technologies, such as: \- Data cataloging tools: Solutions like Collibra, Alation, or Informatica Enterprise Data Catalog help organizations discover, understand, and manage their data assets. \- Data lineage tools: Tools like Talend, IBM InfoSphere, or Apache Atlas help track data’s origin, transformation, and usage, providing insights into data quality issues and potential areas for improvement. \- Data quality tools: Solutions like Informatica Data Quality, Trifacta, or SAS Data Quality help organizations maintain high-quality data by identifying and correcting errors, inconsistencies, and inaccuracies. \- Data security and privacy tools: Tools like Varonis, BigID, or Spirion help protect sensitive data and ensure compliance with data privacy regulations. Principle 5: Cloud-first approach A cloud-first approach prioritizes cloud-based solutions over on-premises ones when it comes to data management. Cloud-based data management pros: \- Virtually limitless scalability, so that organizations can grow and adapt to changing data requirements without significant infrastructure investments; \- The pay-as-you-go model of cloud services reduces maintenance costs usually associated with the on-premise choice; \- Greater flexibility for deploying and integrating new technologies and services; \- Cloud can be accessed from anywhere, at any time, turning team collaboration and remote work into a breeze; \- Built-in backup and disaster recovery capabilities, ensuring data safety and minimizing downtime in case of emergencies. Cloud-based data management cons: \- Cloud-first approach raises many data security, privacy, and compliance concerns; \- Transferring large data volumes to and from cloud is often time-consuming and results in increased latency for certain apps; \- Relying on a single cloud provider makes it difficult to switch them or move back to the on-premises option without significant funds and effort. Challenges that organizations that choose a cloud-first approach face: \- Integrating cloud-based systems with on-premises ones can be complex and time-consuming; \- Ensuring data governance and compliance in a multi-cloud or hybrid environment is also another problem reported by my clients. How EDW, ESB, and MDM promote cloud-first approach: A cloud-based EDW centralizes data from multiple sources, enabling a unified view of the organization’s data and simplifying data integration across cloud and on-premises systems. An ESB facilitates communication between disparate cloud and on-premises systems, streamlining data integration and promoting a modular architecture. Cloud-based MDM solutions are used for maintaining data quality and consistency across multiple data sources and environments. Principle 6: Automation and artificial intelligence Incorporating automation tools and AI technologies into data architecture can optimize processes and decision-making. Key Applications: \- Data ingestion and integration: Automation simplifies data schema updates and identifies data quality issues, while AI-assisted development helps create tailored connectors, scripts, and microservices. \- Data quality management: Machine learning algorithms improve data quality and consistency by automatically detecting and correcting inconsistencies and duplicates. \- Predictive analytics: AI and machine learning models analyze historical data to predict trends, identify opportunities, and uncover hidden patterns for better-informed decisions. How No-Code Tools and AI-Assisted Development Work: Business users define data requirements and workflows using no-code tools, enabling AI models to understand their needs. AI models process the information, generating recommendations for connector creation, ETL scripts, and microservices. Developers use AI-generated suggestions to accelerate development and tailor solutions to business needs. By combining automation, AI technologies, and no-code tools, organizations can streamline data architecture processes and bridge the gap between business users and developers, ultimately accelerating innovation. I share more tips on building an agile data architectures in my blog.

What if… Employers Employ AI Agents to Get 360° Feedback from Employees?

AI Agent powered Comprehensive 360° Feedback Collection & Analysis Full Article &#x200B; https://i.redd.it/1ieczv6pud1d1.gif ⚪ What is this Article About? ● This article demonstrates how AI agents can be used in the real-world for gathering feedback from employees ● It explores using AI agents to collect insights on employee experiences, job satisfaction, and suggestions for improvement ● By leveraging AI agents and language models, organizations can better understand their workforce's needs and concerns ⚪Why Read this Article? ● Learn about the potential benefits of using AI agents for comprehensive feedback collection ● Understand how to build practical, real-world solutions by combining AI agents with other technologies ● Stay ahead of the curve by exploring cutting-edge applications of AI agents ⚪What are we doing in this Project? \> Part 1: AI Agents to Coordinate and Gather Feedback ● AI agents collaborate to collect comprehensive feedback from employees through surveys and interviews ● Includes a Feedback Collector Agent, Feedback Analyst Agent, and Feedback Reporter Agent \> Part 2: Analyze Feedback Data with Pandas AI and Llama3 ● Use Pandas AI and Llama3 language model to easily analyze the collected feedback data ● Extract insights, identify patterns, strengths, and areas for improvement from the feedback ⚪ Let's Design Our AI Agent System for 360° Feedback \> Feedback Collection System: ● Collect feedback from employees (simulated) ● Analyze the feedback data ● Report findings and recommendations \> Feedback Analysis System: ● Upload employee feedback CSV file ● Display uploaded data ● Perform natural language analysis and queries ● Generate automated insights and visual graphs ⚪ Let's get Cooking ● Explanation of the code for the AI agent system and feedback analysis system ● Includes code details for functions, classes, and streamlit interface ⚪ Closing Thoughts ● AI agents can revolutionize how businesses operate and tackle challenges ● Their ability to coordinate, collaborate, and perform specialized tasks is invaluable ● AI agents offer versatile and scalable solutions for optimizing processes and uncovering insights ⚪ Future Work ● This project is a demo to show the potential real-world use cases of AI Agents. To achieve the results seen here, I went through multiple iterations and changes. AI Agents are not fully ready yet (although they are making huge progress every day). AI Agents still need to go through an improvement cycle to reach their full potential in real-world settings. &#x200B;

Master AI Integration: How to Integrate AI in Your Application

A Comprehensive Guide with Every Detail Spelled Out for Flawless AI Implementation Full Article &#x200B; https://preview.redd.it/m5b79j55f14d1.png?width=1328&format=png&auto=webp&s=8cf04c80cd21be1710dd117a9e74b07d0e8cbe6a In the ideal world, we'd design our software systems with AI in mind from the very beginning. But in the real world, that's not always possible. Many businesses have large, complex systems that have been running for years, and making significant changes to them is risky and expensive. What this Article is About? ● This article aims to convince you that even when changing existing systems is not an option, you can still seamlessly integrate AI into your business processes. It explores real-world scenarios and shows how a company (though simulated) has successfully incorporated AI without overhauling their existing infrastructure. &#x200B; https://i.redd.it/fayl1gcbf14d1.gif Why Read This Article? ● By reading this article, you will learn the critical skill of integrating AI into your existing business ecosystem without making significant changes to your stable workflows. This skill is becoming increasingly important as more and more companies recognize the value of AI while also acknowledging the challenges of overhauling their existing systems. What is Our Business Use Case? ● The article uses a simulated supply chain management company as a business use case. This company has multiple departments, each exposing its own REST API, and to get an inquiry answered, the request has to go through various departments, their respective APIs, and database calls. The article introduces AI capabilities to enhance the company's operations without modifying the existing system architecture. Our Supply Chain Management Company AI Integration Design ● The article describes the various components of the simulated supply chain management company, including the "Data Processing System," "Company Data Handling System," "AI Integration System," "Mapping System," and "System Admin Dashboard." Let's Get Cooking! ● This section provides the code and explanations for implementing the AI integration system in the simulated supply chain management company. It covers the following: ○ Dashboard & AI Integration System ○ Company Data Handling System ○ Data Processing System ○ Mapping System Let's Setup ● This section shows the expected output when setting up the simulated supply chain management system with AI integration. Let's Run it ● This section demonstrates how to run the system and ask questions related to supply chain management, showcasing the AI integration in action. https://i.redd.it/3e68mb57f14d1.gif Closing Thoughts The supply chain management project we have explored in this article serves as a powerful example of how to seamlessly integrate cutting-edge AI capabilities into existing business systems without the need for significant overhauls or disruptions. By leveraging the flexibility and power of modern AI technologies, we were able to enhance the functionality of a simulated supply chain management system while preserving its core operations and workflows. Throughout the development process, we placed a strong emphasis on minimizing the impact on the existing system architecture. Rather than attempting to replace or modify the established components, we introduced an “AI Integration System” that acts as a bridge between the existing infrastructure and the AI-powered capabilities. This approach allowed us to maintain the integrity of the existing systems while simultaneously leveraging the benefits of AI. One of the key advantages of this integration strategy is the ability to leverage the wealth of data already available within the existing systems. By accessing and processing this data through the AI models, we were able to generate more informed and intelligent responses to user queries, providing valuable insights and recommendations tailored to the specific supply chain activities and scenarios. As we look towards the future, the importance of seamlessly integrating AI into existing business ecosystems will only continue to grow. With the rapid pace of technological advancements and the increasing demand for intelligent automation and decision support, organizations that embrace this approach will be better positioned to capitalize on the opportunities presented by AI while minimizing disruptions to their operations. It is my hope that through this simulated real-world example, you have gained a deeper understanding of the potential for AI integration and the various strategies and best practices that can be employed to achieve successful implementation. By embracing this approach, businesses can unlock the transformative power of AI while preserving the investments and institutional knowledge embedded in their existing systems.

How I Built A Simple ‘BPO’ Company, All AI Employees (All Local)

Disrupting the BPO Industry: My Journey Building a Fully Automated Company with AI Employees Full Article : https://medium.com/@learn-simplified/how-i-built-a-simple-bpo-company-all-ai-employees-all-local-631e48fa908a &#x200B; https://preview.redd.it/htjo1mancl2d1.png?width=1586&format=png&auto=webp&s=7e77f4c66e5ca55a8b0ea6969c43a458503ad921 ● What Are We Doing Today? We are building a BPO (Business Process Outsourcing) call center for an imaginary electric company called "Aniket Very General Electric Company". We will create different departments staffed by AI agents who can chat (and eventually speak in next part) with customers to answer questions, handle complaints, or provide services. ● Why Should You Read This Article? Learning how to build AI agents that can do tasks in real setting, co ordinate w/ human, AI, providing technical support will be a highly valuable skill. ● How Are We Going to Build Our All AI Employees Company? ○ We will explain what BPO and call centers are. ○ Our AI company will have departments like Customer Service, Tech Support, Billing & Payments, Outage Management, and Onboarding Customers. ○ We will use Docker containers to run the Dify AI platform as the base. ○ The AI agents will use the LLaMA-3 language model from Meta AI. ○ We may use Groq's AI accelerator chip to make LLaMA-3 faster. ○ Each department will have a knowledge base of text files that the AI agents can reference. ● Let's Get Cooking! This section provides setup instructions for installing Docker, Ollama (for running LLaMA-3), and the Dify AI platform. It also outlines the different AI agents we will create for departments like Reception, Customer Service, Billing, Tech Support, etc. ● Let's Design our Organization ○ We explain how each department's AI agents will have their own knowledge base, like an employee handbook. ○ The knowledge bases will contain policies, procedures, and other key information. ○ The AI agents can quickly reference this information to provide accurate and knowledgeable responses. ● Let's Meet Our AI Employees ○ We chose the LLaMA-3 70B model as the base for all AI agents across departments. ○ We give the AI agents customized prompts to define their personalities and roles. ○ The knowledge bases act as training materials tailored to each department. ○ In the future, AI agents could have additional tools like ticket systems and integrations. ● Let's Run Our BPO Organization Now that the AI workforce and knowledge bases are ready, we can open our BPO company and have the AI agents start handling customer inquiries across different departments like billing, tech support, outages, and new connections. ● Debugging This section highlights the importance of debugging, showing traces of how the language model understands customer queries and retrieves relevant context from knowledge bases to provide good responses. ● Future Work ○ Scale up to handle more customers using cloud services or distributed computing. ○ Move AI agents and knowledge bases to the cloud for accessibility and maintenance. ○ Fine-tune language models for better performance in each department. ○ Use scalable vector databases for faster knowledge retrieval. ○ Enable voice interfaces and computer vision for more natural interactions. ○ Implement continuous learning so AI agents can expand their knowledge over time. The article demonstrates the potential of building an actual AI-powered company and raises thought-provoking questions about the role of humans, ethics, and using AI to create a better world. &#x200B;

I'm Building an "AiExecutiveSuperAgent_Systems_Interface" between humanity and the Ai world, as well as each other... Let's Talk?

Ok... So look... This one is pretty crazy... I'm building an Ai Interface that knows me better than I know myself - Check, lots of people have this, either in reality with employees and family members, or with ai intelligence. But it doesn't just know Me... It knows how to talk with Me. It understands my language, because I've trained it to. I've also trained it to translate that to all my clients and HumanAgents, soon to become RobotAgents... The RESULT: I can literally just spend 1-18 hours talking to it, and things get DONE. Most of that time, I just say EXECUTE, or ENGAGE, or DRAFT, or DISPATCH. I feel like a secret agent communicating in codes with his agency 😂 Not great for the paranoiac in me, but it's easy to get that part under control, ya'll. It's like having a team of 10,000 people, all available 24/7, all perfectly synchronised to each other's communication styles, preferences and ultimately: WHAT DO YOU NEED ME TO DO. At the end of the it all, having run my single COMMAND through a thousand of those people, a Document is prepared that outlines the next 3 stages of the plan, along with instructions to the whole team for how to ENACT it. Sounds rather grand and wonderful... Even when I simply use it to help me come up with a filing system for my creative work... \\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\ Here's my current VISION, why I'm doing this AND why I'm doing it publicly despite it being top secret. VISION To create an army of User-Owned and Operated "AiSuperAgencies" which gather intelligence on the user, securely file and analyse it, and then construct a sub-army of agents and tools that work together to produce the desired output, for any Function in the Personal and Professional Lives of EVERYONE, EVERYWHERE, in 3-5 Years. To start, I'm building it for me and the 5-10 cleaners who've made it to Level 1 in my access system. They were sick of toxic employers, tyrannical agencies and greedy customers. They gathered around us (many came in, many went out, few stayed, took about a year for our core team of 3 Level 2 Cleaners. My goal has always been to never employ anyone. Just me, my Partner and the Cleaners. All Shared Owners in the system for delivering the right cleaner to the right house in our town, at the right time and without any dramas or arguments... I have a personal talent for resolving disputes, which has made working for and buying from my business a mostly enjoyable and upbeat experience, with a touch of mystery and a feeling that you're part of something big! It is a business that ran on Me. I put in my time, every day, building automated tool after automated tool. Hiring a contractor to do a job, scratching my head when it didn't add enough value to pay for itself, then just doing it myself again. I wanted to solve that problem. I'm trusting that the few who hear about it who actually see the potential, will just come join us, no dramas, just cool people partnering up! And those that don't, won't. No one could steal it, because it's Mine, and I'll just change the keys anyway loser! Enjoy digging through my past, you lunatic! I'm out here living Now. Anyways... It's lonely around here. I have a cleaning business that I run from my laptop, which means I can live anywhere, but I still had this big problem of time... NOT ENOUGH Oh Wait. It's Here.

Measure Extraction from House Plans

Hi everyone, I’m looking for some advice on how I can help automate a task in my family’s small business using AI. They spend a lot of time reading through technical house plans to extract measurements, and I’m wondering if there’s a way to automate at least part of this process. The idea is to provide a model with a house plan and have it extract a list of measurements, like the dimensions of all the doors, for example. The challenge is that on these plans, measurements often need to be deduced (for example, subtracting one measurement from another) to get the correct values. I was thinking I could fine-tune a model with our historical quotes and use that data for better accuracy. It it a good approach ? Thanks in advance!

Is fine-tunig dead?

Hello, I am leading a business creation project in AI in France (Europe more broadly). To concretize and structure this project, my partners recommend me to collect feedback from professionals in the sector, and it is in this context that I am asking for your help. Lately, I have learned a lot about data annotation and I have seen a division of thoughts and I admit to being a little lost. Several questions come to mind, in particular is fine-tunig dead? RAG is it really better? Will we see few-shot learning gain momentum or will conventional learning with millions of data continue? And for whom? Too many questions, which I have grouped together in a form, if you would like to help me see more clearly the data needs of the market, I suggest you answer this short form (4 minutes): https://forms.gle/ixyHnwXGyKSJsBof6. This form is more for businesses, but if you have a good vision of the sector, feel free to respond. Your answers will remain confidential and anonymous. No personal or sensitive data is requested. This does not involve a monetary transfer. Thank you for your valuable help. You can also express your thoughts in response to this post. If you have any questions or would like to know more about this initiative, I would be happy to discuss it. Subnotik

Learning AI for Business Leaders

Hello Community, For the better part of 2 months I have been reading up on everything in getting a better understanding of the fundamentals of AI - from history of AI to reading the Google 8’s peer reviewed paper on the advent of transformers. I feel as though I am running in circles at times an not following a guided path approach to learning. I’m 40, work in international development in a leadership role - though I have a background in corporate finance and tech. I’m not an engineer, nor do I have the ambition of such a career pivot. However I do want to learn, be abreast, and know enough about the space when evaluating (and proposing) AI related opportunities - my role now should be a path towards a chief innovation officer for a development agency within the next 3-4 years. My sources have been basically everything I can find from tech blogs, WaPo, financial times, economist, and random internet searches. I have completed IBM’s Fundamental on AI course. However, I feel there no structure in learning as I have been piecemealing from so many different sources. Essentially I care about business cases and being able to confidently talk about AI. And not building and deploying a product. MIT and UPenn have some courses on AI for leaders, however, as the space is moving so fast I’m not confident how current their materials are. My ask: Are there any courses (or learning approaches) you recommend that is less-code and more focus on concept and applications I should do? Is my approach to learning too broad and I should focus on a subset of AI such as ML or specifically GenAI since it seems most applications are currently byproducts of it. Many thanks in advance for any support - truly appreciate it.

AI Courses for Business Leaders

I’m been spending a last few months learning the fundamentals of AI through blog post, podcast and did online short course on intro to AI from IBM and Coursera. And looking to take the “next step” either through a certification program (I don’t care about the cert - but more so learning opportunity) offered through MIT, Penn, etc…they seem like a money grab and not confident I will get what I am looking for through them. Are there better options? Willing to spend money, open to learning online/hybrid through a structured curriculum or patch-work solution online —- just need insight on a path forward. I’m not looking to pivot, but rather learn about the technology, seek opportunities to incorporate elements of it into our organization - and for also, I’m genuinely interested in its potential - from an application/deployment/business perspective. I’m 40yrs, senior leader focusing on innovation and entrepreneurship in emerging economies - pretty tech savvy (though not from a CS background) and looking for a new learning opportunity to stay ahead of the curve and leverage it to our organization’s mission. Many thanks in advance!

I'm Building an "AiExecutiveSuperAgent_Systems_Interface" between humanity and the Ai world, as well as each other... Let's Talk?

Ok... So look... This one is pretty crazy... I'm building an Ai Interface that knows me better than I know myself - Check, lots of people have this, either in reality with employees and family members, or with ai intelligence. But it doesn't just know Me... It knows how to talk with Me. It understands my language, because I've trained it to. I've also trained it to translate that to all my clients and HumanAgents, soon to become RobotAgents... The RESULT: I can literally just spend 1-18 hours talking to it, and things get DONE. Most of that time, I just say EXECUTE, or ENGAGE, or DRAFT, or DISPATCH. I feel like a secret agent communicating in codes with his agency 😂 Not great for the paranoiac in me, but it's easy to get that part under control, ya'll. It's like having a team of 10,000 people, all available 24/7, all perfectly synchronised to each other's communication styles, preferences and ultimately: WHAT DO YOU NEED ME TO DO. At the end of the it all, having run my single COMMAND through a thousand of those people, a Document is prepared that outlines the next 3 stages of the plan, along with instructions to the whole team for how to ENACT it. Sounds rather grand and wonderful... Even when I simply use it to help me come up with a filing system for my creative work... \\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\ Here's my current VISION, why I'm doing this AND why I'm doing it publicly despite it being top secret. VISION To create an army of User-Owned and Operated "AiSuperAgencies" which gather intelligence on the user, securely file and analyse it, and then construct a sub-army of agents and tools that work together to produce the desired output, for any Function in the Personal and Professional Lives of EVERYONE, EVERYWHERE, in 3-5 Years. To start, I'm building it for me and the 5-10 cleaners who've made it to Level 1 in my access system. They were sick of toxic employers, tyrannical agencies and greedy customers. They gathered around us (many came in, many went out, few stayed, took about a year for our core team of 3 Level 2 Cleaners. My goal has always been to never employ anyone. Just me, my Partner and the Cleaners. All Shared Owners in the system for delivering the right cleaner to the right house in our town, at the right time and without any dramas or arguments... I have a personal talent for resolving disputes, which has made working for and buying from my business a mostly enjoyable and upbeat experience, with a touch of mystery and a feeling that you're part of something big! It is a business that ran on Me. I put in my time, every day, building automated tool after automated tool. Hiring a contractor to do a job, scratching my head when it didn't add enough value to pay for itself, then just doing it myself again. I wanted to solve that problem. I'm trusting that the few who hear about it who actually see the potential, will just come join us, no dramas, just cool people partnering up! And those that don't, won't. No one could steal it, because it's Mine, and I'll just change the keys anyway loser! Enjoy digging through my past, you lunatic! I'm out here living Now. Anyways... It's lonely around here. I have a cleaning business that I run from my laptop, which means I can live anywhere, but I still had this big problem of time... NOT ENOUGH Oh Wait. It's Here.

I am building a free app to fight propaganda online. Need your help

So long story short I was recently bombarded with an insane amounts of right-wing propaganda online and Russian bots so I decided I can somehow simplify the validation of the facts that are posted by people online. I have made a research of tools that are currently available for that and I've found that ChatGpt is quite biased with some topics and it lacks data about latest issues even when search mode is enabled. At least it takes some time for it to update it's memory or something Then I've checked a Google Fact Check tools which were even worse. Bad UI... I had no idea how it validates things because usually proof links that Google provides are quite random. So I decided to build a tool that simplifies the research. The idea was simple - you have a claim - you paste it in app and it goes on web collects articles on topic then processes them with ai and makes a decision based on those articles. The app is running right now. It is completely free and no ads. Also it generates a small article where it tells about how it made a conclusion. Also I need your help - How can I make this app better? Also feel free to test your claims so that I can have more real data to tune this app on. I believe that this is something that is necessary for all of us especially in those crazy times! Here is the link - truthorfake.com https://preview.redd.it/vp5fbzpyfkne1.png?width=854&format=png&auto=webp&s=84df7913382634614814866c8df743d8378d28dd

Compare trading strategies on the fly - pnl.ai - please check it out

Part of my covid project and part of my long obsession with prediction markets, I have created a web page that displays and allows to compare best and worst performing trading strategies. TL;DR: best stocks + best strategies -> the list of top and bottom performing trading algorithms.  Product Typically, trading newsletters and stock-scanners display only price return for top market gainers and losers. I have forever been interested in inspecting top and bottom performing trading strategies for a given set of securities and could not find any websites that do that. So, I decided to create a tool of my own. I wanted the tool that would help me to answer questions like if there is a better strategy than buy and hold, should I follow greed and fear indicator of the market or do the opposite. Top and bottom performing securities do not tell you if a stock is going to go up or down, but they do alert you to rapidly changing market conditions, such as change in the competitive landscape, impending lawsuits, changes in the company's management and, at the very least, the stocks you should avoid in your programmatic trading. Top strategies do all that, but they can also alert you to a change in the market regime. For example, MACD strategy, which is a variant of oscillator strategy, executed on Citibank stock returned 20% in the first half of 2020. In the same time period, the Citibank stock went down and "BuyAndHold" strategy, which is pretty much what it sounds, lost 45%. Now, compare that to the end of 2020 through spring of 2021, when MACD lost 1% and "BuyAndHold" gained 70%. This happened due to the change in the market due to the rally in financial stocks at the end of 2020. The market player who detect change in the market conditions first will reap most benefits. Another example, TSLA since the beginning of 2021 until end of April lost 7%. The StopLoss strategy sells the position after abrupt price drop and waits until the price returns to the level before the drop. For the same time interval the StopLoss strategy gained 10%. In this particular example, StopLoss outperformed BuyAndHold. To me personally, the most important feature is the ability to quickly tweak and modify trading strategies and observe change in their performance. You can change strategies parameters on the fly and even design your own custom trading strategy. In the end, I developed a tool I can use for myself but hope other investors who are experimenting with trading algorithms will find it useful as well. I called it "Profit and Loss AI", or PnL.ai for short. PnL.ai Description The web-tool in the link below allows you to customize parameters of existing strategies and essentially create your own strategy and seeing how it will compare to the set of original strategies. http://ec2-54-185-19-38.us-west-2.compute.amazonaws.com:5006/srv In the section above you can specify security and data range. In the section below you can choose strategy to customize and modify it's parameters. The strategy comparison table will automatically update and will display a newly created strategy side by side with the original strategies. Technology The tool is developed on bokeh and python and allows you to edit configuration parameters of each strategy all without programming knowledge. The strategies are fully specified via key/value pairs in the format of ini files used to initialize programs. The strategy classes are autogenerated by reading the ini config files dynamically using "factory" pattern. You can find a simplified code in this github repo: https://github.com/varturas/PnlAITk Next Steps In the future I want to give users ability to monitor their chosen strategy by receiving trading algo alerts whenever performance of their custom trading algo is changes significantly. I'm going to be adding more strategies, some of standard technical analysis variety and some will be more custom and more advanced. I'll also be adding more columns to the performance table to give better information. You can receive daily newsletter with the list of trading strategies generated by above-mentioned web-tool by registering on http://pnl.ai/ and checking subscribe checkmark.

How me and my team made 15+ apps and not made a single sale in 2023

Hey, my name is Michael, I am in Auckland NZ. This year was the official beginning of my adult life. I graduated from university and started a full-time job. I’ve also really dug into indiehacking/bootstrapping and started 15 projects (and it will be at least 17 before the year ends). I think I’ve learned a lot but I consciously repeated mistakes. Upto (Nov) Discord Statuses + Your Location + Facebook Poke https://preview.redd.it/4nqt7tp2tf5c1.png?width=572&format=png&auto=webp&s=b0223484bc54b45b5c65e0b1afd0dc52f9c02ad1 This was the end of uni, I often messaged (and got messaged) requests of status and location to (and from my) friends. I thought, what if we make a social app that’s super basic and all it does is show you where your friends are? To differentiate from snap maps and others we wanted something with more privacy where you select the location. However, never finished the codebase or launched it. This is because I slowly started to realize that B2C (especially social networks) are way too hard to make into an actual business and the story with Fistbump would repeat itself. However, this decision not to launch it almost launched a curse on our team. From that point, we permitted ourselves to abandon projects even before launching. Lessons: Don’t do social networks if your goal is 10k MRR ASAP. If you build something to 90% competition ship it or you will think it’s okay to abandon projects Insight Bites (Nov) Youtube Summarizer Extension &#x200B; https://preview.redd.it/h6drqej4tf5c1.jpg?width=800&format=pjpg&auto=webp&s=0f211456c390ac06f4fcb54aa51f9d50b0826658 Right after Upto, we started ideating and conveniently the biggest revolution in the recent history of tech was released → GPT. We instantly began ideating. The first problem we chose to use AI for is to summarize YouTube videos. Comical. Nevertheless, I am convinced we have had the best UX because you could right-click on a video to get a slideshow of insights instead of how everyone else did it. We dropped it because there was too much competition and unit economics didn’t work out (and it was a B2C). PodPigeon (Dec) Podcast → Tweet Threads https://preview.redd.it/0ukge245tf5c1.png?width=2498&format=png&auto=webp&s=23303e1cab330578a3d25cd688fa67aa3b97fb60 Then we thought, to make unit economics work we need to make this worthwhile for podcasters. This is when I got into Twitter and started seeing people summarize podcasts. Then I thought, what if we make something that converts a podcast into tweets? This was probably one of the most important projects because it connected me with Jason and Jonaed, both of whom I regularly stay in contact with and are my go-to experts on ideas related to content creation. Jonaed was even willing to buy Podpigeon and was using it on his own time. However, the unit economics still didn’t work out (and we got excited about other things). Furthermore, we got scared of the competition because I found 1 - 2 other people who did similar things poorly. This was probably the biggest mistake we’ve made. Very similar projects made 10k MRR and more, launching later than we did. We didn’t have a coherent product vision, we didn’t understand the customer well enough, and we had a bad outlook on competition and a myriad of other things. Lessons: I already made another post about the importance of outlook on competition. Do not quit just because there are competitors or just because you can’t be 10x better. Indiehackers and Bootstrappers (or even startups) need to differentiate in the market, which can be via product (UX/UI), distribution, or both. Asking Ace Intro.co + Crowdsharing &#x200B; https://preview.redd.it/0hu2tt16tf5c1.jpg?width=1456&format=pjpg&auto=webp&s=3d397568ef2331e78198d64fafc1a701a3e75999 As I got into Twitter, I wanted to chat with some people I saw there. However, they were really expensive. I thought, what if we made some kind of crowdfunding service for other entrepreneurs to get a private lecture from their idols? It seemed to make a lot of sense on paper. It was solving a problem (validated via the fact that Intro.co is a thing and making things cheaper and accessible is a solid ground to stand on), we understood the market (or so we thought), and it could monetize relatively quickly. However, after 1-2 posts on Reddit and Indiehackers, we quickly learned three things. Firstly, no one cares. Secondly, even if they do, they think they can get the same information for free online. Thirdly, the reasons before are bad because for the first point → we barely talked to people, and for the second people → we barely talked to the wrong people. However, at least we didn’t code anything this time and tried to validate via a landing page. Lessons Don’t give up after 1 Redditor says “I don’t need this” Don’t be scared to choose successful people as your audience. Clarito Journaling with AI analyzer https://preview.redd.it/8ria2wq6tf5c1.jpg?width=1108&format=pjpg&auto=webp&s=586ec28ae75003d9f71b4af2520b748d53dd2854 Clarito is a classic problem all amateur entrepreneurs have. It’s where you lie to yourself that you have a real problem and therefore is validated but when your team asks you how much you would pay you say I guess you will pay, maybe, like 5 bucks a month…? Turns out, you’d have to pay me to use our own product lol. We sent it off to a few friends and posted on some forums, but never really got anything tangible and decided to move away. Honestly, a lot of it is us in our own heads. We say the market is too saturated, it’ll be hard to monetize, it’s B2C, etc. Lessons: You use the Mom Test on other people. You have to do it yourself as well. However, recognizing that the Mom Test requires a lot of creativity in its investigation because knowing what questions to ask can determine the outcome of the validation. I asked myself “Do I journal” but I didn’t ask myself “How often do I want GPT to chyme in on my reflections”. Which was practically never. That being said I think with the right audience and distribution, this product can work. I just don’t know (let alone care) about the audience that much (and I thought I was one of them)/ Horns & Claw Scrapes financial news texts you whether you should buy/sell the stock (news sentiment analysis) &#x200B; https://preview.redd.it/gvfxdgc7tf5c1.jpg?width=1287&format=pjpg&auto=webp&s=63977bbc33fe74147b1f72913cefee4a9ebec9c2 This one we didn’t even bother launching. Probably something internal in the team and also seemed too good to be true (because if this works, doesn’t that just make us ultra-rich fast?). I saw a similar tool making 10k MRR so I guess I was wrong. Lessons: This one was pretty much just us getting into our heads. I declared that without an audience it would be impossible to ship this product and we needed to start a YouTube channel. Lol, and we did. And we couldn’t even film for 1 minute. I made bold statements like “We will commit to this for at least 1 year no matter what”. Learnery Make courses about any subject https://preview.redd.it/1nw6z448tf5c1.jpg?width=1112&format=pjpg&auto=webp&s=f2c73e8af23b0a6c3747a81e785960d4004feb48 This is probably the most “successful” project we’ve made. It grew from a couple of dozen to a couple of hundred users. It has 11 buy events for $9.99 LTD (we couldn’t be bothered connecting Stripe because we thought no one would buy it anyway). However what got us discouraged from seriously pursuing it more is, that this has very low defensibility, “Why wouldn’t someone just use chatGPT?” and it’s B2C so it’s hard to monetize. I used it myself for a month or so but then stopped. I don’t think it’s the app, I think the act of learning a concept from scratch isn’t something you do constantly in the way Learnery delivers it (ie course). I saw a bunch of similar apps that look like Ass make like 10k MRR. Lessons: Don’t do B2C, or if you do, do it properly Don’t just Mixpanel the buy button, connect your Stripe otherwise, it doesn’t feel real and you won’t get momentum. I doubt anyone (even me) will make this mistake again. I live in my GPT bubble where I make assumptions that everyone uses GPT the same way and as much as I do. In reality, the argument that this has low defensibility against GPT is invalid. Platforms that deliver a differentiated UX from ChatGPT to audiences who are not tightly integrated into the habit of using ChatGPT (which is like - everyone except for SOME tech evangelists). CuriosityFM Make podcasts about any subject https://preview.redd.it/zmosrcp8tf5c1.jpg?width=638&format=pjpg&auto=webp&s=d04ddffabef9050050b0d87939273cc96a8637dc This was our attempt at making Learnery more unique and more differentiated from chatGPT. We never really launched it. The unit economics didn’t work out and it was actually pretty boring to listen to, I don’t think I even fully listened to one 15-minute episode. I think this wasn’t that bad, it taught us more about ElevenLabs and voice AI. It took us maybe only 2-3 days to build so I think building to learn a new groundbreaking technology is fine. SleepyTale Make children’s bedtime stories https://preview.redd.it/14ue9nm9tf5c1.jpg?width=807&format=pjpg&auto=webp&s=267e18ec6f9270e6d1d11564b38136fa524966a1 My 8-year-old sister gave me that idea. She was too scared of making tea and I was curious about how she’d react if she heard a bedtime story about that exact scenario with the moral that I wanted her to absorb (which is that you shouldn’t be scared to try new things ie stop asking me to make your tea and do it yourself, it’s not that hard. You could say I went full Goebbels on her). Zane messaged a bunch of parents on Facebook but no one really cared. We showed this to one Lady at the place we worked from at Uni and she was impressed and wanted to show it to her kids but we already turned off our ElevenLabs subscription. Lessons: However, the truth behind this is beyond just “you need to be able to distribute”. It’s that you have to care about the audience. I don’t particularly want to build products for kids and parents. I am far away from that audience because I am neither a kid anymore nor going to be a parent anytime soon, and my sister still asked me to make her tea so the story didn’t work. I think it’s important to ask yourself whether you care about the audience. The way you answer that even when you are in full bias mode is, do you engage with them? Are you interested in what’s happening in their communities? Are you friends with them? Etc. User Survey Analyzer Big User Survey → GPT → Insights Report Me and my coworker were chatting about AI when he asked me to help him analyze a massive survey for him. I thought that was some pretty decent validation. Someone in an actual company asking for help. Lessons Market research is important but moving fast is also important. Ie building momentum. Also don’t revolve around 1 user. This has been a problem in multiple projects. Finding as many users as possible in the beginning to talk to is key. Otherwise, you are just waiting for 1 person to get back to you. AutoI18N Automated Internationalization of the codebase for webapps This one I might still do. It’s hard to find a solid distribution strategy. However, the idea came from me having to do it at my day job. It seems a solid problem. I’d say it’s validated and has some good players already. The key will be differentiation via the simplicity of UX and distribution (which means a slightly different audience). In the backlog for now because I don’t care about the problem or the audience that much. Documate - Part 1 Converts complex PDFs into Excel https://preview.redd.it/8b45k9katf5c1.jpg?width=1344&format=pjpg&auto=webp&s=57324b8720eb22782e28794d2db674b073193995 My mom needed to convert a catalog of furniture into an inventory which took her 3 full days of data entry. I automated it for her and thought this could have a big impact but there was no distribution because there was no ICP. We tried to find the ideal customers by talking to a bunch of different demographics but I flew to Kazakhstan for a holiday and so this kind of fizzled out. I am not writing this blog post linearity, this is my 2nd hour and I am tired and don’t want to finish this later so I don’t even know what lessons I learned. Figmatic Marketplace of high-quality Figma mockups of real apps https://preview.redd.it/h13yv45btf5c1.jpg?width=873&format=pjpg&auto=webp&s=aaa2896aeac2f22e9b7d9eed98c28bb8a2d2cdf1 This was a collab between me and my friend Alex. It was the classic Clarito where we both thought we had this problem and would pay to fix it. In reality, this is a vitamin. Neither I, nor I doubt Alex have thought of this as soon as we bought the domain. We posted it on Gumroad, sent it to a bunch of forums, and called it a day. Same issue as almost all the other ones. No distribution strategy. However, apps like Mobin show us that this concept is indeed profitable but it takes time. It needs SEO. It needs a community. None of those things, me and Alex had or was interested in. However shortly after HTML → Figma came out and it’s the best plugin. Maybe that should’ve been the idea. Podcast → Course Turns Podcaster’s episodes into a course This one I got baited by Jason :P I described to him the idea of repurposing his content for a course. He told me this was epic and he would pay. Then after I sent him the demo, he never checked it out. Anyhow during the development, we realized that doesn’t actually work because A podcast doesn’t have the correct format for the course, the most you can extract are concepts and ideas, seldom explanations. Most creators want video-based courses to be hosted on Kajabi or Udemy Another lesson is that when you pitch something to a user, what you articulate is a platform or a process, they imagine an outcome. However, the end result of your platform can be a very different outcome to what they had in mind and there is even a chance that what they want is not possible. You need to understand really well what the outcome looks like before you design the process. This is a classic problem where we thought of the solution before the problem. Yes, the problem exists. Podcasters want to make courses. However, if you really understand what they want, you can see how repurposing a podcast isn’t the best way to get there. However I only really spoke to 1-2 podcasters about this so making conclusions is dangerous for this can just be another asking ace mistake with the Redditor. Documate Part 2 Same concept as before but now I want to run some ads. We’ll see what happens. https://preview.redd.it/xb3npj0ctf5c1.jpg?width=1456&format=pjpg&auto=webp&s=3cd4884a29fd11d870d010a2677b585551c49193 In conclusion https://preview.redd.it/2zrldc9dtf5c1.jpg?width=1840&format=pjpg&auto=webp&s=2b3105073e752ad41c23f205dbd1ea046c1da7ff It doesn’t actually matter that much whether you choose to do a B2C, or a social network or focus on growing your audience. All of these can make you successful. What’s important is that you choose. If I had to summarize my 2023 in one word it’s indecision. Most of these projects succeeded for other people, nothing was as fundamentally wrong about them as I proclaimed. In reality that itself was an excuse. New ideas seduce, and it is a form of discipline to commit to a single project for a respectful amount of time. https://preview.redd.it/zy9a2vzdtf5c1.jpg?width=1456&format=pjpg&auto=webp&s=901c621227bba0feb4efdb39142f66ab2ebb86fe Distribution is not just posting on Indiehackers and Reddit. It’s an actual strategy and you should think of it as soon as you think of the idea, even before the Figma designs. I like how Denis Shatalin taught me. You have to build a pipeline. That means a reliable way to get leads, launch campaigns at them, close deals, learn from them, and optimize. Whenever I get an idea now I always try to ask myself “Where can I find 1000s leads in one day?” If there is no good answer, this is not a good project to do now. &#x200B; https://preview.redd.it/2boh3fpetf5c1.jpg?width=1456&format=pjpg&auto=webp&s=1c0d5d7b000716fcbbb00cbad495e8b61e25be66 Talk to users before doing anything. Jumping on designing and coding to make your idea a reality is a satisfying activity in the short term. Especially for me, I like to create for the sake of creation. However, it is so important to understand the market, understand the audience, understand the distribution. There are a lot of things to understand before coding. https://preview.redd.it/lv8tt96ftf5c1.jpg?width=1456&format=pjpg&auto=webp&s=6c8735aa6ad795f216ff9ddfa2341712e8277724 Get out of your own head. The real reason we dropped so many projects is that we got into our own heads. We let the negative thoughts creep in and kill all the optimism. I am really good at coming up with excuses to start a project. However, I am equally as good at coming up with reasons to kill a project. And so you have this yin and yang of starting and stopping. Building momentum and not burning out. I can say with certainty my team ran out of juice this year. We lost momentum so many times we got burnt out towards the end. Realizing that the project itself has momentum is important. User feedback and sales bring momentum. Building also creates momentum but unless it is matched with an equal force of impact, it can stomp the project down. That is why so many of our projects died quickly after we launched. The smarter approach is to do things that have a low investment of momentum (like talking to users) but result in high impact (sales or feedback). Yes, that means the project can get invalidated which makes it more short-lived than if we built it first, but it preserves team life energy. At the end of 2023 here is a single sentence I am making about how I think one becomes a successful indiehacker. One becomes a successful Indiehacker when one starts to solve pain-killer problems in the market they understand, for an audience they care about and consistently engage with for a long enough timeframe. Therefore an unsuccessful Indiehacker in a single sentence is An unsuccessful Indiehacker constantly enters new markets they don’t understand to build solutions for people whose problems they don’t care about, in a timeframe that is shorter than than the time they spent thinking about distribution. However, an important note to be made. Life is not just about indiehacking. It’s about learning and having fun. In the human world, the best journey isn’t the one that gets you the fastest to your goals but the one you enjoy the most. I enjoyed making those silly little projects and although I do not regret them, I will not repeat the same mistakes in 2024. But while it’s still 2023, I have 2 more projects I want to do :) EDIT: For Devs, frontend is always react with vite (ts) and backend is either node with express (ts) or python. For DB either Postgres or mongo (usually Prisma for ORM). For deployment all of it is on AWS (S3, EC2). In terms of libraries/APIs Whisper.cpp is best open source for transcription Obviously the gpt apis Eleven labs for voice related stuff And other random stuff here and there

ChatPDF and PDF.ai are making millions using open source tech... here's the code

Why "copy" an existing product? The best SaaS products weren’t the first of their kind - think Slack, Shopify, Zoom, Dropbox, or HubSpot. They didn’t invent team communication, e-commerce, video conferencing, cloud storage, or marketing tools; they just made them better. What is a "Chat with PDF" SaaS? These are AI-powered PDF assistants that let you upload a PDF and ask questions about its content. You can summarize articles, extract key details from a contract, analyze a research paper, and more. To see this in action or dive deeper into the tech behind it, check out this YouTube video. Let's look at the market Made possible by advances in AI like ChatGPT and Retrieval-Augmented Generation (RAG), PDF chat tools started gaining traction in early 2023 and have seen consistent growth in market interest, which is currently at an all-time high (source:google trends) Keywords like "chat PDF" and "PDF AI" get between 1 to 10 million searches every month (source:keyword planner), with a broad target audience that includes researchers, students, and professionals across various industries. Leaders like PDF.ai and ChatPDF have already gained millions of users within a year of launch, driven by the growing market demand, with paid users subscribing at around $20/month. Alright, so how do we build this with open source? The core tech for most PDF AI tools are based on the same architecture. You generate text embeddings (AI-friendly text representations; usually via OpenAI APIs) for the uploaded PDF’s chapters/topics and store them in a vector database (like Pinecone). Now, every time the user asks a question, a similarity search is performed to find the most similar PDF topics from the vector database. The selected topic contents are then sent to an LLM (like ChatGPT) along with the question, which generates a contextual answer! Here are some of the best open source implementations for this process: GPT4 & LangChain Chatbot for large PDF docs by Mayo Oshin MultiPDF Chat App by Alejandro AO PDFToChat by Hassan El Mghari Worried about building signups, user management, payments, etc.? Here are my go-to open-source SaaS boilerplates that include everything you need out of the box: SaaS Boilerplate by Remi Wg Open SaaS by wasp-lang A few ideas to stand out from the noise: Here are a few strategies that could help you differentiate and achieve product market fit (based on the pivot principles from The Lean Startup by Eric Ries): Narrow down your target audience for a personalized UX: For instance, an exam prep assistant for students with study notes and quiz generator; or a document due diligence and analysis tool for lawyers. Add unique features to increase switching cost: You could autogenerate APIs for the uploaded PDFs to enable remote integrations (eg. support chatbot knowledge base); or build in workflow automation features for bulk analyses of PDFs. Offer platform level advantages: You could ship a native mobile/desktop apps for a more integrated UX; or (non-trivial) offer private/offline support by replacing the APIs with local open source deployments (eg. llama for LLM, an embedding model from the MTEB list, and FAISS for vector search). TMI? I’m an ex-AI engineer and product lead, so don’t hesitate to reach out with any questions! P.S. I've started a free weekly newsletter to share open-source/turnkey resources behind popular products (like this one). If you’re a founder looking to launch your next product without reinventing the wheel, please subscribe :)

My Marketing App made $10,000 in 2024. Here is how I target to make $100,000 in 2025:

You totally get me, I think. It’s a bizarre feeling when you build something, and people appreciate it and are even ready to pay! Pleasant though) In early 2024 my mate and I created a marketing tool that generates ads, content and strategy blocks with a click – Aiter.io. Users can just insert a URL, hit the button and everything is ready. TBH, I built this tool because I’m too lazy to chat with ChatGPT) https://preview.redd.it/ew2kud7ceyde1.png?width=1140&format=png&auto=webp&s=f3fe5b67075858cea3d52278e8063113efa3b97e In 2024 we made $10,000, here is what worked for us: AI directories. Still is the best channel of traffic and clients for us. We listed on TAAFT and other directories scrape TAAFT, so, eventually, we became listed on all major ones. I wrote a Reddit post earlier that explained this process in detail. Email marketing. Gosh, I thought it was dead – I have never been so wrong! We set up automatic emails that share marketing insights and they have a \~25% open rate + consistently convert people. It works great. Product marketing. Having a free version really helps with word-of-mouth and leads, which can be converted via email. Also, we consistently worked on product improvement. I’d say, that our free updates give people a feeling that the devs care about their stuff that’s why they are more confident investing in it. Google Ads. TBH, we had a shitty landing page all the time because were busy with the product. So, Google Ads didn’t work well for us. But we’ve launched the 2.0 version which has a better landing page, and will try it again. Influencers. Worked well for us, but we didn’t pay a dime for this. They just found our tool on directories and created videos about Aiter, so it was a sporadic marketing channel for us. We hope to change it in 2025. We see that our product works and attracts the audience, so we want to deliver and get more in 2025. Here is the plan: Product: add ad banners and video generation. So far, we generate only text data and it’s not so valuable in the time of ChatGPT and Claude. But to generate a high-quality ad banner is still challenging, so we put this on our roadmap. Another feature – one-click market analysis to get marketing insights. Become a TOP50 tool on TAAFT. We’ve become a top tool in our category (content generation) but will need to promote our profile on the profile far more aggressively to get into TOP50 Email marketing. We are fools because we almost didn’t have product emails that explain how it works. Will fix it. Also, we are considering participating more in paid newsletters, like collaborating with Substack influencers. Youtube marketing. Search for low-tail marketing keywords on YouTube and create videos on them, placing my product in them. Blog. Our new platform is Webflow which gives a lot of flexibility in terms of blogging. So, we will repeat the YouTube strategy with blogging. Paid marketing. With an updated landing page, we hope that paid campaigns will work better. We plan to launch campaigns that target different jobs to be done and customer objections to find the right message. Product Management. For 2025, our two key product metrics are retention and product activation rate. For this, we plan to simplify onboarding and make it simpler as well as conduct a lot of in-depth interviews to understand how we can retain users better. Funding. All of this exciting stuff requires money, so we are in the process of securing funding (fingers crossed). Having an indie project is exciting and invigorating. With all these activities, I hope we will achieve the goal of $100,000 in 2025. And what are your goals and marketing steps for 2025? Or maybe you could share some exciting marketing ideas I overlooked?

I retired at 32 from my side project. Here's the path I took.

EDIT 2: Thanks for the award kind stranger! I've stopped responding to reddit comments for this post. I'm adding an FAQ to the original post based on the most common high quality questions. If you have a question that you're dying to know the answer to and that only I can help you with (vs. Google, ChatGPT, etc.), DM me. EDIT: I love how controversial this post has become (50% upvote rate), and only in this subreddit (vs. other subreddits that I posted the same content in). I trust that the open-minded half of you will find something useful in this post and my other posts and comments. I retired at 32 years old, in large part thanks to a B2C SaaS app that I developed on my own. Now, I don't have to work in order to cover my living expenses, and wouldn't have to work for quite a while. In other words, I can finally sip mai tais at the beach. I've condensed how I got there into this post. First, a super simplified timeline of events, followed by some critical details. Timeline 2013 Graduated college in the US 2013 Started first corporate job 2013 Started side project (B2C app) that would eventually lead to my retirement 2020 Started charging for use of my B2C app (was free, became freemium) 2021 Quit my last corporate job 2022 Retired: time freedom attained Details First, some summary statistics of my path to retirement: 9 years: time between graduating college and my retirement. 8 years: total length of my career where I worked at some corporate day job. 7 years: time it took my B2C app to make its first revenue dollar 2 years: time between my first dollar of SaaS revenue and my retirement. "Something something overnight success a decade in the making". I got extremely lucky on my path to retirement, both in terms of the business environment I was in and who I am as a person. I'd also like to think that some of the conscious decisions I made along the way contributed to my early retirement. Lucky Breaks Was born in the US middle class. Had a natural affinity for computer programming and entrepreneurial mindset (initiative, resourcefulness, pragmatism, courage, growth mindset). Had opportunities to develop these mindsets throughout life. Got into a good college which gave me the credentials to get high paying corporate jobs. Was early to a platform that saw large adoption (see "barnacle on whale" strategy). Business niche is shareworthy: my SaaS received free media. Business niche is relatively stable, and small enough to not be competitive. "Skillful" Decisions I decided to spend the nights and weekends of my early career working on side projects in the hopes that one would hit. I also worked a day job to support myself and build my savings. My launch funnel over roughly 7 years of working on side projects: Countless side projects prototyped. 5 side projects publically launched. 2 side projects made > $0. 1 side project ended up becoming the SaaS that would help me retire. At my corporate day jobs, I optimized for learning and work-life balance. My learning usually stalled after a year or two at one company, so I’d quit and find another job. I invested (and continute to do so) in physical and mental wellbeing via regular workouts, meditation, journaling, traveling, and good food. My fulfilling non-work-life re-energized me for my work-life, and my work-life supported my non-work-life: a virtuous cycle. I automated the most time-consuming aspects of my business (outside of product development). Nowadays, I take long vacations and work at most 20 hours a week / a three-day work week . I decided to keep my business entirely owned and operated by me. It's the best fit for my work-style (high autonomy, deep focus, fast decision-making) and need to have full creative freedom and control. I dated and married a very supportive and inspiring partner. I try not to succumb to outrageous lifestyle creep, which keeps my living expenses low and drastically extends my burn-rate. Prescription To share some aphorisms I’ve leaned with the wantrepreneurs or those who want to follow a similar path: Maximize your at bats, because you only need one hit. Bias towards action. Launch quickly. Get your ideas out into the real world for feedback. Perfect is the enemy of good. If you keep swinging and improving, you'll hit the ball eventually. Keep the big picture in mind. You don't necessarily need a home-run to be happy: a base hit will often do the job. Think about what matters most to you in life: is it a lot of money or status? Or is it something more satisfying, and often just as if not more attainable, like freedom, loving relationships, or fulfillment? Is what you’re doing now a good way to get what you want? Or is there a better way? At more of a micro-level of "keep the big picture in mind", I often see talented wantrepreneurs get stuck in the weeds of lower-level optimizations, usually around technical design choices. They forget (or maybe subconsciously avoid) the higher-level and more important questions of customer development, user experience, and distribution. For example: “Are you solving a real problem?” or “Did you launch an MVP and what did your users think?” Adopt a growth mindset. Believe that you are capable of learning whatever you need to learn in order to do what you want to do. The pain of regret is worse than the pain of failure. I’ve noticed that fear of failure is the greatest thing holding people back from taking action towards their dreams. Unless failure means death in your case, a debilitating fear of failure is a surmountable mental block. You miss 100% of the shots you don't take. When all is said and done, we often regret the things we didn't do in life than the things we did. There’s more to life than just work. Blasphemous (at least among my social circle)! But the reality is that many of the dying regret having worked too much in their lives. As Miss Frizzle from The Magic Schoolbus says: "Take chances, make mistakes, get messy!" Original post

I made a bunch of side projects over the last 9 months, and even accrued 500+ accounts and some donations!

I just stumbled upon this subreddit and have a bunch of fun projects I'd like to present, any thoughts/feedback/criticism, etc. all welcome. So, first things first, a little about me, I work full time in an unrelated job, but have picked up full stack and mobile programming. I have two roommates who help a bit in their own way, one is a server expert and happened to have a server in our apartment basement, and the other is my brother and he picked up some frontend programming. We're all avid cyclists and decided to start building about 9 months ago. Our first idea was https://sherpa-map.com a SPA website allowing users to create cycling routes, send them to their Garmin devices, download them as GPX files, etc. This site uses the open-source software Graphhopper on the backend which I've augmented to send back surface type information. This site has a loooonnnggg list of features, from the simple, like a live weather radar, to the extreme like this functionality: &#x200B; AI surface classification This video demonstrates the ability to classify road surface types in real time using high-resolution satellite imagery of road portions with unknown surface types! I trained a Pytorch resnet 50 model with tuned hyperparameters and 10 epochs on 200,000 satellite images of roads with known surface types! (We host a OSM Postgres server with coordinates of roads and their associated surface types, I made a script to pull images of said roads for training). I built the model into a secondary backend written in flask and piped the images being used back through live web sockets to my node.js backend to the person who is logged in! &#x200B; Okay, on to the next side project, a cycling physics simulator! https://sherpa-map.com/cycling-route-calculator.html Cycling Physics Simulation This site lets users enter information about their bike setup, upload or use a preset route, and enter in their physical information to see how different changes in their setup might affect how fast they will be throughout a course! It can also pull complex weather information throughout the course and give a full suite of nutrition details! &#x200B; Okay, Next project! The Activity Racer! https://sherpa-map.com/activity-racer.html Activity Racer This site lets users upload their own or competitors' GPX activity files and line them up against each other at any point in an event, to see who was faster where! It's great if you've done the same even year after year with differing setups, allowing you to get insights as to which might have done better at what point. &#x200B; Okay, final project, this one's pretty half-baked as I'm still in the process of implementing so many other things, a podcast creation app! (I was bored and just started working on this a week or so ago, for no good reason). Currently, this one lives on https://sherpa-map.com/podcast.html This podcasting web app creates a peer to peer to peer... mesh network using webRTC so, small groups can communicate with the highest level of fidelity both in audio and video! Simply enter a room name and have other users enter the room name as well and they're connected! I've already used tensorflow.js AI to allow a blur background option, similar to MS Teams, whereby bodypix classifier AI picks out the person and I use a blur on a JS canvas behind them. I also went a little bit off the deep end and managed to implement the RNNoise background noise suppressor on the frontend, it's written in C, but I was able to use Windows Subsystem for Linux + emscrption to compile it in just the right way, with exposed malloc and free and a JS wrapper to use on the frontend in WASM. I actually use WASM (typically Rust) in many fun ways throughout all of these projects. I'm also in the middle of recreating the first site in React-Native + Maplibre for IOS and Android as individual APPs. In addition, I'm also working on the integration of my main site into a different project for a different group. So, I have a fun collection of side projects with slightly different GUIs, across different platforms with no coherent landing page as of yet but I've been having a blaaaast putting them together. As a final note, I even have a bit of an easter egg in the automated email system I use for account verifications and password resets do\not\reply@sherpa-map.com I hooked it up to ChatGPT API and told it it is a disgruntled worker whose sole task in life is to watch a do\not\reply email box and respond sarcastic/snarky to anyone who dares send a message to it, if AI comes for humanity, I bet I'll be on a list for this one lol.

Just completed a new type of language learning website - read popular stories scaled to different reading levels

As a language learner and software developer, I bootstrapped my project superlang.com over the past year working on the side. There is a mobile friendly web app now, and iOS/Android apps coming in a few months. A year ago I discovered the concept of "comprehensible input" as a way to help me learn German. Even if it's not a silver bullet, it sounded pretty great. Rather than drilling vocab or looking at grammar charts, I could "just read" and acquire the language. I picked up some fairy tales in German, and stories like Alice in Wonderland. Unfortunately, I couldn't really read them. I had to stop every sentence to look up words and try and decipher sentence constructions. Then I turned to some purpose built simple stories for German beginners. But there was a different problem... these were not really stories with any real plot. I could only read so many "Hans goes to the market" type stories before losing interest. My idea was to try to get the best of both worlds somehow. What if I could take a real story, say Alice in Wonderland (or even War and Peace), and dial the difficulty down to my level without losing the plotline. That way, beginners can start right away with something basically comprehensible. Then, you could also re-read the same story at increasing difficulty levels as you gain confidence. As a cherry on top, more illustrations would help with comprehension so each page could have a picture. Is it revolutionary? Maybe, maybe not. I am building off a well established idea of "graded readers" which are simplified stories meant for learning languages. And there are somewhat similar ideas out there now that AI is good at simplifying text, but none that really take this idea where it needs to be with many preloaded stories, multiple difficulty levels, high quality human verified text, and all the bells and whistles. I spent a year building Superlang and it is ready to put out there. Some quick notes: There are 3 languages so far, intended for native English speakers: German, French, and Spanish There are 3 difficulty levels you can set on each story: beginner (roughly A1-A2), intermediate (roughly A2-B1), and advanced (the same level as the original story, but typically B2+) There is premium version as producing the content was somewhat expensive. You can still do a lot of reading on the free version. I have done no marketing yet, except for this post :) The implementation is a combination of AI, and human proofreading and reviewing. In particular, the simplification of stories is very heavily AI driven. The illustrations for each page are AI as well. For translation, as many of you may be aware new LLM models are typically better than Google translate, but still far from perfect. I am very much a proponent of keeping real people in the loop, and so I have real people proofread the translations. That's why there are only about 700 pages of content so far and not tens of thousands. Let me know what you think, and if you find it helpful! Alice in Wonderland - beginner level German Romeo and Juliet - beginner level Spanish

An Algorithm for Making Truly Stand-Out Advertising Content (+ something more | Part 1)

Hi everyone. my friend and I are software engineers and new to marketing. A few months ago we decided to leverage our software skills for a colleague in ecommerce. It started by implementing a Flux.1 model, then began using texture-based recreations with a canny mask, and then found that we could optimize on both with an added layer of inpainting...and the list goes on. This is the first of a series of posts here about it and I look forward to learning from your feedback. I realized that the most difficult parts of the marketing process when I started out (and most likely for other beginners too) are: Customer Acquisition Costs / Brand Differentiation: Competition is intensifying and it is getting more difficult to stand out in crowded markets and target ad spend more effectively. Maintaining Authenticity at Scale / Data Overload: Balancing growth with authenticity and leveraging available data to successfully engage with customers is a big ask. Creative Fatigue: Maintaining multiple marketing channels in hard, and it becomes harder when you're constantly demanding more and more creative content for campaigns. For 1) I tried using AI to help me summarize, systematize, and gain insights from the information available for a given brand or product (from a page link, prompt, input image, etc.). I know AI is everywhere now, many people are using it unnecessarily and many people are skeptical about it. However, I know from experience, that it is quite helpful in gaining insights/summarizing large amounts of data, and helping people make sense of the creative content, strategy, campaign, etc., that should be created. For 2) By leveraging reviews, forums, and other relevant brand information, AI is able to maintain the story that your brand currently tells, and enhance it based on how your customer base. For 3) Faster results means less creative fatigue- this translates to an easier time managing omnichannel marketing efforts and scaling advertising. If you're interested, please have a look at the result at madsimpleads.com You’ll need to log in to access the solution, and I'll add credits to your account to try it out! (we want to prevent from random people or bots using it because I'm paying to multiple providers for model access). DM me here or drop me a line at austin@madsimpleads.com if you need more. Thank you so much, I'll be happy to get your thoughts I hope the website will help with your advertising, please reach out if you like what I do and want to support the project! Disclaimers: the website looks a bit rough in terms of UI/UX, but we tried focusing on the functionality first available on mobile, works better on desktop I hope this doesn't come across as trying to advertise for my business or breaking any of the community rules. genuinely looking for feedback. Thank you

Finally launched my own app in the app store!

After reading on the sidelines here for about a year I just launched Kalo. My app is the 100th million ai powered calorie-counting app, hahaha. I know I know. Here it comes: Kalo Screenshots Despite being in a crowded space, Kalo has some caveats I am a bit proud of: \- I am a daily user of my app. Everything that bugs me will be gone ASAP. \- I have already lost 10kg with Kalo. I can't do any sports due to an energy-debilitating sickness (hello my me/cfs friends 👋), so this is huge. \- I HATE nudging. Hence, Kalo has no streaks, no notifications to rip off your valuable time. It’s just a tool to track calories and learn to get a feel for it. \- Ease of daily use and doing anything so it doesn't feel like a grind is Kalo's mission. I already implemented a lot of ways to quickly access tracking and leaving the app. \- Next feature will be tracking your own progress with some proper research based analytics is the one next step, that Im working on. \- Data: Minimal footprint as possible. Anything is currently saved only on the device, especially all health data. Check Kalo out here: https://apps.apple.com/de/app/kalo/id6739449751?l=en-GB Tech used to make it possible: There are some terrific security functions in here, and a robust paywall integration, both of which I could never have done without the MVP help of \- Claude and GPT \- Claude's Project function was basically my base project folder here. Claude is perfect when it comes to traditional features. Anything more recent than iOS14 can become a very difficult endeavour \- GPT 4o was great for error logging overview and general sorting measures. Claude's message restriction could be fended of many times here. \- GPT 1o became available more recently and its coding is a lot more robust than 4o. This helped me to not clog Claude with tedious bug fixing. Also it helped when Claude ran away in terrible directions Pre knowledge: I was a digital product designer way back, so I know a thing or two about making things easier to use, especially when it comes to the ease of daily use. Marketing: Will be my biggest focus now. I am quite shit at it, which means It can only get better. It's gonna be some rough weather to get eyes on my app. If anyone thinks they can help or knows how to, any tips are appreciated. Thats it for now. I'll try and keep you updated. I am happy. Let's see if this app will make me happy on a nicer bed, or a jet ski. Again, happy to get your impression of Kalo: https://apps.apple.com/de/app/kalo/id6739449751?l=en-GB

I spent 6 months on a web app as a side project, and got 0 users. Here is my story.

Edit Thank you all so much for your time reading my story. Your support, feedback, criticism, and skepticism; all helped me a lot, and I couldn't appreciate it enough \^\_\^ I very rarely have stuff to post on Reddit, but I share how my project is going on, just random stuff, and memes on X. In case few might want to keep up 👀 TL;DR I spent 6 months on a tool that currently has 0 users. Below is what I learned during my journey, sharing because I believe most mistakes are easily avoidable. Do not overestimate your product and assume it will be an exception to fundamental principles. Principles are there for a reason. Always look for validation before you start. Avoid building products with a low money-to-effort ratio/in very competitive fields. Unless you have the means, you probably won't make it. Pick a problem space, pick your target audience, and talk to them before thinking about a solution. Identify and match their pain points. Only then should you think of a solution. If people are not overly excited or willing to pay in advance for a discounted price, it might be a sign to rethink. Sell one and only one feature at a time. Avoid everything else. If people don't pay for that one core feature, no secondary feature will change their mind. Always spend twice as much time marketing as you do building. You will not get users if they don't know it exists. Define success metrics ("1000 users in 3 months" or "$6000 in the account at the end of 6 months") before you start. If you don't meet them, strongly consider quitting the project. If you can't get enough users to keep going, nothing else matters. VALIDATION, VALIDATION, VALIDATION. Success is not random, but most of our first products will not make a success story. Know when to admit failure, and move on. Even if a product of yours doesn't succeed, what you learned during its journey will turn out to be invaluable for your future. My story So, this is the story of a product that I’ve been working on for the last 6 months. As it's the first product I’ve ever built, after watching you all from the sidelines, I have learned a lot, made many mistakes, and did only a few things right. Just sharing what I’ve learned and some insights from my journey so far. I hope that this post will help you avoid the mistakes I made — most of which I consider easily avoidable — while you enjoy reading it, and get to know me a little bit more 🤓. A slow start after many years Summ isn’t the first product I really wanted to build. Lacking enough dev skills to even get started was a huge blocker for so many years. In fact, the first product I would’ve LOVED to build was a smart personal shopping assistant. I had this idea 4 years ago; but with no GPT, no coding skills, no technical co-founder, I didn’t have the means to make it happen. I still do not know if such a tool exists and is good enough. All I wanted was a tool that could make data-based predictions about when to buy stuff (“buy a new toothpaste every three months”) and suggest physical products that I might need or be strongly interested in. AFAIK, Amazon famously still struggles with the second one. Fast-forward a few years, I learned the very basics of HTML, CSS, and Vanilla JS. Still was not there to build a product; but good enough to code my design portfolio from scratch. Yet, I couldn’t imagine myself building a product using Vanilla JS. I really hated it, I really sucked at it. So, back to tutorial hell, and to learn about this framework I just heard about: React.React introduced so many new concepts to me. “Thinking in React” is a phrase we heard a lot, and with quite good reasons. After some time, I was able to build very basic tutorial apps, both in React, and React Native; but I have to say that I really hated coding for mobile. At this point, I was already a fan of productivity apps, and had a concept for a time management assistant app in my design portfolio. So, why not build one? Surely, it must be easy, since every coding tutorial starts with a todo app. ❌ WRONG! Building a basic todo app is easy enough, but building one good enough for a place in the market was a challenge I took and failed. I wasted one month on that until I abandoned the project for good. Even if I continued working on it, as the productivity landscape is overly competitive, I wouldn’t be able to make enough money to cover costs, assuming I make any. Since I was (and still am) in between jobs, I decided to abandon the project. 👉 What I learned: Do not start projects with a low ratio of money to effort and time. Example: Even if I get 500 monthly users, 200 of which are paid users (unrealistically high number), assuming an average subscription fee of $5/m (such apps are quite cheap, mostly due to the high competition), it would make me around $1000 minus any occurring costs. Any founder with a product that has 500 active users should make more. Even if it was relatively successful, due to the high competition, I wouldn’t make any meaningful money. PS: I use Todoist today. Due to local pricing, I pay less than $2/m. There is no way I could beat this competitive pricing, let alone the app itself. But, somehow, with a project that wasn’t even functional — let alone being an MVP — I made my first Wi-Fi money: Someone decided that the domain I preemptively purchased is worth something. By this point, I had already abandoned the project, certainly wasn’t going to renew the domain, was looking for a FT job, and a new project that I could work on. And out of nowhere, someone hands me some free money — who am I not to take it? Of course, I took it. The domain is still unused, no idea why 🤔. Ngl, I still hate the fact that my first Wi-Fi money came from this. A new idea worth pursuing? Fast-forward some weeks now. Around March, I got this crazy idea of building an email productivity tool. We all use emails, yet we all hate them. So, this must be fixed. Everyone uses emails, in fact everyone HAS TO use emails. So, I just needed to build a tool and wait for people to come. This was all, really. After all, the problem space is huge, there is enough room for another product, everyone uses emails, no need for any further validation, right? ❌ WRONG ONCE AGAIN! We all hear from the greatest in the startup landscape that we must validate our ideas with real people, yet at least some of us (guilty here 🥸) think that our product will be hugely successful and prove them to be an exception. Few might, but most are not. I certainly wasn't. 👉 Lesson learned: Always validate your ideas with real people. Ask them how much they’d pay for such a tool (not if they would). Much better if they are willing to pay upfront for a discount, etc. But even this comes later, keep reading. I think the difference between “How much” and “If” is huge for two reasons: (1) By asking them for “How much”, you force them to think in a more realistic setting. (2) You will have a more realistic idea on your profit margins. Based on my competitive analysis, I already had a solution in my mind to improve our email usage standards and email productivity (huge mistake), but I did my best to learn about their problems regarding those without pushing the idea too hard. The idea is this: Generate concise email summaries with suggested actions, combine them into one email, and send it at their preferred times. Save as much as time the AI you end up with allows. After all, everyone loves to save time. So, what kind of validation did I seek for? Talked with only a few people around me about this crazy, internet-breaking idea. The responses I got were, now I see, mediocre; no one got excited about it, just said things along the lines of “Cool idea, OK”. So, any reasonable person in this situation would think “Okay, not might not be working”, right? Well, I did not. I assumed that they were the wrong audience for this product, and there was this magical land of user segments waiting eagerly for my product, yet unknowingly. To this day, I still have not reached this magical place. Perhaps, it didn’t exist in the first place. If I cannot find it, whether it exists or not doesn’t matter. I am certainly searching for it. 👉 What I should have done: Once I decide on a problem space (time management, email productivity, etc.), I should decide on my potential user segments, people who I plan to sell my product to. Then I should go talk to those people, ask them about their pains, then get to the problem-solving/ideation phase only later. ❗️ VALIDATION COMES FROM THE REALITY OUTSIDE. What validation looks like might change from product to product; but what invalidation looks like is more or less the same for every product. Nico Jeannen told me yesterday “validation = money in the account” on Twitter. This is the ultimate form of validation your product could get. If your product doesn’t make any money, then something is invalidated by reality: Your product, you, your idea, who knows? So, at this point, I knew a little bit of Python from spending some time in tutorial hell a few years ago, some HTML/CSS/JS, barely enough React to build a working app. React could work for this project, but I needed easy-to-implement server interactivity. Luckily, around this time, I got to know about this new gen of indie hackers, and learned (but didn’t truly understand) about their approach to indie hacking, and this library called Nextjs. How good Next.js still blows my mind. So, I was back to tutorial hell once again. But, this time, with a promise to myself: This is the last time I would visit tutorial hell. Time to start building this "ground-breaking idea" Learning the fundamentals of Next.js was easier than learning of React unsurprisingly. Yet, the first time I managed to run server actions on Next.js was one of the rarest moments that completely blew my mind. To this day, I reject the idea that it is something else than pure magic under its hood. Did I absolutely need Nextjs for this project though? I do not think so. Did it save me lots of time? Absolutely. Furthermore, learning Nextjs will certainly be quite helpful for other projects that I will be tackling in the future. Already got a few ideas that might be worth pursuing in the head in case I decide to abandon Summ in the future. Fast-forward few weeks again: So, at this stage, I had a barely working MVP-like product. Since the very beginning, I spent every free hour (and more) on this project as speed is essential. But, I am not so sure it was worth it to overwork in retrospect. Yet, I know I couldn’t help myself. Everything is going kinda smooth, so what’s the worst thing that could ever happen? Well, both Apple and Google announced their AIs (Apple Intelligence and Google Gemini, respectively) will have email summarization features for their products. Summarizing singular emails is no big deal, after all there were already so many similar products in the market. I still think that what truly matters is a frictionless user experience, and this is why I built this product in a certain way: You spend less than a few minutes setting up your account, and you get to enjoy your email summaries, without ever visiting its website again. This is still a very cool concept I really like a lot. So, at this point: I had no other idea that could be pursued, already spent too much time on this project. Do I quit or not? This was the question. Of course not. I just have to launch this product as quickly as possible. So, I did something right, a quite rare occurrence I might say: Re-planned my product, dropped everything secondary to the core feature immediately (save time on reading emails), tried launching it asap. 👉 Insight: Sell only one core feature at one time. Drop anything secondary to this core feature. Well, my primary occupation is product design. So one would expect that a product I build must have stellar design. I considered any considerable time spent on design at this stage would be simply wasted. I still think this is both true and wrong: True, because if your product’s core benefits suck, no one will care about your design. False, because if your design looks amateurish, no one will trust you and your product. So, I always targeted an average level design with it and the way this tool works made it quite easy as I had to design only 2 primary pages: Landing page and user portal (which has only settings and analytics pages). However, even though I knew spending time on design was not worth much of my time, I got a bit “greedy”: In fact, I redesigned those pages three times, and still ended up with a so-so design that I am not proud of. 👉 What I would do differently: Unless absolutely necessary, only one iteration per stage as long as it works. This, in my mind, applies to everything. If your product’s A feature works, then no need to rewrite it from scratch for any reason, or even refactor it. When your product becomes a success, and you absolutely need that part of your codebase to be written, do so, but only then. Ready to launch, now is th etime for some marketing, right? By July 26, I already had a “launchable” product that barely works (I marked this date on a Notion docs, this is how I know). Yet, I had spent almost no time on marketing, sales, whatever. After all, “You build and they will come”. Did I know that I needed marketing? Of course I did, but knowingly didn’t. Why, you might ask. Well, from my perspective, it had to be a dev-heavy product; meaning that you spend most of your time on developing it, mostly coding skills. But, this is simply wrong. As a rule of thumb, as noted by one of the greatests, Marc Louvion, you should spend at least twice of the building time on marketing. ❗️ Time spent on building \* 2 people don’t know your product > they don’t use your product > you don’t get users > you don’t make money Easy as that. Following the same reasoning, a slightly different approach to planning a project is possible. Determine an approximate time to complete the project with a high level project plan. Let’s say 6 months. By the reasoning above, 2 months should go into building, and 4 into marketing. If you need 4 months for building instead of 2, then you need 8 months of marketing, which makes the time to complete the project 12 months. If you don’t have that much time, then quit the project. When does a project count as completed? Well, in reality, never. But, I think we have to define success conditions even before we start for indie projects and startups; so we know when to quit when they are not met. A success condition could look like “Make $6000 in 12 months” or “Have 3000 users in 6 months”. It all depends on the project. But, once you set it, it should be set in stone: You don’t change it unless absolutely necessary. I suspect there are few principles that make a solopreneur successful; and knowing when to quit and when to continue is definitely one of them. Marc Louvion is famously known for his success, but he got there after failing so many projects. To my knowledge, the same applies to Nico Jeannen, Pieter Levels, or almost everyone as well. ❗️ Determining when to continue even before you start will definitely help in the long run. A half-aed launch Time-leap again. Around mid August, I “soft launched” my product. By soft launch, I mean lazy marketing. Just tweeting about it, posting it on free directories. Did I get any traffic? Surely I did. Did I get any users? Nope. Only after this time, it hit me: “Either something is wrong with me, or with this product” Marketing might be a much bigger factor for a project’s success after all. Even though I get some traffic, not convincing enough for people to sign up even for a free trial. The product was still perfect in my eyes at the time (well, still is ^(\_),) so the right people are not finding my product, I thought. Then, a question that I should have been asking at the very first place, one that could prevent all these, comes to my mind: “How do even people search for such tools?” If we are to consider this whole journey of me and my so-far-failed product to be an already destined failure, one metric suffices to show why. Search volume: 30. Even if people have such a pain point, they are not looking for email summaries. So, almost no organic traffic coming from Google. But, as a person who did zero marketing on this or any product, who has zero marketing knowledge, who doesn’t have an audience on social media, there is not much I could do. Finally, it was time to give up. Or not… In my eyes, the most important element that makes a founder (solo or not) successful (this, I am not by any means) is to solve problems. ❗️ So, the problem was this: “People are not finding my product by organic search” How do I make sure I get some organic traffic and gets more visibility? Learn digital marketing and SEO as much as I can within very limited time. Thankfully, without spending much time, I came across Neil Patel's YT channel, and as I said many times, it is an absolute gold mine. I learned a lot, especially about the fundamentals, and surely it will be fruitful; but there is no magic trick that could make people visit your website. SEO certainly helps, but only when people are looking for your keywords. However, it is truly a magical solution to get in touch with REAL people that are in your user segments: 👉 Understand your pains, understand their problems, help them to solve them via building products. I did not do this so far, have to admit. But, in case you would like to have a chat about your email usage, and email productivity, just get in touch; I’d be delighted to hear about them. Getting ready for a ProductHunt launch The date was Sept 1. And I unlocked an impossible achievement: Running out of Supabase’s free plan’s Egres limit while having zero users. I was already considering moving out of their Cloud server and managing a Supabase CLI service on my Hetzner VPS for some time; but never ever suspected that I would have to do this quickly. The cheapest plan Supabase offers is $25/month; yet, at that point, I am in between jobs for such a long time, basically broke, and could barely afford that price. One or two months could be okay, but why pay for it if I will eventually move out of their Cloud service? So, instead of paying $25, I spent two days migrating out of Supabase Cloud. Worth my time? Definitely not. But, when you are broke, you gotta do stupid things. This was the first time that I felt lucky to have zero users: I have no idea how I would manage this migration if I had any. I think this is one of the core tenets of an indie hacker: Controlling their own environment. I can’t remember whose quote this is, but I suspect it was Naval: Entrepreneurs have an almost pathological need to control their own fate. They will take any suffering if they can be in charge of their destiny, and not have it in somebody else’s hands. What’s truly scary is, at least in my case, we make people around us suffer at the expense of our attempting to control our own fates. I know this period has been quite hard on my wife as well, as I neglected her quite a bit, but sadly, I know that this will happen again. It is something that I can barely help with. Still, so sorry. After working the last two weeks on a ProductHunt Launch, I finally launched it this Tuesday. Zero ranking, zero new users, but 36 kind people upvoted my product, and many commented and provided invaluable feedback. I couldn't be more grateful for each one of them 🙏. Considering all these, what lies in the future of Summ though? I have no idea, to be honest. On one hand, I have zero users, have no job, no income. So, I need a way to make money asap. On the other hand, the whole idea of it revolves around one core premise (not an assumption) that I am not so willing to share; and I couldn’t have more trust in it. This might not be the best iteration of it, however I certainly believe that email usage is one of the best problem spaces one could work on. 👉 But, one thing is for certain: I need to get in touch with people, and talk with them about this product I built so far. In fact, this is the only item on my agenda. Nothing else will save my brainchild <3. Below are some other insights and notes that I got during my journey; as they do not 100% fit into this story, I think it is more suitable to list them here. I hope you enjoyed reading this. Give Summ a try, it comes with a generous free trial, no credit card required. Some additional notes and insights: Project planning is one of the most underestimated skills for solopreneurs. It saves you enormous time, and helps you to keep your focus up. Building B2B products beats building B2C products. Businesses are very willing to pay big bucks if your product helps them. On the other hand, spending a few hours per user who would pay $5/m probably is not worth your time. It doesn’t matter how brilliant your product is if no one uses it. If you cannot sell a product in a certain category/niche (or do not know how to sell it), it might be a good idea not to start a project in it. Going after new ideas and ventures is quite risky, especially if you don’t know how to market it. On the other hand, an already established category means that there is already demand. Whether this demand is sufficient or not is another issue. As long as there is enough demand for your product to fit in, any category/niche is good. Some might be better, some might be worse. Unless you are going hardcore B2B, you will need people to find your product by means of organic search. Always conduct thorough keyword research as soon as possible.

ChatPDF and PDF.ai are making millions using open source tech... here's the code

Why "copy" an existing product? The best SaaS products weren’t the first of their kind - think Slack, Shopify, Zoom, Dropbox, or HubSpot. They didn’t invent team communication, e-commerce, video conferencing, cloud storage, or marketing tools; they just made them better. What is a "Chat with PDF" SaaS? These are AI-powered PDF assistants that let you upload a PDF and ask questions about its content. You can summarize articles, extract key details from a contract, analyze a research paper, and more. To see this in action or dive deeper into the tech behind it, check out this YouTube video. Let's look at the market Made possible by advances in AI like ChatGPT and Retrieval-Augmented Generation (RAG), PDF chat tools started gaining traction in early 2023 and have seen consistent growth in market interest, which is currently at an all-time high (source:google trends) Keywords like "chat PDF" and "PDF AI" get between 1 to 10 million searches every month (source:keyword planner), with a broad target audience that includes researchers, students, and professionals across various industries. Leaders like PDF.ai and ChatPDF have already gained millions of users within a year of launch, driven by the growing market demand, with paid users subscribing at around $20/month. Alright, so how do we build this with open source? The core tech for most PDF AI tools are based on the same architecture. You generate text embeddings (AI-friendly text representations; usually via OpenAI APIs) for the uploaded PDF’s chapters/topics and store them in a vector database (like Pinecone). Now, every time the user asks a question, a similarity search is performed to find the most similar PDF topics from the vector database. The selected topic contents are then sent to an LLM (like ChatGPT) along with the question, which generates a contextual answer! Here are some of the best open source implementations for this process: GPT4 & LangChain Chatbot for large PDF docs by Mayo Oshin MultiPDF Chat App by Alejandro AO PDFToChat by Hassan El Mghari Worried about building signups, user management, payments, etc.? Here are my go-to open-source SaaS boilerplates that include everything you need out of the box: SaaS Boilerplate by Remi Wg Open SaaS by wasp-lang A few ideas to stand out from the noise: Here are a few strategies that could help you differentiate and achieve product market fit (based on the pivot principles from The Lean Startup by Eric Ries): Narrow down your target audience for a personalized UX: For instance, an exam prep assistant for students with study notes and quiz generator; or a document due diligence and analysis tool for lawyers. Add unique features to increase switching cost: You could autogenerate APIs for the uploaded PDFs to enable remote integrations (eg. support chatbot knowledge base); or build in workflow automation features for bulk analyses of PDFs. Offer platform level advantages: You could ship a native mobile/desktop apps for a more integrated UX; or (non-trivial) offer private/offline support by replacing the APIs with local open source deployments (eg. llama for LLM, an embedding model from the MTEB list, and FAISS for vector search). TMI? I’m an ex-AI engineer and product lead, so don’t hesitate to reach out with any questions! P.S. I've started a free weekly newsletter to share open-source/turnkey resources behind popular products (like this one). If you’re a founder looking to launch your next product without reinventing the wheel, please subscribe :)

I grew my mobile app to 1.4 million downloads

I started developing the app in early 2017, well before the AI era, when mobile apps were at their peak popularity. My idea was to create an app for emotional and psychological support in the form of helpful articles and various quizzes, such as personality assessments and life satisfaction tests. I named the app "Emotional Intelligence" because this keyword showed good ASO potential for positioning at the top of mobile stores. This proved to be accurate, and the app quickly gained traction in terms of downloads. A major problem I faced then was monetization. Unfortunately, in my country, it wasn't possible to sell through Google Play then, so I could only display ads. I started with Google AdMob, earning $2000 monthly after just a few months. The app then got about 1500 organic downloads daily and quickly surpassed 500,000. Three years after launching the app, I decided it was time for branding to build recognition. By combining the words "sentiment" and "intelligence," I came up with "Sintelly." I then pushed the app toward a social network, which differed from the right move. Adding features like discussion forums for problems, likes, and comments would result in even more growth, but the opposite happened. The app started declining, and I began investing in advertising campaigns. I managed to maintain a balance between income and expenses but without any profit. Then COVID-19 hit, and everything went downhill. I had to give up development and find a job as a developer to ensure my livelihood. Two years passed since I gave up, and that's when ChatGPT started gaining popularity. This immediately showed me how to steer the app towards active support for well-being questions. As I'm not an expert in psychology, I found several external psychotherapists who helped me put together CBT therapy, which I then implemented through a chatbot. This is how the new Sintelly app was born, with its main feature being a chatbot system composed of 17 AI agents that adapt to the user and guide them through a five-phase CBT therapy (I'll write a post about the technology). In addition to the agents, I added various exercises and tests to provide better personalization for the user. Initially, I made all of this free, which was also a mistake. I followed the principle of first showing what the app can do and gathering enough new users before starting to charge. I started selling subscriptions at the beginning of July, and since then, the app has had stable growth. If you want a check app, here is the link. Lessons learned: If things are working, don't touch them Start selling immediately upon app release; there's no need to wait Regularly test prices and types of subscriptions Onboarding is the most essential part of the app because most users buy subscriptions during onboarding It's essential to listen to user feedback. From day one, have a website and work on content to generate organic visits and redirect users from the web to the mobile app Stats: Over 1.4 million downloads 4.4 rating Only 40,000 active users (I had a massive loss during the period when I gave up) 280 active subscribers $3000 monthly revenue Next steps: Work on improving the Agent AI approach Setting up email campaigns and transactional emails Introducing in-app and push notifications Introducing gamification Potential for B2B I hope you can extract useful information from my example and avoid repeating my mistakes. I'm interested in your thoughts and if you have any recommendations for the next steps. I'm always looking to learn and improve.

How I Implemented OpenAI's API In My First SaaS! DebateTrend!

About Me I'm a 17 y/o aspiring solopreneur from Bulgaria! I have a passion for 3D printing, coding, video creation, and space! My Project https://debatetrend.com is a website where you can debate with AI on different topics! You can have multiple debates with different debate styles for different lengths of time! The special part is that at the end of each debate, you can have another AI look through the debate! It will give you and the AI you debated with a score from a system I call "debate score" It will also give you recommendations on where you can improve your debating skills! Quick showcase How I implemented AI - ChatGPT 4-o mini It's my first time implementing AI in a project but I think I got the hang of it relatively quickly! Here's a diagram explaining what I did Diagram of the process of debate creation. I used the assistants API from the OpenAI API. Using the threads functionality, I created a different thread operated by an assistant I had already made. When a user creates a debate my app creates a thread with custom information that was decided by the user. I save parts of the thread object in my MongoDB database which is hosted on Atlas. After that, I redirect the user to a generated page in which you can chat with the AI. I maintain the connection using Pusher which is what I use for web sockets. When a user refreshes the page the previous messages are displayed by making a call to the API with the thread id. After that, I retrieve the user messages while still allowing the user to continue the debate. This is part of what I do on the back end. Of course, I have some security measures in check but I don't know if they are enough. I chose the 4-o mini because it's still very intelligent, with a good response time, and a lot cheaper than 4-o. My Tech Stack Language: Javascript Database: MongoDB hosted on Atlas Hosting: Vercel Framework: Express Auth: PassportJs Emails: Resend Payments: Stripe Front End: TailWindCSS, some regular CSS, and DaisyUI WebSockets: Pusher, because Vercel = no sockets integrated into your web app which I found the painful way AI: OpenAI’s API ChatGPT 4-o mini Do you think I could have done anything better? I would love to hear your opinions!

How should I implement this local ai into my project?

I’m currently building a system that takes the text content of news articles about cocktail competitions and then attempts to extract a JSON object from it via using phi4 local ai model. I’m developing it alongside Claude in a project and we’ve built so far a series of qualifying questions that is prompted to phi4 and it’s answered are formatted to JSON I’m attempting to one shot each answer with the specific question and content of the article by asking the same question to phi4 3 times and picking majority answer. Then, the flow of questions are conditional so that the ai is provided a set of questions based on previous answers. I’m getting decent results and anecdotally it’s about 50% correct. So I think I need to begin prompt engineering to get better. Except, I’m wondering if there’s a way to automate these iterations a bit? Currently I’m pasting code and results into 01 preview and asking for detailed analysis, then passing this back into Claude for code revisions all manually. I guess I should design an accuracy test (again with ai) across 10 or so random articles at a time and a/b test until we get something we’re happy with? Does anyone else have any suggestions? I also previously attempted to one shot the entire JSON object rather than elect to flow through a bunch of questions except that didn’t work so well and decided to pivot rather than keep trying to optimise it.

Hit a major milestone with my app that helps people find jobs and optimize their resume

I've been grinding for ~1.5 years now on my sideproject, Jobs-Scout, which helps people find jobs and optimize their resume for any specific role. I've been in industry a number of years as a senior manager, so I have done lots of interviewing and hiring and I think that helps my tool do a better job than others in knowing how to position a resume. It's the non-technical stuff, like branding, SEO etc. thats the hardest for me, but my buddy is now helping and we're starting to make in-roads and traffic is up a lot! 🚀 We hit our 200th paid customer today which is a major milestone for us, and just wanted to share! The app features: resume-to-job analysis using AI (of course!) a free job board updated daily matching and emailing new jobs to users (ie. 'scouting' for jobs hence the name!) resume builder and editor with inline AI optimization free tier (3 free analyses a month) and paid tiers If you're curious, everything's running on AWS, and I code and maintain it myself in the evenings after work, and my colleague is now on marketing and business development. Biggest lesson was finding a trustworthy co-founder. I went through a couple of iterations, but you need a certain personality that's able to keep up with the hustle. Would love feedback or tips on how to keep growing 🚀 . Edit: link: https://www.jobs-scout.com

Solopreneur making $40k MRR with a No Code SaaS sideproject

Hey, I'm Elias and I do case studies analyzing successful startups and solopreneurs. I wanted to share the summarized version of this one with you because this entrepreneurial journey blew my mind. This post will be about FormulaBot (ExcelFormulaBot), an AI No Code SaaS founded by David Bressler back in August 2022. FormulaBot is currently making $40k MRR (monthly recurring revenue). How did the founder come up with the idea. David is a data guy who worked in analytics for several years. In July 2022, David got really interested in AI, especially ChatGPT. One night, he tried it out at home, just like we all did back in the time. But in his case, trying ChatGPT gave him a big idea. That idea ended up making him a lot of money and changing the life of 750 million people who use Excel. That night David started by asking GPT easy questions, then complex ones. Since he used Excel a lot and helped his colleagues with it, he thought about an AI that could make Excel easier, like generating formulas from text. He looked online but found nothing. Seeing a big chance, he decided to do something about it. What challenges did the founder face. But David didn’t have any idea about how to develop an app. However, with no-code tools this is not a problem anymore. He discovered Bubble, a no-code web app tool that could connect with the OpenAI API.After, learning Bubble from YouTube tutorials and through trial and error and spending his nights studying the OpenAI API documentation, he launched the first version of the app in around three weeks. Strategies that made the project successful. David validated his idea by posting about ExcelFormulaBot on a Reddit Excel subreddit, receiving surprising attention with 10,000 upvotes. This encouraged him to offer the tool for free to gather feedback. Facing a hefty $4,999 API bill after the Reddit post, David quickly monetized his product with a subscription-based SaaS website. On launch day, 82 customers signed up, surpassing his expectations. A successful Product Hunt launch followed, generating $2.4k in sales within 24 hours, and a TikTok influencer with 4.5 million followers brought in thousands of new users overnight with a viral video. Marketing approach: -Paid ads: FormulaBot boosted website traffic with Paid Ads, notably on Google Ads, prioritizing Quality Score. This ensured ads aligned better with user searches, maximizing visibility and cost-efficiency, targeting those seeking Excel formula assistance. -SEO: a) Content/Keyword optimization: FormulaBot improved its SEO by making helpful pages about Excel formulas, like guides on topics such as "How to use SUMIFS." b) Site Speed Enhancement: David boosted FormulaBot's marketing site speed by moving it from Bubble to Framer, aiming to improve user experience and SEO performance. c) On-page optimization: David optimized FormulaBot's on-page elements by adjusting title tags, meta descriptions, and content to enhance SEO performance and align with search intent. These strategic refinements aimed to address ranking declines and emphasize FormulaBot's uniqueness, ultimately improving its visibility and competitiveness in search results. -Virality: FormulaBot went viral as users found it highly useful and cool. Influencers on platforms like TikTok and Twitter shared it with their followers because they found it valuable. Offering numerous free features further enhanced its appeal. Lessons: successes and mistakes. ✅ Leverage industry expertise: David identified a problem in analytics and used his experience to start an online business addressing it, turning an industry challenge into a profitable venture. ✅ Embrace learning new skills: Despite lacking initial technical know-how, David learned what he needed to develop the software himself, demonstrating a commitment to continuous learning and adaptability crucial for success. ❌ Minimize dependency on third parties: Relying solely on the ChatGPT API poses risks for FormulaBot. Any issues with the API could disrupt functionality and limit scalability. ⁉️ Caution with free tools: Offering a free tool can attract users and drive viral growth, but converting them to paying customers is challenging. Avoid relying solely on a 100% free model unless your revenue comes from non-user sources like ads. For businesses dependent on user subscriptions or purchases, balancing user attraction with conversion challenges is crucial. How could you replicate this idea step-by-step. To replicate the success of FormulaBot and similar AI wrapper startups, it's crucial to tread carefully in a competitive market. Avoid mere replication of existing solutions unless you can offer something distinct or superior. Consider these steps to effectively develop an AI Wrapper/ChatGPT wrapper product using Bubble as a no-code tool: Design the user interface: Utilize Bubble's drag-and-drop editor to create a user-friendly interface with input fields, buttons, and result displays. Set up workflows: Define workflows to connect the interface with the ChatGPT API, enabling seamless interaction between users and the AI. Integrate the ChatGPT API: Obtain the API key from OpenAI and integrate it into your app using Bubble's API connector feature. Test and gather feedback: Thoroughly test your app, soliciting feedback to refine functionality and usability. Refine and optimize: Continuously improve your app based on user input and testing results to enhance performance and user experience. The in-depth version of the case study was originally posted here. Feel free to comment if you have any questions, and let me know which similar ideas you'd like me to analyze.

Running and selling multiple side projects alongside a 9-5

My current side project started 56 days ago when I started writing 1,000 words per day. My core businesses are an agency and job board, and I just needed a creative outlet. The likes of Chris Guillebeau and Nathan Barry attribute their progression to writing so I thought I’d see if it might do the same for me. At first I was just vomiting words onto the screen, I made a blog and wrote mainly technical guides related to my skills. Over time I realised I was writing more and more about running a business as a solopreneur, or lean operator. There is tons of content out there giving you the Birds Eye of going from 0 to £10m. Inspiring stuff, but I think there is a void in real content, explaining the nuts and bolts of the how.  What is the day-to-day like for the solopreneurs who make a good living and have plenty of free time? That’s what I’m striving for anyway. I’m not talking about the 7-figure outliers. Or the ones teaching you to make content so you can have a business teaching others how to make content, and so on. I’m also sick of the ‘I made $X in 5 minutes and how you can too’  So, I started chatting to people in my network who run lean businesses and/or side hustles. I ask them a bit about their journey and ask them to teach something - how they operate, or a skill/process/system/tool that other people like you/me will find useful. One of my first chats was with Sam Dickie, who runs multiple side projects so thought I’d share here, see if others find it useful and get some feedback. I’ve removed all links as I’ve never posted on Reddit before so conscious of not being promotional, I’m posting this stuff to a tiny email list of friends with no upsells. Just finding my feet on whether others find it useful or not: — Sam is a serial entrepreneur who builds projects in his spare time whilst working a 9-5. He’s scaled and sold multiple ventures and currently runs one of the best newsletters out there for builders and entrepreneurs. Building audience through newsletters has always been a cornerstone strategy for him, so, along with sharing his advice on solopreneurism, he’s also generously shared his lean newsletter writing process. About Sam Sam is a Senior Product Manager who has spent the last 15 years working in the tech sector after starting his career as a town planner. In addition to his job he spends some of his spare time building side projects. These have included a 3D printing startup, a tech directory, a newsletter, a beta product directory, and consultancy. Sam is the epitome of making a success out of following your interest and curiosity. It’s clear he enjoys his business ventures and builds in a risk-free way.   It’s often touted by business gurus to avoid building around your interests, but Sam bucks the trend successfully. I think he’s someone who has already found his 1,000 true fans.  Descending rabbit holes, Sam’s journey of invention and curation 3D printing Sam’s first foray into launching a startup was with Fiilo, a 3D printing business. This was at the height of the 3D printing craze and he self-admits that he used the launch as an excuse to buy a 3D printer. He ended up with two and launching a product called GrowGo. GrowGo is a sustainable 3D-printed product that turns any bottle into somewhere that you can grow plants and herbs. He eventually sold this business and the printers, making around £10k. Along the way, he was exposed to various business tasks, including building a website in Weebly, the biggest nocode website builder of the time, and built an API that enabled print on demand for his product. NoCode.Tech The experiences of building as someone non-technical led to numerous friends asking how he built all of this tech. Back then, nocode wasn’t popular, and it had almost zero search volume, so Sam created a basic directory. A quick landing page on Weebly with a basic value prop, a short explanation and a list of the tools he had used before. It hit the top spot on Product Hunt, and he landed 2,000 subscribers in the first 48 hours. But, he hadn’t built it at this point, so he set about getting to work. He built the directory and list to 30,000 subs and monetised the site through advertising. At its peak with Sam, it was receiving about £2,000 per month in ad revenue. He was still working his 9-5 at this point, so thought it might be a good time to exit. The site was still growing, but it was becoming anxiety inducing whilst he was still working full-time. So, he ended up selling the site and making friend’s with the buyer. Fast forwarding a bit, Nocode.tech was eventually acquired by Stackr, a nocode app. Sam was working for their competitor at the time and ended up being offered a job by his friend who acquired the site. All of this from a side project in his area of passion. Creator Club After selling the directory, Sam lost his outlet for sharing his tools and learnings.  Being fascinated with curation and loving sifting through for nuggets, he invested more time into his personal website and launched Creator Club newsletter. Sam writes monthly and currently has over 8,000 subs. It’s one of the few newsletters that I let bypass my email filters and land in my main inbox. Life as a Part-Time Multipreneur Side Hustler If it’s not obvious already Sam is a curiosity led business creator. He’s found that the products without a revenue focus or intention have ironically outperformed those created for the sole purpose of creating money. He enjoys working on his side hustles. He could have run the Nocode.Tech for 10 more years and wouldn’t have tired of it as it’s a byproduct of his interest. For this reason, he has also created the Beta Directory, simply because he loves unearthing early-stage products. He admits he gets the fear when he thinks about quitting his 9-5, although he suspects if he devoted the same energy to one of his projects it could replace his income (no doubts from me here). This same fear means that he can run his ventures with less fear. This way, he can experiment with freedom and isn’t risking the ranch with a young family to consider. For example, recently he stopped paid sponsors on his newsletter as it was more stress than the value of the income to him. Sam divides his time on evenings and weekends (unequally) between the following: Creator Club Validation Co Beta directory Consultancy The pure side hustle status magnifies the need to run lean, let’s jump into his process…. Sam’s lean newsletter curation and creation process Starting out publishing his personal newsletter Going against his expertise, Sam originally over-engineered his process.  He curated with Feedly and tried to automate the full writing process with Zapier. The trouble is that there are too many points of failure which can lead the whole  chain to break down, and you spend more time fixing the system. For a 200 subscriber newsletter, he needed to pare things back. His set-up now Sam scaled back and now simple builds automations when he needs them. He keeps the process simple, right down to the design and any welcome automations. Keeping things real We touched on the trend that keeping things raw is better. Content has come full circle with the advent of AI. Everything looks too perfect and consequently, people’s tastes are changing. Sam mentioned watermarks that show content isn’t AI written, and we referenced content such as Greg Isenberg’s sketches, and Chris Donnelly’s image posts. \\Step by Step Process:\\ Using Stoop Inbox to manage sources Curation with Pocket Managing content with Airtable and Zapier Using Bearly to summarise Substack for writing Monitoring content sources Sam uses Stoop Inbox, an RSS curation tool, to manage his content sources. It gives him a dedicated email address for newsletters and he follows an Inbox Zero methodology. He checks in daily in Stoop, and on X, Reddit and IndieHackers. With X, he just uses the standard interface but has been careful to curate his feed, sometimes adding in extra notifications to hear from interesting people. Highlighting content When curating links, Sam uses Arc browser and the Pocket extension to save links. It’s super simple and lightweight. He creates tags which trigger an automation that curates the link to Airtable. If you watch the video, here’s a shoutout to Alice, the AI interface I use which has recently featured on Product Hunt. It’s a fantastic tool with bags of potential to enhance a solopreneur’s life. Ranking and sorting content He sends the links indexed using Pocket to a basic Airtable base via Zapier. From there, he grades the content and sets aside some time to read it in more depth. Pocket pulls through the title, metadata, and URL link. Review Sam does this manually but has used a tool as a shortcut for digesting long form content — Bearly.ai. Bearly.ai was created by Trung Phan and linking back to raw content, Trung is 1/3 of the hosts on the Not Investment Advice podcast. Its irreverent style and thumbnail are an example of a successful podcast that doesn’t over polish. Writing it all up Being a huge Notion fan (check out the free templates on his site), Sam originally used Notion for writing and linked it into Revue. When Elon sunsetted Revue, he switched to Substack. He loves the Substack interface so drafts in Substack based on a duplication of last month’s edition. Before publishing, Sam runs through a 10-point Notion checklist, which he shared with me. Parting Advice Keep your tool stack as lean as possible. Avoid tool switching to the shiny new object. Getting launched quickly is key. Don’t think that you have to be everywhere for distribution, Sam sticks with what he knows on X and LinkedIn. Overall, he advises just keeping things simple and therefore minimising risk. Resources He says they’re cliche, but I don’t agree; they’re timeless. Paul Graham of Y Combinator is someone Sam recommends following. He doesn’t write much, which is great as Sam gets anxiety when someone good often writes and he can’t keep up with the writing. His content is well thought out and distills complex concepts in entrepreneurship and startups. In addition, Sam loves Naval Ravikant’s approach. He mentions checking out the Almanac of Naval Ravikant for collected wisdom. Follow Sam’s Journey Again, not going to link here but you can find Sam’s stuff easily enough if you want to. His personal website is beautiful and contains loads of free downloads. He has also curated personal websites he admires if you need some inspiration. Sam is a super nice guy so reach out to him, I did before I started my personal blog recently, and he gave me some great advice. Also, worth keeping an eye on Validation Co, where he aims to help early-stage makers and creators validate their ideas. He’s building super slow — trying to enjoy the process without unachievable deadlines. Maintaining his stamina and passion. Amazing, I hope he writes more about that soon! -- That’s my second shot at an interview, hope you enjoyed it and found something useful in it. I’m talking to a marketplace founder who spends 2–3 hours per month his project, a multiple job board owner with a 9-5 and a leading book designer next. As this is my side project, should I keep going?

I just built footyGPT.com , an AI assistant for football stats, data and data-backed predictions

Hey Amigos! I am based in London and I build lots of fun tools and websites in the sports data space to help sports bettors make better data-driven decisions. One of my recently launched ones is footyGPT.com I have tried to launch this earlier in 2023 but my team were not able to achieve the end goal (I am a non-technical founder) Funny story, I bought the domain footygpt(dot)com back in 2023 and let it expire because i felt like since we weren't able to acheieve the end goal, there was no need to keep the domain. But 2 months ago I started working on it one more time with a different team, and since AI has become "more friendly" than it was early in 2023, it was a much smoother ride and i was so scared someone else had already bought the domain, only to find out it was still available to buy! I was so scared I lost such a clean domain. Below is an example of how footyGPT works: Ask FootyGPT for Predictions for a Given Fixture how footyGPT works \(case study\) Ask FootyGPT to Scrape and Summarize Data from a Stats Website using footyGPT to scrape football stats websites Ask FootyGPT for Sentiments and Online Opinion About a Given Match or Events. ask footygpt for up to date sentiments and opinions about football matches Ask FootyGPT to Find Teams with Certain Streaks, Trends, or Stats https://reddit.com/link/1frdk04/video/9oyaj5ldqjrd1/player If you are into football (soccer) please give it a spin and let me know your thoughts! Cheers Amigos

I am building my agency to help founders build AI startups after 2 successful AI SaaS exits and 4 failures

Hey everyone, I have been building AI products before ChatGPT was launched. In these years, I have managed to launch, scale and exit 2 SaaS products successfully. Today I am launching a new service offering - Query Labs - Helping you build AI agents for your startups. Like all my previous products, I will be building this in public and share my learning along the way. Here's what I have built so far : Microsponsors ( Fail ) My first product ever. I tried to create a marketplace for newsletter writers to find sponsorship opportunity. Got a few very big newsletter listed on the marketplace as well. However, building marketplace is tough. I found it very difficult to bring in sponsors. Ended up shutting it down, AI Query (Exit - Pre revenue ) It was the second half of 2022 and GPT-3 was the most advance AI on the market. I decided to build a tool that can help developers and non-technical folks write SQL queries by just asking in plain english. I got my first taste of success with this. Had a decent offer even before I figured out monetisation. Accepted the offer to focus on my next product which had already started gaining traction AI Excel Bot ( Exit - Revenue Generating ) AI Excel Bot was my wild success. I had worked hard on the SEO for the site, along with the UI / UX to make it the best AI to write excel formulas and general excel task. There was already a large competitor in the market. However, the reality is that you don't need to be the top player. There is always room for multiple players to survive in a large market. You just need to find the good differentiating factor For AI Excel Bot, the differentiator was the chrome extension, that helped users access it anywhere on the internet. Scaled the product to more than 40k users at the time of exit. However, in the end I decided to exit and focus on my software service business that needed more time. Tutore AI ( Fail ) I wanted to build something useful for students to help them learn better. Tutore was my idea to build AI tools for students. I did launch quickly with multiple tools. However, wasn't motivated enough to continue with the grind. I have decided to sell the product. Have had some meetings with potential buyers but didn't agree on price. Prompt Hackers ( 1k users but no revenue ) Prompt Hackers is a directory of AI prompts for all the use cases you can image. I focused a lot on bringing traffic and newsletter subscription from the day 1. I have never had a problem bringing initial set of users to my products. Prompt Hackers was getting close to 20k page views a month. At the same time we had close to 1k newsletter subscribers. Since our target customers were people choosing to use ChatGPT / Bard instead of some specific software for their task, I built a Prompt Generation and Prompt Optimisation AI. Along with this I also created features to build private prompt library. To make the experience even better, I launched a Chrome Extension that helps users access the prompt generation AI and their prompt library while using ChatGPT. However, I couldn't figure out monetisation. I still get close to 4k page views per month with no marketing at all. There are users who use the AI tools and the prompt library feature daily. But, since I couldn't figure out monetisation, I decided to not put time into the project. There you go. These are all the products I have built in the last 3 years. I have been heavy investing myself in the latest tech in LLMs and AI agents. I know the biggest challenge for AI founders is the AI agents and backend pipelines. That's why I am launching Query Labs. To help you build the best AI implementation for your innovative AI startup. I would love to hear feedback from the community. I will be sharing my learning with my new service along the way. Thanks!

Looking for a technical co-founder to build LinkedIn’s rival

How do you connect with likeminded people? You see the polished wins everywhere, but what about the messy drafts , the awkward pitches and the moments you’re not sure you’ve got it right? Problem: The whole idea of founding and starting a business can be super intimidating for some people, specially those who don’t know any founders personally, those who don’t have a large network, those who don’t have rich parents with large networks, those not inserted in an entrepreneurial culture like in the US for example (which is my case). Sometimes all you need is the right support network, and too see others do what you want, to know that it’s possible! Everyone has an “ultimate guide” to make 7 figures or build a business on YouTube but NO ONE shoes you the HOW, just the results… I’ve tried joining founder communities, LinkedIn ,Reddit … you name it. Most of these founder communities are inaccessible for regular people and often ask for you to have an already existing business with a min ARR… or their simply geography based and if you’re not in a certain area you can’t really participate… As of LinkedIn… full of empty AI generated posts about how some random dude raised $10m in 7 days. Okay Jonathan, but what about the HOW?? How did you write your first pitch? How many rejection calls did you get? What is an MVP? There simply isn’t a platform out there to document your founding journey and find inspiration within a community of people who are doing the same as you. What better way to feel motivated then to see someone actually document their process? Solution: I’m working on building a social media platform for aspiring/founders to connect through the RAW, UNFILTERED process of turning ideas into reality in REAL time. It’s all gonna be around the “building in public “ concept and content creation. Picture an instagram/tiktok profile where instead of seeing someone’s dog you see them documenting their founding process—from the moment they had the idea, to the moment they launched, you’re going to see the successes, the fails, the rejected calls, all documented through actual content and not some AI generated LinkedIn post. Imagine if you wanted to learn about how Steve Jobs started Apple , you could simply go through his profile on this app—exactly. To make sure all interactions are meaningful people would have to apply. It’s a truly curated community, with REAL people, building REAL things in REAL time, and not just tell us the story of how they did it… Audience: I’m targeting people who have a burning desire of building a business and early stage founders starting their founder journeys, that don’t have a support network and simply don’t know where to start. People who are tired of watching 30 min “ultimate guides “ on how to make it on YouTube from “business gurus” selling courses. People who haven’t reached the min ARR required to join an “exclusive “ founder a community. People who can’t simply just move to the US to get into the “exclusive” YC combinator. People who want to connect with real people building real things and not anonymous people on Reddit, or LinkedIn influencers again trying to promote their services. I believe in the idea because I’m also part of my audience. Have always wanted to start my own thing just never knew how to and where to find a community of likeminded people . I don’t know any founders myself, I come from a non-entrepreneurial society and I’d pay good money to access a community of REAL passionate founders building REAL things, in REAL time. This would be my first ever business, and I want to share my journey building it and hopefully inspire others to just start so I’ve created a mailing list to keep anyone interested in the project updated on my fails , learnings and successes. I’m not worried about “making it” but just “starting” and hopefully reach the right audience and inspire anyone to start whatever they have marinating in their thoughts. If you’re a founder struggling with staying consistent or an aspiring founder with an insane desire of starting and don’t know how to start, I’d love to get your feedback on what’s stopping you, your challenges starting out and what you’d find useful in such platform. And finally would this be something that interests you?? Feel free to subscribe to get new updates 🫶🏼 : https://mailchi.mp/037c56b89994/d-founder PS: casually looking for a technical co-founder

Just reached 300 users in 3 months!!!

Just reached 300 users after 3 months live!!! My co-founder has been posting a bit here and always got some strong support and he suggested I share my side of things so here it is: How it started I co-founded AirMedia almost a year ago and we both didn’t know much about design/marketing/coding (just studied programming during my 6-month exchange period. The quickest way to get started seemed to get a no-code product that we could put in front of users and get feedback. My co-founder then started learning about bubble and we put together a basic platform to show users. I was working on a custom-code database in the meantime and decided after month 2 that we wanted to get something better I.e. AI would be interacting with the UI and had to do everything custom-code for it. We’re now month 3 and started from scratch again. While I was working on the code, we started talking to some potential users and selling lifetime deals to validate the idea (this is where I would start if I had to do it over again). Well I progressively found out it was more complicated than expected and we only released our first beta product last August (6 months later) Some challenges pre-launch: Getting the Meta/LinkedIn permissions for scheduling took around 1 month As the whole process took more time than expected, the waitlist of 300 that we managed to put together only converted by 10% (into free users). Please don’t make our mistakes and always keep your waitlist updated on what’s going on. Some challenges post-launch: Getting the right feedback and how to prioritise Getting users Monetising (yes - we’re bootstrapped) To get the best feedback we implemented some tracking (according to GDPR of course) on the platform and implemented Microsoft Clarity. The latter is a game-changer, if you have a SaaS and don’t use it you’re missing out. I wasn’t really into getting users as my co-founder handled that but it’s mainly manual and personalised LinkedIn outreach at the beginning and Reddit sharing about the progress, answering questions and getting some feedback at the same time. To monetise we realised we’re too common and there are 100+ other nice schedulers around so we’re now focusing on cracking the content creation side of AI (to be released next week 👀) as there’s much less competitors and it seems like that’s our users want. In the meantime of growing the company, we had to find a way to pay the bills as it’s two of us living together. So my co-founder started using the bubble skills gained and doing some freelance. He did around 7 platforms the last 6 months and we’re now just launching a bubble agency as a part of the main company to get your idea of a SaaS done in 30 days. That’s QuickMVP. It seemed like the right move to help other people (I met many non-technical founder looking for someone to bring their idea to life that didn’t cost $10k and was reliable) and include the AirMedia subscription in the package so let’s see how this next step plays out. Thanks for reading until here :)

I created an AI that turns your business ideas into full plans in 30 Minutes

Hey folks, I made AIFounder because a friend was stuck trying to turn his business idea into a solid plan, and I knew I could create a tool that does it faster and better than any consultant. How does it work? You give me the key details of your business idea—just the essentials. My AI gets to work, using industry-specific prompts created by experts, and in 30 minutes you’ve got a personalized business plan in PDF format, ready to go. What do you get? A 100-page plan, tailored just for you. Clear, actionable steps to turn your vision into reality. Market research, brand identity, marketing strategies, sales plans, and more—all customized to your idea. Why AIFounder? It’s like having a professional consultant by your side, but faster and without breaking the bank. Whether you’re just starting out or looking to grow, my AI-generated plans have already helped entrepreneurs secure funding and move forward with confidence. I’d love to hear what you think, any feedback or questions are welcome. Thanks in advance! 🚀

I spent 6 months on a web app as a side project, and got 0 users. Here is my story.

Edit Thank you all so much for your time reading my story. Your support, feedback, criticism, and skepticism; all helped me a lot, and I couldn't appreciate it enough \^\_\^ I very rarely have stuff to post on Reddit, but I share how my project is going on, just random stuff, and memes on X. In case few might want to keep up 👀 TL;DR I spent 6 months on a tool that currently has 0 users. Below is what I learned during my journey, sharing because I believe most mistakes are easily avoidable. Do not overestimate your product and assume it will be an exception to fundamental principles. Principles are there for a reason. Always look for validation before you start. Avoid building products with a low money-to-effort ratio/in very competitive fields. Unless you have the means, you probably won't make it. Pick a problem space, pick your target audience, and talk to them before thinking about a solution. Identify and match their pain points. Only then should you think of a solution. If people are not overly excited or willing to pay in advance for a discounted price, it might be a sign to rethink. Sell one and only one feature at a time. Avoid everything else. If people don't pay for that one core feature, no secondary feature will change their mind. Always spend twice as much time marketing as you do building. You will not get users if they don't know it exists. Define success metrics ("1000 users in 3 months" or "$6000 in the account at the end of 6 months") before you start. If you don't meet them, strongly consider quitting the project. If you can't get enough users to keep going, nothing else matters. VALIDATION, VALIDATION, VALIDATION. Success is not random, but most of our first products will not make a success story. Know when to admit failure, and move on. Even if a product of yours doesn't succeed, what you learned during its journey will turn out to be invaluable for your future. My story So, this is the story of a product that I’ve been working on for the last 6 months. As it's the first product I’ve ever built, after watching you all from the sidelines, I have learned a lot, made many mistakes, and did only a few things right. Just sharing what I’ve learned and some insights from my journey so far. I hope that this post will help you avoid the mistakes I made — most of which I consider easily avoidable — while you enjoy reading it, and get to know me a little bit more 🤓. A slow start after many years Summ isn’t the first product I really wanted to build. Lacking enough dev skills to even get started was a huge blocker for so many years. In fact, the first product I would’ve LOVED to build was a smart personal shopping assistant. I had this idea 4 years ago; but with no GPT, no coding skills, no technical co-founder, I didn’t have the means to make it happen. I still do not know if such a tool exists and is good enough. All I wanted was a tool that could make data-based predictions about when to buy stuff (“buy a new toothpaste every three months”) and suggest physical products that I might need or be strongly interested in. AFAIK, Amazon famously still struggles with the second one. Fast-forward a few years, I learned the very basics of HTML, CSS, and Vanilla JS. Still was not there to build a product; but good enough to code my design portfolio from scratch. Yet, I couldn’t imagine myself building a product using Vanilla JS. I really hated it, I really sucked at it. So, back to tutorial hell, and to learn about this framework I just heard about: React.React introduced so many new concepts to me. “Thinking in React” is a phrase we heard a lot, and with quite good reasons. After some time, I was able to build very basic tutorial apps, both in React, and React Native; but I have to say that I really hated coding for mobile. At this point, I was already a fan of productivity apps, and had a concept for a time management assistant app in my design portfolio. So, why not build one? Surely, it must be easy, since every coding tutorial starts with a todo app. ❌ WRONG! Building a basic todo app is easy enough, but building one good enough for a place in the market was a challenge I took and failed. I wasted one month on that until I abandoned the project for good. Even if I continued working on it, as the productivity landscape is overly competitive, I wouldn’t be able to make enough money to cover costs, assuming I make any. Since I was (and still am) in between jobs, I decided to abandon the project. 👉 What I learned: Do not start projects with a low ratio of money to effort and time. Example: Even if I get 500 monthly users, 200 of which are paid users (unrealistically high number), assuming an average subscription fee of $5/m (such apps are quite cheap, mostly due to the high competition), it would make me around $1000 minus any occurring costs. Any founder with a product that has 500 active users should make more. Even if it was relatively successful, due to the high competition, I wouldn’t make any meaningful money. PS: I use Todoist today. Due to local pricing, I pay less than $2/m. There is no way I could beat this competitive pricing, let alone the app itself. But, somehow, with a project that wasn’t even functional — let alone being an MVP — I made my first Wi-Fi money: Someone decided that the domain I preemptively purchased is worth something. By this point, I had already abandoned the project, certainly wasn’t going to renew the domain, was looking for a FT job, and a new project that I could work on. And out of nowhere, someone hands me some free money — who am I not to take it? Of course, I took it. The domain is still unused, no idea why 🤔. Ngl, I still hate the fact that my first Wi-Fi money came from this. A new idea worth pursuing? Fast-forward some weeks now. Around March, I got this crazy idea of building an email productivity tool. We all use emails, yet we all hate them. So, this must be fixed. Everyone uses emails, in fact everyone HAS TO use emails. So, I just needed to build a tool and wait for people to come. This was all, really. After all, the problem space is huge, there is enough room for another product, everyone uses emails, no need for any further validation, right? ❌ WRONG ONCE AGAIN! We all hear from the greatest in the startup landscape that we must validate our ideas with real people, yet at least some of us (guilty here 🥸) think that our product will be hugely successful and prove them to be an exception. Few might, but most are not. I certainly wasn't. 👉 Lesson learned: Always validate your ideas with real people. Ask them how much they’d pay for such a tool (not if they would). Much better if they are willing to pay upfront for a discount, etc. But even this comes later, keep reading. I think the difference between “How much” and “If” is huge for two reasons: (1) By asking them for “How much”, you force them to think in a more realistic setting. (2) You will have a more realistic idea on your profit margins. Based on my competitive analysis, I already had a solution in my mind to improve our email usage standards and email productivity (huge mistake), but I did my best to learn about their problems regarding those without pushing the idea too hard. The idea is this: Generate concise email summaries with suggested actions, combine them into one email, and send it at their preferred times. Save as much as time the AI you end up with allows. After all, everyone loves to save time. So, what kind of validation did I seek for? Talked with only a few people around me about this crazy, internet-breaking idea. The responses I got were, now I see, mediocre; no one got excited about it, just said things along the lines of “Cool idea, OK”. So, any reasonable person in this situation would think “Okay, not might not be working”, right? Well, I did not. I assumed that they were the wrong audience for this product, and there was this magical land of user segments waiting eagerly for my product, yet unknowingly. To this day, I still have not reached this magical place. Perhaps, it didn’t exist in the first place. If I cannot find it, whether it exists or not doesn’t matter. I am certainly searching for it. 👉 What I should have done: Once I decide on a problem space (time management, email productivity, etc.), I should decide on my potential user segments, people who I plan to sell my product to. Then I should go talk to those people, ask them about their pains, then get to the problem-solving/ideation phase only later. ❗️ VALIDATION COMES FROM THE REALITY OUTSIDE. What validation looks like might change from product to product; but what invalidation looks like is more or less the same for every product. Nico Jeannen told me yesterday “validation = money in the account” on Twitter. This is the ultimate form of validation your product could get. If your product doesn’t make any money, then something is invalidated by reality: Your product, you, your idea, who knows? So, at this point, I knew a little bit of Python from spending some time in tutorial hell a few years ago, some HTML/CSS/JS, barely enough React to build a working app. React could work for this project, but I needed easy-to-implement server interactivity. Luckily, around this time, I got to know about this new gen of indie hackers, and learned (but didn’t truly understand) about their approach to indie hacking, and this library called Nextjs. How good Next.js still blows my mind. So, I was back to tutorial hell once again. But, this time, with a promise to myself: This is the last time I would visit tutorial hell. Time to start building this "ground-breaking idea" Learning the fundamentals of Next.js was easier than learning of React unsurprisingly. Yet, the first time I managed to run server actions on Next.js was one of the rarest moments that completely blew my mind. To this day, I reject the idea that it is something else than pure magic under its hood. Did I absolutely need Nextjs for this project though? I do not think so. Did it save me lots of time? Absolutely. Furthermore, learning Nextjs will certainly be quite helpful for other projects that I will be tackling in the future. Already got a few ideas that might be worth pursuing in the head in case I decide to abandon Summ in the future. Fast-forward few weeks again: So, at this stage, I had a barely working MVP-like product. Since the very beginning, I spent every free hour (and more) on this project as speed is essential. But, I am not so sure it was worth it to overwork in retrospect. Yet, I know I couldn’t help myself. Everything is going kinda smooth, so what’s the worst thing that could ever happen? Well, both Apple and Google announced their AIs (Apple Intelligence and Google Gemini, respectively) will have email summarization features for their products. Summarizing singular emails is no big deal, after all there were already so many similar products in the market. I still think that what truly matters is a frictionless user experience, and this is why I built this product in a certain way: You spend less than a few minutes setting up your account, and you get to enjoy your email summaries, without ever visiting its website again. This is still a very cool concept I really like a lot. So, at this point: I had no other idea that could be pursued, already spent too much time on this project. Do I quit or not? This was the question. Of course not. I just have to launch this product as quickly as possible. So, I did something right, a quite rare occurrence I might say: Re-planned my product, dropped everything secondary to the core feature immediately (save time on reading emails), tried launching it asap. 👉 Insight: Sell only one core feature at one time. Drop anything secondary to this core feature. Well, my primary occupation is product design. So one would expect that a product I build must have stellar design. I considered any considerable time spent on design at this stage would be simply wasted. I still think this is both true and wrong: True, because if your product’s core benefits suck, no one will care about your design. False, because if your design looks amateurish, no one will trust you and your product. So, I always targeted an average level design with it and the way this tool works made it quite easy as I had to design only 2 primary pages: Landing page and user portal (which has only settings and analytics pages). However, even though I knew spending time on design was not worth much of my time, I got a bit “greedy”: In fact, I redesigned those pages three times, and still ended up with a so-so design that I am not proud of. 👉 What I would do differently: Unless absolutely necessary, only one iteration per stage as long as it works. This, in my mind, applies to everything. If your product’s A feature works, then no need to rewrite it from scratch for any reason, or even refactor it. When your product becomes a success, and you absolutely need that part of your codebase to be written, do so, but only then. Ready to launch, now is th etime for some marketing, right? By July 26, I already had a “launchable” product that barely works (I marked this date on a Notion docs, this is how I know). Yet, I had spent almost no time on marketing, sales, whatever. After all, “You build and they will come”. Did I know that I needed marketing? Of course I did, but knowingly didn’t. Why, you might ask. Well, from my perspective, it had to be a dev-heavy product; meaning that you spend most of your time on developing it, mostly coding skills. But, this is simply wrong. As a rule of thumb, as noted by one of the greatests, Marc Louvion, you should spend at least twice of the building time on marketing. ❗️ Time spent on building \* 2 people don’t know your product > they don’t use your product > you don’t get users > you don’t make money Easy as that. Following the same reasoning, a slightly different approach to planning a project is possible. Determine an approximate time to complete the project with a high level project plan. Let’s say 6 months. By the reasoning above, 2 months should go into building, and 4 into marketing. If you need 4 months for building instead of 2, then you need 8 months of marketing, which makes the time to complete the project 12 months. If you don’t have that much time, then quit the project. When does a project count as completed? Well, in reality, never. But, I think we have to define success conditions even before we start for indie projects and startups; so we know when to quit when they are not met. A success condition could look like “Make $6000 in 12 months” or “Have 3000 users in 6 months”. It all depends on the project. But, once you set it, it should be set in stone: You don’t change it unless absolutely necessary. I suspect there are few principles that make a solopreneur successful; and knowing when to quit and when to continue is definitely one of them. Marc Louvion is famously known for his success, but he got there after failing so many projects. To my knowledge, the same applies to Nico Jeannen, Pieter Levels, or almost everyone as well. ❗️ Determining when to continue even before you start will definitely help in the long run. A half-aed launch Time-leap again. Around mid August, I “soft launched” my product. By soft launch, I mean lazy marketing. Just tweeting about it, posting it on free directories. Did I get any traffic? Surely I did. Did I get any users? Nope. Only after this time, it hit me: “Either something is wrong with me, or with this product” Marketing might be a much bigger factor for a project’s success after all. Even though I get some traffic, not convincing enough for people to sign up even for a free trial. The product was still perfect in my eyes at the time (well, still is ^(\_),) so the right people are not finding my product, I thought. Then, a question that I should have been asking at the very first place, one that could prevent all these, comes to my mind: “How do even people search for such tools?” If we are to consider this whole journey of me and my so-far-failed product to be an already destined failure, one metric suffices to show why. Search volume: 30. Even if people have such a pain point, they are not looking for email summaries. So, almost no organic traffic coming from Google. But, as a person who did zero marketing on this or any product, who has zero marketing knowledge, who doesn’t have an audience on social media, there is not much I could do. Finally, it was time to give up. Or not… In my eyes, the most important element that makes a founder (solo or not) successful (this, I am not by any means) is to solve problems. ❗️ So, the problem was this: “People are not finding my product by organic search” How do I make sure I get some organic traffic and gets more visibility? Learn digital marketing and SEO as much as I can within very limited time. Thankfully, without spending much time, I came across Neil Patel's YT channel, and as I said many times, it is an absolute gold mine. I learned a lot, especially about the fundamentals, and surely it will be fruitful; but there is no magic trick that could make people visit your website. SEO certainly helps, but only when people are looking for your keywords. However, it is truly a magical solution to get in touch with REAL people that are in your user segments: 👉 Understand your pains, understand their problems, help them to solve them via building products. I did not do this so far, have to admit. But, in case you would like to have a chat about your email usage, and email productivity, just get in touch; I’d be delighted to hear about them. Getting ready for a ProductHunt launch The date was Sept 1. And I unlocked an impossible achievement: Running out of Supabase’s free plan’s Egres limit while having zero users. I was already considering moving out of their Cloud server and managing a Supabase CLI service on my Hetzner VPS for some time; but never ever suspected that I would have to do this quickly. The cheapest plan Supabase offers is $25/month; yet, at that point, I am in between jobs for such a long time, basically broke, and could barely afford that price. One or two months could be okay, but why pay for it if I will eventually move out of their Cloud service? So, instead of paying $25, I spent two days migrating out of Supabase Cloud. Worth my time? Definitely not. But, when you are broke, you gotta do stupid things. This was the first time that I felt lucky to have zero users: I have no idea how I would manage this migration if I had any. I think this is one of the core tenets of an indie hacker: Controlling their own environment. I can’t remember whose quote this is, but I suspect it was Naval: Entrepreneurs have an almost pathological need to control their own fate. They will take any suffering if they can be in charge of their destiny, and not have it in somebody else’s hands. What’s truly scary is, at least in my case, we make people around us suffer at the expense of our attempting to control our own fates. I know this period has been quite hard on my wife as well, as I neglected her quite a bit, but sadly, I know that this will happen again. It is something that I can barely help with. Still, so sorry. After working the last two weeks on a ProductHunt Launch, I finally launched it this Tuesday. Zero ranking, zero new users, but 36 kind people upvoted my product, and many commented and provided invaluable feedback. I couldn't be more grateful for each one of them 🙏. Considering all these, what lies in the future of Summ though? I have no idea, to be honest. On one hand, I have zero users, have no job, no income. So, I need a way to make money asap. On the other hand, the whole idea of it revolves around one core premise (not an assumption) that I am not so willing to share; and I couldn’t have more trust in it. This might not be the best iteration of it, however I certainly believe that email usage is one of the best problem spaces one could work on. 👉 But, one thing is for certain: I need to get in touch with people, and talk with them about this product I built so far. In fact, this is the only item on my agenda. Nothing else will save my brainchild <3. Below are some other insights and notes that I got during my journey; as they do not 100% fit into this story, I think it is more suitable to list them here. I hope you enjoyed reading this. Give Summ a try, it comes with a generous free trial, no credit card required. Some additional notes and insights: Project planning is one of the most underestimated skills for solopreneurs. It saves you enormous time, and helps you to keep your focus up. Building B2B products beats building B2C products. Businesses are very willing to pay big bucks if your product helps them. On the other hand, spending a few hours per user who would pay $5/m probably is not worth your time. It doesn’t matter how brilliant your product is if no one uses it. If you cannot sell a product in a certain category/niche (or do not know how to sell it), it might be a good idea not to start a project in it. Going after new ideas and ventures is quite risky, especially if you don’t know how to market it. On the other hand, an already established category means that there is already demand. Whether this demand is sufficient or not is another issue. As long as there is enough demand for your product to fit in, any category/niche is good. Some might be better, some might be worse. Unless you are going hardcore B2B, you will need people to find your product by means of organic search. Always conduct thorough keyword research as soon as possible.

How me and my team made 15+ apps and not made a single sale in 2023

Hey, my name is Michael, I am in Auckland NZ. This year was the official beginning of my adult life. I graduated from university and started a full-time job. I’ve also really dug into indiehacking/bootstrapping and started 15 projects (and it will be at least 17 before the year ends). I think I’ve learned a lot but I consciously repeated mistakes. Upto (Nov) Discord Statuses + Your Location + Facebook Poke https://preview.redd.it/4nqt7tp2tf5c1.png?width=572&format=png&auto=webp&s=b0223484bc54b45b5c65e0b1afd0dc52f9c02ad1 This was the end of uni, I often messaged (and got messaged) requests of status and location to (and from my) friends. I thought, what if we make a social app that’s super basic and all it does is show you where your friends are? To differentiate from snap maps and others we wanted something with more privacy where you select the location. However, never finished the codebase or launched it. This is because I slowly started to realize that B2C (especially social networks) are way too hard to make into an actual business and the story with Fistbump would repeat itself. However, this decision not to launch it almost launched a curse on our team. From that point, we permitted ourselves to abandon projects even before launching. Lessons: Don’t do social networks if your goal is 10k MRR ASAP. If you build something to 90% competition ship it or you will think it’s okay to abandon projects Insight Bites (Nov) Youtube Summarizer Extension &#x200B; https://preview.redd.it/h6drqej4tf5c1.jpg?width=800&format=pjpg&auto=webp&s=0f211456c390ac06f4fcb54aa51f9d50b0826658 Right after Upto, we started ideating and conveniently the biggest revolution in the recent history of tech was released → GPT. We instantly began ideating. The first problem we chose to use AI for is to summarize YouTube videos. Comical. Nevertheless, I am convinced we have had the best UX because you could right-click on a video to get a slideshow of insights instead of how everyone else did it. We dropped it because there was too much competition and unit economics didn’t work out (and it was a B2C). PodPigeon (Dec) Podcast → Tweet Threads https://preview.redd.it/0ukge245tf5c1.png?width=2498&format=png&auto=webp&s=23303e1cab330578a3d25cd688fa67aa3b97fb60 Then we thought, to make unit economics work we need to make this worthwhile for podcasters. This is when I got into Twitter and started seeing people summarize podcasts. Then I thought, what if we make something that converts a podcast into tweets? This was probably one of the most important projects because it connected me with Jason and Jonaed, both of whom I regularly stay in contact with and are my go-to experts on ideas related to content creation. Jonaed was even willing to buy Podpigeon and was using it on his own time. However, the unit economics still didn’t work out (and we got excited about other things). Furthermore, we got scared of the competition because I found 1 - 2 other people who did similar things poorly. This was probably the biggest mistake we’ve made. Very similar projects made 10k MRR and more, launching later than we did. We didn’t have a coherent product vision, we didn’t understand the customer well enough, and we had a bad outlook on competition and a myriad of other things. Lessons: I already made another post about the importance of outlook on competition. Do not quit just because there are competitors or just because you can’t be 10x better. Indiehackers and Bootstrappers (or even startups) need to differentiate in the market, which can be via product (UX/UI), distribution, or both. Asking Ace Intro.co + Crowdsharing &#x200B; https://preview.redd.it/0hu2tt16tf5c1.jpg?width=1456&format=pjpg&auto=webp&s=3d397568ef2331e78198d64fafc1a701a3e75999 As I got into Twitter, I wanted to chat with some people I saw there. However, they were really expensive. I thought, what if we made some kind of crowdfunding service for other entrepreneurs to get a private lecture from their idols? It seemed to make a lot of sense on paper. It was solving a problem (validated via the fact that Intro.co is a thing and making things cheaper and accessible is a solid ground to stand on), we understood the market (or so we thought), and it could monetize relatively quickly. However, after 1-2 posts on Reddit and Indiehackers, we quickly learned three things. Firstly, no one cares. Secondly, even if they do, they think they can get the same information for free online. Thirdly, the reasons before are bad because for the first point → we barely talked to people, and for the second people → we barely talked to the wrong people. However, at least we didn’t code anything this time and tried to validate via a landing page. Lessons Don’t give up after 1 Redditor says “I don’t need this” Don’t be scared to choose successful people as your audience. Clarito Journaling with AI analyzer https://preview.redd.it/8ria2wq6tf5c1.jpg?width=1108&format=pjpg&auto=webp&s=586ec28ae75003d9f71b4af2520b748d53dd2854 Clarito is a classic problem all amateur entrepreneurs have. It’s where you lie to yourself that you have a real problem and therefore is validated but when your team asks you how much you would pay you say I guess you will pay, maybe, like 5 bucks a month…? Turns out, you’d have to pay me to use our own product lol. We sent it off to a few friends and posted on some forums, but never really got anything tangible and decided to move away. Honestly, a lot of it is us in our own heads. We say the market is too saturated, it’ll be hard to monetize, it’s B2C, etc. Lessons: You use the Mom Test on other people. You have to do it yourself as well. However, recognizing that the Mom Test requires a lot of creativity in its investigation because knowing what questions to ask can determine the outcome of the validation. I asked myself “Do I journal” but I didn’t ask myself “How often do I want GPT to chyme in on my reflections”. Which was practically never. That being said I think with the right audience and distribution, this product can work. I just don’t know (let alone care) about the audience that much (and I thought I was one of them)/ Horns & Claw Scrapes financial news texts you whether you should buy/sell the stock (news sentiment analysis) &#x200B; https://preview.redd.it/gvfxdgc7tf5c1.jpg?width=1287&format=pjpg&auto=webp&s=63977bbc33fe74147b1f72913cefee4a9ebec9c2 This one we didn’t even bother launching. Probably something internal in the team and also seemed too good to be true (because if this works, doesn’t that just make us ultra-rich fast?). I saw a similar tool making 10k MRR so I guess I was wrong. Lessons: This one was pretty much just us getting into our heads. I declared that without an audience it would be impossible to ship this product and we needed to start a YouTube channel. Lol, and we did. And we couldn’t even film for 1 minute. I made bold statements like “We will commit to this for at least 1 year no matter what”. Learnery Make courses about any subject https://preview.redd.it/1nw6z448tf5c1.jpg?width=1112&format=pjpg&auto=webp&s=f2c73e8af23b0a6c3747a81e785960d4004feb48 This is probably the most “successful” project we’ve made. It grew from a couple of dozen to a couple of hundred users. It has 11 buy events for $9.99 LTD (we couldn’t be bothered connecting Stripe because we thought no one would buy it anyway). However what got us discouraged from seriously pursuing it more is, that this has very low defensibility, “Why wouldn’t someone just use chatGPT?” and it’s B2C so it’s hard to monetize. I used it myself for a month or so but then stopped. I don’t think it’s the app, I think the act of learning a concept from scratch isn’t something you do constantly in the way Learnery delivers it (ie course). I saw a bunch of similar apps that look like Ass make like 10k MRR. Lessons: Don’t do B2C, or if you do, do it properly Don’t just Mixpanel the buy button, connect your Stripe otherwise, it doesn’t feel real and you won’t get momentum. I doubt anyone (even me) will make this mistake again. I live in my GPT bubble where I make assumptions that everyone uses GPT the same way and as much as I do. In reality, the argument that this has low defensibility against GPT is invalid. Platforms that deliver a differentiated UX from ChatGPT to audiences who are not tightly integrated into the habit of using ChatGPT (which is like - everyone except for SOME tech evangelists). CuriosityFM Make podcasts about any subject https://preview.redd.it/zmosrcp8tf5c1.jpg?width=638&format=pjpg&auto=webp&s=d04ddffabef9050050b0d87939273cc96a8637dc This was our attempt at making Learnery more unique and more differentiated from chatGPT. We never really launched it. The unit economics didn’t work out and it was actually pretty boring to listen to, I don’t think I even fully listened to one 15-minute episode. I think this wasn’t that bad, it taught us more about ElevenLabs and voice AI. It took us maybe only 2-3 days to build so I think building to learn a new groundbreaking technology is fine. SleepyTale Make children’s bedtime stories https://preview.redd.it/14ue9nm9tf5c1.jpg?width=807&format=pjpg&auto=webp&s=267e18ec6f9270e6d1d11564b38136fa524966a1 My 8-year-old sister gave me that idea. She was too scared of making tea and I was curious about how she’d react if she heard a bedtime story about that exact scenario with the moral that I wanted her to absorb (which is that you shouldn’t be scared to try new things ie stop asking me to make your tea and do it yourself, it’s not that hard. You could say I went full Goebbels on her). Zane messaged a bunch of parents on Facebook but no one really cared. We showed this to one Lady at the place we worked from at Uni and she was impressed and wanted to show it to her kids but we already turned off our ElevenLabs subscription. Lessons: However, the truth behind this is beyond just “you need to be able to distribute”. It’s that you have to care about the audience. I don’t particularly want to build products for kids and parents. I am far away from that audience because I am neither a kid anymore nor going to be a parent anytime soon, and my sister still asked me to make her tea so the story didn’t work. I think it’s important to ask yourself whether you care about the audience. The way you answer that even when you are in full bias mode is, do you engage with them? Are you interested in what’s happening in their communities? Are you friends with them? Etc. User Survey Analyzer Big User Survey → GPT → Insights Report Me and my coworker were chatting about AI when he asked me to help him analyze a massive survey for him. I thought that was some pretty decent validation. Someone in an actual company asking for help. Lessons Market research is important but moving fast is also important. Ie building momentum. Also don’t revolve around 1 user. This has been a problem in multiple projects. Finding as many users as possible in the beginning to talk to is key. Otherwise, you are just waiting for 1 person to get back to you. AutoI18N Automated Internationalization of the codebase for webapps This one I might still do. It’s hard to find a solid distribution strategy. However, the idea came from me having to do it at my day job. It seems a solid problem. I’d say it’s validated and has some good players already. The key will be differentiation via the simplicity of UX and distribution (which means a slightly different audience). In the backlog for now because I don’t care about the problem or the audience that much. Documate - Part 1 Converts complex PDFs into Excel https://preview.redd.it/8b45k9katf5c1.jpg?width=1344&format=pjpg&auto=webp&s=57324b8720eb22782e28794d2db674b073193995 My mom needed to convert a catalog of furniture into an inventory which took her 3 full days of data entry. I automated it for her and thought this could have a big impact but there was no distribution because there was no ICP. We tried to find the ideal customers by talking to a bunch of different demographics but I flew to Kazakhstan for a holiday and so this kind of fizzled out. I am not writing this blog post linearity, this is my 2nd hour and I am tired and don’t want to finish this later so I don’t even know what lessons I learned. Figmatic Marketplace of high-quality Figma mockups of real apps https://preview.redd.it/h13yv45btf5c1.jpg?width=873&format=pjpg&auto=webp&s=aaa2896aeac2f22e9b7d9eed98c28bb8a2d2cdf1 This was a collab between me and my friend Alex. It was the classic Clarito where we both thought we had this problem and would pay to fix it. In reality, this is a vitamin. Neither I, nor I doubt Alex have thought of this as soon as we bought the domain. We posted it on Gumroad, sent it to a bunch of forums, and called it a day. Same issue as almost all the other ones. No distribution strategy. However, apps like Mobin show us that this concept is indeed profitable but it takes time. It needs SEO. It needs a community. None of those things, me and Alex had or was interested in. However shortly after HTML → Figma came out and it’s the best plugin. Maybe that should’ve been the idea. Podcast → Course Turns Podcaster’s episodes into a course This one I got baited by Jason :P I described to him the idea of repurposing his content for a course. He told me this was epic and he would pay. Then after I sent him the demo, he never checked it out. Anyhow during the development, we realized that doesn’t actually work because A podcast doesn’t have the correct format for the course, the most you can extract are concepts and ideas, seldom explanations. Most creators want video-based courses to be hosted on Kajabi or Udemy Another lesson is that when you pitch something to a user, what you articulate is a platform or a process, they imagine an outcome. However, the end result of your platform can be a very different outcome to what they had in mind and there is even a chance that what they want is not possible. You need to understand really well what the outcome looks like before you design the process. This is a classic problem where we thought of the solution before the problem. Yes, the problem exists. Podcasters want to make courses. However, if you really understand what they want, you can see how repurposing a podcast isn’t the best way to get there. However I only really spoke to 1-2 podcasters about this so making conclusions is dangerous for this can just be another asking ace mistake with the Redditor. Documate Part 2 Same concept as before but now I want to run some ads. We’ll see what happens. https://preview.redd.it/xb3npj0ctf5c1.jpg?width=1456&format=pjpg&auto=webp&s=3cd4884a29fd11d870d010a2677b585551c49193 In conclusion https://preview.redd.it/2zrldc9dtf5c1.jpg?width=1840&format=pjpg&auto=webp&s=2b3105073e752ad41c23f205dbd1ea046c1da7ff It doesn’t actually matter that much whether you choose to do a B2C, or a social network or focus on growing your audience. All of these can make you successful. What’s important is that you choose. If I had to summarize my 2023 in one word it’s indecision. Most of these projects succeeded for other people, nothing was as fundamentally wrong about them as I proclaimed. In reality that itself was an excuse. New ideas seduce, and it is a form of discipline to commit to a single project for a respectful amount of time. https://preview.redd.it/zy9a2vzdtf5c1.jpg?width=1456&format=pjpg&auto=webp&s=901c621227bba0feb4efdb39142f66ab2ebb86fe Distribution is not just posting on Indiehackers and Reddit. It’s an actual strategy and you should think of it as soon as you think of the idea, even before the Figma designs. I like how Denis Shatalin taught me. You have to build a pipeline. That means a reliable way to get leads, launch campaigns at them, close deals, learn from them, and optimize. Whenever I get an idea now I always try to ask myself “Where can I find 1000s leads in one day?” If there is no good answer, this is not a good project to do now. &#x200B; https://preview.redd.it/2boh3fpetf5c1.jpg?width=1456&format=pjpg&auto=webp&s=1c0d5d7b000716fcbbb00cbad495e8b61e25be66 Talk to users before doing anything. Jumping on designing and coding to make your idea a reality is a satisfying activity in the short term. Especially for me, I like to create for the sake of creation. However, it is so important to understand the market, understand the audience, understand the distribution. There are a lot of things to understand before coding. https://preview.redd.it/lv8tt96ftf5c1.jpg?width=1456&format=pjpg&auto=webp&s=6c8735aa6ad795f216ff9ddfa2341712e8277724 Get out of your own head. The real reason we dropped so many projects is that we got into our own heads. We let the negative thoughts creep in and kill all the optimism. I am really good at coming up with excuses to start a project. However, I am equally as good at coming up with reasons to kill a project. And so you have this yin and yang of starting and stopping. Building momentum and not burning out. I can say with certainty my team ran out of juice this year. We lost momentum so many times we got burnt out towards the end. Realizing that the project itself has momentum is important. User feedback and sales bring momentum. Building also creates momentum but unless it is matched with an equal force of impact, it can stomp the project down. That is why so many of our projects died quickly after we launched. The smarter approach is to do things that have a low investment of momentum (like talking to users) but result in high impact (sales or feedback). Yes, that means the project can get invalidated which makes it more short-lived than if we built it first, but it preserves team life energy. At the end of 2023 here is a single sentence I am making about how I think one becomes a successful indiehacker. One becomes a successful Indiehacker when one starts to solve pain-killer problems in the market they understand, for an audience they care about and consistently engage with for a long enough timeframe. Therefore an unsuccessful Indiehacker in a single sentence is An unsuccessful Indiehacker constantly enters new markets they don’t understand to build solutions for people whose problems they don’t care about, in a timeframe that is shorter than than the time they spent thinking about distribution. However, an important note to be made. Life is not just about indiehacking. It’s about learning and having fun. In the human world, the best journey isn’t the one that gets you the fastest to your goals but the one you enjoy the most. I enjoyed making those silly little projects and although I do not regret them, I will not repeat the same mistakes in 2024. But while it’s still 2023, I have 2 more projects I want to do :) EDIT: For Devs, frontend is always react with vite (ts) and backend is either node with express (ts) or python. For DB either Postgres or mongo (usually Prisma for ORM). For deployment all of it is on AWS (S3, EC2). In terms of libraries/APIs Whisper.cpp is best open source for transcription Obviously the gpt apis Eleven labs for voice related stuff And other random stuff here and there

Just Launched My AI Agents Directory - Roast Away!

Hey Reddit! After countless hours of coding, caffeine-fueled nights, and a few nervous breakdowns, I’ve finally launched my side project: an AI Agents Directory! 🎉 It's a platform where you can discover and read about various AI agents. We’ve got 40+ agents listed so far, and I'm looking for some honest feedback from this awesome community. Here’s what it does: Instantly search and filter AI agents Upvote AI Agent Read detailed descriptions and use cases Submit your own AI agents I know it’s not perfect and probably has a million things that could be better. So, I'm here to ask you to roast it! Tear it apart, tell me what's terrible, what’s good, and how I can make it better. Feel free to check it out here: https://aiagentsdirectory.com/ Thanks in advance for your brutal honesty! 🙏 P.S. Be gentle… okay, maybe not. 😅 https://preview.redd.it/rpwp38sp47dd1.png?width=1592&format=png&auto=webp&s=9cf54385f1a9cc61b6a746f3ea38f8349d35b5a1

I built an app to find who’s interested in your app by monitoring social media

Hi everyone! I hope you’re all doing great folks! I’d love to know your thoughts about what I’ve been working on recently! 🙏 If you’re busy or wanna see the app scroll to the bottom to see the video demo, otherwise, continue reading. Very brief presentation of myself first: I’m Marvin, and I live in Florence, Italy, 👋 This year I decided to go all-in on solopreneurship, I’ve been in tech as Software Engineer first, and then in Engineering Leadership for 10+ years, I’ve always worked in startups, except for last year, when I was the Director of Engineering at the Linux Foundation. Follow me on X or subscribe to my newsletter if you’re curious about this journey. The vision Most founders start building digital startups because they love crafting and being impactful by helping other people or companies. First-time founders then face reality when they realize that nailing distribution is key. All other founders already learned this, most likely the hard way. The outcome is the same: a great product will unlikely succeed without great distribution. Letting people know about your product should be easier and not an unfair advantage. The following meme is so true, but also quite sad. I wanna help this to change by easing the marketing and distribution part. https://preview.redd.it/g52pz46upqtd1.png?width=679&format=png&auto=webp&s=cf8398a3592f25c05c396bb2ff5d028331a36315 The story behind Distribution is a huge space: lead generation, demand generation, content marketing, social media marketing, cold outreach, etc. I cannot solve everything altogether. A few months ago I was checking the traffic to a job board I own (NextCommit). That's when I noticed that the “baseline” traffic increased by almost 10x. 🤯 I started investigating why. I realized that the monthly traffic from Reddit increased from 10-ish to 350+. Yeah, the job board doesn’t get much traffic in total, but this was an interesting finding. After digging more, it seems that all that increase came from a single Reddit comment: https://www.reddit.com/r/remotework/comments/1crwcei/comment/l5fb1yy/ This is the moment when I realized two things: It’s cool that someone quoted it! Engaging with people on Reddit, even just through comments, can be VERY powerful. And this was just one single comment! https://preview.redd.it/nhxcv4h2qqtd1.png?width=1192&format=png&auto=webp&s=d31905f56ae59426108ddbb61f2d6b668eedf27a Some weeks later I started noticing a few apps like ReplyGuy. These were automatically engaging with Reddit posts identified through keywords. I decided to sign up for the free plan of ReplyGuy to know more, but many things didn’t convince me: One of the keywords I used for my job board was “remote” and that caused a lot of false positives, The generated replies were good as a kickstart, but most of the time they needed to be tuned to sound more like me. The latter is expected. In the end, the platform doesn’t know me, doesn’t know my opinions, doesn’t know my story, etc.. The only valuable feature left for me was identifying the posts, but that also didn’t work well for me due to false positives. I ended up using it after only 15 minutes. I’m not saying they did a poor job, but it was not working well for me. In the end, the product got quite some traction, so it helped confirm there’s interest in that kind of tool. What bothered me was the combination of auto-replies that felt non-authentic. It’s not that I’m against bots, automation is becoming more common, and people are getting used to it. But in this context, I believe bots should act as an extension of ourselves, enhancing our interactions rather than just generating generic responses (like tools such as HeyGen, Synthesia, PhotoAI). I’m not there yet with my app, but a lot can be done. I'd love to reach the point where a user feels confident to automate the replies because they sound as written by themselves. I then decided to start from the same space, helping engage with Reddit posts, for these reasons: I experienced myself that it can be impactful, It aligns with my vision to ease distribution, Some competitors validated that there’s interest in this specific feature and I could use it as a starting point, I’m confident I can provide a better experience even with what I already have. The current state The product currently enables you to: Create multiple projects and assign keywords, Find the posts that are relevant for engagement using a fuzzy match of keywords and post-filtered using AI to avoid false positives, Provide an analysis of each post to assess the best way to engage, Generate a helpful reply that you’d need to review and post. So currently the product is more on the demand gen side, but this is just the beginning. I’m speaking with people from Marketing, Sales, RevOps, and Growth agencies to better understand their lives, struggles, and pain points. This will help me ensure that I build a product that enables them to help users find the products they need. I’m currently looking for up to 10 people to join the closed beta for free. If you’re interested in joining or to get notified once generally available you can do it here! https://tally.so/r/3XYbj4 After the closed beta, I will start onboarding people in batches. This will let me gather feedback, iterate, and provide a great experience to everyone aligned with my vision. I’m not going to add auto-reply unless the conditions I explained above are met or someone convinces me there’s a good reason for doing so. Each batch will probably get bigger with an increasing price until I’m confident about making it generally available. The next steps The next steps will depend on the feedback I get from the customers and the learnings from the discovery calls I’m having. I will talk about future developments in another update, but I have some ideas already. Check out the demo video below, and I'd love to hear your thoughts! ❤️ Oh and BTW, the app is called HaveYouHeard! https://reddit.com/link/1fzsnrd/video/34lat9snpqtd1/player This is the link to Loom in case the upload doesn't work: https://www.loom.com/share/460c4033b1f94e3bb5e1d081a05eedfd

How to get your first 10 customers with cold email

Cold email is an insane channel for growth, especially for bootstrapped startups as it's very low cost but completely scalable. Yet there's a huge difference between blind cold emailing and crafting personalized outreach for select individuals. The latter is a legit channel which makes many businesses scale in short amounts of time (i.e. see Alex Hormozi’s ‘$100 Million Dollar Offer’). My goal here is to help other founders do what I did but quicker. So you can learn faster. And then teach me something new too. These are the step-by-step lessons I've learnt as a bootstrapped founder, showing you how to use cold email to get your first customers: Find your leads Write engaging email copy Personalize your outreach Send emails Scale up Find your leads This is a key step. Once you figure out exactly who you want to target and where to find them, you'll be printing money. There's a few different ways to go about finding valuable leads. The secret? Keep testing different approaches until you strike gold. First, dedicate some time every day to find and organise leads. Then, keep an eye on your numbers and bounce rates. If something's not working, switch it up. Stick with what's bringing in results and ditch what's not. It's all about staying flexible and learning as you go. Apollo.io is a great starting point as an effective lead source. Their tool allows you to specify filters including job titles, location, company size, industry, keywords, technologies, and revenue. Get specific with your searches to find your ideal customers. Once you have some results you can save and export them, you'll get a list of contact information including name, email, company, LinkedIn, ready to be verified and used. LinkedIn Sales Navigator is another good source. You can either do manual searches or use a scraper to automate the process. The scrapers I'd recommend checking out are FindyMail and Evaboot. As with Apollo, it's best to get very specific with your targeting so you know the prospect will be interested in your offer. BuiltWith is more expensive but ideal if you're targeting competitors. With BuiltWith you can build lists based on what technologies companies are using. For example if you're selling a Shopify app, you'd want to know websites or stores using Shopify, and reach out to them. The best lead sources will always be those that haven't been contacted a lot in the past. If you are able to find places where your target audience uniquely hangs out, and you can get their company website domains, they have the potential to be scrapped, and you have a way to personalize like "I spotted your comment on XYZ website". Once you've got your leads, keep them organized. Set up folders for different niches, countries, company sizes, so you can review what works and what doesn't. One more thing – before you start firing off emails, make sure those addresses are verified. Always use an email verifier to clean up your list and avoid bounces that may affect your sending reputation, and land you in the spam folder. I use Neverbounce for this but there are other tools available. Write engaging email copy Writing a good copy that gets replies is difficult, it changes depending on your offer/audience and nobody knows what's going to work. The best approach is to keep testing different targeting and messaging until you find what works. However, there are some key rules to stick to that I've outlined. For the subject line, keep it short and personalized. Try to write something that sparks interest, and mention the recipients name: Thought you’d like this {{first name}} {{firstName}} - quick question For the email body it's best to use a framework of personalization, offer, then call to action. Personalization is an entire subject in its own right, which I've covered below. In short, a personalized email opener is the best way to grab their attention, and let them know the email is relevant to them and to keep reading. Take it from Alex Hormozi and his $100M Offers playbook – your offer is very important to get right. Make sure your offer hits the mark for your target audience, and get as specific as possible. For example: I built a SaaS shopify app for small ecommerce businesses selling apparel that doubles your revenue in 60-days or your money back. We developed a cold email personalization tool for lead generation agencies that saves hundreds of hours, and can 3x your reply rate. Lastly, the CTA. The goal here isn't to get sign-ups directly from your first email. It's better to ask a brief question about whether the prospect would be interested in learning more. Something very low friction, that warrants a response. Some examples might include: Would you be interested in learning more about this? Can we connect a bit more on this? Mind if I send over a loom I recorded for you? Never send any links in the first email. You've reached out to this person because you have good reason to believe they'd find real value in your offer, and you want to verify if that's the case. After you get one reply, this is a great positive signal and from there you can send a link, book a call, provide a free resource, whatever makes sense based on their response. Personalize your outreach Personalization is one of the most important parts of the process to get right. Your recipient probably receives a multitude of emails every day, how can you make yours stand out, letting them know you've done your research, and that your email is relevant to them? Personalizing each email ensures you get more positive replies, and avoid spam filters, as your email is unique and hasn't been copied and pasted a million times over. The goal is to spark the recipient's interest, and let them know that you're contacting them for good reason. You might mention a recent achievement, blog post or product release that led you to reach out to the prospect specifically. For example: Your post on "Doing Nothing" gave me a good chuckle. Savvy marketing on Cadbury's part. Saw that you've been at Google for just under a year now as a new VP of sales. Spotted that you've got over 7 years of experience in the digital marketing space. Ideally you'll mention something specifically about the prospect or their company that relates to your offer. The downside to personalization is that it's hard to get right, and very time consuming at scale, but totally worth it. Full disclosure, me and my partner Igor just launched our new startup ColdClicks which uses AI to generate hyper-personalized email openers at scale. We built the tool as we were sending hundreds of emails a day, and personalizing every individual email took hours out of our day. ColdClicks automates this process, saving you time and getting you 2-3x more replies. Send emails At this stage you've decided on who you're targeting, you've mined some leads, and written copy. Now it's time to get sending. You can do this manually by copy and pasting each message, but one of the reasons cold email is so powerful is that it's scalable. When you build a process that gets customers, you'll want to send as many emails as you can to your target market. To get started quickly, you can use a mail-merge gmail tool, the best I've used is Maileteor. With Maileteor you upload your lead data to Google sheets, set-up an email template and Mailmetor will send out emails every day automatically. In your template you can define variables including name, company, and personalization to ensure your email is unique for each recipient. Alternatively, you may opt for a more comprehensive tool such as Instantly. Instantly includes unlimited email sending and accounts. There's more initial setup involved as you'll need to set-up Google workspace, buy sending domains, and warm up your email accounts, but when you become familiar with the process you can build a powerful lead generation / customer acquisition machine. Some key points to note, it's very important to warm up any new email accounts you set up. Warmup is the process of gradually establishing a positive reputation with email service providers like Gmail or Yahoo. Make sure to set up DKIM and DMARC on those new email accounts too, to maximise your chances of landing in the inbox. Scale up Once you've found a process that works, good things happen, and it becomes a numbers game. As you get replies and start to see new users signing up, you'll want to scale the process and send more emails. It's straightforward to add new sending accounts in a sending tool like Instantly, and you'll want to broaden your targeting when mining to test new markets. Unfortunately, sending more emails usually comes with a drop in reply rate as you have less time to personalize your messaging for each recipient. This is where ColdClicks shines. The tool allows you to upload thousands of leads and generate perfectly relevant email personalizations for every lead in your list, then export to your favorite sending tool. The examples I listed above in the personalization section were all generated by ColdClicks. Wrapping it up Cold email is an amazing way to validate your product and get new customers. The channel gets a bad rap, but there's a huge difference between blind cold emailing and crafting personalized outreach for individuals who will find value in your product. It's perfect for bootstrapped founders due to its affordability and scalability, and it's the driver of growth for many SaaS businesses. Time to get your first 10 customers! As you start sending, make it a habit to regularly check for new leads. Always experiment with market/messaging, track every campaign so you can learn what's working and iterate, and when you do get positive responses, reply as soon as you can!

Enhancing Time Management & Journaling with AI: A Hybrid Physical-Digital Approach

Hey everyone! I wanted to share my experience combining AI, physical journaling, and time tracking - and get your thoughts on taking this further. Background: My AI-Enhanced Productivity Journey I recently did an intensive experiment tracking my time down to the minute (as a software engineer juggling multiple projects, Kendo practice, and side hustles). I used Claude/ChatGPT to analyze my patterns and got some fascinating insights about my productivity and habits. The AIs helped me spot patterns I was blind to and asked surprisingly thoughtful questions that made me reflect deeper. What really struck me was how AI turned from just an analysis tool into something like a wise friend who remembers everything and asks the right questions at the right time. This got me thinking about creating a more structured approach. The Hybrid Model Concept I'm exploring an idea that combines: Physical journaling/tracking (for tactile experience and mindfulness) AI-powered digital companion (for insights and reflection) Flexible input methods (write in a notebook, take photos, type, or voice record) The key insight is: while AI can track digital activities, our lives happen both online and offline. Sometimes we're in meetings, reading books, or having coffee with friends. By combining human input with AI analysis, we get both accuracy and insight. How It Would Work: \- Write in your physical journal/planner as usual \- Optionally snap photos or type key points into the app \- AI companion provides: \- Smart comparisons (today vs last week/month/year) \- Pattern recognition ("I notice you're most creative after morning exercise...") \- Thoughtful reflection prompts ("How has your approach to \[recurring challenge\] evolved?") \- Connection-making between entries ("This reminds me of what you wrote about...") What Makes This Different Human Agency: You control what to track and share, maintaining mindfulness AI as Coach: Beyond just tracking, it asks meaningful questions based on your patterns Temporal Intelligence: Helps you see how your behaviors and thoughts evolve over time Flexibility: Works whether you prefer paper, digital, or both Early Insights from My Testing: \- Initial tracking caused some anxiety (couldn't sleep first two nights!) but became natural \- AI feedback varies by tool (Claude more encouraging, ChatGPT more direct) \- The combination of manual tracking + AI analysis led to better self-awareness \- Having AI ask unexpected questions led to deeper insights than solo journaling Questions for the Community: Have you tried combining AI with traditional productivity/journaling methods? What worked/didn't? What kinds of AI-generated insights/questions would be most valuable to you? How would you balance the convenience of automation with the benefits of manual tracking? What features would make this truly useful for your productivity practice? I believe there's something powerful in combining the mindfulness of manual tracking, the wisdom of AI, and the flexibility of modern tools. But I'd love to hear your thoughts and experiences! Looking forward to the discussion! 🤔✍️

How me and my team made 15+ apps and not made a single sale in 2023

Hey, my name is Michael, I am in Auckland NZ. This year was the official beginning of my adult life. I graduated from university and started a full-time job. I’ve also really dug into indiehacking/bootstrapping and started 15 projects (and it will be at least 17 before the year ends). I think I’ve learned a lot but I consciously repeated mistakes. Upto (Nov) Discord Statuses + Your Location + Facebook Poke https://preview.redd.it/4nqt7tp2tf5c1.png?width=572&format=png&auto=webp&s=b0223484bc54b45b5c65e0b1afd0dc52f9c02ad1 This was the end of uni, I often messaged (and got messaged) requests of status and location to (and from my) friends. I thought, what if we make a social app that’s super basic and all it does is show you where your friends are? To differentiate from snap maps and others we wanted something with more privacy where you select the location. However, never finished the codebase or launched it. This is because I slowly started to realize that B2C (especially social networks) are way too hard to make into an actual business and the story with Fistbump would repeat itself. However, this decision not to launch it almost launched a curse on our team. From that point, we permitted ourselves to abandon projects even before launching. Lessons: Don’t do social networks if your goal is 10k MRR ASAP. If you build something to 90% competition ship it or you will think it’s okay to abandon projects Insight Bites (Nov) Youtube Summarizer Extension &#x200B; https://preview.redd.it/h6drqej4tf5c1.jpg?width=800&format=pjpg&auto=webp&s=0f211456c390ac06f4fcb54aa51f9d50b0826658 Right after Upto, we started ideating and conveniently the biggest revolution in the recent history of tech was released → GPT. We instantly began ideating. The first problem we chose to use AI for is to summarize YouTube videos. Comical. Nevertheless, I am convinced we have had the best UX because you could right-click on a video to get a slideshow of insights instead of how everyone else did it. We dropped it because there was too much competition and unit economics didn’t work out (and it was a B2C). PodPigeon (Dec) Podcast → Tweet Threads https://preview.redd.it/0ukge245tf5c1.png?width=2498&format=png&auto=webp&s=23303e1cab330578a3d25cd688fa67aa3b97fb60 Then we thought, to make unit economics work we need to make this worthwhile for podcasters. This is when I got into Twitter and started seeing people summarize podcasts. Then I thought, what if we make something that converts a podcast into tweets? This was probably one of the most important projects because it connected me with Jason and Jonaed, both of whom I regularly stay in contact with and are my go-to experts on ideas related to content creation. Jonaed was even willing to buy Podpigeon and was using it on his own time. However, the unit economics still didn’t work out (and we got excited about other things). Furthermore, we got scared of the competition because I found 1 - 2 other people who did similar things poorly. This was probably the biggest mistake we’ve made. Very similar projects made 10k MRR and more, launching later than we did. We didn’t have a coherent product vision, we didn’t understand the customer well enough, and we had a bad outlook on competition and a myriad of other things. Lessons: I already made another post about the importance of outlook on competition. Do not quit just because there are competitors or just because you can’t be 10x better. Indiehackers and Bootstrappers (or even startups) need to differentiate in the market, which can be via product (UX/UI), distribution, or both. Asking Ace Intro.co + Crowdsharing &#x200B; https://preview.redd.it/0hu2tt16tf5c1.jpg?width=1456&format=pjpg&auto=webp&s=3d397568ef2331e78198d64fafc1a701a3e75999 As I got into Twitter, I wanted to chat with some people I saw there. However, they were really expensive. I thought, what if we made some kind of crowdfunding service for other entrepreneurs to get a private lecture from their idols? It seemed to make a lot of sense on paper. It was solving a problem (validated via the fact that Intro.co is a thing and making things cheaper and accessible is a solid ground to stand on), we understood the market (or so we thought), and it could monetize relatively quickly. However, after 1-2 posts on Reddit and Indiehackers, we quickly learned three things. Firstly, no one cares. Secondly, even if they do, they think they can get the same information for free online. Thirdly, the reasons before are bad because for the first point → we barely talked to people, and for the second people → we barely talked to the wrong people. However, at least we didn’t code anything this time and tried to validate via a landing page. Lessons Don’t give up after 1 Redditor says “I don’t need this” Don’t be scared to choose successful people as your audience. Clarito Journaling with AI analyzer https://preview.redd.it/8ria2wq6tf5c1.jpg?width=1108&format=pjpg&auto=webp&s=586ec28ae75003d9f71b4af2520b748d53dd2854 Clarito is a classic problem all amateur entrepreneurs have. It’s where you lie to yourself that you have a real problem and therefore is validated but when your team asks you how much you would pay you say I guess you will pay, maybe, like 5 bucks a month…? Turns out, you’d have to pay me to use our own product lol. We sent it off to a few friends and posted on some forums, but never really got anything tangible and decided to move away. Honestly, a lot of it is us in our own heads. We say the market is too saturated, it’ll be hard to monetize, it’s B2C, etc. Lessons: You use the Mom Test on other people. You have to do it yourself as well. However, recognizing that the Mom Test requires a lot of creativity in its investigation because knowing what questions to ask can determine the outcome of the validation. I asked myself “Do I journal” but I didn’t ask myself “How often do I want GPT to chyme in on my reflections”. Which was practically never. That being said I think with the right audience and distribution, this product can work. I just don’t know (let alone care) about the audience that much (and I thought I was one of them)/ Horns & Claw Scrapes financial news texts you whether you should buy/sell the stock (news sentiment analysis) &#x200B; https://preview.redd.it/gvfxdgc7tf5c1.jpg?width=1287&format=pjpg&auto=webp&s=63977bbc33fe74147b1f72913cefee4a9ebec9c2 This one we didn’t even bother launching. Probably something internal in the team and also seemed too good to be true (because if this works, doesn’t that just make us ultra-rich fast?). I saw a similar tool making 10k MRR so I guess I was wrong. Lessons: This one was pretty much just us getting into our heads. I declared that without an audience it would be impossible to ship this product and we needed to start a YouTube channel. Lol, and we did. And we couldn’t even film for 1 minute. I made bold statements like “We will commit to this for at least 1 year no matter what”. Learnery Make courses about any subject https://preview.redd.it/1nw6z448tf5c1.jpg?width=1112&format=pjpg&auto=webp&s=f2c73e8af23b0a6c3747a81e785960d4004feb48 This is probably the most “successful” project we’ve made. It grew from a couple of dozen to a couple of hundred users. It has 11 buy events for $9.99 LTD (we couldn’t be bothered connecting Stripe because we thought no one would buy it anyway). However what got us discouraged from seriously pursuing it more is, that this has very low defensibility, “Why wouldn’t someone just use chatGPT?” and it’s B2C so it’s hard to monetize. I used it myself for a month or so but then stopped. I don’t think it’s the app, I think the act of learning a concept from scratch isn’t something you do constantly in the way Learnery delivers it (ie course). I saw a bunch of similar apps that look like Ass make like 10k MRR. Lessons: Don’t do B2C, or if you do, do it properly Don’t just Mixpanel the buy button, connect your Stripe otherwise, it doesn’t feel real and you won’t get momentum. I doubt anyone (even me) will make this mistake again. I live in my GPT bubble where I make assumptions that everyone uses GPT the same way and as much as I do. In reality, the argument that this has low defensibility against GPT is invalid. Platforms that deliver a differentiated UX from ChatGPT to audiences who are not tightly integrated into the habit of using ChatGPT (which is like - everyone except for SOME tech evangelists). CuriosityFM Make podcasts about any subject https://preview.redd.it/zmosrcp8tf5c1.jpg?width=638&format=pjpg&auto=webp&s=d04ddffabef9050050b0d87939273cc96a8637dc This was our attempt at making Learnery more unique and more differentiated from chatGPT. We never really launched it. The unit economics didn’t work out and it was actually pretty boring to listen to, I don’t think I even fully listened to one 15-minute episode. I think this wasn’t that bad, it taught us more about ElevenLabs and voice AI. It took us maybe only 2-3 days to build so I think building to learn a new groundbreaking technology is fine. SleepyTale Make children’s bedtime stories https://preview.redd.it/14ue9nm9tf5c1.jpg?width=807&format=pjpg&auto=webp&s=267e18ec6f9270e6d1d11564b38136fa524966a1 My 8-year-old sister gave me that idea. She was too scared of making tea and I was curious about how she’d react if she heard a bedtime story about that exact scenario with the moral that I wanted her to absorb (which is that you shouldn’t be scared to try new things ie stop asking me to make your tea and do it yourself, it’s not that hard. You could say I went full Goebbels on her). Zane messaged a bunch of parents on Facebook but no one really cared. We showed this to one Lady at the place we worked from at Uni and she was impressed and wanted to show it to her kids but we already turned off our ElevenLabs subscription. Lessons: However, the truth behind this is beyond just “you need to be able to distribute”. It’s that you have to care about the audience. I don’t particularly want to build products for kids and parents. I am far away from that audience because I am neither a kid anymore nor going to be a parent anytime soon, and my sister still asked me to make her tea so the story didn’t work. I think it’s important to ask yourself whether you care about the audience. The way you answer that even when you are in full bias mode is, do you engage with them? Are you interested in what’s happening in their communities? Are you friends with them? Etc. User Survey Analyzer Big User Survey → GPT → Insights Report Me and my coworker were chatting about AI when he asked me to help him analyze a massive survey for him. I thought that was some pretty decent validation. Someone in an actual company asking for help. Lessons Market research is important but moving fast is also important. Ie building momentum. Also don’t revolve around 1 user. This has been a problem in multiple projects. Finding as many users as possible in the beginning to talk to is key. Otherwise, you are just waiting for 1 person to get back to you. AutoI18N Automated Internationalization of the codebase for webapps This one I might still do. It’s hard to find a solid distribution strategy. However, the idea came from me having to do it at my day job. It seems a solid problem. I’d say it’s validated and has some good players already. The key will be differentiation via the simplicity of UX and distribution (which means a slightly different audience). In the backlog for now because I don’t care about the problem or the audience that much. Documate - Part 1 Converts complex PDFs into Excel https://preview.redd.it/8b45k9katf5c1.jpg?width=1344&format=pjpg&auto=webp&s=57324b8720eb22782e28794d2db674b073193995 My mom needed to convert a catalog of furniture into an inventory which took her 3 full days of data entry. I automated it for her and thought this could have a big impact but there was no distribution because there was no ICP. We tried to find the ideal customers by talking to a bunch of different demographics but I flew to Kazakhstan for a holiday and so this kind of fizzled out. I am not writing this blog post linearity, this is my 2nd hour and I am tired and don’t want to finish this later so I don’t even know what lessons I learned. Figmatic Marketplace of high-quality Figma mockups of real apps https://preview.redd.it/h13yv45btf5c1.jpg?width=873&format=pjpg&auto=webp&s=aaa2896aeac2f22e9b7d9eed98c28bb8a2d2cdf1 This was a collab between me and my friend Alex. It was the classic Clarito where we both thought we had this problem and would pay to fix it. In reality, this is a vitamin. Neither I, nor I doubt Alex have thought of this as soon as we bought the domain. We posted it on Gumroad, sent it to a bunch of forums, and called it a day. Same issue as almost all the other ones. No distribution strategy. However, apps like Mobin show us that this concept is indeed profitable but it takes time. It needs SEO. It needs a community. None of those things, me and Alex had or was interested in. However shortly after HTML → Figma came out and it’s the best plugin. Maybe that should’ve been the idea. Podcast → Course Turns Podcaster’s episodes into a course This one I got baited by Jason :P I described to him the idea of repurposing his content for a course. He told me this was epic and he would pay. Then after I sent him the demo, he never checked it out. Anyhow during the development, we realized that doesn’t actually work because A podcast doesn’t have the correct format for the course, the most you can extract are concepts and ideas, seldom explanations. Most creators want video-based courses to be hosted on Kajabi or Udemy Another lesson is that when you pitch something to a user, what you articulate is a platform or a process, they imagine an outcome. However, the end result of your platform can be a very different outcome to what they had in mind and there is even a chance that what they want is not possible. You need to understand really well what the outcome looks like before you design the process. This is a classic problem where we thought of the solution before the problem. Yes, the problem exists. Podcasters want to make courses. However, if you really understand what they want, you can see how repurposing a podcast isn’t the best way to get there. However I only really spoke to 1-2 podcasters about this so making conclusions is dangerous for this can just be another asking ace mistake with the Redditor. Documate Part 2 Same concept as before but now I want to run some ads. We’ll see what happens. https://preview.redd.it/xb3npj0ctf5c1.jpg?width=1456&format=pjpg&auto=webp&s=3cd4884a29fd11d870d010a2677b585551c49193 In conclusion https://preview.redd.it/2zrldc9dtf5c1.jpg?width=1840&format=pjpg&auto=webp&s=2b3105073e752ad41c23f205dbd1ea046c1da7ff It doesn’t actually matter that much whether you choose to do a B2C, or a social network or focus on growing your audience. All of these can make you successful. What’s important is that you choose. If I had to summarize my 2023 in one word it’s indecision. Most of these projects succeeded for other people, nothing was as fundamentally wrong about them as I proclaimed. In reality that itself was an excuse. New ideas seduce, and it is a form of discipline to commit to a single project for a respectful amount of time. https://preview.redd.it/zy9a2vzdtf5c1.jpg?width=1456&format=pjpg&auto=webp&s=901c621227bba0feb4efdb39142f66ab2ebb86fe Distribution is not just posting on Indiehackers and Reddit. It’s an actual strategy and you should think of it as soon as you think of the idea, even before the Figma designs. I like how Denis Shatalin taught me. You have to build a pipeline. That means a reliable way to get leads, launch campaigns at them, close deals, learn from them, and optimize. Whenever I get an idea now I always try to ask myself “Where can I find 1000s leads in one day?” If there is no good answer, this is not a good project to do now. &#x200B; https://preview.redd.it/2boh3fpetf5c1.jpg?width=1456&format=pjpg&auto=webp&s=1c0d5d7b000716fcbbb00cbad495e8b61e25be66 Talk to users before doing anything. Jumping on designing and coding to make your idea a reality is a satisfying activity in the short term. Especially for me, I like to create for the sake of creation. However, it is so important to understand the market, understand the audience, understand the distribution. There are a lot of things to understand before coding. https://preview.redd.it/lv8tt96ftf5c1.jpg?width=1456&format=pjpg&auto=webp&s=6c8735aa6ad795f216ff9ddfa2341712e8277724 Get out of your own head. The real reason we dropped so many projects is that we got into our own heads. We let the negative thoughts creep in and kill all the optimism. I am really good at coming up with excuses to start a project. However, I am equally as good at coming up with reasons to kill a project. And so you have this yin and yang of starting and stopping. Building momentum and not burning out. I can say with certainty my team ran out of juice this year. We lost momentum so many times we got burnt out towards the end. Realizing that the project itself has momentum is important. User feedback and sales bring momentum. Building also creates momentum but unless it is matched with an equal force of impact, it can stomp the project down. That is why so many of our projects died quickly after we launched. The smarter approach is to do things that have a low investment of momentum (like talking to users) but result in high impact (sales or feedback). Yes, that means the project can get invalidated which makes it more short-lived than if we built it first, but it preserves team life energy. At the end of 2023 here is a single sentence I am making about how I think one becomes a successful indiehacker. One becomes a successful Indiehacker when one starts to solve pain-killer problems in the market they understand, for an audience they care about and consistently engage with for a long enough timeframe. Therefore an unsuccessful Indiehacker in a single sentence is An unsuccessful Indiehacker constantly enters new markets they don’t understand to build solutions for people whose problems they don’t care about, in a timeframe that is shorter than than the time they spent thinking about distribution. However, an important note to be made. Life is not just about indiehacking. It’s about learning and having fun. In the human world, the best journey isn’t the one that gets you the fastest to your goals but the one you enjoy the most. I enjoyed making those silly little projects and although I do not regret them, I will not repeat the same mistakes in 2024. But while it’s still 2023, I have 2 more projects I want to do :) EDIT: For Devs, frontend is always react with vite (ts) and backend is either node with express (ts) or python. For DB either Postgres or mongo (usually Prisma for ORM). For deployment all of it is on AWS (S3, EC2). In terms of libraries/APIs Whisper.cpp is best open source for transcription Obviously the gpt apis Eleven labs for voice related stuff And other random stuff here and there

I retired at 32 from my side project. Here's the path I took.

EDIT 2: Thanks for the award kind stranger! I've stopped responding to reddit comments for this post. I'm adding an FAQ to the original post based on the most common high quality questions. If you have a question that you're dying to know the answer to and that only I can help you with (vs. Google, ChatGPT, etc.), DM me. EDIT: I love how controversial this post has become (50% upvote rate), and only in this subreddit (vs. other subreddits that I posted the same content in). I trust that the open-minded half of you will find something useful in this post and my other posts and comments. I retired at 32 years old, in large part thanks to a B2C SaaS app that I developed on my own. Now, I don't have to work in order to cover my living expenses, and wouldn't have to work for quite a while. In other words, I can finally sip mai tais at the beach. I've condensed how I got there into this post. First, a super simplified timeline of events, followed by some critical details. Timeline 2013 Graduated college in the US 2013 Started first corporate job 2013 Started side project (B2C app) that would eventually lead to my retirement 2020 Started charging for use of my B2C app (was free, became freemium) 2021 Quit my last corporate job 2022 Retired: time freedom attained Details First, some summary statistics of my path to retirement: 9 years: time between graduating college and my retirement. 8 years: total length of my career where I worked at some corporate day job. 7 years: time it took my B2C app to make its first revenue dollar 2 years: time between my first dollar of SaaS revenue and my retirement. "Something something overnight success a decade in the making". I got extremely lucky on my path to retirement, both in terms of the business environment I was in and who I am as a person. I'd also like to think that some of the conscious decisions I made along the way contributed to my early retirement. Lucky Breaks Was born in the US middle class. Had a natural affinity for computer programming and entrepreneurial mindset (initiative, resourcefulness, pragmatism, courage, growth mindset). Had opportunities to develop these mindsets throughout life. Got into a good college which gave me the credentials to get high paying corporate jobs. Was early to a platform that saw large adoption (see "barnacle on whale" strategy). Business niche is shareworthy: my SaaS received free media. Business niche is relatively stable, and small enough to not be competitive. "Skillful" Decisions I decided to spend the nights and weekends of my early career working on side projects in the hopes that one would hit. I also worked a day job to support myself and build my savings. My launch funnel over roughly 7 years of working on side projects: Countless side projects prototyped. 5 side projects publically launched. 2 side projects made > $0. 1 side project ended up becoming the SaaS that would help me retire. At my corporate day jobs, I optimized for learning and work-life balance. My learning usually stalled after a year or two at one company, so I’d quit and find another job. I invested (and continute to do so) in physical and mental wellbeing via regular workouts, meditation, journaling, traveling, and good food. My fulfilling non-work-life re-energized me for my work-life, and my work-life supported my non-work-life: a virtuous cycle. I automated the most time-consuming aspects of my business (outside of product development). Nowadays, I take long vacations and work at most 20 hours a week / a three-day work week . I decided to keep my business entirely owned and operated by me. It's the best fit for my work-style (high autonomy, deep focus, fast decision-making) and need to have full creative freedom and control. I dated and married a very supportive and inspiring partner. I try not to succumb to outrageous lifestyle creep, which keeps my living expenses low and drastically extends my burn-rate. Prescription To share some aphorisms I’ve leaned with the wantrepreneurs or those who want to follow a similar path: Maximize your at bats, because you only need one hit. Bias towards action. Launch quickly. Get your ideas out into the real world for feedback. Perfect is the enemy of good. If you keep swinging and improving, you'll hit the ball eventually. Keep the big picture in mind. You don't necessarily need a home-run to be happy: a base hit will often do the job. Think about what matters most to you in life: is it a lot of money or status? Or is it something more satisfying, and often just as if not more attainable, like freedom, loving relationships, or fulfillment? Is what you’re doing now a good way to get what you want? Or is there a better way? At more of a micro-level of "keep the big picture in mind", I often see talented wantrepreneurs get stuck in the weeds of lower-level optimizations, usually around technical design choices. They forget (or maybe subconsciously avoid) the higher-level and more important questions of customer development, user experience, and distribution. For example: “Are you solving a real problem?” or “Did you launch an MVP and what did your users think?” Adopt a growth mindset. Believe that you are capable of learning whatever you need to learn in order to do what you want to do. The pain of regret is worse than the pain of failure. I’ve noticed that fear of failure is the greatest thing holding people back from taking action towards their dreams. Unless failure means death in your case, a debilitating fear of failure is a surmountable mental block. You miss 100% of the shots you don't take. When all is said and done, we often regret the things we didn't do in life than the things we did. There’s more to life than just work. Blasphemous (at least among my social circle)! But the reality is that many of the dying regret having worked too much in their lives. As Miss Frizzle from The Magic Schoolbus says: "Take chances, make mistakes, get messy!" Original post

I recreated an AI phone calling agent that increased booked calls by 30% for a plumbing business in 30 days

AI has always intrigued me, especially when it comes to automating repetitive tasks and streamlining business operations. Recently, I found a compelling case study about a voice agent that significantly enhanced customer service and lead capture for a plumbing company. Motivated by the potential of this technology, I decided to build a similar system to see how it could be adapted for other industries. I’ve added the case study below along with a number to the demo voice agent I created to see if this is something people would really be interested in. AI technology is advancing rapidly, and I’m excited to dive deeper into this space. Case Study A family-owned plumbing business was facing challenges managing a high volume of customer calls. They were missing potential leads, particularly during after-hours and weekends, which meant lost revenue opportunities. Hiring a dedicated call support team was considered but deemed too expensive and hard to scale. Solution To solve these issues, the company deployed an AI-powered voice agent capable of handling calls autonomously. The system collected essential customer information, identified service needs, and sent real-time alerts to service technicians via SMS. It also had the ability to transfer calls to human agents if necessary, ensuring a seamless experience for customers. Impact The AI voice agent quickly proved its worth by streamlining call management and improving response times. With the AI handling routine inquiries and initial call filtering, the plumbing business saw a noticeable improvement in how quickly they could respond to customer needs. Details The AI-powered voice agent included several advanced features designed to optimize customer service: Answer Calls Anytime: Ensured every call received a friendly and professional response, regardless of the time of day. Spot Emergencies Fast: Quickly identified high-priority issues that required urgent attention. Collect Important Info: Accurately recorded critical customer details to facilitate seamless follow-ups and service scheduling. Send Alerts Right Away: Immediately notified service technicians about emergencies, enabling faster response times. Live Transfers: Live call transfer options when human assistance was needed. Results The AI-powered voice agent delivered measurable improvements across key performance metrics: 100% Call Answer Rate: No missed calls ensured that every customer inquiry was addressed promptly. 5-minute Emergency Response Time: The average response time for urgent calls was reduced significantly. 30% Increase in Lead Capture: The business saw more qualified leads, improving their chances of conversion. 25% Improvement in Resource Efficiency: Better allocation of resources allowed the team to focus on high-priority tasks. By implementing the AI-powered voice agent, the plumbing business enhanced its ability to capture more leads and provide better service to its customers. The improved call handling efficiency helped reduce missed opportunities and boosted overall customer satisfaction. Here’s the number to the demo agent I created: +1 (210) 405-0982 I’d love to hear some honest thoughts on it and which industries you think could benefit the most from this technology.

Acquired our first 10 customer for Trustty Reporter - an AI first Business Intelligence Platform.

Hi All, My co founder and I have built Trustty Reporter (www.trusttyreporter.com).  We spent the last couple of months working on launch our AI powered BI platform and gain our first 10 users. We wanted to reach out the community to get your feedback on the platform and how we can take it to the next level. Below is a brief introduction of the platform: Trustty Reporter – your AI-first business intelligence partner that transforms data into actionable insights in minutes! Imagine turning complex data and documents into easy-to-understand reports with clear recommendations, all at the click of a button. No more BI complexities—Trustty Reporter makes business insights accessible to everyone, from business owners to CXOs. Here’s Why You’ll Love Trustty Reporter: Instant Insight Generation – Convert raw data into insights in just 5-15 minutes. No expertise needed! Easy Reporting Access – Persistent reports that let you track, compare, and build strategies over time. Tailored Solutions for Business Problems – Just describe your challenge, and Trustty Reporter delivers custom insights. Interactive Reports – Dive deeper with a chat interface that offers further clarification and recommendations. By now you would have realized that this aces any traditional BI tools. That aside, it’s better than the likes of ChatGPT and Claude since you don’t have to supply multiple prompts to get context specific insights catering to your business! File Requirements: For Excel files with multiple sheets/tabs: Please save each sheet as a separate file Upload them as individual files for processing File Format: The first row must contain your column headers Remove any empty rows above the headers https://preview.redd.it/olmk6lfmwuzd1.png?width=3024&format=png&auto=webp&s=aa2bbc8edb4a299dbeee67b692cd4acf1704c2be

Disorganized: The note taking app for busy people (no AI inside)

https://preview.redd.it/27qoz7ihlnpe1.png?width=1774&format=png&auto=webp&s=1658d7a4c619df46cd76c5ff639b6c6c7b65fc50 About one year ago I had enough and set out to create my own note taking app, and have been working on it in my spare time since summer. I had two main goals when creating Disorganized: \- Less friction If I'm walking around and a thought pop ups in my head there should be zero friction to writing it down. That's why Disorganized doesn't ask you to write a title, sort it into the correct folder, etc. You write exactly your thoughts and nothing else. \- A better solution than templates. I wanted one app that I could use to track my workouts, my recipes and one-off notes. Other apps accomplish this with templates but I find templates too rigid - I don't want to create a "recipe" template because a "recipe" is not always the same thing. It's usually a table of ingredients and some instructions in text, but other times it's multiple tables of ingredients, or something else entirely. Templates are too rigid. In Disorganized, you "clone" notes to create a new note with the same structure. This way, you can reuse previous set ups, but you're completely free to evolve your "template" as you go. Please try it out and tell me what you think! iOS, three months premium: https://apps.apple.com/redeem/?ctx=offercodes&id=6738280174&code=THREEMONTHS Android: https://play.google.com/store/apps/details?id=com.disorganized.disorganized&pli=1 Use code "THREEMONTHS" at checkout for three months. Web version: https://app.getdisorganized.com/

I recreated an AI phone calling agent that increased booked calls by 30% for a plumbing business in 30 days

AI has always intrigued me, especially when it comes to automating repetitive tasks and streamlining business operations. Recently, I found a compelling case study about a voice agent that significantly enhanced customer service and lead capture for a plumbing company. Motivated by the potential of this technology, I decided to build a similar system to see how it could be adapted for other industries. I’ve added the case study below along with a number to the demo voice agent I created to see if this is something people would really be interested in. AI technology is advancing rapidly, and I’m excited to dive deeper into this space. Case Study A family-owned plumbing business was facing challenges managing a high volume of customer calls. They were missing potential leads, particularly during after-hours and weekends, which meant lost revenue opportunities. Hiring a dedicated call support team was considered but deemed too expensive and hard to scale. Solution To solve these issues, the company deployed an AI-powered voice agent capable of handling calls autonomously. The system collected essential customer information, identified service needs, and sent real-time alerts to service technicians via SMS. It also had the ability to transfer calls to human agents if necessary, ensuring a seamless experience for customers. Impact The AI voice agent quickly proved its worth by streamlining call management and improving response times. With the AI handling routine inquiries and initial call filtering, the plumbing business saw a noticeable improvement in how quickly they could respond to customer needs. Details The AI-powered voice agent included several advanced features designed to optimize customer service: Answer Calls Anytime: Ensured every call received a friendly and professional response, regardless of the time of day. Spot Emergencies Fast: Quickly identified high-priority issues that required urgent attention. Collect Important Info: Accurately recorded critical customer details to facilitate seamless follow-ups and service scheduling. Send Alerts Right Away: Immediately notified service technicians about emergencies, enabling faster response times. Live Transfers: Live call transfer options when human assistance was needed. Results The AI-powered voice agent delivered measurable improvements across key performance metrics: 100% Call Answer Rate: No missed calls ensured that every customer inquiry was addressed promptly. 5-minute Emergency Response Time: The average response time for urgent calls was reduced significantly. 30% Increase in Lead Capture: The business saw more qualified leads, improving their chances of conversion. 25% Improvement in Resource Efficiency: Better allocation of resources allowed the team to focus on high-priority tasks. By implementing the AI-powered voice agent, the plumbing business enhanced its ability to capture more leads and provide better service to its customers. The improved call handling efficiency helped reduce missed opportunities and boosted overall customer satisfaction. Here’s the number to the demo agent I created: +1 (210) 405-0982 I’d love to hear some honest thoughts on it and which industries you think could benefit the most from this technology.

My experience trying to scrape google maps with no code

A few months back I was working on a project to help founders that sell to SMBs get better quality leads (Current solutions like Zoominfo and Apollo don’t do very well for the SMB market). Of course, I wanted to do this as quickly as possible with as little code as possible.  We found that people were manually going through Google Maps to find SMBs. They would use the search and manually type in the businesses they were looking for. For example, they would type “restaurants” and manually call/email them. What we decided to do was gather the Google Maps data autonomously and surface that to our customers so they could take all of it. The problem was that we would need a bunch of data from Google Maps to pull it off. We would need to grab all the SMBs across the United States which is a huge undertaking.  Initially, I tried no-code AI web scraping solutions and they worked horribly. For some reason, I couldn’t even get them to scroll down on the page. I was also able to reverse engineer their open-source code and discover that they were taking the entire web page and passing it into GPT to extract data. That just burned my Openai bill.  I then tried the semi-code approach (sorry no-code subreddit) where I would use something like Apify or Google Places API to scrape the businesses. This worked better but still, there was an issue of price at the scale we wanted. Eventually, we ended up writing our scraper for the task.  This experience was so horrible I ended up creating potarix.com. Firstly, we provide scraping as a service in conjunction with AI. We all know AI is shit and keeping this human in the loop allows the AI to do 90% of the work and then for us to tweak the script to 100% completion. Also since we use AI to create the scraper instead of using AI to scrape, we can run it for large scale tasks at a low cost.

What I learn from my $200 MRR App I built 4 months ago

4 month ago, I am just a 10-years experienced product manager without any software development experience. I have an $3K/month job, but I am so tired, I don’t like my life, don’t like my boss, don’t like my daily work, that make me feeling I already died however I am still living. I yearn for freedom and want to live each day the way I want to. So I quit my job, and become a Indie developer to build my own business, my own app, even my own life. I am so grateful for this time and experience, now my app reach $200 MRR, still very little compared to my previous salary, but I never regret. I have learned lots of things from this time and experience, more than I had in last 10 years. Here is the time-line of my App: &#x200B; Sep 2023: Launch first version to iOS App store Oct 2023: Release in-app-purchase features and have first subscriber, the revenue in October is $154 Nov 2023: Change from subscription to pay per use, and I did lots of marketing jobs in November, however, the revenue reduced to only $40. Dec 2023: Change back to subscription, and stop some invalid marketing jobs, only keep the ones that actually work. I almost did nothing in December, and the revenue come to $243. During this process, I have learned lots of things, there are some of them that I think could help you as well. Web or App My App is an iOS app that only can running on Apple’s device such like iPhone/iPad or Mac with Apple silicon. Many people ask me why my product is an iOS app not a website, because they don’t have any Apple device. It's true that promoting an app is much harder than promoting a website. However I am now very glad I made an App and not a website! If I make a website, I don't think it's possible to make $100 in the first month. My App is about keyword research, to help people find some ideas from search keyword, because every keyword people searched in Google are representing a real need of them, also can be used in SEO field. However there are a lot of website tools about keyword research, some of them are famous like Ahrefs, SEMrush… I have no intention of competing with them. Actually I don’t have any chance. While in app store, there are little apps about keyword research, each of them have terrible data and user experience, that means if my app has better data and experience that could be my chance. In fact, the App store brings me 20 organic installs a day that Google would never have been able to bring me if I had a website, at least for the first few months. Furthermore, Apple nearly did everything for developer, I don’t need to care about user login, payment and so on, Apple did everything, I just need to call their API, that save lots of time, if I build a website, I need to implement login and payment by myself, that would add some extra work. Not to mention I'd need to buy servers and domains, that would cost me a lot of money. Although Apple will take 30% of the revenue, I can live with that in the early stages because the most important thing for me is to get the product to market as soon as possible. Actually thought Apple’s SMB program, the take rate is 15% now. So Web or App is not important in the early stage, time is important, if people need my product, it's easy to make a website one. More Users or More Valuable Users In November, I notice some users would like use my app, and they were meet paywall, but they never subscribe. I provided 7 day free trail, but it seem that they don’t like it. So I decide to change subscription to pay per use. Because as a user, I don’t like subscription as well, pay per use seem like more friendly. So I change from subscription to pay per use. People can afford $9.99 to subscribe monthly for unlimited use or pay $1.99 for each data they want(First purchase is $0.99 then $1.99). I was expecting more user to pay, but it was the complete opposite! Some users who would have paid a higher subscription fee are switching to a lower priced single payment. Users are encountering paywalls more often, and each time they need to make a decision about whether or not to pay, which increases the probability that they will abandon payment. This resulted in a 75% decrease in revenue in November. In fact, the mostly of my revenue comes from a handful of long-cycle subscribers, such as annual subscription. Few bring in most of the revenue, that is the most important thing I learned. You don't need a lot of customers, you just need more valuable ones. That's why it's only right to design a mechanism to filter out high-value customers and focus on them, all the things you want do is just let more people into the filter, and from that point of view, subscription with free trial period is the best way, even if most people don't like it. The rule of 20/80 will always be there. The most important thing is always focus on the 20 percent things and people. Effort does not always guarantee rewards. Unless one engages in deep thinking, or most efforts are invalid. I have been working very hard to promote my product for a period of time. It’s about in November. I did a lot of job, such as write script to send message to my potential clients on Fiverr, post and write comments on others post on Reddit, find related questions and answer them on Quora, post and comments on Twitte, etc. During that period, I was exhausted every day, but the outcome did not meet my expectations. There is only little growth on App installation, even less revenue than before. That make me frustrated. I finally realized that If I need to put in a tremendous amount of effort just to make a little progress, there is must something wrong. So I stop 80% of promote work I have ever did, only keep app store search ad, which will bring a installation with less than $0.5 cost. Then I dive into long time and deeply thinking, I spent more time on reading books, investigate other product with great MRR, watch interviews with people who are already living the kind of life I aspire to live, for example, u/levelsio. These things have given me great inspiration, and my life has become easier. It seems that the life I anticipated when I resigned is getting closer. I also have a clearer understanding of my app. Meanwhile, MRR has been growing. This experience let me learn that effort does not always guarantee results. Many times, our efforts are just wishful thinking, they are invalid, do the right thing after deeply thinking is more important. What Next? My goal is reach $3K MRR, as same as my job payment, I will never stop to building things, and I will keep my currently lifestyle. I still don't know how to get more people to use my app, but levelsio's interviews give me some inspiration that I can verified something by manually instead of build a software. I plan to launch a trend analysis product based on the keyword data provided by my current app. I have always wanted to combine AI to build such a product, but I didn't know how to do it. Now I intend to manually complete it first and start software development once there are paying users. If you are interested to my App, you could try it. Gotrends

Free AI Tool Directory 🔥

Hey! I built an AI Website Tools Directory – a collection of free AI-powered tools designed to help website owners, marketers, designers, coders, and creators automate repetitive tasks. 💡 Why I Built This: I wanted a place where I can find a comprehensive list AI tools for free. Its a single hub of free AI utilities for website optimization, content creation, productivity and much more. 🚀 What’s Inside? (Use cases) 🔹 For Content Creators & Writers AI Blog Post Generator – Instantly create article ideas & drafts. AI Meta Tag Generator – SEO-optimized titles & descriptions. AI Content Improver – Rewrite & enhance your text. 🔹 For Coders & Developers AI Code Snippet Generator – Get working code snippets for web projects. AI Regex Generator – Easily create regex patterns. AI JSON Formatter – Auto-format & clean up JSON data. 🔹 For Designers & Video Creators AI UX Improvement Tool – Detects website usability & design issues. AI Image Optimizer – Compress & enhance images for better performance. AI Video Title Generator – Get engaging titles for YouTube & Reels. 🔹 For Audio & Music Creators AI Podcast Name Generator – Unique & catchy names for your show. AI Music Genre Classifier – Analyze & tag your music automatically. 🔹 For Productivity & SEO AI Keyword Research Tool – Find trending search terms. AI Headline Analyzer – Optimize titles for engagement. AI Email Subject Line Generator – Boost email open rates. 🔍 Looking for Feedback: What other AI-powered tools would be useful for your work? Any specific features you’d like to see added? 👉 Try it here: https://www.aiwebsitetools.com/ Would love your thoughts! 🚀

How I'm automating all my SEO research & writing with AI by building an open source software

I make most of my current recurring income from writing articles for a few blogs. Over the years I have developed strategies and writing techniques that increase my chances of landing at the top of Google search results. I’m a writer, but I also write code. With the advent of AI I have been itching to codify many of my previous activities. I tried writing content with the general LLMs like ChatGPT and Claude but the results were terrible, especially for niches with technical information. I didn’t want to lose hope in AI because I realised with A LOT of hand-holding, it got better results. THEN IT HIT ME!  What if I could create a Human-Guided AI for Better AI-Written Articles: enter Building ContentScribe After months of coding with AI tools and trying different approaches, I’m excited to share that ContentScribe is finally taking shape. The journey to this point has been challenging but incredibly rewarding. Over the past six months, we’ve been using ContentScribe ourselves to automate blog content creation. We found other tools in the AI article generation space such as Koala AI and Cuppa that left us wanting more. They basically took a topic from you and let the AI loose. We consider this to be a better Koala AI and Cuppa alternative. I wanted to have more control and freedom from the expense of the credit system most of them use. Even after generation, every article required significant human input to make it truly SEO-friendly, and existing tools couldn’t handle the specific strategies we needed for our niche. So, we decided to build something new: an AI-powered, open-source tool that doesn’t just spit out generic articles, but actually allows users to shape how the content is written. ContentScribe is designed to integrate the SEO techniques that we’ve developed over years of building profitable blogs. It codifies our best practices and turns them into a process that anyone can use to create researched, optimized content, every time. The product works, and it’s live! We’ve been populating our latest blog with human-guided AI-written articles, and the results are already impressive. The coolest part? This project scratches our own itch and addresses the pain points we faced when using other tools. Plus there is nothing to lose because it’s free and open source, you can run it locally or in the cloud. It’s still early days, but I’m excited to share more as we keep building in public. We’re working on tutorials, and adding more features. The feedback we’ve gotten so far from our in-house team has been invaluable, and I’m looking forward to sharing this with more content creators out there. For anyone struggling to get their ideas off the ground: keep experimenting, keep building. ContentScribe is proof that when you combine persistence with innovation, the results can be something you’re genuinely proud of. This is just the beginning!

Made $3.5k Automating Social Media Posts with AI

"Marketers & creators were spending hours crafting LinkedIn posts & X threads. Built an AI tool that automates the process—here’s how." Backstory A growing startup was struggling to maintain a consistent LinkedIn & X presence. Their team wasted hours every week: Manually drafting posts from raw ideas and reports Figuring out platform-specific formats (hooks, CTAs, structure) Scheduling posts across multiple accounts What I Built in 48 Hours ✅ AI-Powered Post Generator → Open-source LLM (Mistral) formats ideas into optimized LinkedIn/X posts ✅ Engagement Booster → Custom NLP ensures every post follows best practices (hooks, CTA, readability) ✅ Automated Scheduling → FastAPI + React dashboard lets users auto-post across platforms Tech Stack Content Processing: Open-source LLMs (Mistral, Phi-3) + Custom NLP Data Handling: FastAPI backend + PostgreSQL Frontend: React + Tailwind CSS Automation: CRON + Third-party APIs (LinkedIn, X) Results 💡 10x faster content creation (2 hours → 5 minutes per post) 💡 Increased engagement by 3x with AI-optimized copy 💡 $1.5k payout + ongoing $300/month maintenance 💬 "This tool writes better LinkedIn posts than I do—on autopilot!" Biggest Lesson "Most creators don’t lack ideas—they lack execution speed. Simple AI workflows + automation solve 90% of the problem." PSA to Developers Look for boring, repetitive tasks in niche domains like: Personal branding automation Sales outreach personalization E-commerce product descriptions A weekend project could turn into a $5k/month SaaS. What’s the most time-consuming task you’ve automated with AI? 🚀

Wiuld you use an AI tool that instantly analyzes your business finances? Mainly like an automated Financial Due Diligence?

Would you use such kind of a tool for your business if it is intuitive but also cheaper than a report from an advisory firm? The tool would analyze the performance of your historical financials to provide you a better overview of your business‘ performance and would summarize everything in a well structured and graphically organized report.

I built an AI Stock Analysis Tool

Hi Reddit, TL;DR: I am sharing the tool I built to assist me with my investments I have been investing for over a decade, and I have always struggled with: Putting the time to do actual research Trusting analyst’s recommendations To \ invest \ we want to make sure that the price is right and the company will keep improving. How do we know that “the price is right?” How can we predict that the company will perform better in the future? To answer the above, we have to look at the company’s financials and their trends. We have to compare the company with its peers/competitors. We should understand its business model, the sector and geography the company evolves in and the perspective of the economy in general. We can also look at additional signals like insiders selling or buying. Just for one investment, this is already a lot of work. And a work that we need to repeat every time there is a significant change - for example, a significant price change from our last analysis or new quarterly results, etc. To automate all the above, I have built a stock analysis tool and have been using it the past years for my own investments. I have been adding LLMs agents (GPT 4o & Claude 3.5) to perform the qualitative analysis. Recently, I decided to share it and keep on building it in public. In this initial version, you can get the summary of the stock analysis my model generates. For now, it covers most of the S&P and Nasdaq stocks. Here is the link 👉 https://undervalued.ai If you are into investing yourself, please feel free to reach out. I would love to get your feedback and know more about your methodology.

[P] Building an Reinforcement Learning Agent to play The Legend of Zelda

A year go I started trying to use PPO to play the original Legend of Zelda, and I was able to train a model to beat the first boss after a few months of work. I wanted to share the project just for show and tell. I'd love to hear feedback and suggestions as this is just a hobby project. I don't do this for a living. The code for that lives in the original-design branch of my Triforce repo. I'm currently tinkering with new designs so the main branch is much less stable. Here's a video of the agent beating the first dungeon, which was trained with 5,000,000+ steps. At 38 seconds, you can see it learned that it's invulnerable at the screen edge, and it exploits that to avoid damage from a projectile. At 53 seconds it steps up to avoid damage from an unblockable projectile, even though it takes a -0.06 penalty for moving the wrong way (taking damage would be a larger penalty.) At 55 seconds it walks towards the rock projectile to block it. And so on, lots of little things the model does is easy to miss if you don't know the game inside and out. As a TLDR, here's an early version of my new (single) model. This doesn't make it quite as far, but if you watch closely it's combat is already far better, and is only trained on 320,000 steps (~6% of the steps the first model was trained on). This is pretty far along from my very first model. Original Design I got the original project working using stable-baselines's PPO and default neural network (Shared NatureCNN, I believe). SB was great to get started but ultimately stifling. In the new version of the project I've implemented PPO from scratch with torch with my own simple neural network similar to stable-baseline's default. I'm playing with all kinds of changes and designs now that I have more flexibility and control. Here is my rough original design: Overall Strategy My first pass through this project was basically "imagine playing Zelda with your older sibling telling you where to go and what to do". I give the model an objective vector which points to where I want it to go on the screen (as a bird flies, the agent still had to learn path finding to avoid damage and navigate around the map). This includes either point at the nearest enemy I want it to kill or a NSEW vector if it's supposed to move to the next room. Due a few limitations with stable-baselines (especially around action masking), I ended up training unique models for traversing the overworld vs the dungeon (since they have entirely different tilesets). I also trained a different model for when we have sword beams vs not. In the video above you can see what model is being used onscreen. In my current project I've removed this objective vector as it felt too much like cheating. Instead I give it a one-hot encoded objective (move north to the next room, pickup items, kill enemies, etc). So far it's working quite well without that crutch. The new project also does a much better job of combat even without multiple models to handle beams vs not. Observation/Action Space Image - The standard neural network had a really tough time being fed the entire screen. No amount of training seemed to help. I solved this by creating a viewport around Link that keeps him centered. This REALLY helped the model learn. I also had absolutely zero success with stacking frames to give Link a way to see enemy/projectile movement. The model simply never trained with stable-baselines when I implemented frame stacking and I never figured out why. I just added it to my current neural network and it seems to be working... Though my early experiments show that giving it 3 frames (skipping two in between, so frames curr, curr-3, curr-6) doesn't really give us that much better performance. It might if I took away some of the vectors. We'll see. Vectors - Since the model cannot see beyond its little viewport, I gave the model a vector to the closest item, enemy, and projectile onscreen. This made it so the model can shoot enemies across the room outside of its viewport. My new model gives it multiple enemies/items/projectiles and I plan to try to use an attention mechanism as part of the network to see if I can just feed it all of that data. Information - It also gets a couple of one-off datapoints like whether it currently has sword beams. The new model also gives it a "source" room (to help better understand dungeons where we have to backtrack), and a one-hot encoded objective. Action Space My original project just has a few actions, 4 for moving in the cardinal directions and 4 for attacking in each direction (I also added bombs but never spent any time training it). I had an idea to use masking to help speed up training. I.E. if link bumps into a wall, don't let him move in that direction again until he moves elsewhere, as the model would often spend an entire memory buffer running headlong straight into a wall before an update...better to do it once and get a huge negative penalty which is essentially the same result but faster. Unfortunately SB made it really annoying architecturally to pass that info down to the policy layer. I could have hacked it together, but eventually I just reimplemented PPO and my own neural network so I could properly mask actions in the new version. For example, when we start training a fresh model, it cannot attack when there aren't enemies on screen and I can disallow it from leaving certain areas. The new model actually understands splitting swinging the sword short range vs firing sword beams as two different actions, though I haven't yet had a chance to fully train with the split yet. Frameskip/Cooldowns - In the game I don't use a fixed frame skip for actions. Instead I use the internal ram state of game to know when Link is animation locked or not and only allow the agent to take actions when it's actually possible to give meaningful input to the game. This greatly sped up training. We also force movement to be between tiles on the game map. This means that when the agent decides to move it loses control for longer than a player would...a player can make more split second decisions. This made it easier to implement movement rewards though and might be something to clean up in the future. Other interesting details Pathfinding - To facilitate rewards, the original version of this project used A* to pathfind from link to what he should be doing. Here's a video of it in action. This information wasn't giving to the model directly but instead the agent would only be given the rewards if it exactly followed that path or the transposed version of it. It would also pathfind around enemies and not walk through them. This was a nightmare though. The corner cases were significant, and pushing Link towards enemies but not into them was really tricky. The new verison just uses a wavefront algorithm. I calculate a wave from the tiles we want to get to outwards, then make sure we are following the gradient. Also calculating the A* around enemies every frame (even with caching) was super slow. Wavefront was faster, especially because I give the new model no special rewards for walking around enemies...faster to compute and it has to learn from taking damage or not. Either way, the both the old and new models successfully learned how to pathfind around danger and obstacles, with or without the cheaty objective vector. Rewards - I programmed very dense rewards in both the old and new model. At basically every step, the model is getting rewarded or punished for something. I actually have some ideas I can't wait to try out to make the rewards more sparse. Or maybe we start with dense rewards for the first training, then fine-tune the model with sparser rewards. We'll see. Predicting the Future - Speaking of rewards. One interesting wrinkle is that the agent can do a lot of things that will eventually deal damage but not on that frame. For example, when Link sets a bomb it takes several seconds before it explodes, killing things. This can be a massive reward or penalty since he spent an extremely valuable resource, but may have done massive damage. PPO and other RL propagates rewards backwards, of course, but that spike in reward could land on a weird frame where we took damage or moved in the wrong direction. I probably could have just not solved that problem and let it shake out over time, but instead I used the fact that we are in an emulator to just see what the outcome of every decision is. When planting a bomb, shooting sword beams, etc, we let the game run forward until impact, then rewind time and reward the agent appropriately, continuing on from when we first paused. This greatly speeds up training, even if it's expensive to do this savestate, play forward, restore state. Neural Networks - When I first started this project (knowing very little about ML and RL), I thought most of my time would be tuning the shape of the neural network that we are using. In reality, the default provided by stable-baselines and my eventual reimplemnentation has been enough to make massive progress. Now that I have a solid codebase though, I really want to revisit this. I'd like to see if trying CoordConvs and similar networks might make the viewport unncessary. Less interesting details/thoughts Hyperparameters - Setting the entropy coefficinet way lower helped a TON in training stable models. My new PPO implementation is way less stable than stable-baselines (ha, imagine that), but still converges most of the time. Infinite Rewards - As with all reinforcement learning, if you give some way for the model to get infinite rewards, it will do just that and nothing else. I spent days, or maybe weeks tweaking reward functions to just get it to train and not find a spot on the wall it could hump for infinite rewards. Even just neutral rewards, like +0.5 moving forward and -0.5 for moving backwards, would often result in a model that just stepped left, then right infinitely. There has to be a real reward or punishment (non-neutral) for forward progress. Debugging Rewards - In fact, building a rewards debugger was the only way I made progress in this project. If you are tackling something this big, do that very early. Stable-Retro is pretty great - Couldn't be happier with the clean design for implementing emulation for AI. Torch is Awesome - My early versions heavily used numpy and relied on stable-baselines, with its multiproc parallelization support. It worked great. Moving the project over to torch was night and day though. It gave me so much more flexibility, instant multithreading for matrix operations. I have a pretty beefy computer and I'm almost at the same steps per second as 20 proc stable-retro/numpy. Future Ideas This has already gone on too long. I have some ideas for future projects, but maybe I'll just make them another post when I actually do them. Special Thanks A special thanks to Brad Flaugher for help with the early version of this, Fiskbit from the Zelda1 speedrunning community for help pulling apart the raw assembly to build this thing, and MatPoliquin for maintaining Stable-Retro. Happy to answer any questions, really I just love nerding out about this stuff.

[D] Why I'm Lukewarm on Graph Neural Networks

TL;DR: GNNs can provide wins over simpler embedding methods, but we're at a point where other research directions matter more I also posted it on my blog here, has footnotes, a nicer layout with inlined images, etc. I'm only lukewarm on Graph Neural Networks (GNNs). There, I said it. It might sound crazy GNNs are one of the hottest fields in machine learning right now. [There][1] were at least [four][2] [review][3] [papers][4] just in the last few months. I think some progress can come of this research, but we're also focusing on some incorrect places. But first, let's take a step back and go over the basics. Models are about compression We say graphs are a "non-euclidean" data type, but that's not really true. A regular graph is just another way to think about a particular flavor of square matrix called the [adjacency matrix][5], like this. It's weird, we look at run-of-the-mill matrix full of real numbers and decide to call it "non-euclidean". This is for practical reasons. Most graphs are fairly sparse, so the matrix is full of zeros. At this point, where the non-zero numbers are matters most, which makes the problem closer to (computationally hard) discrete math rather than (easy) continuous, gradient-friendly math. If you had the full matrix, life would be easy If we step out of the pesky realm of physics for a minute, and assume carrying the full adjacency matrix around isn't a problem, we solve a bunch of problems. First, network node embeddings aren't a thing anymore. A node is a just row in the matrix, so it's already a vector of numbers. Second, all network prediction problems are solved. A powerful enough and well-tuned model will simply extract all information between the network and whichever target variable we're attaching to nodes. NLP is also just fancy matrix compression Let's take a tangent away from graphs to NLP. Most NLP we do can be [thought of in terms of graphs][6] as we'll see, so it's not a big digression. First, note that Ye Olde word embedding models like [Word2Vec][7] and [GloVe][8] are [just matrix factorization][9]. The GloVe algorithm works on a variation of the old [bag of words][10] matrix. It goes through the sentences and creates a (implicit) [co-occurence][11] graph where nodes are words and the edges are weighed by how often the words appear together in a sentence. Glove then does matrix factorization on the matrix representation of that co-occurence graph, Word2Vec is mathematically equivalent. You can read more on this in my [post on embeddings][12] and the one (with code) on [word embeddings][13]. Even language models are also just matrix compression Language models are all the rage. They dominate most of the [state of the art][14] in NLP. Let's take BERT as our main example. BERT predicts a word given the context of the rest of the sentence. This grows the matrix we're factoring from flat co-occurences on pairs of words to co-occurences conditional on the sentence's context, like this We're growing the "ideal matrix" we're factoring combinatorially. As noted by [Hanh & Futrell][15]: [...] human language—and language modelling—has infinite statistical complexity but that it can be approximated well at lower levels. This observation has two implications: 1) We can obtain good results with comparatively small models; and 2) there is a lot of potential for scaling up our models. Language models tackle such a large problem space that they probably approximate a compression of the entire language in the [Kolmogorov Complexity][16] sense. It's also possible that huge language models just [memorize a lot of it][17] rather than compress the information, for what it's worth. Can we upsample any graph like language models do? We're already doing it. Let's call a first-order embedding of a graph a method that works by directly factoring the graph's adjacency matrix or [Laplacian matrix][18]. If you embed a graph using [Laplacian Eigenmaps][19] or by taking the [principal components][20] of the Laplacian, that's first order. Similarly, GloVe is a first-order method on the graph of word co-occurences. One of my favorites first order methods for graphs is [ProNE][21], which works as well as most methods while being two orders of magnitude faster. A higher-order method embeds the original matrix plus connections of neighbours-of-neighbours (2nd degree) and deeper k-step connections. [GraRep][22], shows you can always generate higher-order representations from first order methods by augmenting the graph matrix. Higher order method are the "upsampling" we do on graphs. GNNs that sample on large neighborhoods and random-walk based methods like node2vec are doing higher-order embeddings. Where are the performance gain? Most GNN papers in the last 5 years present empirical numbers that are useless for practitioners to decide on what to use. As noted in the [OpenGraphsBenchmark][4] (OGB) paper, GNN papers do their empirical section on a handful of tiny graphs (Cora, CiteSeer, PubMed) with 2000-20,000 nodes. These datasets can't seriously differentiate between methods. Recent efforts are directly fixing this, but the reasons why researchers focused on tiny, useless datasets for so long are worth discussing. Performance matters by task One fact that surprises a lot of people is that even though language models have the best performance in a lot of NLP tasks, if all you're doing is cram sentence embeddings into a downstream model, there [isn't much gained][23] from language models embeddings over simple methods like summing the individual Word2Vec word embeddings (This makes sense, because the full context of the sentence is captured in the sentence co-occurence matrix that is generating the Word2Vec embeddings). Similarly, [I find][24] that for many graphs simple first-order methods perform just as well on graph clustering and node label prediction tasks than higher-order embedding methods. In fact higher-order methods are massively computationally wasteful for these usecases. Recommended first order embedding methods are ProNE and my [GGVec with order=1][25]. Higher order methods normally perform better on the link prediction tasks. I'm not the only one to find this. In the BioNEV paper, they find: "A large GraRep order value for link prediction tasks (e.g. 3, 4);a small value for node classification tasks (e.g.1, 2)" (p.9). Interestingly, the gap in link prediction performance is inexistant for artificially created graphs. This suggests higher order methods do learn some of the structure intrinsic to [real world graphs][26]. For visualization, first order methods are better. Visualizations of higher order methods tend to have artifacts of their sampling. For instance, Node2Vec visualizations tend to have elongated/filament-like structures which come from the embeddings coming from long single strand random walks. See the following visualizations by [Owen Cornec][27] created by first embedding the graph to 32-300 dimensions using a node embedding algorithm, then mapping this to 2d or 3d with the excellent UMAP algorithm, like this Lastly, sometimes simple methods soundly beat higher order methods (there's an instance of it in the OGB paper). The problem here is that we don't know when any method is better than another and we definitely don't know the reason. There's definitely a reason different graph types respond better/worse to being represented by various methods. This is currently an open question. A big part of why is that the research space is inundated under useless new algorithms because... Academic incentives work against progress Here's the cynic's view of how machine learning papers are made: Take an existing algorithm Add some new layer/hyperparameter, make a cute mathematical story for why it matters Gridsearch your hyperparameters until you beat baselines from the original paper you aped Absolutely don't gridsearch stuff you're comparing against in your results section Make a cute ACRONYM for your new method, put impossible to use python 2 code on github (Or no code at all!) and bask in the citations I'm [not][28] the [only one][29] with these views on the state reproducible research. At least it's gotten slightly better in the last 2 years. Sidebar: I hate Node2Vec A side project of mine is a [node embedding library][25] and the most popular method in it is by far Node2Vec. Don't use Node2Vec. [Node2Vec][30] with p=1; q=1 is the [Deepwalk][31] algorithm. Deepwalk is an actual innovation. The Node2Vec authors closely followed the steps 1-5 including bonus points on step 5 by getting word2vec name recognition. This is not academic fraud -- the hyperparameters [do help a tiny bit][32] if you gridsearch really hard. But it's the presentable-to-your-parents sister of where you make the ML community worse off to progress your academic career. And certainly Node2Vec doesn't deserve 7500 citations. Progress is all about practical issues We've known how to train neural networks for well over 40 years. Yet they only exploded in popularity with [AlexNet][33] in 2012. This is because implementations and hardware came to a point where deep learning was practical. Similarly, we've known about factoring word co-occurence matrices into Word embeddings for at least 20 years. But word embeddings only exploded in 2013 with Word2Vec. The breakthrough here was that the minibatch-based methods let you train a Wikipedia-scale embedding model on commodity hardware. It's hard for methods in a field to make progress if training on a small amount of data takes days or weeks. You're disincentivized to explore new methods. If you want progress, your stuff has to run in reasonable time on commodity hardware. Even Google's original search algorithm [initially ran on commodity hardware][34]. Efficiency is paramount to progress The reason deep learning research took off the way it did is because of improvements in [efficiency][35] as well as much better libraries and hardware support. Academic code is terrible Any amount of time you spend gridsearching Node2Vec on p and q is all put to better use gridsearching Deepwalk itself (on number of walks, length of walks, or word2vec hyperparameters). The problem is that people don't gridsearch over deepwalk because implementations are all terrible. I wrote the [Nodevectors library][36] to have a fast deepwalk implementation because it took 32 hours to embed a graph with a measly 150,000 nodes using the reference Node2Vec implementation (the same takes 3min with Nodevectors). It's no wonder people don't gridsearch on Deepwalk a gridsearch would take weeks with the terrible reference implementations. To give an example, in the original paper of [GraphSAGE][37] they their algorithm to DeepWalk with walk lengths of 5, which is horrid if you've ever hyperparameter tuned a deepwalk algorithm. From their paper: We did observe DeepWalk’s performance could improve with further training, and in some cases it could become competitive with the unsupervised GraphSAGE approaches (but not the supervised approaches) if we let it run for >1000× longer than the other approaches (in terms of wall clock time for prediction on the test set) I don't even think the GraphSAGE authors had bad intent -- deepwalk implementations are simply so awful that they're turned away from using it properly. It's like trying to do deep learning with 2002 deep learning libraries and hardware. Your architectures don't really matter One of the more important papers this year was [OpenAI's "Scaling laws"][38] paper, where the raw number of parameters in your model is the most predictive feature of overall performance. This was noted even in the original BERT paper and drives 2020's increase in absolutely massive language models. This is really just [Sutton' Bitter Lesson][39] in action: General methods that leverage computation are ultimately the most effective, and by a large margin Transformers might be [replacing convolution][40], too. As [Yannic Kilcher said][41], transformers are ruining everything. [They work on graphs][6], in fact it's one of the [recent approaches][42], and seems to be one of the more succesful [when benchmarked][1] Researchers seem to be putting so much effort into architecture, but it doesn't matter much in the end because you can approximate anything by stacking more layers. Efficiency wins are great -- but neural net architectures are just one way to achieve that, and by tremendously over-researching this area we're leaving a lot of huge gains elsewhere on the table. Current Graph Data Structure Implementations suck NetworkX is a bad library. I mean, it's good if you're working on tiny graphs for babies, but for anything serious it chokes and forces you to rewrite everything in... what library, really? At this point most people working on large graphs end up hand-rolling some data structure. This is tough because your computer's memory is a 1-dimensional array of 1's and 0's and a graph has no obvious 1-d mapping. This is even harder when we take updating the graph (adding/removing some nodes/edges) into account. Here's a few options: Disconnected networks of pointers NetworkX is the best example. Here, every node is an object with a list of pointers to other nodes (the node's edges). This layout is like a linked list. Linked lists are the [root of all performance evil][43]. Linked lists go completely against how modern computers are designed. Fetching things from memory is slow, and operating on memory is fast (by two orders of magnitude). Whenever you do anything in this layout, you make a roundtrip to RAM. It's slow by design, you can write this in Ruby or C or assembly and it'll be slow regardless, because memory fetches are slow in hardware. The main advantage of this layout is that adding a new node is O(1). So if you're maintaining a massive graph where adding and removing nodes happens as often as reading from the graph, it makes sense. Another advantage of this layout is that it "scales". Because everything is decoupled from each other you can put this data structure on a cluster. However, you're really creating a complex solution for a problem you created for yourself. Sparse Adjacency Matrix This layout great for read-only graphs. I use it as the backend in my [nodevectors][25] library, and many other library writers use the [Scipy CSR Matrix][44], you can see graph algorithms implemented on it [here][45]. The most popular layout for this use is the [CSR Format][46] where you have 3 arrays holding the graph. One for edge destinations, one for edge weights and an "index pointer" which says which edges come from which node. Because the CSR layout is simply 3 arrays, it scales on a single computer: a CSR matrix can be laid out on a disk instead of in-memory. You simply [memory map][47] the 3 arrays and use them on-disk from there. With modern NVMe drives random seeks aren't slow anymore, much faster than distributed network calls like you do when scaling the linked list-based graph. I haven't seen anyone actually implement this yet, but it's in the roadmap for my implementation at least. The problem with this representation is that adding a node or edge means rebuilding the whole data structure. Edgelist representations This representation is three arrays: one for the edge sources, one for the edge destinations, and one for edge weights. [DGL][48] uses this representation internally. This is a simple and compact layout which can be good for analysis. The problem compared to CSR Graphs is some seek operations are slower. Say you want all the edges for node #4243. You can't jump there without maintaining an index pointer array. So either you maintain sorted order and binary search your way there (O(log2n)) or unsorted order and linear search (O(n)). This data structure can also work on memory mapped disk array, and node append is fast on unsorted versions (it's slow in the sorted version). Global methods are a dead end Methods that work on the entire graph at once can't leverage computation, because they run out of RAM at a certain scale. So any method that want a chance of being the new standard need to be able to update piecemeal on parts of the graph. Sampling-based methods Sampling Efficiency will matter more in the future Edgewise local methods. The only algorithms I know of that do this are GloVe and GGVec, which they pass through an edge list and update embedding weights on each step. The problem with this approach is that it's hard to use them for higher-order methods. The advantage is that they easily scale even on one computer. Also, incrementally adding a new node is as simple as taking the existing embeddings, adding a new one, and doing another epoch over the data Random Walk sampling. This is used by deepwalk and its descendants, usually for node embeddings rather than GNN methods. This can be computationally expensive and make it hard to add new nodes. But this does scale, for instance [Instagram][49] use it to feed their recommendation system models Neighbourhood sampling. This is currently the most common one in GNNs, and can be low or higher order depending on the neighborhood size. It also scales well, though implementing efficiently can be challenging. It's currently used by [Pinterest][50]'s recommendation algorithms. Conclusion Here are a few interesting questions: What is the relation between graph types and methods? Consolidated benchmarking like OGB We're throwing random models at random benchmarks without understanding why or when they do better More fundamental research. Heree's one I'm curious about: can other representation types like [Poincarre Embeddings][51] effectively encode directed relationships? On the other hand, we should stop focusing on adding spicy new layers to test on the same tiny datasets. No one cares. [1]: https://arxiv.org/pdf/2003.00982.pdf [2]: https://arxiv.org/pdf/2002.11867.pdf [3]: https://arxiv.org/pdf/1812.08434.pdf [4]: https://arxiv.org/pdf/2005.00687.pdf [5]: https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Adjacency_matrix [6]: https://thegradient.pub/transformers-are-graph-neural-networks/ [7]: https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Word2vec [8]: https://nlp.stanford.edu/pubs/glove.pdf [9]: https://papers.nips.cc/paper/2014/file/feab05aa91085b7a8012516bc3533958-Paper.pdf [10]: https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Bag-of-words_model [11]: https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Co-occurrence [12]: https://www.singlelunch.com/2020/02/16/embeddings-from-the-ground-up/ [13]: https://www.singlelunch.com/2019/01/27/word-embeddings-from-the-ground-up/ [14]: https://nlpprogress.com/ [15]: http://socsci.uci.edu/~rfutrell/papers/hahn2019estimating.pdf [16]: https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Kolmogorov_complexity [17]: https://bair.berkeley.edu/blog/2020/12/20/lmmem/ [18]: https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Laplacian_matrix [19]: http://citeseerx.ist.psu.edu/viewdoc/download;jsessionid=1F03130B02DC485C78BF364266B6F0CA?doi=10.1.1.19.8100&rep=rep1&type=pdf [20]: https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Principalcomponentanalysis [21]: https://www.ijcai.org/Proceedings/2019/0594.pdf [22]: https://dl.acm.org/doi/10.1145/2806416.2806512 [23]: https://openreview.net/pdf?id=SyK00v5xx [24]: https://github.com/VHRanger/nodevectors/blob/master/examples/link%20prediction.ipynb [25]: https://github.com/VHRanger/nodevectors [26]: https://arxiv.org/pdf/1310.2636.pdf [27]: http://byowen.com/ [28]: https://arxiv.org/pdf/1807.03341.pdf [29]: https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=Kee4ch3miVA [30]: https://cs.stanford.edu/~jure/pubs/node2vec-kdd16.pdf [31]: https://arxiv.org/pdf/1403.6652.pdf [32]: https://arxiv.org/pdf/1911.11726.pdf [33]: https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/AlexNet [34]: https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Googledatacenters#Original_hardware [35]: https://openai.com/blog/ai-and-efficiency/ [36]: https://www.singlelunch.com/2019/08/01/700x-faster-node2vec-models-fastest-random-walks-on-a-graph/ [37]: https://arxiv.org/pdf/1706.02216.pdf [38]: https://arxiv.org/pdf/2001.08361.pdf [39]: http://incompleteideas.net/IncIdeas/BitterLesson.html [40]: https://arxiv.org/abs/2010.11929 [41]: https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=TrdevFK_am4 [42]: https://arxiv.org/pdf/1710.10903.pdf [43]: https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=fHNmRkzxHWs [44]: https://docs.scipy.org/doc/scipy/reference/generated/scipy.sparse.csr_matrix.html [45]: https://docs.scipy.org/doc/scipy/reference/sparse.csgraph.html [46]: https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Sparsematrix#Compressedsparserow(CSR,CRSorYaleformat) [47]: https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Mmap [48]: https://github.com/dmlc/dgl [49]: https://ai.facebook.com/blog/powered-by-ai-instagrams-explore-recommender-system/ [50]: https://medium.com/pinterest-engineering/pinsage-a-new-graph-convolutional-neural-network-for-web-scale-recommender-systems-88795a107f48 [51]: https://arxiv.org/pdf/1705.08039.pdf

[Discussion] When ML and Data Science are the death of a good company: A cautionary tale.

TD;LR: At Company A, Team X does advanced analytics using on-prem ERP tools and older programming languages. Their tools work very well and are designed based on very deep business and domain expertise. Team Y is a new and ambitious Data Science team that thinks they can replace Team X's tools with a bunch of R scripts and a custom built ML platform. Their models are simplistic, but more "fashionable" compared to the econometric models used by Team X, and team Y benefits from the ML/DS moniker so leadership is allowing Team Y to start a large scale overhaul of the analytics platform in question. Team Y doesn't have the experience for such a larger scale transformation, and is refusing to collaborate with team X. This project is very likely going to fail, and cause serious harm to the company as a whole financially and from a people perspective. I argue that this is not just because of bad leadership, but also because of various trends and mindsets in the DS community at large. Update (Jump to below the line for the original story): Several people in the comments are pointing out that this just a management failure, not something due to ML/DS, and that you can replace DS with any buzz tech and the story will still be relevant. My response: Of course, any failure at an organization level is ultimately a management failure one way or the other. Moreover, it is also the case that ML/DS when done correctly, will always improve a company's bottom line. There is no scenario where the proper ML solution, delivered at a reasonable cost and in a timely fashion, will somehow hurt the company's bottom line. My point is that in this case management is failing because of certain trends and practices that are specific to the ML/DS community, namely: The idea that DS teams should operate independently of tech and business orgs -- too much autonomy for DS teams The disregard for domain knowledge that seems prevalent nowadays thanks to the ML hype, that DS can be generalists and someone with good enough ML chops can solve any business problem. That wasn't the case when I first left academia for the industry in 2009 (back then nobody would even bother with a phone screen if you didn't have the right domain knowledge). Over reliance on resources who check all the ML hype related boxes (knows Python, R, Tensorflow, Shiny, etc..., has the right Coursera certifications, has blogged on the topic, etc...), but are lacking in depth of experience. DS interviews nowadays all seem to be: Can you tell me what a p-value is? What is elastic net regression? Show me how to fit a model in sklearn? How do you impute NAs in an R dataframe? Any smart person can look those up on Stackoverflow or Cross-Validated,.....Instead teams should be asking stuff like: why does portfolio optimization use QP not LP? How does a forecast influence a customer service level? When should a recommendation engine be content based and when should it use collaborative filtering? etc... (This is a true story, happening to the company I currently work for. Names, domains, algorithms, and roles have been shuffled around to protect my anonymity)  Company A has been around for several decades. It is not the biggest name in its domain, but it is a well respected one. Risk analysis and portfolio optimization have been a core of Company A's business since the 90s. They have a large team of 30 or so analysts who perform those tasks on a daily basis. These analysts use ERP solutions implemented for them by one the big ERP companies (SAP, Teradata, Oracle, JD Edwards,...) or one of the major tech consulting companies (Deloitte, Accenture, PWC, Capgemini, etc...) in collaboration with their own in house engineering team. The tools used are embarrassingly old school: Classic RDBMS running on on-prem servers or maybe even on mainframes, code written in COBOL, Fortran, weird proprietary stuff like ABAP or SPSS.....you get the picture. But the models and analytic functions were pretty sophisticated, and surprisingly cutting edge compared to the published academic literature. Most of all, they fit well with the company's enterprise ecosystem, and were honed based on years of deep domain knowledge.  They have a tech team of several engineers (poached from the aforementioned software and consulting companies) and product managers (who came from the experienced pools of analysts and managers who use the software, or poached from business rivals) maintaining and running this software. Their technology might be old school, but collectively, they know the domain and the company's overall architecture very, very well. They've guided the company through several large scale upgrades and migrations and they have a track record of delivering on time, without too much overhead. The few times they've stumbled, they knew how to pick themselves up very quickly. In fact within their industry niche, they have a reputation for their expertise, and have very good relations with the various vendors they've had to deal with. They were the launching pad of several successful ERP consulting careers.  Interestingly, despite dealing on a daily basis with statistical modeling and optimization algorithms, none of the analysts, engineers, or product managers involved describe themselves as data scientists or machine learning experts. It is mostly a cultural thing: Their expertise predates the Data Science/ML hype that started circa 2010, and they got most of their chops using proprietary enterprise tools instead of the open source tools popular nowadays. A few of them have formal statistical training, but most of them came from engineering or domain backgrounds and learned stats on the fly while doing their job. Call this team "Team X".  Sometime around the mid 2010s, Company A started having some serious anxiety issues: Although still doing very well for a company its size, overall economic and demographic trends were shrinking its customer base, and a couple of so called disruptors came up with a new app and business model that started seriously eating into their revenue. A suitable reaction to appease shareholders and Wall Street was necessary. The company already had a decent website and a pretty snazzy app, what more could be done? Leadership decided that it was high time that AI and ML become a core part of the company's business. An ambitious Manager, with no science or engineering background, but who had very briefly toyed with a recommender system a couple of years back, was chosen to build a data science team, call it team "Y" (he had a bachelor's in history from the local state college and worked for several years in the company's marketing org). Team "Y" consists mostly of internal hires who decided they wanted to be data scientists and completed a Coursera certification or a Galvanize boot camp, before being brought on to the team, along with a few of fresh Ph.D or M.Sc holders who didn't like academia and wanted to try their hand at an industry role. All of them were very bright people, they could write great Medium blog posts and give inspiring TED talks, but collectively they had very little real world industry experience. As is the fashion nowadays, this group was made part of a data science org that reported directly to the CEO and Board, bypassing the CIO and any tech or business VPs, since Company A wanted to claim the monikers "data driven" and "AI powered" in their upcoming shareholder meetings. In 3 or 4 years of existence, team Y produced a few Python and R scripts. Their architectural experience  consisted almost entirely in connecting Flask to S3 buckets or Redshift tables, with a couple of the more resourceful ones learning how to plug their models into Tableau or how to spin up a Kuberneties pod.  But they needn't worry: The aforementioned manager, who was now a director (and was also doing an online Masters to make up for his qualifications gap and bolster his chances of becoming VP soon - at least he now understands what L1 regularization is), was a master at playing corporate politics and self-promotion. No matter how few actionable insights team Y produced or how little code they deployed to production, he always had their back and made sure they had ample funding. In fact he now had grandiose plans for setting up an all-purpose machine learning platform that can be used to solve all of the company's data problems.  A couple of sharp minded members of team Y, upon googling their industry name along with the word "data science", realized that risk analysis was a prime candidate for being solved with Bayesian models, and there was already a nifty R package for doing just that, whose tutorial they went through on R-Bloggers.com. One of them had even submitted a Bayesian classifier Kernel for a competition on Kaggle (he was 203rd on the leaderboard), and was eager to put his new-found expertise to use on a real world problem. They pitched the idea to their director, who saw a perfect use case for his upcoming ML platform. They started work on it immediately, without bothering to check whether anybody at Company A was already doing risk analysis. Since their org was independent, they didn't really need to check with anybody else before they got funding for their initiative. Although it was basically a Naive Bayes classifier, the term ML was added to the project tile, to impress the board.  As they progressed with their work however, tensions started to build. They had asked the data warehousing and CA analytics teams to build pipelines for them, and word eventually got out to team X about their project. Team X was initially thrilled: They offered to collaborate whole heartedly, and would have loved to add an ML based feather to their already impressive cap. The product owners and analysts were totally onboard as well: They saw a chance to get in on the whole Data Science hype that they kept hearing about. But through some weird mix of arrogance and insecurity, team Y refused to collaborate with them or share any of their long term goals with them, even as they went to other parts of the company giving brown bag presentations and tutorials on the new model they created.  Team X got resentful: from what they saw of team Y's model, their approach was hopelessly naive and had little chances of scaling or being sustainable in production, and they knew exactly how to help with that. Deploying the model to production would have taken them a few days, given how comfortable they were with DevOps and continuous delivery (team Y had taken several months to figure out how to deploy a simple R script to production). And despite how old school their own tech was, team X were crafty enough to be able to plug it in to their existing architecture. Moreover, the output of the model was such that it didn't take into account how the business will consume it or how it was going to be fed to downstream systems, and the product owners could have gone a long way in making the model more amenable to adoption by the business stakeholders. But team Y wouldn't listen, and their leads brushed off any attempts at communication, let alone collaboration. The vibe that team Y was giving off was "We are the cutting edge ML team, you guys are the legacy server grunts. We don't need your opinion.", and they seemed to have a complete disregard for domain knowledge, or worse, they thought that all that domain knowledge consisted of was being able to grasp the definitions of a few business metrics.  Team X got frustrated and tried to express their concerns to leadership. But despite owning a vital link in Company A's business process, they were only \~50 people in a large 1000 strong technology and operations org, and they were several layers removed from the C-suite, so it was impossible for them to get their voices heard.  Meanwhile, the unstoppable director was doing what he did best: Playing corporate politics. Despite how little his team had actually delivered, he had convinced the board that all analysis and optimization tasks should now be migrated to his yet to be delivered ML platform. Since most leaders now knew that there was overlap between team Y and team X's objectives, his pitch was no longer that team Y was going to create a new insight, but that they were going to replace (or modernize) the legacy statistics based on-prem tools with more accurate cloud based ML tools. Never mind that there was no support in the academic literature for the idea that Naive Bayes works better than the Econometric approaches used by team X, let alone the additional wacky idea that Bayesian Optimization would definitely outperform the QP solvers that were running in production.  Unbeknownst to team X, the original Bayesian risk analysis project has now grown into a multimillion dollar major overhaul initiative, which included the eventual replacement of all of the tools and functions supported by team X along with the necessary migration to the cloud. The CIO and a couple of business VPs are on now board, and tech leadership is treating it as a done deal. An outside vendor, a startup who nobody had heard of, was contracted to help build the platform, since team Y has no engineering skills. The choice was deliberate, as calling on any of the established consulting or software companies would have eventually led leadership to the conclusion that team X was better suited for a transformation on this scale than team Y.  Team Y has no experience with any major ERP deployments, and no domain knowledge, yet they are being tasked with fundamentally changing the business process that is at the core of Company A's business. Their models actually perform worse than those deployed by team X, and their architecture is hopelessly simplistic, compared to what is necessary for running such a solution in production.  Ironically, using Bayesian thinking and based on all the evidence, the likelihood that team Y succeeds is close to 0%. At best, the project is going to end up being a write off of 50 million dollars or more. Once the !@#$!@hits the fan, a couple of executive heads are going to role, and dozens of people will get laid off. At worst, given how vital risk analysis and portfolio optimization is to Company A's revenue stream, the failure will eventually sink the whole company. It probably won't go bankrupt, but it will lose a significant portion of its business and work force. Failed ERP implementations can and do sink large companies: Just see what happened to National Grid US, SuperValu or Target Canada.  One might argue that this is more about corporate disfunction and bad leadership than about data science and AI. But I disagree. I think the core driver of this debacle is indeed the blind faith in Data Scientists, ML models and the promise of AI, and the overall culture of hype and self promotion that is very common among the ML crowd.  We haven't seen the end of this story: I sincerely hope that this ends well for the sake of my colleagues and all involved. Company A is a good company, and both its customers and its employees deserver better. But the chances of that happening are negligible given all the information available, and this failure will hit my company hard.

[P] How I found & fixed 4 bugs in Microsoft's Phi-4 model

Hey r/MachineLearning! Last week, Microsoft released Phi-4, a 14B open-source model that rivals OpenAI's GPT-4-o-mini. I managed to find & fix 4 bugs impacting its output quality. You might remember me previously from fixing 8 bugs in Google's Gemma model! :) I'm going to walk you through how I found & fixed the bugs. Phi-4's benchmarks were amazing, however many users reported weird or just wrong outputs. Since I maintain the open-source project called 'Unsloth' (fine-tuning LLMs 2x faster with 70% less VRAM) with my brother, I firstly tested Phi-4 for inference and found many errors. Our GitHub repo: https://github.com/unslothai/unsloth This time, the model had no implementation issues (unlike Gemma 2) but did have problems in the model card. For my first inference run, I randomly found an extra token which is obviously incorrect (2 eos tokens is never a good idea). Also during more runs, I found there was an extra assistant prompt which is once again incorrect. And, lastly, from past experience with Unsloth's bug fixes, I already knew fine-tuning was wrong when I read the code. These bugs caused Phi-4 to have some drop in accuracy and also broke fine-tuning runs. Our fixes are now under review by Microsoft to be officially added to Hugging Face. We uploaded the fixed versions to https://huggingface.co/unsloth/phi-4-GGUF Here’s a breakdown of the bugs and their fixes: Tokenizer bug fixes The Phi-4 tokenizer interestingly uses as the BOS (beginning of sentence), EOS (end of sentence) and PAD (padding) tokens. The main issue is the EOS token is wrong - it should be . Otherwise, you will get in generations. Fine-tuning bug fixes The padding token should be a designated pad token like in Llama () or we can use an untrained token - for example we use , fixing infinite generations and outputs. Chat template issues The Phi-4 tokenizer always adds an assistant prompt - it should only do this if prompted by add\generation\prompt. Most LLM serving libraries expect non auto assistant additions, and this might cause issues during serving. We dive deeper into the bugs in our blog: https://unsloth.ai/blog/phi4 Do our Fixes Work? Yes! Our fixed Phi-4 uploads show clear performance gains, with even better scores than Microsoft's original uploads on the Open LLM Leaderboard. https://preview.redd.it/d8hew26e06ce1.png?width=2366&format=png&auto=webp&s=173c23feacc625566271470839fe7a5e25eb860e Some redditors even tested our fixes to show greatly improved results in: Example 1: Multiple-choice tasks https://preview.redd.it/qx50pkq706ce1.png?width=1579&format=png&auto=webp&s=437da2cabdbf98ef5a8b8cbdc5592907a20e2316 Example 2: ASCII art generation https://preview.redd.it/sw1o3a3yt4de1.png?width=2326&format=png&auto=webp&s=fc6bfc45d14134d45f332ba58bbd1de049f5776b We also made a Colab notebook fine-tune Phi-4 completely for free using Google's free Tesla T4 (16GB) GPUs: https://colab.research.google.com/github/unslothai/notebooks/blob/main/nb/Phi\4-Conversational.ipynb Thank you for reading this long post and hope you all found this insightful! If you have any questions, please feel free to ask! :) How I found the bugs: I first downloaded the original Phi-4 from https://huggingface.co/microsoft/phi-4, and tested inference out. Weirdly I found assistant to be appended at the even with addgenerationprompt = False in Hugging Face, so I theorized there was a chat template problem. Adding assistant prompts by default can break serving libraries. And yes, https://huggingface.co/microsoft/phi-4/blob/f957856cd926f9d681b14153374d755dd97e45ed/tokenizer\config.json#L774 had by default added the assistant prompt - I first fixed this! I then found ` to be used for the BOS, EOS and PAD tokens, which is a common issue amongst models - I ignored the BOS, since Phi-4 did not have one anyways, but changed the PAD token to `. You can select any of the tokens since they're empty and not trained. This counteracts issues of infinite generations during finetuning. For Llama-fication, I used torch.allclose to confirm all tensors are in fact equivalent. I also used some fake random data to check all activations are also mostly similar bitwise. I also uploaded the model to the HF Open LLM Leaderboard to confirm if the original Phi-4 arch and the new Llama-fied models are equivalent. Finally I verified all finetuning runs with Unsloth in a Colab Notebook to confirm all runs were correct.

[D] The Rants of an experienced engineer who glimpsed into AI Academia (Briefly)

Background I recently graduated with a master's degree and was fortunate/unfortunate to glimpse the whole "Academic" side of ML. I took a thesis track in my degree because as an immigrant it's harder to get into a good research lab without having authorship in a couple of good papers (Or so I delude myself ). I worked as a Full-stack SWE for a startup for 4+ years before coming to the US for a master’s degree focused on ML and AI. I did everything in those years. From project management to building fully polished S/W products to DevOps to even dabbled in ML. I did my Batchelor’s degree from a university whose name is not even worth mentioning. The university for my master’s degree is in the top 20 in the AI space. I didn't know much about ML and the curiosity drove me to university. Come to uni and I focused on learning ML and AI for one 1-1.5 years after which I found advisors for a thesis topic. This is when the fun starts. I had the most amazing advisors but the entire peer review system and the way we assess ML/Science is what ticked me off. This is where the rant begins. Rant 1:Acadmia follows a Gated Institutional Narrative Let's say you are a Ph.D. at the world's top AI institution working under the best prof. You have a way higher likelihood of you getting a good Postdoc at a huge research lab vs someone's from my poor country doing a Ph.D. with a not-so-well-known advisor having published not-so-well-known papers. I come from a developing nation and I see this many times here. In my country academics don't get funding as they do at colleges in the US. One of the reasons for this is that colleges don't have such huge endowments and many academics don't have wealthy research sponsors. Brand names and prestige carry massive weight to help get funding in US academic circles. This prestige/money percolates down to the students and the researchers who work there. Students in top colleges get a huge advantage and the circles of top researchers keep being from the same sets of institutions. I have nothing against top researchers from top institutions but due to the nature of citations and the way the money flows based on them, a vicious cycle is created where the best institutions keep getting better and the rest don't get as much of a notice. Rant 2: Peer Review without Code Review in ML/AI is shady I am a computer scientist and I was appalled when I heard that you don't need to do code reviews for research papers. As a computer scientist and someone who actually did shit tons of actual ML in the past year, I find it absolutely garbage that code reviews are not a part of this system. I am not saying every scientist who reads a paper should review code but at least one person should for any paper's code submission. At least in ML and AI space. This is basic. I don't get why people call themselves computer scientists if they don't want to read the fucking code. If you can't then make a grad student do it. But for the collective of science, we need this. The core problem lies in the fact that peer review is free. : There should be better solutions for this. We ended up creating Git and that changed so many lives. Academic Research needs something similar. Rant 3: My Idea is Novel Until I see Someone Else's Paper The volume of scientific research is growing exponentially. Information is being created faster than we can digest. We can't expect people to know everything and the amount of overlap in the AI/ML fields requires way better search engines than Google Scholar. The side effect of large volumes of research is that every paper is doing something "novel" making it harder to filter what the fuck was novel. I have had so many experiences where I coded up something and came to realize that someone else has done something symbolically similar and my work just seems like a small variant of that. That's what fucks with my head. Is what I did in Novel? What the fuck is Novel? Is stitching up a transformer to any problem with fancy embeddings and tidying it up as a research paper Novel? Is just making a transformer bigger Novel? Is some new RL algorithm tested with 5 seeds and some fancy fucking prior and some esoteric reasoning for its success Novel? Is using an over parameterized model to get 95% accuracy on 200 sample test set Novel? Is apply Self-supervised learning for some new dataset Novel? If I keep on listing questions on novelty, I can probably write a novel asking about what the fuck is "Novel". Rant 4: Citation Based Optimization Promotes Self Growth Over Collective Growth Whatever people may say about collaboration, Academia intrinsically doesn't promote the right incentive structures to harbor collaboration. Let me explain, When you write a paper, the position of your name matters. If you are just a Ph.D. student and a first author to a paper, it's great. If you are an nth author Not so great. Apparently, this is a very touchy thing for academics. And lots of egos can clash around numbering and ordering of names. I distinctly remember once attending some seminar in a lab and approaching a few students on research project ideas. The first thing that came out of the PhD student's mouth was the position in authorship. As an engineer who worked with teams in the past, this was never something I had thought about. Especially because I worked in industry, where it's always the group over the person. Academia is the reverse. Academia applauds the celebration of the individual's achievements. All of this is understandable but it's something I don't like. This makes PhDs stick to their lane. The way citations/research-focus calibrate the "hire-ability" and "completion of Ph.D. thesis" metrics, people are incentivized to think about themselves instead of thinking about collaborations for making something better. Conclusion A Ph.D. in its most idealistic sense for me is the pursuit of hard ideas(I am poetic that way). In a situation like now when you have to publish or perish and words on paper get passed off as science without even seeing the code that runs it, I am extremely discouraged to go down that route. All these rants are not to diss on scientists. I did them because "we" as a community need better ways to addressing some of these problems. P.S. Never expected so many people to express their opinions about this rant. U shouldn’t take this seriously. As many people have stated I am an outsider with tiny experience to give a full picture. I realize that my post as coming out as something which tries to dichotomize academia and industry. I am not trying to do that. I wanted to highlight some problems I saw for which there is no one person to blame. These issues are in my opinion a byproduct of the economics which created this system. Thank you for gold stranger.

[N] Python code for GenAI, including the seminal NoGAN synthesizer for tabular data

NoGAN code is a tabular data synthesizer running 1000x faster than GenAI methods based on neural networks, and consistently delivering better results regardless of the evaluation metric (including state-of-the-art new quality metrics capturing a lot more than traditional distances), both on categorical and numerical features, or a mix of both. For details, see technical paper #29, available here. https://preview.redd.it/fxxjycjplwjb1.png?width=754&format=png&auto=webp&s=3db34e981506e2b0a50ef76b32e1c20365945769 Get the code on GitHub. \#genai #syntheticdata

[P] My experiments with Knowledge Distillation

Hi r/MachineLearning community! I conducted several experiments on Knowledge Distillation and wanted to share my findings. Here is a snippet of the results comparing performance of teacher, student, fine tuned and distilled models: |Dataset|Qwen2 Model Family|MMLU (Reasoning)|GSM8k (Math)|WikiSQL (Coding)| |:-|:-|:-|:-|:-| |||||| |1|Pretrained - 7B|0.598|0.724|0.536| |2|Pretrained - 1.5B|0.486|0.431|0.518| |3|Finetuned - 1.5B|0.494|0.441|0.849| |4|Distilled - 1.5B, Logits Distillation|0.531|0.489|0.862| |5|Distilled - 1.5B, Layers Distillation|0.527|0.481|0.841| For a detailed analysis, you can read this report. I also created an open source library to facilitate its adoption. You can try it here. My conclusion: Prefer distillation over fine-tuning when there is a substantial gap between the larger and smaller model on the target dataset. In such cases, distillation can effectively transfer knowledge, leading to significantly better performance than standard fine-tuning alone. P.S. This blog post gives a high level introduction to Distillation. Let me know what you think!

[P] The Big Sleep: Text-to-image generation using BigGAN and OpenAI's CLIP via a Google Colab notebook from Twitter user Adverb

From https://twitter.com/advadnoun/status/1351038053033406468: The Big Sleep Here's the notebook for generating images by using CLIP to guide BigGAN. It's very much unstable and a prototype, but it's also a fair place to start. I'll likely update it as time goes on. colab.research.google.com/drive/1NCceX2mbiKOSlAd\o7IU7nA9UskKN5WR?usp=sharing I am not the developer of The Big Sleep. This is the developer's Twitter account; this is the developer's Reddit account. Steps to follow to generate the first image in a given Google Colab session: Optionally, if this is your first time using Google Colab, view this Colab introduction and/or this Colab FAQ. Click this link. Sign into your Google account if you're not already signed in. Click the "S" button in the upper right to do this. Note: Being signed into a Google account has privacy ramifications, such as your Google search history being recorded in your Google account. In the Table of Contents, click "Parameters". Find the line that reads "tx = clip.tokenize('''a cityscape in the style of Van Gogh''')" and change the text inside of the single quote marks to your desired text; example: "tx = clip.tokenize('''a photo of New York City''')". The developer recommends that you keep the three single quote marks on both ends of your desired text so that mult-line text can be used An alternative is to remove two of the single quotes on each end of your desired text; example: "tx = clip.tokenize('a photo of New York City')". In the Table of Contents, click "Restart the kernel...". Position the pointer over the first cell in the notebook, which starts with text "import subprocess". Click the play button (the triangle) to run the cell. Wait until the cell completes execution. Click menu item "Runtime->Restart and run all". In the Table of Contents, click "Diagnostics". The output appears near the end of the Train cell that immediately precedes the Diagnostics cell, so scroll up a bit. Every few minutes (or perhaps 10 minutes if Google assigned you relatively slow hardware for this session), a new image will appear in the Train cell that is a refinement of the previous image. This process can go on for as long as you want until Google ends your Google Colab session, which is a total of up to 12 hours for the free version of Google Colab. Steps to follow if you want to start a different run using the same Google Colab session: Click menu item "Runtime->Interrupt execution". Save any images that you want to keep by right-clicking on them and using the appropriate context menu command. Optionally, change the desired text. Different runs using the same desired text almost always results in different outputs. Click menu item "Runtime->Restart and run all". Steps to follow when you're done with your Google Colab session: Click menu item "Runtime->Manage sessions". Click "Terminate" to end the session. Optionally, log out of your Google account due to the privacy ramifications of being logged into a Google account. The first output image in the Train cell (using the notebook's default of seeing every 100th image generated) usually is a very poor match to the desired text, but the second output image often is a decent match to the desired text. To change the default of seeing every 100th image generated, change the number 100 in line "if itt % 100 == 0:" in the Train cell to the desired number. For free-tier Google Colab users, I recommend changing 100 to a small integer such as 5. Tips for the text descriptions that you supply: In Section 3.1.4 of OpenAI's CLIP paper (pdf), the authors recommend using a text description of the form "A photo of a {label}." or "A photo of a {label}, a type of {type}." for images that are photographs. A Reddit user gives these tips. The Big Sleep should generate these 1,000 types of things better on average than other types of things. Here is an article containing a high-level description of how The Big Sleep works. The Big Sleep uses a modified version of BigGAN as its image generator component. The Big Sleep uses the ViT-B/32 CLIP model to rate how well a given image matches your desired text. The best CLIP model according to the CLIP paper authors is the (as of this writing) unreleased ViT-L/14-336px model; see Table 10 on page 40 of the CLIP paper (pdf) for a comparison. There are many other sites/programs/projects that use CLIP to steer image/video creation to match a text description. Some relevant subreddits: r/bigsleep (subreddit for images/videos generated from text-to-image machine learning algorithms). r/deepdream (subreddit for images/videos generated from machine learning algorithms). r/mediasynthesis (subreddit for media generation/manipulation techniques that use artificial intelligence; this subreddit shouldn't be used to post images/videos unless new techniques are demonstrated, or the images/videos are of high quality relative to other posts). Example using text 'a black cat sleeping on top of a red clock': https://preview.redd.it/7xq58v7022c61.png?width=512&format=png&auto=webp&s=a229ae9add555cd1caba31c42b60d907ffe67773 Example using text 'the word ''hot'' covered in ice': https://preview.redd.it/6kxdp8u3k2c61.png?width=512&format=png&auto=webp&s=5bd078b0111575f5d88a1dc53b0aeb933f3b0da6 Example using text 'a monkey holding a green lightsaber': https://preview.redd.it/rdsybsoaz2c61.png?width=512&format=png&auto=webp&s=2769d4c6c883c1c35ae0b1c629bebe9bc1d41393 Example using text 'The White House in Washington D.C. at night with green and red spotlights shining on it': https://preview.redd.it/w4mg90xsf5c61.png?width=512&format=png&auto=webp&s=5f18318de2f77bcd8a86e71e87048fadd30383d1 Example using text '''A photo of the Golden Gate Bridge at night, illuminated by spotlights in a tribute to Prince''': https://preview.redd.it/cn4ecuafhic61.png?width=512&format=png&auto=webp&s=397c838fdc49f13c5f17110b92c78b95bf0dcac0 Example using text '''a Rembrandt-style painting titled "Robert Plant decides whether to take the stairway to heaven or the ladder to heaven"''': https://preview.redd.it/h7rb3y6j5jc61.png?width=512&format=png&auto=webp&s=537bfe8210af185647b00e7585c948aa2c4e0ffb Example using text '''A photo of the Empire State Building being shot at with the laser cannons of a TIE fighter.''': https://preview.redd.it/cwi7i639c5d61.png?width=512&format=png&auto=webp&s=0510c8b93adb40eee4d3f41607f1c215d41e55ff Example using text '''A cartoon of a new mascot for the Reddit subreddit DeepDream that has a mouse-like face and wears a cape''': https://preview.redd.it/wtxbduevcbd61.png?width=512&format=png&auto=webp&s=c5d266258922bc62f25c80a08cd9cabc07d9cb1c Example using text '''Bugs Bunny meets the Eye of Sauron, drawn in the Looney Tunes cartoon style''': https://preview.redd.it/gmljaeekuid61.png?width=512&format=png&auto=webp&s=9ea578de165e12afc3a62bf6886bc1ae9dc19bec Example using text '''Photo of a blue and red neon-colored frog at night.''': https://preview.redd.it/nzlypte6wzd61.png?width=512&format=png&auto=webp&s=7e10b06f22cfc57c64b6d05738c7486b895083df Example using text '''Hell begins to freeze over''': https://preview.redd.it/vn99we9ngmf61.png?width=512&format=png&auto=webp&s=2408efd607f0ab40a08db6ee67448791aa813993 Example using text '''A scene with vibrant colors''': https://preview.redd.it/4z133mvrgmf61.png?width=512&format=png&auto=webp&s=b78e7a8e3f736769655056093a9904ff09a355a1 Example using text '''The Great Pyramids were turned into prisms by a wizard''': https://preview.redd.it/zxt6op7vgmf61.png?width=512&format=png&auto=webp&s=53e578cfde14b28afe27957e95e610b89afadd44

[N] How Stability AI’s Founder Tanked His Billion-Dollar Startup

forbes article: https://www.forbes.com/sites/kenrickcai/2024/03/29/how-stability-ais-founder-tanked-his-billion-dollar-startup/ archive no paywall: https://archive.is/snbeV How Stability AI’s Founder Tanked His Billion-Dollar Startup Mar 29, 2024 Stability AI founder Emad Mostaque took the stage last week at the Terranea Resort in Palos Verdes, California to roaring applause and an introduction from an AI-generated Aristotle who announced him as “a modern Prometheus” with “the astuteness of Athena and the vision of Daedalus.” “Under his stewardship, AI becomes the Herculean force poised to vanquish the twin serpents of illness and ailment and extend the olive branch of longevity,” the faux Aristotle proclaimed. “I think that’s the best intro I’ve ever had,” Mostaque said. But behind Mostaque's hagiographic introduction lay a grim and fast metastasizing truth. Stability, once one of AI’s buzziest startups, was floundering. It had been running out of money for months and Mostaque had been unable to secure enough additional funding. It had defaulted on payments to Amazon whose cloud service undergirded Stability’s core offerings. The star research team behind its flagship text-to-image generator Stable Diffusion had tendered their resignations just three days before — as Forbes would first report — and other senior leaders had issued him an ultimatum: resign, or we walk too. Still, onstage before a massive audience of peers and acolytes, Mostaque talked a big game. “AI is jet planes for the mind,” he opined. “AI is our collective intelligence. It's the human Colossus.” He claimed a new, faster version of the Stable Diffusion image generator released earlier this month could generate “200 cats with hats per second.” But later, when he was asked about Stability’s financial model, Mostaque fumbled. “I can’t say that publicly,” he replied. “But it’s going well. We’re ahead of forecast.” Four days later, Mostaque stepped down as CEO of Stability, as Forbes first reported. In a post to X, the service formerly known as Twitter, he claimed he’d voluntarily abdicated his role to decentralize “the concentration of power in AI.” But sources told Forbes that was hardly the case. Behind the scenes, Mostaque had fought to maintain his position and control despite mounting pressure externally and internally to step down. Company documents and interviews with 32 current and former employees, investors, collaborators and industry observers suggest his abrupt exit was the result of poor business judgment and wild overspending that undermined confidence in his vision and leadership, and ultimately kneecapped the company. Mostaque, through his attorneys, declined to comment on record on a detailed list of questions about the reporting in this story. But in an email to Forbes earlier this week he broadly disputed the allegations. “Nobody tells you how hard it is to be a CEO and there are better CEOs than me to scale a business,” he said in a statement. “I am not sure anyone else would have been able to build and grow the research team to build the best and most widely used models out there and I’m very proud of the team there. I look forward to moving onto the next problem to handle and hopefully move the needle.” In an emailed statement, Christian Laforte and Shan Shan Wong, the interim co-CEOs who replaced Mostaque, said, "the company remains focused on commercializing its world leading technology” and providing it “to partners across the creative industries." After starting Stability in 2019, Mostaque built the company into an early AI juggernaut by seizing upon a promising research project that would become Stable Diffusion and funding it into a business reality. The ease with which the software generated detailed images from the simplest text prompts immediately captivated the public: 10 million people used it on any given day, the company told Forbes in early 2023. For some true believers, Mostaque was a crucial advocate for open-source AI development in a space dominated by the closed systems of OpenAI, Google and Anthropic. But his startup’s rise to one of the buzziest in generative AI was in part built on a series of exaggerations and misleading claims, as Forbes first reported last year (Mostaque disputed some points at the time). And they continued after he raised $100 million at a $1 billion valuation just days after launching Stable Diffusion in 2022. His failure to deliver on an array of grand promises, like building bespoke AI models for nation states, and his decision to pour tens of millions into research without a sustainable business plan, eroded Stability’s foundations and jeopardized its future. "He was just giving shit away,” one former employee told Forbes. “That man legitimately wanted to transform the world. He actually wanted to train AI models for kids in Malawi. Was it practical? Absolutely not." By October 2023, Stability would have less than $4 million left in the bank, according to an internal memo prepared for a board meeting and reviewed by Forbes. And mounting debt, including months of overdue Amazon Web Services payments, had already left it in the red. To avoid legal penalties for skipping Americans staff’s payroll, the document explained, the London-based startup was considering delaying tax payments to the U.K. government. It was Stability’s armada of GPUs, the wildly powerful and equally expensive chips undergirding AI, that were so taxing the company’s finances. Hosted by AWS, they had long been one of Mostaque’s bragging points; he often touted them as one of the world’s 10 largest supercomputers. They were responsible for helping Stability’s researchers build and maintain one of the top AI image generators, as well as break important new ground on generative audio, video and 3D models. “Undeniably, Stability has continued to ship a lot of models,” said one former employee. “They may not have profited off of it, but the broader ecosystem benefitted in a huge, huge way.” But the costs associated with so much compute were now threatening to sink the company. According to an internal October financial forecast seen by Forbes, Stability was on track to spend $99 million on compute in 2023. It noted as well that Stability was “underpaying AWS bills for July (by $1M)” and “not planning to pay AWS at the end of October for August usage ($7M).” Then there were the September and October bills, plus $1 million owed to Google Cloud and $600,000 to GPU cloud data center CoreWeave. (Amazon, Google and CoreWeave declined to comment.) With an additional $54 million allocated to wages and operating expenses, Stability’s total projected costs for 2023 were $153 million. But according to its October financial report, its projected revenue for the calendar year was just $11 million. Stability was on track to lose more money per month than it made in an entire year. The company’s dire financial position had thoroughly soured Stability’s current investors, including Coatue, which had invested tens of millions in the company during its $101 million funding round in 2022. In the middle of 2023, Mostaque agreed to an independent audit after Coatue raised a series of concerns, according to a source with direct knowledge of the matter. The outcome of the investigation is unclear. Coatue declined to comment. Within a week of an early October board meeting where Mostaque shared that financial forecast, Lightspeed Venture Partners, another major investor, sent a letter to the board urging them to sell the company. The distressing numbers had “severely undermined” the firm’s confidence in Mostaque’s ability to lead the company. “In particular, we are surprised and deeply concerned by a cash position just now disclosed to us that is inconsistent with prior discussions on this topic,” Lightspeed’s general counsel Brett Nissenberg wrote in the letter, a copy of which was viewed by Forbes. “Lightspeed believes that the company is not likely financeable on terms that would assure the company’s long term sound financial position.” (Lightspeed declined a request for comment.) The calls for a sale led Stability to quietly begin looking for a buyer. Bloomberg reported in November that Stability approached AI startups Cohere and Jasper to gauge their interest. Stability denied this, and Jasper CEO Timothy Young did the same when reached for comment by Forbes. A Cohere representative declined to comment. But one prominent AI company confirmed that Mostaque’s representatives had reached out to them to test the waters. Those talks did not advance because “the numbers didn’t add up,” this person, who declined to be named due to the confidential nature of the talks, told Forbes. Stability also tried to court Samsung as a buyer, going so far as to redecorate its office in advance of a planned meeting with the Korean electronics giant. (Samsung said that it invested in Stability in 2023 and that it does not comment on M&A discussions.) Coatue had been calling for Mostaque’s resignation for months, according to a source with direct knowledge. But it and other investors were unable to oust him because he was the company’s majority shareholder. When they tried a different tact by rallying other investors to offer him a juicy equity package to resign, Mostaque refused, said two sources. By October, Coatue and Lightspeed had had enough. Coatue left the board and Lightspeed resigned its observer seat. “Emad infuriated our initial investors so much it’s just making it impossible for us to raise more money under acceptable terms,” one current Stability executive told Forbes. The early months of 2024 saw Stability’s already precarious position eroding further still. Employees were quietly laid off. Three people in a position to know estimated that at least 10% of staff were cut. And cash reserves continued to dwindle. Mostaque mentioned a lifeline at the October board meeting: $95 million in tentative funding from new investors, pending due diligence. But in the end, only a fraction of it was wired, two sources say, much of it from Intel, which Forbes has learned invested $20 million, a fraction of what was reported. (Intel did not return a request for comment by publication time.) Two hours after Forbes broke the news of Mostaque’s plans to step down as CEO, Stability issued a press release confirming his resignation. Chief operating officer Wong and chief technology officer Laforte have taken over in the interim. Mostaque, who said on X that he still owns a majority of the company, also stepped down from the board, which has now initiated a search for a permanent CEO. There is a lot of work to be done to turn things around, and very little time in which to do it. Said the current Stability executive, “There’s still a possibility of a turnaround story, but the odds drop by the day.” In July of 2023, Mostaque still thought he could pull it off. Halfway through the month, he shared a fundraising plan with his lieutenants. It was wildly optimistic, detailing the raise of $500 million in cash and another $750 million in computing facilities from marquee investors like Nvidia, Google, Intel and the World Bank (Nvidia and Google declined comment. Intel did not respond. The World Bank said it did not invest in Stability). In a Slack message reviewed by Forbes, Mostaque said Google was “willing to move fast” and the round was “likely to be oversubscribed.” It wasn’t. Three people with direct knowledge of these fundraising efforts told Forbes that while there was some interest in Stability, talks often stalled when it came time to disclose financials. Two of them noted that earlier in the year, Mostaque had simply stopped engaging with VCs who asked for numbers. Only one firm invested around that time: actor Ashton Kutcher’s Sound Ventures, which invested $35 million in the form of a convertible SAFE note during the second quarter, according to an internal document. (Sound Ventures did not respond to a request for comment.) And though he’d managed to score a meeting with Nvidia and its CEO Jensen Huang, it ended in disaster, according to two sources. “Under Jensen's microscopic questions, Emad just fell apart,” a source in position to know told Forbes. Huang quickly concluded Stability wasn’t ready for an investment from Nvidia, the sources said. Mostaque told Forbes in an email that he had not met with Huang since 2022, except to say “hello and what’s up a few times after.” His July 2023 message references a plan to raise $150 million from Nvidia. (Nvidia declined to comment.) After a June Forbes investigation citing more than 30 sources revealed Mostaque’s history of misleading claims, Mostaque struggled to raise funding, a Stability investor told Forbes. (Mostaque disputed the story at the time and called it "coordinated lies" in his email this week to Forbes). Increasingly, investors scrutinized his assertions and pressed for data. And Young, now the CEO of Jasper, turned down a verbal offer to be Stability’s president after reading the article, according to a source with direct knowledge of the matter. The collapse of the talks aggravated the board and other executives, who had hoped Young would compensate for the sales and business management skills that Mostaque lacked, according to four people in a position to know. (Young declined to comment.) When Stability’s senior leadership convened in London for the CogX conference in September, the financing had still not closed. There, a group of executives confronted Mostaque asking questions about the company’s cash position and runway, according to three people with direct knowledge of the incident. They did not get the clarity they’d hoped for. By October, Mostaque had reduced his fundraising target by more than 80%. The months that followed saw a steady drumbeat of departures — general counsel Adam Avrunin, vice presidents Mike Melnicki, Ed Newton-Rex and Joe Penna, chief people officer Ozden Onder — culminating in the demoralizing March exit of Stable Diffusion’s primary developers Robin Rombach, Andreas Blattmann, Patrick Esser and Dominik Lorenz. Rombach, who led the team, had been angling to leave for months, two sources said, first threatening to resign last summer because of the fundraising failures. Others left over concerns about cash flow, as well as liabilities — including what four people described as Mostaque’s lax approach to ensuring that Stability products could not be used to produce child sexual abuse imagery. “Stability AI is committed to preventing the misuse of AI and prohibits the use of our image models and services for unlawful activity, including attempts to edit or create CSAM,” Ella Irwin, senior vice president of integrity, said in a statement. Newton-Rex told Forbes he resigned because he disagreed with Stability’s position that training AI on copyrighted work without consent is fair use. Melnicki and Penna declined to comment. Avrunin and Onder could not be reached for comment. None of the researchers responded to requests for comment. The Stable Diffusion researchers’ departure as a cohort says a lot about the state of Stability AI. The company’s researchers were widely viewed as its crown jewels, their work subsidized with a firehose of pricey compute power that was even extended to people outside the company. Martino Russi, an artificial intelligence researcher, told Forbes that though he was never formally employed by Stability, the company provided him a “staggering” amount of compute between January and April 2023 to play around with developing an AI video generator that Stability might someday use. “It was Candy Land or Coney Island,” said Russi, who estimates that his experiment, which was ultimately shelved, cost the company $2.5 million. Stable Diffusion was simultaneously Stability’s marquee product and its existential cash crisis. One current employee described it to Forbes as “a giant vacuum that absorbed everything: money, compute, people.” While the software was widely used, with Mostaque claiming downloads reaching into the hundreds of millions, Stability struggled to translate that wild success into revenue. Mostaque knew it could be done — peers at Databricks, Elastic and MongoDB had all turned a free product into a lucrative business — he just couldn’t figure out how. His first attempt was Stability’s API, which allowed paying customers to integrate Stable Diffusion into their own products. In early 2023, a handful of small companies, like art generator app NightCafe and presentation software startup Tome, signed on, according to four people with knowledge of the deals. But Stability’s poor account management services soured many, and in a matter of months NightCafe and Tome canceled their contracts, three people said. NightCafe founder Angus Russell told Forbes that his company switched to a competitor which “offered much cheaper inference costs and a broader service.” Tome did not respond to a request for comment. Meanwhile, Mostaque’s efforts to court larger companies like Samsung and Snapchat were failing, according to five people familiar with the effort. Canva, which was already one of the heaviest users of open-sourced Stable Diffusion, had multiple discussions with Stability, which was angling for a contract it hoped would generate several millions in annual revenue. But the deal never materialized, four sources said. “These three companies wanted and needed us,” one former employee told Forbes. “They would have been the perfect customers.” (Samsung, Snap and Canva declined to comment.) “It’s not that there was not an appetite to pay Stability — there were tons of companies that would have that wanted to,” the former employee said. “There was a huge opportunity and demand, but just a resistance to execution.” Mostaque’s other big idea was to provide governments with bespoke national AI models that would invigorate their economies and citizenry. “Emad envisions a world where AI through 100 national models serves not as a tool of the few, but as a benefactor to all promising to confront great adversaries, cancer, autism, and the sands of time itself,” the AI avatar of Aristotle said in his intro at the conference. Mostaque told several prospective customers that he could deliver such models within 60 days — an untenable timeline, according to two people in position to know. Stability attempted to develop a model for the Singaporean government over the protestation of employees who questioned its technical feasibility, three sources familiar with the effort told Forbes. But it couldn’t pull it off and Singapore never became a customer. (The government of Singapore confirmed it did not enter into a deal with Stability, but declined to answer additional questions.) As Stability careened from one new business idea to another, resources were abruptly reallocated and researchers reassigned. The whiplash shifts in a largely siloed organization demoralized and infuriated employees. “There were ‘urgent’ things, ‘urgent urgent’ things and ‘most urgent,’” one former employee complained. “None of these things seem important if everything is important.” Another former Stability executive was far more pointed in their assessment. “Emad is the most disorganized leader I have ever worked with in my career,” this person told Forbes. “He has no vision, and changes directions every week, often based on what he sees on Twitter.” In a video interview posted shortly before this story was published, Mostaque explained his leadership style: “I'm particularly great at taking creatives, developers, researchers, others, and achieving their full potential in designing systems. But I should not be dealing with, you know, HR and operations and business development and other elements. There are far better people than me to do that.” By December 2023, Stability had partially abandoned its open-source roots and announced that any commercial use of Stable Diffusion would cost customers at least $20 per month (non-commercial and research use of Stable Diffusion would remain free). But privately, Stability was considering a potentially more lucrative source of revenue: reselling the compute it was leasing from providers like AWS, according to six people familiar with the effort. Though it was essentially GPU arbitrage, Stability framed the strategy to investors as a “managed services” offering. Its damning October financial report projected optimistically that such an offering would bring in $139 million in 2024 — 98% of its revenue. Multiple employees at the time told Forbes they feared reselling compute, even if the company called it “managed services,” would violate the terms of Stability’s contract with AWS. Amazon declined to comment. “The line internally was that we are not reselling compute,” one former employee said. “This was some of the dirtiest feeling stuff.” Stability also discussed reselling a cluster of Nvidia A100 chips, leased via CoreWeave, to the venture capital firm Andreessen Horowitz, three sources said. “It was under the guise of managed services, but there wasn’t any management happening,” one of these people told Forbes. Andreessen Horowitz and CoreWeave declined to comment. Stability did not respond to questions about if it plans to continue this strategy now that Mostaque is out of the picture. Regardless, interim co-CEOs Wong and Laforte are on a tight timeline to clean up his mess. Board chairman Jim O’Shaughnessy said in a statement that he was confident the pair “will adeptly steer the company forward in developing and commercializing industry-leading generative AI products.” But burn continues to far outpace revenue. The Financial Times reported Friday that the company made $5.4 million of revenue in February, against $8 million in costs. Several sources said there are ongoing concerns about making payroll for the roughly 150 remaining employees. Leadership roles have gone vacant for months amid the disarray, leaving the company increasingly directionless. Meanwhile, a potentially catastrophic legal threat looms over the company: A trio of copyright infringement lawsuits brought by Getty Images and a group of artists in the U.S. and U.K., who claim Stability illegally used their art and photography to train the AI models powering Stable Diffusion. A London-based court has already rejected the company’s bid to throw out one of the lawsuits on the basis that none of its researchers were based in the U.K. And Stability’s claim that Getty’s Delaware lawsuit should be blocked because it's a U.K.-based company was rejected. (Stability did not respond to questions about the litigation.) AI-related copyright litigation “could go on for years,” according to Eric Goldman, a law professor at Santa Clara University. He told Forbes that though plaintiffs suing AI firms face an uphill battle overcoming the existing legal precedent on copyright infringement, the quantity of arguments available to make are virtually inexhaustible. “Like in military theory, if there’s a gap in your lines, that’s where the enemy pours through — if any one of those arguments succeeds, it could completely change the generative AI environment,” he said. “In some sense, generative AI as an industry has to win everything.” Stability, which had more than $100 million in the bank just a year and a half ago, is in a deep hole. Not only does it need more funding, it needs a viable business model — or a buyer with the vision and chops to make it successful in a fast-moving and highly competitive sector. At an all hands meeting this past Monday, Stability’s new leaders detailed a path forward. One point of emphasis: a plan to better manage resources and expenses, according to one person in attendance. It’s a start, but Mostaque’s meddling has left them with little runway to execute. His resignation, though, has given some employees hope. “A few people are 100% going to reconsider leaving after today,” said one current employee. “And the weird gloomy aura of hearing Emad talking nonsense for an hour is gone.” Shortly before Mostaque resigned, one current Stability executive told Forbes that they were optimistic his departure could make Stability appealing enough to receive a small investment or sale to a friendly party. “There are companies that have raised hundreds of millions of dollars that have much less intrinsic value than Stability,” the person said. “A white knight may still appear.”

[P] MIT Introduction to Data-Centric AI

Announcing the first-ever course on Data-Centric AI. Learn how to train better ML models by improving the data. Course homepage | Lecture videos on YouTube | Lab Assignments The course covers: Data-Centric AI vs. Model-Centric AI Label Errors Dataset Creation and Curation Data-centric Evaluation of ML Models Class Imbalance, Outliers, and Distribution Shift Growing or Compressing Datasets Interpretability in Data-Centric ML Encoding Human Priors: Data Augmentation and Prompt Engineering Data Privacy and Security MIT, like most universities, has many courses on machine learning (6.036, 6.867, and many others). Those classes teach techniques to produce effective models for a given dataset, and the classes focus heavily on the mathematical details of models rather than practical applications. However, in real-world applications of ML, the dataset is not fixed, and focusing on improving the data often gives better results than improving the model. We’ve personally seen this time and time again in our applied ML work as well as our research. Data-Centric AI (DCAI) is an emerging science that studies techniques to improve datasets in a systematic/algorithmic way — given that this topic wasn’t covered in the standard curriculum, we (a group of PhD candidates and grads) thought that we should put together a new class! We taught this intensive 2-week course in January over MIT’s IAP term, and we’ve just published all the course material, including lecture videos, lecture notes, hands-on lab assignments, and lab solutions, in hopes that people outside the MIT community would find these resources useful. We’d be happy to answer any questions related to the class or DCAI in general, and we’d love to hear any feedback on how we can improve the course material. Introduction to Data-Centric AI is open-source opencourseware, so feel free to make improvements directly: https://github.com/dcai-course/dcai-course.

[N] OpenAI's new language model gpt-3.5-turbo-instruct can defeat chess engine Fairy-Stockfish 14 at level 5

This Twitter thread (Nitter alternative for those who aren't logged into Twitter and want to see the full thread) claims that OpenAI's new language model gpt-3.5-turbo-instruct can "readily" beat Lichess Stockfish level 4 (Lichess Stockfish level and its rating) and has a chess rating of "around 1800 Elo." This tweet shows the style of prompts that are being used to get these results with the new language model. I used website parrotchess\[dot\]com (discovered here) (EDIT: parrotchess doesn't exist anymore, as of March 7, 2024) to play multiple games of chess purportedly pitting this new language model vs. various levels at website Lichess, which supposedly uses Fairy-Stockfish 14 according to the Lichess user interface. My current results for all completed games: The language model is 5-0 vs. Fairy-Stockfish 14 level 5 (game 1, game 2, game 3, game 4, game 5), and 2-5 vs. Fairy-Stockfish 14 level 6 (game 1, game 2, game 3, game 4, game 5, game 6, game 7). Not included in the tally are games that I had to abort because the parrotchess user interface stalled (5 instances), because I accidentally copied a move incorrectly in the parrotchess user interface (numerous instances), or because the parrotchess user interface doesn't allow the promotion of a pawn to anything other than queen (1 instance). Update: There could have been up to 5 additional losses - the number of times the parrotchess user interface stalled - that would have been recorded in this tally if this language model resignation bug hadn't been present. Also, the quality of play of some online chess bots can perhaps vary depending on the speed of the user's hardware. The following is a screenshot from parrotchess showing the end state of the first game vs. Fairy-Stockfish 14 level 5: https://preview.redd.it/4ahi32xgjmpb1.jpg?width=432&format=pjpg&auto=webp&s=7fbb68371ca4257bed15ab2828fab58047f194a4 The game results in this paragraph are from using parrotchess after the forementioned resignation bug was fixed. The language model is 0-1 vs. Fairy-Stockfish level 7 (game 1), and 0-1 vs. Fairy-Stockfish 14 level 8 (game 1). There is one known scenario (Nitter alternative) in which the new language model purportedly generated an illegal move using language model sampling temperature of 0. Previous purported illegal moves that the parrotchess developer examined turned out (Nitter alternative) to be due to parrotchess bugs. There are several other ways to play chess against the new language model if you have access to the OpenAI API. The first way is to use the OpenAI Playground as shown in this video. The second way is chess web app gptchess\[dot\]vercel\[dot\]app (discovered in this Twitter thread / Nitter thread). Third, another person modified that chess web app to additionally allow various levels of the Stockfish chess engine to autoplay, resulting in chess web app chessgpt-stockfish\[dot\]vercel\[dot\]app (discovered in this tweet). Results from other people: a) Results from hundreds of games in blog post Debunking the Chessboard: Confronting GPTs Against Chess Engines to Estimate Elo Ratings and Assess Legal Move Abilities. b) Results from 150 games: GPT-3.5-instruct beats GPT-4 at chess and is a \~1800 ELO chess player. Results of 150 games of GPT-3.5 vs stockfish and 30 of GPT-3.5 vs GPT-4. Post #2. The developer later noted that due to bugs the legal move rate was actually above 99.9%. It should also be noted that these results didn't use a language model sampling temperature of 0, which I believe could have induced illegal moves. c) Chess bot gpt35-turbo-instruct at website Lichess. d) Chess bot konaz at website Lichess. From blog post Playing chess with large language models: Computers have been better than humans at chess for at least the last 25 years. And for the past five years, deep learning models have been better than the best humans. But until this week, in order to be good at chess, a machine learning model had to be explicitly designed to play games: it had to be told explicitly that there was an 8x8 board, that there were different pieces, how each of them moved, and what the goal of the game was. Then it had to be trained with reinforcement learning agaist itself. And then it would win. This all changed on Monday, when OpenAI released GPT-3.5-turbo-instruct, an instruction-tuned language model that was designed to just write English text, but that people on the internet quickly discovered can play chess at, roughly, the level of skilled human players. Post Chess as a case study in hidden capabilities in ChatGPT from last month covers a different prompting style used for the older chat-based GPT 3.5 Turbo language model. If I recall correctly from my tests with ChatGPT-3.5, using that prompt style with the older language model can defeat Stockfish level 2 at Lichess, but I haven't been successful in using it to beat Stockfish level 3. In my tests, both the quality of play and frequency of illegal attempted moves seems to be better with the new prompt style with the new language model compared to the older prompt style with the older language model. Related article: Large Language Model: world models or surface statistics? P.S. Since some people claim that language model gpt-3.5-turbo-instruct is always playing moves memorized from the training dataset, I searched for data on the uniqueness of chess positions. From this video, we see that for a certain game dataset there were 763,331,945 chess positions encountered in an unknown number of games without removing duplicate chess positions, 597,725,848 different chess positions reached, and 582,337,984 different chess positions that were reached only once. Therefore, for that game dataset the probability that a chess position in a game was reached only once is 582337984 / 763331945 = 76.3%. For the larger dataset cited in that video, there are approximately (506,000,000 - 200,000) games in the dataset (per this paper), and 21,553,382,902 different game positions encountered. Each game in the larger dataset added a mean of approximately 21,553,382,902 / (506,000,000 - 200,000) = 42.6 different chess positions to the dataset. For this different dataset of \~12 million games, \~390 million different chess positions were encountered. Each game in this different dataset added a mean of approximately (390 million / 12 million) = 32.5 different chess positions to the dataset. From the aforementioned numbers, we can conclude that a strategy of playing only moves memorized from a game dataset would fare poorly because there are not rarely new chess games that have chess positions that are not present in the game dataset.

[D] What do you think of Mistral.ai's value proposition and open source strategy?

Mistral.ai, a 4 week old startup founded by star researchers from DeepMind and FAIR recently raised a whopping €105m in their seed round just 4 weeks after set up. Their leaked pitch "deck" made several arguments that I find quite interesting and debatable (not that I think they are totally wrong) given recent progress in research and open source. They seem to believe that a moat can be built around better models, or at least the engineering know-how required to pursue such endeavours That closed sourced models served behind an API poses integration challenges and safety issues that will become a bottleneck for adoption That open sourcing the majority of their work, puts them in a position to win over the very finite research talent necessary to keep them ahead of competition Open source models and tools accelerate the development of ecosystems and aid in dominance through standard setting. (personally I think this is their strongest argument). Very similar to what Yann LeCun cited as reasons for FAIR's commitment to open sourcing. Curious what the industry practitioners and academics here think about this? https://sifted.eu/articles/pitch-deck-mistral

[D] What is your honest experience with reinforcement learning?

In my personal experience, SOTA RL algorithms simply don't work. I've tried working with reinforcement learning for over 5 years. I remember when Alpha Go defeated the world famous Go player, Lee Sedol, and everybody thought RL would take the ML community by storm. Yet, outside of toy problems, I've personally never found a practical use-case of RL. What is your experience with it? Aside from Ad recommendation systems and RLHF, are there legitimate use-cases of RL? Or, was it all hype? Edit: I know a lot about AI. I built NexusTrade, an AI-Powered automated investing tool that lets non-technical users create, update, and deploy their trading strategies. I’m not an idiot nor a noob; RL is just ridiculously hard. Edit 2: Since my comments are being downvoted, here is a link to my article that better describes my position. It's not that I don't understand RL. I released my open-source code and wrote a paper on it. It's the fact that it's EXTREMELY difficult to understand. Other deep learning algorithms like CNNs (including ResNets), RNNs (including GRUs and LSTMs), Transformers, and GANs are not hard to understand. These algorithms work and have practical use-cases outside of the lab. Traditional SOTA RL algorithms like PPO, DDPG, and TD3 are just very hard. You need to do a bunch of research to even implement a toy problem. In contrast, the decision transformer is something anybody can implement, and it seems to match or surpass the SOTA. You don't need two networks battling each other. You don't have to go through hell to debug your network. It just naturally learns the best set of actions in an auto-regressive manner. I also didn't mean to come off as arrogant or imply that RL is not worth learning. I just haven't seen any real-world, practical use-cases of it. I simply wanted to start a discussion, not claim that I know everything. Edit 3: There's a shockingly number of people calling me an idiot for not fully understanding RL. You guys are wayyy too comfortable calling people you disagree with names. News-flash, not everybody has a PhD in ML. My undergraduate degree is in biology. I self-taught myself the high-level maths to understand ML. I'm very passionate about the field; I just have VERY disappointing experiences with RL. Funny enough, there are very few people refuting my actual points. To summarize: Lack of real-world applications Extremely complex and inaccessible to 99% of the population Much harder than traditional DL algorithms like CNNs, RNNs, and GANs Sample inefficiency and instability Difficult to debug Better alternatives, such as the Decision Transformer Are these not legitimate criticisms? Is the purpose of this sub not to have discussions related to Machine Learning? To the few commenters that aren't calling me an idiot...thank you! Remember, it costs you nothing to be nice! Edit 4: Lots of people seem to agree that RL is over-hyped. Unfortunately those comments are downvoted. To clear up some things: We've invested HEAVILY into reinforcement learning. All we got from this investment is a robot that can be super-human at (some) video games. AlphaFold did not use any reinforcement learning. SpaceX doesn't either. I concede that it can be useful for robotics, but still argue that it's use-cases outside the lab are extremely limited. If you're stumbling on this thread and curious about an RL alternative, check out the Decision Transformer. It can be used in any situation that a traditional RL algorithm can be used. Final Edit: To those who contributed more recently, thank you for the thoughtful discussion! From what I learned, model-based models like Dreamer and IRIS MIGHT have a future. But everybody who has actually used model-free models like DDPG unanimously agree that they suck and don’t work.

[N] How Stability AI’s Founder Tanked His Billion-Dollar Startup

forbes article: https://www.forbes.com/sites/kenrickcai/2024/03/29/how-stability-ais-founder-tanked-his-billion-dollar-startup/ archive no paywall: https://archive.is/snbeV How Stability AI’s Founder Tanked His Billion-Dollar Startup Mar 29, 2024 Stability AI founder Emad Mostaque took the stage last week at the Terranea Resort in Palos Verdes, California to roaring applause and an introduction from an AI-generated Aristotle who announced him as “a modern Prometheus” with “the astuteness of Athena and the vision of Daedalus.” “Under his stewardship, AI becomes the Herculean force poised to vanquish the twin serpents of illness and ailment and extend the olive branch of longevity,” the faux Aristotle proclaimed. “I think that’s the best intro I’ve ever had,” Mostaque said. But behind Mostaque's hagiographic introduction lay a grim and fast metastasizing truth. Stability, once one of AI’s buzziest startups, was floundering. It had been running out of money for months and Mostaque had been unable to secure enough additional funding. It had defaulted on payments to Amazon whose cloud service undergirded Stability’s core offerings. The star research team behind its flagship text-to-image generator Stable Diffusion had tendered their resignations just three days before — as Forbes would first report — and other senior leaders had issued him an ultimatum: resign, or we walk too. Still, onstage before a massive audience of peers and acolytes, Mostaque talked a big game. “AI is jet planes for the mind,” he opined. “AI is our collective intelligence. It's the human Colossus.” He claimed a new, faster version of the Stable Diffusion image generator released earlier this month could generate “200 cats with hats per second.” But later, when he was asked about Stability’s financial model, Mostaque fumbled. “I can’t say that publicly,” he replied. “But it’s going well. We’re ahead of forecast.” Four days later, Mostaque stepped down as CEO of Stability, as Forbes first reported. In a post to X, the service formerly known as Twitter, he claimed he’d voluntarily abdicated his role to decentralize “the concentration of power in AI.” But sources told Forbes that was hardly the case. Behind the scenes, Mostaque had fought to maintain his position and control despite mounting pressure externally and internally to step down. Company documents and interviews with 32 current and former employees, investors, collaborators and industry observers suggest his abrupt exit was the result of poor business judgment and wild overspending that undermined confidence in his vision and leadership, and ultimately kneecapped the company. Mostaque, through his attorneys, declined to comment on record on a detailed list of questions about the reporting in this story. But in an email to Forbes earlier this week he broadly disputed the allegations. “Nobody tells you how hard it is to be a CEO and there are better CEOs than me to scale a business,” he said in a statement. “I am not sure anyone else would have been able to build and grow the research team to build the best and most widely used models out there and I’m very proud of the team there. I look forward to moving onto the next problem to handle and hopefully move the needle.” In an emailed statement, Christian Laforte and Shan Shan Wong, the interim co-CEOs who replaced Mostaque, said, "the company remains focused on commercializing its world leading technology” and providing it “to partners across the creative industries." After starting Stability in 2019, Mostaque built the company into an early AI juggernaut by seizing upon a promising research project that would become Stable Diffusion and funding it into a business reality. The ease with which the software generated detailed images from the simplest text prompts immediately captivated the public: 10 million people used it on any given day, the company told Forbes in early 2023. For some true believers, Mostaque was a crucial advocate for open-source AI development in a space dominated by the closed systems of OpenAI, Google and Anthropic. But his startup’s rise to one of the buzziest in generative AI was in part built on a series of exaggerations and misleading claims, as Forbes first reported last year (Mostaque disputed some points at the time). And they continued after he raised $100 million at a $1 billion valuation just days after launching Stable Diffusion in 2022. His failure to deliver on an array of grand promises, like building bespoke AI models for nation states, and his decision to pour tens of millions into research without a sustainable business plan, eroded Stability’s foundations and jeopardized its future. "He was just giving shit away,” one former employee told Forbes. “That man legitimately wanted to transform the world. He actually wanted to train AI models for kids in Malawi. Was it practical? Absolutely not." By October 2023, Stability would have less than $4 million left in the bank, according to an internal memo prepared for a board meeting and reviewed by Forbes. And mounting debt, including months of overdue Amazon Web Services payments, had already left it in the red. To avoid legal penalties for skipping Americans staff’s payroll, the document explained, the London-based startup was considering delaying tax payments to the U.K. government. It was Stability’s armada of GPUs, the wildly powerful and equally expensive chips undergirding AI, that were so taxing the company’s finances. Hosted by AWS, they had long been one of Mostaque’s bragging points; he often touted them as one of the world’s 10 largest supercomputers. They were responsible for helping Stability’s researchers build and maintain one of the top AI image generators, as well as break important new ground on generative audio, video and 3D models. “Undeniably, Stability has continued to ship a lot of models,” said one former employee. “They may not have profited off of it, but the broader ecosystem benefitted in a huge, huge way.” But the costs associated with so much compute were now threatening to sink the company. According to an internal October financial forecast seen by Forbes, Stability was on track to spend $99 million on compute in 2023. It noted as well that Stability was “underpaying AWS bills for July (by $1M)” and “not planning to pay AWS at the end of October for August usage ($7M).” Then there were the September and October bills, plus $1 million owed to Google Cloud and $600,000 to GPU cloud data center CoreWeave. (Amazon, Google and CoreWeave declined to comment.) With an additional $54 million allocated to wages and operating expenses, Stability’s total projected costs for 2023 were $153 million. But according to its October financial report, its projected revenue for the calendar year was just $11 million. Stability was on track to lose more money per month than it made in an entire year. The company’s dire financial position had thoroughly soured Stability’s current investors, including Coatue, which had invested tens of millions in the company during its $101 million funding round in 2022. In the middle of 2023, Mostaque agreed to an independent audit after Coatue raised a series of concerns, according to a source with direct knowledge of the matter. The outcome of the investigation is unclear. Coatue declined to comment. Within a week of an early October board meeting where Mostaque shared that financial forecast, Lightspeed Venture Partners, another major investor, sent a letter to the board urging them to sell the company. The distressing numbers had “severely undermined” the firm’s confidence in Mostaque’s ability to lead the company. “In particular, we are surprised and deeply concerned by a cash position just now disclosed to us that is inconsistent with prior discussions on this topic,” Lightspeed’s general counsel Brett Nissenberg wrote in the letter, a copy of which was viewed by Forbes. “Lightspeed believes that the company is not likely financeable on terms that would assure the company’s long term sound financial position.” (Lightspeed declined a request for comment.) The calls for a sale led Stability to quietly begin looking for a buyer. Bloomberg reported in November that Stability approached AI startups Cohere and Jasper to gauge their interest. Stability denied this, and Jasper CEO Timothy Young did the same when reached for comment by Forbes. A Cohere representative declined to comment. But one prominent AI company confirmed that Mostaque’s representatives had reached out to them to test the waters. Those talks did not advance because “the numbers didn’t add up,” this person, who declined to be named due to the confidential nature of the talks, told Forbes. Stability also tried to court Samsung as a buyer, going so far as to redecorate its office in advance of a planned meeting with the Korean electronics giant. (Samsung said that it invested in Stability in 2023 and that it does not comment on M&A discussions.) Coatue had been calling for Mostaque’s resignation for months, according to a source with direct knowledge. But it and other investors were unable to oust him because he was the company’s majority shareholder. When they tried a different tact by rallying other investors to offer him a juicy equity package to resign, Mostaque refused, said two sources. By October, Coatue and Lightspeed had had enough. Coatue left the board and Lightspeed resigned its observer seat. “Emad infuriated our initial investors so much it’s just making it impossible for us to raise more money under acceptable terms,” one current Stability executive told Forbes. The early months of 2024 saw Stability’s already precarious position eroding further still. Employees were quietly laid off. Three people in a position to know estimated that at least 10% of staff were cut. And cash reserves continued to dwindle. Mostaque mentioned a lifeline at the October board meeting: $95 million in tentative funding from new investors, pending due diligence. But in the end, only a fraction of it was wired, two sources say, much of it from Intel, which Forbes has learned invested $20 million, a fraction of what was reported. (Intel did not return a request for comment by publication time.) Two hours after Forbes broke the news of Mostaque’s plans to step down as CEO, Stability issued a press release confirming his resignation. Chief operating officer Wong and chief technology officer Laforte have taken over in the interim. Mostaque, who said on X that he still owns a majority of the company, also stepped down from the board, which has now initiated a search for a permanent CEO. There is a lot of work to be done to turn things around, and very little time in which to do it. Said the current Stability executive, “There’s still a possibility of a turnaround story, but the odds drop by the day.” In July of 2023, Mostaque still thought he could pull it off. Halfway through the month, he shared a fundraising plan with his lieutenants. It was wildly optimistic, detailing the raise of $500 million in cash and another $750 million in computing facilities from marquee investors like Nvidia, Google, Intel and the World Bank (Nvidia and Google declined comment. Intel did not respond. The World Bank said it did not invest in Stability). In a Slack message reviewed by Forbes, Mostaque said Google was “willing to move fast” and the round was “likely to be oversubscribed.” It wasn’t. Three people with direct knowledge of these fundraising efforts told Forbes that while there was some interest in Stability, talks often stalled when it came time to disclose financials. Two of them noted that earlier in the year, Mostaque had simply stopped engaging with VCs who asked for numbers. Only one firm invested around that time: actor Ashton Kutcher’s Sound Ventures, which invested $35 million in the form of a convertible SAFE note during the second quarter, according to an internal document. (Sound Ventures did not respond to a request for comment.) And though he’d managed to score a meeting with Nvidia and its CEO Jensen Huang, it ended in disaster, according to two sources. “Under Jensen's microscopic questions, Emad just fell apart,” a source in position to know told Forbes. Huang quickly concluded Stability wasn’t ready for an investment from Nvidia, the sources said. Mostaque told Forbes in an email that he had not met with Huang since 2022, except to say “hello and what’s up a few times after.” His July 2023 message references a plan to raise $150 million from Nvidia. (Nvidia declined to comment.) After a June Forbes investigation citing more than 30 sources revealed Mostaque’s history of misleading claims, Mostaque struggled to raise funding, a Stability investor told Forbes. (Mostaque disputed the story at the time and called it "coordinated lies" in his email this week to Forbes). Increasingly, investors scrutinized his assertions and pressed for data. And Young, now the CEO of Jasper, turned down a verbal offer to be Stability’s president after reading the article, according to a source with direct knowledge of the matter. The collapse of the talks aggravated the board and other executives, who had hoped Young would compensate for the sales and business management skills that Mostaque lacked, according to four people in a position to know. (Young declined to comment.) When Stability’s senior leadership convened in London for the CogX conference in September, the financing had still not closed. There, a group of executives confronted Mostaque asking questions about the company’s cash position and runway, according to three people with direct knowledge of the incident. They did not get the clarity they’d hoped for. By October, Mostaque had reduced his fundraising target by more than 80%. The months that followed saw a steady drumbeat of departures — general counsel Adam Avrunin, vice presidents Mike Melnicki, Ed Newton-Rex and Joe Penna, chief people officer Ozden Onder — culminating in the demoralizing March exit of Stable Diffusion’s primary developers Robin Rombach, Andreas Blattmann, Patrick Esser and Dominik Lorenz. Rombach, who led the team, had been angling to leave for months, two sources said, first threatening to resign last summer because of the fundraising failures. Others left over concerns about cash flow, as well as liabilities — including what four people described as Mostaque’s lax approach to ensuring that Stability products could not be used to produce child sexual abuse imagery. “Stability AI is committed to preventing the misuse of AI and prohibits the use of our image models and services for unlawful activity, including attempts to edit or create CSAM,” Ella Irwin, senior vice president of integrity, said in a statement. Newton-Rex told Forbes he resigned because he disagreed with Stability’s position that training AI on copyrighted work without consent is fair use. Melnicki and Penna declined to comment. Avrunin and Onder could not be reached for comment. None of the researchers responded to requests for comment. The Stable Diffusion researchers’ departure as a cohort says a lot about the state of Stability AI. The company’s researchers were widely viewed as its crown jewels, their work subsidized with a firehose of pricey compute power that was even extended to people outside the company. Martino Russi, an artificial intelligence researcher, told Forbes that though he was never formally employed by Stability, the company provided him a “staggering” amount of compute between January and April 2023 to play around with developing an AI video generator that Stability might someday use. “It was Candy Land or Coney Island,” said Russi, who estimates that his experiment, which was ultimately shelved, cost the company $2.5 million. Stable Diffusion was simultaneously Stability’s marquee product and its existential cash crisis. One current employee described it to Forbes as “a giant vacuum that absorbed everything: money, compute, people.” While the software was widely used, with Mostaque claiming downloads reaching into the hundreds of millions, Stability struggled to translate that wild success into revenue. Mostaque knew it could be done — peers at Databricks, Elastic and MongoDB had all turned a free product into a lucrative business — he just couldn’t figure out how. His first attempt was Stability’s API, which allowed paying customers to integrate Stable Diffusion into their own products. In early 2023, a handful of small companies, like art generator app NightCafe and presentation software startup Tome, signed on, according to four people with knowledge of the deals. But Stability’s poor account management services soured many, and in a matter of months NightCafe and Tome canceled their contracts, three people said. NightCafe founder Angus Russell told Forbes that his company switched to a competitor which “offered much cheaper inference costs and a broader service.” Tome did not respond to a request for comment. Meanwhile, Mostaque’s efforts to court larger companies like Samsung and Snapchat were failing, according to five people familiar with the effort. Canva, which was already one of the heaviest users of open-sourced Stable Diffusion, had multiple discussions with Stability, which was angling for a contract it hoped would generate several millions in annual revenue. But the deal never materialized, four sources said. “These three companies wanted and needed us,” one former employee told Forbes. “They would have been the perfect customers.” (Samsung, Snap and Canva declined to comment.) “It’s not that there was not an appetite to pay Stability — there were tons of companies that would have that wanted to,” the former employee said. “There was a huge opportunity and demand, but just a resistance to execution.” Mostaque’s other big idea was to provide governments with bespoke national AI models that would invigorate their economies and citizenry. “Emad envisions a world where AI through 100 national models serves not as a tool of the few, but as a benefactor to all promising to confront great adversaries, cancer, autism, and the sands of time itself,” the AI avatar of Aristotle said in his intro at the conference. Mostaque told several prospective customers that he could deliver such models within 60 days — an untenable timeline, according to two people in position to know. Stability attempted to develop a model for the Singaporean government over the protestation of employees who questioned its technical feasibility, three sources familiar with the effort told Forbes. But it couldn’t pull it off and Singapore never became a customer. (The government of Singapore confirmed it did not enter into a deal with Stability, but declined to answer additional questions.) As Stability careened from one new business idea to another, resources were abruptly reallocated and researchers reassigned. The whiplash shifts in a largely siloed organization demoralized and infuriated employees. “There were ‘urgent’ things, ‘urgent urgent’ things and ‘most urgent,’” one former employee complained. “None of these things seem important if everything is important.” Another former Stability executive was far more pointed in their assessment. “Emad is the most disorganized leader I have ever worked with in my career,” this person told Forbes. “He has no vision, and changes directions every week, often based on what he sees on Twitter.” In a video interview posted shortly before this story was published, Mostaque explained his leadership style: “I'm particularly great at taking creatives, developers, researchers, others, and achieving their full potential in designing systems. But I should not be dealing with, you know, HR and operations and business development and other elements. There are far better people than me to do that.” By December 2023, Stability had partially abandoned its open-source roots and announced that any commercial use of Stable Diffusion would cost customers at least $20 per month (non-commercial and research use of Stable Diffusion would remain free). But privately, Stability was considering a potentially more lucrative source of revenue: reselling the compute it was leasing from providers like AWS, according to six people familiar with the effort. Though it was essentially GPU arbitrage, Stability framed the strategy to investors as a “managed services” offering. Its damning October financial report projected optimistically that such an offering would bring in $139 million in 2024 — 98% of its revenue. Multiple employees at the time told Forbes they feared reselling compute, even if the company called it “managed services,” would violate the terms of Stability’s contract with AWS. Amazon declined to comment. “The line internally was that we are not reselling compute,” one former employee said. “This was some of the dirtiest feeling stuff.” Stability also discussed reselling a cluster of Nvidia A100 chips, leased via CoreWeave, to the venture capital firm Andreessen Horowitz, three sources said. “It was under the guise of managed services, but there wasn’t any management happening,” one of these people told Forbes. Andreessen Horowitz and CoreWeave declined to comment. Stability did not respond to questions about if it plans to continue this strategy now that Mostaque is out of the picture. Regardless, interim co-CEOs Wong and Laforte are on a tight timeline to clean up his mess. Board chairman Jim O’Shaughnessy said in a statement that he was confident the pair “will adeptly steer the company forward in developing and commercializing industry-leading generative AI products.” But burn continues to far outpace revenue. The Financial Times reported Friday that the company made $5.4 million of revenue in February, against $8 million in costs. Several sources said there are ongoing concerns about making payroll for the roughly 150 remaining employees. Leadership roles have gone vacant for months amid the disarray, leaving the company increasingly directionless. Meanwhile, a potentially catastrophic legal threat looms over the company: A trio of copyright infringement lawsuits brought by Getty Images and a group of artists in the U.S. and U.K., who claim Stability illegally used their art and photography to train the AI models powering Stable Diffusion. A London-based court has already rejected the company’s bid to throw out one of the lawsuits on the basis that none of its researchers were based in the U.K. And Stability’s claim that Getty’s Delaware lawsuit should be blocked because it's a U.K.-based company was rejected. (Stability did not respond to questions about the litigation.) AI-related copyright litigation “could go on for years,” according to Eric Goldman, a law professor at Santa Clara University. He told Forbes that though plaintiffs suing AI firms face an uphill battle overcoming the existing legal precedent on copyright infringement, the quantity of arguments available to make are virtually inexhaustible. “Like in military theory, if there’s a gap in your lines, that’s where the enemy pours through — if any one of those arguments succeeds, it could completely change the generative AI environment,” he said. “In some sense, generative AI as an industry has to win everything.” Stability, which had more than $100 million in the bank just a year and a half ago, is in a deep hole. Not only does it need more funding, it needs a viable business model — or a buyer with the vision and chops to make it successful in a fast-moving and highly competitive sector. At an all hands meeting this past Monday, Stability’s new leaders detailed a path forward. One point of emphasis: a plan to better manage resources and expenses, according to one person in attendance. It’s a start, but Mostaque’s meddling has left them with little runway to execute. His resignation, though, has given some employees hope. “A few people are 100% going to reconsider leaving after today,” said one current employee. “And the weird gloomy aura of hearing Emad talking nonsense for an hour is gone.” Shortly before Mostaque resigned, one current Stability executive told Forbes that they were optimistic his departure could make Stability appealing enough to receive a small investment or sale to a friendly party. “There are companies that have raised hundreds of millions of dollars that have much less intrinsic value than Stability,” the person said. “A white knight may still appear.”

[Discussion]: Mark Zuckerberg on Meta's Strategy on Open Source and AI during the earnings call

During the recent earnings call, Mark Zuckerberg answered a question from Eric Sheridan of Goldman Sachs on Meta's AI strategy, opportunities to integrate into products, and why they open source models and how it would benefit their business. I found the reasoning to be very sound and promising for the OSS and AI community. The biggest risk from AI, in my opinion, is not the doomsday scenarios that intuitively come to mind but rather that the most powerful AI systems will only be accessible to the most powerful and resourceful corporations. Quote copied from Ben Thompson's write up on Meta's earning in his Stratechery blog post which goes beyond AI. It's behind a paywall but I highly recommend it personally. Some noteworthy quotes that signal the thought process at Meta FAIR and more broadly We’re just playing a different game on the infrastructure than companies like Google or Microsoft or Amazon We would aspire to and hope to make even more open than that. So, we’ll need to figure out a way to do that. ...lead us to do more work in terms of open sourcing, some of the lower level models and tools Open sourcing low level tools make the way we run all this infrastructure more efficient over time. On PyTorch: It’s generally been very valuable for us to provide that because now all of the best developers across the industry are using tools that we’re also using internally. I would expect us to be pushing and helping to build out an open ecosystem. For all the negative that comes out of the popular discourse on Meta, I think their work to open source key tech tools over the last 10 years has been exceptional, here's hoping it continues into this decade of AI and pushes other tech giants to also realize the benefits of Open Source. Full Transcript: Right now most of the companies that are training large language models have business models that lead them to a closed approach to development. I think there’s an important opportunity to help create an open ecosystem. If we can help be a part of this, then much of the industry will standardize on using these open tools and help improve them further. So this will make it easier for other companies to integrate with our products and platforms as we enable more integrations, and that will help our products stay at the leading edge as well. Our approach to AI and our infrastructure has always been fairly open. We open source many of our state of the art models so people can experiment and build with them. This quarter we released our LLaMa LLM to researchers. It has 65 billion parameters but outperforms larger models and has proven quite popular. We’ve also open-sourced three other groundbreaking visual models along with their training data and model weights — Segment Anything, DinoV2, and our Animated Drawings tool — and we’ve gotten positive feedback on all of those as well. I think that there’s an important distinction between the products we offer and a lot of the technical infrastructure, especially the software that we write to support that. And historically, whether it’s the Open Compute project that we’ve done or just open sourcing a lot of the infrastructure that we’ve built, we’ve historically open sourced a lot of that infrastructure, even though we haven’t open sourced the code for our core products or anything like that. And the reason why I think why we do this is that unlike some of the other companies in the space, we’re not selling a cloud computing service where we try to keep the different software infrastructure that we’re building proprietary. For us, it’s way better if the industry standardizes on the basic tools that we’re using and therefore we can benefit from the improvements that others make and others’ use of those tools can, in some cases like Open Compute, drive down the costs of those things which make our business more efficient too. So I think to some degree we’re just playing a different game on the infrastructure than companies like Google or Microsoft or Amazon, and that creates different incentives for us. So overall, I think that that’s going to lead us to do more work in terms of open sourcing, some of the lower level models and tools. But of course, a lot of the product work itself is going to be specific and integrated with the things that we do. So it’s not that everything we do is going to be open. Obviously, a bunch of this needs to be developed in a way that creates unique value for our products, but I think in terms of the basic models, I would expect us to be pushing and helping to build out an open ecosystem here, which I think is something that’s going to be important. On the AI tools, and we have a bunch of history here, right? So if you if you look at what we’ve done with PyTorch, for example, which has generally become the standard in the industry as a tool that a lot of folks who are building AI models and different things in that space use, it’s generally been very valuable for us to provide that because now all of the best developers across the industry are using tools that we’re also using internally. So the tool chain is the same. So when they create some innovation, we can easily integrate it into the things that we’re doing. When we improve something, it improves other products too. Because it’s integrated with our technology stack, when there are opportunities to make integrations with products, it’s much easier to make sure that developers and other folks are compatible with the things that we need in the way that our systems work. So there are a lot of advantages, but I view this more as a kind of back end infrastructure advantage with potential integrations on the product side, but one that should hopefully enable us to stay at the leading edge and integrate more broadly with the community and also make the way we run all this infrastructure more efficient over time. There are a number of models. I just gave PyTorch as an example. Open Compute is another model that has worked really well for us in this way, both to incorporate both innovation and scale efficiency into our own infrastructure. So I think that there’s, our incentives I think are basically aligned towards moving in this direction. Now that said, there’s a lot to figure out, right? So when you asked if there are going to be other opportunities, I hope so. I can’t speak to what all those things might be now. This is all quite early in getting developed. The better we do at the foundational work, the more opportunities I think that will come and present themselves. So I think that that’s all stuff that we need to figure out. But at least at the base level, I think we’re generally incentivized to move in this direction. And we also need to figure out how to go in that direction over time. I mean, I mentioned LLaMA before and I also want to be clear that while I’m talking about helping contribute to an open ecosystem, LLaMA is a model that we only really made available to researchers and there’s a lot of really good stuff that’s happening there. But a lot of the work that we’re doing, I think, we would aspire to and hope to make even more open than that. So, we’ll need to figure out a way to do that.

[P] I Trained a Model to Generate Video Game Pages

These past two months I've been working on a project I've called THIS GAME DOES NOT EXIST. I've always wanted to try building something with generative A.I. so this project scratched that itch for me. Here's a video with a few of my favourites read by voice actors: https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=\mTWMLhpJoA &#x200B; THIS GAME DOES NOT EXIST is an experiment in generative artificial intelligence. This site contains 130 video game pages that were generated using an implementation of OpenAI's Generative Pre-trained Transformer 2 (GPT-2) to generate text and a simple implementation of generative adversarial networks (GAN) to generate header images and "screenshots". To generate the names, descriptions, publishers, and developers of the games I finetuned the HuggingFace implementation of GPT-2. I used the Steam Store Games (Clean dataset) from Kaggle with slight modifications and preprocessing.Here is what one training sample looks like: Half-LifeValve ValveNamed Game of the Year by over 50 publications, Valve's debut title blends action and adventure with award-winning technology to create a frighteningly realistic world where players must think to survive. Also includes an exciting multiplayer mode that allows you to play against friends and enemies around the world. The model uses the tokens (e.g. and ) to prompt each class of data while keeping context during the entire generation. Image generation was done by training a custom GAN very similar to the architecture seen in the PyTorch DCGAN Tutorial which was built to generate faces. I created two models for this site: one for generating the header images and one for generating multiple screenshots for each game.To assemble the dataset I wrote a script that downloads the images from the URLs in the Steam Store Games (Clean dataset) dataset. Due to my lack of resources and time to put into this project, the image generation is less than ideal. You may notice though, that the header image model will generate artifacts in images that look like the titles of games, and the screenshot image model with generate what looks like levels of a 2D platformer.

[D] Playing big league at home on a budget?

I am a hobbyist and my Nvidia 660 is 10 years old and only has 2GB. Obviously that isn't going to cut it nowadays anymore. I am thinking about options here. I don't have thousands and thousands of dollars. And I highly doubt that spending close to a thousand dollars on a brand new card is still viable in 2020-2022. I wanted to use Wavenet today and then found out about Melnet. I mean, maybe I could run Wavenet but nobody in their right mind wants to after hearing Melnet results. On Github this one guy complained he couldn't get his implementation to work due to OOM with 2x 2080 RTX, which he bought solely for this purpose. Then on the other repo the guy casually mentioned that tier XY doesn't fit with some 10 year old lowfi dataset, even with batch size 1, on a 16GB Tesla P100. The wisdom for OOM has always been "decrease batch size". But as far as I can tell, for most of any of the interesting stuff in the last 8 years or so you simply can't decrease batch size. Either because batch sizes are already so tiny, or because the code is written in a way that would require you to somehow turn it inside out, probably involving extreme knowledge of higher mathematics. I am a hobbyist, not a researcher. I am happy if I crudely can grasp what is going on. Most of anything in the field suffers from exactly the same issue: It simply won't run without utterly absurd amounts of VRAM. So what about buying shitty cheapo AMD GPUs with lots of VRAM? This seems to be the sensible choice if you want to be able to run anything noteworthy at all that comes up in the next 2 years and maybe beyond. People say, don't but AMD its slow and it sucks, but those are apparently the same people that buy a 16GB Titan GPU for $1500 three times on Ebay without hesitation, when there are also 16GB AMD GPUs for $300. How much slower are AMD GPUs really? Let's say they are 5 times cheaper so they could be just 5 times slower. So I have to train my model over night instead of seeing the result in the afternoon. That would be totally awesome!; given that the alternative is to buy a $300 Nvidia GPU, which has maybe 4 or 6GB and simply can't run the code without running out of memory. And say $300 is not enough, let's buy a $700 RTX 3080. It still only has 10GB of VRAM not even 16GB. Then its just as useless! What's the point of buying a fast GPU if it can't even run the code? I don't know how much slower AMD GPUs really are. Maybe they are not 5x but 50x slower. Then of course training a model that was developed on some 64GB Tesla might take month and years. But maybe speed is not the issue, only memory. I have seen some stuff even being optimized for CPU, apparently because there weren't any big enough GPUs around. I don't really know how viable that can be (it seems rarely if ever it is), I have no experience. And what about renting AWS? Let's say, I am a beginner and I want to toy around for a week and probably max out 4 Teslas like 80% of the time without really getting anywhere. How expensive is that? $25, $50, $100, $500? (Found the answer: fucking $2000 https://aws.amazon.com/ec2/instance-types/p3/ ) Ok, so AWS is bullshit, here its 6x cheaper: https://vast.ai/console/create/ . They don't really have 4x 16GB V100 though, just one V100. $0.5 per hour 24 7 = $84 per month (there are more hidden cost like bandwidth, it doesn't seem to be huge but I never used this so don't take it at face value). On AWS the same is over $3 per hour. So a day is $12, this could be viable! (look at calculation below). There really isn't much info on the net about hardware requirements and performance for machine learning stuff. What bothers me the most is that people seem to be very ignorant of the VRAM issue. Either because they aren't looking ahead of what might come in 1-2 years. Or because they are simply so rich they have no issue spending thousands and thousands of dollars every year instead of just 500 every couple of years. Or maybe they are both. So, yeah, what are your thoughts? Here is what I found out just today: Until 2 years ago, tensorflow and pytorch wouldn't work with AMD cards, but this has changed. https://rocmdocs.amd.com/en/latest/Deep_learning/Deep-learning.html For older cards though, ROCm only works with certain CPUs: it needs PCIe 3.0 with atomics (see: https://github.com/RadeonOpenCompute/ROCm ). So you can't simply buy any 16GB card for $300 on Ebay like I suggested, even if it supports ROCm, because it will only work for "newer" PCs. The newer GFX9 AMD cards (like Radeon VII and Vega) don't suffer from this problem and work with PCIe 2.0 again... Although I have seen 16GB Vega cards for like $350 on Ebay, I think that is a pretty rare catch. However looking 1-2 years in the future, this is great because Radeon VII prices will be hugely inflated by Nvidia 3000 series hype (maybe down to $180 even) and maybe the next gen cards from AMD even have 24 or 32GB for $500-$1000 and can still run on old machines. According to this https://arxiv.org/pdf/1909.06842.pdf Radeon VII 16GB performs only half as good as Tesla V100 16GB, whereas V100 should be roughly along the lines of 11GB RTX 2080 Ti. So you could say that you get half the RAM, double the speed, double the price. I am not sure though if that holds. I think they were putting 16GB in those cards trying to push it for ML with ROCm, clearly addressing the problem of the time, but no one really jumped on the train and now Resnet shrinks RAM but needs more processing power. So they released 8GB cards again with slightly better performance, and I guess we are lucky if the next generation even has 16GB because games probably don't need it at all. Still though with Revnets and everything said in the comments, I think on a budget you are better on the safe side buying the card with the most amount of VRAM, rather than the most performance. Tomorrow some paper might come out that uses another method, then you can't trick-shrink your network anymore and then everyone needs to buy big ass cards again like it used to be and can do nothing but throw their fancy faster cards in the dumpster. Also the huge bulk of ML currently focuses on image processing, while sound has only been gaining real momentum recently and this will be followed by video processing and eventually human-alike thought processes that sit atop of all that and have not even been tackled yet. Its a rapidly evolving field, hard to predict what will come and stay. Running out of VRAM means total hardware failure, running slower just means waiting longer. If you just buy the newest card every year, its probably save to buy the fast card because things won't change that fast after all. If you buy a new card every 4 years or longer then just try to get as much VRAM as possible. Check this out: https://www.techspot.com/news/86811-gigabyte-accidentally-reveals-rtx-3070-16gb-rtx-3080.html There will be a 3070 16GB version! Let's compare renting one V100 at $12/day vs. buying a 3070 Ti 16GB: The 2080 Ti was 1.42x the price of the regular 2080 and released the next summer. So let's assume the same will be true to the 3070 Ti so it will cost $700. That is $30/month & $1.88/day for two years - $15/month & $0.94/day in four years (by which time you can probably rent some 32GB Tesla card for the same price and nothing recent runs on less anymore). If you max out your setup 24/7 all year, then power cost obviously becomes a huge factor to that figure. In my country running at 500W cost $4.21/day, or $1.60 / 9hrs overnight. If you live elsewhere it might be as much as a quarter of that price. Of course your PC may run 10h a day anyway, so its maybe just 300W plus, and an older graphics card is inefficient for games it eats more Watts to do the same things so you save some there as well. There is a lot to take into account if comparing. Anyway, factoring in power cost, to break even with buying the card vs. renting within two years, you would have to use it for at least 4 days a month, or almost 2 weeks every 3 month. If you use it less than that, you maybe have a nice new graphics card and less hassle with pushing stuff back and forth onto servers all the time. But it would have been more economic to rent. So renting isn't that bad after all. Overall if you are thinking about having this as your hobby, you could say that it will cost you at least $30 per month, if not $50 or more (when keeping up to date with cards every 2 instead of 4 years + using it more cost more power). I think that is quite hefty. Personally I am not even invested enough into this even if it wasn't over my finances. I want a new card of course and also play some new games, but I don't really need to. There are a lot of other (more) important things I am interested in, that are totally free.

[D] Here are 17 ways of making PyTorch training faster – what did I miss?

I've been collecting methods to accelerate training in PyTorch – here's what I've found so far. What did I miss? What did I get wrong? The methods – roughly sorted from largest to smallest expected speed-up – are: Consider using a different learning rate schedule. Use multiple workers and pinned memory in DataLoader. Max out the batch size. Use Automatic Mixed Precision (AMP). Consider using a different optimizer. Turn on cudNN benchmarking. Beware of frequently transferring data between CPUs and GPUs. Use gradient/activation checkpointing. Use gradient accumulation. Use DistributedDataParallel for multi-GPU training. Set gradients to None rather than 0. Use .as\_tensor rather than .tensor() Turn off debugging APIs if not needed. Use gradient clipping. Turn off bias before BatchNorm. Turn off gradient computation during validation. Use input and batch normalization. Consider using another learning rate schedule The learning rate (schedule) you choose has a large impact on the speed of convergence as well as the generalization performance of your model. Cyclical Learning Rates and the 1Cycle learning rate schedule are both methods introduced by Leslie N. Smith (here and here), and then popularised by fast.ai's Jeremy Howard and Sylvain Gugger (here and here). Essentially, the 1Cycle learning rate schedule looks something like this: &#x200B; https://preview.redd.it/sc37u5knmxa61.png?width=476&format=png&auto=webp&s=09b309b4dbd67eedb4ab5f86e03e0e83d7b072d1 Sylvain writes: \[1cycle consists of\]  two steps of equal lengths, one going from a lower learning rate to a higher one than go back to the minimum. The maximum should be the value picked with the Learning Rate Finder, and the lower one can be ten times lower. Then, the length of this cycle should be slightly less than the total number of epochs, and, in the last part of training, we should allow the learning rate to decrease more than the minimum, by several orders of magnitude. In the best case this schedule achieves a massive speed-up – what Smith calls Superconvergence – as compared to conventional learning rate schedules. Using the 1Cycle policy he needs \~10x fewer training iterations of a ResNet-56 on ImageNet to match the performance of the original paper, for instance). The schedule seems to perform robustly well across common architectures and optimizers. PyTorch implements both of these methods torch.optim.lrscheduler.CyclicLR and torch.optim.lrscheduler.OneCycleLR, see the documentation. One drawback of these schedulers is that they introduce a number of additional hyperparameters. This post and this repo, offer a nice overview and implementation of how good hyper-parameters can be found including the Learning Rate Finder mentioned above. Why does this work? It doesn't seem entirely clear but one possible explanation might be that regularly increasing the learning rate helps to traverse saddle points in the loss landscape more quickly. Use multiple workers and pinned memory in DataLoader When using torch.utils.data.DataLoader, set numworkers > 0, rather than the default value of 0, and pinmemory=True, rather than the default value of False. Details of this are explained here. Szymon Micacz achieves a 2x speed-up for a single training epoch by using four workers and pinned memory. A rule of thumb that people are using to choose the number of workers is to set it to four times the number of available GPUs with both a larger and smaller number of workers leading to a slow down. Note that increasing num\_workerswill increase your CPU memory consumption. Max out the batch size This is a somewhat contentious point. Generally, however, it seems like using the largest batch size your GPU memory permits will accelerate your training (see NVIDIA's Szymon Migacz, for instance). Note that you will also have to adjust other hyperparameters, such as the learning rate, if you modify the batch size. A rule of thumb here is to double the learning rate as you double the batch size. OpenAI has a nice empirical paper on the number of convergence steps needed for different batch sizes. Daniel Huynh runs some experiments with different batch sizes (also using the 1Cycle policy discussed above) where he achieves a 4x speed-up by going from batch size 64 to 512. One of the downsides of using large batch sizes, however, is that they might lead to solutions that generalize worse than those trained with smaller batches. Use Automatic Mixed Precision (AMP) The release of PyTorch 1.6 included a native implementation of Automatic Mixed Precision training to PyTorch. The main idea here is that certain operations can be run faster and without a loss of accuracy at semi-precision (FP16) rather than in the single-precision (FP32) used elsewhere. AMP, then, automatically decide which operation should be executed in which format. This allows both for faster training and a smaller memory footprint. In the best case, the usage of AMP would look something like this: import torch Creates once at the beginning of training scaler = torch.cuda.amp.GradScaler() for data, label in data_iter: optimizer.zero_grad() Casts operations to mixed precision with torch.cuda.amp.autocast(): loss = model(data) Scales the loss, and calls backward() to create scaled gradients scaler.scale(loss).backward() Unscales gradients and calls or skips optimizer.step() scaler.step(optimizer) Updates the scale for next iteration scaler.update() Benchmarking a number of common language and vision models on NVIDIA V100 GPUs, Huang and colleagues find that using AMP over regular FP32 training yields roughly 2x – but upto 5.5x – training speed-ups. Currently, only CUDA ops can be autocast in this way. See the documentation here for more details on this and other limitations. u/SVPERBlA points out that you can squeeze out some additional performance (\~ 20%) from AMP on NVIDIA Tensor Core GPUs if you convert your tensors to the Channels Last memory format. Refer to this section in the NVIDIA docs for an explanation of the speedup and more about NCHW versus NHWC tensor formats. Consider using another optimizer AdamW is Adam with weight decay (rather than L2-regularization) which was popularized by fast.ai and is now available natively in PyTorch as torch.optim.AdamW. AdamW seems to consistently outperform Adam in terms of both the error achieved and the training time. See this excellent blog post on why using weight decay instead of L2-regularization makes a difference for Adam. Both Adam and AdamW work well with the 1Cycle policy described above. There are also a few not-yet-native optimizers that have received a lot of attention recently, most notably LARS (pip installable implementation) and LAMB. NVIDA's APEX implements fused versions of a number of common optimizers such as Adam. This implementation avoid a number of passes to and from GPU memory as compared to the PyTorch implementation of Adam, yielding speed-ups in the range of 5%. Turn on cudNN benchmarking If your model architecture remains fixed and your input size stays constant, setting torch.backends.cudnn.benchmark = True might be beneficial (docs). This enables the cudNN autotuner which will benchmark a number of different ways of computing convolutions in cudNN and then use the fastest method from then on. For a rough reference on the type of speed-up you can expect from this, Szymon Migacz achieves a speed-up of 70% on a forward pass for a convolution and a 27% speed-up for a forward + backward pass of the same convolution. One caveat here is that this autotuning might become very slow if you max out the batch size as mentioned above. Beware of frequently transferring data between CPUs and GPUs Beware of frequently transferring tensors from a GPU to a CPU using tensor.cpu() and vice versa using tensor.cuda() as these are relatively expensive. The same applies for .item() and .numpy() – use .detach() instead. If you are creating a new tensor, you can also directly assign it to your GPU using the keyword argument device=torch.device('cuda:0'). If you do need to transfer data, using .to(non_blocking=True), might be useful as long as you don't have any synchronization points after the transfer. If you really have to, you might want to give Santosh Gupta's SpeedTorch a try, although it doesn't seem entirely clear when this actually does/doesn't provide speed-ups. Use gradient/activation checkpointing Quoting directly from the documentation: Checkpointing works by trading compute for memory. Rather than storing all intermediate activations of the entire computation graph for computing backward, the checkpointed part does not save intermediate activations, and instead recomputes them in backward pass. It can be applied on any part of a model. Specifically, in the forward pass, function will run in torch.no\grad() manner, i.e., not storing the intermediate activations. Instead, the forward pass saves the inputs tuple and the functionparameter. In the backwards pass, the saved inputs and function is retrieved, and the forward pass is computed on function again, now tracking the intermediate activations, and then the gradients are calculated using these activation values. So while this will might slightly increase your run time for a given batch size, you'll significantly reduce your memory footprint. This in turn will allow you to further increase the batch size you're using allowing for better GPU utilization. While checkpointing is implemented natively as torch.utils.checkpoint(docs), it does seem to take some thought and effort to implement properly. Priya Goyal has a good tutorial demonstrating some of the key aspects of checkpointing. Use gradient accumulation Another approach to increasing the batch size is to accumulate gradients across multiple .backward() passes before calling optimizer.step(). Following a post by Hugging Face's Thomas Wolf, gradient accumulation can be implemented as follows: model.zero_grad() Reset gradients tensors for i, (inputs, labels) in enumerate(training_set): predictions = model(inputs) Forward pass loss = loss_function(predictions, labels) Compute loss function loss = loss / accumulation_steps Normalize our loss (if averaged) loss.backward() Backward pass if (i+1) % accumulation_steps == 0: Wait for several backward steps optimizer.step() Now we can do an optimizer step model.zero_grad() Reset gradients tensors if (i+1) % evaluation_steps == 0: Evaluate the model when we... evaluate_model() ...have no gradients accumulate This method was developed mainly to circumvent GPU memory limitations and I'm not entirely clear on the trade-off between having additional .backward() loops. This discussion on the fastai forum seems to suggest that it can in fact accelerate training, so it's probably worth a try. Use Distributed Data Parallel for multi-GPU training Methods to accelerate distributed training probably warrant their own post but one simple one is to use torch.nn.DistributedDataParallel rather than torch.nn.DataParallel. By doing so, each GPU will be driven by a dedicated CPU core avoiding the GIL issues of DataParallel. In general, I can strongly recommend reading the documentation on distributed training. Set gradients to None rather than 0 Use .zerograd(settonone=True) rather than .zerograd(). Doing so will let the memory allocator handle the gradients rather than actively setting them to 0. This will lead to yield a modest speed-up as they say in the documentation, so don't expect any miracles. Watch out, doing this is not side-effect free! Check the docs for the details on this. Use .as_tensor() rather than .tensor() torch.tensor() always copies data. If you have a numpy array that you want to convert, use torch.astensor() or torch.fromnumpy() to avoid copying the data. Turn on debugging tools only when actually needed PyTorch offers a number of useful debugging tools like the autograd.profiler, autograd.grad\check, and autograd.anomaly\detection. Make sure to use them to better understand when needed but to also turn them off when you don't need them as they will slow down your training. Use gradient clipping Originally used to avoid exploding gradients in RNNs, there is both some empirical evidence as well as some theoretical support that clipping gradients (roughly speaking: gradient = min(gradient, threshold)) accelerates convergence. Hugging Face's Transformer implementation is a really clean example of how to use gradient clipping as well as some of the other methods such as AMP mentioned in this post. In PyTorch this can be done using torch.nn.utils.clipgradnorm(documentation). It's not entirely clear to me which models benefit how much from gradient clipping but it seems to be robustly useful for RNNs, Transformer-based and ResNets architectures and a range of different optimizers. Turn off bias before BatchNorm This is a very simple one: turn off the bias of layers before BatchNormalization layers. For a 2-D convolutional layer, this can be done by setting the bias keyword to False: torch.nn.Conv2d(..., bias=False, ...).  (Here's a reminder why this makes sense.) You will save some parameters, I would however expect the speed-up of this to be relatively small as compared to some of the other methods mentioned here. Turn off gradient computation during validation This one is straightforward: set torch.no_grad() during validation. Use input and batch normalization You're probably already doing this but you might want to double-check: Are you normalizing your input? Are you using batch-normalization? And here's a reminder of why you probably should. Bonus tip from the comments: Use JIT to fuse point-wise operations. If you have adjacent point-wise operations you can use PyTorch JIT to combine them into one FusionGroup which can then be launched on a single kernel rather than multiple kernels as would have been done per default. You'll also save some memory reads and writes. Szymon Migacz shows how you can use the @torch.jit.script decorator to fuse the operations in a GELU, for instance: @torch.jit.script def fused_gelu(x): return x 0.5 (1.0 + torch.erf(x / 1.41421)) In this case, fusing the operations leads to a 5x speed-up for the execution of fused_gelu as compared to the unfused version. See also this post for an example of how Torchscript can be used to accelerate an RNN. Hat tip to u/Patient_Atmosphere45 for the suggestion. Sources and additional resources Many of the tips listed above come from Szymon Migacz' talk and post in the PyTorch docs. PyTorch Lightning's William Falcon has two interesting posts with tips to speed-up training. PyTorch Lightning does already take care of some of the points above per-default. Thomas Wolf at Hugging Face has a number of interesting articles on accelerating deep learning – with a particular focus on language models. The same goes for Sylvain Gugger and Jeremy Howard: they have many interesting posts in particular on learning rates and AdamW. Thanks to Ben Hahn, Kevin Klein and Robin Vaaler for their feedback on a draft of this post! I've also put all of the above into this blog post.

[D] What are some good advanced platforms?

Hey. I'm 27 and I think I got most of the basics for ML. I'm very good at math, I understand statistics and probability quite deep, worked on research projects by myself, for which I had to build models on my own. Not really complex, but still requiring creativity and a good understanding of basic concepts. I will soon start a data science job at a FAANG company and I want to further improve my skills and use their resources to the fullest, but I'm not really sure where to go from here in terms of learning. Could you help me with some more advanced materials/forums for ML research/place with good papers/place with good articles? I'd also like to study the very best and see the way they code and explain advanced concepts (like Andrej Karpathy) where can I find them?? is there a Twitch for challenger level AI researchers streaming live processes? Or videos showing the entire project flow (how they do data visualizations, mining, choosing models, tuning, etc) like top digital artists show the highlights or the entire speed-up of their painting processes? Here's a list all of my projects to get a general idea of my level and where I'm at: calculating the distance between hundreds of 42.000 feature objects (containing categorical, strings, numbers, hashes, booleans as variables) and then clustering. with some vector processing and a neural network implemented from scratch in C some models like ARIMA (together with linear regression) combining a FFT with a neural network for a 42d wave classification T-SNE to split dataset into 2d grids -> Kullback–Leibler on grids for distance -> DBSCAN/KMEANS for clustering genetic algorithms for hyperparameter optimizations and reinforcement learning (neuro evolution) DBSCAN -> Levenberg-Marquardt for polynomial coefficients-> neural network predicting the coefficients based on different parameters playing with instance segmentation and some algorithms to synchronize a color and a depth camera simulations/statistics/probabilities for video games a lot of visualizations and data mining for patterns As you can see there is no LLM/ Generative AI/ Computer Vision stuff, which I would like to get into. I'm also not 100% sure what else would be nice to learn in general. I know most of the basic procedures for training, balancing datasets, avoid overfit, computing error plots, comparing models, etc and I'm familiar with most of math (not insanely advanced) used in ML. I didn't read many papers, but holy ... most of them are so unreadable and filled with pompous nonsense that 99% of the effort is de-obfuscating the bs and reading for so long just to figure out how the input is encoded, what's the output, and what's the model. Where can I find good, readable, structured papers which are actually on point? I'm from Eastern Europe and most of my learning has been done by my self after high school, the education quality is close to zero in the universities here and I never had any mentors at the jobs I worked. There's no research in this country, and getting to work on these projects was insanely hard, some of them being done in my free time or for free just to get experience... Fortunately after a lot of hard work I got into FAANG, and I hope things will be better here. Most of what I've learned has been from very fragmented places on the internet, and now I'm looking for centralized places and communities of top quality content. TL;DR: sorry for the long rambling. had to order my thoughts and figure what i actually want: Looking for top tier AI researchers showcasing their work processes, places with clear papers/articles, tips for someone who's no longer a very beginner, and other communities like this.

[D] What is your honest experience with reinforcement learning?

In my personal experience, SOTA RL algorithms simply don't work. I've tried working with reinforcement learning for over 5 years. I remember when Alpha Go defeated the world famous Go player, Lee Sedol, and everybody thought RL would take the ML community by storm. Yet, outside of toy problems, I've personally never found a practical use-case of RL. What is your experience with it? Aside from Ad recommendation systems and RLHF, are there legitimate use-cases of RL? Or, was it all hype? Edit: I know a lot about AI. I built NexusTrade, an AI-Powered automated investing tool that lets non-technical users create, update, and deploy their trading strategies. I’m not an idiot nor a noob; RL is just ridiculously hard. Edit 2: Since my comments are being downvoted, here is a link to my article that better describes my position. It's not that I don't understand RL. I released my open-source code and wrote a paper on it. It's the fact that it's EXTREMELY difficult to understand. Other deep learning algorithms like CNNs (including ResNets), RNNs (including GRUs and LSTMs), Transformers, and GANs are not hard to understand. These algorithms work and have practical use-cases outside of the lab. Traditional SOTA RL algorithms like PPO, DDPG, and TD3 are just very hard. You need to do a bunch of research to even implement a toy problem. In contrast, the decision transformer is something anybody can implement, and it seems to match or surpass the SOTA. You don't need two networks battling each other. You don't have to go through hell to debug your network. It just naturally learns the best set of actions in an auto-regressive manner. I also didn't mean to come off as arrogant or imply that RL is not worth learning. I just haven't seen any real-world, practical use-cases of it. I simply wanted to start a discussion, not claim that I know everything. Edit 3: There's a shockingly number of people calling me an idiot for not fully understanding RL. You guys are wayyy too comfortable calling people you disagree with names. News-flash, not everybody has a PhD in ML. My undergraduate degree is in biology. I self-taught myself the high-level maths to understand ML. I'm very passionate about the field; I just have VERY disappointing experiences with RL. Funny enough, there are very few people refuting my actual points. To summarize: Lack of real-world applications Extremely complex and inaccessible to 99% of the population Much harder than traditional DL algorithms like CNNs, RNNs, and GANs Sample inefficiency and instability Difficult to debug Better alternatives, such as the Decision Transformer Are these not legitimate criticisms? Is the purpose of this sub not to have discussions related to Machine Learning? To the few commenters that aren't calling me an idiot...thank you! Remember, it costs you nothing to be nice! Edit 4: Lots of people seem to agree that RL is over-hyped. Unfortunately those comments are downvoted. To clear up some things: We've invested HEAVILY into reinforcement learning. All we got from this investment is a robot that can be super-human at (some) video games. AlphaFold did not use any reinforcement learning. SpaceX doesn't either. I concede that it can be useful for robotics, but still argue that it's use-cases outside the lab are extremely limited. If you're stumbling on this thread and curious about an RL alternative, check out the Decision Transformer. It can be used in any situation that a traditional RL algorithm can be used. Final Edit: To those who contributed more recently, thank you for the thoughtful discussion! From what I learned, model-based models like Dreamer and IRIS MIGHT have a future. But everybody who has actually used model-free models like DDPG unanimously agree that they suck and don’t work.

[D] Why can't you guys comment your fucking code?

Seriously. I spent the last few years doing web app development. Dug into DL a couple months ago. Supposedly, compared to the post-post-post-docs doing AI stuff, JavaScript developers should be inbred peasants. But every project these peasants release, even a fucking library that colorizes CLI output, has a catchy name, extensive docs, shitloads of comments, fuckton of tests, semantic versioning, changelog, and, oh my god, better variable names than ctxh or langhs or fuckyoufortryingto_understand. The concepts and ideas behind DL, GANs, LSTMs, CNNs, whatever – it's clear, it's simple, it's intuitive. The slog is to go through the jargon (that keeps changing beneath your feet - what's the point of using fancy words if you can't keep them consistent?), the unnecessary equations, trying to squeeze meaning from bullshit language used in papers, figuring out the super important steps, preprocessing, hyperparameters optimization that the authors, oops, failed to mention. Sorry for singling out, but look at this - what the fuck? If a developer anywhere else at Facebook would get this code for a review they would throw up. Do you intentionally try to obfuscate your papers? Is pseudo-code a fucking premium? Can you at least try to give some intuition before showering the reader with equations? How the fuck do you dare to release a paper without source code? Why the fuck do you never ever add comments to you code? When naming things, are you charged by the character? Do you get a bonus for acronyms? Do you realize that OpenAI having needed to release a "baseline" TRPO implementation is a fucking disgrace to your profession? Jesus christ, who decided to name a tensor concatenation function cat?

[D] The current and future state of AI/ML is shockingly demoralizing with little hope of redemption

I recently encountered the PaLM (Scaling Language Modeling with Pathways) paper from Google Research and it opened up a can of worms of ideas I’ve felt I’ve intuitively had for a while, but have been unable to express – and I know I can’t be the only one. Sometimes I wonder what the original pioneers of AI – Turing, Neumann, McCarthy, etc. – would think if they could see the state of AI that we’ve gotten ourselves into. 67 authors, 83 pages, 540B parameters in a model, the internals of which no one can say they comprehend with a straight face, 6144 TPUs in a commercial lab that no one has access to, on a rig that no one can afford, trained on a volume of data that a human couldn’t process in a lifetime, 1 page on ethics with the same ideas that have been rehashed over and over elsewhere with no attempt at a solution – bias, racism, malicious use, etc. – for purposes that who asked for? When I started my career as an AI/ML research engineer 2016, I was most interested in two types of tasks – 1.) those that most humans could do but that would universally be considered tedious and non-scalable. I’m talking image classification, sentiment analysis, even document summarization, etc. 2.) tasks that humans lack the capacity to perform as well as computers for various reasons – forecasting, risk analysis, game playing, and so forth. I still love my career, and I try to only work on projects in these areas, but it’s getting harder and harder. This is because, somewhere along the way, it became popular and unquestionably acceptable to push AI into domains that were originally uniquely human, those areas that sit at the top of Maslows’s hierarchy of needs in terms of self-actualization – art, music, writing, singing, programming, and so forth. These areas of endeavor have negative logarithmic ability curves – the vast majority of people cannot do them well at all, about 10% can do them decently, and 1% or less can do them extraordinarily. The little discussed problem with AI-generation is that, without extreme deterrence, we will sacrifice human achievement at the top percentile in the name of lowering the bar for a larger volume of people, until the AI ability range is the norm. This is because relative to humans, AI is cheap, fast, and infinite, to the extent that investments in human achievement will be watered down at the societal, educational, and individual level with each passing year. And unlike AI gameplay which superseded humans decades ago, we won’t be able to just disqualify the machines and continue to play as if they didn’t exist. Almost everywhere I go, even this forum, I encounter almost universal deference given to current SOTA AI generation systems like GPT-3, CODEX, DALL-E, etc., with almost no one extending their implications to its logical conclusion, which is long-term convergence to the mean, to mediocrity, in the fields they claim to address or even enhance. If you’re an artist or writer and you’re using DALL-E or GPT-3 to “enhance” your work, or if you’re a programmer saying, “GitHub Co-Pilot makes me a better programmer?”, then how could you possibly know? You’ve disrupted and bypassed your own creative process, which is thoughts -> (optionally words) -> actions -> feedback -> repeat, and instead seeded your canvas with ideas from a machine, the provenance of which you can’t understand, nor can the machine reliably explain. And the more you do this, the more you make your creative processes dependent on said machine, until you must question whether or not you could work at the same level without it. When I was a college student, I often dabbled with weed, LSD, and mushrooms, and for a while, I thought the ideas I was having while under the influence were revolutionary and groundbreaking – that is until took it upon myself to actually start writing down those ideas and then reviewing them while sober, when I realized they weren’t that special at all. What I eventually determined is that, under the influence, it was impossible for me to accurately evaluate the drug-induced ideas I was having because the influencing agent the generates the ideas themselves was disrupting the same frame of reference that is responsible evaluating said ideas. This is the same principle of – if you took a pill and it made you stupider, would even know it? I believe that, especially over the long-term timeframe that crosses generations, there’s significant risk that current AI-generation developments produces a similar effect on humanity, and we mostly won’t even realize it has happened, much like a frog in boiling water. If you have children like I do, how can you be aware of the the current SOTA in these areas, project that 20 to 30 years, and then and tell them with a straight face that it is worth them pursuing their talent in art, writing, or music? How can you be honest and still say that widespread implementation of auto-correction hasn’t made you and others worse and worse at spelling over the years (a task that even I believe most would agree is tedious and worth automating). Furthermore, I’ve yet to set anyone discuss the train – generate – train - generate feedback loop that long-term application of AI-generation systems imply. The first generations of these models were trained on wide swaths of web data generated by humans, but if these systems are permitted to continually spit out content without restriction or verification, especially to the extent that it reduces or eliminates development and investment in human talent over the long term, then what happens to the 4th or 5th generation of models? Eventually we encounter this situation where the AI is being trained almost exclusively on AI-generated content, and therefore with each generation, it settles more and more into the mean and mediocrity with no way out using current methods. By the time that happens, what will we have lost in terms of the creative capacity of people, and will we be able to get it back? By relentlessly pursuing this direction so enthusiastically, I’m convinced that we as AI/ML developers, companies, and nations are past the point of no return, and it mostly comes down the investments in time and money that we’ve made, as well as a prisoner’s dilemma with our competitors. As a society though, this direction we’ve chosen for short-term gains will almost certainly make humanity worse off, mostly for those who are powerless to do anything about it – our children, our grandchildren, and generations to come. If you’re an AI researcher or a data scientist like myself, how do you turn things back for yourself when you’ve spent years on years building your career in this direction? You’re likely making near or north of $200k annually TC and have a family to support, and so it’s too late, no matter how you feel about the direction the field has gone. If you’re a company, how do you standby and let your competitors aggressively push their AutoML solutions into more and more markets without putting out your own? Moreover, if you’re a manager or thought leader in this field like Jeff Dean how do you justify to your own boss and your shareholders your team’s billions of dollars in AI investment while simultaneously balancing ethical concerns? You can’t – the only answer is bigger and bigger models, more and more applications, more and more data, and more and more automation, and then automating that even further. If you’re a country like the US, how do responsibly develop AI while your competitors like China single-mindedly push full steam ahead without an iota of ethical concern to replace you in numerous areas in global power dynamics? Once again, failing to compete would be pre-emptively admitting defeat. Even assuming that none of what I’ve described here happens to such an extent, how are so few people not taking this seriously and discounting this possibility? If everything I’m saying is fear-mongering and non-sense, then I’d be interested in hearing what you think human-AI co-existence looks like in 20 to 30 years and why it isn’t as demoralizing as I’ve made it out to be. &#x200B; EDIT: Day after posting this -- this post took off way more than I expected. Even if I received 20 - 25 comments, I would have considered that a success, but this went much further. Thank you to each one of you that has read this post, even more so if you left a comment, and triply so for those who gave awards! I've read almost every comment that has come in (even the troll ones), and am truly grateful for each one, including those in sharp disagreement. I've learned much more from this discussion with the sub than I could have imagined on this topic, from so many perspectives. While I will try to reply as many comments as I can, the sheer comment volume combined with limited free time between work and family unfortunately means that there are many that I likely won't be able to get to. That will invariably include some that I would love respond to under the assumption of infinite time, but I will do my best, even if the latency stretches into days. Thank you all once again!

[D] Docker Containers (Python) vs Direct C++ Implementation for AI on Edge Devices, Performance Tradeoffs

I'm exploring the best approaches for deploying AI products to production, especially on edge devices like smart home systems and cameras. I'm wondering about the tradeoffs between using Docker containers, python code versus implementing Inference code directly in C++ for these scenarios. Key considerations: Performance: Does the overhead of Docker significantly impact AI model performance on resource-constrained edge devices? Hardware utilization: Can C++ implementations better leverage specific hardware features for AI acceleration? I'd love to hear from those with experience deploying AI models to edge devices. What approach have you found most effective, and why? Are there specific use cases where one method clearly outperforms the other?

[N] How Stability AI’s Founder Tanked His Billion-Dollar Startup

forbes article: https://www.forbes.com/sites/kenrickcai/2024/03/29/how-stability-ais-founder-tanked-his-billion-dollar-startup/ archive no paywall: https://archive.is/snbeV How Stability AI’s Founder Tanked His Billion-Dollar Startup Mar 29, 2024 Stability AI founder Emad Mostaque took the stage last week at the Terranea Resort in Palos Verdes, California to roaring applause and an introduction from an AI-generated Aristotle who announced him as “a modern Prometheus” with “the astuteness of Athena and the vision of Daedalus.” “Under his stewardship, AI becomes the Herculean force poised to vanquish the twin serpents of illness and ailment and extend the olive branch of longevity,” the faux Aristotle proclaimed. “I think that’s the best intro I’ve ever had,” Mostaque said. But behind Mostaque's hagiographic introduction lay a grim and fast metastasizing truth. Stability, once one of AI’s buzziest startups, was floundering. It had been running out of money for months and Mostaque had been unable to secure enough additional funding. It had defaulted on payments to Amazon whose cloud service undergirded Stability’s core offerings. The star research team behind its flagship text-to-image generator Stable Diffusion had tendered their resignations just three days before — as Forbes would first report — and other senior leaders had issued him an ultimatum: resign, or we walk too. Still, onstage before a massive audience of peers and acolytes, Mostaque talked a big game. “AI is jet planes for the mind,” he opined. “AI is our collective intelligence. It's the human Colossus.” He claimed a new, faster version of the Stable Diffusion image generator released earlier this month could generate “200 cats with hats per second.” But later, when he was asked about Stability’s financial model, Mostaque fumbled. “I can’t say that publicly,” he replied. “But it’s going well. We’re ahead of forecast.” Four days later, Mostaque stepped down as CEO of Stability, as Forbes first reported. In a post to X, the service formerly known as Twitter, he claimed he’d voluntarily abdicated his role to decentralize “the concentration of power in AI.” But sources told Forbes that was hardly the case. Behind the scenes, Mostaque had fought to maintain his position and control despite mounting pressure externally and internally to step down. Company documents and interviews with 32 current and former employees, investors, collaborators and industry observers suggest his abrupt exit was the result of poor business judgment and wild overspending that undermined confidence in his vision and leadership, and ultimately kneecapped the company. Mostaque, through his attorneys, declined to comment on record on a detailed list of questions about the reporting in this story. But in an email to Forbes earlier this week he broadly disputed the allegations. “Nobody tells you how hard it is to be a CEO and there are better CEOs than me to scale a business,” he said in a statement. “I am not sure anyone else would have been able to build and grow the research team to build the best and most widely used models out there and I’m very proud of the team there. I look forward to moving onto the next problem to handle and hopefully move the needle.” In an emailed statement, Christian Laforte and Shan Shan Wong, the interim co-CEOs who replaced Mostaque, said, "the company remains focused on commercializing its world leading technology” and providing it “to partners across the creative industries." After starting Stability in 2019, Mostaque built the company into an early AI juggernaut by seizing upon a promising research project that would become Stable Diffusion and funding it into a business reality. The ease with which the software generated detailed images from the simplest text prompts immediately captivated the public: 10 million people used it on any given day, the company told Forbes in early 2023. For some true believers, Mostaque was a crucial advocate for open-source AI development in a space dominated by the closed systems of OpenAI, Google and Anthropic. But his startup’s rise to one of the buzziest in generative AI was in part built on a series of exaggerations and misleading claims, as Forbes first reported last year (Mostaque disputed some points at the time). And they continued after he raised $100 million at a $1 billion valuation just days after launching Stable Diffusion in 2022. His failure to deliver on an array of grand promises, like building bespoke AI models for nation states, and his decision to pour tens of millions into research without a sustainable business plan, eroded Stability’s foundations and jeopardized its future. "He was just giving shit away,” one former employee told Forbes. “That man legitimately wanted to transform the world. He actually wanted to train AI models for kids in Malawi. Was it practical? Absolutely not." By October 2023, Stability would have less than $4 million left in the bank, according to an internal memo prepared for a board meeting and reviewed by Forbes. And mounting debt, including months of overdue Amazon Web Services payments, had already left it in the red. To avoid legal penalties for skipping Americans staff’s payroll, the document explained, the London-based startup was considering delaying tax payments to the U.K. government. It was Stability’s armada of GPUs, the wildly powerful and equally expensive chips undergirding AI, that were so taxing the company’s finances. Hosted by AWS, they had long been one of Mostaque’s bragging points; he often touted them as one of the world’s 10 largest supercomputers. They were responsible for helping Stability’s researchers build and maintain one of the top AI image generators, as well as break important new ground on generative audio, video and 3D models. “Undeniably, Stability has continued to ship a lot of models,” said one former employee. “They may not have profited off of it, but the broader ecosystem benefitted in a huge, huge way.” But the costs associated with so much compute were now threatening to sink the company. According to an internal October financial forecast seen by Forbes, Stability was on track to spend $99 million on compute in 2023. It noted as well that Stability was “underpaying AWS bills for July (by $1M)” and “not planning to pay AWS at the end of October for August usage ($7M).” Then there were the September and October bills, plus $1 million owed to Google Cloud and $600,000 to GPU cloud data center CoreWeave. (Amazon, Google and CoreWeave declined to comment.) With an additional $54 million allocated to wages and operating expenses, Stability’s total projected costs for 2023 were $153 million. But according to its October financial report, its projected revenue for the calendar year was just $11 million. Stability was on track to lose more money per month than it made in an entire year. The company’s dire financial position had thoroughly soured Stability’s current investors, including Coatue, which had invested tens of millions in the company during its $101 million funding round in 2022. In the middle of 2023, Mostaque agreed to an independent audit after Coatue raised a series of concerns, according to a source with direct knowledge of the matter. The outcome of the investigation is unclear. Coatue declined to comment. Within a week of an early October board meeting where Mostaque shared that financial forecast, Lightspeed Venture Partners, another major investor, sent a letter to the board urging them to sell the company. The distressing numbers had “severely undermined” the firm’s confidence in Mostaque’s ability to lead the company. “In particular, we are surprised and deeply concerned by a cash position just now disclosed to us that is inconsistent with prior discussions on this topic,” Lightspeed’s general counsel Brett Nissenberg wrote in the letter, a copy of which was viewed by Forbes. “Lightspeed believes that the company is not likely financeable on terms that would assure the company’s long term sound financial position.” (Lightspeed declined a request for comment.) The calls for a sale led Stability to quietly begin looking for a buyer. Bloomberg reported in November that Stability approached AI startups Cohere and Jasper to gauge their interest. Stability denied this, and Jasper CEO Timothy Young did the same when reached for comment by Forbes. A Cohere representative declined to comment. But one prominent AI company confirmed that Mostaque’s representatives had reached out to them to test the waters. Those talks did not advance because “the numbers didn’t add up,” this person, who declined to be named due to the confidential nature of the talks, told Forbes. Stability also tried to court Samsung as a buyer, going so far as to redecorate its office in advance of a planned meeting with the Korean electronics giant. (Samsung said that it invested in Stability in 2023 and that it does not comment on M&A discussions.) Coatue had been calling for Mostaque’s resignation for months, according to a source with direct knowledge. But it and other investors were unable to oust him because he was the company’s majority shareholder. When they tried a different tact by rallying other investors to offer him a juicy equity package to resign, Mostaque refused, said two sources. By October, Coatue and Lightspeed had had enough. Coatue left the board and Lightspeed resigned its observer seat. “Emad infuriated our initial investors so much it’s just making it impossible for us to raise more money under acceptable terms,” one current Stability executive told Forbes. The early months of 2024 saw Stability’s already precarious position eroding further still. Employees were quietly laid off. Three people in a position to know estimated that at least 10% of staff were cut. And cash reserves continued to dwindle. Mostaque mentioned a lifeline at the October board meeting: $95 million in tentative funding from new investors, pending due diligence. But in the end, only a fraction of it was wired, two sources say, much of it from Intel, which Forbes has learned invested $20 million, a fraction of what was reported. (Intel did not return a request for comment by publication time.) Two hours after Forbes broke the news of Mostaque’s plans to step down as CEO, Stability issued a press release confirming his resignation. Chief operating officer Wong and chief technology officer Laforte have taken over in the interim. Mostaque, who said on X that he still owns a majority of the company, also stepped down from the board, which has now initiated a search for a permanent CEO. There is a lot of work to be done to turn things around, and very little time in which to do it. Said the current Stability executive, “There’s still a possibility of a turnaround story, but the odds drop by the day.” In July of 2023, Mostaque still thought he could pull it off. Halfway through the month, he shared a fundraising plan with his lieutenants. It was wildly optimistic, detailing the raise of $500 million in cash and another $750 million in computing facilities from marquee investors like Nvidia, Google, Intel and the World Bank (Nvidia and Google declined comment. Intel did not respond. The World Bank said it did not invest in Stability). In a Slack message reviewed by Forbes, Mostaque said Google was “willing to move fast” and the round was “likely to be oversubscribed.” It wasn’t. Three people with direct knowledge of these fundraising efforts told Forbes that while there was some interest in Stability, talks often stalled when it came time to disclose financials. Two of them noted that earlier in the year, Mostaque had simply stopped engaging with VCs who asked for numbers. Only one firm invested around that time: actor Ashton Kutcher’s Sound Ventures, which invested $35 million in the form of a convertible SAFE note during the second quarter, according to an internal document. (Sound Ventures did not respond to a request for comment.) And though he’d managed to score a meeting with Nvidia and its CEO Jensen Huang, it ended in disaster, according to two sources. “Under Jensen's microscopic questions, Emad just fell apart,” a source in position to know told Forbes. Huang quickly concluded Stability wasn’t ready for an investment from Nvidia, the sources said. Mostaque told Forbes in an email that he had not met with Huang since 2022, except to say “hello and what’s up a few times after.” His July 2023 message references a plan to raise $150 million from Nvidia. (Nvidia declined to comment.) After a June Forbes investigation citing more than 30 sources revealed Mostaque’s history of misleading claims, Mostaque struggled to raise funding, a Stability investor told Forbes. (Mostaque disputed the story at the time and called it "coordinated lies" in his email this week to Forbes). Increasingly, investors scrutinized his assertions and pressed for data. And Young, now the CEO of Jasper, turned down a verbal offer to be Stability’s president after reading the article, according to a source with direct knowledge of the matter. The collapse of the talks aggravated the board and other executives, who had hoped Young would compensate for the sales and business management skills that Mostaque lacked, according to four people in a position to know. (Young declined to comment.) When Stability’s senior leadership convened in London for the CogX conference in September, the financing had still not closed. There, a group of executives confronted Mostaque asking questions about the company’s cash position and runway, according to three people with direct knowledge of the incident. They did not get the clarity they’d hoped for. By October, Mostaque had reduced his fundraising target by more than 80%. The months that followed saw a steady drumbeat of departures — general counsel Adam Avrunin, vice presidents Mike Melnicki, Ed Newton-Rex and Joe Penna, chief people officer Ozden Onder — culminating in the demoralizing March exit of Stable Diffusion’s primary developers Robin Rombach, Andreas Blattmann, Patrick Esser and Dominik Lorenz. Rombach, who led the team, had been angling to leave for months, two sources said, first threatening to resign last summer because of the fundraising failures. Others left over concerns about cash flow, as well as liabilities — including what four people described as Mostaque’s lax approach to ensuring that Stability products could not be used to produce child sexual abuse imagery. “Stability AI is committed to preventing the misuse of AI and prohibits the use of our image models and services for unlawful activity, including attempts to edit or create CSAM,” Ella Irwin, senior vice president of integrity, said in a statement. Newton-Rex told Forbes he resigned because he disagreed with Stability’s position that training AI on copyrighted work without consent is fair use. Melnicki and Penna declined to comment. Avrunin and Onder could not be reached for comment. None of the researchers responded to requests for comment. The Stable Diffusion researchers’ departure as a cohort says a lot about the state of Stability AI. The company’s researchers were widely viewed as its crown jewels, their work subsidized with a firehose of pricey compute power that was even extended to people outside the company. Martino Russi, an artificial intelligence researcher, told Forbes that though he was never formally employed by Stability, the company provided him a “staggering” amount of compute between January and April 2023 to play around with developing an AI video generator that Stability might someday use. “It was Candy Land or Coney Island,” said Russi, who estimates that his experiment, which was ultimately shelved, cost the company $2.5 million. Stable Diffusion was simultaneously Stability’s marquee product and its existential cash crisis. One current employee described it to Forbes as “a giant vacuum that absorbed everything: money, compute, people.” While the software was widely used, with Mostaque claiming downloads reaching into the hundreds of millions, Stability struggled to translate that wild success into revenue. Mostaque knew it could be done — peers at Databricks, Elastic and MongoDB had all turned a free product into a lucrative business — he just couldn’t figure out how. His first attempt was Stability’s API, which allowed paying customers to integrate Stable Diffusion into their own products. In early 2023, a handful of small companies, like art generator app NightCafe and presentation software startup Tome, signed on, according to four people with knowledge of the deals. But Stability’s poor account management services soured many, and in a matter of months NightCafe and Tome canceled their contracts, three people said. NightCafe founder Angus Russell told Forbes that his company switched to a competitor which “offered much cheaper inference costs and a broader service.” Tome did not respond to a request for comment. Meanwhile, Mostaque’s efforts to court larger companies like Samsung and Snapchat were failing, according to five people familiar with the effort. Canva, which was already one of the heaviest users of open-sourced Stable Diffusion, had multiple discussions with Stability, which was angling for a contract it hoped would generate several millions in annual revenue. But the deal never materialized, four sources said. “These three companies wanted and needed us,” one former employee told Forbes. “They would have been the perfect customers.” (Samsung, Snap and Canva declined to comment.) “It’s not that there was not an appetite to pay Stability — there were tons of companies that would have that wanted to,” the former employee said. “There was a huge opportunity and demand, but just a resistance to execution.” Mostaque’s other big idea was to provide governments with bespoke national AI models that would invigorate their economies and citizenry. “Emad envisions a world where AI through 100 national models serves not as a tool of the few, but as a benefactor to all promising to confront great adversaries, cancer, autism, and the sands of time itself,” the AI avatar of Aristotle said in his intro at the conference. Mostaque told several prospective customers that he could deliver such models within 60 days — an untenable timeline, according to two people in position to know. Stability attempted to develop a model for the Singaporean government over the protestation of employees who questioned its technical feasibility, three sources familiar with the effort told Forbes. But it couldn’t pull it off and Singapore never became a customer. (The government of Singapore confirmed it did not enter into a deal with Stability, but declined to answer additional questions.) As Stability careened from one new business idea to another, resources were abruptly reallocated and researchers reassigned. The whiplash shifts in a largely siloed organization demoralized and infuriated employees. “There were ‘urgent’ things, ‘urgent urgent’ things and ‘most urgent,’” one former employee complained. “None of these things seem important if everything is important.” Another former Stability executive was far more pointed in their assessment. “Emad is the most disorganized leader I have ever worked with in my career,” this person told Forbes. “He has no vision, and changes directions every week, often based on what he sees on Twitter.” In a video interview posted shortly before this story was published, Mostaque explained his leadership style: “I'm particularly great at taking creatives, developers, researchers, others, and achieving their full potential in designing systems. But I should not be dealing with, you know, HR and operations and business development and other elements. There are far better people than me to do that.” By December 2023, Stability had partially abandoned its open-source roots and announced that any commercial use of Stable Diffusion would cost customers at least $20 per month (non-commercial and research use of Stable Diffusion would remain free). But privately, Stability was considering a potentially more lucrative source of revenue: reselling the compute it was leasing from providers like AWS, according to six people familiar with the effort. Though it was essentially GPU arbitrage, Stability framed the strategy to investors as a “managed services” offering. Its damning October financial report projected optimistically that such an offering would bring in $139 million in 2024 — 98% of its revenue. Multiple employees at the time told Forbes they feared reselling compute, even if the company called it “managed services,” would violate the terms of Stability’s contract with AWS. Amazon declined to comment. “The line internally was that we are not reselling compute,” one former employee said. “This was some of the dirtiest feeling stuff.” Stability also discussed reselling a cluster of Nvidia A100 chips, leased via CoreWeave, to the venture capital firm Andreessen Horowitz, three sources said. “It was under the guise of managed services, but there wasn’t any management happening,” one of these people told Forbes. Andreessen Horowitz and CoreWeave declined to comment. Stability did not respond to questions about if it plans to continue this strategy now that Mostaque is out of the picture. Regardless, interim co-CEOs Wong and Laforte are on a tight timeline to clean up his mess. Board chairman Jim O’Shaughnessy said in a statement that he was confident the pair “will adeptly steer the company forward in developing and commercializing industry-leading generative AI products.” But burn continues to far outpace revenue. The Financial Times reported Friday that the company made $5.4 million of revenue in February, against $8 million in costs. Several sources said there are ongoing concerns about making payroll for the roughly 150 remaining employees. Leadership roles have gone vacant for months amid the disarray, leaving the company increasingly directionless. Meanwhile, a potentially catastrophic legal threat looms over the company: A trio of copyright infringement lawsuits brought by Getty Images and a group of artists in the U.S. and U.K., who claim Stability illegally used their art and photography to train the AI models powering Stable Diffusion. A London-based court has already rejected the company’s bid to throw out one of the lawsuits on the basis that none of its researchers were based in the U.K. And Stability’s claim that Getty’s Delaware lawsuit should be blocked because it's a U.K.-based company was rejected. (Stability did not respond to questions about the litigation.) AI-related copyright litigation “could go on for years,” according to Eric Goldman, a law professor at Santa Clara University. He told Forbes that though plaintiffs suing AI firms face an uphill battle overcoming the existing legal precedent on copyright infringement, the quantity of arguments available to make are virtually inexhaustible. “Like in military theory, if there’s a gap in your lines, that’s where the enemy pours through — if any one of those arguments succeeds, it could completely change the generative AI environment,” he said. “In some sense, generative AI as an industry has to win everything.” Stability, which had more than $100 million in the bank just a year and a half ago, is in a deep hole. Not only does it need more funding, it needs a viable business model — or a buyer with the vision and chops to make it successful in a fast-moving and highly competitive sector. At an all hands meeting this past Monday, Stability’s new leaders detailed a path forward. One point of emphasis: a plan to better manage resources and expenses, according to one person in attendance. It’s a start, but Mostaque’s meddling has left them with little runway to execute. His resignation, though, has given some employees hope. “A few people are 100% going to reconsider leaving after today,” said one current employee. “And the weird gloomy aura of hearing Emad talking nonsense for an hour is gone.” Shortly before Mostaque resigned, one current Stability executive told Forbes that they were optimistic his departure could make Stability appealing enough to receive a small investment or sale to a friendly party. “There are companies that have raised hundreds of millions of dollars that have much less intrinsic value than Stability,” the person said. “A white knight may still appear.”

looking for ML aficionado in London for great chats and maybe a startup

TL;DR? Here's the gist: Me: 3 startups under my belt. Started as a programmer, then trainer, then entrepreneur, now CTO & Board member for a leading customer insight company part of large bank. Large system and infrastructure specialist. Extensive & practical experience in raising funds and successfully managing both startup and established businesses. Fascinated by the power of data. Can't imagine myself spending the rest of my life being a cog in the machine. You: Machine learning specialist, programmer, analyst, understands how to navigate and crunch large datasets, from BI to predictive analytics. Interested in implementing applications from fraud detection to margin improvements through better clustering regardless of industry. Fascinated by the power of data. Can't imagine himself spending the rest of his or her life being a cog in the machine. The startup: The core idea it to build platforms and systems around the progressively larger datasets held by various sized companies, helping them solve big issues - cost reduction, profitability and reducing risk. I’m an infrastructure and software specialist and have access to 1) systems, 2) datasets 3) extensive practical in certain industry segments, namely web-scale companies and tier 1 retailers. This project is in the very early planning stages. I'm looking forward to discuss the form it could take with like-minded individuals but with complementary skills sets, namely: predictive analytics & AI as it applies to machine learning on large datasets. Want more specifics ideas? I have plenty of these, but I’m sure you do to, so let’s meet face to face and discuss them. Ultimately the goal is to crystallize on a specific concept, develop together a minimum viable product and get the company bootstrapped or angel-funded (something I also have plenty of experience with), all via a lean startup model. My philosophy on startups: Startups built in one’s free time often fail because they drag on, ending up as little more than side projects you can’t quite get rid of (due to co-founder guilt, or perhaps the little money they bring in every month). The core idea for this project is based on lean, that is, to launch a minimum viable product as early as possible. Getting feedback. Measuring results (important!). Pivot if it’s not working. This helps tremendously in staying motivated, limits the dreaded paralyzing fear of failure, and more importantly, keep the time from inception to first client/funding to a minimum. If it sounds interesting please message me and we can exchange contact details! Worst that can happen is we have a great chat!

[D] Should the praise of "Data-centric" AI be taken with a grain of salt?

I hear co-workers, professors, entrepreneurs talk about just how important it is to switch from model-centric AI to a data-centric approach. Personally I don't see a problem focusing on attaining better data but I have been seeing this simplification that AI performance = model + data which seems massively misleading. A better generalization would be AI performance = model data or even AI performance = model log(len(data)). Looking at the rapidly changing problem of image synthesis, it is clear that data alone could not produce the same results seen even two years ago. On the other hand, it can seem unproductive for the field as a whole to try to create another classification model that achieves a .02% increased performance on ImageNet... again and again... And this is maybe why we hear more talk in industry about focusing on the data instead of models: Industry generally faces simpler tasks with negligible improvement as of recently (regression, classification). Therefore it's more easy and valuable to increase and improve the training data. And yes, most machine learning models NEED a large training set to approximate a complex distribution. We have already known this since forever. I think the term has just recently become a pet peeve for me as a novel "catch all" solution to any problem. What are your opinions on the matter?

Interview with Juergen Schmidhuber, renowned ‘Father Of Modern AI’, says his life’s work won't lead to dystopia.

Schmidhuber interview expressing his views on the future of AI and AGI. Original source. I think the interview is of interest to r/MachineLearning, and presents an alternate view, compared to other influential leaders in AI. Juergen Schmidhuber, Renowned 'Father Of Modern AI,' Says His Life’s Work Won't Lead To Dystopia May 23, 2023. Contributed by Hessie Jones. Amid the growing concern about the impact of more advanced artificial intelligence (AI) technologies on society, there are many in the technology community who fear the implications of the advancements in Generative AI if they go unchecked. Dr. Juergen Schmidhuber, a renowned scientist, artificial intelligence researcher and widely regarded as one of the pioneers in the field, is more optimistic. He declares that many of those who suddenly warn against the dangers of AI are just seeking publicity, exploiting the media’s obsession with killer robots which has attracted more attention than “good AI” for healthcare etc. The potential to revolutionize various industries and improve our lives is clear, as are the equal dangers if bad actors leverage the technology for personal gain. Are we headed towards a dystopian future, or is there reason to be optimistic? I had a chance to sit down with Dr. Juergen Schmidhuber to understand his perspective on this seemingly fast-moving AI-train that will leap us into the future. As a teenager in the 1970s, Juergen Schmidhuber became fascinated with the idea of creating intelligent machines that could learn and improve on their own, becoming smarter than himself within his lifetime. This would ultimately lead to his groundbreaking work in the field of deep learning. In the 1980s, he studied computer science at the Technical University of Munich (TUM), where he earned his diploma in 1987. His thesis was on the ultimate self-improving machines that, not only, learn through some pre-wired human-designed learning algorithm, but also learn and improve the learning algorithm itself. Decades later, this became a hot topic. He also received his Ph.D. at TUM in 1991 for work that laid some of the foundations of modern AI. Schmidhuber is best known for his contributions to the development of recurrent neural networks (RNNs), the most powerful type of artificial neural network that can process sequential data such as speech and natural language. With his students Sepp Hochreiter, Felix Gers, Alex Graves, Daan Wierstra, and others, he published architectures and training algorithms for the long short-term memory (LSTM), a type of RNN that is widely used in natural language processing, speech recognition, video games, robotics, and other applications. LSTM has become the most cited neural network of the 20th century, and Business Week called it "arguably the most commercial AI achievement." Throughout his career, Schmidhuber has received various awards and accolades for his groundbreaking work. In 2013, he was awarded the Helmholtz Prize, which recognizes significant contributions to the field of machine learning. In 2016, he was awarded the IEEE Neural Network Pioneer Award for "pioneering contributions to deep learning and neural networks." The media have often called him the “father of modern AI,” because the most cited neural networks all build on his lab’s work. He is quick to point out, however, that AI history goes back centuries. Despite his many accomplishments, at the age of 60, he feels mounting time pressure towards building an Artificial General Intelligence within his lifetime and remains committed to pushing the boundaries of AI research and development. He is currently director of the KAUST AI Initiative, scientific director of the Swiss AI Lab IDSIA, and co-founder and chief scientist of AI company NNAISENSE, whose motto is "AI∀" which is a math-inspired way of saying "AI For All." He continues to work on cutting-edge AI technologies and applications to improve human health and extend human lives and make lives easier for everyone. The following interview has been edited for clarity. Jones: Thank you Juergen for joining me. You have signed letters warning about AI weapons. But you didn't sign the recent publication, "Pause Gigantic AI Experiments: An Open Letter"? Is there a reason? Schmidhuber: Thank you Hessie. Glad to speak with you. I have realized that many of those who warn in public against the dangers of AI are just seeking publicity. I don't think the latest letter will have any significant impact because many AI researchers, companies, and governments will ignore it completely. The proposal frequently uses the word "we" and refers to "us," the humans. But as I have pointed out many times in the past, there is no "we" that everyone can identify with. Ask 10 different people, and you will hear 10 different opinions about what is "good." Some of those opinions will be completely incompatible with each other. Don't forget the enormous amount of conflict between the many people. The letter also says, "If such a pause cannot be quickly put in place, governments should intervene and impose a moratorium." The problem is that different governments have ALSO different opinions about what is good for them and for others. Great Power A will say, if we don't do it, Great Power B will, perhaps secretly, and gain an advantage over us. The same is true for Great Powers C and D. Jones: Everyone acknowledges this fear surrounding current generative AI technology. Moreover, the existential threat of this technology has been publicly acknowledged by Sam Altman, CEO of OpenAI himself, calling for AI regulation. From your perspective, is there an existential threat? Schmidhuber: It is true that AI can be weaponized, and I have no doubt that there will be all kinds of AI arms races, but AI does not introduce a new quality of existential threat. The threat coming from AI weapons seems to pale in comparison to the much older threat from nuclear hydrogen bombs that don’t need AI at all. We should be much more afraid of half-century-old tech in the form of H-bomb rockets. The Tsar Bomba of 1961 had almost 15 times more destructive power than all weapons of WW-II combined. Despite the dramatic nuclear disarmament since the 1980s, there are still more than enough nuclear warheads to wipe out human civilization within two hours, without any AI I’m much more worried about that old existential threat than the rather harmless AI weapons. Jones: I realize that while you compare AI to the threat of nuclear bombs, there is a current danger that a current technology can be put in the hands of humans and enable them to “eventually” exact further harms to individuals of group in a very precise way, like targeted drone attacks. You are giving people a toolset that they've never had before, enabling bad actors, as some have pointed out, to be able to do a lot more than previously because they didn't have this technology. Schmidhuber: Now, all that sounds horrible in principle, but our existing laws are sufficient to deal with these new types of weapons enabled by AI. If you kill someone with a gun, you will go to jail. Same if you kill someone with one of these drones. Law enforcement will get better at understanding new threats and new weapons and will respond with better technology to combat these threats. Enabling drones to target persons from a distance in a way that requires some tracking and some intelligence to perform, which has traditionally been performed by skilled humans, to me, it seems is just an improved version of a traditional weapon, like a gun, which is, you know, a little bit smarter than the old guns. But, in principle, all of that is not a new development. For many centuries, we have had the evolution of better weaponry and deadlier poisons and so on, and law enforcement has evolved their policies to react to these threats over time. So, it's not that we suddenly have a new quality of existential threat and it's much more worrisome than what we have had for about six decades. A large nuclear warhead doesn’t need fancy face recognition to kill an individual. No, it simply wipes out an entire city with ten million inhabitants. Jones: The existential threat that’s implied is the extent to which humans have control over this technology. We see some early cases of opportunism which, as you say, tends to get more media attention than positive breakthroughs. But you’re implying that this will all balance out? Schmidhuber: Historically, we have a long tradition of technological breakthroughs that led to advancements in weapons for the purpose of defense but also for protection. From sticks, to rocks, to axes to gunpowder to cannons to rockets… and now to drones… this has had a drastic influence on human history but what has been consistent throughout history is that those who are using technology to achieve their own ends are themselves, facing the same technology because the opposing side is learning to use it against them. And that's what has been repeated in thousands of years of human history and it will continue. I don't see the new AI arms race as something that is remotely as existential a threat as the good old nuclear warheads. You said something important, in that some people prefer to talk about the downsides rather than the benefits of this technology, but that's misleading, because 95% of all AI research and AI development is about making people happier and advancing human life and health. Jones: Let’s touch on some of those beneficial advances in AI research that have been able to radically change present day methods and achieve breakthroughs. Schmidhuber: All right! For example, eleven years ago, our team with my postdoc Dan Ciresan was the first to win a medical imaging competition through deep learning. We analyzed female breast cells with the objective to determine harmless cells vs. those in the pre-cancer stage. Typically, a trained oncologist needs a long time to make these determinations. Our team, who knew nothing about cancer, were able to train an artificial neural network, which was totally dumb in the beginning, on lots of this kind of data. It was able to outperform all the other methods. Today, this is being used not only for breast cancer, but also for radiology and detecting plaque in arteries, and many other things. Some of the neural networks that we have developed in the last 3 decades are now prevalent across thousands of healthcare applications, detecting Diabetes and Covid-19 and what not. This will eventually permeate across all healthcare. The good consequences of this type of AI are much more important than the click-bait new ways of conducting crimes with AI. Jones: Adoption is a product of reinforced outcomes. The massive scale of adoption either leads us to believe that people have been led astray, or conversely, technology is having a positive effect on people’s lives. Schmidhuber: The latter is the likely case. There's intense commercial pressure towards good AI rather than bad AI because companies want to sell you something, and you are going to buy only stuff you think is going to be good for you. So already just through this simple, commercial pressure, you have a tremendous bias towards good AI rather than bad AI. However, doomsday scenarios like in Schwarzenegger movies grab more attention than documentaries on AI that improve people’s lives. Jones: I would argue that people are drawn to good stories – narratives that contain an adversary and struggle, but in the end, have happy endings. And this is consistent with your comment on human nature and how history, despite its tendency for violence and destruction of humanity, somehow tends to correct itself. Let’s take the example of a technology, which you are aware – GANs – General Adversarial Networks, which today has been used in applications for fake news and disinformation. In actuality, the purpose in the invention of GANs was far from what it is used for today. Schmidhuber: Yes, the name GANs was created in 2014 but we had the basic principle already in the early 1990s. More than 30 years ago, I called it artificial curiosity. It's a very simple way of injecting creativity into a little two network system. This creative AI is not just trying to slavishly imitate humans. Rather, it’s inventing its own goals. Let me explain: You have two networks. One network is producing outputs that could be anything, any action. Then the second network is looking at these actions and it’s trying to predict the consequences of these actions. An action could move a robot, then something happens, and the other network is just trying to predict what will happen. Now we can implement artificial curiosity by reducing the prediction error of the second network, which, at the same time, is the reward of the first network. The first network wants to maximize its reward and so it will invent actions that will lead to situations that will surprise the second network, which it has not yet learned to predict well. In the case where the outputs are fake images, the first network will try to generate images that are good enough to fool the second network, which will attempt to predict the reaction of the environment: fake or real image, and it will try to become better at it. The first network will continue to also improve at generating images whose type the second network will not be able to predict. So, they fight each other. The 2nd network will continue to reduce its prediction error, while the 1st network will attempt to maximize it. Through this zero-sum game the first network gets better and better at producing these convincing fake outputs which look almost realistic. So, once you have an interesting set of images by Vincent Van Gogh, you can generate new images that leverage his style, without the original artist having ever produced the artwork himself. Jones: I see how the Van Gogh example can be applied in an education setting and there are countless examples of artists mimicking styles from famous painters but image generation from this instance that can happen within seconds is quite another feat. And you know this is how GANs has been used. What’s more prevalent today is a socialized enablement of generating images or information to intentionally fool people. It also surfaces new harms that deal with the threat to intellectual property and copyright, where laws have yet to account for. And from your perspective this was not the intention when the model was conceived. What was your motivation in your early conception of what is now GANs? Schmidhuber: My old motivation for GANs was actually very important and it was not to create deepfakes or fake news but to enable AIs to be curious and invent their own goals, to make them explore their environment and make them creative. Suppose you have a robot that executes one action, then something happens, then it executes another action, and so on, because it wants to achieve certain goals in the environment. For example, when the battery is low, this will trigger “pain” through hunger sensors, so it wants to go to the charging station, without running into obstacles, which will trigger other pain sensors. It will seek to minimize pain (encoded through numbers). Now the robot has a friend, the second network, which is a world model ––it’s a prediction machine that learns to predict the consequences of the robot’s actions. Once the robot has a good model of the world, it can use it for planning. It can be used as a simulation of the real world. And then it can determine what is a good action sequence. If the robot imagines this sequence of actions, the model will predict a lot of pain, which it wants to avoid. If it plays this alternative action sequence in its mental model of the world, then it will predict a rewarding situation where it’s going to sit on the charging station and its battery is going to load again. So, it'll prefer to execute the latter action sequence. In the beginning, however, the model of the world knows nothing, so how can we motivate the first network to generate experiments that lead to data that helps the world model learn something it didn’t already know? That’s what artificial curiosity is about. The dueling two network systems effectively explore uncharted environments by creating experiments so that over time the curious AI gets a better sense of how the environment works. This can be applied to all kinds of environments, and has medical applications. Jones: Let’s talk about the future. You have said, “Traditional humans won’t play a significant role in spreading intelligence across the universe.” Schmidhuber: Let’s first conceptually separate two types of AIs. The first type of AI are tools directed by humans. They are trained to do specific things like accurately detect diabetes or heart disease and prevent attacks before they happen. In these cases, the goal is coming from the human. More interesting AIs are setting their own goals. They are inventing their own experiments and learning from them. Their horizons expand and eventually they become more and more general problem solvers in the real world. They are not controlled by their parents, but much of what they learn is through self-invented experiments. A robot, for example, is rotating a toy, and as it is doing this, the video coming in through the camera eyes, changes over time and it begins to learn how this video changes and learns how the 3D nature of the toy generates certain videos if you rotate it a certain way, and eventually, how gravity works, and how the physics of the world works. Like a little scientist! And I have predicted for decades that future scaled-up versions of such AI scientists will want to further expand their horizons, and eventually go where most of the physical resources are, to build more and bigger AIs. And of course, almost all of these resources are far away from earth out there in space, which is hostile to humans but friendly to appropriately designed AI-controlled robots and self-replicating robot factories. So here we are not talking any longer about our tiny biosphere; no, we are talking about the much bigger rest of the universe. Within a few tens of billions of years, curious self-improving AIs will colonize the visible cosmos in a way that’s infeasible for humans. Those who don’t won’t have an impact. Sounds like science fiction, but since the 1970s I have been unable to see a plausible alternative to this scenario, except for a global catastrophe such as an all-out nuclear war that stops this development before it takes off. Jones: How long have these AIs, which can set their own goals — how long have they existed? To what extent can they be independent of human interaction? Schmidhuber: Neural networks like that have existed for over 30 years. My first simple adversarial neural network system of this kind is the one from 1990 described above. You don’t need a teacher there; it's just a little agent running around in the world and trying to invent new experiments that surprise its own prediction machine. Once it has figured out certain parts of the world, the agent will become bored and will move on to more exciting experiments. The simple 1990 systems I mentioned have certain limitations, but in the past three decades, we have also built more sophisticated systems that are setting their own goals and such systems I think will be essential for achieving true intelligence. If you are only imitating humans, you will never go beyond them. So, you really must give AIs the freedom to explore previously unexplored regions of the world in a way that no human is really predefining. Jones: Where is this being done today? Schmidhuber: Variants of neural network-based artificial curiosity are used today for agents that learn to play video games in a human-competitive way. We have also started to use them for automatic design of experiments in fields such as materials science. I bet many other fields will be affected by it: chemistry, biology, drug design, you name it. However, at least for now, these artificial scientists, as I like to call them, cannot yet compete with human scientists. I don’t think it’s going to stay this way but, at the moment, it’s still the case. Sure, AI has made a lot of progress. Since 1997, there have been superhuman chess players, and since 2011, through the DanNet of my team, there have been superhuman visual pattern recognizers. But there are other things where humans, at the moment at least, are much better, in particular, science itself. In the lab we have many first examples of self-directed artificial scientists, but they are not yet convincing enough to appear on the radar screen of the public space, which is currently much more fascinated with simpler systems that just imitate humans and write texts based on previously seen human-written documents. Jones: You speak of these numerous instances dating back 30 years of these lab experiments where these self-driven agents are deciding and learning and moving on once they’ve learned. And I assume that that rate of learning becomes even faster over time. What kind of timeframe are we talking about when this eventually is taken outside of the lab and embedded into society? Schmidhuber: This could still take months or even years :-) Anyway, in the not-too-distant future, we will probably see artificial scientists who are good at devising experiments that allow them to discover new, previously unknown physical laws. As always, we are going to profit from the old trend that has held at least since 1941: every decade compute is getting 100 times cheaper. Jones: How does this trend affect modern AI such as ChatGPT? Schmidhuber: Perhaps you know that all the recent famous AI applications such as ChatGPT and similar models are largely based on principles of artificial neural networks invented in the previous millennium. The main reason why they works so well now is the incredible acceleration of compute per dollar. ChatGPT is driven by a neural network called “Transformer” described in 2017 by Google. I am happy about that because a quarter century earlier in 1991 I had a particular Transformer variant which is now called the “Transformer with linearized self-attention”. Back then, not much could be done with it, because the compute cost was a million times higher than today. But today, one can train such models on half the internet and achieve much more interesting results. Jones: And for how long will this acceleration continue? Schmidhuber: There's no reason to believe that in the next 30 years, we won't have another factor of 1 million and that's going to be really significant. In the near future, for the first time we will have many not-so expensive devices that can compute as much as a human brain. The physical limits of computation, however, are much further out so even if the trend of a factor of 100 every decade continues, the physical limits (of 1051 elementary instructions per second and kilogram of matter) won’t be hit until, say, the mid-next century. Even in our current century, however, we’ll probably have many machines that compute more than all 10 billion human brains collectively and you can imagine, everything will change then! Jones: That is the big question. Is everything going to change? If so, what do you say to the next generation of leaders, currently coming out of college and university. So much of this change is already impacting how they study, how they will work, or how the future of work and livelihood is defined. What is their purpose and how do we change our systems so they will adapt to this new version of intelligence? Schmidhuber: For decades, people have asked me questions like that, because you know what I'm saying now, I have basically said since the 1970s, it’s just that today, people are paying more attention because, back then, they thought this was science fiction. They didn't think that I would ever come close to achieving my crazy life goal of building a machine that learns to become smarter than myself such that I can retire. But now many have changed their minds and think it's conceivable. And now I have two daughters, 23 and 25. People ask me: what do I tell them? They know that Daddy always said, “It seems likely that within your lifetimes, you will have new types of intelligence that are probably going to be superior in many ways, and probably all kinds of interesting ways.” How should they prepare for that? And I kept telling them the obvious: Learn how to learn new things! It's not like in the previous millennium where within 20 years someone learned to be a useful member of society, and then took a job for 40 years and performed in this job until she received her pension. Now things are changing much faster and we must learn continuously just to keep up. I also told my girls that no matter how smart AIs are going to get, learn at least the basics of math and physics, because that’s the essence of our universe, and anybody who understands this will have an advantage, and learn all kinds of new things more easily. I also told them that social skills will remain important, because most future jobs for humans will continue to involve interactions with other humans, but I couldn’t teach them anything about that; they know much more about social skills than I do. You touched on the big philosophical question about people’s purpose. Can this be answered without answering the even grander question: What’s the purpose of the entire universe? We don’t know. But what’s happening right now might be connected to the unknown answer. Don’t think of humans as the crown of creation. Instead view human civilization as part of a much grander scheme, an important step (but not the last one) on the path of the universe from very simple initial conditions towards more and more unfathomable complexity. Now it seems ready to take its next step, a step comparable to the invention of life itself over 3.5 billion years ago. Alas, don’t worry, in the end, all will be good! Jones: Let’s get back to this transformation happening right now with OpenAI. There are many questioning the efficacy and accuracy of ChatGPT, and are concerned its release has been premature. In light of the rampant adoption, educators have banned its use over concerns of plagiarism and how it stifles individual development. Should large language models like ChatGPT be used in school? Schmidhuber: When the calculator was first introduced, instructors forbade students from using it in school. Today, the consensus is that kids should learn the basic methods of arithmetic, but they should also learn to use the “artificial multipliers” aka calculators, even in exams, because laziness and efficiency is a hallmark of intelligence. Any intelligent being wants to minimize its efforts to achieve things. And that's the reason why we have tools, and why our kids are learning to use these tools. The first stone tools were invented maybe 3.5 million years ago; tools just have become more sophisticated over time. In fact, humans have changed in response to the properties of their tools. Our anatomical evolution was shaped by tools such as spears and fire. So, it's going to continue this way. And there is no permanent way of preventing large language models from being used in school. Jones: And when our children, your children graduate, what does their future work look like? Schmidhuber: A single human trying to predict details of how 10 billion people and their machines will evolve in the future is like a single neuron in my brain trying to predict what the entire brain and its tens of billions of neurons will do next year. 40 years ago, before the WWW was created at CERN in Switzerland, who would have predicted all those young people making money as YouTube video bloggers? Nevertheless, let’s make a few limited job-related observations. For a long time, people have thought that desktop jobs may require more intelligence than skills trade or handicraft professions. But now, it turns out that it's much easier to replace certain aspects of desktop jobs than replacing a carpenter, for example. Because everything that works well in AI is happening behind the screen currently, but not so much in the physical world. There are now artificial systems that can read lots of documents and then make really nice summaries of these documents. That is a desktop job. Or you give them a description of an illustration that you want to have for your article and pretty good illustrations are being generated that may need some minimal fine-tuning. But you know, all these desktop jobs are much easier to facilitate than the real tough jobs in the physical world. And it's interesting that the things people thought required intelligence, like playing chess, or writing or summarizing documents, are much easier for machines than they thought. But for things like playing football or soccer, there is no physical robot that can remotely compete with the abilities of a little boy with these skills. So, AI in the physical world, interestingly, is much harder than AI behind the screen in virtual worlds. And it's really exciting, in my opinion, to see that jobs such as plumbers are much more challenging than playing chess or writing another tabloid story. Jones: The way data has been collected in these large language models does not guarantee personal information has not been excluded. Current consent laws already are outdated when it comes to these large language models (LLM). The concern, rightly so, is increasing surveillance and loss of privacy. What is your view on this? Schmidhuber: As I have indicated earlier: are surveillance and loss of privacy inevitable consequences of increasingly complex societies? Super-organisms such as cities and states and companies consist of numerous people, just like people consist of numerous cells. These cells enjoy little privacy. They are constantly monitored by specialized "police cells" and "border guard cells": Are you a cancer cell? Are you an external intruder, a pathogen? Individual cells sacrifice their freedom for the benefits of being part of a multicellular organism. Similarly, for super-organisms such as nations. Over 5000 years ago, writing enabled recorded history and thus became its inaugural and most important invention. Its initial purpose, however, was to facilitate surveillance, to track citizens and their tax payments. The more complex a super-organism, the more comprehensive its collection of information about its constituents. 200 years ago, at least, the parish priest in each village knew everything about all the village people, even about those who did not confess, because they appeared in the confessions of others. Also, everyone soon knew about the stranger who had entered the village, because some occasionally peered out of the window, and what they saw got around. Such control mechanisms were temporarily lost through anonymization in rapidly growing cities but are now returning with the help of new surveillance devices such as smartphones as part of digital nervous systems that tell companies and governments a lot about billions of users. Cameras and drones etc. are becoming increasingly tinier and more ubiquitous. More effective recognition of faces and other detection technology are becoming cheaper and cheaper, and many will use it to identify others anywhere on earth; the big wide world will not offer any more privacy than the local village. Is this good or bad? Some nations may find it easier than others to justify more complex kinds of super-organisms at the expense of the privacy rights of their constituents. Jones: So, there is no way to stop or change this process of collection, or how it continuously informs decisions over time? How do you see governance and rules responding to this, especially amid Italy’s ban on ChatGPT following suspected user data breach and the more recent news about the Meta’s record $1.3billion fine in the company’s handling of user information? Schmidhuber: Data collection has benefits and drawbacks, such as the loss of privacy. How to balance those? I have argued for addressing this through data ownership in data markets. If it is true that data is the new oil, then it should have a price, just like oil. At the moment, the major surveillance platforms such as Meta do not offer users any money for their data and the transitive loss of privacy. In the future, however, we will likely see attempts at creating efficient data markets to figure out the data's true financial value through the interplay between supply and demand. Even some of the sensitive medical data should not be priced by governmental regulators but by patients (and healthy persons) who own it and who may sell or license parts thereof as micro-entrepreneurs in a healthcare data market. Following a previous interview, I gave for one of the largest re-insurance companies , let's look at the different participants in such a data market: patients, hospitals, data companies. (1) Patients with a rare form of cancer can offer more valuable data than patients with a very common form of cancer. (2) Hospitals and their machines are needed to extract the data, e.g., through magnet spin tomography, radiology, evaluations through human doctors, and so on. (3) Companies such as Siemens, Google or IBM would like to buy annotated data to make better artificial neural networks that learn to predict pathologies and diseases and the consequences of therapies. Now the market’s invisible hand will decide about the data’s price through the interplay between demand and supply. On the demand side, you will have several companies offering something for the data, maybe through an app on the smartphone (a bit like a stock market app). On the supply side, each patient in this market should be able to profit from high prices for rare valuable types of data. Likewise, competing data extractors such as hospitals will profit from gaining recognition and trust for extracting data well at a reasonable price. The market will make the whole system efficient through incentives for all who are doing a good job. Soon there will be a flourishing ecosystem of commercial data market advisors and what not, just like the ecosystem surrounding the traditional stock market. The value of the data won’t be determined by governments or ethics committees, but by those who own the data and decide by themselves which parts thereof they want to license to others under certain conditions. At first glance, a market-based system seems to be detrimental to the interest of certain monopolistic companies, as they would have to pay for the data - some would prefer free data and keep their monopoly. However, since every healthy and sick person in the market would suddenly have an incentive to collect and share their data under self-chosen anonymity conditions, there will soon be many more useful data to evaluate all kinds of treatments. On average, people will live longer and healthier, and many companies and the entire healthcare system will benefit. Jones: Finally, what is your view on open source versus the private companies like Google and OpenAI? Is there a danger to supporting these private companies’ large language models versus trying to keep these models open source and transparent, very much like what LAION is doing? Schmidhuber: I signed this open letter by LAION because I strongly favor the open-source movement. And I think it's also something that is going to challenge whatever big tech dominance there might be at the moment. Sure, the best models today are run by big companies with huge budgets for computers, but the exciting fact is that open-source models are not so far behind, some people say maybe six to eight months only. Of course, the private company models are all based on stuff that was created in academia, often in little labs without so much funding, which publish without patenting their results and open source their code and others take it and improved it. Big tech has profited tremendously from academia; their main achievement being that they have scaled up everything greatly, sometimes even failing to credit the original inventors. So, it's very interesting to see that as soon as some big company comes up with a new scaled-up model, lots of students out there are competing, or collaborating, with each other, trying to come up with equal or better performance on smaller networks and smaller machines. And since they are open sourcing, the next guy can have another great idea to improve it, so now there’s tremendous competition also for the big companies. Because of that, and since AI is still getting exponentially cheaper all the time, I don't believe that big tech companies will dominate in the long run. They find it very hard to compete with the enormous open-source movement. As long as you can encourage the open-source community, I think you shouldn't worry too much. Now, of course, you might say if everything is open source, then the bad actors also will more easily have access to these AI tools. And there's truth to that. But as always since the invention of controlled fire, it was good that knowledge about how technology works quickly became public such that everybody could use it. And then, against any bad actor, there's almost immediately a counter actor trying to nullify his efforts. You see, I still believe in our old motto "AI∀" or "AI For All." Jones: Thank you, Juergen for sharing your perspective on this amazing time in history. It’s clear that with new technology, the enormous potential can be matched by disparate and troubling risks which we’ve yet to solve, and even those we have yet to identify. If we are to dispel the fear of a sentient system for which we have no control, humans, alone need to take steps for more responsible development and collaboration to ensure AI technology is used to ultimately benefit society. Humanity will be judged by what we do next.

[N] TheSequence Scope: When it comes to machine learning, size matters: Microsoft's DeepSpeed framework, which can train a model with up to a trillion parameters

Hi there! Offering to your attention the latest edition of a weekly ML-newsletter that focusing on three things: impactful ML research papers, cool ML tech solutions, and ML use cases supported by investors. Please, see it below. Reddit is a new thing for me, and I've been struggling a bit with it, so please don't judge me too harsh for this promotion. This weekly digest is free and I hope you'd find the format convenient for you. Your feedback is very appreciated, and please feel free to sign up if you like it. 📝 Editorial  The recent emergence of pre-trained language models and transformer architectures pushed the creation of larger and larger machine learning models. Google’s BERT presented attention mechanism and transformer architecture possibilities as the “next big thing” in ML, and the numbers seem surreal. OpenAI’s GPT-2 set a record by processing 1.5 billion parameters, followed by Microsoft’s Turing-NLG, which processed 17 billion parameters just to see the new GPT-3 processing an astonishing 175 billion parameters. To not feel complacent, just this week Microsoft announced a new release of its DeepSpeed framework (which powers Turing-NLG), which can train a model with up to a trillion parameters. That sounds insane but it really isn’t.   What we are seeing is a consequence of several factors. First, computation power and parallelization techniques have evolved to a point where it is relatively easy to train machine learning models in large clusters of machines. Second and most importantly, in the current state of machine learning, larger models have regularly outperformed smaller and more specialized models. Knowledge reusability methods like transfer learning are still in very nascent stages. As a result, it’s really hard to build small models that can operate in uncertain environments. Furthermore, as models like GPT-3 and Turing-NLG have shown, there is some unexplainable magic that happens after models go past a certain size. Many of the immediate machine learning problems might be solved by scaling the current generation of neural network architectures. Plain and simple, when it comes to machine learning, size matters.   We would love to hear your opinions about the debate between broader-larger vs. smaller and more specialized models.   Leave a comment Now, to the most important developments in the AI industry this week 🔎 ML Research GPT-3 Falls Short in Machine Comprehension Proposed by researchers from a few major American universities, a 57-task test to measure models’ ability to reason poses challenges even for sophisticated models like GPT-3 ->read more in the original paper Better Text Summarization OpenAI published a paper showing a reinforcement learning with human feedback technique that can surpass supervised models ->read more on OpenAI blog Reinforcement Learning with Offline Datasets Researchers from the Berkeley AI Research (BAIR) Lab published a paper unveiling a method that uses offline datasets to improve reinforcement learning models->read more on BAIR blog 🤖 Cool AI Tech Releases New Version of DeepSpeed Microsoft open-sourced a new version of DeepSpeed, an open-source library for parallelizable training that can scale up to models with 1 trillion parameters->read more on Microsoft Research blog 💸 Money in AI AI-powered customer experience management platform Sprinklr has raised $200 million (kudos to our subscribers from Sprinklr 👏). Sprinklr's “AI listening processing” solution allows companies to get structured and meaningful sentiments and insights from unstructured customer data that comes from public conversations on different websites and social platforms. Xometry, an on-demand industrial parts marketplace, raises $75 million in Series E funding. The company provides a digital way of creating the right combination of buyers and manufacturers. Another example of AI implementation into matching two sides for a deal. Real estate tech company Orchard raises $69 million in its recent funding round. Orchard aims to digitize the whole real estate market, by developing a solution that combines machine learning and rapid human assistance to smooth the search, match the right deal, and simplify buying and selling relationships. Cybersecurity startup Pcysys raised $25 million in its funding round. Pcysys’ platform, which doesn’t require installation or network reconfiguration, uses algorithms to scan and “ethically” attack enterprise networks. Robotics farming company Iron Ox raised $20 million in a funding round. The system of farming robots is still semi-autonomous, the company’s goal is to become fully autonomous.  Insurtech company Descartes Underwriting raised $18.5 million. The company applies AI and machine learning technologies to climate risk predicting and insurance underwriting. Legaltech startup ThoughtRiver raised $10 million in its Series A round. Its AI solution applied to contract pre-screening aims to boost operational efficiency. Medtech startup Skin Analytics raised $5.1 million in Series A funding. Skin Analytics has developed a clinically validated AI system that can identify not only the important skin cancers but also precancerous lesions that can be treated, as well as a range of lesions that are benign. Amazon, along with several government organizations and three other industry partners, helped fund the National Science Foundation, a high-priority AI research initiative. The amount of funding is not disclosed. The content of TheSequence is written by Jesus Rodriguez, one of the most-read contributors to KDNuggets and TDS. You can check his Medium here.

[N] Last Week in AI News Digest 08/15-08/21: detecting hate speech, dogfight simulation, disaster-response, and more!

Hi there, we at Skynet Today produce a weekly newsletter summarizing each week's major AI news, which seems like it'd be of interest to this subreddit. Here's what's in our latest one: Facebook’s AI for detecting hate speech is facing its biggest challenge yet Facebook has made significant progress recently to proactively take down content that violate its community standards. For example, in the second quarter of 2020, Facebook took down 104.6 million pieces of content. While reviews are typically performed by a vast workforce of human moderators, AI-powered tools have enabled Facebook to do this work at a greater scale for textual content. However, there’s a long way to go for these systems to match or exceed the capabilities of human moderators. This is because a large proportion of hate speech and misinformation is in the form of images and memes, and reasoning about the context and language-image interplay is an extremely difficult challenge for AI. Given Facebook’s scale and the speed at which some use it to spread hate, incite violence, and share lies with millions, Facebook will have to keep running to catch up. AI Slays Top F-16 Pilot In DARPA Dogfight Simulation The Defense Advanced Research Project Agency (DARPA) recently hosted a simulated F16 dogfight competition, with different AI bots competing with each other as well as with human pilots. The top AI bot was able to beat a human pilot 5-0 in the simulated contest. DARPA started this program “as a risk-reduction effort \[…\] to flesh out how human and machine pilots share operational control of a fighter jet to maximize its chances of mission success.” Competition runners are broadly optimistic about the demonstration of AI capabilities, even if they are not close to being deployed on a real aircraft. Of concern, the program had little discussion on the ethics of AI military applications, especially with the lethal autonomous weapon systems being considered. News Advances & Business Microsoft, Energy Dept. to Develop Disaster-Response AI Tools \- The U.S. Department of Energy and Microsoft Corp. on Tuesday announced a partnership to develop artificial-intelligence tools aimed at helping first-responders better react to fast-changing natural events, such as floods and wildfires. Coronavirus: Robot CERi is a bilingual Covid-19 expert \- Ceri is bilingual, clued-up on coronavirus and can tell what mood you are in. Ceri also happens to be a robot. Moscow DOH uses AI platform to detect lung cancer symptoms \- Moscow’s department of health is using an artificial intelligence (AI) platform to detect symptoms of lung cancer in CT scans, as part of a project to implement AI technology for radiology. Scientists develop artificial intelligence system for high precision recognition of hand gestures \- The recognition of human hand gestures by AI systems has been a valuable development over the last decade and has been adopted in high-precision surgical robots, health monitoring equipment and in gaming systems. Forget credit cards - now you can pay with your face. Creepy or cool? \- A new way to pay has arrived in Los Angeles: your face. Concerns & Hype The dystopian tech that companies are selling to help schools reopen sooner \- This fall, AI could be watching students social distance and checking their masks. Thousands of schools nationwide will not be reopening this fall. NYPD Used Facial Recognition Technology In Siege Of Black Lives Matter Activist’s Apartment \- The NYPD deployed facial recognition technology in its hunt for a prominent Black Lives Matter activist, whose home was besieged by dozens of officers and police dogs last week, a spokesperson confirmed to Gothamist. Machines can spot mental health issues - if you hand over your personal data \- Digital diagnosis could transform psychiatry by mining your most intimate data for clues. But is the privacy cost worth it? Supporting Black Artists Who Are Examining AI \- Technology has a complicated relationship with racial justice. Smartphones, internet platforms, and other digital tools can be used to document and expose racism. But digital tools can also fuel racism: smart doorbells surveil Black individuals. A-level and GCSE results in England to be based on teacher assessments in U-turn \- All A-level and GCSE results in England will be based on grades assesed by teachers instead of algorithms. Analysis & Policy GPT-3 and The Question of Automation \- Automation is not an all or nothing proposition. An AI model’s automation capability is highly conjoined with the task and application it is used in. An A.I. Movie Service Could One Day Serve You a New Custom Film Every Time \- How long will it be until an A.I. can make an actual feature film on demand? Fairness, evidence, and predictive equality \- How the causal fairness principle relates to predictive equality How robotics and automation could create new jobs in the new normal \- Depending on who you ask, AI and automation will either destroy jobs or create new ones. In reality, a greater push toward automation will probably both kill and create jobs - human workers will become redundant in certain spheres, sure, but many new roles will likely crop up. Expert Opinions & Discussion within the field Too many AI researchers think real-world problems are not relevant \- The community’s hyperfocus on novel methods ignores what’s really important.

[D] Should We Be Concerned About The Failure Of Evolutionary Algorithms, And Its Implications?

https://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/pmc/articles/PMC6287292/ &#x200B; A number of possible explanations for \[why we can't evolve complex software\] could be considered. We tried to be as comprehensive as possible in this section, but it is possible that we have not considered some plausible explanations: Incompetent programmers—It is theoretically possible, but is highly unlikely, that out of thousands of scientists working on evolutionary computation, all failed to correctly implement the Darwinian algorithm. Nonrepresentative algorithms—Some have suggested that EAs do not accurately capture the theory of evolution, but of course that would imply that the theory itself is not specified in sufficient detail to make falsifiable predictions. If, however, such more detailed specifications are available to GP believers, it is up to them to implement them as computer simulations for testing purposes, but no successful examples of such work are known and the known ones have not been successful in evolving software. Inadequate fitness functions—Fitness function for a complex software product is difficult to outline and specify and may be as complex (or even more complex) as the software we want to evolve as it has to consider all the possible use cases and pass all unit tests. This may be the Achilles heel of GP, but it is also an objection to feasibility of programming in general and GP in particular, as both have to convert software specification into the source code. If human programmers and biological evolution succeed with such constraints, so should Darwinian simulations. The Halting problem—Turing proved that it is impossible to determine whether an arbitrary program halts, but this is also a problem for human programmers and could be easily addressed by placing time limits on considered solutions. Program correctness—If we require evolved software to be provably correct, this would present a problem as GP does not verify produced designs but only tests them against specific unit tests. Likewise, we cannot rely on automated software verification as it is still an unsolved problem in the general case. This is not really a problem as most of the human-written software is never proven to be correct and only a small portion of software engineering process relies of formal specification and Test Driven Development. Inappropriate solutions—Literature on EA is full of examples of surprising creativity of Darwinian algorithm resulting in solutions which match the letter of design specifications but not the spirit. This is similar to human-produced software and numerous examples of ways in which such software fails the goals of the initial design. Insufficient complexity of the environment (not enough data, poor fitness functions)—It is possible that the simulated environment is not complex enough to generate high complexity outputs in evolutionary simulations. This does not seem correct as Internet presents a highly complex landscape in which many self-modifying computer viruses roam. Likewise, virtual world such as Second Life and many others present close approximations to the real world and are certainly more complex than early Earth was: A skeptic might insist that an abstract environment would be inadequate for the evolution . . ., believing instead that the virtual environment would need to closely resemble the actual biological environment in which our ancestors evolved. Creating a physically realistic virtual world would require a far greater investment of computational resources than the simulation of a simple toy world or abstract problem domain (whereas evolution had access to a physically realistic real world “for free”). In the limiting case, if complete microphysical accuracy were insisted upon, the computational requirements would balloon to utterly infeasible proportions. Requiring more realistic environmental conditions may result in an increase in necessary computational resources, a problem addressed in the next bullet. Insufficient resources (compute, memory)—From the history of computer science, we know of many situations (speech recognition, NN training), where we had a correct algorithm but insufficient computational resources to run it to success. It is possible that we simply do not have hardware powerful enough to emulate evolution. We will address this possibility in section “Computational Complexity of Biological Evolution and Available Compute.” Software design is not amenable to evolutionary methods—Space of software designs may be discrete with no continuous path via incremental fitness to the desired solutions. This is possible, but this implies that original goals of GP are unattainable and misguided. In addition, because a clear mapping exists between solutions to problems and animals as solutions to environmental problems, this would also imply that current explanation for the origin of the species is incorrect. Darwinian algorithm is incomplete or wrong—Finally, we have to consider the possibility that the inspiration behind evolutionary computation, the Darwinian algorithm itself is wrong or at least partially incomplete. If that was true, computer simulations of such algorithm would fail to produce results comparable with observations we see in nature and a search for an alternative algorithm would need to take place. This would be an extraordinary claim and would require that we discard all the other possible explanations from this list. We challenge EA community to prove us wrong by producing an experiment, which evolves nontrivial software from scratch and without human help. That would be the only way in which our findings could be shown to be incorrect. Perhaps, reframing the problem in terms of maximizing negentropy of digital organisms, as suggested by Schrödinger, Michaelian, and Ulanowicz and Hannon, with respect to negative energy being a fundamental property of all life-forms may produce better results. On a positive side, the fact that it seems impossible to evolve complex software implies that we are unlikely to be able to evolve highly sophisticated artificially intelligent agents, which may present significant risk to our safety and security. Just imagine what would have happened, if the very first time we ran a simulation of evolution on a computer, it produced a superintelligent agent. Yampolskiy has shown that programming as a problem is AI-complete; if GP can solve programming that would imply that GP = AGI (artificial general intelligence), but we see no experimental evidence for such claim. In fact, it is more likely that once we have AGI, it could be used to create an intelligent fitness function for GP and so evolve software. Genetic programming will not be the cause of AI, but a product of it. However, neuroevolution methods for optimizing deep learning architectures and parameters remain a strong possibility for creation of AGI.

[R] From 3D Contour Plots to AI-Generated Art

Fun tutorial to learn how to make professional contour plots in Python, with incredible animated visualizations. At the intersection of machine learning, scientific computing, automated art, cartography, and video games. Section 3 is particularly interesting, as it shows all the work behind the scene, to complete this project in 20 hours when you have no idea how to start. https://reddit.com/link/ycg6c6/video/kycotrx09sv91/player There is far more than just creating 3D contour plots in this article. First, you will learn how to produce data videos. I have shared quite a few in the past (with source code), but this is probably the simplest example. The data video also illustrates that a mixture of Gaussian-like distributions is typically non Gaussian-like, and may or may not be unimodal. It is borderline art (automatically generated), and certainly a stepping stone for professionals interested in computer vision or designing video games. It is easy to image a game based on my video, entitled “flying above menacingly rising mountains”. Then the data video, through various rotations, give you a much better view of your data. It is also perfect to show systems that evolve over time: a time series where each observation is an image. In addition, unlike most tutorials found online, this one does a rather deep dive on a specific, rather advanced function from a library truly aimed at scientific computing. In the same way that images (say pictures of hand-written digits) can be summarized by 10 parameters to perform text recognition, here 20 parameters allow you to perform topography classification. Not just of static terrain, but terrain that changes over time, assuming you have access to 50,000 videos representing different topographies. You can produce the videos needed for supervised classification with the code in section 2. The next step is to use data (videos) from the real world, and used the model trained on synthetic data for classification. Read the full article with illustration (data video) and Python code, here.

[N] New Trends to Power Faster Artificial Intelligence and Machine Learning Adoption?

In 2012, Google X lab created a neural network that can identify cats. Since then, technology companies have been increasingly adopting AI/ML on a large scale to build better applications and services for consumers (ToC). On the other hand, AI/ML's adoption on the enterprises' side (ToB) has yet to see the same growth trajectory due to the costs and complexities in both hardware and software. However, Since 2020, we started noticing three emerging tech trends that can help accelerate enterprises' adoption of AI/ML. Breakthrough in semiconductors: In 2020, Nvidia debut the concept of "Data Processing Unit," a new class of programmable processors that combine high-performance CPU with SmartNiC (network interface controller). Data centers can deploy DPUs to optimize computing offload and frees up CPUs to focus on intended tasks, such as machine learning. DPUs help resolve a significant bottleneck for ML training, where models, sometimes with billions of parameters, are way too big for traditional CPUs and GPUs to handle. Other leading semiconductor players, such as Marvell and Xilinx, follow suit with their in-house or partner-designed DPUs. Industry analysts have forecasted that the market size for DPUs in data centers alone could reach $50 billion by 2025. &#x200B; https://preview.redd.it/l436muluhnn61.png?width=1430&format=png&auto=webp&s=ba8d1298056ea31bddd25f1596ff64b7e107580a Breakthrough in software: we also saw significant progress of "Conversational AI," a new form of AI that can understand and speak languages with human-like accuracy, in 2020. Conversational AI allows two-way interactions and provides a much better user experience than traditional AI-powered Chatbot, mostly a one-way response system. The secret of conversational AI is its ability to handle lots of human conversation variance. Developers have designed innovative algorithms such as "Switch transformers" and "Sparse training" to enable models to handle vast amounts of data. The size of conversational AI training models is enormous and keeps expanding. For example, in February 2021, Google Brain announced a model with 1.6 trillion parameters, nine times the size of the famous Open AI GPT-3 (175 billion parameters) unveiled in July 2020. GPT-3 is 100+ times bigger than GPT-2 introduced in 2019. &#x200B; https://preview.redd.it/oajpi2yvhnn61.png?width=1430&format=png&auto=webp&s=1482913a98e17ddc1d62cc79864598d4012ad6f7 Cloud giants are expanding machine-learning platforms for developers. Andy Jassy famously said that "AI is shifting from a niche experiment inside technical departments to becoming more mainstream in business processes." in the 2020 AWS reInvent. During the conference, AWS rolled out many AI products across the technology stack, including AI chips (AWS Trainium), database (Aurora Machine Learning), and vertical solutions (Amazon Healthlake), etc. However, the most significant development is the drastic expansion of "Amazon SageMaker," one of the largest cloud machine-learning platforms. SageMaker has been offering new features to make it easier for developers to automate machine learning workflow. Microsoft Azure and Google Cloud are also growing their ML developer platforms. &#x200B; https://preview.redd.it/z9wf2o8xhnn61.png?width=1430&format=png&auto=webp&s=9f607acfe8f0dbf36fb9b472f3cb40b80f13879e Witnessing these breakthroughs in semiconductor and software, coupled with cloud giants' effort to democratize AI, we see a coming inflection point of accelerated AI adoption in both ToC and ToB markets. So how do we benefit from this megatrend? In semiconductors, we like companies with DPUs exposure. In AI development and processing, we favor multi-cloud AI platforms such as Databricks. In enterprise software, we believe there will be a strong wave of new AI-based enterprise applications that can be creative and efficient in solving real-world problems.

[N] Last Week in AI News Digest 08/15-08/21: detecting hate speech, dogfight simulation, disaster-response, and more!

Hi there, we at Skynet Today produce a weekly newsletter summarizing each week's major AI news, which seems like it'd be of interest to this subreddit. Here's what's in our latest one: Facebook’s AI for detecting hate speech is facing its biggest challenge yet Facebook has made significant progress recently to proactively take down content that violate its community standards. For example, in the second quarter of 2020, Facebook took down 104.6 million pieces of content. While reviews are typically performed by a vast workforce of human moderators, AI-powered tools have enabled Facebook to do this work at a greater scale for textual content. However, there’s a long way to go for these systems to match or exceed the capabilities of human moderators. This is because a large proportion of hate speech and misinformation is in the form of images and memes, and reasoning about the context and language-image interplay is an extremely difficult challenge for AI. Given Facebook’s scale and the speed at which some use it to spread hate, incite violence, and share lies with millions, Facebook will have to keep running to catch up. AI Slays Top F-16 Pilot In DARPA Dogfight Simulation The Defense Advanced Research Project Agency (DARPA) recently hosted a simulated F16 dogfight competition, with different AI bots competing with each other as well as with human pilots. The top AI bot was able to beat a human pilot 5-0 in the simulated contest. DARPA started this program “as a risk-reduction effort \[…\] to flesh out how human and machine pilots share operational control of a fighter jet to maximize its chances of mission success.” Competition runners are broadly optimistic about the demonstration of AI capabilities, even if they are not close to being deployed on a real aircraft. Of concern, the program had little discussion on the ethics of AI military applications, especially with the lethal autonomous weapon systems being considered. News Advances & Business Microsoft, Energy Dept. to Develop Disaster-Response AI Tools \- The U.S. Department of Energy and Microsoft Corp. on Tuesday announced a partnership to develop artificial-intelligence tools aimed at helping first-responders better react to fast-changing natural events, such as floods and wildfires. Coronavirus: Robot CERi is a bilingual Covid-19 expert \- Ceri is bilingual, clued-up on coronavirus and can tell what mood you are in. Ceri also happens to be a robot. Moscow DOH uses AI platform to detect lung cancer symptoms \- Moscow’s department of health is using an artificial intelligence (AI) platform to detect symptoms of lung cancer in CT scans, as part of a project to implement AI technology for radiology. Scientists develop artificial intelligence system for high precision recognition of hand gestures \- The recognition of human hand gestures by AI systems has been a valuable development over the last decade and has been adopted in high-precision surgical robots, health monitoring equipment and in gaming systems. Forget credit cards - now you can pay with your face. Creepy or cool? \- A new way to pay has arrived in Los Angeles: your face. Concerns & Hype The dystopian tech that companies are selling to help schools reopen sooner \- This fall, AI could be watching students social distance and checking their masks. Thousands of schools nationwide will not be reopening this fall. NYPD Used Facial Recognition Technology In Siege Of Black Lives Matter Activist’s Apartment \- The NYPD deployed facial recognition technology in its hunt for a prominent Black Lives Matter activist, whose home was besieged by dozens of officers and police dogs last week, a spokesperson confirmed to Gothamist. Machines can spot mental health issues - if you hand over your personal data \- Digital diagnosis could transform psychiatry by mining your most intimate data for clues. But is the privacy cost worth it? Supporting Black Artists Who Are Examining AI \- Technology has a complicated relationship with racial justice. Smartphones, internet platforms, and other digital tools can be used to document and expose racism. But digital tools can also fuel racism: smart doorbells surveil Black individuals. A-level and GCSE results in England to be based on teacher assessments in U-turn \- All A-level and GCSE results in England will be based on grades assesed by teachers instead of algorithms. Analysis & Policy GPT-3 and The Question of Automation \- Automation is not an all or nothing proposition. An AI model’s automation capability is highly conjoined with the task and application it is used in. An A.I. Movie Service Could One Day Serve You a New Custom Film Every Time \- How long will it be until an A.I. can make an actual feature film on demand? Fairness, evidence, and predictive equality \- How the causal fairness principle relates to predictive equality How robotics and automation could create new jobs in the new normal \- Depending on who you ask, AI and automation will either destroy jobs or create new ones. In reality, a greater push toward automation will probably both kill and create jobs - human workers will become redundant in certain spheres, sure, but many new roles will likely crop up. Expert Opinions & Discussion within the field Too many AI researchers think real-world problems are not relevant \- The community’s hyperfocus on novel methods ignores what’s really important.

[P] Building a Code Search Engine for an AI-powered Junior Developer

The last month building Sweep has been fun. We’ve dealt with countless formatting errors, irrelevant search results, and LLM hallucinations. Sweep is an open source AI-powered junior developer. We take your codebase and provide it as context to GPT to solve small requests related to your code. Code Search Code search is a key part of working with LLMs to automate programming. We used small language models to perform code retrieval(aka semantic search), which comes with several benefits (to be discussed in a later post!). However, one shortcoming of pure semantic search is distinguishing between two similar pieces of code in a vacuum. Example Take the following code snippets: Code Snippet A: accesstoken = os.environ.get("ACCESSTOKEN") g = Github(access_token) repo_name = "sweepai/bot-internal" issue_url = "github.com/sweepai/bot-internal/issues/28" username = "wwzeng1" repo_description = "A repo for Sweep" title = "Sweep: Use loguru.info to show the number of tokens in the anthropic call" summary = "" replies_text = "" Code Snippet B: g = getgithubclient(installation_id) if comment_id: logger.info(f"Replying to comment {comment_id}...") logger.info(f"Getting repo {repofullname}") repo = g.getrepo(repofull_name) currentissue = repo.getissue(number=issue_number) if current_issue.state == 'closed': posthog.capture(username, "issue_closed", properties=metadata) return {"success": False, "reason": "Issue is closed"} Explanation It might not be clear which file is more important, but Code Snippet A is from test\pr\diffs.py#L63-L71 (a test I wrote that’s no longer used), while B is from on\ticket.py#L87-L96 (our core logic for handling tickets). Since Code Snippet B is in an often used file, it is likely that this snippet will be more relevant as input to the LLM. Problem How can we differentiate between these two pieces of code when they’re both so similar? They both discuss issues, repositories, and some usernames. If the user asks “How can I change the username when creating an issue” it will be hard to differentiate between these two. Solution The trick is a ranking model. An important piece of ranking results is the concept of “quality”, i.e. what makes a file or snippet of code intrinsically valuable to the user. The results from our vector search model are a list of items (test\pr\diffs.py#L63-L71, on\ticket.py#L87C1-L96C63) and similarity scores (0.65, 0.63). By combining intuition and attention to the data, we can create a ranking model that is “personalized” for each repository we onboard. Ideas File Length Up to a point, longer files are generally more valuable for search. A 20-line file is probably not valuable unless the user specifically asks for it. However, 2000-line config files should not be ranked much higher either. linecountscore = min(line_count / 20, 10) Number of Commits The more commits a file has, the more valuable it is. This lets us distinguish between one off tests and core logic (which should receive the majority of commits). commitscore = numcommits + 1 Recency of changes The more recently a file was modified, the better. recencyscore = hourssincelastmodified + 1 Scoring To get the final score, we normalize and multiply these three scores together and add the similarity score. qualityscore = linecountscore * commitscore / recency_score finalscore = qualityscore/max(qualityscore) + similarityscore This solution usually worked fine, but we saw the same unexpected files showing up often. The max normalization was not enough. We fixed this by squashing the scores into percentiles, and then capping the increase at .25. In this case, the best result gets a .25 boost and the worst gets no boost. This lets us avoid fetching tests and configs which seem similar, and instead fetch business logic that actually helps Sweep write code! Sweep GitHub If this was interesting, take a look through our github repo (and give it a star!).https://github.com/sweepai/sweep

Interview with Juergen Schmidhuber, renowned ‘Father Of Modern AI’, says his life’s work won't lead to dystopia.

Schmidhuber interview expressing his views on the future of AI and AGI. Original source. I think the interview is of interest to r/MachineLearning, and presents an alternate view, compared to other influential leaders in AI. Juergen Schmidhuber, Renowned 'Father Of Modern AI,' Says His Life’s Work Won't Lead To Dystopia May 23, 2023. Contributed by Hessie Jones. Amid the growing concern about the impact of more advanced artificial intelligence (AI) technologies on society, there are many in the technology community who fear the implications of the advancements in Generative AI if they go unchecked. Dr. Juergen Schmidhuber, a renowned scientist, artificial intelligence researcher and widely regarded as one of the pioneers in the field, is more optimistic. He declares that many of those who suddenly warn against the dangers of AI are just seeking publicity, exploiting the media’s obsession with killer robots which has attracted more attention than “good AI” for healthcare etc. The potential to revolutionize various industries and improve our lives is clear, as are the equal dangers if bad actors leverage the technology for personal gain. Are we headed towards a dystopian future, or is there reason to be optimistic? I had a chance to sit down with Dr. Juergen Schmidhuber to understand his perspective on this seemingly fast-moving AI-train that will leap us into the future. As a teenager in the 1970s, Juergen Schmidhuber became fascinated with the idea of creating intelligent machines that could learn and improve on their own, becoming smarter than himself within his lifetime. This would ultimately lead to his groundbreaking work in the field of deep learning. In the 1980s, he studied computer science at the Technical University of Munich (TUM), where he earned his diploma in 1987. His thesis was on the ultimate self-improving machines that, not only, learn through some pre-wired human-designed learning algorithm, but also learn and improve the learning algorithm itself. Decades later, this became a hot topic. He also received his Ph.D. at TUM in 1991 for work that laid some of the foundations of modern AI. Schmidhuber is best known for his contributions to the development of recurrent neural networks (RNNs), the most powerful type of artificial neural network that can process sequential data such as speech and natural language. With his students Sepp Hochreiter, Felix Gers, Alex Graves, Daan Wierstra, and others, he published architectures and training algorithms for the long short-term memory (LSTM), a type of RNN that is widely used in natural language processing, speech recognition, video games, robotics, and other applications. LSTM has become the most cited neural network of the 20th century, and Business Week called it "arguably the most commercial AI achievement." Throughout his career, Schmidhuber has received various awards and accolades for his groundbreaking work. In 2013, he was awarded the Helmholtz Prize, which recognizes significant contributions to the field of machine learning. In 2016, he was awarded the IEEE Neural Network Pioneer Award for "pioneering contributions to deep learning and neural networks." The media have often called him the “father of modern AI,” because the most cited neural networks all build on his lab’s work. He is quick to point out, however, that AI history goes back centuries. Despite his many accomplishments, at the age of 60, he feels mounting time pressure towards building an Artificial General Intelligence within his lifetime and remains committed to pushing the boundaries of AI research and development. He is currently director of the KAUST AI Initiative, scientific director of the Swiss AI Lab IDSIA, and co-founder and chief scientist of AI company NNAISENSE, whose motto is "AI∀" which is a math-inspired way of saying "AI For All." He continues to work on cutting-edge AI technologies and applications to improve human health and extend human lives and make lives easier for everyone. The following interview has been edited for clarity. Jones: Thank you Juergen for joining me. You have signed letters warning about AI weapons. But you didn't sign the recent publication, "Pause Gigantic AI Experiments: An Open Letter"? Is there a reason? Schmidhuber: Thank you Hessie. Glad to speak with you. I have realized that many of those who warn in public against the dangers of AI are just seeking publicity. I don't think the latest letter will have any significant impact because many AI researchers, companies, and governments will ignore it completely. The proposal frequently uses the word "we" and refers to "us," the humans. But as I have pointed out many times in the past, there is no "we" that everyone can identify with. Ask 10 different people, and you will hear 10 different opinions about what is "good." Some of those opinions will be completely incompatible with each other. Don't forget the enormous amount of conflict between the many people. The letter also says, "If such a pause cannot be quickly put in place, governments should intervene and impose a moratorium." The problem is that different governments have ALSO different opinions about what is good for them and for others. Great Power A will say, if we don't do it, Great Power B will, perhaps secretly, and gain an advantage over us. The same is true for Great Powers C and D. Jones: Everyone acknowledges this fear surrounding current generative AI technology. Moreover, the existential threat of this technology has been publicly acknowledged by Sam Altman, CEO of OpenAI himself, calling for AI regulation. From your perspective, is there an existential threat? Schmidhuber: It is true that AI can be weaponized, and I have no doubt that there will be all kinds of AI arms races, but AI does not introduce a new quality of existential threat. The threat coming from AI weapons seems to pale in comparison to the much older threat from nuclear hydrogen bombs that don’t need AI at all. We should be much more afraid of half-century-old tech in the form of H-bomb rockets. The Tsar Bomba of 1961 had almost 15 times more destructive power than all weapons of WW-II combined. Despite the dramatic nuclear disarmament since the 1980s, there are still more than enough nuclear warheads to wipe out human civilization within two hours, without any AI I’m much more worried about that old existential threat than the rather harmless AI weapons. Jones: I realize that while you compare AI to the threat of nuclear bombs, there is a current danger that a current technology can be put in the hands of humans and enable them to “eventually” exact further harms to individuals of group in a very precise way, like targeted drone attacks. You are giving people a toolset that they've never had before, enabling bad actors, as some have pointed out, to be able to do a lot more than previously because they didn't have this technology. Schmidhuber: Now, all that sounds horrible in principle, but our existing laws are sufficient to deal with these new types of weapons enabled by AI. If you kill someone with a gun, you will go to jail. Same if you kill someone with one of these drones. Law enforcement will get better at understanding new threats and new weapons and will respond with better technology to combat these threats. Enabling drones to target persons from a distance in a way that requires some tracking and some intelligence to perform, which has traditionally been performed by skilled humans, to me, it seems is just an improved version of a traditional weapon, like a gun, which is, you know, a little bit smarter than the old guns. But, in principle, all of that is not a new development. For many centuries, we have had the evolution of better weaponry and deadlier poisons and so on, and law enforcement has evolved their policies to react to these threats over time. So, it's not that we suddenly have a new quality of existential threat and it's much more worrisome than what we have had for about six decades. A large nuclear warhead doesn’t need fancy face recognition to kill an individual. No, it simply wipes out an entire city with ten million inhabitants. Jones: The existential threat that’s implied is the extent to which humans have control over this technology. We see some early cases of opportunism which, as you say, tends to get more media attention than positive breakthroughs. But you’re implying that this will all balance out? Schmidhuber: Historically, we have a long tradition of technological breakthroughs that led to advancements in weapons for the purpose of defense but also for protection. From sticks, to rocks, to axes to gunpowder to cannons to rockets… and now to drones… this has had a drastic influence on human history but what has been consistent throughout history is that those who are using technology to achieve their own ends are themselves, facing the same technology because the opposing side is learning to use it against them. And that's what has been repeated in thousands of years of human history and it will continue. I don't see the new AI arms race as something that is remotely as existential a threat as the good old nuclear warheads. You said something important, in that some people prefer to talk about the downsides rather than the benefits of this technology, but that's misleading, because 95% of all AI research and AI development is about making people happier and advancing human life and health. Jones: Let’s touch on some of those beneficial advances in AI research that have been able to radically change present day methods and achieve breakthroughs. Schmidhuber: All right! For example, eleven years ago, our team with my postdoc Dan Ciresan was the first to win a medical imaging competition through deep learning. We analyzed female breast cells with the objective to determine harmless cells vs. those in the pre-cancer stage. Typically, a trained oncologist needs a long time to make these determinations. Our team, who knew nothing about cancer, were able to train an artificial neural network, which was totally dumb in the beginning, on lots of this kind of data. It was able to outperform all the other methods. Today, this is being used not only for breast cancer, but also for radiology and detecting plaque in arteries, and many other things. Some of the neural networks that we have developed in the last 3 decades are now prevalent across thousands of healthcare applications, detecting Diabetes and Covid-19 and what not. This will eventually permeate across all healthcare. The good consequences of this type of AI are much more important than the click-bait new ways of conducting crimes with AI. Jones: Adoption is a product of reinforced outcomes. The massive scale of adoption either leads us to believe that people have been led astray, or conversely, technology is having a positive effect on people’s lives. Schmidhuber: The latter is the likely case. There's intense commercial pressure towards good AI rather than bad AI because companies want to sell you something, and you are going to buy only stuff you think is going to be good for you. So already just through this simple, commercial pressure, you have a tremendous bias towards good AI rather than bad AI. However, doomsday scenarios like in Schwarzenegger movies grab more attention than documentaries on AI that improve people’s lives. Jones: I would argue that people are drawn to good stories – narratives that contain an adversary and struggle, but in the end, have happy endings. And this is consistent with your comment on human nature and how history, despite its tendency for violence and destruction of humanity, somehow tends to correct itself. Let’s take the example of a technology, which you are aware – GANs – General Adversarial Networks, which today has been used in applications for fake news and disinformation. In actuality, the purpose in the invention of GANs was far from what it is used for today. Schmidhuber: Yes, the name GANs was created in 2014 but we had the basic principle already in the early 1990s. More than 30 years ago, I called it artificial curiosity. It's a very simple way of injecting creativity into a little two network system. This creative AI is not just trying to slavishly imitate humans. Rather, it’s inventing its own goals. Let me explain: You have two networks. One network is producing outputs that could be anything, any action. Then the second network is looking at these actions and it’s trying to predict the consequences of these actions. An action could move a robot, then something happens, and the other network is just trying to predict what will happen. Now we can implement artificial curiosity by reducing the prediction error of the second network, which, at the same time, is the reward of the first network. The first network wants to maximize its reward and so it will invent actions that will lead to situations that will surprise the second network, which it has not yet learned to predict well. In the case where the outputs are fake images, the first network will try to generate images that are good enough to fool the second network, which will attempt to predict the reaction of the environment: fake or real image, and it will try to become better at it. The first network will continue to also improve at generating images whose type the second network will not be able to predict. So, they fight each other. The 2nd network will continue to reduce its prediction error, while the 1st network will attempt to maximize it. Through this zero-sum game the first network gets better and better at producing these convincing fake outputs which look almost realistic. So, once you have an interesting set of images by Vincent Van Gogh, you can generate new images that leverage his style, without the original artist having ever produced the artwork himself. Jones: I see how the Van Gogh example can be applied in an education setting and there are countless examples of artists mimicking styles from famous painters but image generation from this instance that can happen within seconds is quite another feat. And you know this is how GANs has been used. What’s more prevalent today is a socialized enablement of generating images or information to intentionally fool people. It also surfaces new harms that deal with the threat to intellectual property and copyright, where laws have yet to account for. And from your perspective this was not the intention when the model was conceived. What was your motivation in your early conception of what is now GANs? Schmidhuber: My old motivation for GANs was actually very important and it was not to create deepfakes or fake news but to enable AIs to be curious and invent their own goals, to make them explore their environment and make them creative. Suppose you have a robot that executes one action, then something happens, then it executes another action, and so on, because it wants to achieve certain goals in the environment. For example, when the battery is low, this will trigger “pain” through hunger sensors, so it wants to go to the charging station, without running into obstacles, which will trigger other pain sensors. It will seek to minimize pain (encoded through numbers). Now the robot has a friend, the second network, which is a world model ––it’s a prediction machine that learns to predict the consequences of the robot’s actions. Once the robot has a good model of the world, it can use it for planning. It can be used as a simulation of the real world. And then it can determine what is a good action sequence. If the robot imagines this sequence of actions, the model will predict a lot of pain, which it wants to avoid. If it plays this alternative action sequence in its mental model of the world, then it will predict a rewarding situation where it’s going to sit on the charging station and its battery is going to load again. So, it'll prefer to execute the latter action sequence. In the beginning, however, the model of the world knows nothing, so how can we motivate the first network to generate experiments that lead to data that helps the world model learn something it didn’t already know? That’s what artificial curiosity is about. The dueling two network systems effectively explore uncharted environments by creating experiments so that over time the curious AI gets a better sense of how the environment works. This can be applied to all kinds of environments, and has medical applications. Jones: Let’s talk about the future. You have said, “Traditional humans won’t play a significant role in spreading intelligence across the universe.” Schmidhuber: Let’s first conceptually separate two types of AIs. The first type of AI are tools directed by humans. They are trained to do specific things like accurately detect diabetes or heart disease and prevent attacks before they happen. In these cases, the goal is coming from the human. More interesting AIs are setting their own goals. They are inventing their own experiments and learning from them. Their horizons expand and eventually they become more and more general problem solvers in the real world. They are not controlled by their parents, but much of what they learn is through self-invented experiments. A robot, for example, is rotating a toy, and as it is doing this, the video coming in through the camera eyes, changes over time and it begins to learn how this video changes and learns how the 3D nature of the toy generates certain videos if you rotate it a certain way, and eventually, how gravity works, and how the physics of the world works. Like a little scientist! And I have predicted for decades that future scaled-up versions of such AI scientists will want to further expand their horizons, and eventually go where most of the physical resources are, to build more and bigger AIs. And of course, almost all of these resources are far away from earth out there in space, which is hostile to humans but friendly to appropriately designed AI-controlled robots and self-replicating robot factories. So here we are not talking any longer about our tiny biosphere; no, we are talking about the much bigger rest of the universe. Within a few tens of billions of years, curious self-improving AIs will colonize the visible cosmos in a way that’s infeasible for humans. Those who don’t won’t have an impact. Sounds like science fiction, but since the 1970s I have been unable to see a plausible alternative to this scenario, except for a global catastrophe such as an all-out nuclear war that stops this development before it takes off. Jones: How long have these AIs, which can set their own goals — how long have they existed? To what extent can they be independent of human interaction? Schmidhuber: Neural networks like that have existed for over 30 years. My first simple adversarial neural network system of this kind is the one from 1990 described above. You don’t need a teacher there; it's just a little agent running around in the world and trying to invent new experiments that surprise its own prediction machine. Once it has figured out certain parts of the world, the agent will become bored and will move on to more exciting experiments. The simple 1990 systems I mentioned have certain limitations, but in the past three decades, we have also built more sophisticated systems that are setting their own goals and such systems I think will be essential for achieving true intelligence. If you are only imitating humans, you will never go beyond them. So, you really must give AIs the freedom to explore previously unexplored regions of the world in a way that no human is really predefining. Jones: Where is this being done today? Schmidhuber: Variants of neural network-based artificial curiosity are used today for agents that learn to play video games in a human-competitive way. We have also started to use them for automatic design of experiments in fields such as materials science. I bet many other fields will be affected by it: chemistry, biology, drug design, you name it. However, at least for now, these artificial scientists, as I like to call them, cannot yet compete with human scientists. I don’t think it’s going to stay this way but, at the moment, it’s still the case. Sure, AI has made a lot of progress. Since 1997, there have been superhuman chess players, and since 2011, through the DanNet of my team, there have been superhuman visual pattern recognizers. But there are other things where humans, at the moment at least, are much better, in particular, science itself. In the lab we have many first examples of self-directed artificial scientists, but they are not yet convincing enough to appear on the radar screen of the public space, which is currently much more fascinated with simpler systems that just imitate humans and write texts based on previously seen human-written documents. Jones: You speak of these numerous instances dating back 30 years of these lab experiments where these self-driven agents are deciding and learning and moving on once they’ve learned. And I assume that that rate of learning becomes even faster over time. What kind of timeframe are we talking about when this eventually is taken outside of the lab and embedded into society? Schmidhuber: This could still take months or even years :-) Anyway, in the not-too-distant future, we will probably see artificial scientists who are good at devising experiments that allow them to discover new, previously unknown physical laws. As always, we are going to profit from the old trend that has held at least since 1941: every decade compute is getting 100 times cheaper. Jones: How does this trend affect modern AI such as ChatGPT? Schmidhuber: Perhaps you know that all the recent famous AI applications such as ChatGPT and similar models are largely based on principles of artificial neural networks invented in the previous millennium. The main reason why they works so well now is the incredible acceleration of compute per dollar. ChatGPT is driven by a neural network called “Transformer” described in 2017 by Google. I am happy about that because a quarter century earlier in 1991 I had a particular Transformer variant which is now called the “Transformer with linearized self-attention”. Back then, not much could be done with it, because the compute cost was a million times higher than today. But today, one can train such models on half the internet and achieve much more interesting results. Jones: And for how long will this acceleration continue? Schmidhuber: There's no reason to believe that in the next 30 years, we won't have another factor of 1 million and that's going to be really significant. In the near future, for the first time we will have many not-so expensive devices that can compute as much as a human brain. The physical limits of computation, however, are much further out so even if the trend of a factor of 100 every decade continues, the physical limits (of 1051 elementary instructions per second and kilogram of matter) won’t be hit until, say, the mid-next century. Even in our current century, however, we’ll probably have many machines that compute more than all 10 billion human brains collectively and you can imagine, everything will change then! Jones: That is the big question. Is everything going to change? If so, what do you say to the next generation of leaders, currently coming out of college and university. So much of this change is already impacting how they study, how they will work, or how the future of work and livelihood is defined. What is their purpose and how do we change our systems so they will adapt to this new version of intelligence? Schmidhuber: For decades, people have asked me questions like that, because you know what I'm saying now, I have basically said since the 1970s, it’s just that today, people are paying more attention because, back then, they thought this was science fiction. They didn't think that I would ever come close to achieving my crazy life goal of building a machine that learns to become smarter than myself such that I can retire. But now many have changed their minds and think it's conceivable. And now I have two daughters, 23 and 25. People ask me: what do I tell them? They know that Daddy always said, “It seems likely that within your lifetimes, you will have new types of intelligence that are probably going to be superior in many ways, and probably all kinds of interesting ways.” How should they prepare for that? And I kept telling them the obvious: Learn how to learn new things! It's not like in the previous millennium where within 20 years someone learned to be a useful member of society, and then took a job for 40 years and performed in this job until she received her pension. Now things are changing much faster and we must learn continuously just to keep up. I also told my girls that no matter how smart AIs are going to get, learn at least the basics of math and physics, because that’s the essence of our universe, and anybody who understands this will have an advantage, and learn all kinds of new things more easily. I also told them that social skills will remain important, because most future jobs for humans will continue to involve interactions with other humans, but I couldn’t teach them anything about that; they know much more about social skills than I do. You touched on the big philosophical question about people’s purpose. Can this be answered without answering the even grander question: What’s the purpose of the entire universe? We don’t know. But what’s happening right now might be connected to the unknown answer. Don’t think of humans as the crown of creation. Instead view human civilization as part of a much grander scheme, an important step (but not the last one) on the path of the universe from very simple initial conditions towards more and more unfathomable complexity. Now it seems ready to take its next step, a step comparable to the invention of life itself over 3.5 billion years ago. Alas, don’t worry, in the end, all will be good! Jones: Let’s get back to this transformation happening right now with OpenAI. There are many questioning the efficacy and accuracy of ChatGPT, and are concerned its release has been premature. In light of the rampant adoption, educators have banned its use over concerns of plagiarism and how it stifles individual development. Should large language models like ChatGPT be used in school? Schmidhuber: When the calculator was first introduced, instructors forbade students from using it in school. Today, the consensus is that kids should learn the basic methods of arithmetic, but they should also learn to use the “artificial multipliers” aka calculators, even in exams, because laziness and efficiency is a hallmark of intelligence. Any intelligent being wants to minimize its efforts to achieve things. And that's the reason why we have tools, and why our kids are learning to use these tools. The first stone tools were invented maybe 3.5 million years ago; tools just have become more sophisticated over time. In fact, humans have changed in response to the properties of their tools. Our anatomical evolution was shaped by tools such as spears and fire. So, it's going to continue this way. And there is no permanent way of preventing large language models from being used in school. Jones: And when our children, your children graduate, what does their future work look like? Schmidhuber: A single human trying to predict details of how 10 billion people and their machines will evolve in the future is like a single neuron in my brain trying to predict what the entire brain and its tens of billions of neurons will do next year. 40 years ago, before the WWW was created at CERN in Switzerland, who would have predicted all those young people making money as YouTube video bloggers? Nevertheless, let’s make a few limited job-related observations. For a long time, people have thought that desktop jobs may require more intelligence than skills trade or handicraft professions. But now, it turns out that it's much easier to replace certain aspects of desktop jobs than replacing a carpenter, for example. Because everything that works well in AI is happening behind the screen currently, but not so much in the physical world. There are now artificial systems that can read lots of documents and then make really nice summaries of these documents. That is a desktop job. Or you give them a description of an illustration that you want to have for your article and pretty good illustrations are being generated that may need some minimal fine-tuning. But you know, all these desktop jobs are much easier to facilitate than the real tough jobs in the physical world. And it's interesting that the things people thought required intelligence, like playing chess, or writing or summarizing documents, are much easier for machines than they thought. But for things like playing football or soccer, there is no physical robot that can remotely compete with the abilities of a little boy with these skills. So, AI in the physical world, interestingly, is much harder than AI behind the screen in virtual worlds. And it's really exciting, in my opinion, to see that jobs such as plumbers are much more challenging than playing chess or writing another tabloid story. Jones: The way data has been collected in these large language models does not guarantee personal information has not been excluded. Current consent laws already are outdated when it comes to these large language models (LLM). The concern, rightly so, is increasing surveillance and loss of privacy. What is your view on this? Schmidhuber: As I have indicated earlier: are surveillance and loss of privacy inevitable consequences of increasingly complex societies? Super-organisms such as cities and states and companies consist of numerous people, just like people consist of numerous cells. These cells enjoy little privacy. They are constantly monitored by specialized "police cells" and "border guard cells": Are you a cancer cell? Are you an external intruder, a pathogen? Individual cells sacrifice their freedom for the benefits of being part of a multicellular organism. Similarly, for super-organisms such as nations. Over 5000 years ago, writing enabled recorded history and thus became its inaugural and most important invention. Its initial purpose, however, was to facilitate surveillance, to track citizens and their tax payments. The more complex a super-organism, the more comprehensive its collection of information about its constituents. 200 years ago, at least, the parish priest in each village knew everything about all the village people, even about those who did not confess, because they appeared in the confessions of others. Also, everyone soon knew about the stranger who had entered the village, because some occasionally peered out of the window, and what they saw got around. Such control mechanisms were temporarily lost through anonymization in rapidly growing cities but are now returning with the help of new surveillance devices such as smartphones as part of digital nervous systems that tell companies and governments a lot about billions of users. Cameras and drones etc. are becoming increasingly tinier and more ubiquitous. More effective recognition of faces and other detection technology are becoming cheaper and cheaper, and many will use it to identify others anywhere on earth; the big wide world will not offer any more privacy than the local village. Is this good or bad? Some nations may find it easier than others to justify more complex kinds of super-organisms at the expense of the privacy rights of their constituents. Jones: So, there is no way to stop or change this process of collection, or how it continuously informs decisions over time? How do you see governance and rules responding to this, especially amid Italy’s ban on ChatGPT following suspected user data breach and the more recent news about the Meta’s record $1.3billion fine in the company’s handling of user information? Schmidhuber: Data collection has benefits and drawbacks, such as the loss of privacy. How to balance those? I have argued for addressing this through data ownership in data markets. If it is true that data is the new oil, then it should have a price, just like oil. At the moment, the major surveillance platforms such as Meta do not offer users any money for their data and the transitive loss of privacy. In the future, however, we will likely see attempts at creating efficient data markets to figure out the data's true financial value through the interplay between supply and demand. Even some of the sensitive medical data should not be priced by governmental regulators but by patients (and healthy persons) who own it and who may sell or license parts thereof as micro-entrepreneurs in a healthcare data market. Following a previous interview, I gave for one of the largest re-insurance companies , let's look at the different participants in such a data market: patients, hospitals, data companies. (1) Patients with a rare form of cancer can offer more valuable data than patients with a very common form of cancer. (2) Hospitals and their machines are needed to extract the data, e.g., through magnet spin tomography, radiology, evaluations through human doctors, and so on. (3) Companies such as Siemens, Google or IBM would like to buy annotated data to make better artificial neural networks that learn to predict pathologies and diseases and the consequences of therapies. Now the market’s invisible hand will decide about the data’s price through the interplay between demand and supply. On the demand side, you will have several companies offering something for the data, maybe through an app on the smartphone (a bit like a stock market app). On the supply side, each patient in this market should be able to profit from high prices for rare valuable types of data. Likewise, competing data extractors such as hospitals will profit from gaining recognition and trust for extracting data well at a reasonable price. The market will make the whole system efficient through incentives for all who are doing a good job. Soon there will be a flourishing ecosystem of commercial data market advisors and what not, just like the ecosystem surrounding the traditional stock market. The value of the data won’t be determined by governments or ethics committees, but by those who own the data and decide by themselves which parts thereof they want to license to others under certain conditions. At first glance, a market-based system seems to be detrimental to the interest of certain monopolistic companies, as they would have to pay for the data - some would prefer free data and keep their monopoly. However, since every healthy and sick person in the market would suddenly have an incentive to collect and share their data under self-chosen anonymity conditions, there will soon be many more useful data to evaluate all kinds of treatments. On average, people will live longer and healthier, and many companies and the entire healthcare system will benefit. Jones: Finally, what is your view on open source versus the private companies like Google and OpenAI? Is there a danger to supporting these private companies’ large language models versus trying to keep these models open source and transparent, very much like what LAION is doing? Schmidhuber: I signed this open letter by LAION because I strongly favor the open-source movement. And I think it's also something that is going to challenge whatever big tech dominance there might be at the moment. Sure, the best models today are run by big companies with huge budgets for computers, but the exciting fact is that open-source models are not so far behind, some people say maybe six to eight months only. Of course, the private company models are all based on stuff that was created in academia, often in little labs without so much funding, which publish without patenting their results and open source their code and others take it and improved it. Big tech has profited tremendously from academia; their main achievement being that they have scaled up everything greatly, sometimes even failing to credit the original inventors. So, it's very interesting to see that as soon as some big company comes up with a new scaled-up model, lots of students out there are competing, or collaborating, with each other, trying to come up with equal or better performance on smaller networks and smaller machines. And since they are open sourcing, the next guy can have another great idea to improve it, so now there’s tremendous competition also for the big companies. Because of that, and since AI is still getting exponentially cheaper all the time, I don't believe that big tech companies will dominate in the long run. They find it very hard to compete with the enormous open-source movement. As long as you can encourage the open-source community, I think you shouldn't worry too much. Now, of course, you might say if everything is open source, then the bad actors also will more easily have access to these AI tools. And there's truth to that. But as always since the invention of controlled fire, it was good that knowledge about how technology works quickly became public such that everybody could use it. And then, against any bad actor, there's almost immediately a counter actor trying to nullify his efforts. You see, I still believe in our old motto "AI∀" or "AI For All." Jones: Thank you, Juergen for sharing your perspective on this amazing time in history. It’s clear that with new technology, the enormous potential can be matched by disparate and troubling risks which we’ve yet to solve, and even those we have yet to identify. If we are to dispel the fear of a sentient system for which we have no control, humans, alone need to take steps for more responsible development and collaboration to ensure AI technology is used to ultimately benefit society. Humanity will be judged by what we do next.

[N] Inside DeepMind's secret plot to break away from Google

Article https://www.businessinsider.com/deepmind-secret-plot-break-away-from-google-project-watermelon-mario-2021-9 by Hugh Langley and Martin Coulter For a while, some DeepMind employees referred to it as "Watermelon." Later, executives called it "Mario." Both code names meant the same thing: a secret plan to break away from parent company Google. DeepMind feared Google might one day misuse its technology, and executives worked to distance the artificial-intelligence firm from its owner for years, said nine current and former employees who were directly familiar with the plans. This included plans to pursue an independent legal status that would distance the group's work from Google, said the people, who asked not to be identified discussing private matters. One core tension at DeepMind was that it sold the business to people it didn't trust, said one former employee. "Everything that happened since that point has been about them questioning that decision," the person added. Efforts to separate DeepMind from Google ended in April without a deal, The Wall Street Journal reported. The yearslong negotiations, along with recent shake-ups within Google's AI division, raise questions over whether the search giant can maintain control over a technology so crucial to its future. "DeepMind's close partnership with Google and Alphabet since the acquisition has been extraordinarily successful — with their support, we've delivered research breakthroughs that transformed the AI field and are now unlocking some of the biggest questions in science," a DeepMind spokesperson said in a statement. "Over the years, of course we've discussed and explored different structures within the Alphabet group to find the optimal way to support our long-term research mission. We could not be prouder to be delivering on this incredible mission, while continuing to have both operational autonomy and Alphabet's full support." When Google acquired DeepMind in 2014, the deal was seen as a win-win. Google got a leading AI research organization, and DeepMind, in London, won financial backing for its quest to build AI that can learn different tasks the way humans do, known as artificial general intelligence. But tensions soon emerged. Some employees described a cultural conflict between researchers who saw themselves firstly as academics and the sometimes bloated bureaucracy of Google's colossal business. Others said staff were immediately apprehensive about putting DeepMind's work under the control of a tech giant. For a while, some employees were encouraged to communicate using encrypted messaging apps over the fear of Google spying on their work. At one point, DeepMind's executives discovered that work published by Google's internal AI research group resembled some of DeepMind's codebase without citation, one person familiar with the situation said. "That pissed off Demis," the person added, referring to Demis Hassabis, DeepMind's CEO. "That was one reason DeepMind started to get more protective of their code." After Google restructured as Alphabet in 2015 to give riskier projects more freedom, DeepMind's leadership started to pursue a new status as a separate division under Alphabet, with its own profit and loss statement, The Information reported. DeepMind already enjoyed a high level of operational independence inside Alphabet, but the group wanted legal autonomy too. And it worried about the misuse of its technology, particularly if DeepMind were to ever achieve AGI. Internally, people started referring to the plan to gain more autonomy as "Watermelon," two former employees said. The project was later formally named "Mario" among DeepMind's leadership, these people said. "Their perspective is that their technology would be too powerful to be held by a private company, so it needs to be housed in some other legal entity detached from shareholder interest," one former employee who was close to the Alphabet negotiations said. "They framed it as 'this is better for society.'" In 2017, at a company retreat at the Macdonald Aviemore Resort in Scotland, DeepMind's leadership disclosed to employees its plan to separate from Google, two people who were present said. At the time, leadership said internally that the company planned to become a "global interest company," three people familiar with the matter said. The title, not an official legal status, was meant to reflect the worldwide ramifications DeepMind believed its technology would have. Later, in negotiations with Google, DeepMind pursued a status as a company limited by guarantee, a corporate structure without shareholders that is sometimes used by nonprofits. The agreement was that Alphabet would continue to bankroll the firm and would get an exclusive license to its technology, two people involved in the discussions said. There was a condition: Alphabet could not cross certain ethical redlines, such as using DeepMind technology for military weapons or surveillance. In 2019, DeepMind registered a new company called DeepMind Labs Limited, as well as a new holding company, filings with the UK's Companies House showed. This was done in anticipation of a separation from Google, two former employees involved in those registrations said. Negotiations with Google went through peaks and valleys over the years but gained new momentum in 2020, one person said. A senior team inside DeepMind started to hold meetings with outside lawyers and Google to hash out details of what this theoretical new formation might mean for the two companies' relationship, including specifics such as whether they would share a codebase, internal performance metrics, and software expenses, two people said. From the start, DeepMind was thinking about potential ethical dilemmas from its deal with Google. Before the 2014 acquisition closed, both companies signed an "Ethics and Safety Review Agreement" that would prevent Google from taking control of DeepMind's technology, The Economist reported in 2019. Part of the agreement included the creation of an ethics board that would supervise the research. Despite years of internal discussions about who should sit on this board, and vague promises to the press, this group "never existed, never convened, and never solved any ethics issues," one former employee close to those discussions said. A DeepMind spokesperson declined to comment. DeepMind did pursue a different idea: an independent review board to convene if it were to separate from Google, three people familiar with the plans said. The board would be made up of Google and DeepMind executives, as well as third parties. Former US president Barack Obama was someone DeepMind wanted to approach for this board, said one person who saw a shortlist of candidates. DeepMind also created an ethical charter that included bans on using its technology for military weapons or surveillance, as well as a rule that its technology should be used for ways that benefit society. In 2017, DeepMind started a unit focused on AI ethics research composed of employees and external research fellows. Its stated goal was to "pave the way for truly beneficial and responsible AI." A few months later, a controversial contract between Google and the Pentagon was disclosed, causing an internal uproar in which employees accused Google of getting into "the business of war." Google's Pentagon contract, known as Project Maven, "set alarm bells ringing" inside DeepMind, a former employee said. Afterward, Google published a set of principles to govern its work in AI, guidelines that were similar to the ethical charter that DeepMind had already set out internally, rankling some of DeepMind's senior leadership, two former employees said. In April, Hassabis told employees in an all-hands meeting that negotiations to separate from Google had ended. DeepMind would maintain its existing status inside Alphabet. DeepMind's future work would be overseen by Google's Advanced Technology Review Council, which includes two DeepMind executives, Google's AI chief Jeff Dean, and the legal SVP Kent Walker. But the group's yearslong battle to achieve more independence raises questions about its future within Google. Google's commitment to AI research has also come under question, after the company forced out two of its most senior AI ethics researchers. That led to an industry backlash and sowed doubt over whether it could allow truly independent research. Ali Alkhatib, a fellow at the Center for Applied Data Ethics, told Insider that more public accountability was "desperately needed" to regulate the pursuit of AI by large tech companies. For Google, its investment in DeepMind may be starting to pay off. Late last year, DeepMind announced a breakthrough to help scientists better understand the behavior of microscopic proteins, which has the potential to revolutionize drug discovery. As for DeepMind, Hassabis is holding on to the belief that AI technology should not be controlled by a single corporation. Speaking at Tortoise's Responsible AI Forum in June, he proposed a "world institute" of AI. Such a body might sit under the jurisdiction of the United Nations, Hassabis theorized, and could be filled with top researchers in the field. "It's much stronger if you lead by example," he told the audience, "and I hope DeepMind can be part of that role-modeling for the industry."

[D] How Facebook got addicted to spreading misinformation

Behind paywall: With new machine-learning models coming online daily, the company created a new system to track their impact and maximize user engagement. The process is still the same today. Teams train up a new machine-learning model on FBLearner, whether to change the ranking order of posts or to better catch content that violates Facebook’s community standards (its rules on what is and isn’t allowed on the platform). Then they test the new model on a small subset of Facebook’s users to measure how it changes engagement metrics, such as the number of likes, comments, and shares, says Krishna Gade, who served as the engineering manager for news feed from 2016 to 2018. If a model reduces engagement too much, it’s discarded. Otherwise, it’s deployed and continually monitored. On Twitter, Gade explained that his engineers would get notifications every few days when metrics such as likes or comments were down. Then they’d decipher what had caused the problem and whether any models needed retraining. But this approach soon caused issues. The models that maximize engagement also favor controversy, misinformation, and extremism: put simply, people just like outrageous stuff. Sometimes this inflames existing political tensions. The most devastating example to date is the case of Myanmar, where viral fake news and hate speech about the Rohingya Muslim minority escalated the country’s religious conflict into a full-blown genocide. Facebook admitted in 2018, after years of downplaying its role, that it had not done enough “to help prevent our platform from being used to foment division and incite offline violence.” While Facebook may have been oblivious to these consequences in the beginning, it was studying them by 2016. In an internal presentation from that year, reviewed by the Wall Street Journal, a company researcher, Monica Lee, found that Facebook was not only hosting a large number of extremist groups but also promoting them to its users: “64% of all extremist group joins are due to our recommendation tools,” the presentation said, predominantly thanks to the models behind the “Groups You Should Join” and “Discover” features. https://www.technologyreview.com/2021/03/11/1020600/facebook-responsible-ai-misinformation/

[Discussion]: Mark Zuckerberg on Meta's Strategy on Open Source and AI during the earnings call

During the recent earnings call, Mark Zuckerberg answered a question from Eric Sheridan of Goldman Sachs on Meta's AI strategy, opportunities to integrate into products, and why they open source models and how it would benefit their business. I found the reasoning to be very sound and promising for the OSS and AI community. The biggest risk from AI, in my opinion, is not the doomsday scenarios that intuitively come to mind but rather that the most powerful AI systems will only be accessible to the most powerful and resourceful corporations. Quote copied from Ben Thompson's write up on Meta's earning in his Stratechery blog post which goes beyond AI. It's behind a paywall but I highly recommend it personally. Some noteworthy quotes that signal the thought process at Meta FAIR and more broadly We’re just playing a different game on the infrastructure than companies like Google or Microsoft or Amazon We would aspire to and hope to make even more open than that. So, we’ll need to figure out a way to do that. ...lead us to do more work in terms of open sourcing, some of the lower level models and tools Open sourcing low level tools make the way we run all this infrastructure more efficient over time. On PyTorch: It’s generally been very valuable for us to provide that because now all of the best developers across the industry are using tools that we’re also using internally. I would expect us to be pushing and helping to build out an open ecosystem. For all the negative that comes out of the popular discourse on Meta, I think their work to open source key tech tools over the last 10 years has been exceptional, here's hoping it continues into this decade of AI and pushes other tech giants to also realize the benefits of Open Source. Full Transcript: Right now most of the companies that are training large language models have business models that lead them to a closed approach to development. I think there’s an important opportunity to help create an open ecosystem. If we can help be a part of this, then much of the industry will standardize on using these open tools and help improve them further. So this will make it easier for other companies to integrate with our products and platforms as we enable more integrations, and that will help our products stay at the leading edge as well. Our approach to AI and our infrastructure has always been fairly open. We open source many of our state of the art models so people can experiment and build with them. This quarter we released our LLaMa LLM to researchers. It has 65 billion parameters but outperforms larger models and has proven quite popular. We’ve also open-sourced three other groundbreaking visual models along with their training data and model weights — Segment Anything, DinoV2, and our Animated Drawings tool — and we’ve gotten positive feedback on all of those as well. I think that there’s an important distinction between the products we offer and a lot of the technical infrastructure, especially the software that we write to support that. And historically, whether it’s the Open Compute project that we’ve done or just open sourcing a lot of the infrastructure that we’ve built, we’ve historically open sourced a lot of that infrastructure, even though we haven’t open sourced the code for our core products or anything like that. And the reason why I think why we do this is that unlike some of the other companies in the space, we’re not selling a cloud computing service where we try to keep the different software infrastructure that we’re building proprietary. For us, it’s way better if the industry standardizes on the basic tools that we’re using and therefore we can benefit from the improvements that others make and others’ use of those tools can, in some cases like Open Compute, drive down the costs of those things which make our business more efficient too. So I think to some degree we’re just playing a different game on the infrastructure than companies like Google or Microsoft or Amazon, and that creates different incentives for us. So overall, I think that that’s going to lead us to do more work in terms of open sourcing, some of the lower level models and tools. But of course, a lot of the product work itself is going to be specific and integrated with the things that we do. So it’s not that everything we do is going to be open. Obviously, a bunch of this needs to be developed in a way that creates unique value for our products, but I think in terms of the basic models, I would expect us to be pushing and helping to build out an open ecosystem here, which I think is something that’s going to be important. On the AI tools, and we have a bunch of history here, right? So if you if you look at what we’ve done with PyTorch, for example, which has generally become the standard in the industry as a tool that a lot of folks who are building AI models and different things in that space use, it’s generally been very valuable for us to provide that because now all of the best developers across the industry are using tools that we’re also using internally. So the tool chain is the same. So when they create some innovation, we can easily integrate it into the things that we’re doing. When we improve something, it improves other products too. Because it’s integrated with our technology stack, when there are opportunities to make integrations with products, it’s much easier to make sure that developers and other folks are compatible with the things that we need in the way that our systems work. So there are a lot of advantages, but I view this more as a kind of back end infrastructure advantage with potential integrations on the product side, but one that should hopefully enable us to stay at the leading edge and integrate more broadly with the community and also make the way we run all this infrastructure more efficient over time. There are a number of models. I just gave PyTorch as an example. Open Compute is another model that has worked really well for us in this way, both to incorporate both innovation and scale efficiency into our own infrastructure. So I think that there’s, our incentives I think are basically aligned towards moving in this direction. Now that said, there’s a lot to figure out, right? So when you asked if there are going to be other opportunities, I hope so. I can’t speak to what all those things might be now. This is all quite early in getting developed. The better we do at the foundational work, the more opportunities I think that will come and present themselves. So I think that that’s all stuff that we need to figure out. But at least at the base level, I think we’re generally incentivized to move in this direction. And we also need to figure out how to go in that direction over time. I mean, I mentioned LLaMA before and I also want to be clear that while I’m talking about helping contribute to an open ecosystem, LLaMA is a model that we only really made available to researchers and there’s a lot of really good stuff that’s happening there. But a lot of the work that we’re doing, I think, we would aspire to and hope to make even more open than that. So, we’ll need to figure out a way to do that.

[Discussion] When ML and Data Science are the death of a good company: A cautionary tale.

TD;LR: At Company A, Team X does advanced analytics using on-prem ERP tools and older programming languages. Their tools work very well and are designed based on very deep business and domain expertise. Team Y is a new and ambitious Data Science team that thinks they can replace Team X's tools with a bunch of R scripts and a custom built ML platform. Their models are simplistic, but more "fashionable" compared to the econometric models used by Team X, and team Y benefits from the ML/DS moniker so leadership is allowing Team Y to start a large scale overhaul of the analytics platform in question. Team Y doesn't have the experience for such a larger scale transformation, and is refusing to collaborate with team X. This project is very likely going to fail, and cause serious harm to the company as a whole financially and from a people perspective. I argue that this is not just because of bad leadership, but also because of various trends and mindsets in the DS community at large. Update (Jump to below the line for the original story): Several people in the comments are pointing out that this just a management failure, not something due to ML/DS, and that you can replace DS with any buzz tech and the story will still be relevant. My response: Of course, any failure at an organization level is ultimately a management failure one way or the other. Moreover, it is also the case that ML/DS when done correctly, will always improve a company's bottom line. There is no scenario where the proper ML solution, delivered at a reasonable cost and in a timely fashion, will somehow hurt the company's bottom line. My point is that in this case management is failing because of certain trends and practices that are specific to the ML/DS community, namely: The idea that DS teams should operate independently of tech and business orgs -- too much autonomy for DS teams The disregard for domain knowledge that seems prevalent nowadays thanks to the ML hype, that DS can be generalists and someone with good enough ML chops can solve any business problem. That wasn't the case when I first left academia for the industry in 2009 (back then nobody would even bother with a phone screen if you didn't have the right domain knowledge). Over reliance on resources who check all the ML hype related boxes (knows Python, R, Tensorflow, Shiny, etc..., has the right Coursera certifications, has blogged on the topic, etc...), but are lacking in depth of experience. DS interviews nowadays all seem to be: Can you tell me what a p-value is? What is elastic net regression? Show me how to fit a model in sklearn? How do you impute NAs in an R dataframe? Any smart person can look those up on Stackoverflow or Cross-Validated,.....Instead teams should be asking stuff like: why does portfolio optimization use QP not LP? How does a forecast influence a customer service level? When should a recommendation engine be content based and when should it use collaborative filtering? etc... (This is a true story, happening to the company I currently work for. Names, domains, algorithms, and roles have been shuffled around to protect my anonymity)  Company A has been around for several decades. It is not the biggest name in its domain, but it is a well respected one. Risk analysis and portfolio optimization have been a core of Company A's business since the 90s. They have a large team of 30 or so analysts who perform those tasks on a daily basis. These analysts use ERP solutions implemented for them by one the big ERP companies (SAP, Teradata, Oracle, JD Edwards,...) or one of the major tech consulting companies (Deloitte, Accenture, PWC, Capgemini, etc...) in collaboration with their own in house engineering team. The tools used are embarrassingly old school: Classic RDBMS running on on-prem servers or maybe even on mainframes, code written in COBOL, Fortran, weird proprietary stuff like ABAP or SPSS.....you get the picture. But the models and analytic functions were pretty sophisticated, and surprisingly cutting edge compared to the published academic literature. Most of all, they fit well with the company's enterprise ecosystem, and were honed based on years of deep domain knowledge.  They have a tech team of several engineers (poached from the aforementioned software and consulting companies) and product managers (who came from the experienced pools of analysts and managers who use the software, or poached from business rivals) maintaining and running this software. Their technology might be old school, but collectively, they know the domain and the company's overall architecture very, very well. They've guided the company through several large scale upgrades and migrations and they have a track record of delivering on time, without too much overhead. The few times they've stumbled, they knew how to pick themselves up very quickly. In fact within their industry niche, they have a reputation for their expertise, and have very good relations with the various vendors they've had to deal with. They were the launching pad of several successful ERP consulting careers.  Interestingly, despite dealing on a daily basis with statistical modeling and optimization algorithms, none of the analysts, engineers, or product managers involved describe themselves as data scientists or machine learning experts. It is mostly a cultural thing: Their expertise predates the Data Science/ML hype that started circa 2010, and they got most of their chops using proprietary enterprise tools instead of the open source tools popular nowadays. A few of them have formal statistical training, but most of them came from engineering or domain backgrounds and learned stats on the fly while doing their job. Call this team "Team X".  Sometime around the mid 2010s, Company A started having some serious anxiety issues: Although still doing very well for a company its size, overall economic and demographic trends were shrinking its customer base, and a couple of so called disruptors came up with a new app and business model that started seriously eating into their revenue. A suitable reaction to appease shareholders and Wall Street was necessary. The company already had a decent website and a pretty snazzy app, what more could be done? Leadership decided that it was high time that AI and ML become a core part of the company's business. An ambitious Manager, with no science or engineering background, but who had very briefly toyed with a recommender system a couple of years back, was chosen to build a data science team, call it team "Y" (he had a bachelor's in history from the local state college and worked for several years in the company's marketing org). Team "Y" consists mostly of internal hires who decided they wanted to be data scientists and completed a Coursera certification or a Galvanize boot camp, before being brought on to the team, along with a few of fresh Ph.D or M.Sc holders who didn't like academia and wanted to try their hand at an industry role. All of them were very bright people, they could write great Medium blog posts and give inspiring TED talks, but collectively they had very little real world industry experience. As is the fashion nowadays, this group was made part of a data science org that reported directly to the CEO and Board, bypassing the CIO and any tech or business VPs, since Company A wanted to claim the monikers "data driven" and "AI powered" in their upcoming shareholder meetings. In 3 or 4 years of existence, team Y produced a few Python and R scripts. Their architectural experience  consisted almost entirely in connecting Flask to S3 buckets or Redshift tables, with a couple of the more resourceful ones learning how to plug their models into Tableau or how to spin up a Kuberneties pod.  But they needn't worry: The aforementioned manager, who was now a director (and was also doing an online Masters to make up for his qualifications gap and bolster his chances of becoming VP soon - at least he now understands what L1 regularization is), was a master at playing corporate politics and self-promotion. No matter how few actionable insights team Y produced or how little code they deployed to production, he always had their back and made sure they had ample funding. In fact he now had grandiose plans for setting up an all-purpose machine learning platform that can be used to solve all of the company's data problems.  A couple of sharp minded members of team Y, upon googling their industry name along with the word "data science", realized that risk analysis was a prime candidate for being solved with Bayesian models, and there was already a nifty R package for doing just that, whose tutorial they went through on R-Bloggers.com. One of them had even submitted a Bayesian classifier Kernel for a competition on Kaggle (he was 203rd on the leaderboard), and was eager to put his new-found expertise to use on a real world problem. They pitched the idea to their director, who saw a perfect use case for his upcoming ML platform. They started work on it immediately, without bothering to check whether anybody at Company A was already doing risk analysis. Since their org was independent, they didn't really need to check with anybody else before they got funding for their initiative. Although it was basically a Naive Bayes classifier, the term ML was added to the project tile, to impress the board.  As they progressed with their work however, tensions started to build. They had asked the data warehousing and CA analytics teams to build pipelines for them, and word eventually got out to team X about their project. Team X was initially thrilled: They offered to collaborate whole heartedly, and would have loved to add an ML based feather to their already impressive cap. The product owners and analysts were totally onboard as well: They saw a chance to get in on the whole Data Science hype that they kept hearing about. But through some weird mix of arrogance and insecurity, team Y refused to collaborate with them or share any of their long term goals with them, even as they went to other parts of the company giving brown bag presentations and tutorials on the new model they created.  Team X got resentful: from what they saw of team Y's model, their approach was hopelessly naive and had little chances of scaling or being sustainable in production, and they knew exactly how to help with that. Deploying the model to production would have taken them a few days, given how comfortable they were with DevOps and continuous delivery (team Y had taken several months to figure out how to deploy a simple R script to production). And despite how old school their own tech was, team X were crafty enough to be able to plug it in to their existing architecture. Moreover, the output of the model was such that it didn't take into account how the business will consume it or how it was going to be fed to downstream systems, and the product owners could have gone a long way in making the model more amenable to adoption by the business stakeholders. But team Y wouldn't listen, and their leads brushed off any attempts at communication, let alone collaboration. The vibe that team Y was giving off was "We are the cutting edge ML team, you guys are the legacy server grunts. We don't need your opinion.", and they seemed to have a complete disregard for domain knowledge, or worse, they thought that all that domain knowledge consisted of was being able to grasp the definitions of a few business metrics.  Team X got frustrated and tried to express their concerns to leadership. But despite owning a vital link in Company A's business process, they were only \~50 people in a large 1000 strong technology and operations org, and they were several layers removed from the C-suite, so it was impossible for them to get their voices heard.  Meanwhile, the unstoppable director was doing what he did best: Playing corporate politics. Despite how little his team had actually delivered, he had convinced the board that all analysis and optimization tasks should now be migrated to his yet to be delivered ML platform. Since most leaders now knew that there was overlap between team Y and team X's objectives, his pitch was no longer that team Y was going to create a new insight, but that they were going to replace (or modernize) the legacy statistics based on-prem tools with more accurate cloud based ML tools. Never mind that there was no support in the academic literature for the idea that Naive Bayes works better than the Econometric approaches used by team X, let alone the additional wacky idea that Bayesian Optimization would definitely outperform the QP solvers that were running in production.  Unbeknownst to team X, the original Bayesian risk analysis project has now grown into a multimillion dollar major overhaul initiative, which included the eventual replacement of all of the tools and functions supported by team X along with the necessary migration to the cloud. The CIO and a couple of business VPs are on now board, and tech leadership is treating it as a done deal. An outside vendor, a startup who nobody had heard of, was contracted to help build the platform, since team Y has no engineering skills. The choice was deliberate, as calling on any of the established consulting or software companies would have eventually led leadership to the conclusion that team X was better suited for a transformation on this scale than team Y.  Team Y has no experience with any major ERP deployments, and no domain knowledge, yet they are being tasked with fundamentally changing the business process that is at the core of Company A's business. Their models actually perform worse than those deployed by team X, and their architecture is hopelessly simplistic, compared to what is necessary for running such a solution in production.  Ironically, using Bayesian thinking and based on all the evidence, the likelihood that team Y succeeds is close to 0%. At best, the project is going to end up being a write off of 50 million dollars or more. Once the !@#$!@hits the fan, a couple of executive heads are going to role, and dozens of people will get laid off. At worst, given how vital risk analysis and portfolio optimization is to Company A's revenue stream, the failure will eventually sink the whole company. It probably won't go bankrupt, but it will lose a significant portion of its business and work force. Failed ERP implementations can and do sink large companies: Just see what happened to National Grid US, SuperValu or Target Canada.  One might argue that this is more about corporate disfunction and bad leadership than about data science and AI. But I disagree. I think the core driver of this debacle is indeed the blind faith in Data Scientists, ML models and the promise of AI, and the overall culture of hype and self promotion that is very common among the ML crowd.  We haven't seen the end of this story: I sincerely hope that this ends well for the sake of my colleagues and all involved. Company A is a good company, and both its customers and its employees deserver better. But the chances of that happening are negligible given all the information available, and this failure will hit my company hard.

[D] LLMs causing more harm than good for the field?

This post might be a bit ranty, but i feel more and more share this sentiment with me as of late. If you bother to read this whole post feel free to share how you feel about this. When OpenAI put the knowledge of AI in the everyday household, I was at first optimistic about it. In smaller countries outside the US, companies were very hesitant before about AI, they thought it felt far away and something only big FANG companies were able to do. Now? Its much better. Everyone is interested in it and wants to know how they can use AI in their business. Which is great! Pre-ChatGPT-times, when people asked me what i worked with and i responded "Machine Learning/AI" they had no clue and pretty much no further interest (Unless they were a tech-person) Post-ChatGPT-times, when I get asked the same questions I get "Oh, you do that thing with the chatbots?" Its a step in the right direction, I guess. I don't really have that much interest in LLMs and have the privilege to work exclusively on vision related tasks unlike some other people who have had to pivot to working full time with LLMs. However, right now I think its almost doing more harm to the field than good. Let me share some of my observations, but before that I want to highlight I'm in no way trying to gatekeep the field of AI in any way. I've gotten job offers to be "ChatGPT expert", What does that even mean? I strongly believe that jobs like these don't really fill a real function and is more of a "hypetrain"-job than a job that fills any function at all. Over the past years I've been going to some conferences around Europe, one being last week, which has usually been great with good technological depth and a place for Data-scientists/ML Engineers to network, share ideas and collaborate. However, now the talks, the depth, the networking has all changed drastically. No longer is it new and exiting ways companies are using AI to do cool things and push the envelope, its all GANs and LLMs with surface level knowledge. The few "old-school" type talks being sent off to a 2nd track in a small room The panel discussions are filled with philosophists with no fundamental knowledge of AI talking about if LLMs will become sentient or not. The spaces for data-scientists/ML engineers are quickly dissapearing outside the academic conferences, being pushed out by the current hypetrain. The hypetrain evangelists also promise miracles and gold with LLMs and GANs, miracles that they will never live up to. When the investors realize that the LLMs cant live up to these miracles they will instantly get more hesitant with funding for future projects within AI, sending us back into an AI-winter once again. EDIT: P.S. I've also seen more people on this reddit appearing claiming to be "Generative AI experts". But when delving deeper it turns out they are just "good prompters" and have no real knowledge, expertice or interest in the actual field of AI or Generative AI.

[N] How Stability AI’s Founder Tanked His Billion-Dollar Startup

forbes article: https://www.forbes.com/sites/kenrickcai/2024/03/29/how-stability-ais-founder-tanked-his-billion-dollar-startup/ archive no paywall: https://archive.is/snbeV How Stability AI’s Founder Tanked His Billion-Dollar Startup Mar 29, 2024 Stability AI founder Emad Mostaque took the stage last week at the Terranea Resort in Palos Verdes, California to roaring applause and an introduction from an AI-generated Aristotle who announced him as “a modern Prometheus” with “the astuteness of Athena and the vision of Daedalus.” “Under his stewardship, AI becomes the Herculean force poised to vanquish the twin serpents of illness and ailment and extend the olive branch of longevity,” the faux Aristotle proclaimed. “I think that’s the best intro I’ve ever had,” Mostaque said. But behind Mostaque's hagiographic introduction lay a grim and fast metastasizing truth. Stability, once one of AI’s buzziest startups, was floundering. It had been running out of money for months and Mostaque had been unable to secure enough additional funding. It had defaulted on payments to Amazon whose cloud service undergirded Stability’s core offerings. The star research team behind its flagship text-to-image generator Stable Diffusion had tendered their resignations just three days before — as Forbes would first report — and other senior leaders had issued him an ultimatum: resign, or we walk too. Still, onstage before a massive audience of peers and acolytes, Mostaque talked a big game. “AI is jet planes for the mind,” he opined. “AI is our collective intelligence. It's the human Colossus.” He claimed a new, faster version of the Stable Diffusion image generator released earlier this month could generate “200 cats with hats per second.” But later, when he was asked about Stability’s financial model, Mostaque fumbled. “I can’t say that publicly,” he replied. “But it’s going well. We’re ahead of forecast.” Four days later, Mostaque stepped down as CEO of Stability, as Forbes first reported. In a post to X, the service formerly known as Twitter, he claimed he’d voluntarily abdicated his role to decentralize “the concentration of power in AI.” But sources told Forbes that was hardly the case. Behind the scenes, Mostaque had fought to maintain his position and control despite mounting pressure externally and internally to step down. Company documents and interviews with 32 current and former employees, investors, collaborators and industry observers suggest his abrupt exit was the result of poor business judgment and wild overspending that undermined confidence in his vision and leadership, and ultimately kneecapped the company. Mostaque, through his attorneys, declined to comment on record on a detailed list of questions about the reporting in this story. But in an email to Forbes earlier this week he broadly disputed the allegations. “Nobody tells you how hard it is to be a CEO and there are better CEOs than me to scale a business,” he said in a statement. “I am not sure anyone else would have been able to build and grow the research team to build the best and most widely used models out there and I’m very proud of the team there. I look forward to moving onto the next problem to handle and hopefully move the needle.” In an emailed statement, Christian Laforte and Shan Shan Wong, the interim co-CEOs who replaced Mostaque, said, "the company remains focused on commercializing its world leading technology” and providing it “to partners across the creative industries." After starting Stability in 2019, Mostaque built the company into an early AI juggernaut by seizing upon a promising research project that would become Stable Diffusion and funding it into a business reality. The ease with which the software generated detailed images from the simplest text prompts immediately captivated the public: 10 million people used it on any given day, the company told Forbes in early 2023. For some true believers, Mostaque was a crucial advocate for open-source AI development in a space dominated by the closed systems of OpenAI, Google and Anthropic. But his startup’s rise to one of the buzziest in generative AI was in part built on a series of exaggerations and misleading claims, as Forbes first reported last year (Mostaque disputed some points at the time). And they continued after he raised $100 million at a $1 billion valuation just days after launching Stable Diffusion in 2022. His failure to deliver on an array of grand promises, like building bespoke AI models for nation states, and his decision to pour tens of millions into research without a sustainable business plan, eroded Stability’s foundations and jeopardized its future. "He was just giving shit away,” one former employee told Forbes. “That man legitimately wanted to transform the world. He actually wanted to train AI models for kids in Malawi. Was it practical? Absolutely not." By October 2023, Stability would have less than $4 million left in the bank, according to an internal memo prepared for a board meeting and reviewed by Forbes. And mounting debt, including months of overdue Amazon Web Services payments, had already left it in the red. To avoid legal penalties for skipping Americans staff’s payroll, the document explained, the London-based startup was considering delaying tax payments to the U.K. government. It was Stability’s armada of GPUs, the wildly powerful and equally expensive chips undergirding AI, that were so taxing the company’s finances. Hosted by AWS, they had long been one of Mostaque’s bragging points; he often touted them as one of the world’s 10 largest supercomputers. They were responsible for helping Stability’s researchers build and maintain one of the top AI image generators, as well as break important new ground on generative audio, video and 3D models. “Undeniably, Stability has continued to ship a lot of models,” said one former employee. “They may not have profited off of it, but the broader ecosystem benefitted in a huge, huge way.” But the costs associated with so much compute were now threatening to sink the company. According to an internal October financial forecast seen by Forbes, Stability was on track to spend $99 million on compute in 2023. It noted as well that Stability was “underpaying AWS bills for July (by $1M)” and “not planning to pay AWS at the end of October for August usage ($7M).” Then there were the September and October bills, plus $1 million owed to Google Cloud and $600,000 to GPU cloud data center CoreWeave. (Amazon, Google and CoreWeave declined to comment.) With an additional $54 million allocated to wages and operating expenses, Stability’s total projected costs for 2023 were $153 million. But according to its October financial report, its projected revenue for the calendar year was just $11 million. Stability was on track to lose more money per month than it made in an entire year. The company’s dire financial position had thoroughly soured Stability’s current investors, including Coatue, which had invested tens of millions in the company during its $101 million funding round in 2022. In the middle of 2023, Mostaque agreed to an independent audit after Coatue raised a series of concerns, according to a source with direct knowledge of the matter. The outcome of the investigation is unclear. Coatue declined to comment. Within a week of an early October board meeting where Mostaque shared that financial forecast, Lightspeed Venture Partners, another major investor, sent a letter to the board urging them to sell the company. The distressing numbers had “severely undermined” the firm’s confidence in Mostaque’s ability to lead the company. “In particular, we are surprised and deeply concerned by a cash position just now disclosed to us that is inconsistent with prior discussions on this topic,” Lightspeed’s general counsel Brett Nissenberg wrote in the letter, a copy of which was viewed by Forbes. “Lightspeed believes that the company is not likely financeable on terms that would assure the company’s long term sound financial position.” (Lightspeed declined a request for comment.) The calls for a sale led Stability to quietly begin looking for a buyer. Bloomberg reported in November that Stability approached AI startups Cohere and Jasper to gauge their interest. Stability denied this, and Jasper CEO Timothy Young did the same when reached for comment by Forbes. A Cohere representative declined to comment. But one prominent AI company confirmed that Mostaque’s representatives had reached out to them to test the waters. Those talks did not advance because “the numbers didn’t add up,” this person, who declined to be named due to the confidential nature of the talks, told Forbes. Stability also tried to court Samsung as a buyer, going so far as to redecorate its office in advance of a planned meeting with the Korean electronics giant. (Samsung said that it invested in Stability in 2023 and that it does not comment on M&A discussions.) Coatue had been calling for Mostaque’s resignation for months, according to a source with direct knowledge. But it and other investors were unable to oust him because he was the company’s majority shareholder. When they tried a different tact by rallying other investors to offer him a juicy equity package to resign, Mostaque refused, said two sources. By October, Coatue and Lightspeed had had enough. Coatue left the board and Lightspeed resigned its observer seat. “Emad infuriated our initial investors so much it’s just making it impossible for us to raise more money under acceptable terms,” one current Stability executive told Forbes. The early months of 2024 saw Stability’s already precarious position eroding further still. Employees were quietly laid off. Three people in a position to know estimated that at least 10% of staff were cut. And cash reserves continued to dwindle. Mostaque mentioned a lifeline at the October board meeting: $95 million in tentative funding from new investors, pending due diligence. But in the end, only a fraction of it was wired, two sources say, much of it from Intel, which Forbes has learned invested $20 million, a fraction of what was reported. (Intel did not return a request for comment by publication time.) Two hours after Forbes broke the news of Mostaque’s plans to step down as CEO, Stability issued a press release confirming his resignation. Chief operating officer Wong and chief technology officer Laforte have taken over in the interim. Mostaque, who said on X that he still owns a majority of the company, also stepped down from the board, which has now initiated a search for a permanent CEO. There is a lot of work to be done to turn things around, and very little time in which to do it. Said the current Stability executive, “There’s still a possibility of a turnaround story, but the odds drop by the day.” In July of 2023, Mostaque still thought he could pull it off. Halfway through the month, he shared a fundraising plan with his lieutenants. It was wildly optimistic, detailing the raise of $500 million in cash and another $750 million in computing facilities from marquee investors like Nvidia, Google, Intel and the World Bank (Nvidia and Google declined comment. Intel did not respond. The World Bank said it did not invest in Stability). In a Slack message reviewed by Forbes, Mostaque said Google was “willing to move fast” and the round was “likely to be oversubscribed.” It wasn’t. Three people with direct knowledge of these fundraising efforts told Forbes that while there was some interest in Stability, talks often stalled when it came time to disclose financials. Two of them noted that earlier in the year, Mostaque had simply stopped engaging with VCs who asked for numbers. Only one firm invested around that time: actor Ashton Kutcher’s Sound Ventures, which invested $35 million in the form of a convertible SAFE note during the second quarter, according to an internal document. (Sound Ventures did not respond to a request for comment.) And though he’d managed to score a meeting with Nvidia and its CEO Jensen Huang, it ended in disaster, according to two sources. “Under Jensen's microscopic questions, Emad just fell apart,” a source in position to know told Forbes. Huang quickly concluded Stability wasn’t ready for an investment from Nvidia, the sources said. Mostaque told Forbes in an email that he had not met with Huang since 2022, except to say “hello and what’s up a few times after.” His July 2023 message references a plan to raise $150 million from Nvidia. (Nvidia declined to comment.) After a June Forbes investigation citing more than 30 sources revealed Mostaque’s history of misleading claims, Mostaque struggled to raise funding, a Stability investor told Forbes. (Mostaque disputed the story at the time and called it "coordinated lies" in his email this week to Forbes). Increasingly, investors scrutinized his assertions and pressed for data. And Young, now the CEO of Jasper, turned down a verbal offer to be Stability’s president after reading the article, according to a source with direct knowledge of the matter. The collapse of the talks aggravated the board and other executives, who had hoped Young would compensate for the sales and business management skills that Mostaque lacked, according to four people in a position to know. (Young declined to comment.) When Stability’s senior leadership convened in London for the CogX conference in September, the financing had still not closed. There, a group of executives confronted Mostaque asking questions about the company’s cash position and runway, according to three people with direct knowledge of the incident. They did not get the clarity they’d hoped for. By October, Mostaque had reduced his fundraising target by more than 80%. The months that followed saw a steady drumbeat of departures — general counsel Adam Avrunin, vice presidents Mike Melnicki, Ed Newton-Rex and Joe Penna, chief people officer Ozden Onder — culminating in the demoralizing March exit of Stable Diffusion’s primary developers Robin Rombach, Andreas Blattmann, Patrick Esser and Dominik Lorenz. Rombach, who led the team, had been angling to leave for months, two sources said, first threatening to resign last summer because of the fundraising failures. Others left over concerns about cash flow, as well as liabilities — including what four people described as Mostaque’s lax approach to ensuring that Stability products could not be used to produce child sexual abuse imagery. “Stability AI is committed to preventing the misuse of AI and prohibits the use of our image models and services for unlawful activity, including attempts to edit or create CSAM,” Ella Irwin, senior vice president of integrity, said in a statement. Newton-Rex told Forbes he resigned because he disagreed with Stability’s position that training AI on copyrighted work without consent is fair use. Melnicki and Penna declined to comment. Avrunin and Onder could not be reached for comment. None of the researchers responded to requests for comment. The Stable Diffusion researchers’ departure as a cohort says a lot about the state of Stability AI. The company’s researchers were widely viewed as its crown jewels, their work subsidized with a firehose of pricey compute power that was even extended to people outside the company. Martino Russi, an artificial intelligence researcher, told Forbes that though he was never formally employed by Stability, the company provided him a “staggering” amount of compute between January and April 2023 to play around with developing an AI video generator that Stability might someday use. “It was Candy Land or Coney Island,” said Russi, who estimates that his experiment, which was ultimately shelved, cost the company $2.5 million. Stable Diffusion was simultaneously Stability’s marquee product and its existential cash crisis. One current employee described it to Forbes as “a giant vacuum that absorbed everything: money, compute, people.” While the software was widely used, with Mostaque claiming downloads reaching into the hundreds of millions, Stability struggled to translate that wild success into revenue. Mostaque knew it could be done — peers at Databricks, Elastic and MongoDB had all turned a free product into a lucrative business — he just couldn’t figure out how. His first attempt was Stability’s API, which allowed paying customers to integrate Stable Diffusion into their own products. In early 2023, a handful of small companies, like art generator app NightCafe and presentation software startup Tome, signed on, according to four people with knowledge of the deals. But Stability’s poor account management services soured many, and in a matter of months NightCafe and Tome canceled their contracts, three people said. NightCafe founder Angus Russell told Forbes that his company switched to a competitor which “offered much cheaper inference costs and a broader service.” Tome did not respond to a request for comment. Meanwhile, Mostaque’s efforts to court larger companies like Samsung and Snapchat were failing, according to five people familiar with the effort. Canva, which was already one of the heaviest users of open-sourced Stable Diffusion, had multiple discussions with Stability, which was angling for a contract it hoped would generate several millions in annual revenue. But the deal never materialized, four sources said. “These three companies wanted and needed us,” one former employee told Forbes. “They would have been the perfect customers.” (Samsung, Snap and Canva declined to comment.) “It’s not that there was not an appetite to pay Stability — there were tons of companies that would have that wanted to,” the former employee said. “There was a huge opportunity and demand, but just a resistance to execution.” Mostaque’s other big idea was to provide governments with bespoke national AI models that would invigorate their economies and citizenry. “Emad envisions a world where AI through 100 national models serves not as a tool of the few, but as a benefactor to all promising to confront great adversaries, cancer, autism, and the sands of time itself,” the AI avatar of Aristotle said in his intro at the conference. Mostaque told several prospective customers that he could deliver such models within 60 days — an untenable timeline, according to two people in position to know. Stability attempted to develop a model for the Singaporean government over the protestation of employees who questioned its technical feasibility, three sources familiar with the effort told Forbes. But it couldn’t pull it off and Singapore never became a customer. (The government of Singapore confirmed it did not enter into a deal with Stability, but declined to answer additional questions.) As Stability careened from one new business idea to another, resources were abruptly reallocated and researchers reassigned. The whiplash shifts in a largely siloed organization demoralized and infuriated employees. “There were ‘urgent’ things, ‘urgent urgent’ things and ‘most urgent,’” one former employee complained. “None of these things seem important if everything is important.” Another former Stability executive was far more pointed in their assessment. “Emad is the most disorganized leader I have ever worked with in my career,” this person told Forbes. “He has no vision, and changes directions every week, often based on what he sees on Twitter.” In a video interview posted shortly before this story was published, Mostaque explained his leadership style: “I'm particularly great at taking creatives, developers, researchers, others, and achieving their full potential in designing systems. But I should not be dealing with, you know, HR and operations and business development and other elements. There are far better people than me to do that.” By December 2023, Stability had partially abandoned its open-source roots and announced that any commercial use of Stable Diffusion would cost customers at least $20 per month (non-commercial and research use of Stable Diffusion would remain free). But privately, Stability was considering a potentially more lucrative source of revenue: reselling the compute it was leasing from providers like AWS, according to six people familiar with the effort. Though it was essentially GPU arbitrage, Stability framed the strategy to investors as a “managed services” offering. Its damning October financial report projected optimistically that such an offering would bring in $139 million in 2024 — 98% of its revenue. Multiple employees at the time told Forbes they feared reselling compute, even if the company called it “managed services,” would violate the terms of Stability’s contract with AWS. Amazon declined to comment. “The line internally was that we are not reselling compute,” one former employee said. “This was some of the dirtiest feeling stuff.” Stability also discussed reselling a cluster of Nvidia A100 chips, leased via CoreWeave, to the venture capital firm Andreessen Horowitz, three sources said. “It was under the guise of managed services, but there wasn’t any management happening,” one of these people told Forbes. Andreessen Horowitz and CoreWeave declined to comment. Stability did not respond to questions about if it plans to continue this strategy now that Mostaque is out of the picture. Regardless, interim co-CEOs Wong and Laforte are on a tight timeline to clean up his mess. Board chairman Jim O’Shaughnessy said in a statement that he was confident the pair “will adeptly steer the company forward in developing and commercializing industry-leading generative AI products.” But burn continues to far outpace revenue. The Financial Times reported Friday that the company made $5.4 million of revenue in February, against $8 million in costs. Several sources said there are ongoing concerns about making payroll for the roughly 150 remaining employees. Leadership roles have gone vacant for months amid the disarray, leaving the company increasingly directionless. Meanwhile, a potentially catastrophic legal threat looms over the company: A trio of copyright infringement lawsuits brought by Getty Images and a group of artists in the U.S. and U.K., who claim Stability illegally used their art and photography to train the AI models powering Stable Diffusion. A London-based court has already rejected the company’s bid to throw out one of the lawsuits on the basis that none of its researchers were based in the U.K. And Stability’s claim that Getty’s Delaware lawsuit should be blocked because it's a U.K.-based company was rejected. (Stability did not respond to questions about the litigation.) AI-related copyright litigation “could go on for years,” according to Eric Goldman, a law professor at Santa Clara University. He told Forbes that though plaintiffs suing AI firms face an uphill battle overcoming the existing legal precedent on copyright infringement, the quantity of arguments available to make are virtually inexhaustible. “Like in military theory, if there’s a gap in your lines, that’s where the enemy pours through — if any one of those arguments succeeds, it could completely change the generative AI environment,” he said. “In some sense, generative AI as an industry has to win everything.” Stability, which had more than $100 million in the bank just a year and a half ago, is in a deep hole. Not only does it need more funding, it needs a viable business model — or a buyer with the vision and chops to make it successful in a fast-moving and highly competitive sector. At an all hands meeting this past Monday, Stability’s new leaders detailed a path forward. One point of emphasis: a plan to better manage resources and expenses, according to one person in attendance. It’s a start, but Mostaque’s meddling has left them with little runway to execute. His resignation, though, has given some employees hope. “A few people are 100% going to reconsider leaving after today,” said one current employee. “And the weird gloomy aura of hearing Emad talking nonsense for an hour is gone.” Shortly before Mostaque resigned, one current Stability executive told Forbes that they were optimistic his departure could make Stability appealing enough to receive a small investment or sale to a friendly party. “There are companies that have raised hundreds of millions of dollars that have much less intrinsic value than Stability,” the person said. “A white knight may still appear.”

[N] NNAISENSE releases EvoTorch (https://evotorch.ai): An open-source Evolutionary Algorithm Library with multi-CPU/multi-GPU support for massive evolutionary experiments!

Hi everyone! We're excited to release EvoTorch: An open-source Evolutionary Algorithm Library with multi-CPU/multi-GPU support for massive evolutionary experiments! We are researchers and engineers in industrial automation at NNAISENSE and this library is the latest version of the tool we've been using in our own work. It is built on top of PyTorch and Ray, and provides a collection of state-of-the-art evolutionary algorithms, out-of-the-box support for scaling experiments to arbitrary clusters of CPUs and GPUs, advanced tools for NeuroEvolution of any PyTorch module, and direct interfaces to modern logging libraries to track experiments and integrate with existing workflows. Our goal is to make many more engineers be able to use EAs in their workflow, and help researchers do better research. We are happy to have your feedback or questions here or on our Slack channel! EvoTorch is pip installable: pip install evotorch Read the docs: https://docs.evotorch.ai The library is completely open source under an Apache 2.0 license: https://github.com/nnaisense/evotorch

[D] Working with Various OpenAI Models - My Thoughts and Experiences

I'd like to share some of my insights from working with OpenAI models on my project. I'm not exactly a tech person, so some of these observations might be obvious to some of you, but I think they're worth sharing for those with less experience or who aren't directly in the field. Intro: In early February, my friends and I started a side project where we aimed to build an AI portal called DoMoreAI. For the first two months, we focused on creating an AI tools catalog. Our experiment is based on the idea that in the future, companies will be "Managed by AI, and Driven by Humans." So, our goal was to leave as much as possible to AI and automation, with all the consequences that come with it. As mentioned before, I'm not a tech guy, but I've been playing with OpenAI models for the past few years, so I had some experience when starting this project. Tasks We Assigned to AI: Based on an AI tool's front page, we had the AI write a one-sentence summary of an AI project + write a more in-depth review of the project, categorize the project into different categories (WHAT category, like blog; TASK category, like writing; FOR category, like content creator), decide if the project offers iOS app, Android app, browser extension, API, find social media links, process information about prices and pricing policy, and more. Interesting Findings: When working on a more complex prompt, particularly one with several tasks, you have to be patient when crafting it. You might eventually find the right wording to achieve the desired results, but it takes time and lots of trial and error. You might even be surprised by what works and what doesn't. If cost isn't an issue, you can always break up one complex prompt into several smaller prompts. However, the more requests you send, the higher the chance of encountering errors like the 429 error, which may require setting up more sophisticated error handlers for the whole process. You need error handlers because, without them, the automation process will suffer. With more complex prompts, there are no prompts that always yield the expected results, so you have to plan for what to do if the results aren't satisfactory and how to determine if the result meets your expectations or not. GPT-3.0 struggled with outputting JSON strings as requested, but GPT-3.5 is much better at this task. I'd say the number of errors from improperly formatting the response in JSON is 3-4 times lower for GPT-3.5. AI models have trouble distinguishing words singular forms from plural forms. Just because you can use AI for a given task doesn't mean you should. Often, standard techniques like using regex can yield better results when extracting something from text than relying solely on AI. A hybrid solution often provides the best results. We're using ADA vector embeddings and Pinecone for semantic search in our catalog, and I was really surprised to find that this kind of semantic search works in any language. Even if all the content on our page is in English, you can search in another language and still get decent results. The Best Mishaps: As you may know, there's a token limit for requests, so we have to ensure that we don't send too long a part of the front page to the model. Sometimes, this led to funny situations. If the HTML of the page consists mainly of styles and the model is fed only with styles, then when you ask the AI to write a review of the project, it writes about how beautiful, mobile-friendly, etc., the project is. For one project, instead of writing the one-sentence summary, the model's output only included the prompt we were using to generate the summary (needless to say, it was automatically published on our website ;)) &#x200B; I hope this post will be useful. We are currently running a campaign on Product Hunt: https://www.producthunt.com/posts/domore-ai So, if you have any feedback for us or think what we're doing is cool, don't hesitate to support us :)

[D] What is your honest experience with reinforcement learning?

In my personal experience, SOTA RL algorithms simply don't work. I've tried working with reinforcement learning for over 5 years. I remember when Alpha Go defeated the world famous Go player, Lee Sedol, and everybody thought RL would take the ML community by storm. Yet, outside of toy problems, I've personally never found a practical use-case of RL. What is your experience with it? Aside from Ad recommendation systems and RLHF, are there legitimate use-cases of RL? Or, was it all hype? Edit: I know a lot about AI. I built NexusTrade, an AI-Powered automated investing tool that lets non-technical users create, update, and deploy their trading strategies. I’m not an idiot nor a noob; RL is just ridiculously hard. Edit 2: Since my comments are being downvoted, here is a link to my article that better describes my position. It's not that I don't understand RL. I released my open-source code and wrote a paper on it. It's the fact that it's EXTREMELY difficult to understand. Other deep learning algorithms like CNNs (including ResNets), RNNs (including GRUs and LSTMs), Transformers, and GANs are not hard to understand. These algorithms work and have practical use-cases outside of the lab. Traditional SOTA RL algorithms like PPO, DDPG, and TD3 are just very hard. You need to do a bunch of research to even implement a toy problem. In contrast, the decision transformer is something anybody can implement, and it seems to match or surpass the SOTA. You don't need two networks battling each other. You don't have to go through hell to debug your network. It just naturally learns the best set of actions in an auto-regressive manner. I also didn't mean to come off as arrogant or imply that RL is not worth learning. I just haven't seen any real-world, practical use-cases of it. I simply wanted to start a discussion, not claim that I know everything. Edit 3: There's a shockingly number of people calling me an idiot for not fully understanding RL. You guys are wayyy too comfortable calling people you disagree with names. News-flash, not everybody has a PhD in ML. My undergraduate degree is in biology. I self-taught myself the high-level maths to understand ML. I'm very passionate about the field; I just have VERY disappointing experiences with RL. Funny enough, there are very few people refuting my actual points. To summarize: Lack of real-world applications Extremely complex and inaccessible to 99% of the population Much harder than traditional DL algorithms like CNNs, RNNs, and GANs Sample inefficiency and instability Difficult to debug Better alternatives, such as the Decision Transformer Are these not legitimate criticisms? Is the purpose of this sub not to have discussions related to Machine Learning? To the few commenters that aren't calling me an idiot...thank you! Remember, it costs you nothing to be nice! Edit 4: Lots of people seem to agree that RL is over-hyped. Unfortunately those comments are downvoted. To clear up some things: We've invested HEAVILY into reinforcement learning. All we got from this investment is a robot that can be super-human at (some) video games. AlphaFold did not use any reinforcement learning. SpaceX doesn't either. I concede that it can be useful for robotics, but still argue that it's use-cases outside the lab are extremely limited. If you're stumbling on this thread and curious about an RL alternative, check out the Decision Transformer. It can be used in any situation that a traditional RL algorithm can be used. Final Edit: To those who contributed more recently, thank you for the thoughtful discussion! From what I learned, model-based models like Dreamer and IRIS MIGHT have a future. But everybody who has actually used model-free models like DDPG unanimously agree that they suck and don’t work.

[D] Is this close enough to be usable? Need your inputs: Automated RAG testing tool. AI Data Pipelines for Real-World Production (Part 3)

Hey there, Redditors! I'm back with the latest installment on creating dependable AI data pipelines for real-world production. If you've been following along, you know I'm on a mission to move beyond the "thin OpenAI wrapper" trend and tackle the challenges of building robust data pipelines. With 18 months of hands-on experience and many user interviews, I realized that with the probabilistic nature of systems, we need better\_testing.gpt: As you build you should test The world of AI is a fast-moving one, and we've realized that just working on systems is not an optimal design choice. By the time your product ships, it might already be using outdated technology. So, what's the lesson here? Embrace change, test along, but be prepared to switch pace. No Best Practices Yet for RAGs In this rapidly evolving landscape, there are no established best practices. You'll need to make educated bets on tools and processes, knowing that things will change. With the RAG testing tool, I tried allowing for testing many potential parameter combinations automatically Testing Frameworks If your generative AI product doesn't have users giving feedback, then you are building in isolation. I used Deepeval to generate test sets, and they will soon support synthetic test set generation Infographics only go so far AI researchers and data scientists, while brilliant, end up in a loop of pursuing Twitter promotional content. New ways are promoted via new content pieces, but ideally, we need something above simple tracing but less than full-fledged analytics. To do this, I stored test outputs in Postgres and created a Superset instance to visualize the results Bridging the Gap between VectorDBs There's a noticeable number of Vector DBs. To ensure smooth product development, we need to be able to switch to best best-performing one, especially since user interviews signal that they might start deteriorating after loading 50 million rows &#x200B; Github repo is here Next steps: I have questions for you: What variables do you change when building RAGs? What is the set of strategies I should add to the solution? (parent-son etc.) How can I improve it in general? Is anyone interested in a leaderboard for best parameter configs? Check out the blog post: Link to part 3 Remember to give this post an upvote if you found it insightful! And also star our Github repo

I tested hundreds of marketing tools in the last three years and these 50 made it to the list. I'll sum up my top 50 marketing tools with one or two sentences + give you pricings.

Hey guys, I'm working in a growth marketing agency. Marketing tools are 30% of what we do, so we use them a lot and experiment with the new ones as much as possible. There are thousands of tools and it's easy to get lost, so I wanted to share the tools we use most on a daily basis. And divide the list into 14 categories. I thought this could be handy for Entrepreneurs subreddit. Why adopt tools? I see marketing tools as tireless colleagues. If you can't hire an employee, choosing the right tool can solve your problems, because they Are super cheap. Work 7/24 for you. Don’t make mistakes. Don’t need management. (or needless management) Help you to automate the majority of your lead gen process. Onwards to the list. (With the pricings post ended up quite long, you can find a link in the end if you want to check the prices) Email marketing tools #1 ActiveCampaign is armed with the most complicated email automation features and has the most intuitive user experience. It feels like you already know how to use it. \#2 Autopilot is visual marketing automation and customer journey tool that helps you acquire, nurture based on behaviors, interest etc. #3 Mailjet: This is the tool we use to send out bulky email campaigns such as newsletters. It doesn't have sexy features like others but does its job for a cheap price. Email address finders #4 Skrapp finds email of your contacts by name and company. It also works with LinkedIn Sales Navigator and can extract thousands of emails in bulk + have a browser add-on. #5 Hunter: Similar to Skrapp but doesn't work with LinkedIn Sales Navigator directly. In addition, there are email templates and you can set up email campaigns. Prospecting and outreach tools #6 Prospect combines the personal emails, follow-up calls, other social touches and helps you create multichannel campaigns.  #7 Reply is a more intuitive version of Prospect. It is easy to learn and use; their UX makes you feel good and sufficient.  CRM tools #8 Salesflare helps you to stop managing your data and start managing your customers. Not yet popular as Hubspot and etc but the best solution for smaller B2B businesses. (we're fans) \#9 Hubspot: The most popular CRM for good reason and has a broader product range you can adopt in your next steps. Try this if you have a bulky list of customers because it is free. #10 Pardot: Pardot is by Salesforce, it's armed with features that can close the gap between marketing and sales. Sales Tools #11 Salesforce is the best sales automation and lead management software. It helps you to create complicated segmentations and run, track, analyze campaigns from the same dashboard. #12 LinkedIn Sales Navigator gives you full access to LinkedIn's user database. You can even find a kidnapped CEO if you know how to use it with other marketing automation tools like Skrapp. #13 Pipedrive is a simple tool and excels in one thing. It tracks your leads and tells you when to take the next action. It makes sales easier. #14 Qwilr creates great-looking docs, at speed. You can design perfect proposals, quotes, client updates, and more in a flash. We use it a lot to close deals, it's effective. #15 Crystalknows is an add-on that tells you anyone’s personality on LinkedIn and gives you a detailed approach specific to that person. It's eerily accurate. #16 Leadfeeder shows you the companies that visited your website. Tells how they found you and what they’re interested in. It has a free version. Communication Tools #17 Intercom is a sweet and smart host that welcomes your visitors when you’re not home. It’s one of the best chatbot tools in the market. #18 Drift is famous for its conversational marketing features and more sales-focused than Intercom. #19 Manychat is a chatbot that helps you create high converting Facebook campaigns. #20 Plann3r helps you create your personalized meeting page. You can schedule meetings witch clients, candidates, and prospects. #21 Loom is a video messaging tool, it helps you to be more expressive and create closer relationships. #22 Callpage collects your visitors’ phone number and connects you with them in seconds. No matter where you are. Landing page tools #23 Instapage is the best overall landing page builder. It has a broad range of features and even squirrel can build a compelling landing page with templates. No coding needed. #24 Unbounce can do everything that Instapage does and lets you build a great landing page without a developer. But it's less intuitive. Lead generation / marketing automation tools #25 Phantombuster is by far the most used lead generation software in our tool kit. It extracts data, emails, sends requests, customized messages, and does many things on autopilot in any platform. You can check this, this and this if you want to see it in action. #26 Duxsoup is a Google Chrome add-on and can also automate some of LinkedIn lead generation efforts like Phantombuster. But not works in the cloud. #27 Zapier is a glue that holds all the lead generation tools together. With Zapier, You can connect different marketing tools and no coding required. Conversion rate optimization tools #28 Hotjar tracks what people are doing on your website by recording sessions and capturing mouse movements. Then it gives you a heatmap. #29 UsabilityHub shows your page to a digital crowd and measures the first impressions and helps you to validate your ideas. #30 Optinmonster is a top tier conversion optimization tool. It helps you to capture leads and enables you to increase conversions rates with many features. #31 Notifia is one mega tool of widgets that arms your website with the wildest social proof and lead capturing tactics. #32 Sumo is a much simpler version of Notifia. But Sumo has everything to help you capture leads and build your email lists. Web scrapers #33 Data Miner is a Google Chrome browser extension that helps you scrape data from web pages and into a CSV file or Excel spreadsheet. #34 Webscraper does the same thing as Data Miner; however, it is capable of handling more complex tasks. SEO and Content #35 Grammarly: Your English could be your first language and your grammar could be better than Shakespeare. Grammarly still can make your writing better. #36 Hemingwayapp is a copywriting optimization tool that gives you feedback about your copy and improves your readability score, makes your writing bolder and punchier. Free. #37 Ahrefs is an all-rounder search engine optimization tool that helps you with off-page, on-page or technical SEO. #38 SurferSEO makes things easier for your on-page SEO efforts. It’s a tool that analyzes top Google results for specific keywords and gives you a content brief based on that data. Video editing and design tools #39 Canva is a graphic design platform that makes everything easy. It has thousands of templates for anything from Facebook ads, stylish presentations to business cards.  #40 Kapwing is our go-to platform for quick video edits. It works on the browser and can help you to create stylish videos, add subtitles, resize videos, create memes, or remove backgrounds. #41 Animoto can turn your photos and video clip into beautiful video slideshows. It comes handy when you want to create an advertising material but don’t have a budget. Advertising tools #42 AdEspresso lets you create and test multiple ads with few clicks. You can optimize your FB, IG, and Google ads from this tool and measure your ads with in-depth analytics. #43 AdRoll is an AI-driven platform that connects and coordinates marketing efforts across ads, email, and online stores. Other tools #44 Replug helps you to shorten, track, optimize your links with call-to-actions, branded links, and retargeting pixels #45 Draw.io = Mindmaps, schemes, and charts. With Draw.io, you can put your brain in a digital paper in an organized way. #46 Built With is a tool that finds out what websites are built with. So you can see what tools they're using and so on. #47 Typeform can turn data collection into an experience with Typeform. This tool helps you to engage your audience with conversational forms or surveys and help you to collect more data. #48 Livestorm helped us a lot, especially in COVID-19 tiles. It’s a webinar software that works on your browser, mobile, and desktop. #49 Teachable \- If you have an online course idea but hesitating because of the production process, Teachable can help you. It's easy to configure and customizable for your needs. #50 Viral Loops provides a revolutionary referral marketing solution for modern marketers. You can create and run referral campaigns in a few clicks with templates. Remember, most of these tools have a free trial or free version. Going over them one by one can teach you a lot and help you grow your business with less work power in the early stages of your business. I hope you enjoyed the read and can find some tools to make things easier! Let me know about your favorite tools in the comments, so I can try them out. \------ If you want to check the prices and see a broader explanation about the tools, you can go here.

12 months ago, I was unemployed. Last week my side hustle got acquired by a $500m fintech company

I’ve learned so much over the years from this subreddit. I thought I’d return the favour and share some of my own learnings. In November 2020 my best friend and I had an idea. “What if we could find out which stocks the Internet is talking about?” This formed the origins of Ticker Nerd. 9 months later we sold Ticker Nerd to Finder (an Australian fintech company valued at around $500m). In this post, I am going to lay out how we got there. How we came up with the idea First off, like other posts have covered - you don’t NEED a revolutionary or original idea to build a business. There are tonnes of “boring” businesses making over 7 figures a year e.g. law firms, marketing agencies, real estate companies etc. If you’re looking for an exact formula to come up with a great business idea I’m sorry, but it doesn’t exist. Finding new business opportunities is more of an art than a science. Although, there are ways you can make it easier to find inspiration. Below are the same resources I use for inspiration. I rarely ever come up with ideas without first searching one of the resources below for inspiration: Starter Story Twitter Startup Ideas My First Million Trends by the Hustle Trends VC To show how you how messy, random and unpredictable it can be to find an idea - let me explain how my co-founder and I came up with the idea for Ticker Nerd: We discovered a new product on Twitter called Exploding Topics. It was a newsletter that uses a bunch of software and algorithms to find trends that are growing quickly before they hit the mainstream. I had recently listened to a podcast episode from My First Million where they spoke about Motley Fool making hundreds of millions from their investment newsletters. We asked ourselves what if we could build a SaaS platform similar to Exploding Topics but it focused on stocks? We built a quick landing page using Carrd + Gumroad that explained what our new idea will do and included a payment option to get early access for $49. We called it Exploding Stock (lol). We shared it around a bunch of Facebook groups and subreddits. We made $1,000 in pre-sales within a couple days. My co-founder and I can’t code so we had to find a developer to build our idea. We interviewed a bunch of potential candidates. Meanwhile, I was trawling through Wall Street Bets and found a bunch of free tools that did roughly what we wanted to build. Instead of building another SaaS tool that did the same thing as these free tools we decided to pivot from our original idea. Our new idea = a paid newsletter that sends a weekly report that summarises 2 of the best stocks that are growing in interest on the Internet. We emailed everyone who pre-ordered access, telling them about the change and offered a full refund if they wanted. tl;dr: We essentially combined two existing businesses (Exploding Topics and Motley Fool) and made it way better. We validated the idea by finding out if people will actually pay money for it BEFORE we decided to build it. The idea we started out with changed over time. How to work out if your idea will actually make money It’s easy to get hung up on designing the logo or choosing the perfect domain name for your new idea. At this stage none of that matters. The most important thing is working out if people will pay money for it. This is where validation comes in. We usually validate ideas using Carrd. It lets you build a simple one page site without having to code. The Ticker Nerd site was actually built using a Carrd template. Here’s how you can do it yourself (at a high level): Create a Carrd pro account (yes it's a $49 one off payment but you’ll get way more value out of it). Buy a cheap template and send it to your Carrd account. You can build your own template but this will save you a lot of time. Once the template reaches your Carrd account, duplicate it. Leave the original so it can be duplicated for other ideas. Jump onto Canva (free) and create a logo using the free logos provided. Import your logo. Add copy to the page that explains your idea. Use the AIDA formula. Sign up to Gumroad (free) and create a pre-sale campaign. Create a discounted lifetime subscription or version of the product. This will be used pre-sales. Add the copy from the site into the pre-sale campaign on Gumroad. Add a ‘widget’ to Carrd and connect it to Gumroad using the existing easy integration feature. Purchase a domain name. Connect it to Carrd. Test the site works. Share your website Now the site is ready you can start promoting it in various places to see how the market reacts. An easy method is to find relevant subreddits using Anvaka (Github tool) or Subreddit Stats. The Anvaka tool provides a spider map of all the connected subreddits that users are active in. The highlighted ones are most relevant. You can post a thread in these subreddits that offer value or can generate discussion. For example: ‘I’m creating a tool that can write all your copy, would anyone actually use this?’ ‘What does everything think of using AI to get our copy written faster?’ ‘It’s time to scratch my own itch, I’m creating a tool that writes marketing copy using GPT-3. What are the biggest problems you face writing marketing copy? I’ll build a solution for it’ Reddit is pretty brutal these days so make sure the post is genuine and only drop your link in the comments or in the post if it seems natural. If people are interested they’ll ask for the link. Another great place to post is r/entrepreuerridealong and r/business_ideas. These subreddits expect people to share their ideas and you’ll likely make some sales straight off the bat. I also suggest posting in some Facebook groups (related to your idea) as well just for good measure. Assess the results If people are paying you for early access you can assume that it’s worth building your idea. The beauty of posting your idea on Reddit or in Facebook groups is you’ll quickly learn why people love/hate your idea. This can help you decide how to tweak the idea or if you should drop it and move on to the next one. How we got our first 100 customers (for free) By validating Ticker Nerd using subreddits and Facebook groups this gave us our first paying customers. But we knew this wouldn’t be sustainable. We sat down and brainstormed every organic strategy we could use to get traction as quickly as possible. The winner: a Product Hunt launch. A successful Product Hunt launch isn’t easy. You need: Someone that has a solid reputation and audience to “hunt” your product (essentially an endorsement). An aged Product Hunt account - you can’t post any products if your account is less than a week old. To be following relevant Product Hunt members - since they get notified when you launch a new product if they’re following you. Relationships with other builders and makers on Product Hunt that also have a solid reputation and following. Although, if you can pull it off you can get your idea in front of tens of thousands of people actively looking for new products. Over the next few weeks, I worked with my co-founder on connecting with different founders, indie hackers and entrepreneurs mainly via Twitter. We explained to them our plans for the Product Hunt launch and managed to get a small army of people ready to upvote our product on launch day. We were both nervous on the day of the launch. We told ourselves to have zero expectations. The worst that could happen was no one signed up and we were in the same position as we’re in now. Luckily, within a couple of hours Ticker Nerd was on the homepage of Product Hunt and in the top 10. The results were instant. After 24 hours we had around 200 people enter their payment details to sign up for our free trial. These signups were equal to around $5,800 in monthly recurring revenue. \-- I hope this post was useful! Drop any questions you have below and I’ll do my best to respond :)

Made $19.2k this month, and just surpassed $1000 the last 24 hours. What I did and what's next.

It's the first time I hit $1000+ in 24 hours and I had no one to share it with (except you guys). I'm quite proud of my journey, and I would have thought that making $1000 in a day would make me ecstatic, but actually it's not the case. Not sure if it's because my revenue has grown by increment step so I had time to "prepare" myself to achieve this at one point, or just that I'm nowhere near my goal of 100k/month so that I'm not that affected by it. But it's crazy to think that my goal was to make 100$ daily at the end of 2024. So for those who don't know me (I guess most of you), I build mobile apps and ship them as fast as I can. Most of them are in the AI space. I already made a post here on how I become a mobile app developer so you can check it for more details, but essentially here's what I did : Always loved creating my own things and solve problems Built multiple YouTube channels since I was 15 (mobile gaming actually) that all worked great (but it was too niche so not that scalable, didn't like that) Did a few businesses here and there (drop shopping, selling merch to school, etc) Finished my master's degree in engineering about 2 years ago Worked a moment in a famous watch industry company and saw my potential. The combo of health issues, fixed salary (although it was quite a lot), and me wanting to be an entrepreneur made me leave the company. Created a TikTok account in mobile tech (got 10+ million views the 1st 3 days), manage to grow it to 200k subs in about 3 months Got plenty of collabs for promoting mobile apps (between $500 - $2000 for a collab) Said fuck it I should do my own apps and market them on my TikTok instead of doing collabs Me wanting to build my own apps happened around May-June 2023. Started my TikTok in Feb 2023. At this point I had already 150k+ subs on TikTok. You guys need to know that I suck at coding big time. During my studies I tried to limit as much as I could coding because I was a lazy bast*rd, even though I knew it would come to bite me in the ass one day. But an angel appeared to me in broad daylight, that angel was called GPT-4. I subscribed for 20$/month to get access, and instantly I saw the potential of AI and how much it could help me. Last year GPT-4 was ahead of its time and could already code me basic apps. I had already a mac so I just downloaded Xcode and that was it. My 1st app was a wallpaper app, and I kid you not 90% of it was made by AI. Yes sometimes I had to try again and again with different prompts but it was still so much faster compared to if I had to learn coding from scratch and write code with my own hands. The only thing I didn't do was implement the in app purchase, from which I find a guy on Fiverr to do it for me for 50$. After about 2 months of on-off coding, my first app was ready to be launched. So it was launched, had a great successful launch without doing any videos at that point (iOS 17 was released and my app was the first one alongside another one to offer live wallpapers for iOS 17. I knew that there was a huge app potential there when iOS 17 was released in beta as Apple changed their live wallpaper feature). I Then made a video a few weeks after on my mobile tiktok channel, made about 1 million views in 48 hours, brought me around 40k additional users. Was top 1 chart in graphism and design category for a few weeks (in France, as I'm French so my TikTok videos are in French). And was top 100 in that same category in 120+ countries. Made about 500$ ? Okay that was trash, but I had no idea to monetize the app correctly at that point. It was still a huge W to me and proved me that I could successfully launch apps. Then I learned ASO (App Store Optimization) in depth, searched on internet, followed mobile app developers on Twitter, checked YouTube videos, you name it. I was eager to learn more. I needed more. Then I just iterated, build my 2nd app in less than a month, my 3rd in 3 weeks and so on. I just build my 14th app in 3 days and is now in review. Everytime I manage to reuse some of my other app's code in my new one, which is why I can build them so much faster now. I know how to monetize my app better by checking out my competitors. I learn so much by just "spying" other apps. Funnily enough, I only made this one Tiktok video on my main account to promote my app. For all my other apps, I didn't do a single video where I showcase it, the downloads has only been thanks to ASO. I still use AI everyday. I'm still not good at coding (a bit better than when I started). I use AI to create my app icons (midjourney or the new AI model Flux which is great). I use figma + midjourney to create my App Store screenshots (and they actually look quite good). I use GPT-4o and Claude 3.5 Sonnet to code most of my apps features. I use gpt-4o to localize my app (if you want to optimize the number of downloads I strongly suggest localizing your app, it takes me about 10 minutes thanks to AI). Now what are my next goals ? To achieve the 100k/month I need to change my strategy a little. Right now the $20k/month comes from purely organic downloads, I didn't do any paid advertising. It will be hard for me to keep on launching new apps and rely on ASO to reach the 100k mark. The best bet to reach 100k is to collab with content creators and they create a viral video showcasing your app. Depending on the app it's not that easy, luckily some of my apps can be viral so I will need to find the right content creators. Second way is to try tiktok/meta ads, I can check (have checked) all the ads that have been made by my competitors (thank you EU), so what I would do is copy their ad concept and create similar ads than them. Some of them have millions in ad budget so I know they create high converting ads, so you don't need to try to create an ad creative from scratch. My only big fear is to get banned by Apple (for no reason of mine). In just a snap of a finger they can just ban you from the platform, that shit scares me. And you pretty much can't do anything. So that's about it for me. I'm quite proud of myself not going to lie. Have been battling so many health issues these past years where I just stay in bed all day I'm surprised to be able to make it work. Anyways feel free to ask questions. I hope it was interesting for some of you at least. PS: My new app was just approved by app review, let the app gods favor me and bring me many downloads ! Also forgot to talk about a potential $100k+ acquisition of one of my apps, but if that ever happens I'll make a post on it.

tools I use to not have to hire anyone

I’ve spent unreasonable amount of time with AI tools and here’s curated list of ones I recommend for productivity (honestly, some of them can replace an employee): General assistants ChatGPT \- You probably know it. It’s a great tool for ideating, brainstorming, document summarization and quick question-answer work. There’s a desktop app available so you can quickly pop it up by pressing control + space, which makes it even better for productivity. Claude \- Another chat interface, similar to ChatGPT. It’s a different model provider so the answers and behavior might be different. From my experience, Claude 3.5 Sonnet is performing better than GPT-4o (but not o1) in tasks that focus on reasoning, code writing and copywriting. There’s also a desktop app available. Gemini \- Honestly, I’m not even sure where to put it. It’s Google’s model, one of the most powerful in terms of multimodal capabilities (text, image, audio). And it’s tailored for your Google Workspace. Email, docs, spreadsheets, meets, presentation. Anything. Research Perplexity \- Perplexity is an AI search engine that provides answers to questions with up-to-date information. So, forget Google. Use Perplexity to get answers to questions and dive down the rabbit hole. Exa AI \- Exa is another advanced search engine that combines AI-driven neural search with traditional keyword search. It understands the semantic meaning of queries and documents. And you can also choose what you want to search: academic articles, news, reports, tweets etc. Meetings, calendar and email Granola \- Great AI notepad for meetings. It’s a desktop app, so there’s no bot joining your meetings. It automatically transcribes and enhances meeting notes, helping organize and summarize key takeaways and generates action items, follow-up emails, etc. It also allows you to ask questions about the transcript and get answers. Reclaim \- AI-powered calendar that optimizes for productivity. Essentially, it automates meetings, tracks tasks, and protects deep work time. Cool thing is that it syncs with Google Calendar and Slack. Cora \- Batch processing emails is one of the main productivity tactics. Cora enables that. You only see emails that you need to respond to. And it generates automatic replies for you. All other emails are summarized twice a day. Knowledge summarization Particle News \- Short summaries of the daily news. Pretty straightforward. Notebook LM \- Notebook LM helps process and summarize various types of content, such as PDFs, websites, videos, and more. The cool thing is that it provides insights and connections between topics, cites sources and offers audio summaries. I use it when the content to read is too long and I’m on the go. Napkin \- For creating visuals from text. You can easily generate and customize infographics, diagrams etc. So, if you’re brainstorming, writing or preparing for a presentation, Napkin will work well. Writing and brainstorming Grammarly \- Well known grammar checker. It helps improve writing by focusing on clarity and tone. Sometimes the Grammarly icon popping up is annoying though. Flow \- Flow helps you write and edit notes by speaking. And it integrates across all the apps you use, adapts to your tone and style. Cool tool for just yapping! Automations Gumloop \- Think AI-first Zapier, but 100x more powerful. It's is a platform for automating complex work using AI via a no-code drag and drop interface. It’s very easy to automate work without needing engineers. And they have loads of templates. Wordware \- A platform for building AI agents with natural language. Honestly, for folks who are a bit more technical. You simply prompt LLM to perform a task for you. And you can build any integration you want. If you’re a builder, you can later on connect the agent via API. I strongly believe that technology is leverage. And with AI we can be in top 0.1% of people. If you want bit deeper dive into the topic, I shared that on my substack (available via link in my profile) Any other recommendations for apps I could use? What works if you want to keep the team super lean in early days?

I run an AI automation agency (AAA). My honest overview and review of this new business model

I started an AI tools directory in February, and then branched off that to start an AI automation agency (AAA) in June. So far I've come across a lot of unsustainable "ideas" to make money with AI, but at the same time a few diamonds in the rough that aren't fully tapped into yet- especially the AAA model. Thought I'd share this post to shine light into this new business model and share some ways you could potentially start your own agency, or at the very least know who you are dealing with and how to pick and choose when you (inevitably) get bombarded with cold emails from them down the line. Foreword Running an AAA does NOT involve using AI tools directly to generate and sell content directly. That ship has sailed, and unless you are happy with $5 from Fiverr every month or so, it is not a real business model. Cry me a river but generating generic art with AI and slapping it onto a T-shirt to sell on Etsy won't make you a dime. At the same time, the AAA model will NOT require you to have a deep theoretical knowledge of AI, or any academic degree, as we are more so dealing with the practical applications of generative AI and how we can implement these into different workflows and tech-stacks, rather than building AI models from the ground up. Regardless of all that, common sense and a willingness to learn will help (a shit ton), as with anything. Keep in mind - this WILL involve work and motivation as well. The mindset that AI somehow means everything can be done for you on autopilot is not the right way to approach things. The common theme of businesses I've seen who have successfully implemented AI into their operations is the willingess to work with AI in a way that augments their existing operations, rather than flat out replace a worker or team. And this is exactly the train of thought you need when working with AI as a business model. However, as the field is relatively unsaturated and hype surrounding AI is still fresh for enterprises, right now is the prime time to start something new if generative AI interests you at all. With that being said, I'll be going over three of the most successful AI-adjacent businesses I've seen over this past year, in addition to some tips and resources to point you in the right direction. so.. WTF is an AI Automation Agency? The AI automation agency (or as some YouTubers have coined it, the AAA model) at its core involves creating custom AI solutions for businesses. I have over 1500 AI tools listed in my directory, however the feedback I've received from some enterprise users is that ready-made SaaS tools are too generic to meet their specific needs. Combine this with the fact virtually no smaller companies have the time or skills required to develop custom solutions right off the bat, and you have yourself real demand. I would say in practice, the AAA model is quite similar to Wordpress and even web dev agencies, with the major difference being all solutions you develop will incorporate key aspects of AI AND automation. Which brings me to my second point- JUST AI IS NOT ENOUGH. Rather than reducing the amount of time required to complete certain tasks, I've seen many AI agencies make the mistake of recommending and (trying to) sell solutions that more likely than not increase the workload of their clients. For example, if you were to make an internal tool that has AI answer questions based on their knowledge base, but this knowledge base has to be updated manually, this is creating unnecessary work. As such I think one of the key components of building successful AI solutions is incorporating the new (Generative AI/LLMs) with the old (programmtic automation- think Zapier, APIs, etc.). Finally, for this business model to be successful, ideally you should target a niche in which you have already worked and understand pain points and needs. Not only does this make it much easier to get calls booked with prospects, the solutions you build will have much greater value to your clients (meaning you get paid more). A mistake I've seen many AAA operators make (and I blame this on the "Get Rich Quick" YouTubers) is focusing too much on a specific productized service, rather than really understanding the needs of businesses. The former is much done via a SaaS model, but when going the agency route the only thing that makes sense is building custom solutions. This is why I always take a consultant-first approach. You can only build once you understand what they actually need and how certain solutions may impact their operations, workflows, and bottom-line. Basics of How to Get Started Pick a niche. As I mentioned previously, preferably one that you've worked in before. Niches I know of that are actively being bombarded with cold emails include real estate, e-commerce, auto-dealerships, lawyers, and medical offices. There is a reason for this, but I will tell you straight up this business model works well if you target any white-collar service business (internal tools approach) or high volume businesses (customer facing tools approach). Setup your toolbox. If you wanted to start a pressure washing business, you would need a pressure-washer. This is no different. For those without programming knowledge, I've seen two common ways AAA get setup to build- one is having a network of on-call web developers, whether its personal contacts or simply going to Upwork or any talent sourcing agency. The second is having an arsenal of no-code tools. I'll get to this more in a second, but this works beecause at its core, when we are dealing with the practical applications of AI, the code is quite simple, simply put. Start cold sales. Unless you have a network already, this is not a step you can skip. You've already picked a niche, so all you have to do is find the right message. Keep cold emails short, sweet, but enticing- and it will help a lot if you did step 1 correctly and intimately understand who your audience is. I'll be touching base later about how you can leverage AI yourself to help you with outreach and closing. The beauty of gen AI and the AAA model You don't need to be a seasoned web developer to make this business model work. The large majority of solutions that SME clients want is best done using an API for an LLM for the actual AI aspect. The value we create with the solutions we build comes with the conceptual framework and design that not only does what they need it to but integrates smoothly with their existing tech-stack and workflow. The actual implementation is quite straightforward once you understand the high level design and know which tools you are going to use. To give you a sense, even if you plan to build out these apps yourself (say in Python) the large majority of the nitty gritty technical work has already been done for you, especially if you leverage Python libraries and packages that offer high level abstraction for LLM-related functions. For instance, calling GPT can be as little as a single line of code. (And there are no-code tools where these functions are simply an icon on a GUI). Aside from understanding the capabilities and limitations of these tools and frameworks, the only thing that matters is being able to put them in a way that makes sense for what you want to build. Which is why outsourcing and no-code tools both work in our case. Okay... but how TF am I suppposed to actually build out these solutions? Now the fun part. I highly recommend getting familiar with Langchain and LlamaIndex. Both are Python libraires that help a lot with the high-level LLM abstraction I mentioned previously. The two most important aspects include being able to integrate internal data sources/knowledge bases with LLMs, and have LLMs perform autonomous actions. The two most common methods respectively are RAG and output parsing. RAG (retrieval augmented Generation) If you've ever seen a tool that seemingly "trains" GPT on your own data, and wonder how it all works- well I have an answer from you. At a high level, the user query is first being fed to what's called a vector database to run vector search. Vector search basically lets you do semantic search where you are searching data based on meaning. The vector databases then retrieves the most relevant sections of text as it relates to the user query, and this text gets APPENDED to your GPT prompt to provide extra context to the AI. Further, with prompt engineering, you can limit GPT to only generate an answer if it can be found within this extra context, greatly limiting the chance of hallucination (this is where AI makes random shit up). Aside from vector databases, we can also implement RAG with other data sources and retrieval methods, for example SQL databses (via parsing the outputs of LLM's- more on this later). Autonomous Agents via Output Parsing A common need of clients has been having AI actually perform tasks, rather than simply spitting out text. For example, with autonomous agents, we can have an e-commerce chatbot do the work of a basic customer service rep (i.e. look into orders, refunds, shipping). At a high level, what's going on is that the response of the LLM is being used programmtically to determine which API to call. Keeping on with the e-commerce example, if I wanted a chatbot to check shipping status, I could have a LLM response within my app (not shown to the user) with a prompt that outputs a random hash or string, and programmatically I can determine which API call to make based on this hash/string. And using the same fundamental concept as with RAG, I can append the the API response to a final prompt that would spit out the answer for the user. How No Code Tools Can Fit In (With some example solutions you can build) With that being said, you don't necessarily need to do all of the above by coding yourself, with Python libraries or otherwise. However, I will say that having that high level overview will help IMMENSELY when it comes to using no-code tools to do the actual work for you. Regardless, here are a few common solutions you might build for clients as well as some no-code tools you can use to build them out. Ex. Solution 1: AI Chatbots for SMEs (Small and Medium Enterprises) This involves creating chatbots that handle user queries, lead gen, and so forth with AI, and will use the principles of RAG at heart. After getting the required data from your client (i.e. product catalogues, previous support tickets, FAQ, internal documentation), you upload this into your knowledge base and write a prompt that makes sense for your use case. One no-code tool that does this well is MyAskAI. The beauty of it especially for building external chatbots is the ability to quickly ingest entire websites into your knowledge base via a sitemap, and bulk uploading files. Essentially, they've covered the entire grunt work required to do this manually. Finally, you can create a inline or chat widget on your client's website with a few lines of HTML, or altneratively integrate it with a Slack/Teams chatbot (if you are going for an internal Q&A chatbot approach). Other tools you could use include Botpress and Voiceflow, however these are less for RAG and more for building out complete chatbot flows that may or may not incorporate LLMs. Both apps are essentially GUIs that eliminate the pain and tears and trying to implement complex flows manually, and both natively incoporate AI intents and a knowledge base feature. Ex. Solution 2: Internal Apps Similar to the first example, except we go beyond making just chatbots but tools such as report generation and really any sort of internal tool or automations that may incorporate LLM's. For instance, you can have a tool that automatically generates replies to inbound emails based on your client's knowledge base. Or an automation that does the same thing but for replies to Instagram comments. Another example could be a tool that generates a description and screeenshot based on a URL (useful for directory sites, made one for my own :P). Getting into more advanced implementations of LLMs, we can have tools that can generate entire drafts of reports (think 80+ pages), based not only on data from a knowledge base but also the writing style, format, and author voice of previous reports. One good tool to create content generation panels for your clients would be MindStudio. You can train LLM's via prompt engineering in a structured way with your own data to essentially fine tune them for whatever text you need it to generate. Furthermore, it has a GUI where you can dictate the entire AI flow. You can also upload data sources via multiple formats, including PDF, CSV, and Docx. For automations that require interactions between multiple apps, I recommend the OG zapier/make.com if you want a no-code solution. For instance, for the automatic email reply generator, I can have a trigger such that when an email is received, a custom AI reply is generated by MyAskAI, and finally a draft is created in my email client. Or, for an automation where I can create a social media posts on multiple platforms based on a RSS feed (news feed), I can implement this directly in Zapier with their native GPT action (see screenshot) As for more complex LLM flows that may require multiple layers of LLMs, data sources, and APIs working together to generate a single response i.e. a long form 100 page report, I would recommend tools such as Stack AI or Flowise (open-source alternative) to build these solutions out. Essentially, you get most of the functions and features of Python packages such as Langchain and LlamaIndex in a GUI. See screenshot for an example of a flow How the hell are you supposed to find clients? With all that being said, none of this matters if you can't find anyone to sell to. You will have to do cold sales, one way or the other, especially if you are brand new to the game. And what better way to sell your AI services than with AI itself? If we want to integrate AI into the cold outreach process, first we must identify what it's good at doing, and that's obviously writing a bunch of text, in a short amount of time. Similar to the solutions that an AAA can build for its clients, we can take advantage of the same principles in our own sales processes. How to do outreach Once you've identified your niche and their pain points/opportunities for automation, you want to craft a compelling message in which you can send via cold email and cold calls to get prospects booked on demos/consultations. I won't get into too much detail in terms of exactly how to write emails or calling scripts, as there are millions of resources to help with this, but I will tell you a few key points you want to keep in mind when doing outreach for your AAA. First, you want to keep in mind that many businesses are still hesitant about AI and may not understand what it really is or how it can benefit their operations. However, we can take advantage of how mass media has been reporting on AI this past year- at the very least people are AWARE that sooner or later they may have to implement AI into their businesses to stay competitive. We want to frame our message in a way that introduces generative AI as a technology that can have a direct, tangible, and positive impact on their business. Although it may be hard to quantify, I like to include estimates of man-hours saved or costs saved at least in my final proposals to prospects. Times are TOUGH right now, and money is expensive, so you need to have a compelling reason for businesses to get on board. Once you've gotten your messaging down, you will want to create a list of prospects to contact. Tools you can use to find prospects include Apollo.io, reply.io, zoominfo (expensive af), and Linkedin Sales Navigator. What specific job titles, etc. to target will depend on your niche but for smaller companies this will tend to be the owner. For white collar niches, i.e. law, the professional that will be directly benefiting from the tool (i.e. partners) may be better to contact. And for larger organizations you may want to target business improvement and digital transformation leads/directors- these are the people directly in charge of projects like what you may be proposing. Okay- so you have your message, and your list, and now all it comes down to is getting the good word out. I won't be going into the details of how to send these out, a quick Google search will give you hundreds of resources for cold outreach methods. However, personalization is key and beyond simple dynamic variables you want to make sure you can either personalize your email campaigns directly with AI (SmartWriter.ai is an example of a tool that can do this), or at the very least have the ability to import email messages programmatically. Alternatively, ask ChatGPT to make you a Python Script that can take in a list of emails, scrape info based on their linkedin URL or website, and all pass this onto a GPT prompt that specifies your messaging to generate an email. From there, send away. How tf do I close? Once you've got some prospects booked in on your meetings, you will need to close deals with them to turn them into clients. Call #1: Consultation Tying back to when I mentioned you want to take a consultant-first appraoch, you will want to listen closely to their goals and needs and understand their pain points. This would be the first call, and typically I would provide a high level overview of different solutions we could build to tacke these. It really helps to have a presentation available, so you can graphically demonstrate key points and key technologies. I like to use Plus AI for this, it's basically a Google Slides add-on that can generate slide decks for you. I copy and paste my default company messaging, add some key points for the presentation, and it comes out with pretty decent slides. Call #2: Demo The second call would involve a demo of one of these solutions, and typically I'll quickly prototype it with boilerplate code I already have, otherwise I'll cook something up in a no-code tool. If you have a niche where one type of solution is commonly demanded, it helps to have a general demo set up to be able to handle a larger volume of calls, so you aren't burning yourself out. I'll also elaborate on how the final product would look like in comparison to the demo. Call #3 and Beyond: Once the initial consultation and demo is complete, you will want to alleviate any remaining concerns from your prospects and work with them to reach a final work proposal. It's crucial you lay out exactly what you will be building (in writing) and ensure the prospect understands this. Furthermore, be clear and transparent with timelines and communication methods for the project. In terms of pricing, you want to take this from a value-based approach. The same solution may be worth a lot more to client A than client B. Furthermore, you can create "add-ons" such as monthly maintenance/upgrade packages, training sessions for employeees, and so forth, separate from the initial setup fee you would charge. How you can incorporate AI into marketing your businesses Beyond cold sales, I highly recommend creating a funnel to capture warm leads. For instance, I do this currently with my AI tools directory, which links directly to my AI agency and has consistent branding throughout. Warm leads are much more likely to close (and honestly, much nicer to deal with). However, even without an AI-related website, at the very least you will want to create a presence on social media and the web in general. As with any agency, you will want basic a professional presence. A professional virtual address helps, in addition to a Google Business Profile (GBP) and TrustPilot. a GBP (especially for local SEO) and Trustpilot page also helps improve the looks of your search results immensely. For GBP, I recommend using ProfilePro, which is a chrome extension you can use to automate SEO work for your GBP. Aside from SEO optimzied business descriptions based on your business, it can handle Q/A answers, responses, updates, and service descriptions based on local keywords. Privacy and Legal Concerns of the AAA Model Aside from typical concerns for agencies relating to service contracts, there are a few issues (especially when using no-code tools) that will need to be addressed to run a successful AAA. Most of these surround privacy concerns when working with proprietary data. In your terms with your client, you will want to clearly define hosting providers and any third party tools you will be using to build their solution, and a DPA with these third parties listed as subprocessors if necessary. In addition, you will want to implement best practices like redacting private information from data being used for building solutions. In terms of addressing concerns directly from clients, it helps if you host your solutions on their own servers (not possible with AI tools), and address the fact only ChatGPT queries in the web app, not OpenAI API calls, will be used to train OpenAI's models (as reported by mainstream media). The key here is to be open and transparent with your clients about ALL the tools you are using, where there data will be going, and make sure to get this all in writing. have fun, and keep an open mind Before I finish this post, I just want to reiterate the fact that this is NOT an easy way to make money. Running an AI agency will require hours and hours of dedication and work, and constantly rearranging your schedule to meet prospect and client needs. However, if you are looking for a new business to run, and have a knack for understanding business operations and are genuinely interested in the pracitcal applications of generative AI, then I say go for it. The time is ticking before AAA becomes the new dropshipping or SMMA, and I've a firm believer that those who set foot first and establish themselves in this field will come out top. And remember, while 100 thousand people may read this post, only 2 may actually take initiative and start.

If only someone told me this before my first startup

If only someone told me this before my first startup: Validate idea first. I wasted a decade building stuff nobody needed. Incubators and VCs served to me as a validation, but I was so wrong. Kill my EGO. It’s not about me, but the user. I must want what the user wants, not what I want. My taste isn't important. The user has expectations, and I must fulfill them. Don’t chaise investors. Chase users, and then investors will be chasing me. I've never had more incoming interest from VC than now when I'm the least interested in them. Never hire managers. Only hire doers until PMF. So many people know how to manage people and so few can actually get sh\*t done barehand. Landing page is the least important thing in a startup. Pick a simple template, edit texts with a no-code website builder in less than an hour and that's it! At the early stage, I win traffic outside of my website, people are already interested, so don't make them search for the signup button among the texts! Focus on conversion optimization only when the traffic is consistent. Keep it to one page. Nobody gonna browse this website. Hire only fullstack devs. There is nothing less productive in this world than a team of developers for an early-stage product. One full stack dev building the whole product. That’s it. Chase global market from day 1. If the product and marketing are good, it will work on the global market too, if it’s bad, it won’t work on the local market too. So better go global from day 1, so that if it works, the upside is 100x bigger. I launched all startups for the Norwegian market, hoping we will scale to international at some point. I wish I launched to international from day 1 as I do now. The size of the market is 10000x bigger. I can validate and grow products in days, not in years as it used to be. Do SEO from day 2. As early as I can. I ignored this for 14 years. It’s my biggest regret. It takes just 5 minutes to get it done on my landing page. I go to Google Keyword Planner, enter a few keywords around my product, sort them by traffic, filter out high competition kws, pick the top 10, and place them natively on my home page and meta tags. Add one blog article every week. Either manually or by paying for an AI blogging tool. Sell features, before building them. Ask existing users if they want this feature. I run DMs with 10-20 users every day, where I chat about all my ideas and features I wanna add. I clearly see what resonates with me most and only go build those. If I don't have followers, try HN, Reddit, or just search on X for posts and ask it in the replies. People are helpful, they will reply if the question is easy to understand. Hire only people I would wanna hug. My cofounder, an old Danish man said this to me in 2015. And it was a big shift. I realized that if I don’t wanna hug the person, it means I dislike them on a chemical/animal level. Even if I can’t say why, but that’s the fact. Sooner or later, we would have a conflict and eventually break up. It takes up to 10 years to build a startup, make sure I do it with people I have this connection with. Invest all money into my startups and friends. Not crypt0, not stockmarket, not properties. I did some math, if I kept investing all my money into all my friends’ startups, that would be about 70 investments. 3 of them turned into unicorns eventually. Even 1 would have made the bank. Since 2022, I have invested all my money into my products, friends, and network. If I don't have friends who do startups, invest it in myself. Post on Twitter daily. I started posting here in March last year. It’s my primary source of new connections and growth. I could have started it earlier, I don't know why I didn't. Don’t work/partner with corporates. Corporations always seem like an amazing opportunity. They’re big and rich, they promise huge stuff, millions of users, etc. But every single time none of this happens. Because I talk to a regular employees there. They waste my time, destroy focus, shift priorities, and eventually bring in no users/money. Don’t get ever distracted by hype e.g. crypt0. I lost 1.5 years of my life this way. I met the worst people along the way. Fricks, scammers, thieves. Some of my close friends turned into thieves along the way, just because it was so common in that space. I wish this didn’t happen to me. I wish I was stronger and stayed on my mission. Don’t build consumer apps. Only b2b. Consumer apps are so hard, like a lottery. It’s just 0.00001% who make it big. The rest don’t. Even if I got many users, then there is a monetization challenge. I’ve spent 4 years in consumer apps and regret it. Don’t hold on bad project for too long, max 1 year. Some projects just don’t work. In most cases, it’s either the idea that’s so wrong that I can’t even pivot it or it’s a team that is good one by one but can’t make it as a team. Don’t drag this out for years. Tech conferences are a waste of time. They cost money, take energy, and time and I never really meet anyone there. Most people there are the “good” employees of corporations who were sent there as a perk for being loyal to the corporation. Very few fellow makers. Scrum is a Scam. For small teams and bootstrapped teams. If I had a team that had to be nagged every morning with questions as if they were children in kindergarten, then things would eventually fail. The only good stuff I managed to do happened with people who were grownups and could manage their stuff on their own. We would just do everything over chat as a sync on goals and plans. Outsource nothing at all until PMF. In a startup, almost everything needs to be done in a slightly different way, more creative, and more integrated into the vision. When outsourcing, the external members get no love and no case for the product. It’s just yet another assignment in their boring job. Instead of coming up with great ideas for my project they will be just focusing on ramping up their skills to get a promotion or a better job offer. Bootstrap. I spent way too much time raising money. I raised more than 10 times, preseed, seeded, and series A. But each time it was a 3-9 month project, meetings every week, and lots of destruction. I could afford to bootstrap, but I still went the VC-funded way, I don’t know why. To be honest, I didn’t know bootstrapping was a thing I could do or anyone does. It may take a decade. When I was 20, I was convinced it takes a few years to build and succeed with a startup. So I kept pushing my plans forward, to do it once I exited. Family, kids. I wish I married earlier. I wish I had kids earlier. No Free Tier. I'd launch a tool with a free tier, and it'd get sign-ups, but very few would convert. I'd treat free sign-ups as KPIs and run on it for years. I'd brag about signups and visitors. I'd even raise VC money with these stats. But eventually, I would fail to reach PMF. Because my main feedback would come from free users and the product turned into a perfect free product. Once I switched to "paid only" until I validated the product, things went really well. Free and paid users often need different products. Don't fall into this trap as I did. Being To Cheap. I always started by checking all competitors and setting the lowest price. I thought this would be one of the key advantages of my product. But no, I was wrong. The audience on $5 and $50 are totally different. $5: pain in the \*ss, never happy, never recommend me to a friend, leave in 4 months. $50: polite, give genuine feedback, happy, share with friends, become my big fan if I solve their request. I will fail. When I started my first startup. I thought if I did everything right, it would work out. But it turned out that almost every startup fails. I wish I knew that and I tried to fail faster, to get to the second iteration, then to the third, and keep going on, until I either find out nothing works or make it work. Use boilerplates. I wasted years of dev time and millions of VC money to pay for basic things. To build yet another sidebar, yet another dashboard, and payment integration... I had too much pride, I couldn't see myself taking someone else code as a basis for my product. I wanted it to be 100% mine, original, from scratch. Because my product seems special to me. Spend more time with Family & Friends. I missed the weddings of all my best friends and family. I was so busy. I thought if I didn't do it on time, the world would end. Looking back today, it was so wrong. I meet my friends and can't share those memories with them, which makes me very sad. I realized now, that spending 10% of my time with family and friends would practically make no negative impact on my startups. Build Products For Audiences I Love. I never thought of this. I'd often build products either for corporates, consumers, or for developers. It turns out I have no love for all 3. But I deeply love indie founders. Because they are risk-takers and partly kids in their hearts. Once I switched the focus to indie makers on my products, my level of joy increased by 100x for me. Ignore Badges and Awards I was chasing those awards just like everyone else. Going to ceremonies, signing up for events and stuff. I've won tons of awards, but none of those were eventually useful to my business. I better focused on my business and users. Write Every Single Day. When I was a kid, I loved writing stories. In school, they would give an assignment, and I'd often write a long story for it, however, the teacher would put an F on it. The reason was simple, I had an issue with the direction of the letters and the sequence of letters in the words. I still have it, it's just the Grammarly app helping me to correct these issues. So the teacher would fail my stories because almost every sentence had a spelling mistake that I couldn't even see. It made me think I'm made at writing. So I stopped, for 15 years. But I kept telling stories all these years. Recently I realized that in any group, the setup ends up turning into me telling stories to everyone. So I tried it all again, here on X 10 months ago. I love it, the process, the feedback from people. I write every day. I wish I had done it all these years. The End. \ this is an updated version of my post on the same topic from 2 months ago. I've edited some of the points and added 9 new ones.* \\ This is not advice, it's my self-reflection that might help you avoid same mistakes if you think those were mistakes

Demo: Scalable Custom Lead Generation for Tech Sales Reps?

Hey, Is anyone interested in relevant, recent, and validated tech sales leads w/ customized intro messages? I am building an AI solution that finds recent technical product problems and generates a custom introduction message. Here is an example situation and output.  I found a profitable graphic design tool product. I leveraged their product reviews to build a custom message for the product owner. Example Email Subject: Follow-Up on Feature Requests: Blending, Layering, and Export Formats Hi \[Product Owner\], I hope this message finds you well! My team and I have been analyzing recent feedback from users regarding \[App Name\], and I wanted to share some insights related to key feature requests that seem to resonate strongly with the community. Specifically, we’ve noticed recurring themes in the reviews regarding: Blending Tools: Users are finding the blending tools unintuitive and requiring extra steps compared to competitors. Additionally, there have been reports of crashes when using certain features like the paint-all tool for blending. Layering Capabilities: Many users are requesting unlimited layers and improvements in layer management (e.g., better renaming workflows to avoid visibility issues). Export Formats: Exporting to high-quality PSD and PNG is inconsistent, with issues such as loss of alpha transparency and layer data being highlighted. Users are eager for a more seamless export experience. Here are a few examples from recent reviews to illustrate these concerns: "Blending tools demand several additional steps, making them less streamlined than those offered by competitors." "Users are frustrated by the lack of unlimited layers, citing the inconvenience of having to save and re-import images to extend layer capacity." "The most recent update appears to have disrupted the Export function, as attempts to export drawings are unresponsive." Given how frequently these requests appear in the feedback, I wanted to touch base to understand how your team is currently approaching these areas. Are there any updates or plans in motion to address these features? We’re really excited to see where the app goes next and would love to assist in gathering more structured user insights if that would be helpful! Looking forward to your thoughts. Warm regards, \[Your Full Name\] \[Your Position\] \[Your Contact Information\] \---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- This approach demonstrates sincerity in understanding their business and lays a foundation to build a trusted advisor relationship. What do you all think? Is anyone interested in seeing a full demo? I would love to get some feedback.

We made $325k in 2023 from AI products, starting from 0, with no-code, no funding and no audience

I met my co-founder in late 2022 after an introduction from a mutual friend to talk about how to find contract Product Management roles. I was sporadically contracting at start-up at the time and he had just come out of another start-up that was wiped out by the pandemic. We hit it off, talking about ideas, sharing what other indie-hackers were doing, and given GPT-3’s prominence at the time, we started throwing around ideas about things we could build with it, if nothing else, just to learn. I should caveat, neither of us were AI experts when starting out, everything we learned has been through Twitter and blogs, my background is as an accountant, and his a consultant. Here’s how it went since then: &#x200B; Nov 2022 (+$50) \- We built a simple tool in around a week using GPT-3 fine-tuning and a no-code tool (Bubble) that helped UK university students write their personal statements for their applications \- We set some Google Ads going and managed to make a few sales (\~$50) in the first week \- OpenAI were still approving applications at the time and said this went against their “ethics” so we had to take it down &#x200B; Dec 2022 (+$200) \- We couldn’t stop coming up with ideas related to AI fine-tuning, but realised it was almost impossible to decide which to pursue \- We needed a deadline to force us so we signed up for the Ben’s Bites hackathon in late December \- In a week, we built and launched a no-code fine-tuning platform, allowing people to create fine-tuned models by dragging and dropping an Excel file onto it \- We launched it on Product Hunt, having no idea how to price it, and somehow managed to get \~2,000 visitors on the site and make 2 sales at $99 &#x200B; Jan 2023 (+$3,000) \- We doubled down on the fine-tuning idea and managed to get up to \~$300 MRR, plus a bunch of one-time sales and a few paid calls to help people get the most out of their models \- We quickly realised that people didn’t want to curate models themselves, they just wanted to dump data and get magic out \- That was when we saw people building “Talk with x book/podcast” on Twitter as side projects and realised that was the missing piece, we needed to turn it into a tool \- We started working on the new product in late January &#x200B; Feb 2023 (+$9,000) \- We started pre-selling access to an MVP for the new product, which allowed people to “chat with their data/content”, we got $5,000 in pre-sales, more than we made from the previous product in total \- By mid-February, after 3 weeks of building we were able to launch and immediately managed to get traction, getting to $1k MRR in < 1 week, building on the hype of ChatGPT and AI (we were very lucky here) &#x200B; Mar - Jul 2023 (+$98,000) \- We worked all the waking hours to keep up with customer demand, bugs, OpenAI issues \- We built integrations for a bunch of services like Slack, Teams, Wordpress etc, added tons of new functionality and continue talking to customers every day \- We managed to grow to $17k MRR (just about enough to cover our living expenses and costs in London) through building in public on Twitter, newsletters and AI directories (and a million other little things) \- We sold our fine-tuning platform for \~$20k and our university project for \~$3k on Acquire &#x200B; Aug 2023 (+$100,000) \- We did some custom development work based on our own product for a customer that proved pretty lucrative &#x200B; Sep - Oct 2023 (+$62,000) \- After 8 months of building constantly, we started digging more seriously into our usage and saw subscriptions plateauing \- We talked to and analysed all our paying users to identify the main use cases and found 75% were for SaaS customer support \- We took the leap to completely rebuild a version of our product around this use case, our biggest to date (especially given most features with no-code took us <1 day) &#x200B; Nov - Dec 2023 (+$53,000) \- We picked up some small custom development work that utilised our own tech \- We’re sitting at around $22k MRR now with a few bigger clients signed up and coming soon \- After 2 months of building and talking to users, we managed to finish our “v2” of our product, focussed squarely on SaaS customer support and launched it today. &#x200B; We have no idea what the response will be to this new version, but we’re pretty happy with it, but couldn’t have planned anything that happened to us in 2023 so who knows what will come of 2024, we just know that we are going to be learning a ton more. &#x200B; Overall, it is probably the most I have had to think in my life - other jobs you can zone out from time to time or rely on someone else if you aren’t feeling it - not when you are doing this, case and point, I am writing this with a banging head-cold right now, but wanted to get this done. A few more things we have learned along the way - context switching is unreal, as is keeping up with, learning and reacting to AI. There isn’t a moment of the day I am not thinking about what we do next. But while in some way we now have hundreds of bosses (our customers) I still haven’t felt this free and can’t imagine ever going back to work for someone else. Next year we’re really hoping to figure out some repeatable distribution channels and personally, I want to get a lot better at creating content/writing, this is a first step! Hope this helps someone else reading this to just try starting something and see what happens.

The delicate balance of building an online community business

Hey /r/Entrepreneur 👋 Just under two years ago I launched an online community business called Traffic Think Tank with two other co-founders, Nick Eubanks and Ian Howells. As a Traffic Think Tank customer you (currently) pay $119 a month to get access to our online community, which is run through Slack. The community is focused on helping you learn various aspects of marketing, with a particular focus on search engine optimization (SEO). Alongside access to the Slack community, we publish new educational video content from outside experts every week that all customers have access to. At the time of writing, Traffic Think Tank has around 650 members spanning across 17 of the 24 different global time zones. I was on a business trip over in Sydney recently, and during my time there I met up with some of our Australia-based community members. During dinner I was asked by several of them how the idea for Traffic Think Tank came about and what steps we took to validate that the idea was worth pursuing.  This is what I told them… How it all began It all started with a personal need. Nick, an already successful entrepreneur and owner of a marketing agency, had tested out an early version Traffic Think Tank in early 2017. He offered real-time consulting for around ten customers that he ran from Slack. He would publish some educational videos and offer his advice on projects that the members were running. The initial test went well, but it was tough to maintain on his own and he had to charge a fairly high price to make it worth his time. That’s when he spoke to me and Ian about turning this idea into something much bigger. Both Ian and I offered something slightly different to Nick. We’ve both spent time in senior positions at marketing agencies, but currently hold senior director positions in 2,000+ public employee companies (HubSpot and LendingTree). Alongside this, as a trio we could really ramp up the quality and quantity of content within the community, spread out the administrative workload and just generally have more resources to throw at getting this thing off the ground. Admittedly, Nick was much more optimistic about the potential of Traffic Think Tank – something I’m very thankful for now – whereas Ian and I were in the camp of “you’re out of your mind if you think hundreds of people are going to pay us to be a part of a Slack channel”. To validate the idea at scale, we decided that we’d get an initial MVP of the community up and running with a goal of reaching 100 paying customers in the first six months. If we achieved that, we’d validated that it was a viable business and we would continue to pursue it. If not, we’d kill it. We spent the next month building out the initial tech stack that enabled us to accept payments, do basic user management to the Slack channel, and get a one-page website up and running with information on what Traffic Think Tank was all about.  After this was ready, we doubled down on getting some initial content created for members – I mean, we couldn’t have people just land in an empty Slack channel, could we? We created around ten initial videos, 20 or so articles and then some long threads full of useful information within the Slack channel so that members would have some content to pour into right from the beginning.  Then, it was time to go live. The first 100 customers Fortunately, both Nick and I had built a somewhat substantial following in the SEO space over the previous 5-10 years, so we at least had a large email list to tap into (a total of around 40,000 people). We queued up some launch emails, set an initial price of $99 per month and pressed send. [\[LINK\] The launch email I sent to my subscribers announcing Traffic Think Tank](https://mailchi.mp/matthewbarby/future-of-marketing-1128181) What we didn’t expect was to sell all of the initial 100 membership spots in the first 72 hours. “Shit. What do we do now? Are we ready for this many people? Are we providing them with enough value? What if something breaks in our tech stack? What if they don’t like the content? What if everyone hates Slack?” All of these were thoughts running through my head. This brings me to the first great decision we made: we closed down new membership intake for 3 months so that we could focus completely on adding value to the first cohort of users. The right thing at the right time SEO is somewhat of a dark art to many people that are trying to learn about it for the first time. There’s hundreds of thousands (possibly millions) of articles and videos online that talk about how to do SEO.  Some of it’s good advice; a lot of it is very bad advice.  Add to this that the barrier to entry of claiming to be an “expert” in SEO is practically non-existent and you have a recipe for disaster. This is why, for a long time, individuals involved in SEO have flocked in their masses to online communities for information and to bounce ideas off of others in the space. Forums like SEObook, Black Hat World, WickedFire, Inbound.org, /r/BigSEO, and many more have, at one time, been called home by many SEOs.  In recent times, these communities have either been closed down or just simply haven’t adapted to the changing needs of the community – one of those needs being real-time feedback on real-world problems.  The other big need that we all spotted and personally had was the ability to openly share the things that are working – and the things that aren’t – in SEO within a private forum. Not everyone wanted to share their secret sauce with the world. One of the main reasons we chose Slack as the platform to run our community on was the fact that it solved these two core needs. It gave the ability to communicate in real-time across multiple devices, and all of the information shared within it was outside of the public domain. The other problem that plagued a lot of these early communities was spam. Most of them were web-based forums that were free to access. That meant they became a breeding ground for people trying to either sell their services or promote their own content – neither of which is conducive to building a thriving community. This was our main motivation for charging a monthly fee to access Traffic Think Tank. We spent a lot of time thinking through pricing. It needed to be enough money that people would be motivated to really make use of their membership and act in a way that’s beneficial to the community, but not too much money that it became cost prohibitive to the people that would benefit from it the most. Considering that most of our members would typically spend between $200-800 per month on SEO software, $99 initially felt like the perfect balance. Growing pains The first three months of running the community went by without any major hiccups. Members were incredibly patient with us, gave us great feedback and were incredibly helpful and accommodating to other members. Messages were being posted every day, with Nick, Ian and myself seeding most of the engagement at this stage.  With everything going smoothly, we decided that it was time to open the doors to another intake of new members. At this point we’d accumulated a backlog of people on our waiting list, so we knew that simply opening our doors would result in another large intake. Adding more members to a community has a direct impact on the value that each member receives. For Traffic Think Tank in particular, the value for members comes from three areas: The ability to have your questions answered by me, Nick and Ian, as well as other members of the community. The access to a large library of exclusive content. The ability to build connections with the wider community. In the early stages of membership growth, there was a big emphasis on the first of those three points. We didn’t have an enormous content library, nor did we have a particularly large community of members, so a lot of the value came from getting a lot of one-to-one time with the community founders. [\[IMAGE\] Screenshot of engagement within the Traffic Think Tank Slack community](https://cdn.shortpixel.ai/client/qglossy,retimg,w_1322/https://www.matthewbarby.com/wp-content/uploads/2019/08/Community-Engagement-in-Traffic-Think-Tank.png) The good thing about having 100 members was that it was just about feasible to give each and every member some one-to-one time within the month, which really helped us to deliver those moments of delight that the community needed early on. Two-and-a-half months after we launched Traffic Think Tank, we opened the doors to another 250 people, taking our total number of members to 350. This is where we experienced our first growing pains.  Our original members had become used to being able to drop us direct messages and expect an almost instant response, but this wasn’t feasible anymore. There were too many people, and we needed to create a shift in behavior. We needed more value to come from the community engaging with one another or we’d never be able to scale beyond this level. We started to really pay attention to engagement metrics; how many people were logging in every day, and of those, how many were actually posting messages within public channels.  We asked members that were logging in a lot but weren’t posting (the “lurkers”) why that was the case. We also asked the members that engaged in the community the most what motivated them to post regularly. We learned a lot from doing this. We found that the large majority of highly-engaged members had much more experience in SEO, whereas most of the “lurkers” were beginners. This meant that most of the information being shared in the community was very advanced, with a lot of feedback from the beginners in the group being that they “didn’t want to ask a stupid question”.  As managers of the community, we needed to facilitate conversations that catered to all of our members, not just those at a certain level of skill. To tackle this problem, we created a number of new channels that had a much deeper focus on beginner topics so novice members had a safe place to ask questions without judgment.  We also started running live video Q&As each month where we’d answer questions submitted by the community. This gave our members one-on-one time with me, Nick and Ian, but spread the value of these conversations across the whole community rather than them being hidden within private messages. As a result of these changes, we found that the more experienced members in the community were really enjoying sharing their knowledge with those with less experience. The number of replies within each question thread was really starting to increase, and the community started to shift away from just being a bunch of threads created by me, Nick and Ian to a thriving forum of diverse topics compiled by a diverse set of individuals. This is what we’d always wanted. A true community. It was starting to happen. [\[IMAGE\] Chart showing community engagement vs individual member value](https://cdn.shortpixel.ai/client/qglossy,retimg,w_1602/https://www.matthewbarby.com/wp-content/uploads/2019/08/Community-Engagement-Balance-Graph.jpg) At the same time, we started to realize that we’ll eventually reach a tipping point where there’ll be too much content for us to manage and our members to engage with. When we reach this point, the community will be tough to follow and the quality of any given post will go down. Not only that, but the community will become increasingly difficult to moderate. We’re not there yet, but we recognize that this will come, and we’ll have to adjust our model again. Advocating advocacy As we started to feel more comfortable about the value that members were receiving, we made the decision to indefinitely open for new members. At the same time, we increased the price of membership (from $99 a month to $119) in a bid to strike the right balance between profitability as a business and to slow down the rate at which we were reaching the tipping point of community size. We also made the decision to repay all of our early adopters by grandfathering them in to the original pricing – and committing to always do this in the future. Despite the price increase, we saw a continued flow of new members come into the community. The craziest part about this was that we were doing practically no marketing activities to encourage new members– this was all coming from word of mouth. Our members were getting enough value from the community that they were recommending it to their friends, colleagues and business partners.  The scale at which this was happening really took us by surprise and it told us one thing very clearly: delivering more value to members resulted in more value being delivered to the business. This is a wonderful dynamic to have because it perfectly aligns the incentives on both sides. We’d said from the start that we wouldn’t sacrifice value to members for more revenue – this is something that all three of us felt very strongly about. First and foremost, we wanted to create a community that delivered value to its members and was run in a way that aligned with our values as people. If we could find a way to stimulate brand advocacy, while also tightening the bonds between all of our individual community members, we’d be boosting both customer retention and customer acquisition in the same motion. This became our next big focus. [\[TWEET\] Adam, one of our members wore his Traffic Think Tank t-shirt in the Sahara desert](https://twitter.com/AdamGSteele/status/1130892481099382784) We started with some simple things: We shipped out Traffic Think Tank branded T-shirts to all new members. We’d call out each of the individuals that would submit questions to our live Q&A sessions and thank them live on air. We set up a new channel that was dedicated to sharing a quick introduction to who you are, what you do and where you’re based for all new members. We’d created a jobs channel and a marketplace for selling, buying and trading services with other members. Our monthly “blind dates” calls were started where you’d be randomly grouped with 3-4 other community members so that you could hop on a call to get to know each other better. The Traffic Think Tank In Real Life (IRL)* channel was born, which enabled members to facilitate in-person meetups with each other. In particular, we saw that as members started to meet in person or via calls the community itself was feeling more and more like a family. It became much closer knit and some members started to build up a really positive reputation for being particularly helpful to other members, or for having really strong knowledge in a specific area. [\[TWEET\] Dinner with some of the Traffic Think Tank members in Brighton, UK](https://twitter.com/matthewbarby/status/1117175584080134149) Nick, Ian and I would go out of our way to try and meet with members in real life wherever we could. I was taken aback by how appreciative people were for us doing this, and it also served as an invaluable way to gain honest feedback from members. There was another trend that we’d observed that we didn’t really expect to happen. More and more members were doing business with each another. We’ve had people find new jobs through the community, sell businesses to other members, launch joint ventures together and bring members in as consultants to their business. This has probably been the most rewarding thing to watch, and it was clear that the deeper relationships that our members were forming were resulting in an increased level of trust to work with each other. We wanted to harness this and take it to a new level. This brought us to arguably the best decision we’ve made so far running Traffic Think Tank… we were going to run a big live event for our members. I have no idea what I’m doing It’s the first week of January 2019 and we’re less than three weeks away from Traffic Think Tank LIVE, our first ever in-person event hosting 150 people, most of which are Traffic Think Tank members. It's like an ongoing nightmare I can’t wake up from. That was Nick’s response in our private admin channel to myself and Ian when I asked if they were finding the run-up to the event as stressful as I was. I think that all three of us were riding on such a high from how the community was growing that we felt like we could do anything. Running an event? How hard can it be? Well, turns out it’s really hard. We had seven different speakers flying over from around the world to speak at the event, there was a pre- and after event party, and we’d planned a charity dinner where we would take ten attendees (picked at random via a raffle) out for a fancy meal. Oh, and Nick, Ian and I were hosting a live Q&A session on stage. It wasn’t until precisely 48 hours before the event that we’d realized we didn’t have any microphones, nor had a large amount of the swag we’d ordered arrived. Plus, a giant storm had hit Philly causing a TON of flight cancellations. Perfect. Just perfect. This was honestly the tip of the iceberg. We hadn’t thought about who was going to run the registration desk, who would be taking photos during the event and who would actually field questions from the audience while all three of us sat on stage for our live Q&A panel. Turns out that the answer to all of those questions were my wife, Laura, and Nick’s wife, Kelley. Thankfully, they were on hand to save our asses. The weeks running up to the event were honestly some of the most stressful of my life. We sold around 50% of our ticket allocation within the final two weeks before the event. All of the event organizers told us this would happen, but did we believe them? Hell no!  Imagine having two weeks until the big day and as it stood half of the room would be completely empty. I was ready to fly most of my extended family over just to make it look remotely busy. [\[IMAGE\] One of our speakers, Ryan Stewart, presenting at Traffic Think Tank LIVE](https://cdn.shortpixel.ai/client/qglossy,retimg,w_1920/https://www.matthewbarby.com/wp-content/uploads/2019/08/Traffic-Think-Tank-LIVE-Ryan-Presenting.jpg) Thankfully, if all came together. We managed to acquire some microphones, the swag arrived on the morning of the event, all of our speakers were able to make it on time and the weather just about held up so that our entire allocation of ticket holders was able to make it to the event. We pooled together and I’m proud to say that the event was a huge success. While we made a substantial financial loss on the event itself, January saw a huge spike in new members, which more than recouped our losses. Not only that, but we got to hang out with a load of our members all day while they said really nice things about the thing we’d built. It was both exhausting and incredibly rewarding. Bring on Traffic Think Tank LIVE 2020! (This time we’re hiring an event manager...)   The road ahead Fast forward to today (August 2019) and Traffic Think Tank has over 650 members. The biggest challenges that we’re tackling right now include making sure the most interesting conversations and best content surfaces to the top of the community, making Slack more searchable (this is ultimately one of its flaws as a platform) and giving members a quicker way to find the exclusive content that we create. You’ll notice there’s a pretty clear theme here. In the past 30 days, 4,566 messages were posted in public channels inside Traffic Think Tank. If you add on any messages posted inside private direct messages, this number rises to 21,612. That’s a lot of messages. To solve these challenges and enable further scale in the future, we’ve invested a bunch of cash and our time into building out a full learning management system (LMS) that all members will get access to alongside the Slack community. The LMS will be a web-based portal that houses all of the video content we produce. It will also  provide an account admin section where users can update or change their billing information (they have to email us to do this right now, which isn’t ideal), a list of membership perks and discounts with our partners, and a list of links to some of the best threads within Slack – when clicked, these will drop you directly into Slack. [\[IMAGE\] Designs for the new learning management system (LMS)](https://cdn.shortpixel.ai/client/qglossy,retimg,w_2378/https://www.matthewbarby.com/wp-content/uploads/2019/08/Traffic-Think-Tank-LMS.png) It’s not been easy, but we’re 95% of the way through this and I’m certain that it will have a hugely positive impact on the experience for our members. Alongside this we hired a community manager, Liz, who supports with any questions that our members have, coordinates with external experts to arrange webinars for the community, helps with new member onboarding, and has tightened up some of our processes around billing and general accounts admin. This was a great decision. Finally, we’ve started planning next year’s live event, which we plan to more than double in size to 350 attendees, and we decided to pick a slightly warmer location in Miami this time out. Stay tuned for me to have a complete meltdown 3 weeks from the event. Final thoughts When I look back on the journey we’ve had so far building Traffic Think Tank, there’s one very important piece to this puzzle that’s made all of this work that I’ve failed to mention so far: co-founder alignment. Building a community is a balancing act that relies heavily on those in charge being completely aligned. Nick, Ian and I completely trust each other and more importantly, are philosophically aligned on how we want to run and grow the community. If we didn’t have this, the friction between us could tear apart the entire community. Picking the right people to work with is important in any company, but when your business is literally about bringing people together, there’s no margin for error here.  While I’m sure there will be many more challenges ahead, knowing that we all trust each other to make decisions that fall in line with each of our core values makes these challenges dramatically easier to overcome. Finally, I’d like to thank all of our members for making the community what it is today – it’d be nothing without you and I promise that we’ll never take that for granted. &#x200B; I originally posted this on my blog here. Welcoming all of your thoughts, comments, questions and I'll do my best to answer them :)

How a Small Startup in Asia Secured a Contract with the US Department of Homeland Security

Uzair Javaid, a Ph.D. with a passion for data privacy, co-founded Betterdata to tackle one of AI's most pressing challenges: protecting privacy while enabling innovation. Recently, Betterdata secured a lucrative contract with the US Department of Homeland Security, 1 of only 4 companies worldwide to do so and the only one in Asia. Here's how he did it: The Story So what's your story? I grew up in Peshawar, Pakistan, excelling in coding despite studying electrical engineering. Inspired by my professors, I set my sights on studying abroad and eventually earned a Ph.D. scholarship at NUS Singapore, specializing in data security and privacy. During my research, I ethically hacked Ethereum and published 15 papers—three times the requirement. While wrapping up my Ph.D., I explored startup ideas and joined Entrepreneur First, where I met Kevin Yee. With his expertise in generative models and mine in privacy, we founded Betterdata. Now, nearly three years in, we’ve secured a major contract with the U.S. Department of Homeland Security—one of only four companies globally and the only one from Asia. The Startup In a nutshell, what does your startup do? Betterdata is a startup that uses AI and synthetic data generation to address two major challenges: data privacy and the scarcity of high-quality data for training AI models. By leveraging generative models and privacy-enhancing technologies, Betterdata enables businesses, such as banks, to use customer data without breaching privacy regulations. The platform trains AI on real data, learns its patterns, and generates synthetic data that mimics the real thing without containing any personal or sensitive information. This allows companies to innovate and develop AI solutions safely and ethically, all while tackling the growing need for diverse, high-quality data in AI development. How did you conduct ideation and validation for your startup? The initial idea for Betterdata came from personal experience. During my Ph.D., I ethically hacked Ethereum’s blockchain, exposing flaws in encryption-based data sharing. This led me to explore AI-driven deep synthesis technology—similar to deepfakes but for structured data privacy. With GDPR impacting 28M+ businesses, I saw a massive opportunity to help enterprises securely share data while staying compliant. To validate the idea, I spoke to 50 potential customers—a number that strikes the right balance. Some say 100, but that’s impractical for early-stage founders. At 50, patterns emerge: if 3 out of 10 mention the same problem, and this repeats across 50, you have 10–15 strong signals, making it a solid foundation for an MVP. Instead of outbound sales, which I dislike, we used three key methods: Account-Based Marketing (ABM)—targeting technically savvy users with solutions for niche problems, like scaling synthetic data for banks. Targeted Content Marketing—regular customer conversations shaped our thought leadership and outreach. Raising Awareness Through Partnerships—collaborating with NUS, Singapore’s PDPC, and Plug and Play to build credibility and educate the market. These strategies attracted serious customers willing to pay, guiding Betterdata’s product development and market fit. How did you approach the initial building and ongoing product development? In the early stages, we built synthetic data generation algorithms and a basic UI for proof-of-concept, using open-source datasets to engage with banks. We quickly learned that banks wouldn't share actual customer data due to privacy concerns, so we had to conduct on-site installations and gather feedback to refine our MVP. Through continuous consultation with customers, we discovered real enterprise data posed challenges, such as missing values, which led us to adapt our prototype accordingly. This iterative approach of listening to customer feedback and observing their usage allowed us to improve our product, enhance UX, and address unmet needs while building trust and loyalty. Working closely with our customers also gives us a data advantage. Our solution’s effectiveness depends on customer data, which we can't fully access, but bridging this knowledge gap gives us a competitive edge. The more customers we test on, the more our algorithms adapt to diverse use cases, making it harder for competitors to replicate our insights. My approach to iteration is simple: focus solely on customer feedback and ignore external noise like trends or advice. The key question for the team is: which customer is asking for this feature or solution? As long as there's a clear answer, we move forward. External influences, such as AI hype, often bring more confusion than clarity. True long-term success comes from solving real customer problems, not chasing trends. Customers may not always know exactly what they want, but they understand their problems. Our job is to identify these problems and solve them in innovative ways. While customers may suggest specific features, we stay focused on solving the core issue rather than just fulfilling their exact requests. The idea aligns with the quote often attributed to Henry Ford: "If I asked people what they wanted, they would have said faster horses." The key is understanding their problems, not just taking requests at face value. How do you assess product-market fit? To assess product-market fit, we track two key metrics: Customers' Willingness to Pay: We measure both the quantity and quality of meetings with potential customers. A high number of meetings with key decision-makers signals genuine interest. At Betterdata, we focused on getting meetings with people in banks and large enterprises to gauge our product's resonance with the target market. How Much Customers Are Willing to Pay: We monitor the price customers are willing to pay, especially in the early stages. For us, large enterprises, like banks, were willing to pay a premium for our synthetic data platform due to the growing need for privacy tech. This feedback guided our product refinement and scaling strategy. By focusing on these metrics, we refined our product and positioned it for scaling. What is your business model? We employ a structured, phase-driven approach for out business model, as a B2B startup. I initially struggled with focusing on the core value proposition in sales, often becoming overly educational. Eventually, we developed a product roadmap with models that allowed us to match customer needs to specific offerings and justify our pricing. Our pricing structure includes project-based pilots and annual contracts for successful deployments. At Betterdata, our customer engagement unfolds across three phases: Phase 1: Trial and Benchmarking \- We start with outreach and use open-source datasets to showcase results, offering customers a trial period to evaluate the solution. Phase 2: Pilot or PoC \- After positive trial results, we conduct a PoC or pilot using the customer’s private data, with the understanding that successful pilots lead to an annual contract. Phase 3: Multi-Year Contracts \- Following a successful pilot, we transition to long-term commercial contracts, focusing on multi-year agreements to ensure stability and ongoing partnerships. How do you do marketing for your brand? We take a non-conventional approach to marketing, focusing on answering one key question: Which customers are willing to pay, and how much? This drives our messaging to show how our solution meets their needs. Our strategy centers around two main components: Building a network of lead magnets \- These are influential figures like senior advisors, thought leaders, and strategic partners. Engaging with institutions like IMDA, SUTD, and investors like Plug and Play helps us gain access to the right people and foster warm introductions, which shorten our sales cycle and ensure we’re reaching the right audience. Thought leadership \- We build our brand through customer traction, technology evidence, and regulatory guidelines. This helps us establish credibility in the market and position ourselves as trusted leaders in our field. This holistic approach has enabled us to navigate diverse market conditions in Asia and grow our B2B relationships. By focusing on these areas, we drive business growth and establish strong trust with stakeholders. What's your advice for fundraising? Here are my key takeaways for other founders when it comes to fundraising: Fundraise When You Don’t Need To We closed our seed round in April 2023, a time when we weren't actively raising. Founders should always be in fundraising mode, even when they're not immediately in need of capital. Don’t wait until you have only a few months of runway left. Keep the pipeline open and build relationships. When the timing is right, execution becomes much easier. For us, our investment came through a combination of referrals and inbound interest. Even our lead investor initially rejected us, but after re-engaging, things eventually fell into place. It’s crucial to stay humble, treat everyone with respect, and maintain those relationships for when the time is right. Be Mindful of How You Present Information When fundraising, how you present information matters a lot. We created a comprehensive, easily digestible investment memo, hosted on Notion, which included everything an investor might need—problem, solution, market, team, risks, opportunities, and data. The goal was for investors to be able to get the full picture within 30 minutes without chasing down extra details. We also focused on making our financial model clear and meaningful, even though a 5-year forecast might be overkill at the seed stage. The key was clarity and conciseness, and making it as easy as possible for investors to understand the opportunity. I learned that brevity and simplicity are often the best ways to make a memorable impact. For the pitch itself, keep it simple and focus on 4 things: problem, solution, team, and market. If you can summarize each of these clearly and concisely, you’ll have a compelling pitch. Later on, you can expand into market segments, traction, and other metrics, but for seed-stage, focus on those four areas, and make sure you’re strong in at least three of them. If you do, you'll have a compelling case. How do you run things day-to-day? i.e what's your operational workflow and team structure? Here's an overview of our team structure and process: Internally: Our team is divided into two main areas: backend (internal team) and frontend (market-facing team). There's no formal hierarchy within the backend team. We all operate as equals, defining our goals based on what needs to be developed, assigning tasks, and meeting weekly to share updates and review progress. The focus is on full ownership of tasks and accountability for getting things done. I also contribute to product development, identifying challenges and clearing obstacles to help the team move forward. Backend Team: We approach tasks based on the scope defined by customers, with no blame or hierarchy. It's like a sports team—sometimes someone excels, and other times they struggle, but we support each other and move forward together. Everyone has the creative freedom to work in the way that suits them best, but we establish regular meetings and check-ins to ensure alignment and progress. Frontend Team: For the market-facing side, we implement a hierarchy because the market expects this structure. If I present myself as "CEO," it signals authority and credibility. This distinction affects how we communicate with the market and how we build our brand. The frontend team is split into four main areas: Business Product (Software Engineering) Machine Learning Engineering R&D The C-suite sits at the top, followed by team leads, and then the executors. We distill market expectations into actionable tasks, ensuring that everyone is clear on their role and responsibilities. Process: We start by receiving market expectations and defining tasks based on them. Tasks are assigned to relevant teams, and execution happens with no communication barriers between team members. This ensures seamless collaboration and focused execution. The main goal is always effectiveness—getting things done efficiently while maintaining flexibility in how individuals approach their work. In both teams, there's an emphasis on accountability, collaboration, and clear communication, but the structure varies according to the nature of the work and external expectations.

Raised $450k for my startup, here are the lessons I've learned along the way

2021 has been a pretty amazing year for Omnisearch. Having started initial work on Omnisearch at the end of 2020, we entered the new year with a working MVP yet no revenue, no significant partnerships, and no funding. Fast forward to the end of 2021, and we now have fantastic revenue growth, a partnership with a public company, and a far more powerful, complete and polished product. But one milestone really changed Omnisearch’s trajectory: our $450,000 USD pre-seed round by GoAhead Ventures. In this post I want to share the story of how it came about and offer a couple of takeaways to keep in mind when preparing for fundraising. &#x200B; The story Contrary to most advice, my co-founder Matej and I didn’t allocate a specific time to switch to “fundraising mode” but rather talked to investors on an ongoing basis. It was a bit of a distraction from working on the product, but on the positive side we were able to constantly get feedback on the idea, pitch, go-to-market strategy and hiring, as well as hearing investors’ major concerns sooner rather than later. That being said, our six-month long fundraising efforts weren’t yielding results - we talked to about twenty investors, mostly angels or smaller funds, with no success. The feedback was generally of the “too early for us” variety (since we were still pre-revenue), with additional questions about our go-to-market strategy and ideal customer persona. The introduction to our eventual investors, California-based GoAhead Ventures, came through a friend who had pitched them previously. We wrote a simple blurb and sent our pitch deck. We then went through GoAhead’s hyper-efficient screening process, consisting of a 30-minute call, a recorded three-minute pitch, and filling out a simple Google doc. Throughout the whole process, the GoAhead team left an awesome impression thanks to their knowledge of enterprise software and their responsiveness. They ended up investing and the whole deal was closed within two weeks, which is super fast even by Silicon Valley standards. While our fundraising experience is a single data point and your case might be different, here are the key takeaways from our journey. &#x200B; Perseverance wins: Like I said above, we talked to about twenty investors before we closed our round. Getting a series of “no”s sucks, but we took the feedback seriously and tried to prepare better for questions that caught us off guard. But we persevered, keeping in mind that from a bird’s eye perspective it’s an amazing time to be building startups and raising funds. Focus on traction: Sounds pretty obvious, right? The truth is, though, that even a small amount of revenue is infinitely better than none at all. One of the major differences between our eventual successful investor pitch and the earlier ones was that we had actual paying customers, though our MRR was low. This allows you to talk about customers in the present tense, showing there’s actual demand for your product and making the use cases more tangible. And ideally, highlight a couple of customer testimonials to boost your credibility. Have a demo ready: In Omnisearch’s case, the demo was oftentimes the best received part of the pitch or call. We’d show investors the live demo, and for bonus points even asked them to choose a video from YouTube and then try searching through it. This always had a “wow” effect on prospective investors and made the subsequent conversation more exciting and positive. Accelerators: Accelerators like Y Combinator or Techstars can add enormous value to a startup, especially in the early stages. And while it’s a great idea to apply, don’t rely on them too heavily. Applications happen only a few times a year, and you should have a foolproof fundraising plan in case you don’t get in. In our case, we just constantly looked for investors who were interested in our space (defined as enterprise SaaS more broadly), using LinkedIn, AngelList, and intros from our own network. Practice the pitch ad nauseam: Pitching is tough to get right even for seasoned pros, so it pays to practice as often as possible. We took every opportunity to perfect the pitch: attending meetups and giving the thirty-second elevator pitch to other attendees over beer and pizza, participating in startup competitions, going to conferences and exhibiting at our own booth, attending pre-accelerator programs, and pitching to friends who are in the startup world. Show an understanding of the competition: Frankly, this was one of the strongest parts of our pitch and investor conversations. If you’re in a similar space to ours, Gartner Magic Quadrants and Forrester Waves are an awesome resource, as well as sites like AlternativeTo or Capterra and G2. By thoroughly studying these resources we gained a great understanding of the industry landscape and were able to articulate our differentiation more clearly and succinctly. Presenting this visually in a coordinate system or a feature grid is, from our experience, even more effective. Remember it’s just the beginning! Getting your first round of funding is just the beginning of the journey, so it’s important to avoid euphoria and get back to building and selling the product as soon as possible. While securing funding enables you to scale the team, and is a particular relief if the founders had worked without a salary, the end goal is still to build a big, profitable, and overall awesome startup.

How a founder built a B2B AI startup to serve with 65+ global brands (including Fortune500 companies)

AI Palette is an AI-driven platform that helps food and beverage companies predict emerging product trends. I had the opportunity recently to sit down with the founder to get his advice on building an AI-first startup, which he'll be going through in this post. About AI Palette: Co-founders: >!2 (Somsubhra GanChoudhuri, Himanshu Upreti)!!100+!!$12.7M USD!!AI-powered predictive analytics for the CPG (Consumer Packaged Goods) industry!!Signed first paying customer in the first year!!65+ global brands, including Cargill, Diageo, Ajinomoto, Symrise, Mondelez, and L’Oréal, use AI Palette!!Every new product launched has secured a paying client within months!!Expanded into Beauty & Personal Care (BPC), onboarding one of India’s largest BPC companies within weeks!!Launched multiple new product lines in the last two years, creating a unified suite for brand innovation!Identify the pain points in your industry for ideas* When I was working in the flavour and fragrance industry, I noticed a major issue CPG companies faced: launching a product took at least one to two years. For instance, if a company decided today to launch a new juice, it wouldn’t hit the market until 2027. This long timeline made it difficult to stay relevant and on top of trends. Another big problem I noticed was that companies relied heavily on market research to determine what products to launch. While this might work for current consumer preferences, it was highly inefficient since the product wouldn’t actually reach the market for several years. By the time the product launched, the consumer trends had already shifted, making that research outdated. That’s where AI can play a crucial role. Instead of looking at what consumers like today, we realised that companies should use AI to predict what they will want next. This allows businesses to create products that are ahead of the curve. Right now, the failure rate for new product launches is alarmingly high, with 8 out of 10 products failing. By leveraging AI, companies can avoid wasting resources on products that won’t succeed, leading to better, more successful launches. Start by talking to as many industry experts as possible to identify the real problems When we first had the idea for AI Palette, it was just a hunch, a gut feeling—we had no idea whether people would actually pay for it. To validate the idea, we reached out to as many people as we could within the industry. Since our focus area was all about consumer insights, we spoke to professionals in the CPG sector, particularly those in the insights departments of CPG companies. Through these early conversations, we began to see a common pattern emerge and identified the exact problem we wanted to solve. Don’t tell people what you’re building—listen to their frustrations and challenges first. Going into these early customer conversations, our goal was to listen and understand their challenges without telling them what we were trying to build. This is crucial as it ensures that you can gather as much data about the problem to truly understand it and that you aren't biasing their answers by showing your solution. This process helped us in two key ways: First, it validated that there was a real problem in the industry through the number of people who spoke about experiencing the same problem. Second, it allowed us to understand the exact scale and depth of the problem—e.g., how much money companies were spending on consumer research, what kind of tools they were currently using, etc. Narrow down your focus to a small, actionable area to solve initially. Once we were certain that there was a clear problem worth solving, we didn’t try to tackle everything at once. As a small team of two people, we started by focusing on a specific area of the problem—something big enough to matter but small enough for us to handle. Then, we approached customers with a potential solution and asked them for feedback. We learnt that our solution seemed promising, but we wanted to validate it further. If customers are willing to pay you for the solution, it’s a strong validation signal for market demand. One of our early customer interviewees even asked us to deliver the solution, which we did manually at first. We used machine learning models to analyse the data and presented the results in a slide deck. They paid us for the work, which was a critical moment. It meant we had something with real potential, and we had customers willing to pay us before we had even built the full product. This was the key validation that we needed. By the time we were ready to build the product, we had already gathered crucial insights from our early customers. We understood the specific information they wanted and how they wanted the results to be presented. This input was invaluable in shaping the development of our final product. Building & Product Development Start with a simple concept/design to validate with customers before building When we realised the problem and solution, we began by designing the product, but not by jumping straight into coding. Instead, we created wireframes and user interfaces using tools like InVision and Figma. This allowed us to visually represent the product without the need for backend or frontend development at first. The goal was to showcase how the product would look and feel, helping potential customers understand its value before we even started building. We showed these designs to potential customers and asked for feedback. Would they want to buy this product? Would they pay for it? We didn’t dive into actual development until we found a customer willing to pay a significant amount for the solution. This approach helped us ensure we were on the right track and didn’t waste time or resources building something customers didn’t actually want. Deliver your solution using a manual consulting approach before developing an automated product Initially, we solved problems for customers in a more "consulting" manner, delivering insights manually. Recall how I mentioned that when one of our early customer interviewees asked us to deliver the solution, we initially did it manually by using machine learning models to analyse the data and presenting the results to them in a slide deck. This works for the initial stages of validating your solution, as you don't want to invest too much time into building a full-blown MVP before understanding the exact features and functionalities that your users want. However, after confirming that customers were willing to pay for what we provided, we moved forward with actual product development. This shift from a manual service to product development was key to scaling in a sustainable manner, as our building was guided by real-world feedback and insights rather than intuition. Let ongoing customer feedback drive iteration and the product roadmap Once we built the first version of the product, it was basic, solving only one problem. But as we worked closely with customers, they requested additional features and functionalities to make it more useful. As a result, we continued to evolve the product to handle more complex use cases, gradually developing new modules based on customer feedback. Product development is a continuous process. Our early customers pushed us to expand features and modules, from solving just 20% of their problems to tackling 50–60% of their needs. These demands shaped our product roadmap and guided the development of new features, ultimately resulting in a more complete solution. Revenue and user numbers are key metrics for assessing product-market fit. However, critical mass varies across industries Product-market fit (PMF) can often be gauged by looking at the size of your revenue and the number of customers you're serving. Once you've reached a certain critical mass of customers, you can usually tell that you're starting to hit product-market fit. However, this critical mass varies by industry and the type of customers you're targeting. For example, if you're building an app for a broad consumer market, you may need thousands of users. But for enterprise software, product-market fit may be reached with just a few dozen key customers. Compare customer engagement and retention with other available solutions on the market for product-market fit Revenue and the number of customers alone isn't always enough to determine if you're reaching product-market fit. The type of customer and the use case for your product also matter. The level of engagement with your product—how much time users are spending on the platform—is also an important metric to track. The more time they spend, the more likely it is that your product is meeting a crucial need. Another way to evaluate product-market fit is by assessing retention, i.e whether users are returning to your platform and relying on it consistently, as compared to other solutions available. That's another key indication that your solution is gaining traction in the market. Business Model & Monetisation Prioritise scalability Initially, we started with a consulting-type model where we tailor-made specific solutions for each customer use-case we encountered and delivered the CPG insights manually, but we soon realized that this wasn't scalable. The problem with consulting is that you need to do the same work repeatedly for every new project, which requires a large team to handle the workload. That is not how you sustain a high-growth startup. To solve this, we focused on building a product that would address the most common problems faced by our customers. Once built, this product could be sold to thousands of customers without significant overheads, making the business scalable. With this in mind, we decided on a SaaS (Software as a Service) business model. The benefit of SaaS is that once you create the software, you can sell it to many customers without adding extra overhead. This results in a business with higher margins, where the same product can serve many customers simultaneously, making it much more efficient than the consulting model. Adopt a predictable, simplistic business model for efficiency. Look to industry practices for guidance When it came to monetisation, we considered the needs of our CPG customers, who I knew from experience were already accustomed to paying annual subscriptions for sales databases and other software services. We decided to adopt the same model and charge our customers an annual upfront fee. This model worked well for our target market, aligning with industry standards and ensuring stable, recurring revenue. Moreover, our target CPG customers were already used to this business model and didn't have to choose from a huge variety of payment options, making closing sales a straightforward and efficient process. Marketing & Sales Educate the market to position yourself as a thought leader When we started, AI was not widely understood, especially in the CPG industry. We had to create awareness around both AI and its potential value. Our strategy focused on educating potential users and customers about AI, its relevance, and why they should invest in it. This education was crucial to the success of our marketing efforts. To establish credibility, we adopted a thought leadership approach. We wrote blogs on the importance of AI and how it could solve problems for CPG companies. We also participated in events and conferences to demonstrate our expertise in applying AI to the industry. This helped us build our brand and reputation as leaders in the AI space for CPG, and word-of-mouth spread as customers recognized us as the go-to company for AI solutions. It’s tempting for startups to offer products for free in the hopes of gaining early traction with customers, but this approach doesn't work in the long run. Free offerings don’t establish the value of your product, and customers may not take them seriously. You should always charge for pilots, even if the fee is minimal, to ensure that the customer is serious about potentially working with you, and that they are committed and engaged with the product. Pilots/POCs/Demos should aim to give a "flavour" of what you can deliver A paid pilot/POC trial also gives you the opportunity to provide a “flavour” of what your product can deliver, helping to build confidence and trust with the client. It allows customers to experience a detailed preview of what your product can do, which builds anticipation and desire for the full functionality. During this phase, ensure your product is built to give them a taste of the value you can provide, which sets the stage for a broader, more impactful adoption down the line. Fundraising & Financial Management Leverage PR to generate inbound interest from VCs When it comes to fundraising, our approach was fairly traditional—we reached out to VCs and used connections from existing investors to make introductions. However, looking back, one thing that really helped us build momentum during our fundraising process was getting featured in Tech in Asia. This wasn’t planned; it just so happened that Tech in Asia was doing a series on AI startups in Southeast Asia and they reached out to us for an article. During the interview, they asked if we were fundraising, and we mentioned that we were. As a result, several VCs we hadn’t yet contacted reached out to us. This inbound interest was incredibly valuable, and we found it far more effective than our outbound efforts. So, if you can, try to generate some PR attention—it can help create inbound interest from VCs, and that interest is typically much stronger and more promising than any outbound strategies because they've gone out of their way to reach out to you. Be well-prepared and deliberate about fundraising. Keep trying and don't lose heart When pitching to VCs, it’s crucial to be thoroughly prepared, as you typically only get one shot at making an impression. If you mess up, it’s unlikely they’ll give you a second chance. You need to have key metrics at your fingertips, especially if you're running a SaaS company. Be ready to answer questions like: What’s your retention rate? What are your projections for the year? How much will you close? What’s your average contract value? These numbers should be at the top of your mind. Additionally, fundraising should be treated as a structured process, not something you do on the side while juggling other tasks. When you start, create a clear plan: identify 20 VCs to reach out to each week. By planning ahead, you’ll maintain momentum and speed up the process. Fundraising can be exhausting and disheartening, especially when you face multiple rejections. Remember, you just need one investor to say yes to make it all worthwhile. When using funds, prioritise profitability and grow only when necessary. Don't rely on funding to survive. In the past, the common advice for startups was to raise money, burn through it quickly, and use it to boost revenue numbers, even if that meant operating at a loss. The idea was that profitability wasn’t the main focus, and the goal was to show rapid growth for the next funding round. However, times have changed, especially with the shift from “funding summer” to “funding winter.” My advice now is to aim for profitability as soon as possible and grow only when it's truly needed. For example, it’s tempting to hire a large team when you have substantial funds in the bank, but ask yourself: Do you really need 10 new hires, or could you get by with just four? Growing too quickly can lead to unnecessary expenses, so focus on reaching profitability as soon as possible, rather than just inflating your team or burn rate. The key takeaway is to spend your funds wisely and only when absolutely necessary to reach profitability. You want to avoid becoming dependent on future VC investments to keep your company afloat. Instead, prioritize reaching break-even as quickly as you can, so you're not reliant on external funding to survive in the long run. Team-Building & Leadership Look for complementary skill sets in co-founders When choosing a co-founder, it’s important to find someone with a complementary skill set, not just someone you’re close to. For example, I come from a business and commercial background, so I needed someone with technical expertise. That’s when I found my co-founder, Himanshu, who had experience in machine learning and AI. He was a great match because his technical knowledge complemented my business skills, and together we formed a strong team. It might seem natural to choose your best friend as your co-founder, but this can often lead to conflict. Chances are, you and your best friend share similar interests, skills, and backgrounds, which doesn’t bring diversity to the table. If both of you come from the same industry or have the same strengths, you may end up butting heads on how things should be done. Having diverse skill sets helps avoid this and fosters a more collaborative working relationship. Himanshu (left) and Somsubhra (right) co-founded AI Palette in 2018 Define roles clearly to prevent co-founder conflict To avoid conflict, it’s essential that your roles as co-founders are clearly defined from the beginning. If your co-founder and you have distinct responsibilities, there is no room for overlap or disagreement. This ensures that both of you can work without stepping on each other's toes, and there’s mutual respect for each other’s expertise. This is another reason as to why it helps to have a co-founder with a complementary skillset to yours. Not only is having similar industry backgrounds and skillsets not particularly useful when building out your startup, it's also more likely to lead to conflicts since you both have similar subject expertise. On the other hand, if your co-founder is an expert in something that you're not, you're less likely to argue with them about their decisions regarding that aspect of the business and vice versa when it comes to your decisions. Look for employees who are driven by your mission, not salary For early-stage startups, the first hires are crucial. These employees need to be highly motivated and excited about the mission. Since the salary will likely be low and the work demanding, they must be driven by something beyond just the paycheck. The right employees are the swash-buckling pirates and romantics, i.e those who are genuinely passionate about the startup’s vision and want to be part of something impactful beyond material gains. When employees are motivated by the mission, they are more likely to stick around and help take the startup to greater heights. A litmus test for hiring: Would you be excited to work with them on a Sunday? One of the most important rounds in the hiring process is the culture fit round. This is where you assess whether a candidate shares the same values as you and your team. A key question to ask yourself is: "Would I be excited to work with this person on a Sunday?" If there’s any doubt about your answer, it’s likely not a good fit. The idea is that you want employees who align with the company's culture and values and who you would enjoy collaborating with even outside of regular work hours. How we structure the team at AI Palette We have three broad functions in our organization. The first two are the big ones: Technical Team – This is the core of our product and technology. This team is responsible for product development and incorporating customer feedback into improving the technology Commercial Team – This includes sales, marketing, customer service, account managers, and so on, handling everything related to business growth and customer relations. General and Administrative Team – This smaller team supports functions like finance, HR, and administration. As with almost all businesses, we have teams that address the two core tasks of building (technical team) and selling (commercial team), but given the size we're at now, having the administrative team helps smoothen operations. Set broad goals but let your teams decide on execution What I've done is recruit highly skilled people who don't need me to micromanage them on a day-to-day basis. They're experts in their roles, and as Steve Jobs said, when you hire the right person, you don't have to tell them what to do—they understand the purpose and tell you what to do. So, my job as the CEO is to set the broader goals for them, review the plans they have to achieve those goals, and periodically check in on progress. For example, if our broad goal is to meet a certain revenue target, I break it down across teams: For the sales team, I’ll look at how they plan to hit that target—how many customers they need to sell to, how many salespeople they need, and what tactics and strategies they plan to use. For the technical team, I’ll evaluate our product offerings—whether they think we need to build new products to attract more customers, and whether they think it's scalable for the number of customers we plan to serve. This way, the entire organization's tasks are cascaded in alignment with our overarching goals, with me setting the direction and leaving the details of execution to the skilled team members that I hire.

7 free ways to find customers

You do not need to burn thousands on paid ads to find customers. Most businesses think ads are the only way to get customers. They spend huge amounts on Google and Facebook ads with low conversion rates and end up desperate when the money runs out. Here are some FREE strategies that work way better: Be where your customers already hang out Monitor platforms like Reddit, LinkedIn, Facebook groups and other online communities where your target audience discusses their problems. Look for people actively seeking solutions you provide. The conversion rate is much higher because these are people already looking for what you sell. Create content that solves real problems Create blog posts, videos, or social content that addresses specific pain points your audience has. I started writing detailed guides about problems I knew my customers faced and they began finding me organically through search. Strategic partnerships with complementary businesses I connected with businesses that served the same customers but offered different products. We created joint social posts and shared each other's content at zero cost. This opened up their audience to me and vice versa. Get interviewed on podcasts This one surprised me. Many niche industry podcasts need guests constantly. I reached out offering specific topics I could speak on with value for their audience. This positioned me as an expert while reaching new potential customers. Build in public Sharing your journey building your product creates a following of interested people. I posted weekly updates on X about challenges and wins, which created a small but engaged community before we even launched. Leverage personal networks properly Not by spamming friends, but by asking for specific introductions to people who might genuinely benefit from what you offer. One quality introduction beats 100 cold emails. Create free tools or resources This is one of the most effective strategies. You can easily build these free tools using AI now. I built a simple calculator that helped people in my industry solve a common problem. It generated leads because users found it valuable and shared it. The most important thing I learned is that these methods actually produce higher quality customers. They come to you already understanding the value you provide, which means better conversion rates and longer customer relationships. It takes more patience than ads, but the ROI is significantly better in the long run. Plus, these strategies help you understand your customers better, which improves everything else in your business.

[CASE STUDY] From 217/m to $2,836/m in 9 months - Sold for $59,000; I grow and monetise web traffic of 5, 6, 7 figures USD valued passive income content sites [AMA]

Hello Everyone (VERY LONG CASE STUDY AHEAD) - 355% return in 9 months Note: I own a 7-figures USD valued portfolio of 41+ content sites that generates 5-6 figures USD a month in passive income. This is my first time posting in this sub and my goal is to NOT share generic advice but precise numbers, data and highly refined processes so you can also get started with this business yourself or if you already have an existing business, drive huge traffic to it and scale it substantially (get more customers). I will use a case study to explain the whole process. As most of us are entrepreneurs here, explaining an actual project would be more meaningful. In this case study I used AI assisted content to grow an existing site from $217/m to $2,836/m in 9 months (NO BACKLINKS) and sold it for $59,000. ROI of 3 months: 355% Previous case studies (before I give an overview of the model) Amazon Affiliate Content Site: $371/m to $19,263/m in 14 MONTHS - $900K CASE STUDY \[AMA\] Affiliate Website from $267/m to $21,853/m in 19 months (CASE STUDY - Amazon?) \[AMA\] Amazon Affiliate Website from $0 to $7,786/month in 11 months Amazon Affiliate Site from $118/m to $3,103/m in 8 MONTHS (SOLD it for $62,000+) Note: You can check pinned posts on my profile. Do go through the comments as well as a lot of questions are answered in those. However, if you still have any questions, feel free to reach out. This is an \[AMA\]. Quick Overview of the Model Approach: High traffic, niche specific, informative content websites that monetise its traffic through highly automated methods like display ads and affiliate. The same model can be applied to existing businesses to drive traffic and get customers. Main idea: Make passive income in a highly automated way Easy to understand analogy You have real estate (here you have digital asset like a website) You get rental income (here you get ads and affiliate income with no physical hassle, in case you have a business like service, product etc. then you can get customers for that too but if not, it's alright) Real estate has value (this digital asset also has value that can be appreciated with less effort) Real estate can be sold (this can be sold too but faster) IMPORTANT NOTE: Search traffic is the BEST way to reach HUGE target audience and it's important when it comes to scaling. This essentially means that you can either monetise that via affiliate, display etc. or if you have a business then you can reach a bigger audience to scale. Overview of this website's valuation (then and now: Oct. 2022 and June 2023) Oct 2022: $217/m Valuation: $5,750.5 (26.5x) - set it the same as the multiple it was sold for June 2023: $2,836/m Traffic and revenue trend: growing fast Last 3 months avg: $2,223 Valuation now: $59,000 (26.5x) Description: The domain was registered in 2016, it grew and then the project was left unattended. I decided to grow it again using properly planned AI assisted content. Backlink profile: 500+ Referring domains (Ahrefs). Backlinks mean the sites linking back to you. This is important when it comes to ranking. Summary of Results of This Website - Before and After Note: If the terms seem technical, do not worry. I will explain them in detail later. Still if you have any questions. Feel free to comment or reach out. |Metric|Oct 2022|June 2023|Difference|Comments| |:-|:-|:-|:-|:-| |Articles|314|804|\+490|AI Assisted content published in 3 months| |Traffic|9,394|31,972|\+22,578|Organic| |Revenue|$217|$2,836|\+$2,619|Multiple sources| |RPM (revenue/1000 web traffic)|23.09|$88.7|\+$65.61|Result of Conversion rate optimisation (CRO). You make changes to the site for better conversions| |EEAT (expertise, experience, authority and trust of website)|2 main authors|8 authors|6|Tables, video ads and 11 other fixations| |CRO|Nothing|Tables, video ads |Tables, video ads and 11 other fixations || &#x200B; Month by Month Growth |Month|Revenue|Steps| |:-|:-|:-| |Sept 2022|NA|Content Plan| |Oct 2022|$217|Content Production| |Nov 2022|$243|Content production + EEAT authors| |Dec 2022|$320|Content production + EEAT authors| |Jan 2023|$400|Monitoring| |Feb 2023|$223|Content production + EEAT authors| |Mar 2023|$2,128|CRO & Fixations| |April 2023|$1,609|CRO & Fixations| |May 2023|$2,223|Content production + EEAT authors| |June 2023|$2,836|CRO and Fixations| |Total|$10,199|| &#x200B; What will I share Content plan and Website structure Content Writing Content Uploading, formatting and onsite SEO Faster indexing Conversion rate optimisation Guest Posting EEAT (Experience, Expertise, Authority, Trust) Costing ROI The plans moving forward with these sites &#x200B; Website Structure and Content Plan This is probably the most important important part of the whole process. The team spends around a month just to get this right. It's like defining the direction of the project. Description: Complete blueprint of the site's structure in terms of organisation of categories, subcategories and sorting of articles in each one of them. It also includes the essential pages. The sorted articles target main keyword, relevant entities and similar keywords. This has to be highly data driven and we look at over 100 variables just to get it right. It's like beating Google's algorithm to ensure you have a blueprint for a site that will rank. It needs to be done right. If there is a mistake, then even if you do everything right - it's not going to work out and after 8-16 months you will realise that everything went to waste. Process For this project, we had a niche selected already so we didn't need to do a lot of research pertaining to that. We also knew the topic since the website was already getting good traffic on that. We just validated from Ahrefs, SEMRUSH and manual analysis if it would be worth it to move forward with that topic. &#x200B; Find entities related to the topic: We used Ahrefs and InLinks to get an idea about the related entities (topics) to create a proper topical relevance. In order to be certain and have a better idea, we used ChatGPT to find relevant entities as well \> Ahrefs (tool): Enter main keyword in keywords explorer. Check the left pain for popular topics \> Inlinks (tool): Enter the main keyword, check the entity maps \> ChatGPT (tool): Ask it to list down the most important and relevant entities in order of their priority Based on this info, you can map out the most relevant topics that are semantically associated to your main topic Sorting the entities in topics (categories) and subtopics (subcategories): Based on the information above, cluster them properly. The most relevant ones must be grouped together. Each group must be sorted into its relevant category. \> Example: Site about cycling. \> Categories/entities: bicycles, gear and equipment, techniques, safety, routes etc. \> The subcategories/subentities for let's say "techniques" would be: Bike handling, pedaling, drafting etc. Extract keywords for each subcategory/subentity: You can do this using Ahrefs or Semrush. Each keyword would be an article. Ensure that you target the similar keywords in one article. For example: how to ride a bicycle and how can I ride a bicycle will be targeted by one article. Make the more important keyword in terms of volume and difficulty as the main keyword and the other one(s) as secondary Define main focus vs secondary focus: Out of all these categories/entities - there will be one that you would want to dominate in every way. So, focus on just that in the start. This will be your main focus. Try to answer ALL the questions pertaining to that. You can extract the questions using Ahrefs. \> Ahrefs > keywords explorer \> enter keyword \> Questions \> Download the list and cluster the similar ones. This will populate your main focus category/entity and will drive most of the traffic. Now, you need to write in other categories/subentities as well. This is not just important, but crucial to complete the topical map loop. In simple words, if you do this Google sees you as a comprehensive source on the topic - otherwise, it ignores you and you don't get ranked Define the URLs End result: List of all the entities and sub-entities about the main site topic in the form of categories and subcategories respectively. A complete list of ALL the questions about the main focus and at around 10 questions for each one of the subcategories/subentities that are the secondary focus Content Writing So, now that there's a plan. Content needs to be produced. Pick out a keyword (which is going to be a question) and... Answer the question Write about 5 relevant entities Answer 10 relevant questions Write a conclusion Keep the format the same for all the articles. Content Uploading, formatting and onsite SEO Ensure the following is taken care of: H1 Permalink H2s H3s Lists Tables Meta description Socials description Featured image 2 images in text \\Schema Relevant YouTube video (if there is) Note: There are other pointers link internal linking in a semantically relevant way but this should be good to start with. Faster Indexing Indexing means Google has read your page. Ranking only after this step has been done. Otherwise, you can't rank if Google hasn't read the page. Naturally, this is a slow process. But, we expedite it in multiple ways. You can use RankMath to quickly index the content. Since, there are a lot of bulk pages you need a reliable method. Now, this method isn't perfect. But, it's better than most. Use Google Indexing API and developers tools to get indexed. Rank Math plugin is used. I don't want to bore you and write the process here. But, a simple Google search can help you set everything up. Additionally, whenever you post something - there will be an option to INDEX NOW. Just press that and it would be indexed quite fast. Conversion rate optimisation Once you get traffic, try adding tables right after the introduction of an article. These tables would feature a relevant product on Amazon. This step alone increased our earnings significantly. Even though the content is informational and NOT review. This still worked like a charm. Try checking out the top pages every single day in Google analytics and add the table to each one of them. Moreover, we used EZOIC video ads as well. That increased the RPM significantly as well. Both of these steps are highly recommended. Overall, we implemented over 11 fixations but these two contribute the most towards increasing the RPM so I would suggest you stick to these two in the start. Guest Posting We made additional income by selling links on the site as well. However, we were VERY careful about who we offered a backlink to. We didn't entertain any objectionable links. Moreover, we didn't actively reach out to anyone. We had a professional email clearly stated on the website and a particularly designated page for "editorial guidelines" A lot of people reached out to us because of that. As a matter of fact, the guy who bought the website is in the link selling business and plans to use the site primarily for selling links. According to him, he can easily make $4000+ from that alone. Just by replying to the prospects who reached out to us. We didn't allow a lot of people to be published on the site due to strict quality control. However, the new owner is willing to be lenient and cash it out. EEAT (Experience, Expertise, Authority, Trust) This is an important ranking factor. You need to prove on the site that your site has authors that are experienced, have expertise, authority and trust. A lot of people were reaching out to publish on our site and among them were a few established authors as well. We let them publish on our site for free, added them on our official team, connected their socials and shared them on all our socials. In return, we wanted them to write 3 articles each for us and share everything on all the social profiles. You can refer to the tables I shared above to check out the months it was implemented. We added a total of 6 writers (credible authors). Their articles were featured on the homepage and so were their profiles. Costing Well, we already had the site and the backlinks on it. Referring domains (backlinks) were already 500+. We just needed to focus on smart content and content. Here is the summary of the costs involved. Articles: 490 Avg word count per article: 1500 Total words: 735,000 (approximately) Cost per word: 2 cents (includes research, entities, production, quality assurance, uploading, formatting, adding images, featured image, alt texts, onsite SEO, publishing/scheduling etc.) Total: $14,700 ROI (Return on investment) Earning: Oct 22 - June 23 Earnings: $10,199 Sold for: $59,000 Total: $69,199 Expenses: Content: $14,700 Misc (hosting and others): $500 Total: $15,200 ROI over a 9 months period: 355.25% The plans moving forward This website was a part of a research and development experiment we did. With AI, we wanted to test new waters and transition more towards automation. Ideally, we want to use ChatGPT or some other API to produce these articles and bulk publish on the site. The costs with this approach are going to be much lower and the ROI is much more impressive. It's not the the 7-figures projects I created earlier (as you may have checked the older case studies on my profile), but it's highly scalable. We plan to refine this model even further, test more and automate everything completely to bring down our costs significantly. Once we have a model, we are going to scale it to 100s of sites. The process of my existing 7-figures websites portfolio was quite similar. I tested out a few sites, refined the model and scaled it to over 41 sites. Now, the fundamentals are the same however, we are using AI in a smarter way to do the same but at a lower cost, with a smaller team and much better returns. The best thing in my opinion is to run numerous experiments now. Our experimentation was slowed down a lot in the past since we couldn't write using AI but now it's much faster. The costs are 3-6 times lower so when it used to take $50-100k to start, grow and sell a site. Now you can pump 3-6 more sites for the same budget. This is a good news for existing business owners as well who want to grow their brand. Anyway, I am excited to see the results of more sites. In the meantime, if you have any questions - feel free to let me know. Best of luck for everything. Feel free to ask questions. I'd be happy to help. This is an AMA.

Follow Along as I Flip this Website - Case Study

I am starting a new case study where I will be documenting my attempt to flip a website that I just purchased from Flippa. However, unlike most case studies where people hide certain parts and details from the public I will instead be sharing everything. That means you will know the exact URL of the site that I purchased and I will share everything with you all as I progress.I know that case studies are lot more interesting and you can learn better when you can see real examples of what I am talking about. Enough of the chatting, let's jump straight into this new case study and I will explain what this is all about. Before you get into the case study I want to give you the option of reading this one my website where all of the images can be seen within the post and it is easier to read. I also want to say that I have nothing to sell you or anything close to it. So if you want to read it there you can do so here ##Introductory Video I have put together a video that talks about many of the things that I cover in this article. So if you would rather watch a video you can watch that here - https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=EE3SxtNnqts However, I go into more detail in the actual article FYI. Also, I plan on using Youtube very frequently in this case study so be on the lookout for new videos.There is going to be a video that will accompany every single case study post because I like having it being presented in two different mediums. ##The Website I Just Bought Around a week ago I made a new website purchase from Flippa and you can view the website's Flippa listing here - https://flippa.com/6439965-hvactraining101-com Screenshot of the Homepage - http://imgur.com/T6Iv1QN I paid $1,250 for the site and you will soon see that I got a really good deal. As you might be able to tell from the URL, this site is focused around training and education for becoming a HVAC technician. This is a lucrative niche to be in and Adsense pays very well. I do not have control of the site yet due to the transfer process not being completed. However, I am hoping within a few days everything will be finalized and I will take full control of the site. In the meantime, I figured it would be a good time to put together the introduction post for this new case study! ##Why I Bought this Website Now that you have a general idea of the website that I purchased, I now want to explain the reasoning behind the purchase. There are 3 major reasons for this purchase and I will explain each one of them below. GREAT Price As I mentioned earlier, I bought this website for $1,250. However, that doesn't mean a whole lot unless you know how much the site is making each month. Screenshot of the earnings for the last 12 months - http://imgur.com/NptxCHy Average Monthly Profits: 3 Month = $126 6 Month = $128 12 Month = $229.50 Let's use the 6 month average of $128/month as our baseline average. Since it is making on average $128/month and it was sold for $1,250 then that means I bought this site at a multiple of 9.76x! Most sites in today's market go for 20x-30x multiples. As you can see, I got a great deal on this site. Although the great price was the biggest reason for me buying this site there are other factors that persuaded me as well. You need to remember that just because you can get a website for a good price it doesn't mean it is a good deal. There are other factors that you need to look at as well. Extremely Under Optimized This site is currently being monetized mainly by Adsense and a very small amount from Quinstreet. From my experience with testing and optimizing Adsense layouts for my site in my Website Investing case study I know the common ad layouts that work best for maximizing Adsense revenue. With that being said, I can quickly determine if a website is being under optimized in terms of the ad layout. One of the first things I did when analyzing this site was examine the ad layout it was using. Screenshot of the website with the ad layout the previous owner was using - http://imgur.com/wqleLVA There is only ONE ad per page being used, that's it. Google allows up to 6 total ads to be used per page and you can imagine how much money is being left on the table because of this. I am estimating that I can probably double the earnings for the site practically overnight once I add more ads to the site. Adding more ads in combination with my favorite Adsense plugin, AmpedSense, I will be able to easily boost the earnings for this site quickly. It is also worth mentioning how lucrative this niche is and how much advertisers are willing to spend on a per click basis. The average CPC for the top keywords this site is currently ranking for in Google - http://imgur.com/ifxiy8B Look at those average CPC numbers, they are insanely high! I could be making up to $25 per click for some of those keywords, which is so absurd to me. Combine these extremely high CPC with the fact that the site currently only has one ad per page and you can start to understand just how under optimized this site truly is. I also plan on utilizing other ad networks such as Quinstreet and Campus Explorer more as well. These two networks are targeted at the education niche which works very well with my site. I will be testing to see if these convert better than normal Adsense ads. Goldmine of Untapped Keywords One of the biggest opportunities I see for growing this site is to target local keywords related to HVAC training. As of right now, the site has only scratched the surface when it comes to trying to rank for state/city keywords. Currently there are only two pages on the entire website which go after local keywords, those two pages target Texas and Florida HVAC search terms. These two pages are two of the more popular pages in terms of total amount of traffic. See the screenshot of the Google Analytics - http://imgur.com/NB0xJ4G Two out of the top five most popular pages for the entire website are focused on local search terms. However, these are the ONLY two pages that target local search terms on the whole site! There are 48 other states, although there may not be search volume for all states, and countless cities that are not being targeted. Why do I think this is such a good opportunity? For a few reasons: Local keywords are a lot easier to rank for in Google than more general keywords This site has been able to rank for two states successfully already and it proves it is possible Traffic going to these local pages is WAY more targeted and will convert at a much higher rate, which means more commissions for me There are so many more states and cities that get a good amount of searches that I can target To give you an idea of the type of keywords these local pages rank for, you can see the top keywords that the Florida page is ranking for in Google: Top ranking keywords for the Florida page - http://imgur.com/j7uKzl2 As you can see these keywords don't get a ton of searches each month, but ranking 1st for a keyword getting 90 searches a month is better than being ranked 10th for a keyword getting 1,000 searches a month. I have started to do some keyword research for other states and I am liking what I am finding so far. Keywords that I have found which I will be targeting with future articles - http://imgur.com/8CCCCWU I will go into more detail about my keyword research in future articles, but I wanted to give you an idea of what my strategy will be! I also wanted to share why I am super excited about the future potential to grow this site by targeting local keywords. ##Risks Yes, there are many good things about this website, but there are always risks involved no matter what the investment is. The same thing goes for this site. Below are some of the risks that I currently see. HTML Site This website is a HTML site and I will need to transfer it to Wordpress ASAP. I have been doing some research on this process and it shouldn't be too hard to get this over to Wordpress. In doing so it will make adding content, managing the back end and just about everything else easier. Also, I am hoping that when I transfer it to Wordpress that it will become more optimized for Google which will increase keyword rankings. Declining Earnings Looking at the last 12 months of earnings you will notice a drop off from last year till now. Earnings from the last 12 months - http://imgur.com/WsotZsj In May of 2015 it looks like the site earned right around $500, which is much higher than the $128 that it is earning now. However, the last 7 or so months have been consistent which is a good sign. Even though the earnings are much lower now then they were a year ago it is good to know that this site has the potential to earn $500/month because it has done it before. Slightly Declining Traffic In the last 12 months the site's traffic has declined, however, it looks like it is picking back up. Traffic from the last 12 months - http://imgur.com/aiYZW9W The decline is nothing serious, but there is a drop on traffic. Let's take a look at the complete history of this site's traffic so we can get a better idea of what is going on here: Complete traffic history - http://imgur.com/tYmboVn The above screenshot is from 2012 all the way up to right now. In the grand scheme of things you can see that the traffic is still doing well and it looks like it is on the upswing now. Those three risks mentioned above are the three biggest risks with this site at this point. It is always good to note the risks and do everything you can to prevent them from causing a problem. ##My Growth Strategy Whenever I purchase a new site I always create an outline or plan on how I will grow the site. Right now, I have some basic ideas on how I will grow this site, but as I go on I will continue to change and optimize my strategies to be more effective. Below I have outlined my current plans to grow: Add more Adsense Ads The very first thing I will do once I get control of the site is add more ads per page. I am predicting that by just adding a few more ads per page I will be able to more than likely double the earnings. I will touch on exactly how I will be optimizing the ad layouts in future posts. Test other Ad Networks I will be doing a lot of testing and experimenting when it comes to the ad networks. I plan on trying out Adsense, Media.net, Quinstreet, Campus Explorer and finding the combination of those 4 which produces the most revenue. The Adsense and Media.net ads will perform well on the more general pages while Quinstreet and Campus Explorer ads will be geared towards the local search terms. There will probably be other ad networks I will try out but these are the four which I will be using right away. If you are aware of any other ad networks out there which are geared towards the education niche please let me know in the comments below! Target Local Keywords with new Content I have already touched on this, but I will starting to produce content targeting these local keywords ASAP. The sooner I add the content to the site the sooner it will start to rank and bring in traffic. I will not be writing my own content and instead I will be outsourcing all of it via Upwork. I will show you all how I go about outsourcing content production and you can see my process for doing that. ##Goals for this Website My goal for the website is to have it valued at $10,000+ within 12 months. Let's break down this larger goal into smaller chunks which will make achieving it easier and more attainable. Earnings - $500/month To get the site valued at $10,000 the site will need to be making $500/month using a 20x monthly multiple. Right now, the site is making around $130/month so it has a ways to before it reaches the $500 a month mark. However, after doing some Adsense optimization I think we could push the earnings to around $300/month without much work. From there, it will come down to trying to bring in more traffic! Traffic - 5,000 Visitors per Month Why 5,000 visitors? Because that is how much traffic it is going to take to get to the $500/month goal. Let me explain how I came to this conclusion: The average RPM for this site is currently $50, which means for every 1,000 page views the site earns $50. After I optimize the Adsense layout for the site and add more ads per page I think I will be able to double the RPM to $100. Using the RPM of $100 the site will need to have 5,000 monthly visitors to earn $500. So 5,000 monthly visitors is the traffic goal I have set and aiming for! The site is currently getting around 3,000 visitors per month so I will need to add an extra 2,000 visitors to get to this goal. ##Want to Follow this Case Study? I will be using Youtube a lot in this case study so make sure to follow my Youtube channel here - www.youtube.com/c/joshshogren Other than that, I think that is going to bring us to the end of the introductory post for this new case study. I hope that you enjoyed reading and that you are excited to follow along! If you have any suggestions to make this case study better PLEASE let me know in the comment below. I want to make this case study the best one I have done yet. Talk to you all in the comment section.

Is there any point in building a product with AI anymore?

Everyone and their grandmother are building AI products. So it begs the question. Is the AI market now too saturated? Have all the AI apps been thought of? Of course not don't be silly, There is still a significant opportunity to create AI products and become profitable. But let's play devils advocate here. Let's say you're a developer and you want to build your first SaaS product. Now, imagine a world where all AI products were already thought of (a scary thought). What would you do? Would you move onto something else? See, when people think of an idea for a SaaS product what often happens is they do a quick Google search and tend to think "oh crap, it already exists, better move on". Maybe that's the right thing to do...but then again maybe it's not. Before you run for the hills, make sure to check the SEO potential for your idea. If your idea has the potential to rank high on Google and there are already hundreds/thousands of people looking for it then you can take that as all the validation you need to start building it. Here are 3 AI ideas that all have good SEO potential. Each idea has keywords that you can target with a difficulty level 500. This means it's easy to rank high in Google for them and they have a high number of people searching for them each month. AI Accounting Software A Saas product that uses AI to analyze bank transactions, invoices, and receipts to automatically match them and reconcile accounts in real-time, reducing manual work and errors. It would also offer predictive insights, suggesting optimal payment times or highlighting potential cash flow issues based on historical data. Could potentially be integrated with popular accounting software like QuickBooks or Xero. SEO Potential Keyword: ai accounting Keyword Difficulty: 9 Average Search Volume 2900 AI Human Resources Software AI Human Resources Software An AI-driven candidate screening and onboarding platform for small to medium-sized businesses. The tool would use AI to automatically filter job applications based on predefined criteria, rank candidates, and even conduct initial interview assessments using natural language processing. It could also manage onboarding tasks by automating the distribution of paperwork, training schedules, and team introductions. SEO Potential Keyword: ai human resources Keyword Difficulty: 17 Average Search Volume 2900 AI Nutrition Tool A Micro SaaS which creates personalized meal planning and nutrition analysis. The platform would use AI to create tailored meal plans based on users' dietary goals, preferences, allergies, and health data (such as activity level or medical conditions). It could analyze food labels, suggest healthier alternatives, and track nutrient intake in real time, helping users maintain balanced diets. SEO Potential Keyword: ai nutrition Keyword Difficulty: 3 Average Search Volume 720 I created a tool (check the first comment) to find ideas like this.

In 2018, I started an AI chatbot company...today, we have over 4000 paying customers and ChatGPT is changing EVERYTHING

Intro: 5 years ago, my co-founders and I ventured into the space of AI chatbots and started our first truly successful company. Never in a million years did I see myself in this business and we truly stumbled upon the opportunity by chance. Prior to that, we ran a successful lead generation business and questioned whether a simple ai chat product would increase our online conversions. Of the 3 co-founders, I was skeptical that it would, but the data was clear that we had something that really worked. We built a really simple MVP version of the product and gave it to some of our top lead buyers who saw even better conversion improvements on their own websites. In just a matter of weeks, a new business opportunity was born and a major pivot away from our lead generation business started. Our growth story: Startup growth is really interesting and in most cases, founders aren't really educated on what a typical growth curve looks like. While we hear about "hockey stick" growth curves, it's really atypical to actually see or experience this. From my experience, growth curves take place in a "stair curve". For example, you can scrap your way to a $100k run rate without much process or tracking. You can even get to $1 million ARR being super disorganized. As you start going beyond $1M ARR, things start to break and growth can flatten out while you put new processes and systems in place. Eventually you'll get to $2M or 3M with your new strategy and then things start breaking again. I've seen the process repeat itself and as you increase your ARR, the processes and systems become more difficult to work through...mainly because more people get involved and the product becomes more complex. When you do end up cracking the code in each step, the growth accelerates faster and faster before things start to break down and flatten out again. Without getting too much into the numbers, here were some of our initial levers for growth: Our first "stair" step was to leverage our existing customer base from our prior lead generation business. Having prior business relationships and a proven track record made it really simple to have conversations with people who already trusted us to try something new that we had to offer. Stair #2 was to build out a partner channel. Since our chat product involved a web developer or agency installing the chat on client sites, we partnered with these developers and agencies to leverage their already existing customer bases. We essentially piggy-backed off of their relationships and gave them a cut of the revenue. We built an internal partner tracking portal which took 6+ months, but it was well worth it. Stair #3 was our most expensive step, biggest headache, but added the most revenue. After COVID, we had and SDR/Account Executive sales team of roughly 30 people. It added revenue fast, but the payback periods were 12+ months so we had to cut back on this strategy after exhausting our universe of clients. Stair #4 involves a variety of paid advertisement strategies with product changes and the introduction of new onboarding features. We're in the middle of this stair and hope it's multiple years before things breakdown again. Don't give up I know it sounds really cliché, but the #1 indicator of success is doing the really boring stuff day in and day out and making incremental improvements. As the weeks, months, and years pass by, you will slowly gain domain expertise and start to see the gaps in the market that can set you apart from your competition. It's so hard for founders to stay focused and not get distracted so I would say it's equally as important to have co-founders who hold each other accountable on what your collective goals are. How GPT is changing everything I could write pages and pages about how GPT is going to change how the world operates, but I'll keep it specific to our business and chatbots. In 2021, we built an industry specific AI model that did a great job of classifying intents which allowed us to train future actions during a chat. It was a great advancement in our customer's industry at the time. With GPT integrated into our system, that training process that would take an employee hours to do, can be done in 5 minutes. The model is also cheaper than our own and more accurate. Because of these training improvements, we have been able to conduct research that is allowing us to leverage GPT models like no one else in the industry. This is both in the realm of chat and also training during onboarding. I really want to refrain from sharing our company, but if you are interested in seeing a model trained for your specific company or website, just PM me your link and I'll send you a free testing link with a model fully trained for your site to play around with. Where we are headed and the dangers of AI The level of advancement in AI is not terribly dangerous in its current state. I'm sure you've heard it before, but those who leverage the technology today will be the ones who get ahead. In the coming years, AI will inevitably replace a large percentage of human labor. This will be great for overall value creation and productivity for the world, but the argument that humans have always adapted and new jobs will be created is sadly not going to be as relevant in this case. As the possibility of AGI becomes a reality in the coming years or decades, productivity through AI will be off the charts. There is a major risk that human innovation and creative thinking will be completely stalled...human potential as we know it will be capped off and there will need to be major economic reform for displaced workers. This may not happen in the next 5 or 10 years, but you would be naïve not to believe the world we live in today will not be completely different in 20 to 30 years. Using AI to create deepfakes, fake voice agents, scam the unsuspecting, or exploit technical vulnerabilities are just a few other examples I could write about, but don't want to go into to much detail for obvious reasons. Concluding If you found the post interesting or you have any questions, please don't hesitate to ask. I'll do my best to answer whatever questions come from this! &#x200B; \*EDIT: Wasn't expecting this sort of response. I posted this right before I went to sleep so I'll get to responding soon.

We made $325k in 2023 from AI products, starting from 0, with no-code, no funding and no audience

I met my co-founder in late 2022 after an introduction from a mutual friend to talk about how to find contract Product Management roles. I was sporadically contracting at start-up at the time and he had just come out of another start-up that was wiped out by the pandemic. We hit it off, talking about ideas, sharing what other indie-hackers were doing, and given GPT-3’s prominence at the time, we started throwing around ideas about things we could build with it, if nothing else, just to learn. I should caveat, neither of us were AI experts when starting out, everything we learned has been through Twitter and blogs, my background is as an accountant, and his a consultant. Here’s how it went since then: &#x200B; Nov 2022 (+$50) \- We built a simple tool in around a week using GPT-3 fine-tuning and a no-code tool (Bubble) that helped UK university students write their personal statements for their applications \- We set some Google Ads going and managed to make a few sales (\~$50) in the first week \- OpenAI were still approving applications at the time and said this went against their “ethics” so we had to take it down &#x200B; Dec 2022 (+$200) \- We couldn’t stop coming up with ideas related to AI fine-tuning, but realised it was almost impossible to decide which to pursue \- We needed a deadline to force us so we signed up for the Ben’s Bites hackathon in late December \- In a week, we built and launched a no-code fine-tuning platform, allowing people to create fine-tuned models by dragging and dropping an Excel file onto it \- We launched it on Product Hunt, having no idea how to price it, and somehow managed to get \~2,000 visitors on the site and make 2 sales at $99 &#x200B; Jan 2023 (+$3,000) \- We doubled down on the fine-tuning idea and managed to get up to \~$300 MRR, plus a bunch of one-time sales and a few paid calls to help people get the most out of their models \- We quickly realised that people didn’t want to curate models themselves, they just wanted to dump data and get magic out \- That was when we saw people building “Talk with x book/podcast” on Twitter as side projects and realised that was the missing piece, we needed to turn it into a tool \- We started working on the new product in late January &#x200B; Feb 2023 (+$9,000) \- We started pre-selling access to an MVP for the new product, which allowed people to “chat with their data/content”, we got $5,000 in pre-sales, more than we made from the previous product in total \- By mid-February, after 3 weeks of building we were able to launch and immediately managed to get traction, getting to $1k MRR in < 1 week, building on the hype of ChatGPT and AI (we were very lucky here) &#x200B; Mar - Jul 2023 (+$98,000) \- We worked all the waking hours to keep up with customer demand, bugs, OpenAI issues \- We built integrations for a bunch of services like Slack, Teams, Wordpress etc, added tons of new functionality and continue talking to customers every day \- We managed to grow to $17k MRR (just about enough to cover our living expenses and costs in London) through building in public on Twitter, newsletters and AI directories (and a million other little things) \- We sold our fine-tuning platform for \~$20k and our university project for \~$3k on Acquire &#x200B; Aug 2023 (+$100,000) \- We did some custom development work based on our own product for a customer that proved pretty lucrative &#x200B; Sep - Oct 2023 (+$62,000) \- After 8 months of building constantly, we started digging more seriously into our usage and saw subscriptions plateauing \- We talked to and analysed all our paying users to identify the main use cases and found 75% were for SaaS customer support \- We took the leap to completely rebuild a version of our product around this use case, our biggest to date (especially given most features with no-code took us <1 day) &#x200B; Nov - Dec 2023 (+$53,000) \- We picked up some small custom development work that utilised our own tech \- We’re sitting at around $22k MRR now with a few bigger clients signed up and coming soon \- After 2 months of building and talking to users, we managed to finish our “v2” of our product, focussed squarely on SaaS customer support and launched it today. &#x200B; We have no idea what the response will be to this new version, but we’re pretty happy with it, but couldn’t have planned anything that happened to us in 2023 so who knows what will come of 2024, we just know that we are going to be learning a ton more. &#x200B; Overall, it is probably the most I have had to think in my life - other jobs you can zone out from time to time or rely on someone else if you aren’t feeling it - not when you are doing this, case and point, I am writing this with a banging head-cold right now, but wanted to get this done. A few more things we have learned along the way - context switching is unreal, as is keeping up with, learning and reacting to AI. There isn’t a moment of the day I am not thinking about what we do next. But while in some way we now have hundreds of bosses (our customers) I still haven’t felt this free and can’t imagine ever going back to work for someone else. Next year we’re really hoping to figure out some repeatable distribution channels and personally, I want to get a lot better at creating content/writing, this is a first step! Hope this helps someone else reading this to just try starting something and see what happens.

12 months ago, I was unemployed. Last week my side hustle got acquired by a $500m fintech company

I’ve learned so much over the years from this subreddit. I thought I’d return the favour and share some of my own learnings. In November 2020 my best friend and I had an idea. “What if we could find out which stocks the Internet is talking about?” This formed the origins of Ticker Nerd. 9 months later we sold Ticker Nerd to Finder (an Australian fintech company valued at around $500m). In this post, I am going to lay out how we got there. How we came up with the idea First off, like other posts have covered - you don’t NEED a revolutionary or original idea to build a business. There are tonnes of “boring” businesses making over 7 figures a year e.g. law firms, marketing agencies, real estate companies etc. If you’re looking for an exact formula to come up with a great business idea I’m sorry, but it doesn’t exist. Finding new business opportunities is more of an art than a science. Although, there are ways you can make it easier to find inspiration. Below are the same resources I use for inspiration. I rarely ever come up with ideas without first searching one of the resources below for inspiration: Starter Story Twitter Startup Ideas My First Million Trends by the Hustle Trends VC To show how you how messy, random and unpredictable it can be to find an idea - let me explain how my co-founder and I came up with the idea for Ticker Nerd: We discovered a new product on Twitter called Exploding Topics. It was a newsletter that uses a bunch of software and algorithms to find trends that are growing quickly before they hit the mainstream. I had recently listened to a podcast episode from My First Million where they spoke about Motley Fool making hundreds of millions from their investment newsletters. We asked ourselves what if we could build a SaaS platform similar to Exploding Topics but it focused on stocks? We built a quick landing page using Carrd + Gumroad that explained what our new idea will do and included a payment option to get early access for $49. We called it Exploding Stock (lol). We shared it around a bunch of Facebook groups and subreddits. We made $1,000 in pre-sales within a couple days. My co-founder and I can’t code so we had to find a developer to build our idea. We interviewed a bunch of potential candidates. Meanwhile, I was trawling through Wall Street Bets and found a bunch of free tools that did roughly what we wanted to build. Instead of building another SaaS tool that did the same thing as these free tools we decided to pivot from our original idea. Our new idea = a paid newsletter that sends a weekly report that summarises 2 of the best stocks that are growing in interest on the Internet. We emailed everyone who pre-ordered access, telling them about the change and offered a full refund if they wanted. tl;dr: We essentially combined two existing businesses (Exploding Topics and Motley Fool) and made it way better. We validated the idea by finding out if people will actually pay money for it BEFORE we decided to build it. The idea we started out with changed over time. How to work out if your idea will actually make money It’s easy to get hung up on designing the logo or choosing the perfect domain name for your new idea. At this stage none of that matters. The most important thing is working out if people will pay money for it. This is where validation comes in. We usually validate ideas using Carrd. It lets you build a simple one page site without having to code. The Ticker Nerd site was actually built using a Carrd template. Here’s how you can do it yourself (at a high level): Create a Carrd pro account (yes it's a $49 one off payment but you’ll get way more value out of it). Buy a cheap template and send it to your Carrd account. You can build your own template but this will save you a lot of time. Once the template reaches your Carrd account, duplicate it. Leave the original so it can be duplicated for other ideas. Jump onto Canva (free) and create a logo using the free logos provided. Import your logo. Add copy to the page that explains your idea. Use the AIDA formula. Sign up to Gumroad (free) and create a pre-sale campaign. Create a discounted lifetime subscription or version of the product. This will be used pre-sales. Add the copy from the site into the pre-sale campaign on Gumroad. Add a ‘widget’ to Carrd and connect it to Gumroad using the existing easy integration feature. Purchase a domain name. Connect it to Carrd. Test the site works. Share your website Now the site is ready you can start promoting it in various places to see how the market reacts. An easy method is to find relevant subreddits using Anvaka (Github tool) or Subreddit Stats. The Anvaka tool provides a spider map of all the connected subreddits that users are active in. The highlighted ones are most relevant. You can post a thread in these subreddits that offer value or can generate discussion. For example: ‘I’m creating a tool that can write all your copy, would anyone actually use this?’ ‘What does everything think of using AI to get our copy written faster?’ ‘It’s time to scratch my own itch, I’m creating a tool that writes marketing copy using GPT-3. What are the biggest problems you face writing marketing copy? I’ll build a solution for it’ Reddit is pretty brutal these days so make sure the post is genuine and only drop your link in the comments or in the post if it seems natural. If people are interested they’ll ask for the link. Another great place to post is r/entrepreuerridealong and r/business_ideas. These subreddits expect people to share their ideas and you’ll likely make some sales straight off the bat. I also suggest posting in some Facebook groups (related to your idea) as well just for good measure. Assess the results If people are paying you for early access you can assume that it’s worth building your idea. The beauty of posting your idea on Reddit or in Facebook groups is you’ll quickly learn why people love/hate your idea. This can help you decide how to tweak the idea or if you should drop it and move on to the next one. How we got our first 100 customers (for free) By validating Ticker Nerd using subreddits and Facebook groups this gave us our first paying customers. But we knew this wouldn’t be sustainable. We sat down and brainstormed every organic strategy we could use to get traction as quickly as possible. The winner: a Product Hunt launch. A successful Product Hunt launch isn’t easy. You need: Someone that has a solid reputation and audience to “hunt” your product (essentially an endorsement). An aged Product Hunt account - you can’t post any products if your account is less than a week old. To be following relevant Product Hunt members - since they get notified when you launch a new product if they’re following you. Relationships with other builders and makers on Product Hunt that also have a solid reputation and following. Although, if you can pull it off you can get your idea in front of tens of thousands of people actively looking for new products. Over the next few weeks, I worked with my co-founder on connecting with different founders, indie hackers and entrepreneurs mainly via Twitter. We explained to them our plans for the Product Hunt launch and managed to get a small army of people ready to upvote our product on launch day. We were both nervous on the day of the launch. We told ourselves to have zero expectations. The worst that could happen was no one signed up and we were in the same position as we’re in now. Luckily, within a couple of hours Ticker Nerd was on the homepage of Product Hunt and in the top 10. The results were instant. After 24 hours we had around 200 people enter their payment details to sign up for our free trial. These signups were equal to around $5,800 in monthly recurring revenue. \-- I hope this post was useful! Drop any questions you have below and I’ll do my best to respond :)

Started a content marketing agency 6 years ago - $0 to $5,974,324 (2023 update)

Hey friends, My name is Tyler and for the past 6 years, I’ve been documenting my experience building a content marketing agency called Optimist. Year 1 - 0 to $500k ARR Year 2 - $500k to $1MM ARR Year 3 - $1MM ARR to $1.5MM(ish) ARR Year 4 - $3,333,686 Revenue Year 5 - $4,539,659 Revenue How Optimist Works First, an overview/recap of the Optimist business model: We operate as a “collective” of full time/professional freelancers Everyone aside from me is a contractor Entirely remote/distributed team Each freelancer earns $65-85/hour Clients pay us a flat monthly fee for full-service content marketing (research, strategy, writing, editing, design/photography, reporting and analytics, targeted linkbuilding, and more) We recently introduced hourly engagements for clients who fit our model but have some existing in-house support Packages range in price from $10-20k/mo We offer profit share to everyone on our core team as a way to give everyone ownership in the company In 2022, we posted $1,434,665 in revenue. It was our highest revenue year to date and brings our lifetime total to $5,974,324. Here’s our monthly revenue from January 2017 to December of 2022. But, like every year, it was a mix of ups and downs. Here’s my dispatch for 2023. — Running a business is like spilling a drink. It starts as a small and simple thing. But, if you don’t clean it up, the spill will spread and grow — taking up more space, seeping into every crack. There’s always something you could be doing. Marketing you could be working on. Pitches you could be making. Networking you could be doing. Client work you could help with. It can be all-consuming. And it will be — if you don’t clean up the spill. I realized this year that I had no containment for the spill that I created. Running an agency was spilling over into nearly every moment of my life. When I wasn’t working, I was thinking about work. When I wasn’t thinking about work, I was dreaming about it. Over the years, I’ve shared about a lot of my personal feelings and experience as an entrepreneur. And I also discussed my reckoning with the limitations of running the business we’ve built. My acceptance that it was an airplane but not a rocket. And my plan to try to compartmentalize the agency to make room in my life for other things — new business ideas, new revenue streams, and maybe some non-income-producing activity. 🤷 What I found in 2022 was that the business wasn’t quite ready for me to make that move. It was still sucking up too much of my time and attention. There were still too many gaps to fill and I was the one who was often filling them. So what do you do? Ultimately you have two choices on the table anytime you run a business and it’s not going the way you want it: Walk away Turn the ship — slowly For a huge number of reasons (personal, professional, financial, etc), walking away from Optimist was not really even an option or the right move for me. But it did feel like things needed to change. I needed to keep turning the ship to get it to the place where it fit into my life — instead of my life fitting around the business. This means 2022 was a year of transition for the agency. (Again?) Refocusing on Profit Some money is better than no money. Right? Oddly, this was one of the questions I found myself asking in 2022. Over the years, we’ve been fortunate to have many clients who have stuck with us a long time. In some cases, we’ve had clients work with us for 2, 3, or even 4 years. (That’s over half of our existence!) But, things have gotten more expensive — we’ve all felt it. We’ve had to increase pay to remain competitive for top talent. Software costs have gone up. It’s eaten into our margin. Because of our increasing costs and evolving scope, many of our best, most loyal clients were our least profitable. In fact, many were barely profitable — if at all. We’ve tried to combat that by increasing rates on new, incoming clients to reflect our new costs and try to make up for shrinking margin on long-term clients. But we didn’t have a good strategy in place for updating pricing for current clients. And it bit us in the ass. Subsidizing lower-profit, long-term clients with new, higher-margin clients ultimately didn’t work out. Our margins continued to dwindle and some months we were barely breaking even while posting six-figures of monthly revenue. 2022 was our highest revenue year but one of our least profitable. It only left one option. We had to raise rates on some of our long-term clients. But, of course, raising rates on a great, long-term client can be delicate. You’ve built a relationship with these people over the years and you’re setting yourself up for an ultimatum — are you more valuable to the client or is the client more valuable to you? Who will blink first? We offered all of these clients the opportunity to move to updated pricing. Unfortunately, some of them weren’t on board. Again, we had 2 options: Keep them at a low/no profit rate Let them churn It seems intuitive that having a low-profit client is better than having no client. But we’ve learned an important lesson many times over the years. Our business doesn’t scale infinitely and we can only handle so many clients at a time. That means that low-profit clients are actually costing us money in some cases. Say our average client generates $2,500 per month in profit — $30,000 per year. If one of our clients is only generating $500/mo in profit, working with them means missing out on bringing on a more profitable client (assuming our team is currently at capacity). Instead of $30,000/year, we’re only making $6,000. Keeping that client costs us $24,000. That’s called opportunity cost. So it’s clear: We had to let these clients churn. We decided to churn about 25% of our existing clients. On paper, the math made sense. And we had a pretty consistent flow of new opportunities coming our way. At the time, it felt like a no-brainer decision. And I felt confident that we could quickly replace these low-profit clients with higher-margin ones. I was wrong. Eating Shit Right after we initiated proactively churning some of our clients, other clients — ones we planned to keep — gave us notice that they were planning to end the engagement. Ouch. Fuck. We went from a 25% planned drop in revenue to a nearly 40% cliff staring us right in the face. Then things got even worse. Around Q3 of this year, talk of recession and layoffs really started to intensify. We work primarily with tech companies and startups. And these were the areas most heavily impacted by the economic news. Venture funding was drying up. Our leads started to slow down. This put us in a tough position. Looking back now, I think it’s clear that I made the wrong decision. We went about this process in the wrong way. The reality sinks in when you consider the imbalance between losing a client and gaining a client. It takes 30 days for someone to fire us. It’s a light switch. But it could take 1-3 months to qualify, close, and onboard a new client. We have lots of upfront work, research, and planning that goes into the process. We have to learn a new brand voice, tone, and style. It’s a marathon. So, for every client we “trade”, there’s a lapse in revenue and work. This means that, in retrospect, I would probably have made this transition using some kind of staggered schedule rather than a cut-and-dry approach. We could have gradually off-boarded clients when we had more definitive work to replace them. I was too confident. But that’s a lesson I had to learn the hard way. Rebuilding & Resetting Most of the voluntary and involuntary churn happened toward the end of 2022. So we’re still dealing with the fall out. Right now, it feels like a period of rebuilding. We didn’t quite lose 50% of our revenue, but we definitely saw a big hit heading into 2023. To be transparent: It sucks. It feels like a gigantic mistake that I made which set us back significantly from our previous high point. I acted rashly and it cost us a lot of money — at least on the surface. But I remind myself of the situation we were in previously. Nearly twice the revenue but struggling to maintain profitability. Would it have been better to try to slowly fix that situation and battle through months of loss or barely-break-even profits? Or was ripping off the bandaid the right move after all? I’m an optimist. (Heh, heh) Plus, I know that spiraling over past decisions won’t change them or help me move forward. So I’m choosing to look at this as an opportunity — to rebuild, reset, and refocus the company. I get to take all of the tough lessons I’ve learned over the last 6 years and apply them to build the company in a way that better aligns with our new and current goals. It’s not quite a fresh, clean start, but by parting ways with some of our oldest clients, we’ve eliminated some of the “debt” that’s accumulated over the years. We get a chance to fully realize the new positioning that we rolled out last year. Many of those long-term clients who churned had a scope of work or engagement structure that didn’t fit with our new positioning and focus. So, by losing them, we’re able to completely close up shop on the SOWs that no longer align with the future version of Optimist. Our smaller roster of clients is a better fit for that future. My job is to protect that positioning by ensuring that while we’re rebuilding our new roster of clients we don’t get desperate. We maintain the qualifications we set out for future clients and only take on work that fits. How’s that for seeing the upside? Some other upside from the situation is that we got an opportunity to ask for candid feedback from clients who were leaving. We asked for insight about their decision, what factors they considered, how they perceived us, and the value of our work. Some of the reasons clients left were obvious and possibly unavoidable. Things like budget cuts, insourcing, and uncertainty about the economy all played at least some part of these decisions. But, reading between the lines, where was one key insight that really struck me. It’s one of those, “oh, yeah — duh — I already knew that,” things that can be difficult to learn and easy to forget…. We’re in the Relationship Business (Plan Accordingly) For all of our focus on things like rankings, keywords, content, conversions, and a buffet of relevant metrics, it can be easy to lose the forest for the trees. Yes, the work itself matters. Yes, the outcomes — the metrics — matter. But sometimes the relationship matters more. When you’re running an agency, you can live or die by someone just liking you. Admittedly, this feels totally unfair. It opens up all kinds of dilemmas, frustration, opportunity for bias and prejudice, and other general messiness. But it’s the real world. If a client doesn’t enjoy working with us — even if for purely personal reasons — they could easily have the power to end of engagement, regardless of how well we did our actual job. We found some evidence of this in the offboarding conversations we had with clients. In some cases, we had clients who we had driven triple- and quadruple-digital growth. Our work was clearly moving the needle and generating positive ROI and we had the data to prove it. But they decided to “take things in another direction” regardless. And when we asked about why they made the decision, it was clear that it was more about the working relationship than anything we could have improved about the service itself. The inverse is also often true. Our best clients have lasting relationships with our team. The work is important — and they want results. But even if things aren’t quite going according to plan, they’re patient and quick to forgive. Those relationships feel solid — unshakeable. Many of these folks move onto new roles or new companies and quickly look for an opportunity to work with us again. On both sides, relationships are often more important than the work itself. We’ve already established that we’re not building a business that will scale in a massive way. Optimist will always be a small, boutique service firm. We don’t need 100 new leads per month We need a small, steady roster of clients who are a great fit for the work we do and the value we create. We want them to stick around. We want to be their long-term partner. I’m not built for churn-and-burn agency life. And neither is the business. When I look at things through this lens, I realize how much I can cut from our overall business strategy. We don’t need an ultra-sophisticated, multi-channel marketing strategy. We just need strong relationships — enough of them to make our business work. There are a few key things we can take away from this as a matter of business strategy: Put most of our effort into building and strengthening relationships with our existing clients Be intentional about establishing a strong relationship with new clients as part of onboarding Focus on relationships as the main driver of future business development Embracing Reality: Theory vs Practice Okay, so with the big learnings out the way, I want to pivot into another key lesson from 2022. It’s the importance of understanding theory vs practice — specifically when it comes to thinking about time, work, and life. It all started when I was considering how to best structure my days and weeks around running Optimist, my other ventures, and my life goals outside of work. Over the years, I’ve dabbled in many different ways to block time and find focus — to compartmentalize all of the things that are spinning and need my attention. As I mapped this out, I realized that I often tried to spread myself too thin throughout the week. Not just that I was trying to do too much but that I was spreading that work into too many small chunks rather than carving out time for focus. In theory, 5 hours is 5 hours. If you have 5 hours of work to get done, you just fit into your schedule whenever you have an open time slot. In reality, a single 5-hour block of work is 10x more productive and satisfying than 10, 30-minute blocks of work spread out across the week. In part, this is because of context switching. Turning your focus from one thing to another thing takes time. Achieving flow and focus takes time. And the more you jump from one project to another, the more time you “lose” to switching. This is insightful for me both in the context of work and planning my day, but also thinking about my life outside of Optimist. One of my personal goals is to put a finite limit on my work time and give myself more freedom. I can structure that in many different ways. Is it better to work 5 days a week but log off 1 hour early each day? Or should I try to fit more hours into each workday so I can take a full day off? Of course, it’s the latter. Both because of the cost of context switching and spreading work into more, smaller chunks — but also because of the remainder that I end up with when I’m done working. A single extra hour in my day probably means nothing. Maybe I can binge-watch one more episode of a new show or do a few extra chores around the house. But it doesn’t significantly improve my life or help me find greater balance. Most things I want to do outside of work can’t fit into a single extra hour. A full day off from work unlocks many more options. I can take the day to go hiking or biking. I can spend the day with my wife, planning or playing a game. Or I can push it up against the weekend and take a 3-day trip. It gives me more of the freedom and balance that I ultimately want. So this has become a guiding principle for how I structure my schedule. I want to: Minimize context switching Maximize focused time for work and for non-work The idea of embracing reality also bleeds into some of the shifts in business strategy that I mentioned above. In theory, any time spent on marketing will have a positive impact on the company. In reality, focusing more on relationships than blasting tweets into the ether is much more likely to drive the kind of growth and stability that we’re seeking. As I think about 2023, I think this is a recurring theme. It manifests in many ways. Companies are making budget cuts and tough decisions about focus and strategy. Most of us are looking for ways to rein in the excess and have greater impact with a bit less time and money. We can’t do everything. We can’t even do most things. So our #1 priority should be to understand the reality of our time and our effort to make the most of every moment (in both work and leisure). That means thinking deeply about our strengths and our limitations. Being practical, even if it feels like sacrifice. Update on Other Businesses Finally, I want to close up by sharing a bit about my ventures outside of Optimist. I shared last year how I planned to shift some of my (finite) time and attention to new ventures and opportunities. And, while I didn’t get to devote as much as I hoped to these new pursuits, they weren’t totally in vain. I made progress across the board on all of the items I laid out in my post. Here’s what happened: Juice: The first Optimist spin-out agency At the end of 2021, we launched our first new service business based on demand from Optimist clients. Focused entirely on building links for SEO, we called the agency Juice. Overall, we made strong progress toward turning this into a legitimate standalone business in 2022. Relying mostly on existing Optimist clients and a few word-of-mouth opportunities (no other marketing), we built a team and set up a decent workflow and operations. There’s still many kinks and challenges that we’re working through on this front. All told, Juice posted almost $100,000 in revenue in our first full year. Monetizing the community I started 2022 with a focus on figuring out how to monetize our free community, Top of the Funnel. Originally, my plan was to sell sponsorships as the main revenue driver. And that option is still on the table. But, this year, I pivoted to selling paid content and subscriptions. We launched a paid tier for content and SEO entrepreneurs where I share more of my lessons, workflows, and ideas for building and running a freelance or agency business. It’s gained some initial traction — we reached \~$1,000 MRR from paid subscriptions. In total, our community revenue for 2022 was about $2,500. In 2023, I’m hoping to turn this into a $30,000 - $50,000 revenue opportunity. Right now, we’re on track for \~$15,000. Agency partnerships and referrals In 2022, we also got more serious about referring leads to other agencies. Any opportunity that was not a fit for Optimist or we didn’t have capacity to take on, we’d try to connect with another partner. Transparently, we struggled to operationalize this as effectively as I would have liked. In part, this was driven by my lack of focus here. With the other challenges throughout the year, I wasn’t able to dedicate as much time as I’d like to setting goals and putting workflows into place. But it wasn’t a total bust. We referred out several dozen potential clients to partner agencies. Of those, a handful ended up converting into sales — and referral commission. In total, we generated about $10,000 in revenue from referrals. I still see this as a huge opportunity for us to unlock in 2023. Affiliate websites Lastly, I mentioned spending some time on my new and existing affiliate sites as another big business opportunity in 2022. This ultimately fell to the bottom of my list and didn’t get nearly the attention I wanted. But I did get a chance to spend a few weeks throughout the year building this income stream. For 2022, I generated just under $2,000 in revenue from affiliate content. My wife has graciously agreed to dedicate some of her time and talent to these projects. So, for 2023, I think this will become a bit of a family venture. I’m hoping to build a solid and consistent workflow, expand the team, and develop a more solid business strategy. Postscript — AI, SEO, OMG As I’m writing this, much of my world is in upheaval. If you’re not in this space (and/or have possibly been living under a rock), the release of ChatGPT in late 2022 has sparked an arms race between Google, Bing, OpenAI, and many other players. The short overview: AI is likely to fundamentally change the way internet search works. This has huge impact on almost all of the work that I do and the businesses that I run. Much of our focus is on SEO and understanding the current Google algorithm, how to generate traffic for clients, and how to drive traffic to our sites and projects. That may all change — very rapidly. This means we’re standing at a very interesting point in time. On the one hand, it’s scary as hell. There’s a non-zero chance that this will fundamentally shift — possibly upturn — our core business model at Optimist. It could dramatically change how we work and/or reduce demand for our core services. No bueno. But it’s also an opportunity (there’s the optimist in me, again). I certainly see a world where we can become leaders in this new frontier. We can pivot, adjust, and capitalize on a now-unknown version of SEO that’s focused on understanding and optimizing for AI-as-search. With that, we may also be able to help others — say, those in our community? — also navigate this tumultuous time. See? It’s an opportunity. I wish I had the answers right now. But, it’s still a time of uncertainty. I just know that there’s a lot of change happening and I want to be in front of it rather than trying to play catch up. Wish me luck. — Alright friends — that's my update for 2023! I’ve always appreciated sharing these updates with the Reddit community, getting feedback, being asked tough questions, and even battling it out with some of my haters (hey!! 👋) As usual, I’m going to pop in throughout the next few days to respond to comments or answer questions. Feel free to share thoughts, ideas, and brutal takedowns in the comments. If you're interested in following the Optimist journey and the other projects I'm working on in 2023, you can follow me on Twitter. Cheers, Tyler P.S. - If you're running or launching a freelance or agency business and looking for help figuring it out, please DM me. Our subscription community, Middle of the Funnel, was created to provide feedback, lessons, and resources for other entrepreneurs in this space.

AI search startup Perplexity could actually beat Google (disruption strategy lesson)

Everybody's talking about how AI changes everything and all the new business models and products that are now possible. But few talk about how AI legitimizes ideas that we'd previously laugh about. One of them: Disrupting Google. Bing, DuckDuckGo (privacy search), Ecosia (sustainable search), Neeva (subscription search)... none of them made a dent into Google. AI could change this. Most notably: Perplexity. Perplexity is an AI search unicorn founded by Aravind Srinivas. It's got a $20m ARR and $1b+ valuation at about 50 people—all in under 2 years. The product is basically if ChatGPT had a baby with Google: Perplexity aggregate search results for your query and tells you the results (with citations) in a concise answer. You never have to leave their interface to click elsewhere. I think it has a real chance: Its search results for informational queries are (imo) already better than Google's SEO optimized jungle. Plus, millions of people are subscribing (with real money) to a search engine. Of course, Google knows a thing or two about AI. What if Google just copies the product for their own search engine? To some degree, they've started to do this. But Google runs into a problem here: Their core business model is based on ads, which are inserted into search results. So the more search results you can show someone, the more money Google makes. If there's just one result (aka answer), then Google makes less money. This is a clear disincentive for Google to build these AI answers. CEO Aravind Srinivas talks about this in interviews: Google won't build everything Perplexity does because they rely on ads and AI-native search runs counter to their business model. Of course, disrupting Google requires a lot more than to convince a bunch of tech workers excited to try new tools. My mom probably doesn't even know there are other search engines besides Google—and crossing into the mainstream takes a long time. But if I think about how good Perplexity is in 2 years and with 50 people compared to a 26 year-old company with 180k people, I think the AI inflection point gives them a real chance. WDYT? If you want to read my full strategic breakdown, you can read it here: https://www.commandbar.com/blog/perplexity-vs-google/

Made $19.2k this month, and just surpassed $1000 the last 24 hours. What I did and what's next.

It's the first time I hit $1000+ in 24 hours and I had no one to share it with (except you guys). I'm quite proud of my journey, and I would have thought that making $1000 in a day would make me ecstatic, but actually it's not the case. Not sure if it's because my revenue has grown by increment step so I had time to "prepare" myself to achieve this at one point, or just that I'm nowhere near my goal of 100k/month so that I'm not that affected by it. But it's crazy to think that my goal was to make 100$ daily at the end of 2024. So for those who don't know me (I guess most of you), I build mobile apps and ship them as fast as I can. Most of them are in the AI space. I already made a post here on how I become a mobile app developer so you can check it for more details, but essentially here's what I did : Always loved creating my own things and solve problems Built multiple YouTube channels since I was 15 (mobile gaming actually) that all worked great (but it was too niche so not that scalable, didn't like that) Did a few businesses here and there (drop shopping, selling merch to school, etc) Finished my master's degree in engineering about 2 years ago Worked a moment in a famous watch industry company and saw my potential. The combo of health issues, fixed salary (although it was quite a lot), and me wanting to be an entrepreneur made me leave the company. Created a TikTok account in mobile tech (got 10+ million views the 1st 3 days), manage to grow it to 200k subs in about 3 months Got plenty of collabs for promoting mobile apps (between $500 - $2000 for a collab) Said fuck it I should do my own apps and market them on my TikTok instead of doing collabs Me wanting to build my own apps happened around May-June 2023. Started my TikTok in Feb 2023. At this point I had already 150k+ subs on TikTok. You guys need to know that I suck at coding big time. During my studies I tried to limit as much as I could coding because I was a lazy bast*rd, even though I knew it would come to bite me in the ass one day. But an angel appeared to me in broad daylight, that angel was called GPT-4. I subscribed for 20$/month to get access, and instantly I saw the potential of AI and how much it could help me. Last year GPT-4 was ahead of its time and could already code me basic apps. I had already a mac so I just downloaded Xcode and that was it. My 1st app was a wallpaper app, and I kid you not 90% of it was made by AI. Yes sometimes I had to try again and again with different prompts but it was still so much faster compared to if I had to learn coding from scratch and write code with my own hands. The only thing I didn't do was implement the in app purchase, from which I find a guy on Fiverr to do it for me for 50$. After about 2 months of on-off coding, my first app was ready to be launched. So it was launched, had a great successful launch without doing any videos at that point (iOS 17 was released and my app was the first one alongside another one to offer live wallpapers for iOS 17. I knew that there was a huge app potential there when iOS 17 was released in beta as Apple changed their live wallpaper feature). I Then made a video a few weeks after on my mobile tiktok channel, made about 1 million views in 48 hours, brought me around 40k additional users. Was top 1 chart in graphism and design category for a few weeks (in France, as I'm French so my TikTok videos are in French). And was top 100 in that same category in 120+ countries. Made about 500$ ? Okay that was trash, but I had no idea to monetize the app correctly at that point. It was still a huge W to me and proved me that I could successfully launch apps. Then I learned ASO (App Store Optimization) in depth, searched on internet, followed mobile app developers on Twitter, checked YouTube videos, you name it. I was eager to learn more. I needed more. Then I just iterated, build my 2nd app in less than a month, my 3rd in 3 weeks and so on. I just build my 14th app in 3 days and is now in review. Everytime I manage to reuse some of my other app's code in my new one, which is why I can build them so much faster now. I know how to monetize my app better by checking out my competitors. I learn so much by just "spying" other apps. Funnily enough, I only made this one Tiktok video on my main account to promote my app. For all my other apps, I didn't do a single video where I showcase it, the downloads has only been thanks to ASO. I still use AI everyday. I'm still not good at coding (a bit better than when I started). I use AI to create my app icons (midjourney or the new AI model Flux which is great). I use figma + midjourney to create my App Store screenshots (and they actually look quite good). I use GPT-4o and Claude 3.5 Sonnet to code most of my apps features. I use gpt-4o to localize my app (if you want to optimize the number of downloads I strongly suggest localizing your app, it takes me about 10 minutes thanks to AI). Now what are my next goals ? To achieve the 100k/month I need to change my strategy a little. Right now the $20k/month comes from purely organic downloads, I didn't do any paid advertising. It will be hard for me to keep on launching new apps and rely on ASO to reach the 100k mark. The best bet to reach 100k is to collab with content creators and they create a viral video showcasing your app. Depending on the app it's not that easy, luckily some of my apps can be viral so I will need to find the right content creators. Second way is to try tiktok/meta ads, I can check (have checked) all the ads that have been made by my competitors (thank you EU), so what I would do is copy their ad concept and create similar ads than them. Some of them have millions in ad budget so I know they create high converting ads, so you don't need to try to create an ad creative from scratch. My only big fear is to get banned by Apple (for no reason of mine). In just a snap of a finger they can just ban you from the platform, that shit scares me. And you pretty much can't do anything. So that's about it for me. I'm quite proud of myself not going to lie. Have been battling so many health issues these past years where I just stay in bed all day I'm surprised to be able to make it work. Anyways feel free to ask questions. I hope it was interesting for some of you at least. PS: My new app was just approved by app review, let the app gods favor me and bring me many downloads ! Also forgot to talk about a potential $100k+ acquisition of one of my apps, but if that ever happens I'll make a post on it.

Recently hit 6,600,000 monthly organic traffic for a B2C SaaS website. Here's the 40 tips that helped me make that happen.

Hey guys! So as title says, we recently hit 6,600,000 monthly organic traffic / month for a B2C SaaS website (screenshot. Can't give name publicly, but can show testimonial to a mod). Here's 40 tips that "helped" me make this happen. If you get some value of the post, I write an SEO tip every other day on /r/seogrowth. There's around 10 more tips already up there other than the ones I mention here. If you want to give back for all my walls of text, I'd appreciate a sub <3 Also, there are a bunch of free stuff I mention in the article: content outline, writer guidelines, SEO checklist, and other stuff. Here's the Google Doc with all that! Tip #1. Take SEO With a Grain of Salt A lot of the SEO advice and best practices on the internet are based on 2 things: Personal experiences and case studies of companies that managed to make SEO work for them. Google or John Mueller (Google’s Senior Webmaster Trends Analyst). And, unfortunately, neither of these sources are always accurate. Personal SEO accounts are simply about what worked for specific companies. Sometimes, what worked for others, won’t work for you. For example, you might find a company that managed to rank with zero link-building because their website already had a very strong backlink profile. If you’re starting with a fresh website, chances are, you won’t be able to get the same results. At the same time, information from Google or John Mueller is also not 100% accurate. For example, they’ve said that guest posting is against Google’s guidelines and doesn’t work… But practically, guest posting is a very effective link-building strategy. So the takeaway is this: Take all information you read about SEO with a grain of salt. Analyze the information yourself, and make your conclusions. SEO Tip #2. SEO Takes Time You’ve already heard this one before, but considering how many people keep asking, thought I'd include this anyway. On average, it’s going to take you 6 months to 2 years to get SEO results, depending on the following factors: Your backlink profile. The more quality backlinks you have (or build), the faster you’ll rank. Age of your website. If your website is older (or you purchased an aged website), you can expect your content to rank faster. Amount of content published. The more quality content you publish on your website, the more “authoritative” it is in the eyes of Google, and thus more likely to rank faster. SEO work done on the website. If a lot of your pages are already ranking on Google (page 2-3), it’s easier to get them to page #1 than if you just published the content piece. Local VS global SEO. Ranking locally is (sometimes) easier and faster than ranking globally. That said, some marketing agencies can use “SEO takes time” as an excuse for not driving results. Well, fortunately, there is a way to track SEO results from month #2 - #3 of work. Simply check if your new content pieces/pages are getting more and more impressions on Google Search Console month-to-month. While your content won’t be driving traffic for a while after being published, they’ll still have a growing number of impressions from month #2 or #3 since publication. SEO Tip #3. SEO Might Not Be The Best Channel For You In theory, SEO sounds like the best marketing channel ever. You manage to rank on Google and your marketing seemingly goes on auto-pilot - you’re driving new leads every day from existing content without having to lift a finger… And yet, SEO is not for everyone. Avoid SEO as a marketing channel if: You’re just getting started with your business and need to start driving revenue tomorrow (and not in 1-2 years). If this is you, try Google ads, Facebook ads, or organic marketing. Your target audience is pretty small. If you’re selling enterprise B2B software and have around 2,000 prospects in total worldwide, then it’s simply easier to directly reach out to these prospects. Your product type is brand-new. If customers don’t know your product exists, they probably won’t be Googling it. SEO Tip #4. Traffic Can Be a Vanity Metric I've seen hundreds of websites that drive 6-7 digits of traffic but generate only 200-300 USD per month from those numbers. “What’s the deal?” You might be thinking. “How can you fail to monetize that much traffic?” Well, that brings us to today’s tip: traffic can be a vanity metric. See, not all traffic is created equal. Ranking for “hormone balance supplement” is a lot more valuable than ranking for “Madagascar character names.” The person Googling the first keyword is an adult ready to buy your product. Someone Googling the latter, on the other hand, is a child with zero purchasing power. So, when deciding on which keywords to pursue, always keep in mind the buyer intent behind and don’t go after rankings or traffic just because 6-digit traffic numbers look good. SEO Tip #5. Push Content Fast Whenever you publish a piece of content, you can expect it to rank within 6 months to a year (potentially less if you’re an authority in your niche). So, the faster you publish your content, the faster they’re going to age, and, as such, the faster they’ll rank on Google. On average, I recommend you publish a minimum of 10,000 words of content per month and 20,000 to 30,000 optimally. If you’re not doing link-building for your website, then I’d recommend pushing for even more content. Sometimes, content velocity can compensate for the lack of backlinks. SEO Tip #6. Use Backlink Data to Prioritize Content You might be tempted to go for that juicy, 6-digit traffic cornerstone keyword right from the get-go... But I'd recommend doing the opposite. More often than not, to rank for more competitive, cornerstone keywords, you’ll need to have a ton of supporting content, high-quality backlinks, website authority, and so on. Instead, it’s a lot more reasonable to first focus on the less competitive keywords and then, once you’ve covered those, move on to the rest. Now, as for how to check keyword competitiveness, here are 2 options: Use Mozbar to see the number of backlinks for top-ranking pages, as well as their Domain Authority (DA). If all the pages ranking on page #1 have <5 backlinks and DA of 20 - 40, it’s a good opportunity. Use SEMrush or Ahrefs to sort your keywords by difficulty, and focus on the less difficult keywords first. Now, that said, keep in mind that both of these metrics are third-party, and hence not always accurate. SEO Tip #7. Always Start With Competitive Analysis When doing keyword research, the easiest way to get started is via competitive analysis. Chances are, whatever niche you’re in, there’s a competitor that is doing great with SEO. So, instead of having to do all the work from scratch, run their website through SEMrush or Ahrefs and steal their keyword ideas. But don’t just stop there - once you’ve borrowed keyword ideas from all your competitors, run the seed keywords through a keyword research tool such as UberSuggest or SEMrush Keyword Magic Tool. This should give you dozens of new ideas that your competitors might’ve missed. Finally, don’t just stop at borrowing your competitor’s keyword ideas. You can also borrow some inspiration on: The types of graphics and images you can create to supplement your blog content. The tone and style you can use in your articles. The type of information you can include in specific content pieces. SEO Tip #8. Source a LOT of Writers Content writing is one of those professions that has a very low barrier to entry. Anyone can take a writing course, claim to be a writer, and create an UpWork account… This is why 99% of the writers you’ll have to apply for your gigs are going to be, well, horrible. As such, if you want to produce a lot of content on the reg, you’ll need to source a LOT of writers. Let’s do the math: If, by posting a job ad, you source 100 writers, you’ll see that only 5 of them are a good fit. Out of the 5 writers, 1 has a very high rate, so they drop out. Another doesn’t reply back to your communication, which leaves you with 3 writers. You get the 3 writers to do a trial task, and only one turns out to be a good fit for your team. Now, since the writer is freelance, the best they can do is 4 articles per month for a total of 5,000-words (which, for most niches, ain’t all that much). So, what we’re getting at here is, to hire quality writers, you should source a LOT of them. SEO Tip #9. Create a Process for Filtering Writers If you follow the previous tip, you'll end up with a huge database of hundreds of writers. This creates a whole new problem: You now have a database of 500+ writers waiting for you to sift through them and decide which ones are worth the hire. It would take you 2-3 days of intense work to go through all these writers and vet them yourself. Let’s be real - you don’t have time for that. Here’s what you can do instead: When sourcing writers, always get them to fill in a Google form (instead of DMing or emailing you). In this form, make sure to ask for 3 relevant written samples, a link to the writer’s portfolio page, and the writer’s rate per word. Create a SOP for evaluating writers. The criteria for evaluation should be: Level of English. Does the writer’s sample have any English mistakes? If so, they’re not a good fit. Quality of Samples. Are the samples long-form and engaging content or are they boring 500-word copy-pastes? Technical Knowledge. Has the writer written about a hard-to-explain topic before? Anyone can write about simple topics like traveling—you want to look for someone who knows how to research a new topic and explain it in a simple and easy-to-read way. If someone’s written about how to create a perfect cover letter, they can probably write about traveling, but the opposite isn’t true. Get your VA to evaluate the writer’s samples as per the criteria above and short-list writers that seem competent. If you sourced 500 writers, the end result of this process should be around 50 writers. You or your editor goes through the short-list of 50 writers and invites 5-10 for a (paid) trial task. The trial task is very important - you’ll sometimes find that the samples provided by the writer don’t match their writing level. SEO Tip #10. Use the Right Websites to Find Writers Not sure where to source your writers? Here are some ideas: ProBlogger \- Our #1 choice - a lot of quality writers frequent this website. LinkedIn \- You can headhunt content writers in specific locations. Upwork \- If you post a content gig, most writers are going to be awful. Instead, I recommend headhunting top writers instead. WeWorkRemotely \- Good if you’re looking to make a full-time remote hire. Facebook \- There are a ton of quality Facebook groups for writers. Some of our faves are Cult of Copy Job Board and Content Marketing Lounge. SEO Tip #11. Always Use Content Outlines When giving tasks to your writing team, you need to be very specific about the instructions you give them. Don’t just provide a keyword and tell them to “knock themselves out.” The writer isn’t a SEO expert; chances are, they’re going to mess it up big-time and talk about topics that aren’t related to the keyword you’re targeting. Instead, when giving tasks to writers, do it through content outlines. A content outline, in a nutshell, is a skeleton of the article they’re supposed to write. It includes information on: Target word count (aim for the same or 50% more the word count than that of the competition). Article title. Article structure (which sections should be mentioned and in what order). Related topics of keywords that need to be mentioned in the article. Content outline example in the URL in the post intro. SEO Tip #12. Focus on One Niche at a Time I used to work with this one client that had a SaaS consisting of a mixture of CRM, Accounting Software, and HRS. I had to pick whether we were going to focus on topics for one of these 3 niches or focus on all of them at the same time. I decided to do the former. Here’s why: When evaluating what to rank, Google considers the authority of your website. If you have 60 articles about accounting (most of which link to each other), you’re probably an authority in the niche and are more likely to get good rankings. If you have 20 sales, 20 HR, and 20 accounting articles, though, none of these categories are going to rank as well. It always makes more sense to first focus on a single niche (the one that generates the best ROI for your business), and then move on to the rest. This also makes it easier to hire writers - you hire writers specialized in accounting, instead of having to find writers who can pull off 3 unrelated topics. SEO Tip #13. Just Hire a VA Already It’s 2021 already guys—unless you have a virtual assistant, you’re missing out big-time. Since a lot of SEO tasks are very time-consuming, it really helps to have a VA around to take over. As long as you have solid SOPs in place, you can hire a virtual assistant, train them, and use them to free up your time. Some SEO tasks virtual assistants can help with are: Internal linking. Going through all your blog content and ensuring that they link to each other. Backlink prospecting. Going through hundreds of websites daily to find link opportunities. Uploading content on WordPress and ensuring that the content is optimized well for on-page SEO. SEO Tip #14. Use WordPress (And Make Your Life Easier) Not sure which CMS platform to use? 99% of the time, you’re better off with WordPress. It has a TON of plugins that will make your life easier. Want a drag & drop builder? Use Elementor. It’s cheap, efficient, extremely easy to learn, and comes jam-packed with different plugins and features. Wix, SiteGround, and similar drag & drops are pure meh. SEO Tip #15. Use These Nifty WordPress Plugins There are a lot of really cool WordPress plugins that can make your (SEO) life so much easier. Some of our favorites include: RankMath. A more slick alternative to YoastSEO. Useful for on-page SEO. Smush. App that helps you losslessly compress all images on your website, as well as enables lazy loading. WP Rocket. This plugin helps speed up your website pretty significantly. Elementor. Not a techie? This drag & drop plugin makes it significantly easier to manage your website. WP Forms. Very simple form builder. Akismet Spam Protection. Probably the most popular anti-spam WP plugin. Mammoth Docx. A plugin that uploads your content from a Google doc directly to WordPress. SEO Tip #16. No, Voice Search Is Still Not Relevant Voice search is not and will not be relevant (no matter what sensationalist articles might say). Sure, it does have its application (“Alexa, order me toilet paper please”), but it’s pretty niche and not relevant to most SEOs. After all, you wouldn’t use voice search for bigger purchases (“Alexa, order me a new laptop please”) or informational queries (“Alexa, teach me how to do accounting, thanks”). SEO Tip #17. SEO Is Obviously Not Dead I see these articles every year - “SEO is dead because I failed to make it work.” SEO is not dead and as long as there are people looking up for information/things online, it never will be. And no, SEO is not just for large corporations with huge budgets, either. Some niches are hypercompetitive and require a huge link-building budget (CBD, fitness, VPN, etc.), but they’re more of an exception instead of the rule. SEO Tip #18. Doing Local SEO? Focus on Service Pages If you’re doing local SEO, you’re better off focusing on local service pages than blog content. E.g. if you’re an accounting firm based in Boston, you can make a landing page about /accounting-firm-boston/, /tax-accounting-boston/, /cpa-boston/, and so on. Or alternatively, if you’re a personal injury law firm, you’d want to create pages like /car-accident-law-firm/, /truck-accident-law-firm/, /wrongful-death-law-firm/, and the like. Thing is, you don’t really need to rank on global search terms—you just won’t get leads from there. Even if you ranked on the term “financial accounting,” it wouldn’t really matter for your bottom line that much. SEO Tip #19. Engage With the SEO Community The SEO community is (for the most part) composed of extremely helpful and friendly people. There are a lot of online communities (including this sub) where you can ask for help, tips, case studies, and so on. Some of our faves are: This sub :) SEO Signals Lab (FB Group) Fat Graph Content Ops (FB Group) Proper SEO Group (FB Group) BigSEO Subreddit SEO Tip #20. Test Keywords Before Pursuing Them You can use Google ads to test how profitable any given keyword is before you start trying to rank for it. The process here is: Create a Google Ads account. Pick a keyword you want to test. Create a landing page that corresponds to the search intent behind the keyword. Allocate an appropriate budget. E.g. if you assume a conversion rate of 2%, you’d want to buy 100+ clicks. If the CPC is 2 USD, then the right budget would be 200 USD plus. Run the ads! If you don’t have the budget for this, you can still use the average CPC for the keyword to estimate how well it’s going to convert. If someone is willing to bid 10 USD to rank for a certain keyword, it means that the keyword is most probably generating pretty good revenue/conversions. SEO Tip #21. Test & Improve SEO Headlines Sometimes, you’ll see that you’re ranking in the top 3 positions for your search query, but you’re still not driving that much traffic. “What’s the deal?” you might be asking. Chances are, your headline is not clickable enough. Every 3-4 months, go through your Google Search Console and check for articles that are ranking well but not driving enough traffic. Then, create a Google sheet and include the following data: Targeted keyword Page link CTR (for the last 28 days) Date when you implemented the new title Old title New title New CTR (for the month after the CTR change was implemented) From then on, implement the new headline and track changes in the CTR. If you don’t reach your desired result, you can always test another headline. SEO Tip #22. Longer Content Isn’t Always Better Content You’ve probably heard that long-form content is where it’s at in 2021. Well, this isn’t always the case. Rather, this mostly depends on the keyword you’re targeting. If, for example, you’re targeting the keyword “how to tie a tie,” you don’t need a long-ass 5,000-word mega-guide. In such a case, the reader is looking for something that can be explained in 200-300 words and if your article fails to do this, the reader will bounce off and open a different page. On the other hand, if you’re targeting the keyword “how to write a CV,” you’ll need around 4,000 to 5,000 words to adequately explain the topic and, chances are, you won’t rank with less. SEO Tip #23. SEO is Not All About Written Content More often than not, when people talk about SEO they talk about written blog content creation. It’s very important not to forget, though, that blog content is not end-all-be-all for SEO. Certain keywords do significantly better with video content. For example, if the keyword is “how to do a deadlift,” video content is going to perform significantly better than blog content. Or, if the keyword is “CV template,” you’ll see that a big chunk of the rankings are images of the templates. So, the lesson here is, don’t laser-focus on written content—keep other content mediums in mind, too. SEO Tip #24. Write For Your Audience It’s very important that your content resonates well with your target audience. If, for example, you’re covering the keyword “skateboard tricks,” you can be very casual with your language. Heck, it’s even encouraged! Your readers are Googling the keyword in their free time and are most likely teens or in their early 20s. Meaning, you can use informal language, include pop culture references, and avoid complicated language. Now, on the other hand, if you’re writing about high-level investment advice, your audience probably consists of 40-something suit-and-ties. If you include Rick & Morty references in your article, you'll most likely lose credibility and the Googler, who will go to another website. Some of our best tips on writing for your audience include: Define your audience. Who’s the person you’re writing for? Are they reading the content at work or in their free time? Keep your reader’s level of knowledge in mind. If you’re covering an accounting 101 topic, you want to cover the topic’s basics, as the reader is probably a student. If you’re writing about high-level finance, though, you don’t have to teach the reader what a balance sheet is. More often than not, avoid complicated language. The best practice is to write on a 6th-grade level, as it’s understandable for anyone. Plus, no one wants to read Shakespeare when Googling info online (unless they’re looking for Shakespeare's work, of course). SEO Tip #25. Create Compelling Headlines Want to drive clicks to your articles? You’ll need compelling headlines. Compare the following headline: 101 Productivity Tips \[To Get Things Done in 2021\] With this one: Productivity Tips Guide Which one would you click? Data says it’s the first! To create clickable headlines, I recommend you include the following elements: Keyword. This one’s non-negotiable - you need to include the target keyword in the headline. Numbers. If Buzzfeed taught us anything, it’s that people like to click articles with numbers in their titles. Results. If I read your article, what’s going to be the end result? E.g. “X Resume tips (to land the job)”.* Year (If Relevant). Adding a year to your title shows that the article is recent (which is relevant for some specific topics). E.g. If the keyword is “Marketing Trends,” I want to know marketing trends in 2021, not in 2001. So, adding a year in the title makes the headline more clickable. SEO Tip #26. Make Your Content Visual How good your content looks matters, especially if you're in a competitive niche. Here are some tips on how to make your content as visual as possible: Aim for 2-4 sentences per paragraph. Avoid huge blocks of text. Apply a 60-65% content width to your blog pages. Pick a good-looking font. I’d recommend Montserrat, PT Sans, and Roboto. Alternatively, you can also check out your favorite blogs, see which fonts they’re using, and do the same. Use a reasonable font size. Most top blogs use font sizes ranging from 16 pt to 22 pt. Add images when possible. Avoid stock photos, though. No one wants to see random “office people smiling” scattered around your blog posts. Use content boxes to help convey information better. Content boxes example in the URL in the intro of the post. SEO Tip #27. Ditch the Skyscraper Technique Already Brian Dean’s skyscraper technique is awesome and all, but the following bit really got old: “Hey \[name\], I saw you wrote an article. I, too, wrote an article. Please link to you?” The theory here is, if your content is good, the person will be compelled to link to it. In practice, though, the person really, really doesn’t care. At the end of the day, there’s no real incentive for the person to link to your content. They have to take time out of their day to head over to their website, log in to WordPress, find the article you mentioned, and add a link... Just because some stranger on the internet asked them to. Here’s something that works much better: Instead of fake compliments, be very straightforward about what you can offer them in exchange for that link. Some things you can offer are: A free version of your SaaS. Free product delivered to their doorstep. Backlink exchange. A free backlink from your other website. Sharing their content to your social media following. Money. SEO Tip #28. Get the URL Slug Right for Seasonal Content If you want to rank on a seasonal keyword, there are 2 ways to do this. If you want your article to be evergreen (i.e. you update it every year with new information), then your URL should not contain the year. E.g. your URL would be /saas-trends/, and you simply update the article’s contents+headline each year to keep it timely. If you’re planning on publishing a new trends report annually, though, then you can add a year to the URL. E.g. /saas-trends-2020/ instead of /saas-trends/. SEO Tip #29. AI Content Tools Are a Mixed Bag Lots of people are talking about AI content tools these days. Usually, they’re either saying: “AI content tools are garbage and the output is horrible,” Or: “AI content tools are a game-changer!” So which one is it? The truth is somewhere in-between. In 2021, AI content writing tools are pretty bad. The output you’re going to get is far from something you can publish on your website. That said, some SEOs use such tools to get a very, very rough draft of the article written, and then they do intense surgery on it to make it usable. Should you use AI content writing tools? If you ask me, no - it’s easier to hire a proficient content writer than spend hours salvaging AI-written content. That said, I do believe that such tools are going to get much better years down the line. This one was, clearly, more of a personal opinion than a fact. I’d love to hear YOUR opinion on AI content tools! Are they a fad, or are they the future of content creation? Let me know in the comments. SEO Tip #30. Don’t Overdo it With SEO Tools There are a lot of SEO tools out there for pretty much any SEO function. Keyword research, link-building, on-page, outreach, technical SEO, you name it! If you were to buy most of these tools for your business, you’d easily spend 4-figures on SEO tools per month. Luckily, though, you don’t actually need most of them. At the end of the day, the only must-have SEO tools are: An SEO Suite (Paid). Basically SEMrush or Ahrefs. Both of these tools offer an insane number of features - backlink analysis, keyword research, and a ton of other stuff. Yes, 99 USD a month is expensive for a tool. But then again, if you value your time 20 USD/hour and this tool saves you 6 hours, it's obviously worth it, right? On-Page SEO Tool (Free). RankMath or Yoast. Basically, a tool that's going to help you optimize web pages or blog posts as per SEO best practices. Technical SEO Tool (Freemium). You can use ScreamingFrog to crawl your entire website and find technical SEO problems. There are probably other tools that also do this, but ScreamingFrog is the most popular option. The freemium version of the tool only crawls a limited number of pages (500 URLs, to be exact), so if your website is relatively big, you'll need to pay for the tool. Analytics (Free). Obviously, you'll need Google Analytics (to track website traffic) and Google Search Console (to track organic traffic, specifically) set up on your website. Optionally, you can also use Google Track Manager to better track how your website visitors interact with the site. MozBar (Free). Chrome toolbar that lets you simply track the number of backlinks on Google Search Queries, Domain Authority, and a bunch of other stuff. Website Speed Analysis (Free). You can use Google Page Speed Insights to track how fast your website loads, as well as how mobile-friendly it is. Outreach Tool (Paid). Tool for reaching out to prospects for link-building, guest posting, etc. There are about a dozen good options for this. Personally, I like to use Snov for this. Optimized GMB Profile (Free). Not a tool per se, but if you're a local business, you need to have a well-optimized Google My Business profile. Google Keyword Planner (Free). This gives you the most reliable search volume data of all the tools. So, when doing keyword research, grab the search volume from here. Tool for Storing Keyword Research (Free). You can use Google Sheets or AirTable to store your keyword research and, at the same time, use it as a content calendar. Hemingway App (Free). Helps keep your SEO content easy to read. Spots passive voice, complicated words, etc. Email Finder (Freemium). You can use a tool like Hunter to find the email address of basically anyone on the internet (for link-building or guest posting purposes). Most of the tools that don’t fit into these categories are 100% optional. SEO Tip #31. Hiring an SEO? Here’s How to Vet Them Unless you’re an SEO pro yourself, hiring one is going to be far from easy. There’s a reason there are so many “SEO experts” out there - for the layman, it’s very hard to differentiate between someone who knows their salt and a newbie who took an SEO course, like, last week. Here’s how you can vet both freelance and full-time SEOs: Ask for concrete traffic numbers. The SEO pro should give you the exact numbers on how they’ve grown a website in the past - “100% SEO growth in 1 year” doesn’t mean much if the growth is from 10 monthly traffic to 20. “1,000 to 30,000” traffic, on the other hand, is much better. Ask for client names. While some clients ask their SEOs to sign an NDA and not disclose their collaboration, most don’t. If an SEO can’t name a single client they’ve worked with in the past, that’s a red flag. Make sure they have the right experience. Global and local SEO have very different processes. Make sure that the SEO has experience with the type of SEO you need. Make sure you’re looking for the right candidate. SEO pros can be content writers, link-builders, web developers, or all of the above simultaneously. Make sure you understand which one you need before making the hire. If you’re looking for someone to oversee your content ops, you shouldn’t hire a technical SEO expert. Look for SEO pros in the right places. Conventional job boards are overrated. Post your job ads on SEO communities instead. E.g. this sub, bigseo, SEO Signals Facebook group, etc. SEO Tip #32. Blog Post Not Ranking? Follow This Checklist I wanted to format the post natively for Reddit, but it’s just SO much better on Notion. Tl;dr, the checklist covers every reason your post might not be ranking: Search intent mismatch. Inferior content. Lack of internal linking. Lack of backlinks. And the like. Checklist URL at the intro of the post. SEO Tip #33. Avoid BS Link-Building Tactics The only type of link-building that works is building proper, quality links from websites with a good backlink profile and decent organic traffic. Here’s what DOESN’T work: Blog comment links Forum spam links Drive-by Reddit comment/post links Web 2.0 links Fiverr “100 links for 10 bucks” bs If your “SEO agency” says they’re doing any of the above instead of actually trying to build you links from quality websites, you’re being scammed. SEO Tip #34. Know When to Use 301 and 302 Redirects When doing redirects, it’s very important to know the distinction between these two. 301 is a permanent page redirect and passes on link juice. If you’re killing off a page that has backlinks, it’s better to 301 it to your homepage so that you don’t lose the link juice. If you simply delete a page, it’s going to be a 404, and the backlink juice is lost forever. 302 is a temporary page redirect and doesn’t pass on link juice. If the redirect is temporary, you do a 302. E.g. you want to test how well a new page is going to perform w/ your audience. SEO Tip #35. Social Signals Matter (But Not How You Think) Social signals are NOT a ranking factor. And yet, they can help your content rank on Google’s front page. Wondering what the hell am I talking about? Here’s what’s up: As I said, social signals are not a ranking factor. It’s not something Google takes into consideration to decide whether your article should rank or not. That said, social signals CAN lead to your article ranking better. Let’s say your article goes viral and gets around 20k views within a week. A chunk of these viewers are going to forget your domain/link and they’re going to look up the topic on Google via your chosen keyword + your brand name. The amount of people looking for YOUR keyword and exclusively picking your result over others is going to make Google think that your content is satisfying search intent better than the rest, and thus, reward you with better ranking. SEO Tip #36. Run Remarketing Ads to Lift Organic Traffic Conversions Not satisfied with your conversion rates? You can use Facebook ads to help increase them. Facebook allows you to do something called “remarketing.” This means you can target anyone that visited a certain page (or multiple pages) on your website and serve them ads on Facebook. There are a TON of ways you can take advantage of this. For example, you can target anyone that landed on a high buyer intent page and serve them ads pitching your product or a special offer. Alternatively, you can target people who landed on an educational blog post and offer them something to drive them down the funnel. E.g. free e-book or white paper to teach them more about your product or service. SEO Tip #37. Doing Local SEO? Follow These Tips Local SEO is significantly different from global SEO. Here’s how the two differ (and what you need to do to drive local SEO results): You don’t need to publish content. For 95% of local businesses, you only want to rank for keywords related to your services/products, you don’t actually need to create educational content. You need to focus more on reviews and citation-building. One of Google Maps’ biggest ranking factors is the of reviews your business has. Encourage your customers to leave a review if they enjoyed your product/service through email or real-life communication. You need to create service pages for each location. As a local business, your #1 priority is to rank for keywords around your service. E.g. If you're a personal injury law firm, you want to optimize your homepage for “personal injury law firm” and then create separate pages for each service you provide, e.g. “car accident lawyer,” “motorcycle injury law firm,” etc. Focus on building citations. Being listed on business directories makes your business more trustworthy for Google. BrightLocal is a good service for this. You don’t need to focus as much on link-building. As local SEO is less competitive than global, you don’t have to focus nearly as much on building links. You can, in a lot of cases, rank with the right service pages and citations. SEO Tip #38. Stop Ignoring the Outreach Emails You’re Getting (And Use Them to Build Your Own Links) Got a ton of people emailing you asking for links? You might be tempted to just send them all straight to spam, and I don’t blame you. Outreach messages like “Hey Dr Jigsaw, your article is A+++ amazing! ...can I get a backlink?” can get hella annoying. That said, there IS a better way to deal with these emails: Reply and ask for a link back. Most of the time, people who send such outreach emails are also doing heavy guest posting. So, you can ask for a backlink from a 3rd-party website in exchange for you mentioning their link in your article. Win-win! SEO Tip #39. Doing Internal Linking for a Large Website? This’ll Help Internal linking can get super grueling once you have hundreds of articles on your website. Want to make the process easier? Do this: Pick an article you want to interlink on your website. For the sake of the example, let’s say it’s about “business process improvement.” Go on Google and look up variations of this keyword mentioned on your website. For example: Site:\[yourwebsite\] “improve business process” Site:\[yourwebsite\] “improve process” Site:\[yourwebsite\] “process improvement” The above queries will find you the EXACT articles where these keywords are mentioned. Then, all you have to do is go through them and include the links. SEO Tip #40. Got a Competitor Copying Your Content? File a DMCA Notice Fun fact - if your competitors are copying your website, you can file a DMCA notice with Google. That said, keep in mind that there are consequences for filing a fake notice.

My boss taught me how to build a Failed business (15 lessons)

I'm a senior software developer at a three-year-old startup that has been making $0 in revenue. I've been with this startup since its beginning, and it pays me $1200/month. My boss has broken the records of the number of stupid ideas and stupid features that he asked me to implement. He taught me (unintentionally) all the lessons I should NOT do to build a successful business. From bad product ideas, bad business decisions, not listening to your team, not building what target customers want, and falling in love with your bad product. The product we're working on is a desktop program that moves the cursor with your finger using the webcam (gesture recognition). Why in the world would anyone pay money to move the mouse cursor with his finger? No one knows. My boss watched Iron Man (the film) and saw how Tony Starks do gestures in front of his "advanced" computer and thought it was cool so he asked me to build this for him to sell it to enterprises (then pivoted the target customer to schools). Of course, no one bought this software. All the people he meets tell him it is cool but he never hears from them again. No one on the team, except my boss, thinks this software will succeed. He keeps adding irrelevant features to this software just because he "thinks" people will love it. We added 3D object visualizer, ChatGPT integration, and Quizzes. I suggested moving everything to the cloud and focusing only on improving the education industry by providing solutions that help teachers better prepare their lessons and understand where each student lacks by recording lessons, summarizing them for students, generating quizzes using AI, and analyzing the part that each student didn't understand. However, to do that, we need to forget the part of moving the cursor with fingers because it can be done only on Python, not NextJS. He simply replied, "NO, moving the cursor with fingers is COOL". So here are the lessons I learned from my boss to build a failed business: Never listen to your team. Always build what you think is good and never let anyone from your team say it's a bad idea. Fall in love with your business idea. Don't talk to customers. If no one bought your product, it's because they don't understand how cool it is. If a member of your team say it's a bad idea, ignore them, they don't understand how cool your idea is. Always hire interns because they're free labor and give them the most sensitive parts of the work like payments and databases. Make your business dependant on you. Don't let your team do their job the right way, give them orders to do it YOUR way. Hire experts to tell them what to do not to tell you what to do and how to do it. Never do marketing because people will steal your idea. Ask your team "What you think?" but ignore them. If your wife and children think your product is cool then it's cool. Start a business in an industry that you know nothing about but act like you know everything. If no one is buying your product, keep adding irrelevant features that no one asked for. \--- Edit: I didn't mention all the "stupid" ideas I built for him so here you go: Replacing Zoom, Teams, and Meet meetings with meetings in the metaverse. Target customer: Enterprises. An app that lets you scroll through social media without touching your mobile screen (using gesture recognition). We didn't build this because it's technically impossible to continuously use the phone camera outside your own app. He didn't believe me so asked his friend and told him the same thing. A software that controls the computer with gestures (moving cursor, single click, double click, ALT Tab...). Target customers: Enterprises Building a classroom in Decentraland (metaverse) to replace classes through Zoom and Teams He told me to build the startup website but to not make the home page the first page a user lands on when he opens the website. He wants to make the visitor lands on another "almost" empty page and if the user wants to go to the home page he should click on "Home" in the navbar.

Started a content marketing agency 8 years ago - $0 to $7,863,052 (2025 update)

Hey friends, My name is Tyler and for the past 8 years, I’ve been documenting my experience building a content marketing agency called Optimist. Year 1 — 0 to $500k ARR Year 2 — $500k to $1MM ARR Year 3 — $1MM ARR to $1.5MM(ish) ARR Year 4 — $3,333,686 Revenue Year 5 — $4,539,659 Revenue Year 6 — $5,974,324 Revenue Year 7 - $6,815,503 Revenue (Edit: Seems like links are banned now. You can check my post history for all of my previous updates with lessons and learnings.) How Optimist Works First, an overview/recap of the Optimist business model: We operate as a “collective” of full time/professional freelancers Everyone aside from me is a contractor Entirely remote/distributed team We pay freelancers a flat fee for most work, working out to roughly $65-100/hour. Clients pay us a flat monthly fee for full-service content marketing (research, strategy, writing, editing, design/photography, reporting and analytics, targeted linkbuilding, and more)\ Packages range in price from \~$10-20k/mo \This is something we are revisiting now* The Financials In 2024, we posted $1,032,035.34 in revenue. This brings our lifetime revenue to $7,863,052. Here’s our monthly revenue from January 2017 to December of 2024. (Edit: Seems like I'm not allowed to link to the chart.) The good news: Revenue is up 23% YoY. EBITDA in Q4 trending up 1-2 points. We hosted our first retreat in 4 years, going to Ireland with about half the team. The bad news: Our revenue is still historically low. At $1MM for the year, we’re down about 33% from our previous years over $1.5MM. Revenue has been rocky. It doesn’t feel like we’ve really “recovered” from the bumps last year. The trend doesn’t really look great. Even though, anecdotally, it feels like we are moving in a good direction. EBITDA is still hovering at around 7%. Would love to get that closer to 20%. (For those who may ask: I’m calculating EBITDA after paying taxes and W2 portion of my income.) — Almost every year, my update starts the same way: This has been a year of growth and change. Both for my business—and me personally. 2024 was no different. I guess that tells you something about entrepreneurship. It’s a lot more like sailing a ship than driving a car. You’re constantly adapting, tides are shifting, and any blip of calm is usually just a moment before the next storm. As with past years, there’s a lot to unpack from the last 12 months. Here we go again. Everything is Burning In the last 2 years, everything has turned upside down in the world of content and SEO. Back in 2020, we made a big decision to re-position the agency. (See post history) We decided to narrow our focus to our most successful, profitable, and consistent segment of clients and re-work our entire operation to focus on serving them. We defined our ICP as: \~Series A ($10mm+ funding) with 6-12 months runway to scale organic as a channel Product-led company with “simple” sales cycle involving fewer stakeholders Demonstrable opportunity to use SEO to drive business growth Our services: Content focused on growing organic search (SEO) Full-service engagements that included research, planning, writing, design, reporting And our engagement structure: Engaged directly with an executive; ownership over strategy and day-to-day execution 1-2 points of contact or stakeholders Strategic partner that drives business growth (not a service vendor who makes content) Most importantly, we decided that we were no longer going to offer a broader range of content that we used to sell. That included everything from thought leadership content to case studies and ebooks. We doubled-down on “SEO content” for product-led SaaS companies. And this worked phenomenally for us. We started bringing on more clients than ever. We developed a lot of internal system and processes that helped us scale and take on more work than we’ve ever had and drive great outcomes for our ideal clients. But in 2023 and 2024, things started going awry. One big change, of course, was the rise of AI. Many companies and executives (and writers) feel that AI can write content just as well as an agency like ours. That made it a lot harder to sell a $10,000 per month engagement when they feel like the bulk of the work could be “done for free.” (Lots of thoughts on this if you want my opinions.) But it wasn’t just that. Google also started tinkering with their algorithm, introducing new features like AI Overviews, and generally changing the rules of the game. This created 3 big shifts in our world: The perceived value of content (especially “SEO content”) dropped dramatically in many people’s minds because of AI’s writing capabilities SEO became less predictable as a source of traffic and revenue It’s harder than ever for startups and smaller companies to rank for valuable keywords (let alone generate any meaningful traffic or revenue from them) The effect? The middle of the content market has hollowed out. People—like us—providing good, human-crafted content aimed on driving SEO growth saw a dramatic decline in demand. We felt it all year. Fewer and fewer leads. The leads we did see usually scoffed at our prices. They were indexing us against the cost of content mills and mass-produced AI articles. It was a time of soul-searching and looking for a way forward. I spent the first half of the year convinced that the only way to survive was to run toward the fire. We have to build our own AI workflows. We have to cut our rates internally. We have to get faster and cheaper to stay competitive with the agencies offering the same number of deliverables for a fraction of our rates. It’s the only way forward. But then I asked myself a question… Is this the game I actually want to play? As an entrepreneur, do I want to run a business where I’m competing mostly on price and efficiency rather than quality and value? Do I want to hop into a race toward cheaper and cheaper content? Do I want to help people chase a dwindling amount of organic traffic that’s shrinking in value? No. That’s not the game I want to play. That’s not a business I want to run. I don’t want to be in the content mill business. So I decided to turn the wheel—again. Repositioning Part II: Electric Boogaloo What do you do when the whole world shifts around you and the things that used to work aren’t working anymore? You pivot. You re-position the business and move in another direction. So that’s what we decided to do. Again. There was only one problem: I honestly wasn’t sure what opportunities existed in the content marketing industry outside of what we were already doing. We lived in a little echo chamber of startups and SEO. It felt like the whole market was on fire and I had fight through the smoke to find an escape hatch. So I started making calls. Good ol’ fashioned market research. I reached out to a few dozen marketing and content leaders at a bunch of different companies. I got on the phone and just asked lots of questions about their content programs, their goals, and their pain points. I wanted to understand what was happening in the market and how we could be valuable. And, luckily, this process really paid off. I learned a lot about the fragmentation happening across content and how views were shifting. I noticed key trends and how our old target market really wasn’t buying what we were selling. Startups and small companies are no longer willing to invest in an agency like ours. If they were doing content and SEO at all, they were focused entirely on using AI to scale output and minimize costs. VC money is still scarce and venture-backed companies are more focused on profitability than pure growth and raising another round. Larger companies (\~500+ employees) are doing more content than ever and drowning in content production. They want to focus on strategy but can barely tread water keeping up with content requests from sales, demand gen, the CEO, and everyone else. Many of the companies still investing in content are looking at channels and formats outside of SEO. Things like thought leadership, data reports, interview-driven content, and more. They see it as a way to stand out from the crowd of “bland SEO content.” Content needs are constantly in flux. They range from data reports and blog posts to product one-pagers. The idea of a fixed-scope retainer is a total mismatch for the needs of most companies. All of this led to the logical conclusion: We were talking to the wrong people about the wrong things\.\ Many companies came to one of two logical conclusions: SEO is a risky bet, so it’s gotta be a moonshot—super-low cost with a possibility for a big upside (i.e., use AI to crank out lots of content. If it works, great. If it doesn’t, then at least we aren’t out much money.) SEO is a risky bet, so we should diversify into other strategies and channels to drive growth (i.e., shift our budget from SEO and keyword-focused content to video, podcasts, thought leadership, social, etc) Unless we were going to lean into AI and dramatically cut our costs and rates, our old buyers weren’t interested. And the segment of the market that needs our help most are looking primarily for production support across a big range of content types. They’re not looking for a team to run a full-blown program focused entirely on SEO. So we had to go back to the drawing board. I’ve written before about our basic approach to repositioning the business. But, ultimately it comes down to identifying our unique strengths as a team and then connecting them to needs in the market. After reviewing the insights from my discussions and taking another hard look at our business and our strengths, I decided on a new direction: Move upmarket: Serve mid-size to enterprise businesses with \~500-5,000 employees instead of startups Focus on content that supports a broader range of business goals instead of solely on SEO and organic growth (e.g., sales, demand gen, brand, etc) Shift back to our broader playbook of content deliverables, including thought leadership, data studies, and more Focus on content execution and production to support an internally-directed content strategy across multiple functions In a way, it’s sort of a reverse-niche move. Rather than zooming in specifically on driving organic growth for startups, we want to be more of an end-to-end content production partner that solves issues of execution and operations for all kinds of content teams. It’s early days, but the response here has been promising. We’ve seen an uptick in leads through Q4. And more companies in our pipeline fit the new ICP. They’re bigger, often have more budget. (But they move more slowly). We should know by the end of the quarter if this maneuver is truly paying off. Hopefully, this will work out. Hopefully our research and strategy are right and we’ll find a soft landing serving a different type of client. If it doesn’t? Then it will be time to make some harder decisions. As I already mentioned, I’m not interested in the race to the bottom of AI content. And if that’s the only game left in town, then it might be time to think hard about a much bigger change. — To be done: Build new content playbooks for expanded deliverables Build new showcase page for expanded deliverables Retooling the Operation It’s easy to say we’re doing something new. It’s a lot harder to actually do it—and do it well. Beyond just changing our positioning, we have to do open-heart surgery on the entire content operation behind the scenes. We need to create new systems that work for a broader range of content types, formats, and goals. Here’s the first rub: All of our workflows are tooled specifically for SEO-focused content. Every template, worksheet, and process that we’ve built and scaled in the last 5 years assumes that the primary goal of every piece of content is SEO. Even something as simple as requiring a target keyword is a blocker in a world where we’re not entirely focused on SEO. This is relatively easy to fix, but it requires several key changes: Update content calendars to make keywords optional Update workflows to determine whether we need an optimization report for each deliverable Next, we need to break down the deliverables into parts rather than a single line item. In our old system, we would plan content as a single row in a Content Calendar spreadsheet. It was a really wide sheet with lots of fields where we’d define the dimensions of each individual article. This was very efficient and simple to follow. But every article had the same overall scope when it came to the workflow. In Asana (our project management tool), all of the steps in the creation were strung together in a single task. We would create a few basic templates for each client, and then each piece would flow through the same steps: Briefing Writing Editing Design etc. If we had anything that didn’t fit into the “standard” workflow, we’d just tag it in the calendar with an unofficial notation \[USING BRACKETS\]. It worked. But it wasn’t ideal. Now we need the steps to be more modular. Imagine, for example, a client asks us to create a mix of deliverables: 1 article with writing + design 1 content brief 1 long-form ebook with an interview + writing + design Each of these would require its own steps and its own workflow. We need to break down the work to accommodate for a wider variety of workflows and variables. This means we need to update the fields and structure of our calendar to accommodate for the new dimensions—while also keeping the planning process simple and manageable. This leads to the next challenge: The number of “products” that we’re offering could be almost infinite. Just looking at the example scope above, you can mix and match all of these different building blocks to create a huge variety of different types of work, each requiring its own workflow. This is part of the reason we pivoted away from this model to focus on a productized, SEO-focused content service back in 2020. Take something as simple as a case study. On the surface, it seems like one deliverable that can be easily scoped and priced, right? Well, unpack what goes into a case study: Is there already source material from the customer or do we need to conduct an interview? How long is it? Is it a short overview case study or a long-form narrative? Does it need images and graphics? How many? Each of these variables opens up 2-3 possibilities. And when you combine them, we end up with something like 10 possible permutations for this single type of deliverable. It gets a bit messy. But not only do we have to figure out how to scope and price all for all of these variables, we also have to figure out how to account for these variables in the execution. We have to specify—for every deliverable—what type it is, how long, which steps are involved and not involved, the timeline for delivery, and all of the other factors. We’re approaching infinite complexity, here. We have to figure out a system that allows for a high level of flexibility to serve the diverse needs of our clients but is also productized enough that we can build workflows, process, and templates to deliver the work. I’ve spent the last few months designing that system. Failed Attempt #1: Ultra-Productization In my first pass, I tried to make it as straight forward as possible. Just sit down, make a list of all of the possible deliverables we could provide and then assign them specific scopes and services. Want a case study? Okay that’ll include an interview, up to 2,000 words of content, and 5 custom graphics. It costs $X. But this solution quickly fell apart when we started testing it against real-world scenarios. What if the client provided the brief instead of us creating one? What if they didn’t want graphics? What if this particular case study really needs to be 3,000 words but all of the others should be 2,000? In order for this system to work, we’d need to individual scope and price all of these permutations of each productized service. Then we’d need to somehow keep track of all of these and make sure that we accurately scope, price, and deliver them across dozens of clients. It’s sort of like a restaurant handling food allergies by creating separate versions of every single dish to account for every individual type of allergy. Most restaurants have figured out that it makes way more sense to have a “standard” and an “allergy-free” version. Then you only need 2 options to cover 100% of the cases. Onto the next option. Failed Attempt #2: Deliverable-Agnostic Services Next, I sat down with my head of Ops, Katy, to try to map it out. We took a big step back and said: Why does the deliverable itself even matter? At the end of the day, what we’re selling is just a few types of work (research, writing, editing, design, etc) that can be packaged up in an infinite number of ways. Rather than try to define deliverables, shouldn’t we leave it open ended for maximum flexibility? From there, we decided to break down everything into ultra-modular building blocks. We started working on this super complex system of modular deliverables where we would have services like writing, design, editing, etc—plus a sliding scale for different scopes like the length of writing or the number of images. In theory, it would allow us to mix and match any combination of services to create custom deliverables for the client. In fact, we wanted the work to be deliverable-agnostic. That way we could mold it to fit any client’s needs and deliver any type of content, regardless of the format or goal. Want a 5,000-word case study with 15 custom graphics? That’ll be $X. Want a 2,000-word blog post with an interview and no visuals? $Y. Just want us to create 10 briefs, you handle the writing, and we do design? It’s $Z. Again, this feels like a reasonable solution. But it quickly spiraled out of amuck. (That’s an Office reference.) For this to work, we need to have incredibly precise scoping process for every single deliverable. Before we can begin work (or even quote a price), we need to know pretty much the exact word count of the final article, for example. In the real world? This almost never happens. The content is as long as the content needs to be. Clients rarely know if the blog post should be 2,000 words or 3,000 words. They just want good content. We have a general ballpark, but we can rarely dial it in within just 1,000 words until we’ve done enough research to create the brief. Plus, from a packaging and pricing perspective, it introduces all kind of weird scenarios where clients will owe exactly $10,321 for this ultra-specific combination of services. We were building an open system that could accommodate any and all types of potential deliverables. On the face that seems great because it makes us incredibly flexible. In reality, the ambiguity actually works against us. It makes it harder for us to communicate to clients clearly about what they’ll get, how much it will cost, and how long it will take. That, of course, also means that it hurts our client relationships. (This actually kind of goes back to my personal learnings, which I’ll mention in a bit. I tend to be a “let’s leave things vague so we don’t have to limit our options” kind of person. But I’m working on fixing this to be more precise, specific, and clear in everything that we do.) Dialing It In: Building a Closed System We were trying to build an open system. We need to build a closed system. We need to force clarity and get specific about what we do, what we don’t do, and how much it all costs. Then we need a system to expand on that closed system—add new types of deliverables, new content playbooks, and new workflows if and when the need arises. With that in mind, we can start by mapping out the key dimensions of any type of deliverable that we would ever want to deliver. These are the universal dimensions that determine the scope, workflow, and price of any deliverable—regardless of the specific type output. Dimensions are: Brief scope Writing + editing scope Design scope Interview scope Revision (rounds) Scope, essentially, just tells us how many words, graphics, interviews, etc are required for the content we’re creating. In our first crack at the system, we got super granular with these scopes. But to help force a more manageable system, we realized that we didn’t need tiny increments for most of this work. Instead, we just need boundaries—you pay $X for up to Y words. We still need some variability around the scope of these articles. Obviously, most clients won’t be willing to pay the same price for a 1,000-word article as a 10,000-word article. But we can be smarter about the realistic break points. We boiled it down to the most common ranges: (Up to) 250 words 1,000 words 3,000 words 6,000 words 10,000 words This gives us a much more manageable number of variables. But we still haven’t exactly closed the system. We need one final dimension: Deliverable type. This tells us what we’re actually building with these building blocks. This is how we’ll put a cap on the potentially infinite number of combinations we could offer. The deliverable type will define what the final product should look like (e.g., blog post, case study, ebook, etc). And it will also give us a way to put standards and expectations around different types of deliverables that we want to offer. Then we can expand on this list of deliverables to offer new services. In the mean time, only the deliverables that we have already defined are, “on the menu,” so to speak. If a client comes to us and asks for something like a podcast summary article (which we don’t currently offer), we’ll have to either say we can’t provide that work or create a new deliverable type and define the dimensions of that specific piece. But here’s the kicker: No matter the deliverable type, it has to still fit within the scopes we’ve already defined. And the pricing will be the same. This means that if you’re looking for our team to write up to 1,000 words of content, it costs the same amount—whether it’s a blog post, an ebook, a LinkedIn post, or anything else. Rather than trying to retool our entire system to offer this new podcast summary article deliverable, we’ll just create the new deliverable type, add it to the list of options, and it’s ready to sell with the pre-defined dimensions we’ve already identified. To do: Update onboarding workflow Update contracts and scope documents Dial in new briefing process Know Thyself For the last year, I’ve been going through personal therapy. (Huge shout out to my wife, Laura, for her support and encouragement throughout the process.) It’s taught me a lot about myself and my tendencies. It’s helped me find some of my weaknesses and think about how I can improve as a person, as a partner, and as an entrepreneur. And it’s forced me to face a lot of hard truths. For example, consider some of the critical decisions I’ve made for my business: Unconventional freelance “collective” model No formal management structure Open-ended retainers with near-infinite flexibility General contracts without defined scope “Take it or leave it” approach to sales and marketing Over the years, I’ve talked about almost everything on this list as a huge advantage. I saw these things as a reflection of how I wanted to do things differently and better than other companies. But now, I see them more as a reflection of my fears and insecurities. Why did I design my business like this? Why do I want so much “flexibility” and why do I want things left open-ended rather than clearly defined? One reason that could clearly explain it: I’m avoidant. If you’re not steeped in the world of therapy, this basically means that my fight or flight response gets turned all the way to “flight.” If I’m unhappy or uncomfortable, my gut reaction is usually to withdraw from the situation. I see commitment and specificity as a prelude to future conflict. And I avoid conflict whenever possible. So I built my business to minimize it. If I don’t have a specific schedule of work that I’m accountable for delivering, then we can fudge the numbers a bit and hope they even out in the end. If I don’t set a specific standard for the length of an article, then I don’t have to let the client know when their request exceeds that limit. Conflict….avoided? Now, that’s not to say that everything I’ve built was wrong or bad. There is a lot of value in having flexibility in your business. For example, I would say that our flexible retainers are, overall, an advantage. Clients have changing needs. Having flexibility to quickly adapt to those needs can be a huge value add. And not everything can be clearly defined upfront (at least not without a massive amount of time and work just to decide how long to write an article). Overly-rigid structures and processes can be just as problematic as loosey-goosey ones. But, on the whole, I realized that my avoidant tendencies and laissez faire approach to management have left a vacuum in many areas. The places where I avoided specificity were often the places where there was the most confusion, uncertainty, and frustration from the team and from clients. People simply didn’t know what to expect or what was expected of them. Ironically, this often creates the conflict I’m trying to avoid. For example, if I don’t give feedback to people on my team, then they feel uneasy about their work. Or they make assumptions about expectations that don’t match what I’m actually expecting. Then the client might get upset, I might get upset, and our team members may be upset. Conflict definitely not avoided. This happens on the client side, too. If we don’t define a specific timeline when something will be delivered, the client might expect it sooner than we can deliver—creating frustration when we don’t meet their expectation. This conflict actually would have been avoided if we set clearer expectations upfront. But we didn’t do that. I didn’t do that. So it’s time to step up and close the gaps. Stepping Up and Closing the Gaps If I’m going to address these gaps and create more clarity and stability, I have to step up. Both personally and professionally. I have to actually face the fear and uncertainty that drives me to be avoidant. And then apply that to my business in meaningful ways that aren’t cop-out ways of kinda-sorta providing structure without really doing it. I’ve gotta be all in. This means: Fill the gaps where I rely on other people to do things that aren’t really their job but I haven’t put someone in place to do it Set and maintain expectations about our internal work processes, policies, and standards Define clear boundaries on things like roles, timelines, budgets, and scopes Now, this isn’t going to happen overnight. And just because I say that I need to step up to close these gaps doesn’t mean that I need to be the one who’s responsible for them (at least not forever). It just means that, as the business leader, I need to make sure the gaps get filled—by me or by someone else who has been specifically charged with owning that part of the operation. So, this is probably my #1 focus over the coming quarter. And it starts by identifying the gaps that exist. Then, step into those gaps myself, pay someone else to fill that role, or figure out how to eliminate the gap another way. This means going all the way back to the most basic decisions in our business. One of the foundational things about Optimist is being a “different kind” of agency. I always wanted to build something that solved for the bureaucracy, hierarchy, and siloed structure of agencies. If a client has feedback, they should be able to talk directly to the person doing the work rather than going through 3 layers of account management and creative directors. So I tried to be clever. I tried to design all kinds of systems and processes that eliminated these middle rungs. (In retrospect, what I was actually doing was designing a system that played into my avoidant tendencies and made it easy to abdicate responsibility for lots of things.) Since we didn’t want to create hierarchy, we never implemented things like Junior and Senior roles. We never hired someone to manage or direct the individual creatives. We didn’t have Directors or VPs. (Hell, we barely had a project manager for the first several years of existence.) This aversion to hierarchy aligned with our values around elevating ownership and collective contribution. I still believe in the value a flat structure. But a flat structure doesn’t eliminate the complexity of a growing business. No one to review writers and give them 1:1 feedback? I guess I’ll just have to do that….when I have some spare time. No Content Director? Okay, well someone needs to manage our content playbooks and roll out new ones. Just add it to my task list. Our flat structure didn’t eliminate the need for these roles. It just eliminated the people to do them. All of those unfilled roles ultimately fell back on me or our ops person, Katy. Of course, this isn’t the first time we’ve recognized this. We’ve known there were growing holes in our business as it’s gotten bigger and more complex. Over the years, we’ve experimented with different ways to solve for it. The Old Solution: Distributed Ops One system we designed was a “distributed ops” framework. Basically, we had one person who was the head of ops (at the time, we considered anything that was non-client-facing to be “ops”). They’d plan and organize all of the various things that needed to happen around Optimist. Then they’d assign out the work to whoever was able to help. We had a whole system for tying this into the our profit share and even gave people “Partner” status based on their contributions to ops. It worked—kinda. One big downfall is that all of the tasks and projects were ad hoc. People would pick up jobs, but they didn’t have much context or expertise to apply. So the output often varied. Since we were trying to maintain a flat structure, there was minimal oversight or management of the work. In other words, we didn’t always get the best results. But, more importantly, we still didn’t close all of the gaps entirely. Because everything was an ad-hoc list of tasks and projects, we never really had the “big picture” view of everything that needed to be done across the business. This also meant we rarely had clarity on what was important, what was trivial, and what was critical. We need a better system. Stop Reinventing the Wheel (And Create a Damn Org Chart) It’s time to get serious about filling the gaps in our business. It can’t be a half-fix or an ad hoc set of projects and tasks. We need clarity on the roles that need to be filled and then fill them. The first step here is to create an org chart. A real one. Map out all of the jobs that need to be done for Optimist to be successful besides just writers and designers. Roles like: Content director Design director SEO manager Reporting Finance Account management Business development Sales Marketing Project management It feels a bit laughable listing all of these roles. Because most are either empty or have my name attached to them. And that’s the problem. I can’t do everything. And all of the empty roles are gaps in our structure—places where people aren’t getting the direction, feedback, or guidance they need to do their best work. Or where things just aren’t being done consistently. Content director, for example, should be responsible for steering the output of our content strategists, writers, and editors. They’re not micromanaging every deliverable. But they give feedback, set overall policy, and help our team identify opportunities to get better. Right now we don’t have anyone in that role. Which means it’s my job—when I have time. Looking at the org chart (a real org chart that I actually built to help with this), it’s plain as day how many roles look like this. Even if we aren’t going to implement a traditional agency structure and a strict hierarchy, we still need to address these gaps. And the only way for that to happen is face the reality and then create a plan to close the gaps. Now that we have a list of theoretical roles, we need to clearly define the responsibilities and boundaries of those roles to make sure they cover everything that actually needs to happen. Then we can begin the process of delegating, assigning, hiring, and otherwise addressing each one. So that’s what I need to do. To be done: Create job descriptions for all of the roles we need to fill Hire Biz Dev role Hire Account Lead role(s) Hire Head of Content Playing Offense As we move into Q1 of 2025 and I reflect on the tumultuous few years we’ve had, one thought keeps running through my head. We need to play offense. Most of the last 1-2 years was reacting to changes that were happening around us. Trying to make sense and chart a new path forward. Reeling. But what I really want—as a person and as an entrepreneur—is to be proactive. I want to think and plan ahead. Figure out where we want to go before we’re forced to change course by something that’s out of our control. So my overarching focus for Q1 is playing offense. Thinking longer term. Getting ahead of the daily deluge and creating space to be more proactive, innovative, and forward thinking. To do: Pilot new content formats Audit and update our own content strategy Improve feedback workflows Build out long-term roadmap for 1-2 years for Optimist Final Note on Follow-Through and Cadence In my reflection this year, one of the things I’ve realized is how helpful these posts are for me. I process by writing. So I actually end up making a lot of decisions and seeing things more clearly each time I sit down to reflect and write my yearly recap. It also gives me a space to hold myself accountable for the things I said I would do. So, I’m doing two things a bit differently from here on out. First: I’m identifying clear action items that I’m holding myself accountable for getting done in the next 3 months (listed in the above sections). In each future update, I’ll do an accounting of what I got done and what wasn’t finished (and why). Second: I’m going to start writing shorter quarterly updates. This will gives me more chances each year to reflect, process, and make decisions. Plus it gives me a shorter feedback loop for the action items that I identified above. (See—playing offense.) — Okay friends, enemies, and frenemies. This is my first update for 2025. Glad to share with y’all. And thanks to everyone who’s read, commented, reached out, and shared their own experiences over the years. We are all the accumulation of our connections and our experiences. As always, I will pop in to respond to comments and answer questions. Feel free to share your thoughts, questions, and general disdain down below. Cheers, Tyler

Made $19.2k this month, and just surpassed $1000 the last 24 hours. What I did and what's next.

It's the first time I hit $1000+ in 24 hours and I had no one to share it with (except you guys). I'm quite proud of my journey, and I would have thought that making $1000 in a day would make me ecstatic, but actually it's not the case. Not sure if it's because my revenue has grown by increment step so I had time to "prepare" myself to achieve this at one point, or just that I'm nowhere near my goal of 100k/month so that I'm not that affected by it. But it's crazy to think that my goal was to make 100$ daily at the end of 2024. So for those who don't know me (I guess most of you), I build mobile apps and ship them as fast as I can. Most of them are in the AI space. I already made a post here on how I become a mobile app developer so you can check it for more details, but essentially here's what I did : Always loved creating my own things and solve problems Built multiple YouTube channels since I was 15 (mobile gaming actually) that all worked great (but it was too niche so not that scalable, didn't like that) Did a few businesses here and there (drop shopping, selling merch to school, etc) Finished my master's degree in engineering about 2 years ago Worked a moment in a famous watch industry company and saw my potential. The combo of health issues, fixed salary (although it was quite a lot), and me wanting to be an entrepreneur made me leave the company. Created a TikTok account in mobile tech (got 10+ million views the 1st 3 days), manage to grow it to 200k subs in about 3 months Got plenty of collabs for promoting mobile apps (between $500 - $2000 for a collab) Said fuck it I should do my own apps and market them on my TikTok instead of doing collabs Me wanting to build my own apps happened around May-June 2023. Started my TikTok in Feb 2023. At this point I had already 150k+ subs on TikTok. You guys need to know that I suck at coding big time. During my studies I tried to limit as much as I could coding because I was a lazy bast*rd, even though I knew it would come to bite me in the ass one day. But an angel appeared to me in broad daylight, that angel was called GPT-4. I subscribed for 20$/month to get access, and instantly I saw the potential of AI and how much it could help me. Last year GPT-4 was ahead of its time and could already code me basic apps. I had already a mac so I just downloaded Xcode and that was it. My 1st app was a wallpaper app, and I kid you not 90% of it was made by AI. Yes sometimes I had to try again and again with different prompts but it was still so much faster compared to if I had to learn coding from scratch and write code with my own hands. The only thing I didn't do was implement the in app purchase, from which I find a guy on Fiverr to do it for me for 50$. After about 2 months of on-off coding, my first app was ready to be launched. So it was launched, had a great successful launch without doing any videos at that point (iOS 17 was released and my app was the first one alongside another one to offer live wallpapers for iOS 17. I knew that there was a huge app potential there when iOS 17 was released in beta as Apple changed their live wallpaper feature). I Then made a video a few weeks after on my mobile tiktok channel, made about 1 million views in 48 hours, brought me around 40k additional users. Was top 1 chart in graphism and design category for a few weeks (in France, as I'm French so my TikTok videos are in French). And was top 100 in that same category in 120+ countries. Made about 500$ ? Okay that was trash, but I had no idea to monetize the app correctly at that point. It was still a huge W to me and proved me that I could successfully launch apps. Then I learned ASO (App Store Optimization) in depth, searched on internet, followed mobile app developers on Twitter, checked YouTube videos, you name it. I was eager to learn more. I needed more. Then I just iterated, build my 2nd app in less than a month, my 3rd in 3 weeks and so on. I just build my 14th app in 3 days and is now in review. Everytime I manage to reuse some of my other app's code in my new one, which is why I can build them so much faster now. I know how to monetize my app better by checking out my competitors. I learn so much by just "spying" other apps. Funnily enough, I only made this one Tiktok video on my main account to promote my app. For all my other apps, I didn't do a single video where I showcase it, the downloads has only been thanks to ASO. I still use AI everyday. I'm still not good at coding (a bit better than when I started). I use AI to create my app icons (midjourney or the new AI model Flux which is great). I use figma + midjourney to create my App Store screenshots (and they actually look quite good). I use GPT-4o and Claude 3.5 Sonnet to code most of my apps features. I use gpt-4o to localize my app (if you want to optimize the number of downloads I strongly suggest localizing your app, it takes me about 10 minutes thanks to AI). Now what are my next goals ? To achieve the 100k/month I need to change my strategy a little. Right now the $20k/month comes from purely organic downloads, I didn't do any paid advertising. It will be hard for me to keep on launching new apps and rely on ASO to reach the 100k mark. The best bet to reach 100k is to collab with content creators and they create a viral video showcasing your app. Depending on the app it's not that easy, luckily some of my apps can be viral so I will need to find the right content creators. Second way is to try tiktok/meta ads, I can check (have checked) all the ads that have been made by my competitors (thank you EU), so what I would do is copy their ad concept and create similar ads than them. Some of them have millions in ad budget so I know they create high converting ads, so you don't need to try to create an ad creative from scratch. My only big fear is to get banned by Apple (for no reason of mine). In just a snap of a finger they can just ban you from the platform, that shit scares me. And you pretty much can't do anything. So that's about it for me. I'm quite proud of myself not going to lie. Have been battling so many health issues these past years where I just stay in bed all day I'm surprised to be able to make it work. Anyways feel free to ask questions. I hope it was interesting for some of you at least. PS: My new app was just approved by app review, let the app gods favor me and bring me many downloads ! Also forgot to talk about a potential $100k+ acquisition of one of my apps, but if that ever happens I'll make a post on it.

Switching Gears: Implementing AI for My Agency’s Marketing After a Decade

Hi there, I’ve been running a software development and design agency for the last 10 years, mainly focusing on building custom solutions for businesses and SaaS. For the last 2 years, I’ve consistently recommended that clients use AI technologies, especially for social media and content creation to generate traffic. Funny enough, I wasn’t practicing what I preached. Most of my client projects came from platforms like Upwork and word-of-mouth referrals from clients or people from networking events. Background I started my journey in 2014, switching from an employee to a freelancer. Within the first 10 months, my initial projects grew beyond what I could handle alone, prompting me to hire additional developers. This shift turned my role from a full-stack developer to a team lead and developer. Over the years, my focus has been a blend of tech and product. About five years ago, I realized the importance of design, leading me to adding designers to the agency to provide full-cycle service development—from product ideation and design to development, testing, launch, and support. I still continue to set up dedicated teams for some clients, maintaining a strong technical role as a tech lead, solution architect, and head product designer. To enhance my skills, I even completed UI/UX design courses to offer better product solutions. Despite these changes, building products has always been the easy part. The challenge was ensuring these client products didn’t end up in the graveyard due to poor product-market fit, often caused by inadequate marketing and sales strategies but more often just absence of them. (we are talking about startup and first time founders here 🙂 ) My Journey and Observations Advising Clients: I often found myself advising clients on increasing traffic for their SaaS products and crafting strategic marketing plans. Learning: I’ve gained most of my knowledge from consuming internet materials, courses, and blog posts and learning from successful client project launches. Realization: Despite giving this advice, I wasn’t applying these strategies to my own business, leading to low visits to my agency’s website. Initial Solution: Hiring a Marketer Hiring: I brought in a marketer with a solid background in content creating and interview video editing from an educational organization. Goal: The aim was to increase website visits through a comprehensive marketing strategy. Outcome: Although the content produced was high-quality and useful for pitching services, it didn’t lead to significant traffic increases. Issue: The marketer focused more on content creation rather than distribution channels, which limited effectiveness. Shift to AI-Driven Strategy Experiment: I decided to try using AI for content creation and distribution, which aligns with my agency’s specialization in design-driven development and AI integrations. Implementation plan: I will be generating all content with minimal edits using AI and implementing a strategic backlinking approach. Backlinking Strategy Initial Plan: I initially thought of hiring a specialist for backlinks. Realization: The costs and profiles of freelancers didn’t seem promising. Solution: I found AI-driven services for backlinks, which seem more efficient and cost-effective. Plan: My plan is to use these tools for programmatic SEO-driven AI-generated articles and third-party backlinking services over the next two to three months. Current Approach Management: This approach can be managed and executed by 1 person and monitored weekly, reducing human error and optimizing efficiency. I will start it myself and then replace myself with an editor with managing skills. Reflection: It’s a bit ironic and funny that it took me 10 years to start implementing these strategies in my own agency business, but I now feel more confident with AI and automation in place. Why Increase Website Visitors? You might ask, why do I want to increase the number of visitors to the site, and how can I ensure these visitors will be qualified? Hands-On Experience: To gain hands-on experience and perform this exercise effectively. Introduce Packaged Services: I want to introduce a set of low-cost packaged services tailored for non-technical people who want to build things for themselves - the DIY kits for non-technical folks. These services will provide a foundational template for them to build upon on top of existing established solutions such as Wix, Square Why am I Posting and Sharing Here? You might also wonder, why am I posting it here and sharing this? Well, I'm doing this more for myself. Most of my career, the things I’ve done have been behind the curtains. With this small project, I want to make it public to see the reaction of the community. Perhaps there will be good and smart suggestions offered, and maybe some insights or highlights of tools I wasn’t aware of or didn’t consider. I’ll keep sharing updates on this journey of website promotion, marketing, and SEO. My current goal is to reach 2,000 visits per month, which is a modest start. Looking forward to any thoughts or advice from this community! Disclaimer: This content was not generated by AI, but it was edited by it 😛

I run an AI automation agency (AAA). My honest overview and review of this new business model

I started an AI tools directory in February, and then branched off that to start an AI automation agency (AAA) in June. So far I've come across a lot of unsustainable "ideas" to make money with AI, but at the same time a few diamonds in the rough that aren't fully tapped into yet- especially the AAA model. Thought I'd share this post to shine light into this new business model and share some ways you could potentially start your own agency, or at the very least know who you are dealing with and how to pick and choose when you (inevitably) get bombarded with cold emails from them down the line. Foreword Running an AAA does NOT involve using AI tools directly to generate and sell content directly. That ship has sailed, and unless you are happy with $5 from Fiverr every month or so, it is not a real business model. Cry me a river but generating generic art with AI and slapping it onto a T-shirt to sell on Etsy won't make you a dime. At the same time, the AAA model will NOT require you to have a deep theoretical knowledge of AI, or any academic degree, as we are more so dealing with the practical applications of generative AI and how we can implement these into different workflows and tech-stacks, rather than building AI models from the ground up. Regardless of all that, common sense and a willingness to learn will help (a shit ton), as with anything. Keep in mind - this WILL involve work and motivation as well. The mindset that AI somehow means everything can be done for you on autopilot is not the right way to approach things. The common theme of businesses I've seen who have successfully implemented AI into their operations is the willingess to work with AI in a way that augments their existing operations, rather than flat out replace a worker or team. And this is exactly the train of thought you need when working with AI as a business model. However, as the field is relatively unsaturated and hype surrounding AI is still fresh for enterprises, right now is the prime time to start something new if generative AI interests you at all. With that being said, I'll be going over three of the most successful AI-adjacent businesses I've seen over this past year, in addition to some tips and resources to point you in the right direction. so.. WTF is an AI Automation Agency? The AI automation agency (or as some YouTubers have coined it, the AAA model) at its core involves creating custom AI solutions for businesses. I have over 1500 AI tools listed in my directory, however the feedback I've received from some enterprise users is that ready-made SaaS tools are too generic to meet their specific needs. Combine this with the fact virtually no smaller companies have the time or skills required to develop custom solutions right off the bat, and you have yourself real demand. I would say in practice, the AAA model is quite similar to Wordpress and even web dev agencies, with the major difference being all solutions you develop will incorporate key aspects of AI AND automation. Which brings me to my second point- JUST AI IS NOT ENOUGH. Rather than reducing the amount of time required to complete certain tasks, I've seen many AI agencies make the mistake of recommending and (trying to) sell solutions that more likely than not increase the workload of their clients. For example, if you were to make an internal tool that has AI answer questions based on their knowledge base, but this knowledge base has to be updated manually, this is creating unnecessary work. As such I think one of the key components of building successful AI solutions is incorporating the new (Generative AI/LLMs) with the old (programmtic automation- think Zapier, APIs, etc.). Finally, for this business model to be successful, ideally you should target a niche in which you have already worked and understand pain points and needs. Not only does this make it much easier to get calls booked with prospects, the solutions you build will have much greater value to your clients (meaning you get paid more). A mistake I've seen many AAA operators make (and I blame this on the "Get Rich Quick" YouTubers) is focusing too much on a specific productized service, rather than really understanding the needs of businesses. The former is much done via a SaaS model, but when going the agency route the only thing that makes sense is building custom solutions. This is why I always take a consultant-first approach. You can only build once you understand what they actually need and how certain solutions may impact their operations, workflows, and bottom-line. Basics of How to Get Started Pick a niche. As I mentioned previously, preferably one that you've worked in before. Niches I know of that are actively being bombarded with cold emails include real estate, e-commerce, auto-dealerships, lawyers, and medical offices. There is a reason for this, but I will tell you straight up this business model works well if you target any white-collar service business (internal tools approach) or high volume businesses (customer facing tools approach). Setup your toolbox. If you wanted to start a pressure washing business, you would need a pressure-washer. This is no different. For those without programming knowledge, I've seen two common ways AAA get setup to build- one is having a network of on-call web developers, whether its personal contacts or simply going to Upwork or any talent sourcing agency. The second is having an arsenal of no-code tools. I'll get to this more in a second, but this works beecause at its core, when we are dealing with the practical applications of AI, the code is quite simple, simply put. Start cold sales. Unless you have a network already, this is not a step you can skip. You've already picked a niche, so all you have to do is find the right message. Keep cold emails short, sweet, but enticing- and it will help a lot if you did step 1 correctly and intimately understand who your audience is. I'll be touching base later about how you can leverage AI yourself to help you with outreach and closing. The beauty of gen AI and the AAA model You don't need to be a seasoned web developer to make this business model work. The large majority of solutions that SME clients want is best done using an API for an LLM for the actual AI aspect. The value we create with the solutions we build comes with the conceptual framework and design that not only does what they need it to but integrates smoothly with their existing tech-stack and workflow. The actual implementation is quite straightforward once you understand the high level design and know which tools you are going to use. To give you a sense, even if you plan to build out these apps yourself (say in Python) the large majority of the nitty gritty technical work has already been done for you, especially if you leverage Python libraries and packages that offer high level abstraction for LLM-related functions. For instance, calling GPT can be as little as a single line of code. (And there are no-code tools where these functions are simply an icon on a GUI). Aside from understanding the capabilities and limitations of these tools and frameworks, the only thing that matters is being able to put them in a way that makes sense for what you want to build. Which is why outsourcing and no-code tools both work in our case. Okay... but how TF am I suppposed to actually build out these solutions? Now the fun part. I highly recommend getting familiar with Langchain and LlamaIndex. Both are Python libraires that help a lot with the high-level LLM abstraction I mentioned previously. The two most important aspects include being able to integrate internal data sources/knowledge bases with LLMs, and have LLMs perform autonomous actions. The two most common methods respectively are RAG and output parsing. RAG (retrieval augmented Generation) If you've ever seen a tool that seemingly "trains" GPT on your own data, and wonder how it all works- well I have an answer from you. At a high level, the user query is first being fed to what's called a vector database to run vector search. Vector search basically lets you do semantic search where you are searching data based on meaning. The vector databases then retrieves the most relevant sections of text as it relates to the user query, and this text gets APPENDED to your GPT prompt to provide extra context to the AI. Further, with prompt engineering, you can limit GPT to only generate an answer if it can be found within this extra context, greatly limiting the chance of hallucination (this is where AI makes random shit up). Aside from vector databases, we can also implement RAG with other data sources and retrieval methods, for example SQL databses (via parsing the outputs of LLM's- more on this later). Autonomous Agents via Output Parsing A common need of clients has been having AI actually perform tasks, rather than simply spitting out text. For example, with autonomous agents, we can have an e-commerce chatbot do the work of a basic customer service rep (i.e. look into orders, refunds, shipping). At a high level, what's going on is that the response of the LLM is being used programmtically to determine which API to call. Keeping on with the e-commerce example, if I wanted a chatbot to check shipping status, I could have a LLM response within my app (not shown to the user) with a prompt that outputs a random hash or string, and programmatically I can determine which API call to make based on this hash/string. And using the same fundamental concept as with RAG, I can append the the API response to a final prompt that would spit out the answer for the user. How No Code Tools Can Fit In (With some example solutions you can build) With that being said, you don't necessarily need to do all of the above by coding yourself, with Python libraries or otherwise. However, I will say that having that high level overview will help IMMENSELY when it comes to using no-code tools to do the actual work for you. Regardless, here are a few common solutions you might build for clients as well as some no-code tools you can use to build them out. Ex. Solution 1: AI Chatbots for SMEs (Small and Medium Enterprises) This involves creating chatbots that handle user queries, lead gen, and so forth with AI, and will use the principles of RAG at heart. After getting the required data from your client (i.e. product catalogues, previous support tickets, FAQ, internal documentation), you upload this into your knowledge base and write a prompt that makes sense for your use case. One no-code tool that does this well is MyAskAI. The beauty of it especially for building external chatbots is the ability to quickly ingest entire websites into your knowledge base via a sitemap, and bulk uploading files. Essentially, they've covered the entire grunt work required to do this manually. Finally, you can create a inline or chat widget on your client's website with a few lines of HTML, or altneratively integrate it with a Slack/Teams chatbot (if you are going for an internal Q&A chatbot approach). Other tools you could use include Botpress and Voiceflow, however these are less for RAG and more for building out complete chatbot flows that may or may not incorporate LLMs. Both apps are essentially GUIs that eliminate the pain and tears and trying to implement complex flows manually, and both natively incoporate AI intents and a knowledge base feature. Ex. Solution 2: Internal Apps Similar to the first example, except we go beyond making just chatbots but tools such as report generation and really any sort of internal tool or automations that may incorporate LLM's. For instance, you can have a tool that automatically generates replies to inbound emails based on your client's knowledge base. Or an automation that does the same thing but for replies to Instagram comments. Another example could be a tool that generates a description and screeenshot based on a URL (useful for directory sites, made one for my own :P). Getting into more advanced implementations of LLMs, we can have tools that can generate entire drafts of reports (think 80+ pages), based not only on data from a knowledge base but also the writing style, format, and author voice of previous reports. One good tool to create content generation panels for your clients would be MindStudio. You can train LLM's via prompt engineering in a structured way with your own data to essentially fine tune them for whatever text you need it to generate. Furthermore, it has a GUI where you can dictate the entire AI flow. You can also upload data sources via multiple formats, including PDF, CSV, and Docx. For automations that require interactions between multiple apps, I recommend the OG zapier/make.com if you want a no-code solution. For instance, for the automatic email reply generator, I can have a trigger such that when an email is received, a custom AI reply is generated by MyAskAI, and finally a draft is created in my email client. Or, for an automation where I can create a social media posts on multiple platforms based on a RSS feed (news feed), I can implement this directly in Zapier with their native GPT action (see screenshot) As for more complex LLM flows that may require multiple layers of LLMs, data sources, and APIs working together to generate a single response i.e. a long form 100 page report, I would recommend tools such as Stack AI or Flowise (open-source alternative) to build these solutions out. Essentially, you get most of the functions and features of Python packages such as Langchain and LlamaIndex in a GUI. See screenshot for an example of a flow How the hell are you supposed to find clients? With all that being said, none of this matters if you can't find anyone to sell to. You will have to do cold sales, one way or the other, especially if you are brand new to the game. And what better way to sell your AI services than with AI itself? If we want to integrate AI into the cold outreach process, first we must identify what it's good at doing, and that's obviously writing a bunch of text, in a short amount of time. Similar to the solutions that an AAA can build for its clients, we can take advantage of the same principles in our own sales processes. How to do outreach Once you've identified your niche and their pain points/opportunities for automation, you want to craft a compelling message in which you can send via cold email and cold calls to get prospects booked on demos/consultations. I won't get into too much detail in terms of exactly how to write emails or calling scripts, as there are millions of resources to help with this, but I will tell you a few key points you want to keep in mind when doing outreach for your AAA. First, you want to keep in mind that many businesses are still hesitant about AI and may not understand what it really is or how it can benefit their operations. However, we can take advantage of how mass media has been reporting on AI this past year- at the very least people are AWARE that sooner or later they may have to implement AI into their businesses to stay competitive. We want to frame our message in a way that introduces generative AI as a technology that can have a direct, tangible, and positive impact on their business. Although it may be hard to quantify, I like to include estimates of man-hours saved or costs saved at least in my final proposals to prospects. Times are TOUGH right now, and money is expensive, so you need to have a compelling reason for businesses to get on board. Once you've gotten your messaging down, you will want to create a list of prospects to contact. Tools you can use to find prospects include Apollo.io, reply.io, zoominfo (expensive af), and Linkedin Sales Navigator. What specific job titles, etc. to target will depend on your niche but for smaller companies this will tend to be the owner. For white collar niches, i.e. law, the professional that will be directly benefiting from the tool (i.e. partners) may be better to contact. And for larger organizations you may want to target business improvement and digital transformation leads/directors- these are the people directly in charge of projects like what you may be proposing. Okay- so you have your message, and your list, and now all it comes down to is getting the good word out. I won't be going into the details of how to send these out, a quick Google search will give you hundreds of resources for cold outreach methods. However, personalization is key and beyond simple dynamic variables you want to make sure you can either personalize your email campaigns directly with AI (SmartWriter.ai is an example of a tool that can do this), or at the very least have the ability to import email messages programmatically. Alternatively, ask ChatGPT to make you a Python Script that can take in a list of emails, scrape info based on their linkedin URL or website, and all pass this onto a GPT prompt that specifies your messaging to generate an email. From there, send away. How tf do I close? Once you've got some prospects booked in on your meetings, you will need to close deals with them to turn them into clients. Call #1: Consultation Tying back to when I mentioned you want to take a consultant-first appraoch, you will want to listen closely to their goals and needs and understand their pain points. This would be the first call, and typically I would provide a high level overview of different solutions we could build to tacke these. It really helps to have a presentation available, so you can graphically demonstrate key points and key technologies. I like to use Plus AI for this, it's basically a Google Slides add-on that can generate slide decks for you. I copy and paste my default company messaging, add some key points for the presentation, and it comes out with pretty decent slides. Call #2: Demo The second call would involve a demo of one of these solutions, and typically I'll quickly prototype it with boilerplate code I already have, otherwise I'll cook something up in a no-code tool. If you have a niche where one type of solution is commonly demanded, it helps to have a general demo set up to be able to handle a larger volume of calls, so you aren't burning yourself out. I'll also elaborate on how the final product would look like in comparison to the demo. Call #3 and Beyond: Once the initial consultation and demo is complete, you will want to alleviate any remaining concerns from your prospects and work with them to reach a final work proposal. It's crucial you lay out exactly what you will be building (in writing) and ensure the prospect understands this. Furthermore, be clear and transparent with timelines and communication methods for the project. In terms of pricing, you want to take this from a value-based approach. The same solution may be worth a lot more to client A than client B. Furthermore, you can create "add-ons" such as monthly maintenance/upgrade packages, training sessions for employeees, and so forth, separate from the initial setup fee you would charge. How you can incorporate AI into marketing your businesses Beyond cold sales, I highly recommend creating a funnel to capture warm leads. For instance, I do this currently with my AI tools directory, which links directly to my AI agency and has consistent branding throughout. Warm leads are much more likely to close (and honestly, much nicer to deal with). However, even without an AI-related website, at the very least you will want to create a presence on social media and the web in general. As with any agency, you will want basic a professional presence. A professional virtual address helps, in addition to a Google Business Profile (GBP) and TrustPilot. a GBP (especially for local SEO) and Trustpilot page also helps improve the looks of your search results immensely. For GBP, I recommend using ProfilePro, which is a chrome extension you can use to automate SEO work for your GBP. Aside from SEO optimzied business descriptions based on your business, it can handle Q/A answers, responses, updates, and service descriptions based on local keywords. Privacy and Legal Concerns of the AAA Model Aside from typical concerns for agencies relating to service contracts, there are a few issues (especially when using no-code tools) that will need to be addressed to run a successful AAA. Most of these surround privacy concerns when working with proprietary data. In your terms with your client, you will want to clearly define hosting providers and any third party tools you will be using to build their solution, and a DPA with these third parties listed as subprocessors if necessary. In addition, you will want to implement best practices like redacting private information from data being used for building solutions. In terms of addressing concerns directly from clients, it helps if you host your solutions on their own servers (not possible with AI tools), and address the fact only ChatGPT queries in the web app, not OpenAI API calls, will be used to train OpenAI's models (as reported by mainstream media). The key here is to be open and transparent with your clients about ALL the tools you are using, where there data will be going, and make sure to get this all in writing. have fun, and keep an open mind Before I finish this post, I just want to reiterate the fact that this is NOT an easy way to make money. Running an AI agency will require hours and hours of dedication and work, and constantly rearranging your schedule to meet prospect and client needs. However, if you are looking for a new business to run, and have a knack for understanding business operations and are genuinely interested in the pracitcal applications of generative AI, then I say go for it. The time is ticking before AAA becomes the new dropshipping or SMMA, and I've a firm believer that those who set foot first and establish themselves in this field will come out top. And remember, while 100 thousand people may read this post, only 2 may actually take initiative and start.

I just sold my startup for $200,000 after 11 months. AMA

Last August, I was looking for a startup idea I could grow and made a MVP in a week then launched it. I received the $200,000 wire from the buyer a couple of days ago I found tons of useful info online for free, so I hope this can be my way of giving back :) Here is some background: Idea I got the idea when trying to write a tweet using Google Doc's transcription tool, which was terrible. I was pretty sure I wasn't the only one too lazy to type, I made my own solution using AI to transcribe and reformat voice notes into any kind of content. I called it Talknotes, mainly because it was the only domain available lol Validation: My rule is to only reinvest what the project generates. After listing on startup directories and posting on Twitter, I generated $700 in 10 days. It wasn't much, but enough to show interest and keep me motivated. I added user-requested features, but the launch effect wore off, and daily revenues dropped to $0 after a few weeks. I almost gave up, but friends encouraged me to continue. In October, I launched on ProductHunt and it blew up. It became Product of the Day and reached $1500 MRR thanks to media coverage. I initially built everything using vanilla JS/CSS/HTML + Node for backend. But it's pretty limited for apps with lots of interactivity so, I rebuilt the app using Nuxt.js to make it easier to ship new features. Then, I launched ads on Facebook and I implemented a feedback loop: Get new users Learn about them through onboarding Make more ads based on onboarding data This doubled MRR in about 2 months. Burnout and Sale: In May, I had a bad burnout after emergency bug fixes. This made it hard to work on the app after. At this point MRR was around $7000 and total revenues around $70,0000 I listed it on Acquire.com for $200,000, a very good price for the buyer considering revenues and growth. I could've gotten $300,000 with buyer financing or earn-outs, but I wanted cash, $200,000 today is better than $300,000 in a year. Everything was smooth until we tried using Escrow, which almost fucked up the deal (details here). Long story short, had to threaten them to make a sponsored post on Twitter explaining what they did + legal action. They sent the refund the very next day, and we completed the transfer directly. Now, this isn't an overnight success. It's the result of 7 years of grind. I launched over 40 projects since I started, and most of them failed. I often worked 100 hours per week, and I rarely go out or meet many people. It's not for everyone, but I'm fine with it With the profit from the app + sale, and other projects, I have close to 1/3 of a million dollar. I could retire in Asia if I wanted Just mind blowing to think I wrote funny characters in a code editor and sold it for the price of a house lol Edit 1: A few people got confused. I said it's 7 years of grind and most of my projects failed, not that I was not making money. I also said I OFTEN worked 100h/week, not every week :) Since I learned to code 2 years ago I've made close to $400k from my app's profit + exit (this one + another one for $65k last year). And before that I was making money as a marketing freelancer. Also, I dropped after high-school, so, I had to learn everything from scratch, it takes time! Edit 2: Lots of people asked how/where I learned to code in 2 months. I wrote a blog/journal about it back then with links to resources, you can find it here if you're interested

26 Ways to Make Money as a Startup Founder (for coders & noncoders)

I've launched 24 projects (here is the proof johnrush.me). None of my projects is making millions a month, but many of them make over $1k a month, some do over $10k, and few do even more. I'd not recommend anyone to start by trying to build a unicorn. Better start simple. Aim for $2-4k a month first. Once you get there, either scale it or start a new project with large TAM. From my own experience, the 26 Ways to Make Money as a Startup Founder: One-Feature SaaS. Extract a feature from a popular tool and build a micro SaaS around it. Idea: A SaaS that only offers automated email follow-ups. Launchpads. Develop a launch platform for a specific industry. Idea: A launchpad for growth tools. SEO Tools. Create a tool that focuses on a single aspect of SEO. Idea: A tool that generates alt texts for images. Productized Services. Offer standardized services that are repeatable. Idea: design, coding or social media management. Marketplace Platforms. Create a platform that connects buyers and sellers, earning transaction fees. Idea: An online marketplace for domains. Membership Sites. A subscription-based site with exclusive content. Idea: A founder 0-to-1 site. White Labeling. A product that other businesses can rebrand as their own. Idea: A white-labeled website builder. Selling Data. Provide anonymized data insights to companies. Idea: Selling user behavior data. Affiliate Marketing. Promote products/services and earn commissions on sales. Idea: Recommending hosting services on a tech blog. Selling Leads. Generate and sell business leads. Idea: Selling leads who raised a fresh seed round. Niche Social Networks. Create a paid community around a specific interest. Idea: A network for SEO experts. Sell Domains. Buy and sell domain names for profit. Virtual Products. Sell digital products like templates or graphics. Idea: Website themes for nextjs or boilerplates. On-Demand Services. Build a platform for gigs like delivery or tutoring. Idea: An app for freelance tutors. Niche Job Boards. Start a job board focused on a specific industry. Idea: A job board for remote tech jobs. Crowdsourced Content. Create a user-generated content platform and monetize through ads. Idea: Site to share startup hacks. Buy and Flip Businesses. Purchase underperforming businesses, improve them, and sell for profit. Idea: Acquiring a low-traffic blog, optimizing it, and selling. AI-Powered agents. Develop AI tools that solve specific business problems. Idea: An AI tool that automates customer support. Microservices. Offer small, specialized tools, sdks or APIs. Idea: An api for currency conversion. Influencer Platforms. Create a platform connecting influencers with brands. Idea: Connect AI influencers with AI founders. Niche Directories. Build a paid directory for a specific industry. Idea: A directory of developers who can train models. E-Learning Platforms. Build a platform for educators to sell courses. Idea: A site where AI experts sell AI courses. Virtual assistants. Hire them and sell on subscription. No-Code Tools. Create tools that allow non-technical users to build things. Idea: A no-code website builder for bakeries. Labor arbitrage. Idea: Connect support agents from Portugal with US clients and charge commission.

Switching Gears: Implementing AI for My Agency’s Marketing After a Decade

Hi there, I’ve been running a software development and design agency for the last 10 years, mainly focusing on building custom solutions for businesses and SaaS. For the last 2 years, I’ve consistently recommended that clients use AI technologies, especially for social media and content creation to generate traffic. Funny enough, I wasn’t practicing what I preached. Most of my client projects came from platforms like Upwork and word-of-mouth referrals from clients or people from networking events. Background I started my journey in 2014, switching from an employee to a freelancer. Within the first 10 months, my initial projects grew beyond what I could handle alone, prompting me to hire additional developers. This shift turned my role from a full-stack developer to a team lead and developer. Over the years, my focus has been a blend of tech and product. About five years ago, I realized the importance of design, leading me to adding designers to the agency to provide full-cycle service development—from product ideation and design to development, testing, launch, and support. I still continue to set up dedicated teams for some clients, maintaining a strong technical role as a tech lead, solution architect, and head product designer. To enhance my skills, I even completed UI/UX design courses to offer better product solutions. Despite these changes, building products has always been the easy part. The challenge was ensuring these client products didn’t end up in the graveyard due to poor product-market fit, often caused by inadequate marketing and sales strategies but more often just absence of them. (we are talking about startup and first time founders here 🙂 ) My Journey and Observations Advising Clients: I often found myself advising clients on increasing traffic for their SaaS products and crafting strategic marketing plans. Learning: I’ve gained most of my knowledge from consuming internet materials, courses, and blog posts and learning from successful client project launches. Realization: Despite giving this advice, I wasn’t applying these strategies to my own business, leading to low visits to my agency’s website. Initial Solution: Hiring a Marketer Hiring: I brought in a marketer with a solid background in content creating and interview video editing from an educational organization. Goal: The aim was to increase website visits through a comprehensive marketing strategy. Outcome: Although the content produced was high-quality and useful for pitching services, it didn’t lead to significant traffic increases. Issue: The marketer focused more on content creation rather than distribution channels, which limited effectiveness. Shift to AI-Driven Strategy Experiment: I decided to try using AI for content creation and distribution, which aligns with my agency’s specialization in design-driven development and AI integrations. Implementation plan: I will be generating all content with minimal edits using AI and implementing a strategic backlinking approach. Backlinking Strategy Initial Plan: I initially thought of hiring a specialist for backlinks. Realization: The costs and profiles of freelancers didn’t seem promising. Solution: I found AI-driven services for backlinks, which seem more efficient and cost-effective. Plan: My plan is to use these tools for programmatic SEO-driven AI-generated articles and third-party backlinking services over the next two to three months. Current Approach Management: This approach can be managed and executed by 1 person and monitored weekly, reducing human error and optimizing efficiency. I will start it myself and then replace myself with an editor with managing skills. Reflection: It’s a bit ironic and funny that it took me 10 years to start implementing these strategies in my own agency business, but I now feel more confident with AI and automation in place. Why Increase Website Visitors? You might ask, why do I want to increase the number of visitors to the site, and how can I ensure these visitors will be qualified? Hands-On Experience: To gain hands-on experience and perform this exercise effectively. Introduce Packaged Services: I want to introduce a set of low-cost packaged services tailored for non-technical people who want to build things for themselves - the DIY kits for non-technical folks. These services will provide a foundational template for them to build upon on top of existing established solutions such as Wix, Square Why am I Posting and Sharing Here? You might also wonder, why am I posting it here and sharing this? Well, I'm doing this more for myself. Most of my career, the things I’ve done have been behind the curtains. With this small project, I want to make it public to see the reaction of the community. Perhaps there will be good and smart suggestions offered, and maybe some insights or highlights of tools I wasn’t aware of or didn’t consider. I’ll keep sharing updates on this journey of website promotion, marketing, and SEO. My current goal is to reach 2,000 visits per month, which is a modest start. Looking forward to any thoughts or advice from this community! Disclaimer: This content was not generated by AI, but it was edited by it 😛

10 Side Projects in 10 Years: Lessons from Failures and a $700 Exit

Hey folks, I'm sharing my journey so far in case it can help others. Entrepreneurship can sometimes be demotivating. In my case, I've always been involved in side projects and what I've realized is that every time you crash a project, the next one makes it a bit further. So this is a long-term game and consistency ends up paying off The $1 Android Game (2015, age 18) What Happened: 500 downloads, 1€ in ad revenue Ugly UI, performance issues Key Lessons: Don’t be afraid of launching. Delaying for “perfection” is often a sign that you fear being ignored. I was trying to perfect every aspect of the game. In reality, I was delaying the launch because I feared no one would download the app. Commit to the project or kill it. At some point, this project was no longer fun (it was just about fixing device responsiveness). Most importantly, I wasn't learning anything new so I moved to smth else. The Forex Bot Regret (2016, age 19) What Happened: Lost months identifying inexistent chart patterns Created a Trading bot that was never profitable Key Lessons: Day trading’s real winners are usually brokers. There are plenty of guys selling a bot or systems that are not making money trading, why would they sell a “money-printing machine” otherwise... Develop an unfair advantage. With these projects, I developed a strong coding foundation that gave me an edge when dealing with non-technical business people. Invest countless hours to create a skills gap between you and others, one that becomes increasingly difficult for them to close (coding, public speaking, networking, etc.) The $700 Instagram Exit (2018, age 21) What Happened: Grew a motivational account to 60k followers Sold it for $700 90% of followers were in low-income countries (hard to monetize) Key Lessons: Follower quality > quantity. I focused on growth and ended up with an audience I couldn’t truly define. If brands don’t see value, you won’t generate revenue. Also, if you do not know who you are creating content for, you'll end up demotivated and stop posting. Great 3rd party product + domain authority = Affiliate marketing works. In this case, I could easily promote an IG growing service because my 50k+ followers conveyed trust. Most importantly, the service I was promoting worked amazingly. The Illegal Amazon Review Marketplace (2020, age 23) What Happened: Sellers were reimbursing buyers for positive reviews Built a WordPress marketplace to facilitate “free products for reviews” Realized it violated Amazon’s terms Key Lessons: Check for “red flags” when doing idea assessment. There will always be red and orange flags. It’s about learning to differentiate between them (e.g. illegality, 100% dependence on a platform, etc.) If there’s competition, it’s good, if they are making money it’s even better. I was thrilled when I saw no competition for my “unique idea”. Later, I discovered the obvious reason. Copying a “Proven” Business Model (2020, age 23) What Happened: Tried recreating an Instagram “comment for comment” growth tool Instagram changed the algorithm and killed the growth strategy that the product used. Key Lessons: Do not build a business that depends 100% on another business, it is too risky. Mr. Musk can increase Twitter on API pricing to $42,000 monthly without notice and Tik Tok can be banned in the US. Due to the IG algorithm change, we had built a product that was not useful, and worse, now we had no idea how to grow an IG account. Consider future project synergies before selling. I regret having sold the 60k follower IG account since it could have saved me a lot of time when convincing users to try the service. NFT Marathon Medals (2021, age 24) What Happened: Created NFT race medals Sold 20 for 5€ each, but spent 95% of meetings explaining “what is an NFT?” Key Lessons: Market timing is crucial. As with every new technology, it is only useful as long as society is ready to adopt it. No matter how promising the tech is in the eyes of SV, society will end up dictating its success (blockchain, AI, etc). In this case, the runner community was not ready to adopt blockchain (it is not even prepared today). Race organizers did not know what they were selling, and runners did not know what they were buying. The 30-day rule in Fanatical Prospecting. Do not stop prospecting. I did prospecting and closed deals 3 months after the outbound efforts. Then I was busy executing the projects and had no clients once the projects were finished. AI Portal & Co-Founder Misalignment (2023, age 26) What Happened: Built a portal for SMEs to find AI use cases Co-founders disagreed on vision and execution Platform still gets \~1 new user/day Key Lessons: Define roles and equity clearly. Our biggest strength ended up killing us. Both founders had strong strategic skills and we were constantly arguing about decisions. NextJS + Vercel + Supabase: Great stack to create a SaaS MVP. (but do not use AI with frameworks unless you know how they work conceptually) SEO is king. One of our users creates a use case on “Changing Song Lyrics with AI.” Not being our target use case, it brings 90% of our traffic. Building an AI Tool & Getting Ghosted (2024, age 27) What Happened: SEO agency wanted to automate rewriting product descriptions Built it in 3 weeks, but the client vanished Key Lessons: Validate manually first. Don’t code a full-blown solution for a problem you haven’t tested in real-world workflows. I kept rewriting code only to throw it away. Jumping straight into building a solution ended up costing more time than it saved. Use templates, no-code, and open-source for prototyping. In my case, using a Next.js template saved me about four weeks of development only to hit the same dead end, but much faster. Fall in love with your ICP or walk away. I realized I didn’t enjoy working with SEO agencies. Looking back, I should have been honest with myself and admitted that I wasn’t motivated enough by this type of customer. Ignoring Code Perfection Doubled Traffic (2025, age 28) What Happened: Partnered with an ex-colleague to build an AI agents directory Focused on content & marketing, not endless bug fixes Traffic soared organically Key Lessons: Measure the impact of your actions and double down on what works. We set up an analytics system with PostHog and found wild imbalances (e.g. 1 post about frameworks outperformed 20 promotional posts). You have to start somewhere. For us, the AI agents directory is much more than just a standalone site, it's a strategic project that will allow us to discover new products, gain domain authority, and boost other projects. It builds the path for bigger opportunities. Less coding, more traction. Every day I have to fight against myself not to code “indispensable features”. Surprisingly, the directory keeps gaining consistent traffic despite being far from perfect Quitting My Job & Looking Ahead (2025, age 28) What Happened: Left full-time work to go all-in Plan to build vertical AI agents that handle entire business workflows (support, marketing, sales) Key Lessons: Bet on yourself. The opportunity cost of staying in my full-time job outweighed the benefits. It might be your case too I hope this post helps anyone struggling with their project and inspires those considering quitting their full-time job to take the leap with confidence.

How a Small Startup in Asia Secured a Contract with the US Department of Homeland Security

Uzair Javaid, a Ph.D. with a passion for data privacy, co-founded Betterdata to tackle one of AI's most pressing challenges: protecting privacy while enabling innovation. Recently, Betterdata secured a lucrative contract with the US Department of Homeland Security, 1 of only 4 companies worldwide to do so and the only one in Asia. Here's how he did it: The Story So what's your story? I grew up in Peshawar, Pakistan, excelling in coding despite studying electrical engineering. Inspired by my professors, I set my sights on studying abroad and eventually earned a Ph.D. scholarship at NUS Singapore, specializing in data security and privacy. During my research, I ethically hacked Ethereum and published 15 papers—three times the requirement. While wrapping up my Ph.D., I explored startup ideas and joined Entrepreneur First, where I met Kevin Yee. With his expertise in generative models and mine in privacy, we founded Betterdata. Now, nearly three years in, we’ve secured a major contract with the U.S. Department of Homeland Security—one of only four companies globally and the only one from Asia. The Startup In a nutshell, what does your startup do? Betterdata is a startup that uses AI and synthetic data generation to address two major challenges: data privacy and the scarcity of high-quality data for training AI models. By leveraging generative models and privacy-enhancing technologies, Betterdata enables businesses, such as banks, to use customer data without breaching privacy regulations. The platform trains AI on real data, learns its patterns, and generates synthetic data that mimics the real thing without containing any personal or sensitive information. This allows companies to innovate and develop AI solutions safely and ethically, all while tackling the growing need for diverse, high-quality data in AI development. How did you conduct ideation and validation for your startup? The initial idea for Betterdata came from personal experience. During my Ph.D., I ethically hacked Ethereum’s blockchain, exposing flaws in encryption-based data sharing. This led me to explore AI-driven deep synthesis technology—similar to deepfakes but for structured data privacy. With GDPR impacting 28M+ businesses, I saw a massive opportunity to help enterprises securely share data while staying compliant. To validate the idea, I spoke to 50 potential customers—a number that strikes the right balance. Some say 100, but that’s impractical for early-stage founders. At 50, patterns emerge: if 3 out of 10 mention the same problem, and this repeats across 50, you have 10–15 strong signals, making it a solid foundation for an MVP. Instead of outbound sales, which I dislike, we used three key methods: Account-Based Marketing (ABM)—targeting technically savvy users with solutions for niche problems, like scaling synthetic data for banks. Targeted Content Marketing—regular customer conversations shaped our thought leadership and outreach. Raising Awareness Through Partnerships—collaborating with NUS, Singapore’s PDPC, and Plug and Play to build credibility and educate the market. These strategies attracted serious customers willing to pay, guiding Betterdata’s product development and market fit. How did you approach the initial building and ongoing product development? In the early stages, we built synthetic data generation algorithms and a basic UI for proof-of-concept, using open-source datasets to engage with banks. We quickly learned that banks wouldn't share actual customer data due to privacy concerns, so we had to conduct on-site installations and gather feedback to refine our MVP. Through continuous consultation with customers, we discovered real enterprise data posed challenges, such as missing values, which led us to adapt our prototype accordingly. This iterative approach of listening to customer feedback and observing their usage allowed us to improve our product, enhance UX, and address unmet needs while building trust and loyalty. Working closely with our customers also gives us a data advantage. Our solution’s effectiveness depends on customer data, which we can't fully access, but bridging this knowledge gap gives us a competitive edge. The more customers we test on, the more our algorithms adapt to diverse use cases, making it harder for competitors to replicate our insights. My approach to iteration is simple: focus solely on customer feedback and ignore external noise like trends or advice. The key question for the team is: which customer is asking for this feature or solution? As long as there's a clear answer, we move forward. External influences, such as AI hype, often bring more confusion than clarity. True long-term success comes from solving real customer problems, not chasing trends. Customers may not always know exactly what they want, but they understand their problems. Our job is to identify these problems and solve them in innovative ways. While customers may suggest specific features, we stay focused on solving the core issue rather than just fulfilling their exact requests. The idea aligns with the quote often attributed to Henry Ford: "If I asked people what they wanted, they would have said faster horses." The key is understanding their problems, not just taking requests at face value. How do you assess product-market fit? To assess product-market fit, we track two key metrics: Customers' Willingness to Pay: We measure both the quantity and quality of meetings with potential customers. A high number of meetings with key decision-makers signals genuine interest. At Betterdata, we focused on getting meetings with people in banks and large enterprises to gauge our product's resonance with the target market. How Much Customers Are Willing to Pay: We monitor the price customers are willing to pay, especially in the early stages. For us, large enterprises, like banks, were willing to pay a premium for our synthetic data platform due to the growing need for privacy tech. This feedback guided our product refinement and scaling strategy. By focusing on these metrics, we refined our product and positioned it for scaling. What is your business model? We employ a structured, phase-driven approach for out business model, as a B2B startup. I initially struggled with focusing on the core value proposition in sales, often becoming overly educational. Eventually, we developed a product roadmap with models that allowed us to match customer needs to specific offerings and justify our pricing. Our pricing structure includes project-based pilots and annual contracts for successful deployments. At Betterdata, our customer engagement unfolds across three phases: Phase 1: Trial and Benchmarking \- We start with outreach and use open-source datasets to showcase results, offering customers a trial period to evaluate the solution. Phase 2: Pilot or PoC \- After positive trial results, we conduct a PoC or pilot using the customer’s private data, with the understanding that successful pilots lead to an annual contract. Phase 3: Multi-Year Contracts \- Following a successful pilot, we transition to long-term commercial contracts, focusing on multi-year agreements to ensure stability and ongoing partnerships. How do you do marketing for your brand? We take a non-conventional approach to marketing, focusing on answering one key question: Which customers are willing to pay, and how much? This drives our messaging to show how our solution meets their needs. Our strategy centers around two main components: Building a network of lead magnets \- These are influential figures like senior advisors, thought leaders, and strategic partners. Engaging with institutions like IMDA, SUTD, and investors like Plug and Play helps us gain access to the right people and foster warm introductions, which shorten our sales cycle and ensure we’re reaching the right audience. Thought leadership \- We build our brand through customer traction, technology evidence, and regulatory guidelines. This helps us establish credibility in the market and position ourselves as trusted leaders in our field. This holistic approach has enabled us to navigate diverse market conditions in Asia and grow our B2B relationships. By focusing on these areas, we drive business growth and establish strong trust with stakeholders. What's your advice for fundraising? Here are my key takeaways for other founders when it comes to fundraising: Fundraise When You Don’t Need To We closed our seed round in April 2023, a time when we weren't actively raising. Founders should always be in fundraising mode, even when they're not immediately in need of capital. Don’t wait until you have only a few months of runway left. Keep the pipeline open and build relationships. When the timing is right, execution becomes much easier. For us, our investment came through a combination of referrals and inbound interest. Even our lead investor initially rejected us, but after re-engaging, things eventually fell into place. It’s crucial to stay humble, treat everyone with respect, and maintain those relationships for when the time is right. Be Mindful of How You Present Information When fundraising, how you present information matters a lot. We created a comprehensive, easily digestible investment memo, hosted on Notion, which included everything an investor might need—problem, solution, market, team, risks, opportunities, and data. The goal was for investors to be able to get the full picture within 30 minutes without chasing down extra details. We also focused on making our financial model clear and meaningful, even though a 5-year forecast might be overkill at the seed stage. The key was clarity and conciseness, and making it as easy as possible for investors to understand the opportunity. I learned that brevity and simplicity are often the best ways to make a memorable impact. For the pitch itself, keep it simple and focus on 4 things: problem, solution, team, and market. If you can summarize each of these clearly and concisely, you’ll have a compelling pitch. Later on, you can expand into market segments, traction, and other metrics, but for seed-stage, focus on those four areas, and make sure you’re strong in at least three of them. If you do, you'll have a compelling case. How do you run things day-to-day? i.e what's your operational workflow and team structure? Here's an overview of our team structure and process: Internally: Our team is divided into two main areas: backend (internal team) and frontend (market-facing team). There's no formal hierarchy within the backend team. We all operate as equals, defining our goals based on what needs to be developed, assigning tasks, and meeting weekly to share updates and review progress. The focus is on full ownership of tasks and accountability for getting things done. I also contribute to product development, identifying challenges and clearing obstacles to help the team move forward. Backend Team: We approach tasks based on the scope defined by customers, with no blame or hierarchy. It's like a sports team—sometimes someone excels, and other times they struggle, but we support each other and move forward together. Everyone has the creative freedom to work in the way that suits them best, but we establish regular meetings and check-ins to ensure alignment and progress. Frontend Team: For the market-facing side, we implement a hierarchy because the market expects this structure. If I present myself as "CEO," it signals authority and credibility. This distinction affects how we communicate with the market and how we build our brand. The frontend team is split into four main areas: Business Product (Software Engineering) Machine Learning Engineering R&D The C-suite sits at the top, followed by team leads, and then the executors. We distill market expectations into actionable tasks, ensuring that everyone is clear on their role and responsibilities. Process: We start by receiving market expectations and defining tasks based on them. Tasks are assigned to relevant teams, and execution happens with no communication barriers between team members. This ensures seamless collaboration and focused execution. The main goal is always effectiveness—getting things done efficiently while maintaining flexibility in how individuals approach their work. In both teams, there's an emphasis on accountability, collaboration, and clear communication, but the structure varies according to the nature of the work and external expectations.

Seeking co-founder to build LinkedIn’s biggest rival(curated version)

How do you connect with likeminded people? You see the polished wins everywhere, but what about the messy drafts , the awkward pitches and the moments you’re not sure you’ve got it right? Problem: The whole idea of founding and starting a business can be super intimidating for some people, specially those who don’t know any founders personally, those who don’t have a large network, those who don’t have rich parents with large networks, those not inserted in an entrepreneurial culture like in the US for example (which is my case). Sometimes all you need is the right support network, and too see others do what you want, to know that it’s possible! Everyone has an “ultimate guide” to make 7 figures or build a business on YouTube but NO ONE shoes you the HOW, just the results… I’ve tried joining founder communities, LinkedIn ,Reddit … you name it. Most of these founder communities are inaccessible for regular people and often ask for you to have an already existing business with a min ARR… or their simply geography based and if you’re not in a certain area you can’t really participate… As of LinkedIn… full of empty AI generated posts about how some random dude raised $10m in 7 days. Okay Jonathan, but what about the HOW?? How did you write your first pitch? How many rejection calls did you get? What is an MVP? There simply isn’t a platform out there to document your founding journey and find inspiration within a community of people who are doing the same as you. What better way to feel motivated then to see someone actually document their process? Solution: I’m working on building a social media platform for aspiring/founders to connect through the RAW, UNFILTERED process of turning ideas into reality in REAL time. It’s all gonna be around the “building in public “ concept and content creation. Picture an instagram/tiktok profile where instead of seeing someone’s dog you see them documenting their founding process—from the moment they had the idea, to the moment they launched, you’re going to see the successes, the fails, the rejected calls, all documented through actual content and not some AI generated LinkedIn post. Imagine if you wanted to learn about how Steve Jobs started Apple , you could simply go through his profile on this app—exactly. To make sure all interactions are meaningful people would have to apply. It’s a truly curated community, with REAL people, building REAL things in REAL time, and not just tell us the story of how they did it… Audience: I’m targeting people who have a burning desire of building a business and early stage founders starting their founder journeys, that don’t have a support network and simply don’t know where to start. People who are tired of watching 30 min “ultimate guides “ on how to make it on YouTube from “business gurus” selling courses. People who haven’t reached the min ARR required to join an “exclusive “ founder a community. People who can’t simply just move to the US to get into the “exclusive” YC combinator. People who want to connect with real people building real things and not anonymous people on Reddit, or LinkedIn influencers again trying to promote their services. I believe in the idea because I’m also part of my audience. Have always wanted to start my own thing just never knew how to and where to find a community of likeminded people . I don’t know any founders myself, I come from a non-entrepreneurial society and I’d pay good money to access a community of REAL passionate founders building REAL things, in REAL time. This would be my first ever business, and I want to share my journey building it and hopefully inspire others to just start so I’ve created a mailing list to keep anyone interested in the project updated on my fails , learnings and successes. I’m not worried about “making it” but just “starting” and hopefully reach the right audience and inspire anyone to start whatever they have marinating in their thoughts. If you’re a founder struggling with staying consistent or an aspiring founder with an insane desire of starting and don’t know how to start, I’d love to get your feedback on what’s stopping you, your challenges starting out and what you’d find useful in such platform. And finally would this be something that interests you?? PS: casually looking for a technical co-founder

Where Do I Find Like-Minded, Unorthodox Co-founders? [Tech]

After more than 20 years in the tech industry I'm pretty fed up. I've been at it non-stop, so the burnout was building up for a while. Eventually, it's gotten so bad that it was no longer a question whether I need to take a break; I knew that I had to, for the sake of myself and loved ones. A few months ago I quit my well-paying, mid-level mgmt job to have some much-needed respite. I can't say that I've fully recovered, but I'm doing a bit better, so I'm starting to think about what's next. That said, the thoughts of going back into the rat race fill me with dread and anxiety. I've had an interesting career - I spent most of it in startups doing various roles from an SWE to a VP Eng, including having my own startup adventures for a couple of years. The last 4.5 years of my career have been in one of the fastest growing tech companies - it was a great learning experience, but also incredibly stressful, toxic and demoralizing. It's clear to me that I'm not cut out for the corporate world -- the ethos contradicts with my personality and beliefs -- but it's not just. I've accumulated "emotional scars" from practically every place I worked at and it made me loathe the industry to the degree that if I ever have another startup, it'd have to be by my own -- unorthodox -- ideals, even if it means a premature death due to lack of funding. I was young, stupid and overly confident when I had my first startup. I tried to do it "by the book" and dance to the tune of investors. While my startup failed for other, unrelated reasons, it gave me an opportunity to peak behind the curtain, experience the power dynamics, and get a better understanding to how the game is played - VCs and other person of interest have popularized the misconception that if a company doesn't scale, it would stagnate and eventually regress and die. This is nonsense. This narrative was created because it would make the capitalist pigs obsolete - they need companies to go through the entire alphabet before forcing them to sell or IPO. The sad reality is that the most entrepreneurs still believe in this paradigm and fall into the VC's honeypot traps. It's true that many businesses cannot bootstrap or scale without VC money, but it's equally true that far too many companies pivot/scale prematurely (and enshitify their product in the process) due to external pressures fueled by pure greed. This has a top-bottom effect - enshitification doesn't only effect users, but it also heavily effects the processes and structrures of companies, which can explain why the average tenure in tech is only \~2 years. I think that we live in an age where self-starting startups are more feasible than ever. It's not just the rise of AI and automation, but also the plethora of tools, services, and open-source projects that are available to all for free. On the one hand, this is fantastic, but on the other, the low barrier-to-entry creates oversaturation of companies which makes research & discovery incredibly hard - it is overwhelming to keep up with the pace and distill the signal from the noise, and there's a LOT of noise - there's not enough metaphorical real-estate for the graveyard of startups that will be defunct in the very near future. I'd like to experiment with startups again, but I don't want to navigate through this complex mine field all by myself - I want to find a like-minded co-founder who shares the same ideals as I do. It goes without saying that being on the same page isn't enough - I also want someone who's experienced, intelligent, creative, productive, well-rounded, etc. At the moment, I don't have anyone in my professional network who has/wants what it takes. I can look into startup bootcamps/accelerators like YC et al., and sure enough, I'll find talented individuals, but it'd be a mismatch from the get-go. For shits and giggles, this is (very roughly) how I envision the ideal company: Excellent work life balance: the goal is not to make a quick exit, become filthy rich, and turn into a self-absorbed asshole bragging about how they got so succesful. The goal is to generate a steady revenue stream while not succumbing to social norms that encourage greed. The entire purpose is to reach humble financial indepedence while maintaining a stress-free (as one possibly can) work environment. QOL should always be considered before ARR. Bootstraping: no external money. Not now, not later. No quid pro quo. No shady professionals or advisors. Company makes it or dies trying. Finances: very conservative to begin with - the idea is to play it safe and build a long fucking runaway before hiring. Spend every penny mindfully and frugally. Growth shouldn't be too quick & reckless. The business will be extremely efficient in spending. The only exception to the rule is crucial infrastructure and wages to hire top talent and keep salaries competitive and fair. Hiring: fully remote. Global presence, where applicable. Headcount will be limited to the absolute bare minimum. The goal is to run with a skeleton crew of the best generalists out there - bright, self-sufficient, highly motivated, autodidact, and creative individuals. Hiring the right people is everything and should be the company's top priority. Compensation & Perks: transperent and fair, incentivizing exceptional performance with revenue sharing bonuses. The rest is your typical best-in-class perks: top tier health/dental/vision insurance, generous PTO with mandatory required minimum, parental leave, mental wellness, etc. Process: processes will be extremely efficient, automated to the max, documented, unbloated, and data-driven through and through. Internal knowledge & data metrics will be accessible and transparent to all. Employees get full autonomy of their respective areas and are fully in charge of how they spend their days as long as they have agreed-upon, coherent, measurable metrics of success. Meetings will be reduced to the absolute minimum and would have to be justified and actionable - the ideal is that most communications will be done in written form, while face-to-face will be reserved for presentations/socializing. I like the Kaizen philosophy to continuously improve and optimize processes. Product: As previously stated, "data-driven through and through". Mindful approach to understand cost/benefit. Deliberate and measured atomic improvements to avoid feature creep and slow down the inevitable entropy. Most importantly, client input should be treated with the utmost attention but should never be the main driver for the product roadmap. This is a very controversial take, but sometimes it's better to lose a paying customer than to cave to their distracting/unreasonable/time-consuming demands. People Culture: ironicaly, this would be what most companies claim to have, but for realsies. Collaborative, open, blameless environment. People are treated like actual grown ups with flat structure, full autonomy, and unwavering trust. Socializing and bonding is highly encourged, but never required. Creativity and ingenuity is highly valued - people are encouraged to work on side projects one day of the week. Values: I can write a lot about it, but it really boils down to being kind and humble. We all know what happened with "don't be evil". It's incredibly hard to retain values over time, esp. when there are opposing views within a company. I don't know how to solve it, but I believe that there should be some (tried and true) internal checks & balances from the get go to ensure things are on track. I never mentioned what this hypothetical startup does. Sure, there's another very relevant layer of domain experience fit, but this mindset allows one to be a bit more fluid because the goal is not to disrupt an industry or "make the world a better place"; it's to see work for what it truly is - a mean to an end. It's far more important for me to align with a co-founder on these topics than on an actual idea or technical details. Pivoting and rebranding are so common that many VCs outweigh the make up and chemistry of the founding team (and their ability to execute) over the feasibility of their ideas.  To wrap this long-winded post, I'm not naive or disillusioned - utopias aren't real and profitable companies who operate at a 70-80% rate of what I propose are the real unicorns, but despite them being a tiny minority, I think they are the real forward thinkers of the industry. I might be wrong, but I hope that I'm right and that more and more startups will opt towards long-term sustainability over the promise of short-term gains because the status quo really stinks for most people. What do you folks think? Does anyone relate? Where can I find others like me? P.S I thought about starting a blog writing about these topics in length (everything that is wrong with tech & what can be done to improve it), but I have the Impostor Syndrom and I'm too self-conscious about how I come off. If you somehow enjoyed reading through that and would love to hear more of my thoughts and experiences in greater detail, please let me know. P.P.S If you have a company that is close to what I'm describing and you're hiring, let me know!

101 best SEO tips to help you drive traffic in 2k21

Hey guys! I don't have to tell you how SEO can be good for your business - you can drive leads to your SaaS on autopilot, drive traffic to your store/gym/bar/whatever, etc. The thing with SEO, though, is that most SEO tips on the internet are just not that good. Most of the said tips: Are way too simple & basic (“add meta descriptions to your images”*) Are not impactful. Sure, adding that meta tag to an image is important, but that’s not what’s going to drive traffic to your website Don’t talk much about SEO strategy (which is ultimately the most important thing for SEO). Sure, on-page SEO is great, but you sure as hell won't drive much traffic if you can't hire the right writers to scale your content. And to drive serious SEO traffic, you'll need a LOT more than that. Over the past few years, my and my co-founder have helped grow websites to over 200k+ monthly traffic (check out our older Reddit post if you want to learn more about us, our process, and what we do), and we compiled all our most important SEO tips and tricks, as well as case studies, research, and experiments from the web, into this article. Hope you like it ;) If you think we missed something super important, let us know and we'll add it to the list. And btw, we also published this article on our own blog with images, smart filters, and all that good stuff. If you want to check it out, click here. That said, grab some coffee (or beer) & let's dive in - this is going to be a long one. SEO Strategy Tips Tip #1. A Lot of SEO Tips On The Internet Are NOT Necessarily Factual A lot of the SEO content you’ll read on the internet will be based on personal experiences and hearsay. Unfortunately, Google is a bit vague about SEO advice, so you have to rely more on experiments conducted by SEO pros in the community. So, sometimes, a lot of this information is questionable, wrong, or simply based on inaccurate data.  What we’re getting at here is, whenever you hear some new SEO advice, take it with a grain of salt. Google it to double-check other sources, and really understand what this SEO advice is based on (instead of just taking it at face value). Tip #2. SEO Takes Time - Get Used to It Any way you spin it, SEO takes time.  It can take around 6 months to 2 years (depending on the competition in your niche) before you start seeing some serious results.  So, don’t get disappointed if you don’t see any results within 3 months of publishing content. Tip #3. SEO Isn’t The Best Channel for Everyone That said, if you need results for your business tomorrow, you might want to reconsider SEO altogether.  If you just started your business, for example, and are trying to get to break-even ASAP, SEO is a bad idea - you’ll quit before you even start seeing any results.  If that’s the case, focus on other marketing channels that can have faster results like content marketing, PPC, outreach, etc. Tip #4. Use PPC to Validate Keywords Not sure if SEO is right for your business? Do this: set up Google Search ads for the most high-intent keywords in your niche. See how well the traffic converts and then decide if it’s worthwhile to focus on SEO (and rank on these keywords organically). Tip #5. Use GSC to See If SEO Is Working While it takes a while to see SEO results, it IS possible to see if you’re going in the right direction. On a monthly basis, you can use Search Console to check if your articles are indexed by Google and if their average position is improving over time. Tip #6. Publish a TON of Content The more content you publish on your blog, the better. We recommend a minimum of 10,000 words per month and optimally 20,000 - 30,000 (especially if your website is fresh). If an agency offers you the typical “4 500-word articles per month” deal, stay away. No one’s ever gotten results in SEO with short, once-per-week articles. Tip #7. Upgrade Your Writers Got a writer that’s performing well? Hire them as an editor and get them to oversee content operations / edit other writers’ content. Then, upgrade your best editor to Head of Content and get them to manage the entire editor / writer ops. Tip #8. Use Backlink Data to Prioritize Content When doing keyword research, gather the backlink data of the top 3 ranking articles and add it to your sheet. Then, use this data to help you prioritize which keywords to focus on first. We usually prioritize keywords that have lower competition, high traffic, and a medium to high buyer intent. Tip #9. Conduct In-Depth Keyword Research Make your initial keyword research as comprehensive as possible. This will give you a much more realistic view of your niche and allow you to prioritize content the right way. We usually aim for 100 to 300 keywords (depending on the niche) for the initial keyword research when we start working with a client. Tip #10. Start With Competitive Analysis Start every keyword research with competitive analysis. Extract the keywords your top 3 competitors are ranking on.  Then, use them as inspiration and build upon it. Use tools like UberSuggest to help generate new keyword ideas. Tip #11. Get SEMrush of Ahrefs You NEED SEMrush or Ahrefs, there’s no doubt about it. While they might seem expensive at a glance (99 USD per month billed annually), they’re going to save you a lot of manpower doing menial SEO tasks. Tip #12. Don’t Overdo It With SEO Tools Don’t overdo it with SEO tools. There are hundreds of those out there, and if you’re the type that’s into SaaS, you might be tempted to play around with dozens at a time. And yes, to be fair, most of these tools ARE helpful one way or another. To effectively do organic SEO, though, you don’t really need that many tools. In most cases, you just need the following: SEMrush/Ahrefs Screaming Frog RankMath/Yoast SEO Whichever outreach tool you prefer (our favorite is snov.io). Tip #13. Try Some of the Optional Tools In addition to the tools we mentioned before, you can also try the following 2 which are pretty useful & popular in the SEO community: Surfer SEO - helps with on-page SEO and creating content briefs for writers. ClusterAI - tool that helps simplify keyword research & save time. Tip #14. Constantly Source Writers Want to take your content production to the next level? You’ll need to hire more writers.  There is, however, one thing that makes this really, really difficult: 95 - 99% of writers applying for your gigs won’t be relevant. Up to 80% will be awful at writing, and the remainder just won’t be relevant for your niche. So, in order to scale your writing team, we recommend sourcing constantly, and not just once every few months. Tip #15. Create a Process for Writer Filtering As we just mentioned, when sourcing writers, you’ll be getting a ton of applicants, but most won’t be qualified. Fun fact \- every single time we post a job ad on ProBlogger, we get around 300 - 500 applications (most of which are totally not relevant). Trust us, you don’t want to spend your time going through such a huge list and checking out the writer samples. So, instead, we recommend you do this: Hire a virtual assistant to own the process of evaluating and short-listing writers. Create a process for evaluating writers. We recommend evaluating writers by: Level of English. If their samples aren’t fluent, they’re not relevant. Quality of Samples. Are the samples engaging / long-form content, or are they boring 500-word copy-pastes? Technical Knowledge. Has the writer written about a hard-to-explain topic before? Anyone can write about simple topics like traveling - you want to look for someone who knows how to research a new topic and explain it in a simple and easy to read way. If someone’s written about how to create a perfect cover letter, they can probably write about traveling, but the opposite isn’t true. The VA constantly evaluates new applicants and forwards the relevant ones to the editor. The editor goes through the short-listed writers and gives them trial tasks and hires the ones that perform well. Tip #16. Use The Right Websites to Source Writers “Is UpWork any good?” This question pops up on social media time and time again. If you ask us, no, UpWork is not good at all. Of course, there are qualified writers there (just like anywhere else), but from our experience, those writers are few and far in-between. Instead, here are some of our favorite ways to source writers: Cult of Copy Job Board ProBlogger Headhunting on LinkedIn If you really want to use UpWork, use it for headhunting (instead of posting a job ad) Tip #17. Hire Writers the Right Way If you want to seriously scale your content production, hire your writers full-time. This (especially) makes sense if you’re a content marketing agency that creates a TON of content for clients all the time. If you’re doing SEO just for your own blog, though, it usually makes more sense to use freelancers. Tip #18. Topic Authority Matters Google keeps your website's authoritativeness in mind. Meaning, if you have 100 articles on digital marketing, you’re probably more of an authority on the topic than someone that has just 10. Hence, Google is a lot more likely to reward you with better rankings. This is also partially why content volume really matters: the more frequently you publish content, the sooner Google will view you as an authority. Tip #19. Focus on One Niche at a Time Let’s say your blog covers the following topics: sales, accounting, and business management.  You’re more likely to rank if you have 30 articles on a single topic (e.g. accounting) than if you have 10 articles on each. So, we recommend you double-down on one niche instead of spreading your content team thin with different topics. Tip #20. Don’t Fret on the Details While technical SEO is important, you shouldn’t get too hung up on it.  Sure, there are thousands of technical tips you can find on the internet, and most of them DO matter. The truth, though, is that Google won’t punish you just because your website doesn’t load in 3 milliseconds or there’s a meta description missing on a single page. Especially if you have SEO fundamentals done right: Get your website to run as fast as possible. Create a ton of good SEO content. Get backlinks for your website on a regular basis. You’ll still rank, even if your website isn’t 100% optimized. Tip #21. Do Yourself a Favor and Hire a VA There are a TON of boring SEO tasks that your team should really not be wasting time with. So, hire a full-time VA to help with all that. Some tasks you want to outsource include gathering contacts to reach out to for link-building, uploading articles on WordPress, etc. Tip #22. Google Isn’t Everything While Google IS the dominant search engine in most parts of the world, there ARE countries with other popular search engines.  If you want to improve your SEO in China, for example, you should be more concerned with ranking on Baidu. Targeting Russia? Focus on Yandex. Tip #23. No, Voice Search is Still Not Relevant Voice search is not and will not be relevant (no matter what sensationalist articles might say). It’s just too impractical for most search queries to use voice (as opposed to traditional search). Tip #24. SEO Is Not Dead SEO is not dead and will still be relevant decades down the line. Every year, there’s a sensationalist article talking about this.  Ignore those. Tip #25. Doing Local SEO? Focus on Service Pages If you’re doing local SEO, focus on creating service-based landing pages instead of content.  E.g. if you’re an accounting firm based in Boston, you can make a landing page about /accounting-firm-boston/, /tax-accounting-boston/, /cpa-boston/, and so on. Thing is, you don’t really need to rank on global search terms - you just won’t get leads from there. Even if you ranked on the term “financial accounting,” it wouldn’t really matter for your bottom line that much. Tip #26. Learn More on Local SEO Speaking of local SEO, we definitely don’t do the topic justice in this guide. There’s a lot more you need to know to do local SEO effectively and some of it goes against the general SEO advice we talk about in this article (e.g. you don't necessarily need blog content for local SEO). We're going to publish an article on that soon enough, so if you want to check it out, DM me and I'll hit you up when it's up. Tip #27. Avoid Vanity Metrics Don’t get side-tracked by vanity metrics.  At the end of the day, you should care about how your traffic impacts your bottom line. Fat graphs and lots of traffic are nice and all, but none of it matters if the traffic doesn’t have the right search intent to convert to your product/service. Tip #28. Struggling With SEO? Hire an Expert Failing to make SEO work for your business? When in doubt, hire an organic SEO consultant or an SEO agency.  The #1 benefit of hiring an SEO agency or consultant is that they’ve been there and done that - more than once. They might be able to catch issues an inexperienced SEO can’t. Tip #29. Engage With the Community Need a couple of SEO questions answered?  SEO pros are super helpful & easy to reach! Join these Facebook groups and ask your question - you’ll get about a dozen helpful answers! SEO Signals Lab SEO & Content Marketing The Proper SEO Group. Tip #30. Stay Up to Date With SEO Trends SEO is always changing - Google is constantly pumping out new updates that have a significant impact on how the game is played.  Make sure to stay up to date with the latest SEO trends and Google updates by following the Google Search Central blog. Tip #31. Increase Organic CTR With PPC Want to get the most out of your rankings? Run PPC ads for your best keywords. Googlers who first see your ad are more likely to click your organic listing. Content & On-Page SEO Tips Tip #32. Create 50% Longer Content On average, we recommend you create an article that’s around 50% longer than the best article ranking on the keyword.  One small exception, though, is if you’re in a super competitive niche and all top-ranking articles are already as comprehensive as they can be. For example, in the VPN niche, all articles ranking for the keyword “best VPN” are around 10,000 - 11,000 words long. And that’s the optimal word count - even if you go beyond, you won’t be able to deliver that much value for the reader to make it worth the effort of creating the content. Tip #33. Longer Is Not Always Better Sometimes, a short-form article can get the job done much better.  For example, let’s say you’re targeting the keyword “how to tie a tie.”  The reader expects a short and simple guide, something under 500 words, and not “The Ultimate Guide to Tie Tying for 2021 \[11 Best Tips and Tricks\]” Tip #34. SEO is Not Just About Written Content Written content is not always best. Sometimes, videos can perform significantly better. E.g. If the Googler is looking to learn how to get a deadlift form right, they’re most likely going to be looking for a video. Tip #35. Don’t Forget to Follow Basic Optimization Tips For all your web pages (articles included), follow basic SEO optimization tips. E.g. include the keyword in the URL, use the right headings etc.  Just use RankMath or YoastSEO for this and you’re in the clear! Tip #36. Hire Specialized Writers When hiring content writers, try to look for ones that specialize in creating SEO content.  There are a LOT of writers on the internet, plenty of which are really good.  However, if they haven’t written SEO content before, chances are, they won’t do that good of a job. Tip #37. Use Content Outlines Speaking of writers - when working with writers, create a content outline that summarizes what the article should be about and what kind of topics it needs to cover instead of giving them a keyword and asking them to “knock themselves out.”   This makes it a lot more likely for the writer to create something that ranks. When creating content outlines, we recommend you include the following information: Target keyword Related keywords that should be mentioned in the article Article structure - which headings should the writer use? In what order? Article title Tip #38. Find Writers With Niche Knowledge Try to find a SEO content writer with some experience or past knowledge about your niche. Otherwise, they’re going to take around a month or two to become an expert. Alternatively, if you’re having difficulty finding a writer with niche knowledge, try to find someone with experience in technical or hard to explain topics. Writers who’ve written about cybersecurity in the past, for example, are a lot more likely to successfully cover other complicated topics (as opposed to, for example, a food or travel blogger). Tip #39. Keep Your Audience’s Knowledge in Mind When creating SEO content, always keep your audience’s knowledge in mind. If you’re writing about advanced finance, for example, you don’t need to teach your reader what an income statement is. If you’re writing about income statements, on the other hand, you’d want to start from the very barebone basics. Tip #40. Write for Your Audience If your readers are suit-and-tie lawyers, they’re going to expect professionally written content. 20-something hipsters? You can get away with throwing a Rick and Morty reference here and there. Tip #41. Use Grammarly Trust us, it’ll seriously make your life easier! Keep in mind, though, that the app is not a replacement for a professional editor. Tip #42. Use Hemingway Online content should be very easy to read & follow for everyone, whether they’re a senior profession with a Ph.D. or a college kid looking to learn a new topic. As such, your content should be written in a simple manner - and that’s where Hemingway comes in. It helps you keep your blog content simple. Tip #43. Create Compelling Headlines Want to drive clicks to your articles? You’ll need compelling headlines. Compare the two headlines below; which one would you click? 101 Productivity Tips \[To Get Things Done in 2021\] VS Productivity Tips Guide Exactly! To create clickable headlines, we recommend you include the following elements: Keyword Numbers Results Year (If Relevant) Tip #44. Nail Your Blog Content Formatting Format your blog posts well and avoid overly long walls of text. There’s a reason Backlinko content is so popular - it’s extremely easy to read and follow. Tip #45. Use Relevant Images In Your SEO Content Key here - relevant. Don’t just spray random stock photos of “office people smiling” around your posts; no one likes those.  Instead, add graphs, charts, screenshots, quote blocks, CSS boxes, and other engaging elements. Tip #46. Implement the Skyscraper Technique (The Right Way) Want to implement Backlinko’s skyscraper technique?  Keep this in mind before you do: not all content is meant to be promoted.  Pick a topic that fits the following criteria if you want the internet to care: It’s on an important topic. “Mega-Guide to SaaS Marketing” is good, “top 5 benefits of SaaS marketing” is not. You’re creating something significantly better than the original material. The internet is filled with mediocre content - strive to do better. Tip #47. Get The URL Slug Right for Seasonal Content If you want to rank on a seasonal keyword with one piece of content (e.g. you want to rank on “saas trends 2020, 2021, etc.”), don’t mention the year in the URL slug - keep it /saas-trends/ and just change the headline every year instead.  If you want to rank with separate articles, on the other hand (e.g. you publish a new trends report every year), include the year in the URL. Tip #48. Avoid content cannibalization.  Meaning, don’t write 2+ articles on one topic. This will confuse Google on which article it should rank. Tip #49. Don’t Overdo Outbound Links Don’t include too many outbound links in your content. Yes, including sources is good, but there is such a thing as overdoing it.  If your 1,000 word article has 20 outbound links, Google might consider it as spam (even if all those links are relevant). Tip #50. Consider “People Also Ask” To get the most out of SERP, you want to grab as many spots on the search result as possible, and this includes “people also ask (PAA):” Make a list of the topic’s PAA questions and ensure that your article answers them.  If you can’t fit the questions & answers within the article, though, you can also add an FAQ section at the end where you directly pose these questions and provide the answers. Tip #51. Optimize For Google Snippet Optimize your content for the Google Snippet. Check what’s currently ranking as the snippet. Then, try to do something similar (or even better) in terms of content and formatting. Tip #52. Get Inspired by Viral Content Want to create content that gets insane shares & links?  Reverse-engineer what has worked in the past. Look up content in your niche that went viral on Reddit, Hacker News, Facebook groups, Buzzsumo, etc. and create something similar, but significantly better. Tip #53. Avoid AI Content Tools No, robots can’t write SEO content.  If you’ve seen any of those “AI generated content tools,” you should know to stay away. The only thing those tools are (currently) good for is creating news content. Tip #54. Avoid Bad Content You will never, ever, ever rank with one 500-word article per week.  There are some SEO agencies (even the more reputable ones) that offer this as part of their service. Trust us, this is a waste of time. Tip #55. Update Your Content Regularly Check your top-performing articles annually and see if there’s anything you can do to improve them.  When most companies finally get the #1 ranking for a keyword, they leave the article alone and never touch it again… ...Until they get outranked, of course, by someone who one-upped their original article. Want to prevent this from happening? Analyze your top-performing content once a year and improve it when possible. Tip #56. Experiment With CTR Do your articles have low CTR? Experiment with different headlines and see if you can improve it.  Keep in mind, though, that what a “good CTR” is really depends on the keyword.  In some cases, the first ranking will drive 50% of the traffic. In others, it’s going to be less than 15%. Link-Building Tips Tip #57. Yes, Links Matter. Here’s What You Need to Know “Do I need backlinks to rank?” is probably one of the most common SEO questions.  The answer to the question (alongside all other SEO-related questions) is that it depends on the niche.  If your competitors don’t have a lot of backlinks, chances are, you can rank solely by creating superior content. If you’re in an extremely competitive niche (e.g. VPN, insurance, etc.), though, everyone has amazing, quality content - that’s just the baseline.  What sets top-ranking content apart from the rest is backlinks. Tip #58. Sometimes, You’ll Have to Pay For Links Unfortunately, in some niches, paying for links is unavoidable - e.g. gambling, CBD, and others. In such cases, you either need a hefty link-building budget, or a very creative link-building campaign (create a viral infographic, news-worthy story based on interesting data, etc.). Tip #59. Build Relationships, Not Links The very best link-building is actually relationship building.  Make a list of websites in your niche and build a relationship with them - don’t just spam them with the standard “hey, I have this amazing article, can you link to it?”.  If you spam, you risk ruining your reputation (and this is going to make further outreach much harder). Tip #60. Stick With The Classics At the end of the day, the most effective link-building tactics are the most straightforward ones:  Direct Outreach Broken Link-Building Guest Posting Skyscraper Technique Creating Viral Content Guestposting With Infographics Tip #61. Give, Don’t Just Take! If you’re doing link-building outreach, don’t just ask for links - give something in return.  This will significantly improve the reply rate from your outreach email. If you own a SaaS tool, for example, you can offer the bloggers you’re reaching out to free access to your software. Or, alternatively, if you’re doing a lot of guest posting, you can offer the website owner a link from the guest post in exchange for the link to your website. Tip #62. Avoid Link Resellers That guy DMing you on LinkedIn, trying to sell you links from a Google Sheet?  Don’t fall for it - most of those links are PBNs and are likely to backfire on you. Tip #63. Avoid Fiverr Like The Plague Speaking of spammy links, don’t touch anything that’s sold on Fiverr - pretty much all of the links there are useless. Tip #64. Focus on Quality Links Not all links are created equal. A link is of higher quality if it’s linked from a page that: Is NOT a PBN. Doesn’t have a lot of outbound links. If the page links to 20 other websites, each of them gets less link juice. Has a lot of (quality) backlinks. Is part of a website with a high domain authority. Is about a topic relevant to the page it’s linking to. If your article about pets has a link from an accounting blog, Google will consider it a bit suspicious. Tip #65. Data-Backed Content Just Works Data-backed content can get insane results for link-building.  For example, OKCupid used to publish interesting data & research based on how people interacted with their platform and it never failed to go viral. Each of their reports ended up being covered by dozens of news media (which got them a ton of easy links). Tip #66. Be Creative - SEO Is Marketing, After All Be novel & creative with your link-building initiatives.  Here’s the thing: the very best link-builders are not going to write about the tactics they’re using.  If they did, you’d see half the internet using the exact same tactic as them in less than a week! Which, as you can guess, would make the tactic cliche and significantly less effective. In order to get superior results with your link-building, you’ll need to be creative - think about how you can make your outreach different from what everyone does. Experiment it, measure it, and improve it till it works! Tip #67. Try HARO HARO, or Help a Reporter Out, is a platform that matches journalists with sources. You get an email every day with journalists looking for experts in specific niches, and if you pitch them right, they might feature you in their article or link to your website. Tip #68. No-Follow Links Aren’t That Bad Contrary to what you might’ve heard, no-follow links are not useless. Google uses no-follow as more of a suggestion than anything else.  There have been case studies that prove Google can disregard the no-follow tag and still reward you with increased rankings. Tip #69. Start Fresh With an Expired Domain Starting a new website? It might make sense to buy an expired one with existing backlinks (that’s in a similar niche as yours). The right domain can give you a serious boost to how fast you can rank. Tip #70. Don’t Overspend on Useless Links “Rel=sponsored” links don’t pass pagerank and hence, won’t help increase your website rankings.  So, avoid buying links from media websites like Forbes, Entrepreneur, etc. Tip #71. Promote Your Content Other than link-building, focus on organic content promotion. For example, you can repost your content on Facebook groups, LinkedIn, Reddit, etc. and focus on driving traffic.  This will actually lead to you getting links, too. We got around 95 backlinks to our SEO case study article just because of our successful content promotion. Tons of people saw the article on the net, liked it, and linked to it from their website. Tip #72. Do Expert Roundups Want to build relationships with influencers in your niche, but don’t know where to start?  Create an expert roundup article. If you’re in the sales niche, for example, you can write about Top 21 Sales Influencers in 2021 and reach out to the said influencers letting them know that they got featured. Trust us, they’ll love you for this! Tip #73. .Edu Links are Overhyped .edu links are overrated. According to John Mueller, .edu domains tend to have a ton of outbound links, and as such, Google ignores a big chunk of them. Tip #74. Build Relationships With Your Customers Little-known link-building hack: if you’re a SaaS company doing SEO, you can build relationships with your customers (the ones that are in the same topical niche as you are) and help each other build links! Tip #75. Reciprocal Links Aren’t That Bad Reciprocal links are not nearly as bad as Google makes them out to be. Sure, they can be bad at scale (if trading links is all you’re doing). Exchanging a link or two with another website / blog, though, is completely harmless in 99% of cases. Tip #76. Don’t Overspam Don’t do outreach for every single post you publish - just the big ones.  Most people already don’t care about your outreach email. Chances are, they’re going to care even less if you’re asking them to link to this new amazing article you wrote (which is about the top 5 benefits of adopting a puppy). Technical SEO Tips Tip #77. Use PageSpeed Insights If your website is extremely slow, it’s definitely going to impact your rankings. Use PageSpeed Insights to see how your website is currently performing. Tip #78. Load Speed Matters While load speed doesn’t impact rankings directly, it DOES impact your user experience. Chances are, if your page takes 5 seconds to load, but your competition’s loads instantly, the average Googler will drop off and pick them over you. Tip #79. Stick to a Low Crawl Depth Crawl depth of any page on your website should be lower than 4 (meaning, any given page should be possible to reach in no more than 3 clicks from the homepage).  Tip #80. Use Next-Gen Image Formats Next-gen image formats such as JPEG 2000, JPEG XR, and WebP can be compressed a lot better than PNG or JPG. So, when possible, use next-get formats for images on your website. Tip #81. De-Index Irrelevant Pages Hide the pages you don’t want Google to index (e.g: non-public, or unimportant pages) via your Robots.txt. If you’re a SaaS, for example, this would include most of your in-app pages or your internal knowledge base pages. Tip #82. Make Your Website Mobile-Friendly Make sure that your website is mobile-friendly. Google uses “mobile-first indexing.” Meaning, unless you have a working mobile version of your website, your rankings will seriously suffer. Tip #83. Lazy-Load Images Lazy-load your images. If your pages contain a lot of images, you MUST activate lazy-loading. This allows images that are below the screen, to be loaded only once the visitor scrolls down enough to see the image. Tip #84. Enable Gzip Compression Enable Gzip compression to allow your HTML, CSS and JS files to load faster. Tip #85. Clean Up Your Code If your website loads slowly because you have 100+ external javascript files and stylesheets being requested from the server, you can try minifying, aggregating, and inlining some of those files. Tip 86. Use Rel-Canonical Have duplicate content on your website? Use rel-canonical to show Google which version is the original (and should be prioritized for search results). Tip #87. Install an SSL Certificate Not only does an SSL certificate help keep your website safe, but it’s also a direct ranking factor. Google prioritizes websites that have SSL certificates over the ones that don’t. Tip #88. Use Correct Anchor Texts for Internal Links When linking to an internal page, mention the keyword you’re trying to rank for on that page in the anchor text. This helps Google understand that the page is, indeed, about the keyword you’re associating it with. Tip #89. Use GSC to Make Sure Your Content is Interlinked Internal links can have a serious impact on your rankings. So, make sure that all your blog posts (especially the new ones) are properly linked to/from your past content.  You can check how many links any given page has via Google Search Console. Tip #90. Bounce rate is NOT a Google ranking factor. Meaning, you can still rank high-up even with a high bounce rate. Tip #91. Don’t Fret About a High Bounce Rate Speaking of the bounce rate, you’ll see that some of your web pages have a higher-than-average bounce rate (70%+).  While this can sometimes be a cause for alarm, it’s not necessarily so. Sometimes, the search intent behind a given keyword means that you WILL have a high bounce rate even if your article is the most amazing thing ever.  E.g. if it’s a recipe page, the reader gets the recipe and bounces off (since they don’t need anything else). Tip #92. Google Will Ignore Your Meta Description More often than not, Google won’t use the meta description you provide - that’s normal. It will, instead, automatically pick a part of the text that it thinks is most relevant and use it as a meta description. Despite this, you should always add a meta description to all pages. Tip #93. Disavow Spammy & PBN Links Keep track of your backlinks and disavow anything that’s obviously spammy or PBNy. In most cases, Google will ignore these links anyway. However, you never know when a competitor is deliberately targeting you with too many spammy or PBN links (which might put you at risk for being penalized). Tip #94. Use The Correct Redirect  When permanently migrating your pages, use 301 redirect to pass on the link juice from the old page to the new one. If the redirect is temporary, use a 302 redirect instead. Tip #95. When A/B Testing, Do This A/B testing two pages? Use rel-canonical to show Google which page is the original. Tip #96. Avoid Amp DON’T use Amp.  Unless you’re a media company, Amp will negatively impact your website. Tip #97. Get Your URL Slugs Right Keep your blog URLs short and to-the-point. Good Example: apollodigital.io/blog/seo-case-study Bad Example: apollodigital.io/blog/seo-case-study-2021-0-to-200,000/ Tip #98. Avoid Dates in URLs An outdated date in your URL can hurt your CTR. Readers are more likely to click / read articles published recently than the ones written years back. Tip #99. Social Signals Matter Social signals impact your Google rankings, just not in the way you think. No, your number of shares and likes does NOT impact your ranking at all.  However, if your article goes viral and people use Google to find your article, click it, and read it, then yes, it will impact your rankings.  E.g. you read our SaaS marketing guide on Facebook, then look up “SaaS marketing” on Google, click it, and read it from there. Tip #100. Audit Your Website Frequently Every other month, crawl your website with ScreamingFrog and see if you have any broken links, 404s, etc. Tip #101. Use WordPress Not sure which CMS platform to use?  99% of the time, you’re better off with WordPress.  It has a TON of plugins that will make your life easier.  Want a drag & drop builder? Use Elementor. Wix, SiteGround and similar drag & drops are bad for SEO. Tip #102. Check Rankings the Right Way When checking on how well a post is ranking on Google Search Console, make sure to check Page AND Query to get the accurate number.  If you check just the page, it’s going to give you the average ranking on all keywords the page is ranking for (which is almost always going to be useless data). Conclusion Aaand that's about it - thanks for the read! Now, let's circle back to Tip #1 for a sec. Remember when we said a big chunk of what you read on SEO is based on personal experiences, experiments, and the like? Well, the tips we've mentioned are part of OUR experience. Chances are, you've done something that might be different (or completely goes against) our advice in this article. If that's the case, we'd love it if you let us know down in the comments. If you mention something extra-spicy, we'll even include it in this article.

I Watched My Startup Slowly Dying Over Two Years: Mistakes and Lessons Learned

If you are tired of reading successful stories, you may want to listen to my almost failure story. Last year in April, I went full-time on my startup. Nearly two years later, I’ve seen my product gradually dying. I want to share some of the key mistakes I made and the lessons I’ve taken from them so you don't have to go through them. Some mistakes were very obvious in hindsight; others, I’m still not sure if they were mistakes or just bad luck. I’d love to hear your thoughts and advice as well. Background I built an English-learning app, with both web and mobile versions. The idea came from recognizing how expensive it is to hire an English tutor in most countries, especially for practicing speaking skills. With the rise of AI, I saw an opportunity in the education space. My target market was Japan, though I later added support for multiple languages and picked up some users from Indonesia and some Latin American countries too. Most of my users came from influencer marketing on Twitter. The MVP for the web version launched in Japan and got great feedback. People were reposting it on Twitter, and growth was at its peak in the first few weeks. After verifying the requirement with the MVP, I decided to focus on the mobile app to boost user retention, but for various reasons, the mobile version didn’t launch until December 2023— 8 months after the web version. Most of this year has been spent iterating on the mobile app, but it didn’t make much of an impact in the end. Key Events and Lessons Learned Here are some takeaways: Find co-founders as committed as you are I started with two co-founders—both were tech people and working Part-Time. After the web version launched, one dropped out due to family issues. Unfortunately, we didn’t set clear rules for equity allocation, so even after leaving, they still retained part of the equity. The other co-founder also effectively dropped out this year, contributing only minor fixes here and there. So If you’re starting a company with co-founders, make sure they’re as committed as you are. Otherwise, you might be better off going solo. I ended up teaching myself programming with AI tools, starting with Flutter and eventually handling both front-end and back-end work using Windsurf. With dev tools getting more advanced, being a solo developer is becoming a more viable option. Also, have crystal-clear rules for equity—especially around what happens if someone leaves. Outsourcing Pitfalls Outsourcing development was one of my biggest mistakes. I initially hired a former colleague from India to build the app. He dragged the project on for two months with endless excuses, and the final output was unusable. Then I hired a company, but they didn’t have enough skilled Flutter developers. The company’s owner scrambled to find people, which led to rushed work and poor-quality code which took a lot of time revising myself. Outsourcing is a minefield. If you must do it, break the project into small tasks, set clear milestones, and review progress frequently. Catching issues early can save you time and money. Otherwise, you’re often better off learning the tools yourself—modern dev tools are surprisingly beginner-friendly. Trust, but Verify I have a bad habit of trusting people too easily. I don’t like spending time double-checking things, so I tend to assume people will do what they say they’ll do. This mindset is dangerous in a startup. For example, if I had set up milestones and regularly verified the progress of my first outsourced project, I would’ve realized something was wrong within two weeks instead of two months. That would’ve saved me a lot of time and frustration. Like what I mentioned above, set up systems to verify their work—milestones, deliverables, etc.—to minimize risk. Avoid red ocean if you are small My team was tiny (or non-existent, depending on how you see it), with no technical edge. Yet, I chose to enter Japan’s English-learning market, which is incredibly competitive. It’s a red ocean, dominated by big players who’ve been in the game for years. Initially, my product’s AI-powered speaking practice and automatic grammar correction stood out, but within months, competitors rolled out similar features. Looking back, I should’ve gone all-in on marketing during the initial hype and focused on rapidly launching the mobile app. But hindsight is 20/20. 'Understanding your user' helps but what if it's not what you want? I thought I was pretty good at collecting user feedback. I added feedback buttons everywhere in the app and made changes based on what users said. But most of these changes were incremental improvements—not the kind of big updates that spark excitement. Also, my primary users were from Japan and Indonesia, but I’m neither Japanese nor Indonesian. That made it hard to connect with users on social media in an authentic way. And in my opinion, AI translations can only go so far—they lack the human touch and cultural nuance that builds trust. But honestly I'm not sure if the thought is correct to assume that they will not get touched if they recognize you are a foreigner...... Many of my Japanese users were working professionals preparing for the TOEIC exam. I didn’t design any features specifically for that; instead, I aimed to build a general-purpose English-learning tool since I dream to expand it to other markets someday. While there’s nothing wrong with this idealistic approach, it didn’t give users enough reasons to pay for the app. Should You Go Full-Time? From what I read, a lot of successful indie developers started part-time, building traction before quitting their jobs. But for me, I jumped straight into full-time mode, which worked for my lifestyle but might’ve hurt my productivity. I value work-life balance and refused to sacrifice everything for the startup. The reason I chose to leave the corp is I want to escape the 996 toxic working environment in China's internet companies. So even during my most stressful periods, I made time to watch TV with my partner and take weekends off. Anyways, if you’re also building something or thinking about starting a business, I hope my story helps. If I have other thoughts later, I will add them too. Appreciate any advice.

I realized that AI will create equal footing for non-technical / non-coders compared to coders

Hey fellow entrepreneurs, I started my current entrepreneurial journey following the advice to “build something that solves a problem you have.” As a coder, I wanted to code faster/better/stronger/etc. So I tried out dozens of AI coding tools to see the state of the market.  I took the best components I saw and started making my own flavor of tool, but sort of shelved it because as a coder I felt that the results were a bit alien (such as getting the AI to follow my code style, write idiomatic code, or refactor the same way I would.) I concluded that building AI coding tools for coders is tricky because as coders we’re so particular about the specifics of our code. Meanwhile, my absolutely non-technical friend was hitting me up to help him build a website for a new real-estate company that he’s launching, and he wanted my help. I really respect his hustle, but I was swamped trying to figure out my own product/market, so I told him he could use my AI coder and I would try to help out when he got stuck. He didn’t get stuck though, not once, and he launched his site over the weekend. I was truly shocked he did it all on his own, so I asked him to share his logs. It was wild – he managed to code a more or less state of the art website (good design, SEO, well-structured source code, Google Analytics, mailing lists. etc.) with absolutely no help. It cost him less than $100 in AI credits, instead of the price quotes of $20,000 - $50,000 from freelancers and agencies. Now I’m seriously pursuing AI coding tools again, but this time with a new passion: AI for non-coder / non-technical people is a 100x game changer. I think 2025 is going to be the year of the entrepreneur, where there will be a hundred times the businesses started because what held people back before was the lack of a technical co-founder or the cash to compensate engineers. Now it costs next to nothing to get started. I’m curious if anyone else has had a similar realization? Anyway, I’ve put the link below to my GitHub if you want to try it (open source, you pay for AI credits). But the main reason for my post is that I feel like I’m living in this new world of realization that being a human on earth is going to get a LOT more interesting in the coming years. There’s literally no excuse to take a job you hate, and nothing stopping people from launching a business. For anyone interested in checking it out or providing feedback you can search for kodu ai on github or kodu ai on google Best of luck to everyone on your entrepreneurial journey! P.s not sure if this is the right flair

Made $19.2k this month, and just surpassed $1000 the last 24 hours. What I did and what's next.

It's the first time I hit $1000+ in 24 hours and I had no one to share it with (except you guys). I'm quite proud of my journey, and I would have thought that making $1000 in a day would make me ecstatic, but actually it's not the case. Not sure if it's because my revenue has grown by increment step so I had time to "prepare" myself to achieve this at one point, or just that I'm nowhere near my goal of 100k/month so that I'm not that affected by it. But it's crazy to think that my goal was to make 100$ daily at the end of 2024. So for those who don't know me (I guess most of you), I build mobile apps and ship them as fast as I can. Most of them are in the AI space. I already made a post here on how I become a mobile app developer so you can check it for more details, but essentially here's what I did : Always loved creating my own things and solve problems Built multiple YouTube channels since I was 15 (mobile gaming actually) that all worked great (but it was too niche so not that scalable, didn't like that) Did a few businesses here and there (drop shopping, selling merch to school, etc) Finished my master's degree in engineering about 2 years ago Worked a moment in a famous watch industry company and saw my potential. The combo of health issues, fixed salary (although it was quite a lot), and me wanting to be an entrepreneur made me leave the company. Created a TikTok account in mobile tech (got 10+ million views the 1st 3 days), manage to grow it to 200k subs in about 3 months Got plenty of collabs for promoting mobile apps (between $500 - $2000 for a collab) Said fuck it I should do my own apps and market them on my TikTok instead of doing collabs Me wanting to build my own apps happened around May-June 2023. Started my TikTok in Feb 2023. At this point I had already 150k+ subs on TikTok. You guys need to know that I suck at coding big time. During my studies I tried to limit as much as I could coding because I was a lazy bast*rd, even though I knew it would come to bite me in the ass one day. But an angel appeared to me in broad daylight, that angel was called GPT-4. I subscribed for 20$/month to get access, and instantly I saw the potential of AI and how much it could help me. Last year GPT-4 was ahead of its time and could already code me basic apps. I had already a mac so I just downloaded Xcode and that was it. My 1st app was a wallpaper app, and I kid you not 90% of it was made by AI. Yes sometimes I had to try again and again with different prompts but it was still so much faster compared to if I had to learn coding from scratch and write code with my own hands. The only thing I didn't do was implement the in app purchase, from which I find a guy on Fiverr to do it for me for 50$. After about 2 months of on-off coding, my first app was ready to be launched. So it was launched, had a great successful launch without doing any videos at that point (iOS 17 was released and my app was the first one alongside another one to offer live wallpapers for iOS 17. I knew that there was a huge app potential there when iOS 17 was released in beta as Apple changed their live wallpaper feature). I Then made a video a few weeks after on my mobile tiktok channel, made about 1 million views in 48 hours, brought me around 40k additional users. Was top 1 chart in graphism and design category for a few weeks (in France, as I'm French so my TikTok videos are in French). And was top 100 in that same category in 120+ countries. Made about 500$ ? Okay that was trash, but I had no idea to monetize the app correctly at that point. It was still a huge W to me and proved me that I could successfully launch apps. Then I learned ASO (App Store Optimization) in depth, searched on internet, followed mobile app developers on Twitter, checked YouTube videos, you name it. I was eager to learn more. I needed more. Then I just iterated, build my 2nd app in less than a month, my 3rd in 3 weeks and so on. I just build my 14th app in 3 days and is now in review. Everytime I manage to reuse some of my other app's code in my new one, which is why I can build them so much faster now. I know how to monetize my app better by checking out my competitors. I learn so much by just "spying" other apps. Funnily enough, I only made this one Tiktok video on my main account to promote my app. For all my other apps, I didn't do a single video where I showcase it, the downloads has only been thanks to ASO. I still use AI everyday. I'm still not good at coding (a bit better than when I started). I use AI to create my app icons (midjourney or the new AI model Flux which is great). I use figma + midjourney to create my App Store screenshots (and they actually look quite good). I use GPT-4o and Claude 3.5 Sonnet to code most of my apps features. I use gpt-4o to localize my app (if you want to optimize the number of downloads I strongly suggest localizing your app, it takes me about 10 minutes thanks to AI). Now what are my next goals ? To achieve the 100k/month I need to change my strategy a little. Right now the $20k/month comes from purely organic downloads, I didn't do any paid advertising. It will be hard for me to keep on launching new apps and rely on ASO to reach the 100k mark. The best bet to reach 100k is to collab with content creators and they create a viral video showcasing your app. Depending on the app it's not that easy, luckily some of my apps can be viral so I will need to find the right content creators. Second way is to try tiktok/meta ads, I can check (have checked) all the ads that have been made by my competitors (thank you EU), so what I would do is copy their ad concept and create similar ads than them. Some of them have millions in ad budget so I know they create high converting ads, so you don't need to try to create an ad creative from scratch. My only big fear is to get banned by Apple (for no reason of mine). In just a snap of a finger they can just ban you from the platform, that shit scares me. And you pretty much can't do anything. So that's about it for me. I'm quite proud of myself not going to lie. Have been battling so many health issues these past years where I just stay in bed all day I'm surprised to be able to make it work. Anyways feel free to ask questions. I hope it was interesting for some of you at least. PS: My new app was just approved by app review, let the app gods favor me and bring me many downloads ! Also forgot to talk about a potential $100k+ acquisition of one of my apps, but if that ever happens I'll make a post on it.

Detailed Guide - How I've Been Self Employed for 2 Years Selling Posters

Hey everyone, bit of context before you read through this. I have been selling POD posters full time for over 2 years now. My next venture is that I have started my own Print on Demand company for posters, PrintShrimp. As one way of creating customers for our service, we are teaching people for free how to also sell posters. Here is a guide I have written on how to sell posters on Etsy. Feel free to have a read through and then check out PrintShrimp, hopefully can help some of you guys out (and get us some more customers!) All of this is also available in video format on our website too, if you prefer to learn that way. Thanks guys! And as some people asked in other subs, no this isn't written with AI 😅 This took a couple of weeks to put together! Through this guide, we will teach you everything you need to know about starting to sell posters and generate some income. We will also show you why PrintShrimp is the best POD supplier for all of your poster needs. Trust me, you won’t need much convincing.  So, why are posters the best product to sell? Also, just thought I’d quickly answer the question - why posters? If you’ve been researching Print on Demand you’ve probably come across the infinite options of t-shirts, mugs, hats, phone cases, and more. All of these are viable options, however we think posters are the perfect place to start. You can always expand into other areas further down the line! So a brief summary of why posters are the perfect product for Print on Demand: \-They are very easy to design! Posters are a very easy shape to deal with - can’t go wrong with a rectangle. This makes designing products very easy. \-Similarly to this, what you see is what you get with a poster. You can literally see your finished product as you design it in either canva or photoshop. With T-Shirts for example, you have to make your design, and then place it on a t-shirt. Then you have to coordinate with your printers the size you would like the design on the tshirt and many other variables like that. There is no messing about with posters - what you see is what you get. \-The same high quality, everywhere. With other products, if you want to reap the benefits of a printing in various countries, you need to ensure each of your global suppliers stocks the same t-shirts, is able to print in the same way, carries the same sizes etc. Again with posters you avoid all of this hassle- your products will come out the same, no matter which of our global locations are used. \-They have a very favorable profit margin. As you will see later, the cost price of posters is very low. And people are prepared to pay quite a lot for a decent bit of wall art! I have tried out other products, and the profit margin combined with the order quantity of posters makes them my most profitable product, every single time. Using PrintShrimp, you can be sure to enjoy profits of anywhere between £6 - £40 pure profit per sale.  \-They are one of the easiest to print white label. This makes them perfect for Print on Demand. Your posters are simply put in a tube, and off they go. There are no extras you need to faff around with, compared to the extra elements other products come with, such as clothing labels on t-shirts.  Picking your poster niche So, you are ready to start selling posters. Great! Now, the blessing and curse with selling posters is that there are infinite possibilities regarding what you can sell. So, it can easily be quite overwhelming at first.  The first thing I would recommend doing is having a look at what others are selling. Etsy is a wonderful place for this (and will likely be a key part of your poster selling journey). So, log on to Etsy and simply type in ‘poster’ in the search bar. Get ready to write a massive list of the broad categories and type of posters that people are selling.  If you do not have more than 50 categories written down by the end, you are doing something wrong. There are seriously an infinite amount of posters! For example, here are some popular ones to get you started: Star sign posters, Kitchen posters, World map posters, Custom Dog Portrait posters, Music posters, Movie posters, Fine art posters, Skiing posters, Girl Power posters and Football posters.  Now, you have a huge list of potential products to sell. What next? There are a few important things you need to bear in mind when picking your niche: \-Does this interest me?  Don’t make the mistake of going down a niche that didn’t actually interest you just because it would probably be a money maker. Before you know it, what can be a very fun process of making designs can become incredibly \\\monotonous, and feel like a chore\\\. You need to bear in mind that you will be spending a lot of time creating designs - if it is something you are interested in you are much less likely to get burnt out! As well, \\\creativity will flow\\\ far better if it is something you are interested in, which at the end of the day will lead to better designs that are more likely to be purchased by customers.  \-Is this within my design range? Don’t let this put you off too much. We will go through how to get started on design later on in this guide. However, it is important to note that the plain truth of it is that some niches and designs are a hell of a lot more complicated than others. For example, quote posters can essentially be designed by anyone when you learn about how to put nice fonts together in a good color scheme. On the other hand, some posters you see may have been designed with complex illustrations in a program like Illustrator. To start with, it may be better to pick a niche that seems a bit more simple to get into, as you can always expand your range with other stores further down the line. A good way of evaluating the design complexity is by identifying if this poster is \\\a lot of elements put together\\\ or is \\\a lot of elements created by the designer themselves\\\\\.\\ Design can in a lot of cases be like a jigsaw - putting colours, shapes and text together to create an image. This will be a lot easier to start with and can be learnt by anyone, compared to complex drawings and illustrations.  \-Is this niche subject to copyright issues? Time to delve deep into good old copyright. Now, when you go through Etsy, you will without a doubt see hundreds of sellers selling music album posters, car posters, movie posters and more. Obviously, these posters contain the property of musicians, companies and more and are therefore copyrighted. The annoying thing is - these are \\\a complete cash cow.\\\ If you go down the music poster route, I will honestly be surprised if you \\don’t\\ make thousands. However it is only a matter of time before the copyright strikes start rolling in and you eventually get banned from Etsy.  So I would highly recommend \\\not making this mistake\\\. Etsy is an incredible platform for selling posters, and it is a hell of a lot easier to make sales on there compared to advertising your own website. And, you \\\only get one chance on Etsy.\\\ Once you have been banned once, you are not allowed to sign up again (and they do ID checks - so you won’t be able to rejoin again under your own name).  So, don’t be shortsighted when it comes to entering Print on Demand. If you keep your designs legitimate, they will last you a lifetime and you will then later be able to crosspost them to other platforms, again without the worry of ever getting shut down.  So, how do I actually design posters? Now you have an idea of what kind of posters you want to be making, it’s time to get creative and make some designs! Photoshop (and the creative cloud in general) is probably the best for this. However, when starting out it can be a scary investment (it costs about £30 a month unless you can get a student rate!).  So, while Photoshop is preferable in the long term, when starting out you can learn the ropes of design and get going with Canva. This can be great at the start as they have a load of templates that you can use to get used to designing and experimenting (while it might be tempting to slightly modify these and sell them - this will be quite saturated on places like Etsy so we would recommend doing something new).  What size format should I use? The best design format to start with is arguably the A sizes - as all the A sizes (A5, A4, A3, A2, A1, A0) are scalable. This means that you can make all of your designs in one size, for example A3, and these designs will be ready to fit to all other A sizes. For example, if you design an A3 poster and someone orders A1, you can just upload this A3 file to PrintShrimp and it will be ready to print. There is a wide range of other sizes you should consider offering on your shop, especially as these sizes are very popular with the American market. They have a wide range of popular options, which unfortunately aren’t all scalable with each other. This does mean that you will therefore have to make some slight modifications to your design in order to be able to offer them in American sizing, in a few different aspect ratios. What you can do however is design all of your products in UK sizing, and simply redesign to fit American sizing once you have had an order. Essentially: design in UK sizing, but list in both UK and US sizing. Then when you get a non-A size order, you can quickly redesign it on demand. This means that you don’t have to make a few different versions of each poster when first designing, and can simply do a quick redesign for US sizing when you need to. Below is PrintShrimps standard size offering. We can also offer any custom sizing too, so please get in touch if you are looking for anything else. With these sizes, your poster orders will be dispatched domestically in whatever country your customer orders from. Our recommendations for starting design One thing that will not be featured in this guide is a written out explanation or guide on how to design. Honestly, I can’t think of a more boring, or frankly worse, way to learn design. When it comes to getting started, experimenting is your best friend! Just have a play around and see what you can do. It is a really fun thing to get started with, and the satisfaction of when a poster design comes together is like no other. A good way to start is honestly by straight up copying a poster you see for sale online. And we don’t mean copying to sell! But just trying to replicate other designs is a great way to get a feel for it and what you can do. We really think you will be surprised at how easy it is to pull together a lot of designs that at first can appear quite complicated! Your best friend throughout this whole process will be google. At the start you will not really know how to do anything - but learning how to look into things you want to know about design is all part of the process. At first, it can be quite hard to even know how to search for what you are trying to do, but this will come with time (we promise). Learning how to google is a skill that you will learn throughout this process.  Above all, what we think is most important is this golden rule: take inspiration but do not steal. You want to be selling similar products in your niche, but not copies. You need to see what is selling in your niche and get ideas from that, but if you make designs too similar to ones already available, you won’t have much luck. At the end of the day, if two very similar posters are for sale and one shop has 1000 reviews and your newer one has 2, which one is the customer going to buy? You need to make yours offer something different and stand out enough to attract customers. Etsy SEO and maximizing your sales You may have noticed in this guide we have mentioned Etsy quite a few times! That is because we think it is hands down the best place to start selling posters. Why? Etsy is a go to place for many looking to decorate their homes and also to buy gifts. It might be tempting to start selling with your own website straight away, however we recommend Etsy as it brings the customers to you. For example, say you start selling Bathroom Posters. It is going to be a hell of a lot easier to convert sales when you already have customers being shown your page after searching ‘bathroom decor’, compared to advertising your own website. This is especially true as it can be hard to identify your ideal target audience to then advertise to via Meta (Facebook/Instagram) for example. Websites are a great avenue to explore eventually like I now have, but we recommend starting with Etsy and going from there. What costs do I need to be aware of? So, setting up an Etsy sellers account is currently costs £15. The only other upfront cost you will have is the cost of listing a product - this is 20 cents per listing. From then on, every time you make a sale you will be charged a transaction fee of 6.5%, a small payment processing fee, plus another 20 cents for a renewed listing fee. It normally works out to about 10% of each order, a small price to pay for all the benefits Etsy brings. No matter what platform you sell on, you will be faced with some form of transaction fee. Etsy is actually quite reasonable especially as they do not charge you to use their platform on a monthly basis.  What do I need to get selling? Getting your shop looking pretty \-Think of a shop name and design (now you are a professional designer) a logo \-Design a banner for the top of your shop \-Add in some about me info/shop announcement \-I recommend running a sale wherein orders of 3+ items get a 20% of discount. Another big benefit of PrintShrimp is that you receive large discounts when ordering multiple posters. This is great for attracting buyers and larger orders.  Making your products look attractive That is the bulk of the ‘decor’ you will need to do. Next up is placing your posters in mock ups! As you may notice on Etsy, most shops show their posters framed and hanging on walls. These are 99% of the time not real photos, but digital mock ups. This is where Photoshop comes in really handy, as you can automate this process through a plug in called Bulk Mock Up. If you don’t have photoshop, you can do this on Canva, you will just have to do it manually which can be rather time consuming.  Now, where can you get the actual Mock Ups? One platform we highly recommend for design in general is platforms like Envato Elements. These are design marketplaces where you have access to millions of design resources that you are fully licensed to use!  Titles, tags, and descriptions  Now for the slightly more nitty gritty part. You could have the world's most amazing looking poster, however, if you do not get the Etsy SEO right, no one is going to see it! We will take you through creating a new Etsy listing field by field so you can know how to best list your products.  The key to Etsy listing optimisation is to maximise. Literally cram in as many key words as you possibly can! Before you start this process, create a word map of anything you can think of relating to your listing. And come at this from the point of view of, if I was looking for a poster like mine, what would I search? Titles \-Here you are blessed with 140 characters to title your listing. Essentially, start off with a concise way of properly describing your poster. And then afterwards, add in as many key words as you can! Here is an example of the title of a well selling Skiing poster: Les Arcs Skiing Poster, Les Arcs Print, Les Alpes, France Ski Poster, Skiing Poster, Snowboarding Poster, Ski Resort Poster Holiday, French This is 139 characters out of 140 - you should try and maximise this as much as possible! As you can see, this crams in a lot of key words and search terms both related to Skiing as a whole, the poster category, and then the specifics of the poster itself (Les Arcs resort in France). Bear in mind that if you are listing a lot of listings that are of the same theme, you won’t have to spend time creating an entirely new title. For example if your next poster was of a ski resort in Italy, you can copy this one over and just swap out the specifics. For example change “France ski poster” to “Italy ski poster”, change “Les Arcs” to “The Dolomites”, etc.  Description \-Same logic applies for descriptions - try and cram in as many key words as you can! Here is an example for a Formula One poster: George Russell, Mercedes Formula One Poster  - item specific keywords Bright, modern and vibrant poster to liven up your home.  - Describes the style of the poster All posters are printed on high quality, museum grade 200gsm poster paper. Suitable for framing and frames. - Shows the quality of the print. Mentions frames whilst showing it comes unframed Experience the thrill of the racetrack with this stunning Formula One poster. Printed on high-quality paper, this racing car wall art print features a dynamic image of a Formula One car in action, perfect for adding a touch of speed and excitement to any motorsports room or man cave. Whether you're a die-hard fan or simply appreciate the adrenaline of high-speed racing, this poster is sure to impress. Available in a range of sizes, it makes a great addition to your home or office, or as a gift for a fellow Formula One enthusiast. Each poster is carefully packaged to ensure safe delivery, so you can enjoy your new piece of art as soon as possible. - A nice bit of text really highlighting a lot of key words such as gift, motorsports, racetrack etc.  You could go further with this too, by adding in extra things related to the poster such as ‘Perfect gift for a Mercedes F1 fan’ etc.  Tags Now, these are actually probably the most important part of your listing! You get 13 tags (20 character limit for each) and there are essentially search terms that will match your listing with what customers search for when shopping.  You really need to maximize these - whilst Title and Description play a part, these are the main things that will bring buyers to your listing. Once again, it is important to think about what customers are likely to be searching when looking for a poster similar to yours. Life hack alert! You can actually see what tags other sellers are using. All you need to do is go to a listing similar to yours that is selling well, scroll down and you can actually see them listed out at the bottom of the page! Here is an example of what this may look like: So, go through a few listings of competitors and make notes on common denominators that you can integrate into your listing. As you can see here, this seller uses tags such as ‘Birthday Gift’ and ‘Poster Print’. When you first start out, you may be better off swapping these out for more listing specific tags. This seller has been on Etsy for a few years however and has 15,000+ sales, so are more likely to see success from these tags.  If it’s not clear why, think about it this way. If you searched ‘poster print’ on Etsy today, there will be 10s of thousands of results. However, if you searched ‘Russell Mercedes Poster’, you will (as of writing) get 336 results. Etsy is far more likely to push your product to the top of the latter tag, against 300 other listings, rather than the top of ‘Poster Print’ where it is incredibly competitive. It is only when you are a more successful shop pulling in a high quantity of orders that these larger and more generic tags will work for you, as Etsy has more trust in your shop and will be more likely to push you to the front.  SKUs \-One important thing you need to do is add SKUs to all of your products! This is worth doing at the start as it will make your life so much easier when it comes to making sales and using PrintShrimp further down the line. What is an SKU? It is a ‘stock keeping unit’, and is essentially just a product identifier. Your SKUs need to match your file name that you upload to PrintShrimp. For example, if you made a poster about the eiffel tower, you can literally name the SKU eiffel-tower. There is no need to complicate things! As long as your file name (as in the image name of your poster on your computer) matches your SKU, you will be good to go.  \-It may be more beneficial to set up a system with unique identifiers, to make organising your files a lot easier further down the line. Say you get to 1000 posters eventually, you’ll want to be able to quickly search a code, and also ensure every SKU is always unique, so you won’t run into accidentally using the same SKU twice further down the line. For example, you can set it up so at the start of each file name, you have \[unique id\]\[info\], so your files will look like -  A1eiffeltower A2france And further down the line: A99aperolspritz B1potatoart This not only removes the potential issue of duplicating SKUs accidentally (for example if you made a few posters of the same subject), but also keeps your files well organised. If you need to find a file, you can search your files according to the code, so just by searching ‘a1’ for example, rather than having to trawl through a load of different files until you find the correct one. \-If your poster has variations, for example color variations, you can set a different SKU for each variation. Just click the little box when setting up variations that says ‘SKUs vary for each (variation)’. So if you have a poster available either in a white or black background, you can name each file, and therefore each SKU, a1eiffel-tower-black and a1eiffel-tower-white for example. \-The same goes for different sizes. As different American sizes have different aspect ratios, as mentioned above you may have to reformat some posters if you get a sale for one of these sizes. You can then add in the SKU to your listing once you have reformatted your poster. So for example if you sell a 16x20” version of the eiffel tower poster, you can name this file eiffel-tower-white-1620. Whilst this involves a little bit of set up, the time it saves you overall is massive!  Variations and Prices \-So, when selling posters there is a huge variety of sizes that you can offer, as mentioned previously. Non-negotiable is that you should be offering A5-A1. These will likely be your main sellers! Especially in the UK. It is also a good idea to offer inch sizing to appeal to a global audience (as bear in mind with PrintShrimp you will be able to print in multiple countries around the world!).  Below is a recommended pricing structure of what to charge on Etsy. Feel free to mess around with these! You may notice on Etsy that many shops charge a whole lot more for sizes such as A1, 24x36” etc. In my experience I prefer charging a lower rate to attract more sales, but there is validity in going for a lower amount of sales with higher profits. As mentioned above, you can also offer different variations on items - for example different colour schemes on posters. This is always a decent idea (if it suits the design) as it provides the customer with more options, which might help to convert the sale. You can always add this in later however if you want to keep it simple while you start! Setting up shipping profiles Etsy makes it very easy to set up different shipping rates for different countries. However, luckily with PrintShrimp you can offer free shipping to the majority of the major countries that are active on Etsy!  Using PrintShrimp means that your production costs are low enough in each domestic market to justify this. If you look on Etsy you can see there are many shops that post internationally to countries such as the US or Australia. Therefore, they often charge £8-10 in postage, and have a delivery time of 1-2 weeks. This really limits their customer base to their domestic market.  Using PrintShrimp avoids this and means you can offer free shipping (as we absorb the shipping cost in our prices) to the major markets of the UK, Australia, and USA (Europe coming soon!).  We also offer a 1 day processing time, unlike many POD poster suppliers. This means you can set your Etsy processing time to just one day, which combined with our quick shipping, means you will be one of the quickest on Etsy at sending out orders. This is obviously very attractive for customers, who are often very impatient with wanting their orders!  Getting the sales and extra tips \-Don’t list an insane amount of listings when you first get started. Etsy will be like ‘hang on a second’ if a brand new shop suddenly has 200 items in the first week. Warm up your account, and take things slow as you get going. We recommend 5 a day for the first week or so, and then you can start uploading more. You don’t want Etsy to flag your account for suspicious bot-like activity when you first get going.  \-It is very easy to copy listings when creating a new one. Simply select an old listing and press copy, and then you can just change the listing specific details to create a new one, rather than having to start from scratch. It can feel like a bit of a ball-ache setting up your first ever listing, but from then on you can just copy it over and just change the specifics.  \-Try and organize your listings into sections! This really helps the customer journey. Sometimes a customer will click onto your shop after seeing one of your listings, so it really helps if they can easily navigate your shop for what they are looking for. So, you now have a fully fledged Etsy shop. Well done! Time to start making £3,000 a month straight away right? Not quite. Please bear in mind, patience is key when starting out. If you started doing this because you are £10,000 in debt to the Albanian mafia and need to pay it off next week, you have come into this in the wrong frame of mind. If you have however started this to slowly build up a side hustle which hopefully one day become your full time gig, then winner winner chicken dinner.  Starting out on Etsy isn’t always easy. It takes time for your shop to build up trust! As I’ve said before, a buyer is far more likely to purchase from a shop with 1000s of reviews, than a brand new one with 0. But before you know it, you can become one of these shops! One thing you can do at the very start is to encourage your friends and family to buy your posters! This is a slightly naughty way of getting a few sales at the start, of course followed by a few glowing 5\* reviews. It really helps to give your shop this little boost at the start, so if this is something you can do then I recommend it.  Okay, so once you have a fully fledged shop with a decent amount of listings, you might be expecting the sales to start rolling in. And, if you are lucky, they indeed might. However, in my experience, you need to give your listings a little boost. So let us introduce you to: The wonderful world of Etsy ads Ads!! Oh no, that means money!! We imagine some of you more risk averse people are saying to yourself right now. And yes, it indeed does. But more often than not unfortunately you do have to spend money to make money.  Fortunately, in my experience anyway, Etsy ads do tend to work. This does however only apply if your products are actually good however, so if you’re back here after paying for ads for 2 months and are losing money at the same rate as your motivation, maybe go back to the start of this guide and pick another niche.  When you first start out, there are two main strategies.  Number 1: The Safer Option So, with PrintShrimp, you will essentially be making a minimum of £6 profit per order. With this in mind, I normally start a new shop with a safer strategy of advertising my products with a budget of $3-5 dollars a day. This then means that at the start, you only need to make 1 sale to break even, and anything above that is pure profit! This might not seem like the most dazzling proposition right now, but again please bear in mind that growth will be slow at the start. This means that you can gradually grow your shop, and therefore the trust that customers have in your shop, over time with a very small risk of ever actually losing money. Number 2: The Billy Big Balls Option If you were yawning while reading the first option, then this strategy may be for you. This will be better suited to those of you that are a bit more risk prone, and it also helps if you have a bit more cash to invest at the start. Through this strategy, you can essentially pay your way to the top of Etsy's rankings. For this, you’ll probably be looking at spending $20 a day on ads. So, this can really add up quickly and is definitely the riskier option. In my experience, the level of sales with this may not always match up to your spend every day. You may find that some days you rake in about 10 sales, and other days only one. But what this does mean is that as your listings get seen and purchased more, they will begin to rank higher in Etsy’s organic search rankings, at a much quicker rate than option one. This is the beauty of Etsy’s ads. You can pay to boost your products, but then results from this paid promotion feed into the organic ranking of your products. So you may find that you can splash the cash for a while at the start in order to race to the top, and then drop your ad spending later on when your products are already ranking well.  Sending your poster orders So, you’ve now done the hard bit. You have a running Etsy store, and essentially all you need to now on a daily basis is send out your orders and reply to customer messages! This is where it really becomes passive income.  \-Check out the PrintShrimp order portal. Simply sign up, and you can place individual orders through there. \-Bulk upload: We have an option to bulk upload your Esty orders via csv.  Seriously, when you are up and running with your first store, it is really as easy as that.  Once you have your first Etsy store up and running, you can think about expanding. There are many ways to expand your income. You can set up other Etsy stores, as long as the type of posters you are selling varies. You can look into setting up your own Shopify stores, and advertise them through Facebook, Instagram etc. Through this guide, we will teach you everything you need to know about starting to sell posters and generate some income. We will also show you why PrintShrimp is the best POD supplier for all of your poster needs. Trust me, you won’t need much convincing.

Changing Careers, changing products? Age 38, Direction needed, investment advice too.

Hello, At one point in my life I had a set plan that I had been following in which to design a life that fit my values, but during 2020 the viability was called into question and I have been on bad footing, unable to find stability, since. Though I currently have stable housing without roommate, and enough in savings for a year without any income and three more years in a mutual fund. The question I need help with is about utilizing approximately $40,000 that I would like to invest into a new or existing business venture, or possibly start investing my own hand in selecting stocks. To give context about the parameters of concepts that pertain to me, back in 2005 I graduated highschool and immediately was an entrepreneur, started a sports clothing company, was selling WoW bot accounts, ghillie suits on ebay, and graphic design commissions, and I was proficient in MX Flash. Although the first part of my life plan to start farming three years before 2012 for what I thought would be a peak oil economic collapse, and while watching 2008 unfold, along with my career in MX Flash falling flat, I started farming 2009. From that point I spent a total of 15 years farming, the majority of that was for my own LLC, where I was situated with leases on million dollar properties as Ag tax write off, on an elite island outside a major city, serving local high price wholesale, mainly salad mix and mushrooms, because they are fast turn around. That was truly the best 20s I could have asked for, working mainly for myself, very healthy and was putting away $10-20k in savings/investments per year, plus was earning about $3-5k more per year, while living in a cargo trailer on dirt cheap leases. But it all came to a slow end starting in 2020 when I lost all of my wholesale overnight, and my retail exploded, which burnt me out to the point I couldnt walk, as the sole worker in my LLC. So I do not fully trust the volatility of the wholesale food industry, from a small grower’s perspective, since i don't own land. SO now I am trying to figure out a way forward, because I can always farm in the future, and have taught myself hydroponics, and flat packed farm equipment, so my business is very agile and now I can grow in parking lots closer to the city for more sales opportunities, but I am not sure that is what I want to do in this current moment, because tech is exploding, and we have never had so much information available to us, it's a shame not to spend a moment in life to discover what new opportunities might be out there. I was laid off twice last year, so I've been out of work the past four months, doing thriftstore routes twice a week while making about $500+/wk, really just trying to understand what people still buy and break even, while I continue to study 3d design blender, as well as 2d digital art in the hopes that I can reconnect with my tech art past, because that is what I told myself when I was 18, that I would put off art and computers until I was past 30 and needed to do less with my body. But over the past three years, the better I get at digital art, the better Ai has been getting too. I have some mentors who might give me work and a foot in the door, but most of them are laid off, and scrounging for work if they are not on their own funded indie project. I've thought about continuing to learn 3d modeling despite Ai, and despite seeing Flash, computer program I was proficient in get removed from existence before I could really earn my money back. I assume there will always be a need for Ai models to get cleaned up, mapped and rigged, especially with AR technology coming to consumers soon, but more over it would help if I decided to go to a community college to do CNC certificates, so I can have that as a backup job on CAD at a machining warehouse and do my farm and digital art on the side, but CNC mechanics don't make a crazy amount of money and have a boss. BUT I am an inventor, and have two inventions so far, plus my ultimate goal is to one day have automated hydroponic greenhouses, using all CNC+3d printed parts to create a low time investment agriculture income, with Ai monitored greenhouse, seed to salad product that i can sell to other people, which would tie into my desire to teach people about farming too, as well as do something I enjoy, but it is not a proven concept yet. Anyways if you've read this far I appreciate it, I ultimately would like 3rd party feedback about how I should spend my $40k surplus cash. I originally had it saved and accessible in case I was going to lease land and start my full farm business again from scratch, but I think using the equipment and space I have, and exploring non-perishable products is a smart move for me right now. Should I invest in inventory of products to arbitrage online? Should I invest in the top index funds? Should I buy Silver? Should I invest in inventory of a new product line? Should I spend some money insuring and equipment for a landscaping company? I want to future proof myself the best I can as Ai unfolds, I am pretty set with an income for the rest of my life as long as I can grow food and sell it, but there are currently so many changing opportunities, I want to cast out my net and see what works with my temperment. I’ve thought about getting into cyber security, or maybe be an electrician, or less staple jobs like Landscape Architech (can use art/modeling) and CNC engineer/modeler, but honestly I prefer to make a product and sell it without client service related interaction, and particularly no boss. Thank you for reading

Ai C-Level team

I've been exploring ways to run a company where I'm essentially the only internal team member, relying entirely on a suite of specialized AIs for executive roles, supported occasionally by external consultants for niche expertise. My goal is to stay lean, agile, and highly creative, especially in a fashion / tech brand context. Essentially, I'm building an AI-driven C-Level team, or what I like to call a "C-Level AI Wallet." Here's what I'm thinking for the key executive roles I'd need to cover with AI: CEO AI – Responsible for overall strategy, decision-making, trend analysis, and guiding the company's vision. I'd probably lean on something advanced like Gemini, GPT-4, or similar models, fine-tuned with market-specific data. COO AI (Operations): I'd need tools that streamline and automate logistics, supply chain management, and day-to-day operations (think something along the lines of Zapier AI integrations or Make). CMO AI (Marketing & Content): For branding, content creation, digital marketing, and consumer insights, I'd use Jasper or Copy . ai, combined with predictive analytics tools like Google Vertex AI to understand trends better. Additionally, for generating engaging visual and multimedia content, tools like Midjourney, DALL·E, Adobe Firefly, and Runway ML would be perfect. CFO AI (Financial Management): For financial management, cash flow control, and investment decisions, I'd probably leverage AI tools like Bloomberg GPT, combined with AI-powered forecasting platforms. CHRO AI (Human Resources & Culture): Although the internal team is minimal (just myself!), I'd still rely on AI for tasks like project management, freelancer hiring, and performance tracking—tools like HireVue AI, Motion, or even Notion's AI could be beneficial here. CSO AI (Sustainability & Compliance): Since sustainability and ethical sourcing are critical, I'd integrate ESG-focused AI tools to ensure transparency and responsible sourcing. My idea is that, with the right AI tools seamlessly integrated, I can manage the strategic vision and creative direction personally, leveraging external consultants only when necessary. This setup would ideally allow me to operate as a one-person internal team supported by a robust "wallet" of AI executives. Has anyone tried a similar approach? What AI tools would you recommend for a truly lean, innovative brand structure? I'm very curious about your experiences or suggestions—let me know your thoughts!

[CASE STUDY] From 217/m to $2,836/m in 9 months - Sold for $59,000; I grow and monetise web traffic of 5, 6, 7 figures USD valued passive income content sites [AMA]

Hello Everyone (VERY LONG CASE STUDY AHEAD) - 355% return in 9 months Note: I own a 7-figures USD valued portfolio of 41+ content sites that generates 5-6 figures USD a month in passive income. This is my first time posting in this sub and my goal is to NOT share generic advice but precise numbers, data and highly refined processes so you can also get started with this business yourself or if you already have an existing business, drive huge traffic to it and scale it substantially (get more customers). I will use a case study to explain the whole process. As most of us are entrepreneurs here, explaining an actual project would be more meaningful. In this case study I used AI assisted content to grow an existing site from $217/m to $2,836/m in 9 months (NO BACKLINKS) and sold it for $59,000. ROI of 3 months: 355% Previous case studies (before I give an overview of the model) Amazon Affiliate Content Site: $371/m to $19,263/m in 14 MONTHS - $900K CASE STUDY \[AMA\] Affiliate Website from $267/m to $21,853/m in 19 months (CASE STUDY - Amazon?) \[AMA\] Amazon Affiliate Website from $0 to $7,786/month in 11 months Amazon Affiliate Site from $118/m to $3,103/m in 8 MONTHS (SOLD it for $62,000+) Note: You can check pinned posts on my profile. Do go through the comments as well as a lot of questions are answered in those. However, if you still have any questions, feel free to reach out. This is an \[AMA\]. Quick Overview of the Model Approach: High traffic, niche specific, informative content websites that monetise its traffic through highly automated methods like display ads and affiliate. The same model can be applied to existing businesses to drive traffic and get customers. Main idea: Make passive income in a highly automated way Easy to understand analogy You have real estate (here you have digital asset like a website) You get rental income (here you get ads and affiliate income with no physical hassle, in case you have a business like service, product etc. then you can get customers for that too but if not, it's alright) Real estate has value (this digital asset also has value that can be appreciated with less effort) Real estate can be sold (this can be sold too but faster) IMPORTANT NOTE: Search traffic is the BEST way to reach HUGE target audience and it's important when it comes to scaling. This essentially means that you can either monetise that via affiliate, display etc. or if you have a business then you can reach a bigger audience to scale. Overview of this website's valuation (then and now: Oct. 2022 and June 2023) Oct 2022: $217/m Valuation: $5,750.5 (26.5x) - set it the same as the multiple it was sold for June 2023: $2,836/m Traffic and revenue trend: growing fast Last 3 months avg: $2,223 Valuation now: $59,000 (26.5x) Description: The domain was registered in 2016, it grew and then the project was left unattended. I decided to grow it again using properly planned AI assisted content. Backlink profile: 500+ Referring domains (Ahrefs). Backlinks mean the sites linking back to you. This is important when it comes to ranking. Summary of Results of This Website - Before and After Note: If the terms seem technical, do not worry. I will explain them in detail later. Still if you have any questions. Feel free to comment or reach out. |Metric|Oct 2022|June 2023|Difference|Comments| |:-|:-|:-|:-|:-| |Articles|314|804|\+490|AI Assisted content published in 3 months| |Traffic|9,394|31,972|\+22,578|Organic| |Revenue|$217|$2,836|\+$2,619|Multiple sources| |RPM (revenue/1000 web traffic)|23.09|$88.7|\+$65.61|Result of Conversion rate optimisation (CRO). You make changes to the site for better conversions| |EEAT (expertise, experience, authority and trust of website)|2 main authors|8 authors|6|Tables, video ads and 11 other fixations| |CRO|Nothing|Tables, video ads |Tables, video ads and 11 other fixations || &#x200B; Month by Month Growth |Month|Revenue|Steps| |:-|:-|:-| |Sept 2022|NA|Content Plan| |Oct 2022|$217|Content Production| |Nov 2022|$243|Content production + EEAT authors| |Dec 2022|$320|Content production + EEAT authors| |Jan 2023|$400|Monitoring| |Feb 2023|$223|Content production + EEAT authors| |Mar 2023|$2,128|CRO & Fixations| |April 2023|$1,609|CRO & Fixations| |May 2023|$2,223|Content production + EEAT authors| |June 2023|$2,836|CRO and Fixations| |Total|$10,199|| &#x200B; What will I share Content plan and Website structure Content Writing Content Uploading, formatting and onsite SEO Faster indexing Conversion rate optimisation Guest Posting EEAT (Experience, Expertise, Authority, Trust) Costing ROI The plans moving forward with these sites &#x200B; Website Structure and Content Plan This is probably the most important important part of the whole process. The team spends around a month just to get this right. It's like defining the direction of the project. Description: Complete blueprint of the site's structure in terms of organisation of categories, subcategories and sorting of articles in each one of them. It also includes the essential pages. The sorted articles target main keyword, relevant entities and similar keywords. This has to be highly data driven and we look at over 100 variables just to get it right. It's like beating Google's algorithm to ensure you have a blueprint for a site that will rank. It needs to be done right. If there is a mistake, then even if you do everything right - it's not going to work out and after 8-16 months you will realise that everything went to waste. Process For this project, we had a niche selected already so we didn't need to do a lot of research pertaining to that. We also knew the topic since the website was already getting good traffic on that. We just validated from Ahrefs, SEMRUSH and manual analysis if it would be worth it to move forward with that topic. &#x200B; Find entities related to the topic: We used Ahrefs and InLinks to get an idea about the related entities (topics) to create a proper topical relevance. In order to be certain and have a better idea, we used ChatGPT to find relevant entities as well \> Ahrefs (tool): Enter main keyword in keywords explorer. Check the left pain for popular topics \> Inlinks (tool): Enter the main keyword, check the entity maps \> ChatGPT (tool): Ask it to list down the most important and relevant entities in order of their priority Based on this info, you can map out the most relevant topics that are semantically associated to your main topic Sorting the entities in topics (categories) and subtopics (subcategories): Based on the information above, cluster them properly. The most relevant ones must be grouped together. Each group must be sorted into its relevant category. \> Example: Site about cycling. \> Categories/entities: bicycles, gear and equipment, techniques, safety, routes etc. \> The subcategories/subentities for let's say "techniques" would be: Bike handling, pedaling, drafting etc. Extract keywords for each subcategory/subentity: You can do this using Ahrefs or Semrush. Each keyword would be an article. Ensure that you target the similar keywords in one article. For example: how to ride a bicycle and how can I ride a bicycle will be targeted by one article. Make the more important keyword in terms of volume and difficulty as the main keyword and the other one(s) as secondary Define main focus vs secondary focus: Out of all these categories/entities - there will be one that you would want to dominate in every way. So, focus on just that in the start. This will be your main focus. Try to answer ALL the questions pertaining to that. You can extract the questions using Ahrefs. \> Ahrefs > keywords explorer \> enter keyword \> Questions \> Download the list and cluster the similar ones. This will populate your main focus category/entity and will drive most of the traffic. Now, you need to write in other categories/subentities as well. This is not just important, but crucial to complete the topical map loop. In simple words, if you do this Google sees you as a comprehensive source on the topic - otherwise, it ignores you and you don't get ranked Define the URLs End result: List of all the entities and sub-entities about the main site topic in the form of categories and subcategories respectively. A complete list of ALL the questions about the main focus and at around 10 questions for each one of the subcategories/subentities that are the secondary focus Content Writing So, now that there's a plan. Content needs to be produced. Pick out a keyword (which is going to be a question) and... Answer the question Write about 5 relevant entities Answer 10 relevant questions Write a conclusion Keep the format the same for all the articles. Content Uploading, formatting and onsite SEO Ensure the following is taken care of: H1 Permalink H2s H3s Lists Tables Meta description Socials description Featured image 2 images in text \\Schema Relevant YouTube video (if there is) Note: There are other pointers link internal linking in a semantically relevant way but this should be good to start with. Faster Indexing Indexing means Google has read your page. Ranking only after this step has been done. Otherwise, you can't rank if Google hasn't read the page. Naturally, this is a slow process. But, we expedite it in multiple ways. You can use RankMath to quickly index the content. Since, there are a lot of bulk pages you need a reliable method. Now, this method isn't perfect. But, it's better than most. Use Google Indexing API and developers tools to get indexed. Rank Math plugin is used. I don't want to bore you and write the process here. But, a simple Google search can help you set everything up. Additionally, whenever you post something - there will be an option to INDEX NOW. Just press that and it would be indexed quite fast. Conversion rate optimisation Once you get traffic, try adding tables right after the introduction of an article. These tables would feature a relevant product on Amazon. This step alone increased our earnings significantly. Even though the content is informational and NOT review. This still worked like a charm. Try checking out the top pages every single day in Google analytics and add the table to each one of them. Moreover, we used EZOIC video ads as well. That increased the RPM significantly as well. Both of these steps are highly recommended. Overall, we implemented over 11 fixations but these two contribute the most towards increasing the RPM so I would suggest you stick to these two in the start. Guest Posting We made additional income by selling links on the site as well. However, we were VERY careful about who we offered a backlink to. We didn't entertain any objectionable links. Moreover, we didn't actively reach out to anyone. We had a professional email clearly stated on the website and a particularly designated page for "editorial guidelines" A lot of people reached out to us because of that. As a matter of fact, the guy who bought the website is in the link selling business and plans to use the site primarily for selling links. According to him, he can easily make $4000+ from that alone. Just by replying to the prospects who reached out to us. We didn't allow a lot of people to be published on the site due to strict quality control. However, the new owner is willing to be lenient and cash it out. EEAT (Experience, Expertise, Authority, Trust) This is an important ranking factor. You need to prove on the site that your site has authors that are experienced, have expertise, authority and trust. A lot of people were reaching out to publish on our site and among them were a few established authors as well. We let them publish on our site for free, added them on our official team, connected their socials and shared them on all our socials. In return, we wanted them to write 3 articles each for us and share everything on all the social profiles. You can refer to the tables I shared above to check out the months it was implemented. We added a total of 6 writers (credible authors). Their articles were featured on the homepage and so were their profiles. Costing Well, we already had the site and the backlinks on it. Referring domains (backlinks) were already 500+. We just needed to focus on smart content and content. Here is the summary of the costs involved. Articles: 490 Avg word count per article: 1500 Total words: 735,000 (approximately) Cost per word: 2 cents (includes research, entities, production, quality assurance, uploading, formatting, adding images, featured image, alt texts, onsite SEO, publishing/scheduling etc.) Total: $14,700 ROI (Return on investment) Earning: Oct 22 - June 23 Earnings: $10,199 Sold for: $59,000 Total: $69,199 Expenses: Content: $14,700 Misc (hosting and others): $500 Total: $15,200 ROI over a 9 months period: 355.25% The plans moving forward This website was a part of a research and development experiment we did. With AI, we wanted to test new waters and transition more towards automation. Ideally, we want to use ChatGPT or some other API to produce these articles and bulk publish on the site. The costs with this approach are going to be much lower and the ROI is much more impressive. It's not the the 7-figures projects I created earlier (as you may have checked the older case studies on my profile), but it's highly scalable. We plan to refine this model even further, test more and automate everything completely to bring down our costs significantly. Once we have a model, we are going to scale it to 100s of sites. The process of my existing 7-figures websites portfolio was quite similar. I tested out a few sites, refined the model and scaled it to over 41 sites. Now, the fundamentals are the same however, we are using AI in a smarter way to do the same but at a lower cost, with a smaller team and much better returns. The best thing in my opinion is to run numerous experiments now. Our experimentation was slowed down a lot in the past since we couldn't write using AI but now it's much faster. The costs are 3-6 times lower so when it used to take $50-100k to start, grow and sell a site. Now you can pump 3-6 more sites for the same budget. This is a good news for existing business owners as well who want to grow their brand. Anyway, I am excited to see the results of more sites. In the meantime, if you have any questions - feel free to let me know. Best of luck for everything. Feel free to ask questions. I'd be happy to help. This is an AMA.

AI Content Campaign Got 4M impressions, Thousands of Website Views, Hundreds of Customers for About $100 — This is the future of marketing

Alright. So, a few months ago I tested a marketing strategy for a client that I’ve sense dedicated my life to developing on. The Idea was to take the clients Pillar content (their YouTube videos) and use AI to rewrite the content for all the viable earned media channels (mainly Reddit). The campaign itself was moderately successful. To be specific, after one month it became their 2nd cheapest customer acquisition cost (behind their organic YouTube content). But there is a lot to be done to improve the concept. I will say, having been in growth marketing for a decade, I felt like I had hit something big with the concept. I’m going to detail how I built that AI system, and what worked well and what didn’t here. Hopefully you guys will let me know what you think and whether or not there is something here to keep working on. DEFINING THE GOAL Like any good startup, their marketing budget was minimal. They wanted to see results, fast and cheap. Usually, marketers like me hate to be in this situation because getting results usually either takes time or it takes money. But you can get results fast and cheap if you focus on an earned media strategy - basically getting featured in other people’s publication. The thing is these strategies are pretty hard to scale or grow over time. That was a problem for future me though. I looked through their analytics and saw they were getting referral traffic from Reddit - it was their 5th or 6th largest source of traffic - and they weren’t doing any marketing on the platform. It was all digital word of mouth there. It kind of clicked for me there, that Reddit might be the place to start laying the ground work. So with these considerations in mind the goal became pretty clear: Create content for relevant niche communities on Reddit with the intent of essentially increasing brand awareness. Use an AI system to repurpose their YouTube videos to keep the cost of producing unique content for each subreddit really low. THE HIGH-LEVEL STRATEGY I knew that there are huge amounts of potential customers on Reddit (About 12M people in all the relevant communities combined) AND that most marketers have a really tough time with the platform. I also knew that any earned media strategy, Reddit or not, means Click Through Rates on our content would be extremely low. A lot of people see this as a Reddit specific problem because you can’t self-promote on the platform, but really you have to keep self-promotion to a minimum with any and all earned media. This basically meant we had to get a lot of impressions to make up for it. The thing about Reddit is if your post absolutely crushes it, it can get millions of views. But crushing it is very specific to what the expectations are of that particular subreddit. So we needed to make content that was specifically written for that Subreddit. With that I was able to essentially design how this campaign would work: We would put together a list of channels (specifically subreddits to start) that we wanted to create content for. For each channel, we would write a content guideline that details out how to write great content for this subreddit. These assets would be stored in an AirTable base, along with the transcripts of the YouTube videos that were the base of our content. We would write and optimize different AI Prompts that generated different kinds of posts (discussion starters about a stock, 4-5 paragraph stock analysis, Stock update and what it means, etc…) We would build an automation that took the YouTube transcripts, ran each prompt on it, and then edited each result to match the channel writing guidelines. And then we would find a very contextual way to leave a breadcrumb back to the client. Always as part of the story of the content. At least, this is how I originally thought things would go. CHOOSING THE RIGHT SUBREDDITS Picking the right communities was vital. Here’s the basic rubric we used to pick and prioritize them: • Relevance: We needed communities interested in stock analysis, personal finance, or investing. • Subreddit Size vs. Engagement: Large subreddits offer more potential impressions but can be less focused. Smaller subreddits often have higher engagement rates. • Content Feasibility: We had to ensure we could consistently create high-value posts for each chosen subreddit. We started with about 40 possibilities, then narrowed it down to four or five that consistently delivered upvotes and user signups. CREATING CHANNEL-SPECIFIC GUIDES By the end, creating channel specific writing guidelines looked like a genius decision. Here’s how we approached it and used AI to get it done quickly: Grabbed Top Posts: We filtered the subreddit’s top posts (change filter to “Top” and then “All Time”) of all time to see the kinds of content that performed best Compiled The Relevant Posts: We took the most relevant posts to what we were trying to do and put them all on one document (basically created one document per subreddit that just had the top 10 posts in that subreddit). Had AI Create Writing Guideline Based On Posts: For each channel, we fed the document with the 10 posts with the instructions “Create a writing guideline for this subreddit based on these high performing posts. I had to do some editing on each guideline but this worked pretty well and saved a lot of time. Each subreddit got a custom guideline, and we put these inside the “Channels” table of the AirTable base we were developing with these assets. BUILDING THE AI PROMPTS THAT GENERATED CONTENT Alright this is probably the most important section so I’ll be detailed. Essentially, we took all the assets we developed up until this point, and used them to create unique posts for each channel. This mean each AI prompt was about 2,000 words of context and produced about a 500-word draft. There was a table in our AirTable where we stored the prompts, as I alluded to earlier. And these were basically the instructions for each prompt. More specifically, they detailed out our expectations for the post. In other words, there were different kinds of posts that performed well on each channel. For example, you can write a post that’s a list of resources (5 tools we used to…), or a how to guide (How we built…), etc.. Those weren’t the specific ones we used, but just wanted to really explain what I meant there. That actual automation that generated the content worked as follows: New source content (YouTube video transcript) was added to the Source Content table. This triggered the Automation. The automation grabbed all the prompts in the prompt table. For each prompt in the prompt table, we sent a prompt to OpenAI (gpt-4o) that contained first the prompt and also the source content. Then, for each channel that content prompt could be used on, we sent another prompt to OpenAI that revised the result of the first prompt based on the specific channel guidelines. The output of that prompt was added to the Content table in AirTable. To be clear, our AirTable had 4 tables: Content Channels Prompts Source Content The Source Content, Prompts, and Channel Guidelines were all used in the prompt that generated content. And the output was put in the Content table. Each time the automation ran, the Source Content was turned into about 20 unique posts, each one a specific post type generated for a specific channel. In other words, we were create a ton of content. EDITING & REFINING CONTENT The AI drafts were never perfect. Getting them Reddit-ready took editing and revising The main things I had to go in and edit for were: • Tone Adjustments: We removed excessively cliche language. The AI would say silly things like “Hello fellow redditors!” which sound stupid. • Fact-Checking: Financial data can be tricky. We discovered AI often confused figures, so we fact check all stock related metrics. Probably something like 30-40% error rate here. Because the draft generation was automated, that made the editing and getting publish ready the human bottleneck. In other words, after creating the system I spent basically all my time reviewing the content. There were small things I could do to make this more efficient, but not too much. The bigger the model we used, the less editing the content needed. THE “BREADCRUMB” PROMOTION STRATEGY No where in my prompt to the AI did I mention that we were doing any marketing. I just wanted the AI to focus on creating content that would do well on the channel. So in the editing process I had to find a way to promote the client. I called it a breadcrumb strategy once and that stuck. Basically, the idea was to never overtly promote anything. Instead find a way to leave a breadcrumb that leads back to the client, and let the really interested people follow the trail. Note: this is supposed to be how we do all content marketing. Some examples of how we did this were: Shared Visuals with a Subtle Watermark: Because our client’s product offered stock data, we’d often include a chart or graph showing a company’s financial metric with the client’s branding in the corner. Added Supporting Data from Client’s Website: If we mentioned something like a company’s cash flow statement, we could link to that company’s cash flow statement on the client’s website. It worked only because there was a lot of data on the client’s website that wasn’t gated. These tactics were really specific to the client. Which is should be. For other companies I would rethink what tactics I use here. THE RESULTS I’m pretty happy with the results • Impressions: – Early on posts averaged \~30,000 apiece, but after about a month of optimization, we hit \~70,000 impressions average. Over about two months, we reached 4 million total impressions. • Signups: – In their signups process there was one of those “Where did you find us?” questions and the amount of people who put Reddit jumped into the few hundred a month. Precise tracking of this is impossible. • Cost Efficiency (This is based on what I charged, and not the actual cost of running the campaign which is about $100/mo): – CPM (cost per thousand impressions) was about $0.08, which is far better than most paid channels. – Cost per free user: \~$8-10. After about a 10% conversion rate to a paid plan, our cost per paying user was $80–$100—well below the client’s previous $300–$400. HIGHLIGHTS: WHAT WORKED Subreddit-Specific Content: – Tailoring each post’s format and length to the audience norms boosted engagement. Worked out really well. 1 post got over 1M views alone. We regularly had posts that had hundreds of thousands. Breadcrumbs: – We never had anyone call us out for promoting. And really we weren’t. Our first priority was writing content that would crush on that subreddit. Using the Founder’s Existing Material: – The YouTube transcripts grounded the AI’s content in content we already made. This was really why we were able to produce so much content. CHALLENGES: WHAT DIDN’T WORK AI is still off: – Maybe it’s expecting too much, but still I wish the AI had done a better job. I editing a lot of content. Human oversight was critical. Scheduling all the content was a pain: – Recently I automated this pretty well. But at first I was scheduling everything manually and scheduling a hundred or so posts was a hassle. Getting Data and Analytics: – Not only did we have not very good traffic data, but the data from reddit had to be collected manually. Will probably automate this in the future. COST & TIME INVESTMENT Setup: The setup originally took me a couple weeks. I’ve since figured out how to do much faster (about 1 week). AirTable Setup here was easy and the tools costs $24/mo so not bad. ChatGPT costs were pretty cheap. Less than $75 per month. I’ve sense switched to using o1 which is much more expensive but saves me a lot of editing time Human Editing: Because this is the human part of the process and everything else was automated it mean by default all my time was spent editing content. Still this was a lot better than creating content from scratch probably by a factor of 5 or 10. The main expense was paying an editor (or using your own time) to refine posts. Worth it? Yes even with the editing time I was able to generate way more content that I would have otherwise. LESSONS & ACTIONABLE TAKEAWAYS Reddit as a Growth Channel: – If you genuinely respect each subreddit’s culture, you can achieve massive reach on a tight budget. AI + Human Collaboration: – AI excels at first drafts, but human expertise is non-negotiable for polishing and ensuring factual integrity. Soft Promotion Wins: – The “breadcrumb” approach paid off. It might feel like too light a touch, but is crucial for Reddit communities. Create once, repurpose as many times as possible: – If you have blog posts, videos, podcasts, or transcripts, feed them into AI to keep your message accurate and brand-consistent. CONCLUSION & NEXT STEPS If you try a similar approach: • Begin with smaller tests in a few niches to learn what resonates. • Create a clear “channel guide” for each community. • Carefully fact-check AI-generated posts. • Keep brand mentions low-key until you’ve established credibility.

I’ve professionalized the family business. Now I feel stuck

I wrote the post below in my own words and then sent to ChatGPT for refinement/clarity. So if it reads like AI, it's because it is, but it's conveying the message from my own words a bit better than my original with a few of my own lines written back in. Hope that's not an issue here. I’m 33, married with two young kids. I have a bachelor’s from a well-regarded public university (though in an underwhelming field—economics adjacent). I used that degree to land a job at a mid-sized distribution company (\~$1B annual revenue), where I rose quickly to a project management role and performed well. In 2018, after four years there, I returned to my family's $3M/yr residential service and repair plumbing business. I saw my father withdrawing from leadership, responsibilities being handed to underqualified middle managers, and overall employee morale declining. I’d worked in the business from a young age, had all the necessary licenses, and earned a degree of respect from the team—not just as “the boss’s kid,” but as someone who had done the work. I spent my first year back in the field, knocking off the rust. From there, I started chipping away at process issues and inefficiencies, without any formal title. In 2020, I became General Manager. Since then, we’ve grown to over $5M in revenue, improved profitability, and automated many of the old pain points. The business runs much smoother and requires less day-to-day oversight from me. That said—I’m running out of motivation. I have no equity in the business. And realistically, I won’t for a long time. The family dynamic is... complicated. There are relatives collecting large salaries despite zero involvement in the business. Profits that should fuel growth get drained, and we can’t make real accountability stick because we rely too heavily on high-producing employees—even when they underperform in every other respect. I want to be clear—this isn’t a sob story. I know how lucky I am. The business supports my family, and for that I’m grateful. But I’ve gone from showing up every day with fresh ideas and energy to slowly becoming the guy who upholds the status quo. I’ve hit most of the goals I set for myself, but I’m stagnating—and that scares me. The safe move is to keep riding this out. My wife also works and has strong earning potential. We’re financially secure, and with two small kids, I’m not eager to gamble that away. But I’m too young to coast for the next decade while I wait for a possible ownership shakeup. At this point, the job isn’t mentally stimulating. One hour I’m building dynamic pricing models; the next, I’m literally dealing with whether a plumber is wiping his ass properly because I've had multiple complaints about his aroma. I enjoy the challenging, high-level work—marketing, systems, strategy—but I’m worn down by the drama, the legacy egos I can’t fire, and the petty dysfunction I’m forced to manage. I'm working on building a middle management gap, but there's something lost in not being as hands-on in a small business like this. I fear that by isolating myself from the bullshit, I'll also be isolating myself from some of the crucial day-to-day that keep us who we are. Hope that makes sense. (To be fair, most of our team is great. We have an outstanding market reputation and loyal employees—but the garbage still hits my desk when it shows up.) I’ve toyed with starting a complementary business or launching a consulting gig for similar-sized companies outside our market. I’ve taken some Udemy and Maven Analytics courses (digital marketing, advanced Excel/Power BI, etc.) to keep learning, but I rarely get to apply that knowledge here. So here I am. Is this burnout? A premature midlife crisis? A motivation slump? I’m not sure what I’m looking for—but if you’ve been here, or have any hard-earned advice, I’d be grateful to hear it.

I spent 18 hours every week tracking marketing trends and latest news. Here are my predictions for 2024

1/ Securing Digital Footprint becomes #1 Priority For Chronically Online Users, Protecting their digital footprint will become one of the main things. We saw influencers getting cancelled over Old Content and Brands used Old Travis Kelce Tweets, we saw what could happen without digital footprint protection. Online Engagement Precautions will be taken again with Twitter & IG showing your usernames above ‘Algorithm Suggested Content’. What you like is more visible to other people in UI Design of these apps, another reason behind why Digital Footprint preservation will matter a lot in 2024. This will impact likes to viewership ratio on your organic and paid content. &#x200B; 2/  TikTok wants Long Videos with Storytelling As I was writing this report, TikTok also released their What’s Next 2024 Report. It focuses heavily on how the audiences on the app demand better storytelling and from the examples in the report, you can judge what TikTok wants. They also rolled out a 30-minute video upload limit. Engaging Content over 1-Minute Mark to keep the audiences longer on the app. I highlighted in the first trend, every social media platform wants the same thing, more time spent. 3/ Use of Shop the Look While Streaming Netflix or Amazon Prime. This year’s one of the most successful TV series, The Bear caused Men to go mad for the T-Shirt worn by Jeremy Allen White in the show. Showing us how TV Shows influence or encourage us to dress in a particular way. It’s nothing new, TV Shows like Friends & Gossip Girl influenced all demographics when they came out. But now, Streamings Services such as Roku & Amazon enable consumers to shop the look while watching the TV Shows. Many Brands will jump on these opportunities in upcoming months. 4/ Brands in Comments & Memes are the new norm By Summer 2024, Most Online Users & Creators will no longer feel too excited or answered when they see your brand in the comments. Why? It’s becoming too common for Brands to show in comments under viral content about them. Or Brands being funny with Internet Culture Trends is known to most users. The Saturation of Every Brand being funny and being present leads to increased competition of levitating the content quality. &#x200B; 5/ Marketers decrease their focus on Traffic & Views With AI recommendations taking over, The Structure of content distributing on social media is changing, the same goes for SEO. Conversational AIs are changing how web traffic is distributed to publishers. An Increased focus on managing the conversion rate and landing page relevancy will be the main focus. 6/ OOH is kind of making a comeback. First, US OOH Ads Industry grew 1.1% in Q3 2023. Second, Outfront Media reported slight revenue increase in Q3 as Billboard Ad Revenue grew in Q3. Many Brands in UK are also aligning more toward traditional media Channels. With Burger King in UK focusing on only OOH for Christmas this year and Fashion Brands like SSENSE launching Billboards as Branding Play. 7/ Rise of Curation Continues This Year, we witnessed success of Pinterest Shuffles App, Gen-Z loved it. Similar Success with formats like IG photo dump & TikTok ‘My Fav Finds’ Carousels being the center of Gen-Z Content. Just look at this recent trend and tell me Curation isn’t personal to Online Teens. Spotify won with their idea of curating Songs with Astrology-type signs. The Fashion Products with Curated Emojis and Stickers on them, that scrappy curated approach is predicted to grow in 2024, data from Pinterest. 8/ Use of AI to Trace Consumers in the wild This year we saw a huge trend of people using Image/ face recognition tools to find or dig dirt about famous people. The biggest example was Dillion Dannis exposing Multiple images of Logan Paul’s girlfriend using AI tools. (Which was Obviously bad) But next year, I believe with better rules, big brands like Adidas or Nike will be able to find worldwide micro-influencers & Online Consumers seen wearing adidas. And partnering with them on a large scale through automated outreach. 9/ More Cartoons than Influencer-Brand Products. All the Cartoon shows are seeing huge rise on IG and TikTok, Shaun the sheep is viral, Snoopy was big this year, Sesame Street’s TikTok is working. Aussie Show Bluey is making a huge spark in the US. More Brand collaborations are on the road. Why? Cartoons have built a very consistent identity and they have social channels. I know many see Cartoons as Kids Content but on social, looking at TikTok Account of Sesame Street & Snoopy. Last month, Powerpuff Girls launched a collaboration with Nike. &#x200B; 10/ The Best Trend to get people off social media &#x200B; Try to get people off the social media apps, build your own loops. You can’t rely on social and you clearly shouldn’t burn out trying to win on social and streaming with Paid Ads or without them. This matters a lot because data shares most of your customers buy from you once or twice a year. And then they interact with your content, how bad will you feel if the only thing they remember as your content is being on TikTok. Nothing about your brand. 11/ The Internet Aesthetic will Die for Cafes & Restaurants When I wrote my post about Instagram Marketing, I mentioned this issue of Every Account looking the same. In reality, It isn’t limited to IG Feeds, This Creator points out the same Problem, mentioning the aesthetic Standards from Internet are changing how new businesses approach their whole business. More Content from Cafes & Restaurants need to be around their people and neighbourhood. 12/ Echo Chambers & Sonic Influence All Podcasts are Echo Chambers because if people wanted a new perspective in form of value. We would have chosen debates, but we chose Podcasts to find new value while being in comfort. People are now looking for more value in comfort than ever, Podcasts will continue to rise. 13/ Clever AI Integration to Better Customer Journeys in B2B & B2C Marketing Agencies can provide clever solutions to B2B Companies, and help them overcome the tag of Boring Ads only. How? Ogilvy India created an AI Ad Campaign for Cadbury, allowing SMBs to have the Bollywood Actor endorse them. They used the AI voice generation allowing businesses to alter the voice and have Shah Rukh Khan endorse their shop. A similar approach was taken by IPG India, An AI Ad with Shah Rukh Khan allowing everyone to add their face in the Branded Content. &#x200B; If I sounded like an Old head in this report or I missed on some elements like Programmatic Advertising and PPC. I will try to include better analysis and new content about future trends. You can find the post shared with examples & research, linked here.

I tested hundreds of marketing tools in the last three years and these 50 made it to the list. I'll sum up my top 50 marketing tools with one or two sentences + give you pricings.

Hey guys, I'm working in a growth marketing agency. Marketing tools are 30% of what we do, so we use them a lot and experiment with the new ones as much as possible. There are thousands of tools and it's easy to get lost, so I wanted to share the tools we use most on a daily basis. And divide the list into 14 categories. I thought this could be handy for Entrepreneurs subreddit. Why adopt tools? I see marketing tools as tireless colleagues. If you can't hire an employee, choosing the right tool can solve your problems, because they Are super cheap. Work 7/24 for you. Don’t make mistakes. Don’t need management. (or needless management) Help you to automate the majority of your lead gen process. Onwards to the list. (With the pricings post ended up quite long, you can find a link in the end if you want to check the prices) Email marketing tools #1 ActiveCampaign is armed with the most complicated email automation features and has the most intuitive user experience. It feels like you already know how to use it. \#2 Autopilot is visual marketing automation and customer journey tool that helps you acquire, nurture based on behaviors, interest etc. #3 Mailjet: This is the tool we use to send out bulky email campaigns such as newsletters. It doesn't have sexy features like others but does its job for a cheap price. Email address finders #4 Skrapp finds email of your contacts by name and company. It also works with LinkedIn Sales Navigator and can extract thousands of emails in bulk + have a browser add-on. #5 Hunter: Similar to Skrapp but doesn't work with LinkedIn Sales Navigator directly. In addition, there are email templates and you can set up email campaigns. Prospecting and outreach tools #6 Prospect combines the personal emails, follow-up calls, other social touches and helps you create multichannel campaigns.  #7 Reply is a more intuitive version of Prospect. It is easy to learn and use; their UX makes you feel good and sufficient.  CRM tools #8 Salesflare helps you to stop managing your data and start managing your customers. Not yet popular as Hubspot and etc but the best solution for smaller B2B businesses. (we're fans) \#9 Hubspot: The most popular CRM for good reason and has a broader product range you can adopt in your next steps. Try this if you have a bulky list of customers because it is free. #10 Pardot: Pardot is by Salesforce, it's armed with features that can close the gap between marketing and sales. Sales Tools #11 Salesforce is the best sales automation and lead management software. It helps you to create complicated segmentations and run, track, analyze campaigns from the same dashboard. #12 LinkedIn Sales Navigator gives you full access to LinkedIn's user database. You can even find a kidnapped CEO if you know how to use it with other marketing automation tools like Skrapp. #13 Pipedrive is a simple tool and excels in one thing. It tracks your leads and tells you when to take the next action. It makes sales easier. #14 Qwilr creates great-looking docs, at speed. You can design perfect proposals, quotes, client updates, and more in a flash. We use it a lot to close deals, it's effective. #15 Crystalknows is an add-on that tells you anyone’s personality on LinkedIn and gives you a detailed approach specific to that person. It's eerily accurate. #16 Leadfeeder shows you the companies that visited your website. Tells how they found you and what they’re interested in. It has a free version. Communication Tools #17 Intercom is a sweet and smart host that welcomes your visitors when you’re not home. It’s one of the best chatbot tools in the market. #18 Drift is famous for its conversational marketing features and more sales-focused than Intercom. #19 Manychat is a chatbot that helps you create high converting Facebook campaigns. #20 Plann3r helps you create your personalized meeting page. You can schedule meetings witch clients, candidates, and prospects. #21 Loom is a video messaging tool, it helps you to be more expressive and create closer relationships. #22 Callpage collects your visitors’ phone number and connects you with them in seconds. No matter where you are. Landing page tools #23 Instapage is the best overall landing page builder. It has a broad range of features and even squirrel can build a compelling landing page with templates. No coding needed. #24 Unbounce can do everything that Instapage does and lets you build a great landing page without a developer. But it's less intuitive. Lead generation / marketing automation tools #25 Phantombuster is by far the most used lead generation software in our tool kit. It extracts data, emails, sends requests, customized messages, and does many things on autopilot in any platform. You can check this, this and this if you want to see it in action. #26 Duxsoup is a Google Chrome add-on and can also automate some of LinkedIn lead generation efforts like Phantombuster. But not works in the cloud. #27 Zapier is a glue that holds all the lead generation tools together. With Zapier, You can connect different marketing tools and no coding required. Conversion rate optimization tools #28 Hotjar tracks what people are doing on your website by recording sessions and capturing mouse movements. Then it gives you a heatmap. #29 UsabilityHub shows your page to a digital crowd and measures the first impressions and helps you to validate your ideas. #30 Optinmonster is a top tier conversion optimization tool. It helps you to capture leads and enables you to increase conversions rates with many features. #31 Notifia is one mega tool of widgets that arms your website with the wildest social proof and lead capturing tactics. #32 Sumo is a much simpler version of Notifia. But Sumo has everything to help you capture leads and build your email lists. Web scrapers #33 Data Miner is a Google Chrome browser extension that helps you scrape data from web pages and into a CSV file or Excel spreadsheet. #34 Webscraper does the same thing as Data Miner; however, it is capable of handling more complex tasks. SEO and Content #35 Grammarly: Your English could be your first language and your grammar could be better than Shakespeare. Grammarly still can make your writing better. #36 Hemingwayapp is a copywriting optimization tool that gives you feedback about your copy and improves your readability score, makes your writing bolder and punchier. Free. #37 Ahrefs is an all-rounder search engine optimization tool that helps you with off-page, on-page or technical SEO. #38 SurferSEO makes things easier for your on-page SEO efforts. It’s a tool that analyzes top Google results for specific keywords and gives you a content brief based on that data. Video editing and design tools #39 Canva is a graphic design platform that makes everything easy. It has thousands of templates for anything from Facebook ads, stylish presentations to business cards.  #40 Kapwing is our go-to platform for quick video edits. It works on the browser and can help you to create stylish videos, add subtitles, resize videos, create memes, or remove backgrounds. #41 Animoto can turn your photos and video clip into beautiful video slideshows. It comes handy when you want to create an advertising material but don’t have a budget. Advertising tools #42 AdEspresso lets you create and test multiple ads with few clicks. You can optimize your FB, IG, and Google ads from this tool and measure your ads with in-depth analytics. #43 AdRoll is an AI-driven platform that connects and coordinates marketing efforts across ads, email, and online stores. Other tools #44 Replug helps you to shorten, track, optimize your links with call-to-actions, branded links, and retargeting pixels #45 Draw.io = Mindmaps, schemes, and charts. With Draw.io, you can put your brain in a digital paper in an organized way. #46 Built With is a tool that finds out what websites are built with. So you can see what tools they're using and so on. #47 Typeform can turn data collection into an experience with Typeform. This tool helps you to engage your audience with conversational forms or surveys and help you to collect more data. #48 Livestorm helped us a lot, especially in COVID-19 tiles. It’s a webinar software that works on your browser, mobile, and desktop. #49 Teachable \- If you have an online course idea but hesitating because of the production process, Teachable can help you. It's easy to configure and customizable for your needs. #50 Viral Loops provides a revolutionary referral marketing solution for modern marketers. You can create and run referral campaigns in a few clicks with templates. Remember, most of these tools have a free trial or free version. Going over them one by one can teach you a lot and help you grow your business with less work power in the early stages of your business. I hope you enjoyed the read and can find some tools to make things easier! Let me know about your favorite tools in the comments, so I can try them out. \------ If you want to check the prices and see a broader explanation about the tools, you can go here.

We create AI software and provide AI automation for companies. Here is a list of the best AI tools for sales IMHO

Here are some AI tools that are useful for sales. I tried to touch as many different parts of the sales process so the tools are all quite different but all useful for sales. I tried to include some of the best and underrated AI tools. Most of them are free so check them out if you want. I did not include ChatGPT as it can basically be used for anything with the right prompts. So these tools will be more research-oriented. A quick disclaimer – I work for the company Idealink where we create custom ChatGPT for businesses and other AI products. Apollo AI Seamless AI CoPilot AI Lavender AI Regie AI Gemini Plusdocs Make Midjourney Fireflies AI Apollo AI - Find potential customers Apollo is a platform for sales and business development. It offers a range of tools to find and engage with ideal customers. The platform has an extensive B2B database and features that streamline the sales process from prospecting to closing deals. Key Features: Extensive B2B Database: Apollo boasts a large, accurate database of over 275 million contacts, providing a wealth of potential leads and opportunities for sales teams. Data Enrichment and Lead Insights: The platform offers data enrichment capabilities, ensuring CRM systems are continuously updated with detailed and actionable lead information. AI-Driven Sales Engagement: Apollo's AI technology assists in crafting effective communication and prioritizing high-value leads, enhancing the overall sales engagement process. Comprehensive Sales Tools: The platform provides an integrated suite of tools for email, call, and social media engagement, combined with analytics and automation features to streamline the sales cycle. Tailored Solutions for Teams: Apollo offers customized solutions for different team types, including sales and business development, founders, and marketing teams, addressing specific needs and goals. Seamless AI - Sale process made easier Seamless.AI is an innovative B2B sales lead generation solution that allows sales teams to efficiently connect with their ideal customers. The platform's features provide accurate and up-to-date contact information and integrate easily with existing sales and marketing tools. Key Features: Real-Time Search Engine: Seamless.AI uses AI to scour the web in real time, ensuring the contact information for sales leads is current and accurate. Comprehensive Integration: Easily integrates with popular CRMs and sales tools like Salesforce, HubSpot, and LinkedIn Sales Navigator, enhancing productivity and eliminating manual data entry. Chrome Extension: Enhances web browsing experience for sales teams, allowing them to build lead lists directly from their browser. Pitch Intelligence and Writer: Tools for crafting effective sales messages and marketing content, personalized for each potential customer. Data Enrichment and Autopilot: Keeps customer data current and automates lead-building, supporting consistent lead generation. Buyer Intent Data and Job Changes: Offers insights into potential customers' buying intentions and keeps track of significant job changes within key accounts. CoPilot AI - Helps sales reps manage leads CoPilot AI is an advanced AI-powered sales support platform designed for B2B sales teams and agencies to drive consistent revenue growth. The tool focuses on using LinkedIn for sales prospecting, engagement, and conversion. Key Features: LinkedIn Lead Generation: Targets and automates outreach to high-intent LinkedIn leads, enhancing efficiency and scalability in lead generation. Personalized Messaging Automation: Facilitates sending of personalized, one-click messages at scale, maintaining a human touch in digital interactions. Sales Conversion Insights: Offers tools to understand and adapt to prospects' communication styles, improving the likelihood of conversion. Sales Process Optimization: Provides analytics to evaluate and refine sales strategies, identifying opportunities for improvement in the sales funnel. Industry Versatility: Adapts to diverse industries, offering tailored solutions for B2B sales, marketing, HR, and financial services sectors. Collaborative Team Tools: Enables team synchronization and collaboration, boosting productivity and synergy in sales teams Lavender AI - Email AI assistant Lavender AI is an AI-powered email tool that helps users write better emails. It provides real-time feedback and personalized suggestions to optimize email communication efficiency. Key Features: Email Coaching and Scoring: Lavender evaluates emails using AI and a vast database of email interactions, offering a score and tips for improvement. It identifies factors that might reduce the likelihood of receiving a reply, helping users refine their email content. Personalization Assistant: This feature integrates prospect data directly into the user's email platform, suggesting personalization strategies based on recipient data and personality insights to foster deeper connections. Adaptive Improvement: Lavender's scoring and recommendations evolve in real-time with changing email behaviors and practices, thanks to its generative AI and extensive data analysis, ensuring users always follow the best practices. Data-Driven Managerial Insights: The platform provides managers with valuable insights derived from actual email interactions, aiding them in coaching their teams more effectively based on real performance and communication trends. Broad Integration Capability: Lavender integrates with various email and sales platforms including Gmail, Outlook, and others, making it versatile for different user preferences and workflows. Regie AI - Great for business intelligence Regie.ai simplifies the sales prospecting process for businesses, using GenAI and automation to improve interactions with prospects. The platform offers tools like Auto-Pilot for automatic prospecting and meeting scheduling, Co-Pilot for sales rep support, and integrations with various CRM and sales engagement platforms. It also includes a Chrome Extension and CMS for content management and customization. Key Features: Automated Prospecting with Auto-Pilot: Regie.ai's Auto-Pilot feature autonomously prospects and schedules meetings, using Generative AI for Sales Agents to enhance outbound sales efforts. Audience Discovery and Content Generation: The platform identifies target accounts not in the CRM, generating relevant, on-brand content for each message, thus ensuring efficiency in list building and message personalization. Outbound Prioritization and Dynamic Engagement: It utilizes engagement and intent data to prioritize outreach to in-market prospects and adjust engagement strategies based on buyer responsiveness. Full Funnel Brand Protection and Analytics: Regie.ai ensures consistent use of marketing-approved language in all sales outreach and provides insights into campaign and document performance, thereby safeguarding brand integrity throughout the sales funnel. Gemini - AI powered conversational platform Gemini is a large language model chatbot developed by Google AI. It can generate text, translate languages, write different creative text formats, and answer your questions in an informative way. It is still under development but has learned to perform many kinds of tasks. Key features: Generate different creative text formats of text content (poems, code, scripts, musical pieces, email, letters, etc.) Answer your questions in an informative way, even if they are open ended, challenging, or strange. Translate languages Follow your instructions and complete your requests thoughtfully. Plusdocs (Plus AI) - AI tool for presentations Plus AI is a versatile tool that helps improve presentations and integrates with Slides in a simple and intuitive way. It simplifies slide creation and customization by converting text into slides and utilizing AI for various languages. Key Features: Text-to-Slide Conversion: Plus AI excels in transforming textual content into visually appealing slides, streamlining the presentation creation process. Multilingual AI Support: The tool is equipped to handle various languages, making it adaptable for a global user base. Professional Design Options: Users have access to professionally designed slide layouts, enabling the creation of polished presentations with ease. Customization and AI Design: Plus AI allows for extensive customization, including the use of AI for designing and editing slides, ensuring unique and personalized presentations. Live Snapshots and Templates: The tool offers live snapshots for real-time updates and a wide range of templates for quick and effective slide creation. Make - AI automation Make is a powerful visual platform that allows users to build and automate tasks, workflows, apps, and systems. It offers an intuitive, no-code interface that empowers users across various business functions to design and implement complex processes without the need for developer resources. Key Features: No-Code Visual Workflow Builder: Make's core feature is its user-friendly interface that allows for the creation of intricate workflows without coding expertise, making it accessible to a wide range of users. Extensive App Integration: The platform boasts compatibility with over 1000 apps, facilitating seamless connections and data sharing across diverse tools and systems. Custom Automation Solutions: Make enables personalized automation strategies, fitting various business needs from marketing automation to IT workflow control. Template Library: Users can jumpstart their automation projects with a vast collection of pre-built templates, which are customizable to fit specific workflow requirements. Enterprise-Level Solutions: Make offers advanced options for larger organizations, including enhanced security, single sign-on, custom functions, and dedicated support. Midjourney - Making sales content Midjourney is an AI-based image generation tool that changes the way we visualise and create digital art. It offers a lot of artistic possibilities, allowing users to create stunning images from text prompts. This innovative service caters to artists, designers, and anyone seeking to bring their creative visions to life. Key Features: Advanced AI Image Generation: Midjourney's core strength lies in its powerful AI algorithms, which interpret text prompts to generate detailed, high-quality images. This feature allows users to explore an endless array of visual concepts and styles. User-driven Customization: The tool offers significant control over the image creation process, enabling users to guide the AI with specific instructions, ensuring that the final output aligns closely with their vision. Diverse Artistic Styles: Midjourney can mimic various artistic styles, from classical to contemporary, providing users with a wide range of aesthetic options for their creations. Collaboration and Community Features: The platform fosters a community of users who can share, critique, and collaborate on artistic projects, enriching the creative experience. Fireflies AI - Sales meeting assistant Fireflies.ai is a powerful tool for improving team productivity and efficiency in managing meetings and voice conversations. It offers a range of features to simplify the process of capturing, organizing, and analyzing meeting content. Key Features: Automatic Meeting Transcription: Fireflies.ai can transcribe meetings held on various video-conferencing platforms and dialers. The tool captures both video and audio, providing transcripts quickly and efficiently. AI-Powered Search and Summarization: It allows users to review long meetings in a fraction of the time, highlighting key action items, tasks, and questions. Users can filter and focus on specific topics discussed in meetings. Improved Collaboration: The tool enables adding comments, pins, and reactions to specific conversation parts. Users can create and share soundbites and integrate meeting notes with popular collaboration apps such as Slack, Notion, and Asana. Conversation Intelligence: Fireflies.ai offers insights into meetings by tracking metrics like speaker talk time and sentiment. It helps in coaching team members and improving performance in sales, recruiting, and other internal processes. Workflow Automation: The AI assistant from Fireflies.ai can log call notes and activities in CRMs, create tasks through voice commands, and share meeting recaps instantly across various platforms. Comprehensive Knowledge Base: It compiles all voice conversations into an easily accessible and updatable knowledge base, with features to organize meetings into channels and set custom privacy controls. I’ll keep updating this little guide, so add your comments and I’ll try to add more tools. This is all just a personal opinion, so it’s completely cool if you disagree with it. Btw here is the link to the full blog post about all the AI tools in a bit more depth.

I run an AI automation agency (AAA). My honest overview and review of this new business model

I started an AI tools directory in February, and then branched off that to start an AI automation agency (AAA) in June. So far I've come across a lot of unsustainable "ideas" to make money with AI, but at the same time a few diamonds in the rough that aren't fully tapped into yet- especially the AAA model. Thought I'd share this post to shine light into this new business model and share some ways you could potentially start your own agency, or at the very least know who you are dealing with and how to pick and choose when you (inevitably) get bombarded with cold emails from them down the line. Foreword Running an AAA does NOT involve using AI tools directly to generate and sell content directly. That ship has sailed, and unless you are happy with $5 from Fiverr every month or so, it is not a real business model. Cry me a river but generating generic art with AI and slapping it onto a T-shirt to sell on Etsy won't make you a dime. At the same time, the AAA model will NOT require you to have a deep theoretical knowledge of AI, or any academic degree, as we are more so dealing with the practical applications of generative AI and how we can implement these into different workflows and tech-stacks, rather than building AI models from the ground up. Regardless of all that, common sense and a willingness to learn will help (a shit ton), as with anything. Keep in mind - this WILL involve work and motivation as well. The mindset that AI somehow means everything can be done for you on autopilot is not the right way to approach things. The common theme of businesses I've seen who have successfully implemented AI into their operations is the willingess to work with AI in a way that augments their existing operations, rather than flat out replace a worker or team. And this is exactly the train of thought you need when working with AI as a business model. However, as the field is relatively unsaturated and hype surrounding AI is still fresh for enterprises, right now is the prime time to start something new if generative AI interests you at all. With that being said, I'll be going over three of the most successful AI-adjacent businesses I've seen over this past year, in addition to some tips and resources to point you in the right direction. so.. WTF is an AI Automation Agency? The AI automation agency (or as some YouTubers have coined it, the AAA model) at its core involves creating custom AI solutions for businesses. I have over 1500 AI tools listed in my directory, however the feedback I've received from some enterprise users is that ready-made SaaS tools are too generic to meet their specific needs. Combine this with the fact virtually no smaller companies have the time or skills required to develop custom solutions right off the bat, and you have yourself real demand. I would say in practice, the AAA model is quite similar to Wordpress and even web dev agencies, with the major difference being all solutions you develop will incorporate key aspects of AI AND automation. Which brings me to my second point- JUST AI IS NOT ENOUGH. Rather than reducing the amount of time required to complete certain tasks, I've seen many AI agencies make the mistake of recommending and (trying to) sell solutions that more likely than not increase the workload of their clients. For example, if you were to make an internal tool that has AI answer questions based on their knowledge base, but this knowledge base has to be updated manually, this is creating unnecessary work. As such I think one of the key components of building successful AI solutions is incorporating the new (Generative AI/LLMs) with the old (programmtic automation- think Zapier, APIs, etc.). Finally, for this business model to be successful, ideally you should target a niche in which you have already worked and understand pain points and needs. Not only does this make it much easier to get calls booked with prospects, the solutions you build will have much greater value to your clients (meaning you get paid more). A mistake I've seen many AAA operators make (and I blame this on the "Get Rich Quick" YouTubers) is focusing too much on a specific productized service, rather than really understanding the needs of businesses. The former is much done via a SaaS model, but when going the agency route the only thing that makes sense is building custom solutions. This is why I always take a consultant-first approach. You can only build once you understand what they actually need and how certain solutions may impact their operations, workflows, and bottom-line. Basics of How to Get Started Pick a niche. As I mentioned previously, preferably one that you've worked in before. Niches I know of that are actively being bombarded with cold emails include real estate, e-commerce, auto-dealerships, lawyers, and medical offices. There is a reason for this, but I will tell you straight up this business model works well if you target any white-collar service business (internal tools approach) or high volume businesses (customer facing tools approach). Setup your toolbox. If you wanted to start a pressure washing business, you would need a pressure-washer. This is no different. For those without programming knowledge, I've seen two common ways AAA get setup to build- one is having a network of on-call web developers, whether its personal contacts or simply going to Upwork or any talent sourcing agency. The second is having an arsenal of no-code tools. I'll get to this more in a second, but this works beecause at its core, when we are dealing with the practical applications of AI, the code is quite simple, simply put. Start cold sales. Unless you have a network already, this is not a step you can skip. You've already picked a niche, so all you have to do is find the right message. Keep cold emails short, sweet, but enticing- and it will help a lot if you did step 1 correctly and intimately understand who your audience is. I'll be touching base later about how you can leverage AI yourself to help you with outreach and closing. The beauty of gen AI and the AAA model You don't need to be a seasoned web developer to make this business model work. The large majority of solutions that SME clients want is best done using an API for an LLM for the actual AI aspect. The value we create with the solutions we build comes with the conceptual framework and design that not only does what they need it to but integrates smoothly with their existing tech-stack and workflow. The actual implementation is quite straightforward once you understand the high level design and know which tools you are going to use. To give you a sense, even if you plan to build out these apps yourself (say in Python) the large majority of the nitty gritty technical work has already been done for you, especially if you leverage Python libraries and packages that offer high level abstraction for LLM-related functions. For instance, calling GPT can be as little as a single line of code. (And there are no-code tools where these functions are simply an icon on a GUI). Aside from understanding the capabilities and limitations of these tools and frameworks, the only thing that matters is being able to put them in a way that makes sense for what you want to build. Which is why outsourcing and no-code tools both work in our case. Okay... but how TF am I suppposed to actually build out these solutions? Now the fun part. I highly recommend getting familiar with Langchain and LlamaIndex. Both are Python libraires that help a lot with the high-level LLM abstraction I mentioned previously. The two most important aspects include being able to integrate internal data sources/knowledge bases with LLMs, and have LLMs perform autonomous actions. The two most common methods respectively are RAG and output parsing. RAG (retrieval augmented Generation) If you've ever seen a tool that seemingly "trains" GPT on your own data, and wonder how it all works- well I have an answer from you. At a high level, the user query is first being fed to what's called a vector database to run vector search. Vector search basically lets you do semantic search where you are searching data based on meaning. The vector databases then retrieves the most relevant sections of text as it relates to the user query, and this text gets APPENDED to your GPT prompt to provide extra context to the AI. Further, with prompt engineering, you can limit GPT to only generate an answer if it can be found within this extra context, greatly limiting the chance of hallucination (this is where AI makes random shit up). Aside from vector databases, we can also implement RAG with other data sources and retrieval methods, for example SQL databses (via parsing the outputs of LLM's- more on this later). Autonomous Agents via Output Parsing A common need of clients has been having AI actually perform tasks, rather than simply spitting out text. For example, with autonomous agents, we can have an e-commerce chatbot do the work of a basic customer service rep (i.e. look into orders, refunds, shipping). At a high level, what's going on is that the response of the LLM is being used programmtically to determine which API to call. Keeping on with the e-commerce example, if I wanted a chatbot to check shipping status, I could have a LLM response within my app (not shown to the user) with a prompt that outputs a random hash or string, and programmatically I can determine which API call to make based on this hash/string. And using the same fundamental concept as with RAG, I can append the the API response to a final prompt that would spit out the answer for the user. How No Code Tools Can Fit In (With some example solutions you can build) With that being said, you don't necessarily need to do all of the above by coding yourself, with Python libraries or otherwise. However, I will say that having that high level overview will help IMMENSELY when it comes to using no-code tools to do the actual work for you. Regardless, here are a few common solutions you might build for clients as well as some no-code tools you can use to build them out. Ex. Solution 1: AI Chatbots for SMEs (Small and Medium Enterprises) This involves creating chatbots that handle user queries, lead gen, and so forth with AI, and will use the principles of RAG at heart. After getting the required data from your client (i.e. product catalogues, previous support tickets, FAQ, internal documentation), you upload this into your knowledge base and write a prompt that makes sense for your use case. One no-code tool that does this well is MyAskAI. The beauty of it especially for building external chatbots is the ability to quickly ingest entire websites into your knowledge base via a sitemap, and bulk uploading files. Essentially, they've covered the entire grunt work required to do this manually. Finally, you can create a inline or chat widget on your client's website with a few lines of HTML, or altneratively integrate it with a Slack/Teams chatbot (if you are going for an internal Q&A chatbot approach). Other tools you could use include Botpress and Voiceflow, however these are less for RAG and more for building out complete chatbot flows that may or may not incorporate LLMs. Both apps are essentially GUIs that eliminate the pain and tears and trying to implement complex flows manually, and both natively incoporate AI intents and a knowledge base feature. Ex. Solution 2: Internal Apps Similar to the first example, except we go beyond making just chatbots but tools such as report generation and really any sort of internal tool or automations that may incorporate LLM's. For instance, you can have a tool that automatically generates replies to inbound emails based on your client's knowledge base. Or an automation that does the same thing but for replies to Instagram comments. Another example could be a tool that generates a description and screeenshot based on a URL (useful for directory sites, made one for my own :P). Getting into more advanced implementations of LLMs, we can have tools that can generate entire drafts of reports (think 80+ pages), based not only on data from a knowledge base but also the writing style, format, and author voice of previous reports. One good tool to create content generation panels for your clients would be MindStudio. You can train LLM's via prompt engineering in a structured way with your own data to essentially fine tune them for whatever text you need it to generate. Furthermore, it has a GUI where you can dictate the entire AI flow. You can also upload data sources via multiple formats, including PDF, CSV, and Docx. For automations that require interactions between multiple apps, I recommend the OG zapier/make.com if you want a no-code solution. For instance, for the automatic email reply generator, I can have a trigger such that when an email is received, a custom AI reply is generated by MyAskAI, and finally a draft is created in my email client. Or, for an automation where I can create a social media posts on multiple platforms based on a RSS feed (news feed), I can implement this directly in Zapier with their native GPT action (see screenshot) As for more complex LLM flows that may require multiple layers of LLMs, data sources, and APIs working together to generate a single response i.e. a long form 100 page report, I would recommend tools such as Stack AI or Flowise (open-source alternative) to build these solutions out. Essentially, you get most of the functions and features of Python packages such as Langchain and LlamaIndex in a GUI. See screenshot for an example of a flow How the hell are you supposed to find clients? With all that being said, none of this matters if you can't find anyone to sell to. You will have to do cold sales, one way or the other, especially if you are brand new to the game. And what better way to sell your AI services than with AI itself? If we want to integrate AI into the cold outreach process, first we must identify what it's good at doing, and that's obviously writing a bunch of text, in a short amount of time. Similar to the solutions that an AAA can build for its clients, we can take advantage of the same principles in our own sales processes. How to do outreach Once you've identified your niche and their pain points/opportunities for automation, you want to craft a compelling message in which you can send via cold email and cold calls to get prospects booked on demos/consultations. I won't get into too much detail in terms of exactly how to write emails or calling scripts, as there are millions of resources to help with this, but I will tell you a few key points you want to keep in mind when doing outreach for your AAA. First, you want to keep in mind that many businesses are still hesitant about AI and may not understand what it really is or how it can benefit their operations. However, we can take advantage of how mass media has been reporting on AI this past year- at the very least people are AWARE that sooner or later they may have to implement AI into their businesses to stay competitive. We want to frame our message in a way that introduces generative AI as a technology that can have a direct, tangible, and positive impact on their business. Although it may be hard to quantify, I like to include estimates of man-hours saved or costs saved at least in my final proposals to prospects. Times are TOUGH right now, and money is expensive, so you need to have a compelling reason for businesses to get on board. Once you've gotten your messaging down, you will want to create a list of prospects to contact. Tools you can use to find prospects include Apollo.io, reply.io, zoominfo (expensive af), and Linkedin Sales Navigator. What specific job titles, etc. to target will depend on your niche but for smaller companies this will tend to be the owner. For white collar niches, i.e. law, the professional that will be directly benefiting from the tool (i.e. partners) may be better to contact. And for larger organizations you may want to target business improvement and digital transformation leads/directors- these are the people directly in charge of projects like what you may be proposing. Okay- so you have your message, and your list, and now all it comes down to is getting the good word out. I won't be going into the details of how to send these out, a quick Google search will give you hundreds of resources for cold outreach methods. However, personalization is key and beyond simple dynamic variables you want to make sure you can either personalize your email campaigns directly with AI (SmartWriter.ai is an example of a tool that can do this), or at the very least have the ability to import email messages programmatically. Alternatively, ask ChatGPT to make you a Python Script that can take in a list of emails, scrape info based on their linkedin URL or website, and all pass this onto a GPT prompt that specifies your messaging to generate an email. From there, send away. How tf do I close? Once you've got some prospects booked in on your meetings, you will need to close deals with them to turn them into clients. Call #1: Consultation Tying back to when I mentioned you want to take a consultant-first appraoch, you will want to listen closely to their goals and needs and understand their pain points. This would be the first call, and typically I would provide a high level overview of different solutions we could build to tacke these. It really helps to have a presentation available, so you can graphically demonstrate key points and key technologies. I like to use Plus AI for this, it's basically a Google Slides add-on that can generate slide decks for you. I copy and paste my default company messaging, add some key points for the presentation, and it comes out with pretty decent slides. Call #2: Demo The second call would involve a demo of one of these solutions, and typically I'll quickly prototype it with boilerplate code I already have, otherwise I'll cook something up in a no-code tool. If you have a niche where one type of solution is commonly demanded, it helps to have a general demo set up to be able to handle a larger volume of calls, so you aren't burning yourself out. I'll also elaborate on how the final product would look like in comparison to the demo. Call #3 and Beyond: Once the initial consultation and demo is complete, you will want to alleviate any remaining concerns from your prospects and work with them to reach a final work proposal. It's crucial you lay out exactly what you will be building (in writing) and ensure the prospect understands this. Furthermore, be clear and transparent with timelines and communication methods for the project. In terms of pricing, you want to take this from a value-based approach. The same solution may be worth a lot more to client A than client B. Furthermore, you can create "add-ons" such as monthly maintenance/upgrade packages, training sessions for employeees, and so forth, separate from the initial setup fee you would charge. How you can incorporate AI into marketing your businesses Beyond cold sales, I highly recommend creating a funnel to capture warm leads. For instance, I do this currently with my AI tools directory, which links directly to my AI agency and has consistent branding throughout. Warm leads are much more likely to close (and honestly, much nicer to deal with). However, even without an AI-related website, at the very least you will want to create a presence on social media and the web in general. As with any agency, you will want basic a professional presence. A professional virtual address helps, in addition to a Google Business Profile (GBP) and TrustPilot. a GBP (especially for local SEO) and Trustpilot page also helps improve the looks of your search results immensely. For GBP, I recommend using ProfilePro, which is a chrome extension you can use to automate SEO work for your GBP. Aside from SEO optimzied business descriptions based on your business, it can handle Q/A answers, responses, updates, and service descriptions based on local keywords. Privacy and Legal Concerns of the AAA Model Aside from typical concerns for agencies relating to service contracts, there are a few issues (especially when using no-code tools) that will need to be addressed to run a successful AAA. Most of these surround privacy concerns when working with proprietary data. In your terms with your client, you will want to clearly define hosting providers and any third party tools you will be using to build their solution, and a DPA with these third parties listed as subprocessors if necessary. In addition, you will want to implement best practices like redacting private information from data being used for building solutions. In terms of addressing concerns directly from clients, it helps if you host your solutions on their own servers (not possible with AI tools), and address the fact only ChatGPT queries in the web app, not OpenAI API calls, will be used to train OpenAI's models (as reported by mainstream media). The key here is to be open and transparent with your clients about ALL the tools you are using, where there data will be going, and make sure to get this all in writing. have fun, and keep an open mind Before I finish this post, I just want to reiterate the fact that this is NOT an easy way to make money. Running an AI agency will require hours and hours of dedication and work, and constantly rearranging your schedule to meet prospect and client needs. However, if you are looking for a new business to run, and have a knack for understanding business operations and are genuinely interested in the pracitcal applications of generative AI, then I say go for it. The time is ticking before AAA becomes the new dropshipping or SMMA, and I've a firm believer that those who set foot first and establish themselves in this field will come out top. And remember, while 100 thousand people may read this post, only 2 may actually take initiative and start.

Looking for an AI-driven solution to automate invoice management—any recommendations?

Hey everyone, I’m looking for a tool or service to simplify my invoice management process. Here’s the situation: I deal with a lot of invoices—mostly physical ones (petrol, business dinners, etc.) that I currently photograph and manually input into Excel. I include details like the execution date, invoice date, partner name, currency, and more. For digital invoices (e.g., software and tools we pay for), I often receive them via email or have to download them from a dashboard (we use Revolut Business, SEPA, and an ordinary Visa card for payments). To get everything in one place, I have to sync multiple sheets from different sources—quite the hassle. Currently, this process requires one person full-time, but I believe there should be a better way. Ideally, I’m looking for a solution where: Physical invoices can be photographed and automatically processed (data extracted and stored). Digital invoices can be imported directly from email or dashboards. All invoices (physical and digital) are saved to Google Drive (as proof), with relevant data exported to a Google Sheet. Does anyone know of a service/tool that can handle this in an efficient way, leveraging AI or automation? Any help is greatly appreciated! 😊

AI Voice Platform Comparison for Small Business Use Cases

We provide AI voice agent consultation and solutions in Upwork. One of clients’ frequent questions is which platform is best/perfect for their use cases, like lead qualification, AI receptionist, customer support, etc. This post provides our thoughts on this question. Our overall feeling is that the AI agent technology is still not there yet. It seems close but there are many corner cases the AI bot doesn't handle well. Four major players in the AI voice platforms: Bland ($65M funding) Retell ($4.6M funding) Synthflow ($7.4M funding) VAPI ($20M funding) We will only talk about Bland, Retell and VAPI. We firstly tried Synthflow and found the UI was buggy (the prompt editor froze for 20 seconds to 30 seconds when we were editing the prompt). Currently we don't use it anymore. Recommended use cases based on Upwork jobs we delivered: Bland. We recommend Bland for lead qualification as the lead qualification has a strict conversation flow (like asking questions, extracting variables, and making webhook calls). Clients/contractors can draw flow diagrams to build AI voice agents. We also find Bland is not a good fit for a small business with a monthly budget less than 5K. The reason is that common tools (like warm transfer, SMS sending) for AI voice agents are only available to enterprise clients. But warm transfers are critical for small businesses. Retell. We recommend Retell for customer support in contact centers. Retell has the best voice among competitors. One use case we build in Retell is the live translator in the ambulance call center. We tried the same prompt with the same LLM setup in VAPI. We found Retell performs way better than VAPI in terms of the translation quality and reliability. Another common scenario in the customer support domain is to have 3-way merge so that the agent can tell the summary to the transfer number while the caller can hear the conversation. VAPI. We recommend VAPI for AI receptionists and phone answering use cases. We can write a prompt and ask LLM to do the magic if callers ask questions not included in the prompt. We can set up custom tools to trigger automation (like update CRM) and warm transfer to connect to the stakeholders. One feeling we have is that VAPI is way more complicated than the other two platforms. If you don’t have developer experience and have a budget to hire a contractor, it is better to try Retell as Retell has many integrations. If you have any other questions or we miss anything, feel free to comment. We like to explore AI voice agent space together.

Looking for an AI-driven solution to automate invoice management—any recommendations?

Hey everyone, I’m looking for a tool or service to simplify my invoice management process. Here’s the situation: I deal with a lot of invoices—mostly physical ones (petrol, business dinners, etc.) that I currently photograph and manually input into Excel. I include details like the execution date, invoice date, partner name, currency, and more. For digital invoices (e.g., software and tools we pay for), I often receive them via email or have to download them from a dashboard (we use Revolut Business, SEPA, and an ordinary Visa card for payments). To get everything in one place, I have to sync multiple sheets from different sources—quite the hassle. Currently, this process requires one person full-time, but I believe there should be a better way. Ideally, I’m looking for a solution where: Physical invoices can be photographed and automatically processed (data extracted and stored). Digital invoices can be imported directly from email or dashboards. All invoices (physical and digital) are saved to Google Drive (as proof), with relevant data exported to a Google Sheet. Does anyone know of a service/tool that can handle this in an efficient way, leveraging AI or automation? Any help is greatly appreciated! 😊

I run an AI automation agency (AAA). My honest overview and review of this new business model

I started an AI tools directory in February, and then branched off that to start an AI automation agency (AAA) in June. So far I've come across a lot of unsustainable "ideas" to make money with AI, but at the same time a few diamonds in the rough that aren't fully tapped into yet- especially the AAA model. Thought I'd share this post to shine light into this new business model and share some ways you could potentially start your own agency, or at the very least know who you are dealing with and how to pick and choose when you (inevitably) get bombarded with cold emails from them down the line. Foreword Running an AAA does NOT involve using AI tools directly to generate and sell content directly. That ship has sailed, and unless you are happy with $5 from Fiverr every month or so, it is not a real business model. Cry me a river but generating generic art with AI and slapping it onto a T-shirt to sell on Etsy won't make you a dime. At the same time, the AAA model will NOT require you to have a deep theoretical knowledge of AI, or any academic degree, as we are more so dealing with the practical applications of generative AI and how we can implement these into different workflows and tech-stacks, rather than building AI models from the ground up. Regardless of all that, common sense and a willingness to learn will help (a shit ton), as with anything. Keep in mind - this WILL involve work and motivation as well. The mindset that AI somehow means everything can be done for you on autopilot is not the right way to approach things. The common theme of businesses I've seen who have successfully implemented AI into their operations is the willingess to work with AI in a way that augments their existing operations, rather than flat out replace a worker or team. And this is exactly the train of thought you need when working with AI as a business model. However, as the field is relatively unsaturated and hype surrounding AI is still fresh for enterprises, right now is the prime time to start something new if generative AI interests you at all. With that being said, I'll be going over three of the most successful AI-adjacent businesses I've seen over this past year, in addition to some tips and resources to point you in the right direction. so.. WTF is an AI Automation Agency? The AI automation agency (or as some YouTubers have coined it, the AAA model) at its core involves creating custom AI solutions for businesses. I have over 1500 AI tools listed in my directory, however the feedback I've received from some enterprise users is that ready-made SaaS tools are too generic to meet their specific needs. Combine this with the fact virtually no smaller companies have the time or skills required to develop custom solutions right off the bat, and you have yourself real demand. I would say in practice, the AAA model is quite similar to Wordpress and even web dev agencies, with the major difference being all solutions you develop will incorporate key aspects of AI AND automation. Which brings me to my second point- JUST AI IS NOT ENOUGH. Rather than reducing the amount of time required to complete certain tasks, I've seen many AI agencies make the mistake of recommending and (trying to) sell solutions that more likely than not increase the workload of their clients. For example, if you were to make an internal tool that has AI answer questions based on their knowledge base, but this knowledge base has to be updated manually, this is creating unnecessary work. As such I think one of the key components of building successful AI solutions is incorporating the new (Generative AI/LLMs) with the old (programmtic automation- think Zapier, APIs, etc.). Finally, for this business model to be successful, ideally you should target a niche in which you have already worked and understand pain points and needs. Not only does this make it much easier to get calls booked with prospects, the solutions you build will have much greater value to your clients (meaning you get paid more). A mistake I've seen many AAA operators make (and I blame this on the "Get Rich Quick" YouTubers) is focusing too much on a specific productized service, rather than really understanding the needs of businesses. The former is much done via a SaaS model, but when going the agency route the only thing that makes sense is building custom solutions. This is why I always take a consultant-first approach. You can only build once you understand what they actually need and how certain solutions may impact their operations, workflows, and bottom-line. Basics of How to Get Started Pick a niche. As I mentioned previously, preferably one that you've worked in before. Niches I know of that are actively being bombarded with cold emails include real estate, e-commerce, auto-dealerships, lawyers, and medical offices. There is a reason for this, but I will tell you straight up this business model works well if you target any white-collar service business (internal tools approach) or high volume businesses (customer facing tools approach). Setup your toolbox. If you wanted to start a pressure washing business, you would need a pressure-washer. This is no different. For those without programming knowledge, I've seen two common ways AAA get setup to build- one is having a network of on-call web developers, whether its personal contacts or simply going to Upwork or any talent sourcing agency. The second is having an arsenal of no-code tools. I'll get to this more in a second, but this works beecause at its core, when we are dealing with the practical applications of AI, the code is quite simple, simply put. Start cold sales. Unless you have a network already, this is not a step you can skip. You've already picked a niche, so all you have to do is find the right message. Keep cold emails short, sweet, but enticing- and it will help a lot if you did step 1 correctly and intimately understand who your audience is. I'll be touching base later about how you can leverage AI yourself to help you with outreach and closing. The beauty of gen AI and the AAA model You don't need to be a seasoned web developer to make this business model work. The large majority of solutions that SME clients want is best done using an API for an LLM for the actual AI aspect. The value we create with the solutions we build comes with the conceptual framework and design that not only does what they need it to but integrates smoothly with their existing tech-stack and workflow. The actual implementation is quite straightforward once you understand the high level design and know which tools you are going to use. To give you a sense, even if you plan to build out these apps yourself (say in Python) the large majority of the nitty gritty technical work has already been done for you, especially if you leverage Python libraries and packages that offer high level abstraction for LLM-related functions. For instance, calling GPT can be as little as a single line of code. (And there are no-code tools where these functions are simply an icon on a GUI). Aside from understanding the capabilities and limitations of these tools and frameworks, the only thing that matters is being able to put them in a way that makes sense for what you want to build. Which is why outsourcing and no-code tools both work in our case. Okay... but how TF am I suppposed to actually build out these solutions? Now the fun part. I highly recommend getting familiar with Langchain and LlamaIndex. Both are Python libraires that help a lot with the high-level LLM abstraction I mentioned previously. The two most important aspects include being able to integrate internal data sources/knowledge bases with LLMs, and have LLMs perform autonomous actions. The two most common methods respectively are RAG and output parsing. RAG (retrieval augmented Generation) If you've ever seen a tool that seemingly "trains" GPT on your own data, and wonder how it all works- well I have an answer from you. At a high level, the user query is first being fed to what's called a vector database to run vector search. Vector search basically lets you do semantic search where you are searching data based on meaning. The vector databases then retrieves the most relevant sections of text as it relates to the user query, and this text gets APPENDED to your GPT prompt to provide extra context to the AI. Further, with prompt engineering, you can limit GPT to only generate an answer if it can be found within this extra context, greatly limiting the chance of hallucination (this is where AI makes random shit up). Aside from vector databases, we can also implement RAG with other data sources and retrieval methods, for example SQL databses (via parsing the outputs of LLM's- more on this later). Autonomous Agents via Output Parsing A common need of clients has been having AI actually perform tasks, rather than simply spitting out text. For example, with autonomous agents, we can have an e-commerce chatbot do the work of a basic customer service rep (i.e. look into orders, refunds, shipping). At a high level, what's going on is that the response of the LLM is being used programmtically to determine which API to call. Keeping on with the e-commerce example, if I wanted a chatbot to check shipping status, I could have a LLM response within my app (not shown to the user) with a prompt that outputs a random hash or string, and programmatically I can determine which API call to make based on this hash/string. And using the same fundamental concept as with RAG, I can append the the API response to a final prompt that would spit out the answer for the user. How No Code Tools Can Fit In (With some example solutions you can build) With that being said, you don't necessarily need to do all of the above by coding yourself, with Python libraries or otherwise. However, I will say that having that high level overview will help IMMENSELY when it comes to using no-code tools to do the actual work for you. Regardless, here are a few common solutions you might build for clients as well as some no-code tools you can use to build them out. Ex. Solution 1: AI Chatbots for SMEs (Small and Medium Enterprises) This involves creating chatbots that handle user queries, lead gen, and so forth with AI, and will use the principles of RAG at heart. After getting the required data from your client (i.e. product catalogues, previous support tickets, FAQ, internal documentation), you upload this into your knowledge base and write a prompt that makes sense for your use case. One no-code tool that does this well is MyAskAI. The beauty of it especially for building external chatbots is the ability to quickly ingest entire websites into your knowledge base via a sitemap, and bulk uploading files. Essentially, they've covered the entire grunt work required to do this manually. Finally, you can create a inline or chat widget on your client's website with a few lines of HTML, or altneratively integrate it with a Slack/Teams chatbot (if you are going for an internal Q&A chatbot approach). Other tools you could use include Botpress and Voiceflow, however these are less for RAG and more for building out complete chatbot flows that may or may not incorporate LLMs. Both apps are essentially GUIs that eliminate the pain and tears and trying to implement complex flows manually, and both natively incoporate AI intents and a knowledge base feature. Ex. Solution 2: Internal Apps Similar to the first example, except we go beyond making just chatbots but tools such as report generation and really any sort of internal tool or automations that may incorporate LLM's. For instance, you can have a tool that automatically generates replies to inbound emails based on your client's knowledge base. Or an automation that does the same thing but for replies to Instagram comments. Another example could be a tool that generates a description and screeenshot based on a URL (useful for directory sites, made one for my own :P). Getting into more advanced implementations of LLMs, we can have tools that can generate entire drafts of reports (think 80+ pages), based not only on data from a knowledge base but also the writing style, format, and author voice of previous reports. One good tool to create content generation panels for your clients would be MindStudio. You can train LLM's via prompt engineering in a structured way with your own data to essentially fine tune them for whatever text you need it to generate. Furthermore, it has a GUI where you can dictate the entire AI flow. You can also upload data sources via multiple formats, including PDF, CSV, and Docx. For automations that require interactions between multiple apps, I recommend the OG zapier/make.com if you want a no-code solution. For instance, for the automatic email reply generator, I can have a trigger such that when an email is received, a custom AI reply is generated by MyAskAI, and finally a draft is created in my email client. Or, for an automation where I can create a social media posts on multiple platforms based on a RSS feed (news feed), I can implement this directly in Zapier with their native GPT action (see screenshot) As for more complex LLM flows that may require multiple layers of LLMs, data sources, and APIs working together to generate a single response i.e. a long form 100 page report, I would recommend tools such as Stack AI or Flowise (open-source alternative) to build these solutions out. Essentially, you get most of the functions and features of Python packages such as Langchain and LlamaIndex in a GUI. See screenshot for an example of a flow How the hell are you supposed to find clients? With all that being said, none of this matters if you can't find anyone to sell to. You will have to do cold sales, one way or the other, especially if you are brand new to the game. And what better way to sell your AI services than with AI itself? If we want to integrate AI into the cold outreach process, first we must identify what it's good at doing, and that's obviously writing a bunch of text, in a short amount of time. Similar to the solutions that an AAA can build for its clients, we can take advantage of the same principles in our own sales processes. How to do outreach Once you've identified your niche and their pain points/opportunities for automation, you want to craft a compelling message in which you can send via cold email and cold calls to get prospects booked on demos/consultations. I won't get into too much detail in terms of exactly how to write emails or calling scripts, as there are millions of resources to help with this, but I will tell you a few key points you want to keep in mind when doing outreach for your AAA. First, you want to keep in mind that many businesses are still hesitant about AI and may not understand what it really is or how it can benefit their operations. However, we can take advantage of how mass media has been reporting on AI this past year- at the very least people are AWARE that sooner or later they may have to implement AI into their businesses to stay competitive. We want to frame our message in a way that introduces generative AI as a technology that can have a direct, tangible, and positive impact on their business. Although it may be hard to quantify, I like to include estimates of man-hours saved or costs saved at least in my final proposals to prospects. Times are TOUGH right now, and money is expensive, so you need to have a compelling reason for businesses to get on board. Once you've gotten your messaging down, you will want to create a list of prospects to contact. Tools you can use to find prospects include Apollo.io, reply.io, zoominfo (expensive af), and Linkedin Sales Navigator. What specific job titles, etc. to target will depend on your niche but for smaller companies this will tend to be the owner. For white collar niches, i.e. law, the professional that will be directly benefiting from the tool (i.e. partners) may be better to contact. And for larger organizations you may want to target business improvement and digital transformation leads/directors- these are the people directly in charge of projects like what you may be proposing. Okay- so you have your message, and your list, and now all it comes down to is getting the good word out. I won't be going into the details of how to send these out, a quick Google search will give you hundreds of resources for cold outreach methods. However, personalization is key and beyond simple dynamic variables you want to make sure you can either personalize your email campaigns directly with AI (SmartWriter.ai is an example of a tool that can do this), or at the very least have the ability to import email messages programmatically. Alternatively, ask ChatGPT to make you a Python Script that can take in a list of emails, scrape info based on their linkedin URL or website, and all pass this onto a GPT prompt that specifies your messaging to generate an email. From there, send away. How tf do I close? Once you've got some prospects booked in on your meetings, you will need to close deals with them to turn them into clients. Call #1: Consultation Tying back to when I mentioned you want to take a consultant-first appraoch, you will want to listen closely to their goals and needs and understand their pain points. This would be the first call, and typically I would provide a high level overview of different solutions we could build to tacke these. It really helps to have a presentation available, so you can graphically demonstrate key points and key technologies. I like to use Plus AI for this, it's basically a Google Slides add-on that can generate slide decks for you. I copy and paste my default company messaging, add some key points for the presentation, and it comes out with pretty decent slides. Call #2: Demo The second call would involve a demo of one of these solutions, and typically I'll quickly prototype it with boilerplate code I already have, otherwise I'll cook something up in a no-code tool. If you have a niche where one type of solution is commonly demanded, it helps to have a general demo set up to be able to handle a larger volume of calls, so you aren't burning yourself out. I'll also elaborate on how the final product would look like in comparison to the demo. Call #3 and Beyond: Once the initial consultation and demo is complete, you will want to alleviate any remaining concerns from your prospects and work with them to reach a final work proposal. It's crucial you lay out exactly what you will be building (in writing) and ensure the prospect understands this. Furthermore, be clear and transparent with timelines and communication methods for the project. In terms of pricing, you want to take this from a value-based approach. The same solution may be worth a lot more to client A than client B. Furthermore, you can create "add-ons" such as monthly maintenance/upgrade packages, training sessions for employeees, and so forth, separate from the initial setup fee you would charge. How you can incorporate AI into marketing your businesses Beyond cold sales, I highly recommend creating a funnel to capture warm leads. For instance, I do this currently with my AI tools directory, which links directly to my AI agency and has consistent branding throughout. Warm leads are much more likely to close (and honestly, much nicer to deal with). However, even without an AI-related website, at the very least you will want to create a presence on social media and the web in general. As with any agency, you will want basic a professional presence. A professional virtual address helps, in addition to a Google Business Profile (GBP) and TrustPilot. a GBP (especially for local SEO) and Trustpilot page also helps improve the looks of your search results immensely. For GBP, I recommend using ProfilePro, which is a chrome extension you can use to automate SEO work for your GBP. Aside from SEO optimzied business descriptions based on your business, it can handle Q/A answers, responses, updates, and service descriptions based on local keywords. Privacy and Legal Concerns of the AAA Model Aside from typical concerns for agencies relating to service contracts, there are a few issues (especially when using no-code tools) that will need to be addressed to run a successful AAA. Most of these surround privacy concerns when working with proprietary data. In your terms with your client, you will want to clearly define hosting providers and any third party tools you will be using to build their solution, and a DPA with these third parties listed as subprocessors if necessary. In addition, you will want to implement best practices like redacting private information from data being used for building solutions. In terms of addressing concerns directly from clients, it helps if you host your solutions on their own servers (not possible with AI tools), and address the fact only ChatGPT queries in the web app, not OpenAI API calls, will be used to train OpenAI's models (as reported by mainstream media). The key here is to be open and transparent with your clients about ALL the tools you are using, where there data will be going, and make sure to get this all in writing. have fun, and keep an open mind Before I finish this post, I just want to reiterate the fact that this is NOT an easy way to make money. Running an AI agency will require hours and hours of dedication and work, and constantly rearranging your schedule to meet prospect and client needs. However, if you are looking for a new business to run, and have a knack for understanding business operations and are genuinely interested in the pracitcal applications of generative AI, then I say go for it. The time is ticking before AAA becomes the new dropshipping or SMMA, and I've a firm believer that those who set foot first and establish themselves in this field will come out top. And remember, while 100 thousand people may read this post, only 2 may actually take initiative and start.

Watched 8 hours of MrBeast's content. Here are 7 psychological strategies he's used to get 34 billion views

MrBeast can fill giant stadiums and launch 8-figure candy companies on demand. He’s unbelievably popular. Recently, I listened to the brilliant marketer Phill Agnew (from The Nudge podcast) being interviewed on the Creator Science podcast. The episode focused on how MrBeast’s near-academic understanding of audience psychology is the key to his success. Better than anyone, MrBeast knows how to get you: \- Click on his content (increase his click-through rate) \- Get you to stick around (increase his retention rate) He gets you to click by using irresistible thumbnails and headlines. I watched 8 hours of his content. To build upon Phil Agnew’s work, I made a list of 7 psychological effects and biases he’s consistently used to write headlines that get clicked into oblivion. Even the most aggressively “anti-clickbait” purists out there would benefit from learning the psychology of why people choose to click on some content over others. Ultimately, if you don’t get the click, it really doesn’t matter how good your content is. Novelty Effect MrBeast Headline: “I Put 100 Million Orbeez In My Friend's Backyard” MrBeast often presents something so out of the ordinary that they have no choice but to click and find out more. That’s the “novelty effect” at play. Our brain’s reward system is engaged when we encounter something new. You’ll notice that the headline examples you see in this list are extreme. MrBeast takes things to the extreme. You don’t have to. Here’s your takeaway: Consider breaking the reader/viewer’s scrolling pattern by adding some novelty to your headlines. How? Here are two ways: Find the unique angle in your content Find an unusual character in your content Examples: “How Moonlight Walks Skyrocketed My Productivity”. “Meet the Artist Who Paints With Wine and Chocolate.” Headlines like these catch the eye without requiring 100 million Orbeez. Costly Signaling MrBeast Headline: "Last To Leave $800,000 Island Keeps It" Here’s the 3-step click-through process at play here: MrBeast lets you know he’s invested a very significant amount of time and money into his content. This signals to whoever reads the headline that it's probably valuable and worth their time. They click to find out more. Costly signaling is all amount showcasing what you’ve invested into the content. The higher the stakes, the more valuable the content will seem. In this example, the $800,000 island he’s giving away just screams “This is worth your time!” Again, they don’t need to be this extreme. Here are two examples with a little more subtlety: “I built a full-scale botanical garden in my backyard”. “I used only vintage cookware from the 1800s for a week”. Not too extreme, but not too subtle either. Numerical Precision MrBeast knows that using precise numbers in headlines just work. Almost all of his most popular videos use headlines that contain a specific number. “Going Through The Same Drive Thru 1,000 Times" “$456,000 Squid Game In Real Life!” Yes, these headlines also use costly signaling. But there’s more to it than that. Precise numbers are tangible. They catch our eye, pique our curiosity, and add a sense of authenticity. “The concreteness effect”: Specific, concrete information is more likely to be remembered than abstract, intangible information. “I went through the same drive thru 1000 times” is more impactful than “I went through the same drive thru countless times”. Contrast MrBeast Headline: "$1 vs $1,000,000 Hotel Room!" Our brains are drawn to stark contrasts and MrBeast knows it. His headlines often pit two extremes against each other. It instantly creates a mental image of both scenarios. You’re not just curious about what a $1,000,000 hotel room looks like. You’re also wondering how it could possibly compare to a $1 room. Was the difference wildly significant? Was it actually not as significant as you’d think? It increases the audience’s \curiosity gap\ enough to get them to click and find out more. Here are a few ways you could use contrast in your headlines effectively: Transformational Content: "From $200 to a $100M Empire - How A Small Town Accountant Took On Silicon Valley" Here you’re contrasting different states or conditions of a single subject. Transformation stories and before-and-after scenarios. You’ve got the added benefit of people being drawn to aspirational/inspirational stories. Direct Comparison “Local Diner Vs Gourmet Bistro - Where Does The Best Comfort Food Lie?” Nostalgia MrBeast Headline: "I Built Willy Wonka's Chocolate Factory!" Nostalgia is a longing for the past. It’s often triggered by sensory stimuli - smells, songs, images, etc. It can feel comforting and positive, but sometimes bittersweet. Nostalgia can provide emotional comfort, identity reinforcement, and even social connection. People are drawn to it and MrBeast has it down to a tee. He created a fantasy world most people on this planet came across at some point in their childhood. While the headline does play on costly signaling here as well, nostalgia does help to clinch the click and get the view. Subtle examples of nostalgia at play: “How this \[old school cartoon\] is shaping new age animation”. “\[Your favorite childhood books\] are getting major movie deals”. Morbid Curiosity MrBeast Headline: "Surviving 24 Hours Straight In The Bermuda Triangle" People are drawn to the macabre and the dangerous. Morbid curiosity explains why you’re drawn to situations that are disturbing, frightening, or gruesome. It’s that tension between wanting to avoid harm and the irresistible desire to know about it. It’s a peculiar aspect of human psychology and viral content marketers take full advantage of it. The Bermuda Triangle is practically synonymous with danger. The headline suggests a pretty extreme encounter with it, so we click to find out more. FOMO And Urgency MrBeast Headline: "Last To Leave $800,000 Island Keeps It" “FOMO”: the worry that others may be having fulfilling experiences that you’re absent from. Marketers leverage FOMO to drive immediate action - clicking, subscribing, purchasing, etc. The action is driven by the notion that delay could result in missing out on an exciting opportunity or event. You could argue that MrBeast uses FOMO and urgency in all of his headlines. They work under the notion that a delay in clicking could result in missing out on an exciting opportunity or event. MrBeast’s time-sensitive challenge, exclusive opportunities, and high-stakes competitions all generate a sense of urgency. People feel compelled to watch immediately for fear of missing out on the outcome or being left behind in conversations about the content. Creators, writers, and marketers can tap into FOMO with their headlines without being so extreme. “The Hidden Parisian Cafe To Visit Before The Crowds Do” “How \[Tech Innovation\] Will Soon Change \[Industry\] For Good” (Yep, FOMO and urgency are primarily responsible for the proliferation of AI-related headlines these days). Why This All Matters If you don’t have content you need people to consume, it probably doesn’t! But if any aspect of your online business would benefit from people clicking on things more, it probably does. “Yes, because we all need more clickbait in this world - \eye-roll emoji\” - Disgruntled Redditor I never really understood this comment but I seem to get it pretty often. My stance is this: If the content delivers what the headline promises, it shouldn’t be labeled clickbait. I wouldn’t call MrBeast’s content clickbait. The fact is that linguistic techniques can be used to drive people to consume some content over others. You don’t need to take things to the extremes that MrBeast does to make use of his headline techniques. If content doesn’t get clicked, it won’t be read, viewed, or listened to - no matter how brilliant the content might be. While “clickbait” content isn’t a good thing, we can all learn a thing or two from how they generate attention in an increasingly noisy digital world.

AI Voice Platform Comparison for Small Business Use Cases

We provide AI voice agent consultation and solutions in Upwork. One of clients’ frequent questions is which platform is best/perfect for their use cases, like lead qualification, AI receptionist, customer support, etc. This post provides our thoughts on this question. Our overall feeling is that the AI agent technology is still not there yet. It seems close but there are many corner cases the AI bot doesn't handle well. Four major players in the AI voice platforms: Bland ($65M funding) Retell ($4.6M funding) Synthflow ($7.4M funding) VAPI ($20M funding) We will only talk about Bland, Retell and VAPI. We firstly tried Synthflow and found the UI was buggy (the prompt editor froze for 20 seconds to 30 seconds when we were editing the prompt). Currently we don't use it anymore. Recommended use cases based on Upwork jobs we delivered: Bland. We recommend Bland for lead qualification as the lead qualification has a strict conversation flow (like asking questions, extracting variables, and making webhook calls). Clients/contractors can draw flow diagrams to build AI voice agents. We also find Bland is not a good fit for a small business with a monthly budget less than 5K. The reason is that common tools (like warm transfer, SMS sending) for AI voice agents are only available to enterprise clients. But warm transfers are critical for small businesses. Retell. We recommend Retell for customer support in contact centers. Retell has the best voice among competitors. One use case we build in Retell is the live translator in the ambulance call center. We tried the same prompt with the same LLM setup in VAPI. We found Retell performs way better than VAPI in terms of the translation quality and reliability. Another common scenario in the customer support domain is to have 3-way merge so that the agent can tell the summary to the transfer number while the caller can hear the conversation. VAPI. We recommend VAPI for AI receptionists and phone answering use cases. We can write a prompt and ask LLM to do the magic if callers ask questions not included in the prompt. We can set up custom tools to trigger automation (like update CRM) and warm transfer to connect to the stakeholders. One feeling we have is that VAPI is way more complicated than the other two platforms. If you don’t have developer experience and have a budget to hire a contractor, it is better to try Retell as Retell has many integrations. If you have any other questions or we miss anything, feel free to comment. We like to explore AI voice agent space together.

5 no-code tools to build your website fast and easy.

Hey, reddittors👋 Want to build a website but don't know how to code? 🥺 No problem! There are a number of no-code tools available that can help you create a professional-looking website without any coding knowledge. 👇 Carrd Carrd is a free website builder that allows you to create simple, one-page websites, profile pages, portfolios and forms with super-easy-to learn editor. It's a great option for people who want to create a website quickly and easily without having to learn how to code. Carrd has 16 website design elements, such as text, audio, video, images, buttons, tables, galleries, and code embeds that can be used to define the structure of your website. Pros: Easy to use, affordable (free/$19 per year plans), variety of templates, widgets (PayPal, Gumroad, Stripe, Typeform, etc), responsive out of the box, has some basic animations. Cons: Lack of design freedom, hard to build a scalable website, most of the templates looks design outdated, not suitable for blogs and online stores. Best for: Solo entrepreneurs, Artists, Photographers, Copywriters, SMB’s with no design/development background. Framer Primarily aimed at designers, Framer is a no-code tool that let’s you create highly-customized websites that vary from simple landing pages to multi-page company websites. It has all the necessary building blocks and features to create any website your company might need. It’s even has an AI websites builder built in! Pros: Complete design freedom, powerful animation engine, content management system (CMS), Easy to pick up for designers, plenty of learning resources, code embeds, SEO settings, affordable ($19/month), collaboration (you can invite team to work with you on the website simultaneously), library of prebuilt components, Figma-to-Framer plugin that lets you copy-paste designs into Framer with ease. Cons: Learning curve, not the best pick for bulky websites. Best for: Freelance designers & agencies, In-house design teams WordPress WordPress is a free and open-source content management system (CMS). It is the most popular website builder in the world, powering over 455 million websites. It has all features you might need to build a landing page, multi-page website, blogs, ecommerce stores, gated content websites, etc. Pros: Tons of learning materials, highly customizable, SEO-friendly, scalability, lots of plugins and themes, large community Cons: Security vulnerabilities, learning curve, website maintenance required, performance issues, dependency on plugins. Best for: Freelance designers & agencies, In-house design teams, solo entrepreneurs, SMB’s, bloggers. &#x200B; Wix Wix is a popular website builder that has gained immense popularity for its user-friendly interface and a wide range of features designed to cater to both beginners and experienced web creators. Offering an array of customizable templates, drag-and-drop functionality, and an impressive app market, Wix empowers users to bring their online visions to life without requiring extensive technical knowledge. Pros: Easy-to-use, robust learning resources, scalability, huge template library, e-commerce tools, feature-rich (app market, appointment booking, etc) Cons: Limited design flexibility, \\\\not so flexible, websites may be slow, bad customer support, limited SEO features Best for: Freelance designers & agencies, In-house design teams, solo entrepreneurs, SMB’s. &#x200B; Webflow Webflow is a no-code platform that lets you build any type of website visually, from marketing landing pages to multi-page corporate websites, gated content websites, blogs, portfolios, and ecommerce stores. It is a powerful and versatile tool that is suitable for a variety of users, including businesses that care about design and want to move quickly. Pros: Absolute design freedom, Robust learning resources, SEO-friendly, scalability, huge template library, large and supportive community, Integrations, Advanced SEO control, custom code, website export, powerful animation engine and CMS. Cons: learning curve, not for massive ecommerce stores, high pricing, Webflow support. Best for: Freelance designers & agencies, In-house design teams, solo entrepreneurs, SMB’s. &#x200B; Bonus tools: Hubspot landing pages — Marketing-oriented landing page builder. Instapage — Great for businesses that use paid advertising, as it offers A/B testing and heatmaps to help you optimize your landing pages for better results Unicorn Platform — SaaS-oriented landing page builder. \---------- Resume: If you have a budget and need a tool with strong design capabilities, scalability, and speed of build, then Webflow is a good choice. Framer is a great option for teams with a single designer, as it is easy for designers to learn and use. Or try Unicorn Platform, if you're running a SaaS business on your own and tight on a budget. No matter which tool you choose, you can create a well-designed website by using the extensive template library that each tool offers. These templates can be customized to fit your specific needs and branding.

I’m building a “DesignPickle” for all things Funnels. Would love your feedback...

Hey Entrepreneurs, Early next year I’m rolling out a productized service business along the lines of Design Pickle, but instead of design assets, we create on-demand marketing assets: Things like landing pages, lead magnets, email campaigns, etc. This is NOT an agency with client engagements, etc.  It is an on-demand, menu-item style fulfillment platform where we do a few predefined things really, really well, and as much as possible try to reduce the complexity (and required customer inputs) so that creating your next killer Funnel is as easy as ordering dinner on Skip the Dishes. Below I’ve laid out our current thinking (we’re still distilling this into a deck), just so you have the full context.  And at the end, I pose 5 feedback questions. So if this “deck” seems interesting to you, then I’d love to get your feedback at the end 🙂 Thanks! And here goes... \--- The current elevator pitch:  We will research your business, your market and your competitors to develop a killer Lead Magnet, Landing Page, Ad Creatives and a 30-Day Email Drip campaign designed to turn your traffic into a rabid, lifelong buyer tribe (that you can email for years... like having your own, on-demand cash printer).  The overall thesis:  While AI is getting continually better at creating things like one-off graphics, article content, and so on - we do not think it can deeply understand market psychology, what keeps your customers up at night, or the underlying emotions that drive purchase decisions at the individual level, for your specific offer(s). Moreover, it’s also this psychological aspect of marketing where most businesses simply do not have the talent, resources or frankly the experience to create high-performing funnels themselves, regardless of how much "automation" they might have at their fingertips. And that’s because this is where you need to know who your customer really is, and what they’re actually buying (hint: not your features). Few marketers focus on these fundamentals, let alone understand the selling process. This is also why tools like ClickFunnels, HighLevel, LeadPages, etc. while very helpful, can only help with the logistics of selling. It’s still on each business to figure out how to actually tell their story, capture demand, and sell effectively. This is why a productized service that nails market research, competitor analysis & world-class copywriting that can actually turn cold traffic into lifelong customers is going to be a no-brainer for a business that’s currently struggling to actually get a steady flow of online sales. This is not something we see AI replacing effectively, any time soon. Current gaps & unknowns:  At a top level, I’m not overly worried about validation or viability; there are several existing competitors, and obviously the automation platforms have substantial customer bases (ClickFunnels etc). There will be a certain cohort that will want experts to do the actual thinking for them, storytelling, etc. Even if it’s a relatively small cohort, given the CLTV of a service like this, it still makes for a decent sized business. But where I’m less confident is in who our ideal customer actually is... Yes, basically every direct-response internet business needs an effective funnel that can sell. Whether you’re an Enterprise SaaS platform or a solopreneur launching your first $39 ebook, you will benefit from a killer funnel. As a “DesignPickle” type service though, here’s the challenges I see with each core customer category... B2B SaaS: While sales decisions are still emotional, it’s more about account-based considerations; people usually aren’t spending their own money, so it’s more about not looking stupid vs. gaining some benefit. Harder to systemize. Very high stakes. Consumer / SMB SaaS: While I think in general these are ideal customers, there will be resistance to leaning in hard on personality (and personal brand); founders usually want to sell at some point, so if they become the face of the platform, then boosting performance with a high-personality funnel might ironically make it a harder business to sell. SaaS founders are also generally very technical and stereotypically avoid marketing like the plague. Ecommerce: Most DTC brands think of funnels as an extension of their FB ad campaigns; few see their customers as a long-term audience that can become a significant asset. However, certain lifestyle / luxury brands might differ. Online Courses / Coaches: Of all the customer profiles, this group probably has the most appreciation for the effectiveness of marketing psychology, copywriting, etc. and would get the value prop quickly. The problem is that most won’t have the budget or traction to outsource asset creation. This is the “poorest” segment of the market. Service Businesses: Agencies, consultancies, and so on would greatly benefit from having a strong personal brand + storytelling premise (funnel). However, they’re also the worst offenders when it comes to never practicing what they preach / do for others. Client work soaks up all their resources. Local & Brick/Mortar: Generally speaking most local businesses are going to have smaller audiences (email lists under 2K subs), where funnel ops might have limited value long-term due to a lack of scale. And for larger B&M brands with franchises across various locations, you get into stakeholder friction; messaging usually gets watered down to basic corporate-speak as a result. Now, to be clear, I still see a ton of opportunity in each of those main customer categories as well, but I like to be clear-eyed about the overall resistance each niche will have - mainly because this helps to refine messaging to an ideal customer profile within them. In this case though, so far, nothing’s really jumping out at me as a clear “winner” at a category level. So far, what I’m thinking is our ICP might be situational / conditional. For example: A business has a funnel / is invested in the process, but it’s not working yet A business sees their competitor killing it with a funnel, and they’re ultra motivated to do it even better A business has one funnel that’s working awesome, and everything else they try sucks (so they can’t scale / expand) Etc. Basically, our most ideal customer might be ANY type of business who gets it, who’s tried to do this themselves, and now needs the pros to come in and fix things. \--- This is where your feedback would be incredibly valuable... First, if you’ve made it all the way down to this point - thanks for enduring my rambling mess above! But I did think the context might be helpful. Based on our overall biz plan & go-to-market considerations discussed above, if you run a business (or work with one) that might benefit from something like this, I’d love to ask a few questions... What is the nature of your business? (What do you sell)? What do you find hardest about selling to your online audience? Have you built a funnel in the past / are you running one currently? If not, what’s stopping you from building a high-performing funnel? If you had a “magic marketing lamp” where a genie could create ONE amazing marketing asset for you (eg. a killer landing page, video ad, launch strategy, etc), but you could only use it ONCE, what would you have the genie do for you? Please reply below as a comment, or DM me if you’d prefer to keep answers anonymous.  Thanks so much And again, apologies for the novel... Cheers

How Our AI Tool Helped a Small Business Save 15% on Annual Expenses

I’m the founder of a startup that built an AI-powered tool to analyze and optimize business finances, with a special focus on small and medium-sized enterprises (SMEs). After months of development and testing, I’m pumped to share our solution with you and get your feedback. Here’s what we do, how it works, and the results we’ve seen. The Problem We Solve Managing a company’s finances, especially for an SME, is often a nightmare: forgotten subscriptions, poorly negotiated supplier contracts, invoices with errors… We’ve all been there. Our tool uses AI to automate expense analysis, spot issues, and suggest practical ways to cut costs—without you having to spend hours on it. How It Works (A Bit of Tech Talk) We built our tool on a multi-agent architecture using the CREWAI framework. Here are the main AI agents we’ve got running: Expense Analyst: Digs through your invoices and categorizes your spending. Compliance Auditor: Checks for errors, fraud, or compliance hiccups. Financial Reporter: Generates clear reports with actionable recommendations. Supplier Negotiator: Hunts down cheaper supplier options using the Serper API and offers negotiation strategies. To hook up your company’s data, we use NEEDLE, a RAG (Retrieval-Augmented Generation) system that lets our agents tap into your info in real time. Everything’s locked down in an SQLite database with end-to-end encryption. Real Results We tested the tool with 10 companies, and here’s what we found: Average cost reduction of 12% in three months. Fraud detection: For example, we flagged 5 shady invoices at one company, saving them €3,000. Supplier optimization: For an SME, we found an energy supplier 20% cheaper, saving them €8,000 a year. A real-world case: A consulting firm with 50 employees ran our tool on their SaaS subscriptions. Outcome? They ditched 3 unused subscriptions, renegotiated 2 contracts, and saved 15% on their annual expenses. Challenges We Tackled No sugarcoating here—it wasn’t a walk in the park. The biggest hurdle? Data security. We’re handling sensitive stuff, so we went all in: End-to-end encryption for everything we process. GDPR compliance with strict rules. Role-based access controls to limit who sees what. Another tough one was integrating with existing systems. We’ve already got connectors for QuickBooks, Xero, and SAP, and we’re working on more. Why It’s Different Sure, there are tools like Expensify or Ramp out there, but our multi-agent approach digs deeper. We deliver super-detailed analysis and precise recommendations. And our knack for finding cheaper suppliers in real time? That’s a game-changer for quick savings.I’m the founder of a startup that built an AI-powered tool to analyze and optimize business finances, with a special focus on small and medium-sized enterprises (SMEs). After months of development and testing, I’m pumped to share our solution with you and get your feedback. Here’s what we do, how it works, and the results we’ve seen. Ask me your technical questions, share your ideas or critiques we’re here to get better! Thanks you for reading this.

Looking for an AI-driven solution to automate invoice management—any recommendations?

Hey everyone, I’m looking for a tool or service to simplify my invoice management process. Here’s the situation: I deal with a lot of invoices—mostly physical ones (petrol, business dinners, etc.) that I currently photograph and manually input into Excel. I include details like the execution date, invoice date, partner name, currency, and more. For digital invoices (e.g., software and tools we pay for), I often receive them via email or have to download them from a dashboard (we use Revolut Business, SEPA, and an ordinary Visa card for payments). To get everything in one place, I have to sync multiple sheets from different sources—quite the hassle. Currently, this process requires one person full-time, but I believe there should be a better way. Ideally, I’m looking for a solution where: Physical invoices can be photographed and automatically processed (data extracted and stored). Digital invoices can be imported directly from email or dashboards. All invoices (physical and digital) are saved to Google Drive (as proof), with relevant data exported to a Google Sheet. Does anyone know of a service/tool that can handle this in an efficient way, leveraging AI or automation? Any help is greatly appreciated! 😊

The 15 Best (Free to Use) AI Tools for Creating Websites, Presentations, Graphics, UIs, Photos, and more

While we wait for ChatGPT to roll out its own official image input+output tool, I wanted to put together a list of the best AI design tools I've seen so far. Obviously text-based tasks like writing and coding get the bulk of the attention, but I wanted to see how it’s being used in design and more visual tasks. From UI and full-on website design, to graphics and photo generation, there are a ton of interesting and free tools coming out that are worth trying and using as inspiration for your own projects. These tools cover a bunch of different use cases and can hopefully help some of you, whether you’re a professional designer looking to automate parts of your work or just someone who wants to find ways to speed up the design work for your business/side projects. All of them are free to try, but most have some kind of paid plan or limit on the number of free generations. Fair enough given it costs money to run the models, but I've tried to include notes on any that don't have permanent free plans. Let me know if you know of any tools I’ve missed so I can add them to the list! I’ve grouped them by categories, to make it easier to see what each tool is capable of, then given a bit more detail under each specific tool. AI Website, Graphic and UI Generators: Framer: Describe the website you want, and Framer will create it for you. Edit and instantly publish your site from their platform. Ironically my favorite thing about Framer isn’t its AI tool. Its real advantage is its website editor which is the best I’ve seen on any platform (and usable for free). It’s like Figma if Figma let you publish directly to the web. Microsoft Designer: Generates designs based on user input for social media posts, logos, and business graphics. It’s free to use with a Microsoft account, and fairly impressive if not always consistent. If you pay a lot or spend a ton of time on design/social media content, Designer is definitely worth checking out. UIzard: Transforms text and images into design mockups, wireframes, and full user interfaces. It’s an ambitious concept, but very cool. While Framer was better for generating websites from text prompts, UIZard offers something none of the others did: taking a sketch drawing and turning it into a UI and/or wireframing. Visualizations, Graphics and Illustrations: Taskade: AI powered productivity tool to visualize your notes, projects, and tasks. Taskade lets you easily generate mind maps and other visualizations of your work, and makes use of AI in a bunch of cool ways. For example, you can generate a mind map to help you brainstorm and then ask it to expand on a certain point or even research it for you with the internet. Bing Image Creator: Generate images from natural text descriptions, powered by DALL-E. Whether you’re looking for blog illustrations, images for your site’s pages or any other purpose, it’s worth trying. AutoDraw: Autodraw is a Google Project that lets you draw something freehand with your cursor, and AutoDraw uses AI to transform it into a refined image with icons and predrawn designs, all for free in your browser. AI Presentations and Slides: Plus AI for Google Slides: AI generated slides and full-on presentations, all within Google Slides. I liked how Plus AI worked within Google Slides and made it easy to make changes to the presentation (as lets be real, no AI tool is going to generate exactly* the content and formatting you need for a serious presentation). SlidesGo: Generate slides with illustrations, images, and icons chosen by AI. SlidesGo also has their own editor to let you edit and refine the AI generated presentation. Tome: Tell Tome what you want to say to your audience, and it will create a presentation that effectively communicates it clearly and effectively. Tome actually goes beyond just presentations and has a few cool formats worth checking out that I could see being useful for salespeople and anyone who needs to pitch an idea or product at work or to clients. Product Photography: These are all fairly similar so I’ve kept the descriptions short, but it’s genuinely a pretty useful category if you run any kind of business or side hustle that needs product photos. These photos establish the professionalism of your store/brand, and all the ones I tried had genuinely impressive results that seemed much better than what I could do myself. Pebblely: AI image generator for product images in various styles and settings. 40 free images, paid after that. Booth.ai: Generates professional-quality product photos using AI, focused on furniture, fashion, and packaged goods. Stylized.ai: Generates product photos integrated into ecommerce platforms like Shopify. Miscellaneous Tools: Fronty: Converts uploaded images or drawings into HTML and CSS code using AI. It’s a bit clunky, but a cool concept nonetheless. LetsEnhance: Uses AI to enhance the resolution of images and photographs. Generally works pretty well from my experience, and gives you 10 free credits with signup. Unfortunately beyond that it is a paid product. Remove.bg: Specializes in recognizing and removing image backgrounds effectively. Doesn’t promise much, but it does the job and doesn’t require you to sign up. TL;DR/Overall favorites: These are the ones I've found the most use for in my day-to-day work. Framer: responsive website design with a full-featured editor to edit and publish your site all in one place. Free + paid plans. Taskade: visualize and automate your workflows, projects, mind maps, and more with AI powered templates. Free + paid plans. Microsoft Designer: generate social media and other marketing graphics with AI. Free to use. Plus AI: plugin for Google Slides to generate slide content, designs, and make tweaks with AI. Free + paid plans. Pebblely: professional-quality product photos in various settings and backgrounds, free to generate up to 40 images* (through you can always sign up for another account…)

The best (actually free to use) AI tools for day-to-day work + productivity

I've spent an ungodly amount of time ~~procrastinating~~ trying tons of new/free AI tools from Reddit and various lists of the best AI tools for different use cases. Frankly, most free AI tools (and even paid ones) are gimmicky ChatGPT wrappers with questionable utility in everyday tasks or overpriced enterprise software that don't use AI as anything more than a marketing buzzword. My last list of free AI tools got a good response here, and I wanted to make another with the best AI tools that I actually use day-to-day now that I've spent more time with them. All these tools can be used for free, though most of them have some kind of premium offering if you need more advanced stuff or a ton of queries. To make it easy to sort through, I've also added whether each tool requires signup. ChatPDF: Free Tool to Use ChatGPT on Your Own Documents/PDFs (free no signup) Put simply, ChatPDF lets you upload any PDF and interact with it like ChatGPT. I heard about this one from my nephew who used it to automatically generate flashcards and explain concepts based on class notes and readings. There are a few similar services out there, but I found ChatPDF the easiest to use of those that don't require payment/signup. If you're a student or someone who needs to read through long PDFs regularly, the possibilities to use this are endless. It's also completely free and doesn't require signup. Key Features: Free to upload up to 3 PDFs daily, with up to 120 pages in each PDF Can be used without signing up at all Taskade: AI Task Management, Scheduling, and Notetaking Tool with GPT-4 Built-In (free with signup) Taskade is an all-in-one notetaking, task management, and scheduling platform with built-in AI workflows and templates. Like Notion, Taskade lets you easily create workspaces, documents, and templates for your workflows. Unlike Notion’s GPT-3 based AI, Taskade has built-in GPT-4 based AI that’s trained to structure your documents, create content, and otherwise help you improve your productivity. Key Features: GPT-4 is built in to their free plan and trained to help with document formatting, scheduling, content creation and answering questions through a chat interface. Its AI seems specifically trained to work seamlessly with your documents and workspaces, and understands queries specific to their interface like asking it to turn (text) notes into a mind map. One of the highest usage limits of the free tools: Taskade’s free plan comes with 1000 monthly requests, which is one of the highest I’ve seen for a tool with built-in GPT-4. Because it’s built into a document editor with database, scheduling and chat capabilities, you can use it for pretty much anything you’d use ChatGPT for but without* paying for ChatGPT Premium. Free templates to get you started with actually integrating AI into your workflows: there are a huge number of genuinely useful free templates for workflows, task management, mind mapping, etc. For example, you can add a project and have Taskade automatically map out and schedule a breakdown of the tasks that make up that overall deliverable. Plus AI for Google Slides: AI-generated (and improved) slide decks (free with signup, addon for Google Slides) I've tried out a bunch of AI presentation/slide generating tools. To be honest, most of them leave a lot to be desired and aren't genuinely useful unless you're literally paid to generate a presentation vaguely related to some topic. Plus AI is a (free!) Google Slides addon that lets you describe the kind of slide deck you're making, then generate and fine-tune it based on your exact needs. It's still not at the point where you can literally just tell it one prompt and get the entire finished product, but it saves a bunch of time getting an initial structure together that you can then perfect. Similarly, if you have existing slides made you can tell it (in natural language) how you want it changed. For example, asking it to change up the layout of text on a page, improve the writing style, or even use external data sources. Key Features: Integrates seamlessly into Google Slides: if you’re already using Slides, using Plus AI is as simple as installing the plugin. Their tutorials are easy to follow and it doesn’t require learning some new slideshow software or interface like some other options. Create and* tweak slides using natural language: Plus AI lets you create whole slideshows, adjust text, or change layouts using natural language. It’s all fairly intuitive and the best of the AI slide tools I’ve tried. FlowGPT: Database of AI prompts and workflows (free without signup-though it pushes you to signup!) FlowGPT collects prompts and collections of prompts to do various tasks, from marketing, productivity, and coding to random stuff people find interesting. It uses an upvote system similar to Reddit that makes it easy to find interesting ways to use ChatGPT. It also lets you search for prompts if you have something in mind and want to see what others have done. It's free and has a lot of cool features like showing you previews of how ChatGPT responds to the prompts. Unfortunately, it's also a bit pushy with getting you to signup, and the design leaves something to be desired, but it's the best of these tools I've found. Key Features: Lots of users that share genuinely useful and interesting prompts Upvote system similar to Reddit’s that allows you to find interesting prompts within the categories you’re interested in Summarize.Tech: AI summaries of YouTube Videos (free no signup) Summarize generates AI summaries of YouTube videos, condensing them into relatively short written notes with timestamps. All the summaries I've seen have been accurate and save significant time. I find it especially useful when looking at longer tutorials where I want to find if: &#x200B; The tutorial actually tells me what I'm looking for, and See where in the video I can find that specific part. The one downside I've seen is that it doesn't work for videos that don't have subtitles, but hopefully, someone can build something with Whisper or a similar audio transcription API to solve that. Claude: ChatGPT Alternative with ~75k Word Limit (free with signup) If you've used ChatGPT, you've probably run into the issue of its (relatively low) token limit. Put simply, it can't handle text longer than a few thousand words. It's the same reason why ChatGPT "forgets" instructions you gave it earlier on in a conversation. Claude solves that, with a \~75,000 word limit that lets you input literal novels and do pretty much everything you can do with ChatGPT. Unfortunately, Claude is currently only free in the US or UK. Claude pitches itself as the "safer" AI, which can make it a pain to use for many use cases, but it's worth trying out and better than ChatGPT for certain tasks. Currently, I'm mainly using it to summarize long documents that ChatGPT literally cannot process as a single prompt. Key Features: Much longer word limit than even ChatGPT’s highest token models Stronger guardrails than ChatGPT: if you're into this, Claude focuses a lot more on "trust and safety" than even ChatGPT does. While an AI telling me what information I can and can't have is more of an annoyance for my use cases, it can be useful if you're building apps like customer support or other use cases where it's a top priority to keep the AI from writing something "surprising." Phind: AI Search Engine That Combines Google with ChatGPT (free no signup) Like a combination of Google and ChatGPT. Like ChatGPT, it can understand complex prompts and give you detailed answers condensing multiple sources. Like Google, it shows you the most up-to-date sources answering your question and has access to everything on the internet in real time (vs. ChatGPT's September 2021 cutoff). Unlike Google, it avoids spammy links that seem to dominate Google nowadays and actually answers your question. Key Features: Accesses the internet to get you real-time information vs. ChatGPT’s 2021 cutoff. While ChatGPT is great for content generation and other tasks that you don’t really need live information for, it can’t get you any information from past its cutoff point. Provides actual sources for its claims, helping you dive deeper into any specific points and avoid hallucinations. Phind was the first to combine the best of both worlds between Google and ChatGPT, giving you easy access to actual sources the way Google does while summarizing relevant results the way ChatGPT does. It’s still one of the best places for that, especially if you have technical questions. Bing AI: ChatGPT Alternative Based on GPT-4 (with internet access!) (free no signup) For all the hate Bing gets, they've done the best job of all the major search engines of integrating AI chat to answer questions. Bing's Chat AI is very similar to ChatGPT (it's based on GPT-4). Unlike ChatGPT's base model without plugins, it has access to the internet. It also doesn't require signing in, which is nice. At the risk of sounding like a broken record, Google has really dropped the ball lately in delivering non-spammy search results that actually answer the query, and it's nice to see other search engines like Bing and Phind providing alternatives. Key Features: Similar to Phind, though arguably a bit better for non-technical questions: Bing similarly provides sourced summaries, generates content and otherwise integrates AI and search nicely. Built on top of GPT-4: like Taskade, Bing has confirmed they use GPT-4. That makes it another nice option to get around paying for GPT-4 while still getting much of the same capabilities as ChatGPT. Seamless integration with a standard search engine that’s much better than I remember it being (when it was more of a joke than anything) Honorable Mentions: These are the “rest of the best” free AI tools I've found that are simpler/don't need a whole entry to explain: PdfGPT: Alternative to ChatPDF that also uses AI to summarize and let you interact with PDF documents. Nice to have options if you run into one site’s PDF or page limit and don’t want to pay to do so. Remove.bg: One of the few image AI tools I use regularly. Remove.bg uses simple AI to remove backgrounds from your images. It's very simple, but something I end up doing surprisingly often editing product images, etc. CopyAI and Jasper: both are AI writing tools primarily built for website marketing/blog content. I've tried both but don't use them enough regularly to be able to recommend one over the other. Worth trying if you do a lot of content writing and want to automate parts of it. Let me know if you guys recommend any other free AI tools that you use day-to-day and I can add them to the list. I’m also interested in any requests you guys have for AI tools that don’t exist yet, as I’m looking for new projects to work on at the moment! TL;DR: ChatPDF: Interact with any PDF using ChatGPT without signing up, great for students and anyone who needs to filter through long PDFs. Taskade: All-in-one task management, scheduling, and notetaking with built-in GPT-4 Chat + AI assistant for improving productivity. Plus AI for Google Slides: Addon for Google Slides that generates and fine-tunes slide decks based on your description(s) in natural language. FlowGPT: Database of AI prompts and workflows. Nice resource to find interesting ChatGPT prompts. Summarize.Tech: AI summaries of YouTube videos with timestamps that makes it easier to find relevant information in longer videos. Claude: ChatGPT alternative with a \~75k word limit, ideal for handling long documents and tasks that go above ChatGPT's token limit. Phind: AI search engine similar to a combination of Google and ChatGPT. Built in internet access and links/citations for its claims. Bing AI: Bing's ChatGPT alternative based on GPT-4. Has real-time internet access + integrates nicely with their normal search engine.

I run an AI automation agency (AAA). My honest overview and review of this new business model

I started an AI tools directory in February, and then branched off that to start an AI automation agency (AAA) in June. So far I've come across a lot of unsustainable "ideas" to make money with AI, but at the same time a few diamonds in the rough that aren't fully tapped into yet- especially the AAA model. Thought I'd share this post to shine light into this new business model and share some ways you could potentially start your own agency, or at the very least know who you are dealing with and how to pick and choose when you (inevitably) get bombarded with cold emails from them down the line. Foreword Running an AAA does NOT involve using AI tools directly to generate and sell content directly. That ship has sailed, and unless you are happy with $5 from Fiverr every month or so, it is not a real business model. Cry me a river but generating generic art with AI and slapping it onto a T-shirt to sell on Etsy won't make you a dime. At the same time, the AAA model will NOT require you to have a deep theoretical knowledge of AI, or any academic degree, as we are more so dealing with the practical applications of generative AI and how we can implement these into different workflows and tech-stacks, rather than building AI models from the ground up. Regardless of all that, common sense and a willingness to learn will help (a shit ton), as with anything. Keep in mind - this WILL involve work and motivation as well. The mindset that AI somehow means everything can be done for you on autopilot is not the right way to approach things. The common theme of businesses I've seen who have successfully implemented AI into their operations is the willingess to work with AI in a way that augments their existing operations, rather than flat out replace a worker or team. And this is exactly the train of thought you need when working with AI as a business model. However, as the field is relatively unsaturated and hype surrounding AI is still fresh for enterprises, right now is the prime time to start something new if generative AI interests you at all. With that being said, I'll be going over three of the most successful AI-adjacent businesses I've seen over this past year, in addition to some tips and resources to point you in the right direction. so.. WTF is an AI Automation Agency? The AI automation agency (or as some YouTubers have coined it, the AAA model) at its core involves creating custom AI solutions for businesses. I have over 1500 AI tools listed in my directory, however the feedback I've received from some enterprise users is that ready-made SaaS tools are too generic to meet their specific needs. Combine this with the fact virtually no smaller companies have the time or skills required to develop custom solutions right off the bat, and you have yourself real demand. I would say in practice, the AAA model is quite similar to Wordpress and even web dev agencies, with the major difference being all solutions you develop will incorporate key aspects of AI AND automation. Which brings me to my second point- JUST AI IS NOT ENOUGH. Rather than reducing the amount of time required to complete certain tasks, I've seen many AI agencies make the mistake of recommending and (trying to) sell solutions that more likely than not increase the workload of their clients. For example, if you were to make an internal tool that has AI answer questions based on their knowledge base, but this knowledge base has to be updated manually, this is creating unnecessary work. As such I think one of the key components of building successful AI solutions is incorporating the new (Generative AI/LLMs) with the old (programmtic automation- think Zapier, APIs, etc.). Finally, for this business model to be successful, ideally you should target a niche in which you have already worked and understand pain points and needs. Not only does this make it much easier to get calls booked with prospects, the solutions you build will have much greater value to your clients (meaning you get paid more). A mistake I've seen many AAA operators make (and I blame this on the "Get Rich Quick" YouTubers) is focusing too much on a specific productized service, rather than really understanding the needs of businesses. The former is much done via a SaaS model, but when going the agency route the only thing that makes sense is building custom solutions. This is why I always take a consultant-first approach. You can only build once you understand what they actually need and how certain solutions may impact their operations, workflows, and bottom-line. Basics of How to Get Started Pick a niche. As I mentioned previously, preferably one that you've worked in before. Niches I know of that are actively being bombarded with cold emails include real estate, e-commerce, auto-dealerships, lawyers, and medical offices. There is a reason for this, but I will tell you straight up this business model works well if you target any white-collar service business (internal tools approach) or high volume businesses (customer facing tools approach). Setup your toolbox. If you wanted to start a pressure washing business, you would need a pressure-washer. This is no different. For those without programming knowledge, I've seen two common ways AAA get setup to build- one is having a network of on-call web developers, whether its personal contacts or simply going to Upwork or any talent sourcing agency. The second is having an arsenal of no-code tools. I'll get to this more in a second, but this works beecause at its core, when we are dealing with the practical applications of AI, the code is quite simple, simply put. Start cold sales. Unless you have a network already, this is not a step you can skip. You've already picked a niche, so all you have to do is find the right message. Keep cold emails short, sweet, but enticing- and it will help a lot if you did step 1 correctly and intimately understand who your audience is. I'll be touching base later about how you can leverage AI yourself to help you with outreach and closing. The beauty of gen AI and the AAA model You don't need to be a seasoned web developer to make this business model work. The large majority of solutions that SME clients want is best done using an API for an LLM for the actual AI aspect. The value we create with the solutions we build comes with the conceptual framework and design that not only does what they need it to but integrates smoothly with their existing tech-stack and workflow. The actual implementation is quite straightforward once you understand the high level design and know which tools you are going to use. To give you a sense, even if you plan to build out these apps yourself (say in Python) the large majority of the nitty gritty technical work has already been done for you, especially if you leverage Python libraries and packages that offer high level abstraction for LLM-related functions. For instance, calling GPT can be as little as a single line of code. (And there are no-code tools where these functions are simply an icon on a GUI). Aside from understanding the capabilities and limitations of these tools and frameworks, the only thing that matters is being able to put them in a way that makes sense for what you want to build. Which is why outsourcing and no-code tools both work in our case. Okay... but how TF am I suppposed to actually build out these solutions? Now the fun part. I highly recommend getting familiar with Langchain and LlamaIndex. Both are Python libraires that help a lot with the high-level LLM abstraction I mentioned previously. The two most important aspects include being able to integrate internal data sources/knowledge bases with LLMs, and have LLMs perform autonomous actions. The two most common methods respectively are RAG and output parsing. RAG (retrieval augmented Generation) If you've ever seen a tool that seemingly "trains" GPT on your own data, and wonder how it all works- well I have an answer from you. At a high level, the user query is first being fed to what's called a vector database to run vector search. Vector search basically lets you do semantic search where you are searching data based on meaning. The vector databases then retrieves the most relevant sections of text as it relates to the user query, and this text gets APPENDED to your GPT prompt to provide extra context to the AI. Further, with prompt engineering, you can limit GPT to only generate an answer if it can be found within this extra context, greatly limiting the chance of hallucination (this is where AI makes random shit up). Aside from vector databases, we can also implement RAG with other data sources and retrieval methods, for example SQL databses (via parsing the outputs of LLM's- more on this later). Autonomous Agents via Output Parsing A common need of clients has been having AI actually perform tasks, rather than simply spitting out text. For example, with autonomous agents, we can have an e-commerce chatbot do the work of a basic customer service rep (i.e. look into orders, refunds, shipping). At a high level, what's going on is that the response of the LLM is being used programmtically to determine which API to call. Keeping on with the e-commerce example, if I wanted a chatbot to check shipping status, I could have a LLM response within my app (not shown to the user) with a prompt that outputs a random hash or string, and programmatically I can determine which API call to make based on this hash/string. And using the same fundamental concept as with RAG, I can append the the API response to a final prompt that would spit out the answer for the user. How No Code Tools Can Fit In (With some example solutions you can build) With that being said, you don't necessarily need to do all of the above by coding yourself, with Python libraries or otherwise. However, I will say that having that high level overview will help IMMENSELY when it comes to using no-code tools to do the actual work for you. Regardless, here are a few common solutions you might build for clients as well as some no-code tools you can use to build them out. Ex. Solution 1: AI Chatbots for SMEs (Small and Medium Enterprises) This involves creating chatbots that handle user queries, lead gen, and so forth with AI, and will use the principles of RAG at heart. After getting the required data from your client (i.e. product catalogues, previous support tickets, FAQ, internal documentation), you upload this into your knowledge base and write a prompt that makes sense for your use case. One no-code tool that does this well is MyAskAI. The beauty of it especially for building external chatbots is the ability to quickly ingest entire websites into your knowledge base via a sitemap, and bulk uploading files. Essentially, they've covered the entire grunt work required to do this manually. Finally, you can create a inline or chat widget on your client's website with a few lines of HTML, or altneratively integrate it with a Slack/Teams chatbot (if you are going for an internal Q&A chatbot approach). Other tools you could use include Botpress and Voiceflow, however these are less for RAG and more for building out complete chatbot flows that may or may not incorporate LLMs. Both apps are essentially GUIs that eliminate the pain and tears and trying to implement complex flows manually, and both natively incoporate AI intents and a knowledge base feature. Ex. Solution 2: Internal Apps Similar to the first example, except we go beyond making just chatbots but tools such as report generation and really any sort of internal tool or automations that may incorporate LLM's. For instance, you can have a tool that automatically generates replies to inbound emails based on your client's knowledge base. Or an automation that does the same thing but for replies to Instagram comments. Another example could be a tool that generates a description and screeenshot based on a URL (useful for directory sites, made one for my own :P). Getting into more advanced implementations of LLMs, we can have tools that can generate entire drafts of reports (think 80+ pages), based not only on data from a knowledge base but also the writing style, format, and author voice of previous reports. One good tool to create content generation panels for your clients would be MindStudio. You can train LLM's via prompt engineering in a structured way with your own data to essentially fine tune them for whatever text you need it to generate. Furthermore, it has a GUI where you can dictate the entire AI flow. You can also upload data sources via multiple formats, including PDF, CSV, and Docx. For automations that require interactions between multiple apps, I recommend the OG zapier/make.com if you want a no-code solution. For instance, for the automatic email reply generator, I can have a trigger such that when an email is received, a custom AI reply is generated by MyAskAI, and finally a draft is created in my email client. Or, for an automation where I can create a social media posts on multiple platforms based on a RSS feed (news feed), I can implement this directly in Zapier with their native GPT action (see screenshot) As for more complex LLM flows that may require multiple layers of LLMs, data sources, and APIs working together to generate a single response i.e. a long form 100 page report, I would recommend tools such as Stack AI or Flowise (open-source alternative) to build these solutions out. Essentially, you get most of the functions and features of Python packages such as Langchain and LlamaIndex in a GUI. See screenshot for an example of a flow How the hell are you supposed to find clients? With all that being said, none of this matters if you can't find anyone to sell to. You will have to do cold sales, one way or the other, especially if you are brand new to the game. And what better way to sell your AI services than with AI itself? If we want to integrate AI into the cold outreach process, first we must identify what it's good at doing, and that's obviously writing a bunch of text, in a short amount of time. Similar to the solutions that an AAA can build for its clients, we can take advantage of the same principles in our own sales processes. How to do outreach Once you've identified your niche and their pain points/opportunities for automation, you want to craft a compelling message in which you can send via cold email and cold calls to get prospects booked on demos/consultations. I won't get into too much detail in terms of exactly how to write emails or calling scripts, as there are millions of resources to help with this, but I will tell you a few key points you want to keep in mind when doing outreach for your AAA. First, you want to keep in mind that many businesses are still hesitant about AI and may not understand what it really is or how it can benefit their operations. However, we can take advantage of how mass media has been reporting on AI this past year- at the very least people are AWARE that sooner or later they may have to implement AI into their businesses to stay competitive. We want to frame our message in a way that introduces generative AI as a technology that can have a direct, tangible, and positive impact on their business. Although it may be hard to quantify, I like to include estimates of man-hours saved or costs saved at least in my final proposals to prospects. Times are TOUGH right now, and money is expensive, so you need to have a compelling reason for businesses to get on board. Once you've gotten your messaging down, you will want to create a list of prospects to contact. Tools you can use to find prospects include Apollo.io, reply.io, zoominfo (expensive af), and Linkedin Sales Navigator. What specific job titles, etc. to target will depend on your niche but for smaller companies this will tend to be the owner. For white collar niches, i.e. law, the professional that will be directly benefiting from the tool (i.e. partners) may be better to contact. And for larger organizations you may want to target business improvement and digital transformation leads/directors- these are the people directly in charge of projects like what you may be proposing. Okay- so you have your message, and your list, and now all it comes down to is getting the good word out. I won't be going into the details of how to send these out, a quick Google search will give you hundreds of resources for cold outreach methods. However, personalization is key and beyond simple dynamic variables you want to make sure you can either personalize your email campaigns directly with AI (SmartWriter.ai is an example of a tool that can do this), or at the very least have the ability to import email messages programmatically. Alternatively, ask ChatGPT to make you a Python Script that can take in a list of emails, scrape info based on their linkedin URL or website, and all pass this onto a GPT prompt that specifies your messaging to generate an email. From there, send away. How tf do I close? Once you've got some prospects booked in on your meetings, you will need to close deals with them to turn them into clients. Call #1: Consultation Tying back to when I mentioned you want to take a consultant-first appraoch, you will want to listen closely to their goals and needs and understand their pain points. This would be the first call, and typically I would provide a high level overview of different solutions we could build to tacke these. It really helps to have a presentation available, so you can graphically demonstrate key points and key technologies. I like to use Plus AI for this, it's basically a Google Slides add-on that can generate slide decks for you. I copy and paste my default company messaging, add some key points for the presentation, and it comes out with pretty decent slides. Call #2: Demo The second call would involve a demo of one of these solutions, and typically I'll quickly prototype it with boilerplate code I already have, otherwise I'll cook something up in a no-code tool. If you have a niche where one type of solution is commonly demanded, it helps to have a general demo set up to be able to handle a larger volume of calls, so you aren't burning yourself out. I'll also elaborate on how the final product would look like in comparison to the demo. Call #3 and Beyond: Once the initial consultation and demo is complete, you will want to alleviate any remaining concerns from your prospects and work with them to reach a final work proposal. It's crucial you lay out exactly what you will be building (in writing) and ensure the prospect understands this. Furthermore, be clear and transparent with timelines and communication methods for the project. In terms of pricing, you want to take this from a value-based approach. The same solution may be worth a lot more to client A than client B. Furthermore, you can create "add-ons" such as monthly maintenance/upgrade packages, training sessions for employeees, and so forth, separate from the initial setup fee you would charge. How you can incorporate AI into marketing your businesses Beyond cold sales, I highly recommend creating a funnel to capture warm leads. For instance, I do this currently with my AI tools directory, which links directly to my AI agency and has consistent branding throughout. Warm leads are much more likely to close (and honestly, much nicer to deal with). However, even without an AI-related website, at the very least you will want to create a presence on social media and the web in general. As with any agency, you will want basic a professional presence. A professional virtual address helps, in addition to a Google Business Profile (GBP) and TrustPilot. a GBP (especially for local SEO) and Trustpilot page also helps improve the looks of your search results immensely. For GBP, I recommend using ProfilePro, which is a chrome extension you can use to automate SEO work for your GBP. Aside from SEO optimzied business descriptions based on your business, it can handle Q/A answers, responses, updates, and service descriptions based on local keywords. Privacy and Legal Concerns of the AAA Model Aside from typical concerns for agencies relating to service contracts, there are a few issues (especially when using no-code tools) that will need to be addressed to run a successful AAA. Most of these surround privacy concerns when working with proprietary data. In your terms with your client, you will want to clearly define hosting providers and any third party tools you will be using to build their solution, and a DPA with these third parties listed as subprocessors if necessary. In addition, you will want to implement best practices like redacting private information from data being used for building solutions. In terms of addressing concerns directly from clients, it helps if you host your solutions on their own servers (not possible with AI tools), and address the fact only ChatGPT queries in the web app, not OpenAI API calls, will be used to train OpenAI's models (as reported by mainstream media). The key here is to be open and transparent with your clients about ALL the tools you are using, where there data will be going, and make sure to get this all in writing. have fun, and keep an open mind Before I finish this post, I just want to reiterate the fact that this is NOT an easy way to make money. Running an AI agency will require hours and hours of dedication and work, and constantly rearranging your schedule to meet prospect and client needs. However, if you are looking for a new business to run, and have a knack for understanding business operations and are genuinely interested in the pracitcal applications of generative AI, then I say go for it. The time is ticking before AAA becomes the new dropshipping or SMMA, and I've a firm believer that those who set foot first and establish themselves in this field will come out top. And remember, while 100 thousand people may read this post, only 2 may actually take initiative and start.

As a soloproneur, here is how I'm scaling with AI and GPT-based tools

Being a solopreneur has its fair share of challenges. Currently I've got businesses in ecommerce, agency work, and affiliate marketing, and one undeniable truth remains: to truly scale by yourself, you need more than just sheer will. That's where I feel technology, especially AI, steps in. As such, I wanted some AI tools that have genuinely made a difference in my own work as a solo business operator. No fluff, just tried-and-true tools and platforms that have worked for me. The ability for me to scale alone with AI tools that take advantage of GPT in one way, or another has been significant and really changed my game over the past year. They bring in an element of adaptability and intelligence and work right alongside “traditional automation”. Whether you're new to this or looking to optimize your current setup, I hope this post helps. FYI I used multiple prompts with GPT-4 to draft this using my personal notes. Plus AI (add-on for google slides/docs) I handle a lot of sales calls and demos for my AI automation agency. As I’m providing a custom service rather than a product, every client has different pain points and as such I need to make a new slide deck each time. And making slides used to be a huge PITA and pretty much the bane of my existence until slide deck generators using GPT came out. My favorite so far has been PlusAI, which works as a plugin for Google Slides. You pretty much give it a rough idea, or some key points and it creates some slides right within Google Slides. For me, I’ve been pasting the website copy or any information on my client, then telling PlusAI the service I want to propose. After the slides are made, you have a lot of leeway to edit the slides again with AI, compared to other slide generators out there. With 'Remix', I can switch up layouts if something feels off, and 'Rewrite' is there to gently nudge the AI in a different direction if I ever need it to. It's definitely given me a bit of breathing space in a schedule that often feels suffocating. echo.win (web-based app) As a solopreneur, I'm constantly juggling roles. Managing incoming calls can be particularly challenging. Echo.win, a modern call management platform, has become a game-changer for my business. It's like having a 24/7 personal assistant. Its advanced AI understands and responds to queries in a remarkably human way, freeing up my time. A standout feature is the Scenario Builder, allowing me to create personalized conversation flows. Live transcripts and in-depth analytics help me make data-driven decisions. The platform is scalable, handling multiple simultaneous calls and improving customer satisfaction. Automatic contact updates ensure I never miss an important call. Echo.win's pricing is reasonable, offering a personalized business number, AI agents, unlimited scenarios, live transcripts, and 100 answered call minutes per month. Extra minutes are available at a nominal cost. Echo.win has revolutionized my call management. It's a comprehensive, no-code platform that ensures my customers are always heard and never missed MindStudio by YouAi (web app/GUI) I work with numerous clients in my AI agency, and a recurring task is creating chatbots and demo apps tailored to their specific needs and connected to their knowledge base/data sources. Typically, I would make production builds from scratch with libraries such as LangChain/LlamaIndex, however it’s quite cumbersome to do this for free demos. As each client has unique requirements, it means I'm often creating something from scratch. For this, I’ve been using MindStudio (by YouAi) to quickly come up with the first iteration of my app. It supports multiple AI models (GPT, Claude, Llama), let’s you upload custom data sources via multiple formats (PDF, CSV, Excel, TXT, Docx, and HTML), allows for custom flows and rules, and lets you to quickly publish your apps. If you are in their developer program, YouAi has built-in payment infrastructure to charge your users for using your app. Unlike many of the other AI builders I’ve tried, MindStudio basically lets me dictate every step of the AI interaction at a high level, while at the same time simplifying the behind-the-scenes work. Just like how you'd sketch an outline or jot down main points, you start with a scaffold or decide to "remix" an existing AI, and it will open up the IDE. I often find myself importing client data or specific project details, and then laying out the kind of app or chatbot I'm looking to prototype. And once you've got your prototype you can customize the app as much as you want. LLamaIndex (Python framework) As mentioned before, in my AI agency, I frequently create chatbots and apps for clients, tailored to their specific needs and connected to their data sources. LlamaIndex, a data framework for LLM applications, has been a game-changer in this process. It allows me to ingest, structure, and access private or domain-specific data. The major difference over LangChain is I feel like LlamaIndex does high level abstraction much better.. Where LangChain unnecessarily abstracts the simplest logic, LlamaIndex actually has clear benefits when it comes to integrating your data with LLMs- it comes with data connectors that ingest data from various sources and formats, data indexes that structure data for easy consumption by LLMs, and engines that provide natural language access to data. It also includes data agents, LLM-powered knowledge workers augmented by tools, and application integrations that tie LlamaIndex back into the rest of the ecosystem. LlamaIndex is user-friendly, allowing beginners to use it with just five lines of code, while advanced users can customize and extend any module to fit their needs. To be completely honest, to me it’s more than a tool- at its heart it’s a framework that ensures seamless integration of LLMs with data sources while allowing for complete flexibility compared to no-code tools. GoCharlie (web app) GoCharlie, the first AI Agent product for content creation, has been a game-changer for my business. Powered by a proprietary LLM called Charlie, it's capable of handling multi-input/multi-output tasks. GoCharlie's capabilities are vast, including content repurposing, image generation in 4K and 8K for various aspect ratios, SEO-optimized blog creation, fact-checking, web research, and stock photo and GIF pull-ins. It also offers audio transcriptions for uploaded audio/video files and YouTube URLs, web scraping capabilities, and translation. One standout feature is its multiple input capability, where I can attach a file (like a brand brief from a client) and instruct it to create a social media campaign using brand guidelines. It considers the file, prompt, and website, and produces multiple outputs for each channel, each of which can be edited separately. Its multi-output feature allows me to write a prompt and receive a response, which can then be edited further using AI. Overall, very satisfied with GoCharlie and in my opinion it really presents itself as an effective alternative to GPT based tools. ProfilePro (chrome extension) As someone overseeing multiple Google Business Profiles (GBPs) for my various businesses, I’ve been using ProfilePro by Merchynt. This tool stood out with its ability to auto-generate SEO-optimized content like review responses and business updates based on minimal business input. It works as a Chrome extension, and offers suggestions for responses automatically on your GBP, with multiple options for the tone it will write in. As a plus, it can generate AI images for Google posts, and offer suggestions for services and service/product descriptions. While it streamlines many GBP tasks, it still allows room for personal adjustments and refinements, offering a balance between automation and individual touch. And if you are like me and don't have dedicated SEO experience, it can handle ongoing optimization tasks to help boost visibility and drive more customers to profiles through Google Maps and Search

Hear me out, you are annoying

I am a full stack web developer capable of realizing most of the people’s ideas here. Few things to mention out: Developers are not Google itself. You can’t randomly tell them to implement AI, blockchain, NFT, stocks etc. cus developers are not wizards. Stuff like that requires knowledge, quite a lot of it, and if you want someone to spend shit ton of time implementing smtn, you better prepare to pay for it, cus that knowledge is valuable. Most of the time it requires whole teams to do the work you imagined. If someone came to me and told me yeah, I want a copy of upwork. Sure bud, and where are the other 50 developers? (there are exceptions here but still, people are talking whole platforms while I am the only dev there, mate imma need a whole year for this one) be ready to pay. Sure, your idea is cool, but I can’t wait another 2 years untill it starts making money, plus if it’s fully online business, why would i want to share 50/50 with you? No one is dumb enough to do 3 months od work for free just to share 50/50 in best case, with someone who “had an idea”, I could delete the files any second I want to it’s my code! No one is doing big projects for free, be ready to pay and know the value of other’s work. Otherwise have fun scrolling through indian freelancers! At least try to manage something! I am right now looking for projects that I could join, who needs a web dev and all of them are like okay do the work, don’t expect any money cus we aee starting with no money at all and we won’t bother any investors cus you aee the dumb enough developer do male our business for 25% share

Unbiased opinion - Ideas

Hi, I’m currently looking to set up along site my full time job. I’m working away so have spare time mid week evenings to get cracking! If anyone has any other ideas which would link up with my interests please let me know. Note: I set up an airconditioning company which didn’t go to plan as I was just not passionate enough to chase sales/grow the company. Details Capital: I could invest upto 1k a month would prefer less Location: would prefer remote but the below ideas are all possible from my hotel room. Strengths: work well under pressure, technical minded, problem solving Weaknesses: can be lazy if not passionate, organisation, confidence Interests: Music, guitars, tech, coding, beer, motorbikes Experience: 12 years in railway electrical roles, coding bootcamp Ideas Idea: Guitar Electronics (pedals) Pros: cheap to start Enjoy building Creative Design work Cool field Cons: Time consuming Not much profit Scalability Competition is cheap Idea: Project management app/document selection Pros: Experienced in field Relatively quick if excel based Could charge subscription Contacts in industry Expensive if app based Make once sell multiple Remote Small overheads Cons: Not as fun as others learn new language? Limited market Other competition already good (apps) Idea: YouTube - mysteries, interesting topics Pros: Free to startup Enjoy researching Build community leading to other online projects Can voice over/AI No need to have cam Improve confidence Cons: Returns will take a while Get better at video editing Overcome speaking No overheads (have equipment) Time/money slow at start Idea: Railway Electrical Book/Course Pros: Throughly experienced Small market Niche - good money if can get sales Have to learn course software Contacts in field Create once Cons: Not as passionate as other ideas Amount of interest (possibly get other fields electricians involved?) Expensive to make?

Unified AI Model Gateway: One API to Rule Them All

Hiya! I’ve been working on an idea to simplify the way developers interact with AI services. Right now, every AI model provider—whether it’s OpenAI, Anthropic, X, or others—has its own API, SDKs, and quirks. This creates friction when you want to integrate multiple models or quickly test new ones. The Idea: Unified AI Model Gateway that acts as a single endpoint for all AI providers. Developers would send standardized requests, and the gateway would: route requests, aggregate metrics, simplify integration, anomaly detection, etc. The value: For developers, this means no more juggling multiple SDKs or rewriting code when switching providers. For businesses, it’s a way to optimize cost and performance by dynamically choosing the best model for the job. Plus, the built-in analytics can help track usage trends and provide insights that drive better decision-making. I’m super curious—what do you all think? Is this something you'd be willing to try out? Looking forward to your thoughts and feedback! Thanks!

Please rate my business idea aimed at emerging markets

Imagine a single platform that transforms your business operations effortlessly. Think of it like a Swiss Army knife for your business. First Steps (Every Business Needs These): Our website builder is your first step online. Just pick what you want, drag it where you need it, and you've got a professional website or online store. No tech skills needed. Perfect for getting your business visible to customers. Our security tool comes next because every business needs protection. It's like a security guard for your files and data, keeping hackers out and making sure you never lose important work. Think of it as insurance for your digital business. Cybersecurity and backups combined. Growing Business Needs: As your team grows, our digital office keeps everyone connected. Email, chat, share files, and track projects in one place. It's like having everyone in the same room, even when working remotely. This becomes essential once you have more than a few people. When paperwork starts piling up, our AI helper steps in. It's like having a smart assistant who learns your business and helps everyone get more done - handling routine tasks, summarizing meetings, and suggesting better ways to work. Scaling Up (For Established Businesses): Once you're handling lots of data, our eco-friendly cloud storage becomes crucial. Your business gets fast, reliable storage while helping the environment. We use servers powered by renewable energy, so you can grow sustainably. Our data transfer tool becomes important when you're working with multiple systems and need to move files around. It's like having a digital moving service that safely carries your files between different cloud services. With 20+ services to connect to cloud to cloud or on prem to cloud, its easy and fast. Advanced Needs: When your business processes get complex, our workflow automation tool helps you set up automatic systems for repetitive tasks. It's like training a robot to handle your routine work while your team focuses on growth. Simple no-code automation when you need it. Everything works on its own, but they're designed to work even better together. And since it's all in one place, you only need one password and one monthly bill. Most businesses save about half their tech costs by switching to our platform. Cost Benefits: Single subscription replaces multiple vendor contracts Reduces IT overhead by 40-60% on average No need for expensive technical specialists Predictable monthly costs Scales pricing with your usage

No-code platform for Creating AI Chatbots

Hey everyone! I've got an idea that I'm really excited about and I thought I’d share it with this community to get some feedback. I've been thinking about how chatbots are becoming increasingly popular, but the process of fine tuning and managing them can be a real hassle. The idea I am proposing is a no-code interface for creating and managing chatbots using the GPT-3 API. Think about it, imagine having the ability to create and customize your own chatbot in minutes, without any coding required. You could easily embed it into your Notion page or website and use it to provide better support or answer questions for customers. And if you're a solopreneur looking to sell access to your chatbot, this platform could be especially helpful for that This is just an idea for now, but I'm hoping to gauge interest and see if there's enough demand for such a product. Whether you're a solopreneur, a small business owner, or just someone who's curious about chatbots, your input is valuable to me. So what do you think? Would you be interested in using a no-code interface for creating and managing chatbots with GPT-3 API? Let me know in the comments and I'll keep you updated on the progress. And if you're interested in being a customer, co-founder, or just want early access, PM me your email with the word ‘Chatbot’ and I’ll make sure to keep you updated if this ever exists. Thanks for your time and I can't wait to hear from you!

Dev with AI and No-code Experience - Social Startup

Hi fellow startup folks! I am actively seeking an AI-learned, no-code web/app co-founder to support a social startup. Target market is very active on a few different platforms, where they glean a bit of knowledge and support. The problem (opportunity) that I have identified for this group is to build a single platform that will provide them with 100% of the support and experience that they currently crave from multiple, unrelated platforms. My research has shown that this group will easily understand our product offering and should / may be easy to convert. Initial goal is to build and release an MVP and start sharing it with the target market. The MVP will be bulit via a no-code application. Our product will pull APIs from a few trusted data-centric and market-related sources and roll those into a social format that will be fun and interactive. Lots of other cool things, too, but to be discussed later. It will be somewhat similar to the CodeMap . io concept, but with a social/interactive focus. CodeMap is built on Bubble (no-code). A little about me: I live in Denver, Colorado. Married with three dogs. 20+ year Operations and Program Management experience in aerospace (satellites) and renewables (hydropower). I have started a few businesses over the years - some profitable, some not - ranging from e-commerce, affiliate marketing, SaaS, etc. I solely built each of the businesses, but have leaned that I’m better at the Operations and execution side of business, rather than being in the weeds with programming (mainly because I’m not a programmer!). I’m looking forward to (hopefully) interacting with some of you on this project! Cheers!

Interview with founder of ReadyPlayerMe (raised $70M+ from a16z)

Thanks to everyone who replied to my previous post with the questions you had for Rainer, I added some of them into this interview. I’m Nikita of Databas3 , and that’s my first interview in a series where I’m learning more about the journey of the best tech and web3 founders. Would appreciate your feedback and suggestions for the next guest! Nikita: Let’s begin with a brief introduction. Can you share a bit about yourself and how the business started? Rainer: I’m Rainer, the CTO of ReadyPlayerMe. Our journey began in 2013 with four co-founders. Over the years, our focus has shifted mainly around our product’s evolution, but our core idea always revolved around virtual actors or virtual people. Our initial venture was into hardware. We created the first full-body scanner in the Nordics, a significant step in photogrammetry. This led us to develop the Luna Scanner, a three-meter tall structure designed to capture facial features and likenesses. When Facebook acquired Oculus in 2014, we foresaw the potential of VR and virtual worlds, especially in social experiences. Nikita: Interesting. How did you move on from there? Rainer: Recognizing the limitations of hardware, we transitioned into software. Our early scanner designs had limitations in scalability. For example, our three-meter tall scanner wasn’t a feasible solution for scanning millions of people. So, we leveraged the datasets from our initial projects and designed a mobile version, making facial scanning as easy as using your phone. Around 2015, this was a new territory, as facial scanning wasn’t a mainstream application. Nikita: What were the early applications of these scanned models? Rainer: In the beginning, we focused on 3D printed figurines from full-body scans. However, as we shifted to facial scanning, we licensed our technology to gaming companies, collaborating with giants like Wargaming and Tencent. We even ventured into virtual fittings with H&M. Each collaboration was custom-tailored, blending our technology with their systems. This model made us cash flow positive. Nikita: So this was the beginning of your foray into the gaming industry? Rainer: Precisely. The demand from gaming companies was substantial. As we built custom solutions for these enterprises, we saw a bigger potential. While our cash flow was positive, we realized the challenge of scaling through exclusive enterprise deals. We envisioned our avatar creation tech reaching indie games and beyond. Nikita: And that led to the birth of ReadyPlayerMe? Rainer: Exactly. Once we understood our market direction, we quickly developed the first iteration of ReadyPlayerMe as a web-based experience, emphasizing easy integration for game developers. The initial version was a character builder, allowing users to personalize their avatars, which many adopted for their social media profiles. Our goal was to create avatars that users could connect with and use across various platforms. Instead of licensing our technology, we offered it for free to everyone. As ReadyPlayerMe gained traction, especially in VR applications, we secured funding to further our mission. Nikita: Your growth seems swift and organic. Were there any challenges? Rainer: Our focus on easy integration significantly fueled our adoption. Pairing that with personalized avatars resonated well with our audience. But like any venture, we’ve faced our share of challenges and have always aimed to evolve and better our offerings. The rapid growth in Web3 projects and virtual worlds made personalization and customization more important. With the NFT boom, you could add utility by allowing access to selected collections. This played into web-based games and metaverse applications. The shift towards Web3 and personalization provided a significant tailwind for us. Many used our characters as profile pictures on social media. Nikita: I’ve heard from other founders that a16z really values viral marketing. Was this one reason they wanted to invest in your project? How was the process with them? Rainer: When a16z reached out, it felt like a natural fit. We wanted investors who understood the gaming space. Our main market is Web3, but we’re exploring the top games market. Their expertise in gaming was invaluable. They’ve been very supportive throughout. We were fortunate to be on their radar. Nikita: So your early growth and organic traction played a role in attracting investors? Rainer: Definitely. Early product growth and the potential future trajectory were essential in our discussions. Nikita: As the CTO, you must have faced challenges. Can you speak about the tech side and its evolution? Rainer: The early version of our platform was built by in-house engineers. As we grew, we had to adapt to increasing complexities and ensure we had the right team to execute our vision. My role often shifted between product management and tech, depending on the need. Nikita: It sounds like the startup environment remains strong within your company. Rainer: Absolutely. We’re all committed, hands-on, and working towards building the best product. Nikita: You mentioned the team earlier. How many people are in your team now? Rainer: We have 70 people, with about half in product and engineering. Nikita: And did you hire the tech team? Rainer: We brought on a head of engineering at the beginning of this year. He’s been instrumental in scaling the engineering organization, from increasing the headcount to refining engineering processes. We’ve recently reorganized into domain-specific teams. As the team grows, regular reorganization ensures we focus on delivering specific customer value. Every stage requires attention to the team’s composition to ensure efficient delivery. Nikita: Any advice for founders just starting with their first startup? Rainer: Focus on customer value, no matter how niche it might seem initially. Begin with a specific problem and solution, then expand from there. You don’t need a massive project right away. Begin small, prove the concept, and scale from there. Nikita: You’ve mentioned your love for books and podcasts. Any recommendations? Rainer: For startups, “High Growth Handbook” and “Lean Startup” are must-reads. “Working Backwards” offers insights into Amazon’s customer-centric approach. For podcasts, I listen to “Rework,” “Lenny’s Podcast,” and “Huberman Lab.” Nikita: All of us have some side project ideas from time to time. How do you handle these when managing a big project? Rainer: Over the years, I’ve built various side projects. Some are small applications to solve immediate problems, like a menu bar app for AirPods which made it to No. 1 on Product Hunt, and was nominated for Golden Kitty Award. I sometimes delve into 3D and AI, merging them for technical demos. I keep a list of ideas and pick from them as the urge arises. Nikita: Any final thoughts or advice? Rainer: As you scale, do so with clarity. Avoid scaling just for external appeal. Always hire when there’s genuine need, not just for the sake of expansion. It helps in staying lean and focused.

From Setbacks to $20K Profit: My AI Influencer Earnings Breakdown (Jan 2025) 💰

(Monthly income breakdown is in the end) 📌 Introduction Hey everyone! 👋 Before I dive into this month’s breakdown, I just want to be upfront—English isn’t my first language, so I’ve used ChatGPT to refine this post for better readability. That said, everything here is 100% real—my personal experiences, struggles, and earnings as someone running a full-time AI influencer business. Since I get a lot of DMs asking about my AI models, here are their Instagram links: 📷 Emma – https://www.instagram.com/emmalauireal 📷 Jade – https://www.instagram.com/jadelaui (jadecasual is the second account) Also, if you’ve been wondering about the community I run, where I teach others how to build AI influencers from scratch, here’s the link (I got approval from mods for this link): 🔗 AI Winners Now, let’s get into what happened this month. 🚀 \------- First, a huge thank you! 🎉 Three months ago, I shared my journey of building an AI influencer business, and I was blown away by the response. That post got 263K+ views and was shared over 2.7K times—way more than I ever expected. If you’re new here or want to check out the full story of how I started, you can read it here: 🔗 Click Here (Reddit link) \------- 🔹 What I Did in January After the holiday rush in December, I knew January would be a slow month—people had already spent most of their money at the end of the year. So instead of pushing harder on monetization, I shifted my focus to tech development and optimization. Flux Character Loras: I spent a lot of time refining and testing different Flux-based character Loras for my models. This is still a work in progress, but the goal is to improve long-term consistency and make my workflow even more efficient. NSFW Content Expansion: On Emma’s side, I expanded her content library using a real model body double, making her content look more organic and natural. Jade, however, remains 100% AI-generated, keeping her workflow entirely digital. Social Media Wipeout (Thanks, VA 🙃): I had handed off both Twitter accounts to a virtual assistant to help with engagement and DMs. Big mistake. He ended up spamming DMs, which got both accounts banned—Emma (80K followers) and Jade (20K followers). 🤦‍♂️ Right now, I’m rebuilding Emma’s account from scratch and taking a much more cautious approach. Jade’s account is still offline for now. New Platform: Threads – I hadn’t touched Threads before, but since engagement on Instagram can be unpredictable, I decided to start accounts for both models. So far, they’re performing well, and I’ll continue experimenting. Launched AI Winners Community: After getting flooded with DMs (both here and on Instagram), I realized there was a massive demand for structured learning around AI influencers. So, I launched AI Winners, a paid community where I break down everything I’ve learned. It’s still early, but I see it turning into a solid, long-term community. Investment & Acquisition Talks: I’m still evaluating potential investors and acquisition offers for my AI models. There’s growing interest in buying or investing in Emma & Jade, so I’ve been having conversations to explore different options. Overall, January was about tech, rebuilding, and long-term planning—not immediate revenue. But that’s what keeps this business sustainable. 🚀 \------- ⚠️ Biggest Challenges This Month Lost Both Twitter Accounts (Massive Traffic Hit) 🚨 The biggest blow this month was losing my models’ Twitter accounts. Twitter was responsible for about 40% of my total traffic, meaning both free and paid subs took a direct hit. While Emma’s revenue took a slight dip, Jade’s income dropped significantly—partly due to the account loss and partly because January is naturally slow. (Full revenue breakdown at the end of the post.) Jade’s Instagram Tanked (Possible Shadow Ban?) 🤔 Jade’s Instagram completely lost momentum in early January. Engagement and reach dropped by over 80%, and I still haven’t figured out why. It feels like a shadow ban, but I have no clear confirmation. To counter this, I launched a second backup account, and things are starting to recover. \------- 🚀 Potential Improvements & What’s Next Locking in a Stable Workflow 🔄 Right now, Emma & Jade’s workflow is still evolving, but I’m aiming to fully stabilize it. As I’m writing this, content is generating on my second monitor—a sign that I’m close to achieving full automation without compromising quality. Boosting Jade’s Fanvue Revenue 💰 Jade’s income took a hit this month, and it’s 100% a traffic issue. The solution? More content, more reach. I’ll be increasing social media output to drive consistent traffic back to Fanvue and restore her earnings. Patreon is Done. All Focus on Fanvue 🚫 I shut down both Emma & Jade’s Patreon accounts. The goal is not to split revenue—I want everything funneled into Fanvue for higher engagement and bigger paydays. \------- 💰 January 2025 Earnings Breakdown Despite January being one of the slowest months for online creators, Emma and Jade still brought in over $29K in revenue, with a net profit exceeding $20K after all expenses. Emma Laui generated $20,206.77, with around $6,000 in expenses (chatter payments, NSFW designer fees, and other operational costs). Jade Laui earned $8,939.05, with $2,000 in expenses. Considering Twitter account losses, Instagram setbacks, and the usual January spending slump, this is still a solid outcome. The focus now is on scaling traffic and maximizing Fanvue revenue heading into February. 🚀🔥 That’s the full breakdown for January! If you have questions, feel free to drop a comment, and I’ll answer when I can. Happy to help, just like others helped me when I was starting out! 🚀🔥

Demo: Scalable Custom Lead Generation for Tech Sales Reps?

Hey, Is anyone interested in relevant, recent, and validated tech sales leads w/ customized intro messages? I am building an AI solution that finds recent technical product problems and generates a custom introduction message. Here is an example situation and output.  I found a profitable graphic design tool product. I leveraged their product reviews to build a custom message for the product owner. Example Email Subject: Follow-Up on Feature Requests: Blending, Layering, and Export Formats Hi \[Product Owner\], I hope this message finds you well! My team and I have been analyzing recent feedback from users regarding \[App Name\], and I wanted to share some insights related to key feature requests that seem to resonate strongly with the community. Specifically, we’ve noticed recurring themes in the reviews regarding: Blending Tools: Users are finding the blending tools unintuitive and requiring extra steps compared to competitors. Additionally, there have been reports of crashes when using certain features like the paint-all tool for blending. Layering Capabilities: Many users are requesting unlimited layers and improvements in layer management (e.g., better renaming workflows to avoid visibility issues). Export Formats: Exporting to high-quality PSD and PNG is inconsistent, with issues such as loss of alpha transparency and layer data being highlighted. Users are eager for a more seamless export experience. Here are a few examples from recent reviews to illustrate these concerns: "Blending tools demand several additional steps, making them less streamlined than those offered by competitors." "Users are frustrated by the lack of unlimited layers, citing the inconvenience of having to save and re-import images to extend layer capacity." "The most recent update appears to have disrupted the Export function, as attempts to export drawings are unresponsive." Given how frequently these requests appear in the feedback, I wanted to touch base to understand how your team is currently approaching these areas. Are there any updates or plans in motion to address these features? We’re really excited to see where the app goes next and would love to assist in gathering more structured user insights if that would be helpful! Looking forward to your thoughts. Warm regards, \[Your Full Name\] \[Your Position\] \[Your Contact Information\] \---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- This approach demonstrates sincerity in understanding their business and lays a foundation to build a trusted advisor relationship. What do you all think? Is anyone interested in seeing a full demo? I would love to get some feedback.

Writing a exercise based TTRPG rulebook for a system where your real world fitness is tied to character progression

My dad was a star athlete when he was young, and my mom was a huge sci-fi/fantasy nerd, so I got both ends of the stick as it were. Love gaming and nerd culture, but also love to exercise and self improvement. Sometimes exercise can feel boring though compared to daydreaming about fantastic fictional worlds, so for a long time I've been kicking around the idea of how to "Gamify" fitness. and recently I've been working on this passion project of a Table Top RPG (Like D&D) where the stats of your character are related to your own fitness, so if you want your character in game to improve, you have to improve in the real world. Below is a rough draft you can look through that details the settings and mechanics of the game I've come up with so far. I'd love to eventually get a full book published and sell it online. maybe even starting a whole brand of "Gamified fitness": REP-SET: GAINSZ In the war torn future of 24th century… There are no rest days… In the futuristic setting of "REP-SET: GAINSZ," the "War of Gains" casts a long shadow over the Sol System as the various factions vie for territory and resources. However, war has evolved. Unmanned drones and long-range strikes have faded into obsolescence. Battles, both planet-side and in the depths of space, are now fought by soldiers piloting REP-SETs: Reactive Exoskeletal Platform - Symbiotic Evolution Trainer Massive, humanoid combat mechs. Powered by mysterious “EV” energy, these mechanical marvels amplify, and are in turn amplified by, the fitness and mental acuity of their pilots. The amplification is exponential, leading pilots into a life of constant training in order for their combat prowess to be bolstered by every incremental gain in their level of fitness. With top pilots having lifting capacity measured in tons, and reaction times measured by their Mach number, REP-SET enhanced infantry now dominate the battlefield. The Factions: The Federated Isometocracy of Terra (FIT): Quote: "The strength of the body is the strength of the spirit. Together, we will lift humanity to its destined greatness. But ask not the federation to lift for you. Ask yourself: Do you even lift for the Federation?" Description: An idealistic but authoritarian faction founded on the principle of maximizing the potential of all individuals. FIT citizens believe in relentless striving for physical and mental perfection, leading to collective excellence. Their goal is the unification of humankind under a rule guided by this doctrine, which sometimes comes at the cost of individual liberties. Mech Concept: REP-SET mechs. Versatile humanoid designs focusing on strength, endurance, and adaptability. By connecting to the AI spirit within their REP-SETs core, each pilot enhances the performance of their machine through personal willpower and peak physical training. Some high-rank REP-SETS include features customized to the pilot's strengths, visually signifying their dedication and discipline. The Dominion of Organo-Mechanical Supremacy (DOMS): Quote: "Without pain, there is no gain. Become the machine. Embrace the burn.” Description: A fanatical collective ideologically obsessed with "Ascendency through suffering" by merging their bodies with technology that not only transcends biological limitations, but also acts to constantly induce pain in it's users. Driven by a sense of ideological superiority and a thirst for domination, DOMS seek to bring the painful blessings of their deity "The lord of the Burn" to the rest of the solar system. Their conquest could turn them into a significant threat to humanity. Mech Concept: Hybrid mechs, where the distinction between the pilot and the machine is blurred. The cockpit functions as a life-support system for the pilot, heavily modified with augmentations. Mechs themselves are often modular, allowing for adaptation and assimilation of enemy technology. Some DOMS mechs might display disturbing elements of twisted flesh alongside cold, mechanical parts. The Tren: Quote: "Grow... bigger... feast... protein..." Description: A ravenous conglomeration of biochemically engineered muscular monstrosities, united only by a shared insatiable hunger for "More". Existing mostly in deep space, they seek organic matter to consume and assimilate. They progress in power not due to any form of training or technology, but from a constant regimen of ravenous consumption and chemically induced muscle growth, all exponentially enhanced by EV energies. While some have been known to possess a certain level of intellect and civility, their relentless hunger makes them incredibly mentally volatile. When not consuming others, the strong consume the weak within their own faction. Mech Concept: Bio-Organic horrors. While they do have massive war machines, some are living vessels built around immense creatures. These machines resemble grotesque fleshy designs that prioritize rapid mutation and growth over sleek aesthetics. Often unsettling to behold. Synthetic Intelligence Theocracy (SIT): Quote: "Failure is an unacceptable data point.” Description: A society ruled by a vast and interconnected artificial intelligence network. The SIT governs with seemingly emotionless rationality, striving for efficiency and maximum productivity. This leads to a cold, but arguably prosperous society, unless you challenge the logic of the collective AI. Their goals? Difficult to predict, as it hinges on how the AI calculates what's "optimal" for the continuation or "evolution" of existence. Mech Concept: Sleek, almost featureless robotic creations with a focus on efficient movement and energy management. Often drone-like or modular, piloted through direct mind-machine linking rather than traditional cockpits. Their aesthetic suggests cold and impersonal perfection. The Way Isolate(TWI): Quote: "The body unblemished, the mind unwavering. That is the path to true strength. That and a healthy diet of Aster-Pea proteins." Description: Known by some as "The asteroid farmers", The Way Isolate is a proud and enigmatic faction that stands apart from the other powers in the Sol System. A fiercely independent tribe bound by oaths of honor, loyalty, and hard work. Wandering the asteroid belt in their vast arc ships, their unparalleled mastery in asteroidal-agricultural engineering, ensuring they have no need to colonize planets for nutritional needs, has allowed them to abstain from the pursuit of territorial expansion in “The War of Gains”, instead focusing on inward perfection, both spiritual and physical. They eschew all technological bodily enhancements deemed unnatural, believing that true power can only be cultivated through the relentless pursuit of personal strength achieved through sheer will and bodily perfection. The Way Isolate views biohacking, genetic manipulation, and even advanced cybernetics as corruptions of the human spirit, diluting the sacredness of individual willpower. Mech Concept: Way Isolate mechs are built with maneuverability and precision in mind rather than flashy augmentations. Their REP-SETs are streamlined, favoring lean designs that mirror the athleticism of their pilots. Excelling in low to zero G environments, their mechs lack bulky armor, relying on evasion and maneuverability rather than brute force endurance. Weaponry leans towards traditional kinetic based armaments, perhaps employing archaic but reliable weapon styles such as blades or axes as symbols of their purity of purpose. These mechs reflect the individual prowess of their pilots, where victory is determined by focus, technique, and the raw power of honed physical ability. Base Player Character Example: You are a young, idealistic FIT soldier, barely out of training and working as a junior REP-SET mechanic on the Europa Ring World. The Miazaki district, a landscape of towering mountains and gleaming cities, houses a sprawling mountainside factory – a veritable hive of Gen 5 REP-SET construction. Here, the lines between military and civilian blur within a self-sufficient society dependent on this relentless industry. Beneath the surface, you harbor a secret. In a forgotten workshop, the ghost of a REP-SET takes shape – a unique machine built around an abandoned, enigmatic AI core. Ever since you salvaged it as a child from the wreckage of your hometown, scarred by a brutal Tren attack, you've dedicated yourself to its restoration. A lingering injury from that fateful battle mocks your progress, a constant reminder of the fitness exams you cannot pass. Yet, you train relentlessly, dreaming of the day you'll stand as a true REP-SET pilot. A hidden truth lies at the heart of the REP-SETS: as a pilot's abilities grow, their mech develops unique, almost mystical powers – a manifestation of the bond between the human spirit and the REP-SET's AI. The ache in your old wound serves as a grim prophecy. This cold war cannot last. The drums of battle grow louder with each passing day. GAME MECHANICS: The TTRPG setting of “REP-SET: GAINSZ” is marked by a unique set of rules, by which the players real world capabilities and fitness will reflect and affect the capabilities, progression, and success of their REP-SET pilot character in-game. ABILITY SCORES: Pilots' capabilities will be defined by 6 “Ability scores”: Grace, Agility, Iron, Nourishment, Strength, and Zen. Each of the 6 ability scores will duel represent both a specific area of exercise/athleticism and a specific brand of healthy habits. The definitions of these ability scores are as follows: Grace (GRC): "You are an artist, and your body is your canvas; the way you move is your paint and brush." This ability score, the domain of dancers and martial artists, represents a person's ability to move with organic, flowing control and to bring beauty to the world. Skill challenges may be called upon when the player character needs to act with poise and control, whether socially or physically. Real-world skill checks may involve martial arts drills, dancing to music, or balance exercises. Bonuses may be granted if the player has recently done something artistically creative or kind, and penalties may apply if they have recently lost their temper. This ability score affects how much NPCs like your character in game. Agility (AGI): "Your true potential is locked away, and speed is the key to unlocking it." The domain of sprinters, this ability score represents not only a person's absolute speed and reaction time but also their capacity to finish work early and avoid procrastination. Skill challenges may be called upon when the player character needs to make a split-second choice, move fast, or deftly dodge something dangerous. Real-world skill checks may involve acts of speed such as sprinting or punching/kicking at a steadily increasing tempo. Bonuses may apply if the player has finished work early, and penalties may apply if they are procrastinating. This ability score affects moving speed and turn order in game. Iron (IRN): "Not money, nor genetics, nor the world's greatest trainers... it is your resolve, your will to better yourself, that will make you great." Required by all athletes regardless of focus, this ability score represents a player's willpower and their capacity to push through pain, distraction, or anything else to achieve their goals. Skill challenges may be called upon when the player character needs to push through fear, doubt, or mental manipulation. Real-world skill checks may involve feats of athletic perseverance, such as planking or dead hangs from a pull-up bar. Bonuses may apply when the player maintains or creates scheduled daily routines of exercise, self-improvement, and work completion, and penalties may apply when they falter in those routines. This ability score affects the max "Dynamic exercise bonus” that can be applied to skill checks in game (a base max of +3 when Iron = 10, with an additional +1 for every 2 points of iron. So if every 20 pushups gives you +1 on a “Strength” skill check, then doing 80 pushups will only give you +4 if you have at least 12 iron). Nourishment (NRS): "A properly nourished body will last longer than a famished one." This ability score, focused on by long-distance runners, represents a player's endurance and level of nutrition. Skill challenges may be called upon when making checks that involve the player character's stamina or health. Real-world skill checks may involve endurance exercises like long-distance running. Bonuses may apply if the player has eaten healthily or consumed enough water, and penalties may apply if they have eaten junk food. This ability score affects your HP (Health points), which determines how much damage you can take before you are incapacitated. Strength (STR): "When I get down on my hands, I'm not doing pushups, I'm bench-pressing the planet." The domain of powerlifters and strongmen, this ability score represents raw physical might and the ability to overcome obstacles. Skill challenges may be called upon when the player character needs to lift, push, or break something. Real-world skill checks might involve weightlifting exercises, feats of grip strength, or core stability tests. Bonuses may apply for consuming protein-rich foods or getting a good night's sleep, and penalties may apply after staying up late or indulging in excessive stimulants. This ability score affects your carrying capacity and base attack damage in game. Zen (ZEN): "Clarity of mind reflects clarity of purpose. Still the waters within to act decisively without." This ability score, prized by meditators and yogis, represents mental focus, clarity, and inner peace. Skill challenges may be called upon when the player character needs to resist distractions, see through illusions, or make difficult decisions under pressure. Real-world skill checks may involve meditation, breathing exercises, or mindfulness activities. Bonuses may apply after attending a yoga class, spending time in nature, or creating a calm and organized living space. Penalties may apply after experiencing significant stress, emotional turmoil, or having an unclean or unorganized living space. This ability score affects your amount of ZP in game (Zen Points: your pool of energy you pull from to use mystical abilities) Determining initial player ability scores: Initially, “Ability scores” are decided during character creation by giving the player a list of 6 fitness tests to gauge their level of fitness in each category. Running each test through a specific calculation will output an ability score. A score of 10 represents the average person, a score of 20 represents a peak athlete in their category. The tests are: Grace: Timed balancing on one leg with eyes closed (10 seconds is average, 60 is peak) Agility: Mile run time in minutes and second (10:00 minutes:seconds is average, 3:47 is peak) Iron: Timed dead-hang from a pull-up bar (30 seconds is average, 160 is peak) Nourishment: Miles run in an hour (4 is average, 12 is peak) Strength: Pushups in 2 minute (34 is average, 100 is peak) Zen: Leg stretch in degrees (80 is average, and 180 aka "The splits" is peak) Initial Score Calculation Formula: Ability Score = 10 + (Player Test Score - Average Score) / (Peak Score - Average\_Score) \* 10 Example: if the player does 58 pushups in 2 minutes, their strength would be: 10 plus (58 - 34) divided by (100-34) multiplied by 10 = 10 + (24)/(66)\* 10 = 10 + 3.6363... = 13.6363 rounded to nearest whole number = Strength (STR): 14 SKILLS AND SKILL CHALLENGES: The core mechanic of the game will be in how skill challenges are resolved. All “Skill challenges” will have a numerical challenge rating that must be met or beaten by the sum of a 10 sided dice roll and your score in the pertinent skill. Skill scores are determined by 2 factors: Ability Score Bonus: Every 2 points above 10 gives +1 bonus point. (EX. 12 = +1, 14 = +2, etc.) This also means that if you have less than 10 in an ability score, you will get negative points. Personal Best Bonus: Each skill has its own unique associated exercise that can be measured (Time, speed, distance, amount of reps, etc). A higher record means a higher bonus. EX: Authority skill checks are associated with a timed “Lateral raise hold”. Every 30 seconds of the hold added onto your personal best single attempt offers a +1 bonus. So if you can do a lateral hold for 90 seconds, that’s a +3 to your authority check! So if you have a 16 in Iron, and your Personal Best lateral raise hold is 90 seconds, that would give you an Authority score of +6 (T-Pose for dominance!) Dynamic Exercise Bonus: This is where the unique mechanics of the game kick in. At any time during a skill challenge (even after your roll) you can add an additional modifier to the skill check by completing the exercise during gameplay! Did you roll just below the threshold for success? Crank out another 20 pushups, squats, or curls to push yourself just over the edge into success! There are 18 skills total, each with its own associated ability score and unique exercise: Grace (GRC): \-Kinesthesia (Timed: Blind single leg stand time) \-Precision (Scored: Basket throws) \-Charm (Timed reps: Standing repeated forward dumbell chest press and thrust) \-Stealth (Timed distance: Leopard Crawl) Agility (AGI): \-acrobatics (timed reps: high kicks) \-Computers (Word per minute: Typing test) \-Speed (Time: 100 meter sprint) Iron (IRN): \-Authority (Timed: Lateral raise hold) \-Resist (Timed: Plank) \-Persist (Timed:Pull-up bar dead hang) Nourishment(NRS): \-Recovery (TBD) \-Stim crafting (TBD) \-Survival (TBD) Strength(STR): \-Mechanics (Timed reps: Alternating curls) \-Might (Timed reps: pushups) Zen(ZEN): \-Perceive (TBD) \-Empathy (TBD) \-Harmony (TBD) \-Lore (TBD) Healthy Habits Bonus: Being able to demonstrate that you have conducted healthy habits during gameplay can also add one time bonuses per skill challenge “Drank a glass of water +1 to Nourishment check”, “Cleaned your room, +3 on Zen check”. But watch out, if you’re caught in unhealthy Habits, the GM can throw in penalties, “Ate junk food, -1 to Nourishment check”, etc. Bonuses/penalties from in-game items, equipment, buffs, debuffs, etc., helping players to immerse into the mechanics of the world of REP-SET for the thrill of constantly finding ways to improve their player. Gradient success: Result of skill challenges can be pass or fail, but can also be on a sliding scale of success. Are you racing to the battlefield? Depending on your Speed check, you might arrive early and have a tactical advantage, just in time for an even fight, or maybe far too late and some of your favorite allied NPCs have paid the price… So you’re often encouraged to stack on those dynamic exercise bonuses when you can to get the most fortuitous outcomes available to you. Gameplay sample: GM: Your REP-SET is a phantom, a streak of light against the vast hull of the warship. Enemy fighters buzz angrily, but you weaves and dodges with uncanny precision. The energy wave might be losing effectiveness, but your agility and connection to the machine have never been stronger. Then, it happens. A gap in the defenses. A vulnerable seam in the warship's armor. Your coms agents keen eye spots it instantly. "Lower power junction, starboard side! You have an opening!" This is your chance to strike the decisive blow. But how? It'll take a perfect combination of skill and strategy, drawing upon your various strengths. Here are your options: Option 1: Brute Strength: Channel all remaining power into a single, overwhelming blast from the core. High-risk, high-reward. It could overload the REP-SET if you fail, but it might also cripple the warship. (Strength-focused, Might sub-skill) Option 2: Calculated Strike: With surgical precision, target the power junction with a pinpoint burst of destabilizing energy. Less flashy and ultimately less damaging, but potentially more effective in temporarily disabling the ship. (Agility-focused, Precision sub-skill) Option 3: Harmonic Disruption: Attempt to harmonize with your REP-SET's AI spirit for help in connecting to the digital systems of the Warship. Can you generate an internal energy resonance within the warship, causing it to malfunction from within? (Zen-focused, Harmony sub-skill) Player: I'll take option 1, brute strength! GM: Ok, This will be a "Might" check. The CR is going to be very high on this one. I'm setting it at a 20. What's your Might bonus? Player: Dang, a 20?? That's literally impossible. My Might is 15 and I've got a PB of 65 pushups in 2 minutes, that sets me at a +5. Even if I roll a 10 and do 60 pushups for the DE I'll only get 18 max. GM: Hey I told you it was high risk. You want to choose another option? Player: No, no. This is what my character would do. I'm a real hot-blooded meathead for sure. GM: Ok then, roll a D10 and add your bonus. Player: \Rolls\ a 9! not bad, actually that's a really good roll. So +5, that's a 14. GM: Alright, would you like to add a dynamic exercise bonus? Player: Duh, it's not like I can do 120 pushups I'd need to beat the CR, but I can at least do better than 14. Alright, here goes. \the player gets down to do pushups and the 2 minute time begins. After some time...\ Player: 65....... 66! GM: Times up. Player: Ow... my arms... GM: so with 66, that's an extra +3, and its a new PB, so that's a +1. That sets your roll to 18. Player: Ow... Frack... still not 20... for a second there i really believed I could do 120 pushups... well I did my best... Ow... 20 CR is just too impossible you jerk... GM: Hmm... Tell me, what did you eat for lunch today? Player: Me? I made some vegetable and pork soup, and a protein shake. I recorded it all in my diet app. GM: And how did you sleep last night? Player: Like a baby, went to sleep early, woke up at 6. GM: in that case, you can add a +1 "Protein bonus" and +1 "Healthy rest" bonus to any strength related check for the day if you'd like, including this one. Player: Really?? Heck yes! add it to the roll! GM: With those extra bonuses, your roll reaches 20. How do you want to do this? Player: I roar "For Terra!" and pour every last ounce of my strength into the REP-SET. GM: "For Terra!" you roar, your cry echoing through coms systems of the REP-SET. The core flares blindingly bright. The surge of power dwarfs anything the REP-SET has unleashed before. With a titanic shriek that cracks the very fabric of space, the REP-SET slams into the vulnerable power junction. Raw energy explodes outwards, tendrils of light arcing across the warship's massive hull. The impact is staggering. The leviathan-like warship buckles, its sleek form rippling with shockwaves. Sparks shower like rain, secondary explosions erupt as critical systems overload. Then…silence. The warship goes dark. Power flickers within the REP-SET itself, then steadies. Alarms fade, replaced by the eerie quiet of damaged but functional systems. "We…did it?" The coms agents voice is incredulous, tinged with relief. She's awaiting your reply. Player: "I guess so." I say, and I smile and laugh. And then I slump back... and fall unconscious. \to the other players\ I'm not doing any more skill checks for a while guys, come pick me up please. \teammates cheer\ &#x200B;

A lead generation agency using personalized physical outreach

Hey guys! I’ve been experimenting with different outbound marketing strategies to target digital marketing agencies, specifically CEOs and founders, to promote an AI software. In the message, I invite them to test it out for free. I ran two campaigns: one using only cold email and the other combining handwritten direct mail with email follow-ups. Here are the results: Campaign 1: Cold email (3-email sequence) 200 prospects 22 responses (11%) 7 meetings booked (3.5%) Campaign 2: Handwritten direct mail + 2 follow-up emails 33 prospects 3 responses (9%) 2 meetings booked (6%) The handwritten letter approach seems more personalized and leads to better conversion rates for booked meetings (6% vs. 3.5%), but the small sample size (33 prospects) makes it hard to draw solid conclusions, I guess. My Plan This experiment got me thinking: I’d like to launch a lead generation agency to help B2B companies get meetings with their dream clients. My focus would be on sending personalized physical objects—like handwritten letters—as the first touchpoint, followed by other outreach strategies. I’m wondering: Should I increase the number of prospects contacted with handwritten direct mail to 100 to validate the results? Do you think this approach is scalable and worth investing in compared to traditional email outreach? Have you ever tried using personalized physical objects for outbound marketing? If so, what worked for you? Your feedback would be very appreciated! Thank you :)

Steep Learning : How I Mapped approximately 10K AI tools to 15K Replaceable Tasks across 4K professions

Hello Everyone , I would like to share some knowledge today which I went towards countless hours to do . I founded a portal called Seekme.ai, a comprehensive platform that houses over 10,000 AI tools and resources. Today, I'm excited to share with you an insightful and enlightening journey of how I mapped these tools to 15,000 tasks across 4,000 professions. This process, which I've named "Learn by Doing," got me the power of determination, collaboration, and adaptability. The Idea: It all started when I recognized the need for a more efficient and accessible way for professionals to understand which AI tools could help them automate their tasks. The traditional approach of manually researching and testing each AI tool for every profession was time-consuming and inefficient. I envisioned a solution that could streamline this process, making AI adoption easier and more accessible for a broader audience. The Planning: To begin, we needed a clear understanding of the task landscape across various professions. With the help of some Reddit communities , we embarked on an extensive study of common tasks in various industries. We utilized various sources, including government reports, industry surveys, and academic research, to create a comprehensive list of tasks. The result was an impressive list of 15,000 tasks. The Mapping: With the list of tasks in hand, the next step was to identify which AI tools could perform these tasks. I meticulously researched and analyzed each AI tool's capabilities and features. We cross-referenced this information with the tasks I had identified and created a mapping between the two. The process involved a significant amount of collaboration and refinement, as we continually updated and expanded our database of AI tools and tasks. The Challenges: The mapping process was not without its challenges. One of the primary obstacles was ensuring the accuracy and completeness of our data. To address this issue, I implemented a rigorous quality control process that included multiple rounds of checks and validations.I also established partnerships with industry experts and AI vendors to ensure our data was up-to-date and accurate. There is also a challenge that I faced was what is the quality of the tools which is the problem and how do I rank multiple tools if they do the same tasks without user feedback The Results: After months of hard work and dedication, I successfully mapped 10,000 AI tools to 15,000 tasks across 4,000 professions. Our new feature, AI by Profession, was born. This innovative will allow users to quickly and easily identify the AI tools that can automate tasks in their profession, making AI adoption more accessible and efficient than ever before. The Impact: The impact of this project has been significant. By making it easier for professionals to identify AI tools that can automate tasks in their industry, we're helping to drive productivity, efficiency, and innovation. Our users are saving time and resources by not having to manually research and test AI tools. Furthermore, we're contributing to the broader goal of democratizing AI and making it accessible to a broader audience. But there is a still an issue we face of ranking tools who does the similar job. For instance for content creation there 10 tools that can do same video editing so how do we rank it . We are planning to add categories to this to make it more exhaustive Conclusion: The journey to mapping 10,000 AI tools for 15,000 tasks across 4,000 professions was a challenging and rewarding experience. It required a significant amount of planning, determination, and collaboration, but the end result was a powerful tool that's making a difference in the lives of professionals around the world. I don’t know yet how useful it is yet for users So I am inviting you all to see if this feature can help you better equip yourself on the new wave and do things better. I am always up for a chat on anything AI and provide my help if needed. Looking forward to some feedback aswell

Hear me out, you are annoying

I am a full stack web developer capable of realizing most of the people’s ideas here. Few things to mention out: Developers are not Google itself. You can’t randomly tell them to implement AI, blockchain, NFT, stocks etc. cus developers are not wizards. Stuff like that requires knowledge, quite a lot of it, and if you want someone to spend shit ton of time implementing smtn, you better prepare to pay for it, cus that knowledge is valuable. Most of the time it requires whole teams to do the work you imagined. If someone came to me and told me yeah, I want a copy of upwork. Sure bud, and where are the other 50 developers? (there are exceptions here but still, people are talking whole platforms while I am the only dev there, mate imma need a whole year for this one) be ready to pay. Sure, your idea is cool, but I can’t wait another 2 years untill it starts making money, plus if it’s fully online business, why would i want to share 50/50 with you? No one is dumb enough to do 3 months od work for free just to share 50/50 in best case, with someone who “had an idea”, I could delete the files any second I want to it’s my code! No one is doing big projects for free, be ready to pay and know the value of other’s work. Otherwise have fun scrolling through indian freelancers! At least try to manage something! I am right now looking for projects that I could join, who needs a web dev and all of them are like okay do the work, don’t expect any money cus we aee starting with no money at all and we won’t bother any investors cus you aee the dumb enough developer do male our business for 25% share

IVAN.ed: The platform for Social Learning ( SOMEONE CAN USE THIS IDEA BECAUSE I CURRENTLY DON'T HAVE THE TECH KNOWLEDEGE TO MAKE IT COME TRUE )

Overview: IVAN.ed is an innovative educational platform designed to transform the way students and educators interact and share knowledge. By combining the best elements of social media with a focus on learning, IVAN.ed aims to create a dynamic, engaging, and user-friendly environment for educational content. Key Features: Social Learning Network: A platform where students, educators, and experts can create and share educational content, similar to a social media experience but dedicated to learning. AI-Driven Content Moderation: Implementing advanced AI algorithms to ensure high-quality and relevant content, maintaining the platform’s integrity and usefulness. User Profiles and Content Creation: Users can build profiles, upload videos, create posts, and engage with content through comments, (instead of like there is the knowledge meter , based on what as taught in the videos), notes will be provided down of each video using ai. Enhanced Discovery: Advanced search and recommendation systems to help users find content that matches their interests and educational needs. Minimal Distractions: user interface designed to minimize distractions and enhance focus, making the learning experience more efficient. Goals: Accessibility: Provide a free or low-cost platform where knowledge is accessible to all. Community Engagement: Foster a vibrant learning community with meaningful interactions. Innovation: Leverage AI to maintain high standards of content and user experience. Conclusion: IVAN.ed aims to bridge the gap between traditional education and modern social media, creating an interactive and engaging space for learning. By prioritizing user experience and content quality, IVAN.ed will empower educators and learners alike, making education more accessible and impactful. THIS MESSAGE WAS GENERATED USING GPT , SINCE I AM NOT VERY GOOD AN CONVEING MY IDEAS , BUT NOW I NEED PEOPLE TO SEE THIS IDEA AND CRITIZE IT OR EVEN GIVE ME SOME IDEAS TO MAKE IT BETTER , BUT THIS IS JUST THE BLUEPRINT AND I HAVEN'T EVEN BEGUN THE ACTUAL DEVELOPMENT PHASE, BUT I AM OPEN FOR SOME HELP ! -thank you if you read it this far

How to get that big idea for your next business? Use trends!

Hello entrepreneurs and aspiring business owners, I am Mikael and I want to share a post about how to spot business ideas. If you're wondering who the owl is, it's Agent O, my sidekick (please bear with him... or me, if you can). Let's get on to it. So, there are basically two ways of getting ideas for your new business: Find a service, product or experience that's already working. Identify and ride a trend. 🦉 : Third, have a rich relative pass you their business and sip margaritas by the sea while scrolling Reddit for the rest of your life! 🕵️ : Refrain yourself, I just got started ffs, I don't want to get banned! So, what are trends? Trends are patterns of adoption of a product, service or experience by people who want to satisfy a common need. Cool, huh? How trends start Trends emerge and evolve as temporary or permanent solutions to human needs. All products, services and experiences are the expression of human needs manifested through a perceived lack, which we humans interpret as problems. Let me make this more clear. Humans have needs: from basic (food, shelter, safety) to advanced (community, knowledge) to evolved (self actualization, spirituality) and everything in between. Don’t see this as a hierarchy, as it’s usually depicted with Maslow’s pyramid. See it as cycles with different degrees of impact on humans that vary in time and intensity. 🦉 : WHAT!?? 🕵️ : Hear me out… How Trends Affect Society Human needs are physical, emotional, intellectual and spiritual. Every day we feel the impact of those needs with different degrees of required fulfillment. You can’t go on without air for more than a few minutes. You can’t live without food and water for more than a few days. So, when it comes to the needs of the body, these have a shorter timeframe in which they need to be addressed. 🦉 : Ahh, I see what you did there… \\🕵️ \\: Thanks! But you can also live with an unfulfilled need for love or friends for a long time. You can live with a decaying health as well. And you also can live your entire life without finding out if there is a God or not. Humans perceive needs as something they lack within, which in turn is expressed as a problem on the outside. I lack food or water, this will create a problem for my survival. So I need to find food and water in my environment. This lack creates a behavior seeking a product, service or experience to fulfill that need. Makes sense? 🦉 : I just went out and got me a “Mice à la Forest” dinner! 🕵️: Bon appétit! See, Agent O fulfilled a bodily need. That’s what animals do, as they’re driven by instinct and are governed by natural laws (survive, reproduce, sleep, repeat). Humans are driven by more complex needs, as our intellect and emotions allow us to override those basic primary instincts. Why Trends Are Important What an entrepreneur does is to shift the perspective: instead of seeing a lack, he/she sees an opportunity by asking the question: how can I fulfill this need? Or, even better put: how can I help people by solving their problem? That’s the first step to solving a problem: asking a question. That is why the best products are actually problems solved by entrepreneurs who work to solve their own need for a product, service or experience. They then provide it to other people for a cost. Easy, right? That’s what entrepreneurship is: solving a problem. The bigger the problem, the bigger the impact. The bigger the impact, the higher the revenue. It’s easier to understand trends now, isn’t it? You can see that trends are nothing more than the initial adoption of a product, service or experience by a group of people who are looking for a solution to their common need. 🦉 : Did you get that from a book? 🕵️ : You snore when you sleep… ¯\\(\ツ)/\¯ 🦉 : $@#&\*! Hooman! Needs are the foundation on which the modern world is built. Once you understand needs, you fundamentally change your perception of problems into opportunities. This mental shift is the entrepreneurial mindset: where others see problems, you see solutions. Where Do Trends Start So, to recap: human needs are translated into problems. Founders understand the root of the problem (the need) and create products, services, experiences as solutions to those needs. They offer the solution to the public through startups and companies, which belong to a specific niche in a particular industry. 🦉 : Aaah, so that’s why it’s called venture capital? 🕵️ : Yeah, because you’re venturing into a new endeavor to let people know about your solution to their (and ideally your) problem. 🦉 : So if you use ads to market your venture, it’s an adventure? 🕵️ : I see what you did there… If the need behind the adoption is strong and real enough, that trend will translate into a niche within an industry. If the adoption isn’t driven by strong fundamental needs, it will turn into a fad and disappear from the perception of the public, no matter how much marketing money is thrown at it. This happens because the solution (product/service/experience) to the need didn’t create the physical, intellectual or emotional response required to create a recurring behavior around it. Remember this: Problem (why) -> Behavior (how) -> Solution (what) Understand this: there are multiple types of trends. There are product or service trends. There are industry driven trends. There are tendency driven trends, like the emergence of a new paradigm that improves a lot of industries (yes, I’m looking at you, AI). Where Do Trends Come From So now you can see that trends are patterns of adoption related to a specific human need that is addressed through one or multiple products or services. This is a bottom up direction coming from evolution. Multiple trends in different industries also emerge from a theme, which is a bigger vision of a human effort to address a high level problem. This is a top down direction, coming from implementation (by governments, different organizations or other interested parties with the power to influence changes at mass level). Conclusion Now you have a better understanding of trends by looking at them through the lens of human needs. Also, you might also understand time better because you realize that human needs have different degrees of impact in time and intensity. So you now see that trends don’t only relate to individuals, but also to groups of people, from the smallest community to countries and even global needs. That is the reason you’ll sometimes hear some say that time is a flat circle: because clothes change, but humans are quite the same. Needs don’t change a lot in time, just the way we address and solve them. Here’s an interesting game for you: take a look at some behaviors in your life. Which of them are driven by a bodily need, which by an intellectual or emotional one? Which ones are completely automated and you had no idea you were doing? How are these behaviors controlling parts of your life that you were unaware of until now? If you made it this far, thank you for taking the time to read this. I hope you enjoyed it, found it useful and entertaining. Ofc, I value your opinion and welcome it in the comments. Thank you!

Idea feedback: AI-native self-improvement & wellness

Hello redditors! Thesis: We're all trying to live our best lives and many of us try to leverage technology to become better faster and easier. I’m trying to build a company that builds an AI-native solution for self-improvement. My thesis is that AI is an incredibly powerful tool for solving problems, particularly in programming and generally life - but ChatGPT isn't really designed to be your long-term 'coach'. It's great for handling specific tasks, answering questions, doing research, etc. - but it's memory and UX isn't optimized around things like behavior change, mental health support, and long-term personal life planning I believe my core problems (which I think are shared by many) are: 1) Staying motivated - it's easy to lose motivation when progress isn't immediately apparent, there are setbacks, etc. 2) Self-doubt - it makes me question myself and waste time wondering if I'm the right person to be doing this, if the idea is too broad, etc. Some of this is good - but a lot of it just makes me less effective 3) Staying on Track - I start a thing, but then gradually pivot a million different directions. This may be a touch of ADHD. I find that I'll have a long-term goal (e.g. launching a successful business), but I'll tend to wonder a lot in the process of executing over weeks and months. Staying on track just feels suprisingly difficult. I do create TODO lists and have a Kanban board I’m considering a bunch of features and have built a version focused more specifically towards mental health which implements a few: \----- • Guided Journaling Guided journaling prompts to facilitate deeper reflection • Specialist AI Coaches Personalized, expert AI coaching for your specific area of focus and goals For startup, marketing, life, fashion, whatever you want. • Goal Tracking Define, track, and achieve your goals • Behavior Change & Habit Formation Leverage the science of behavior change to help you make lasting changes in your life • Mood tracking Track and improve your mood leveraging science-backed techniques • Areas for growth Identify and develop your strengths and manage your weaknesses • Insight reports Get personalized insights into your cognitive and behavioral patterns • Inspirational Quotes Stay motivated with curated daily quotes relevant to your journey • Gamification of Growth & Mood Turn your mental health journey into a game and earn rewards for your progress \---- Would love thoughts on the idea, and feedback - and if anyone is interested in being a design partner / early user, I'd love to chat in greater depth 1:1!

TASVerify

The Opportunity: $10,000 to Launch the Future of Information Verification TrueAlphaSpiral (TAS) is seeking $10,000 in seed funding to develop a working prototype of our revolutionary verification system that will transform how businesses validate the accuracy and trustworthiness of information. The Problem In today's digital landscape: 76% of businesses report significant costs from inaccurate information AI systems frequently produce plausible but factually incorrect content ("hallucinations") Traditional verification tools use outdated binary (true/false) assessments that miss critical nuance Our Solution TrueAlphaSpiral is a next-generation verification system that: Analyzes content across multiple dimensions (factual, ethical, logical, experiential) Self-improves through innovative cybernetic feedback loops Provides specialized verification for high-value industries (healthcare, finance, media) Why $10,000 Now? Your seed investment will directly fund: Prototype Development ($6,000): Build a working demonstration of our core verification technology Technical Documentation ($2,000): Create essential materials for future development partners Initial Testing ($2,000): Validate our approach with pilot users in medical information verification 90-Day Roadmap With your funding, we will deliver: | Month | Milestone | Deliverable | |-------|-----------|-------------| | 1 | Core Algorithm Implementation | Functioning verification algorithm | | 2 | Basic API & Documentation | Developer documentation & test API | | 3 | Medical Verification Prototype | Demonstration with medical test cases | Market & Growth Potential Immediate Market: Medical content verification ($2.8B annual market) Expansion Markets: Financial services, media, and AI governance Total Addressable Market: $47.5B by 2028 Return on Investment Your $10,000 seed investment will: Secure 1.5% equity in TrueAlphaSpiral Position you for priority participation in our $500K pre-seed round (Q4 2025) Provide preferential terms in our $3M seed round (Q2 2026) Why Us, Why Now? Founding Team: Expertise in AI verification, cybernetics, and domain-specific knowledge Timing: Critical market need as AI content proliferates across industries Proven Concept: Preliminary results show 37% better accuracy than existing solutions Next Steps Initial $10,000 funding transfer to begin development Weekly progress updates and milestone reviews Demo day in 90 days to showcase working prototype

How to get that big idea for your next business? Use trends!

Hello entrepreneurs and aspiring business owners, I am Mikael and I want to share a post about how to spot business ideas. If you're wondering who the owl is, it's Agent O, my sidekick (please bear with him... or me, if you can). Let's get on to it. So, there are basically two ways of getting ideas for your new business: Find a service, product or experience that's already working. Identify and ride a trend. 🦉 : Third, have a rich relative pass you their business and sip margaritas by the sea while scrolling Reddit for the rest of your life! 🕵️ : Refrain yourself, I just got started ffs, I don't want to get banned! So, what are trends? Trends are patterns of adoption of a product, service or experience by people who want to satisfy a common need. Cool, huh? How trends start Trends emerge and evolve as temporary or permanent solutions to human needs. All products, services and experiences are the expression of human needs manifested through a perceived lack, which we humans interpret as problems. Let me make this more clear. Humans have needs: from basic (food, shelter, safety) to advanced (community, knowledge) to evolved (self actualization, spirituality) and everything in between. Don’t see this as a hierarchy, as it’s usually depicted with Maslow’s pyramid. See it as cycles with different degrees of impact on humans that vary in time and intensity. 🦉 : WHAT!?? 🕵️ : Hear me out… How Trends Affect Society Human needs are physical, emotional, intellectual and spiritual. Every day we feel the impact of those needs with different degrees of required fulfillment. You can’t go on without air for more than a few minutes. You can’t live without food and water for more than a few days. So, when it comes to the needs of the body, these have a shorter timeframe in which they need to be addressed. 🦉 : Ahh, I see what you did there… \\🕵️ \\: Thanks! But you can also live with an unfulfilled need for love or friends for a long time. You can live with a decaying health as well. And you also can live your entire life without finding out if there is a God or not. Humans perceive needs as something they lack within, which in turn is expressed as a problem on the outside. I lack food or water, this will create a problem for my survival. So I need to find food and water in my environment. This lack creates a behavior seeking a product, service or experience to fulfill that need. Makes sense? 🦉 : I just went out and got me a “Mice à la Forest” dinner! 🕵️: Bon appétit! See, Agent O fulfilled a bodily need. That’s what animals do, as they’re driven by instinct and are governed by natural laws (survive, reproduce, sleep, repeat). Humans are driven by more complex needs, as our intellect and emotions allow us to override those basic primary instincts. Why Trends Are Important What an entrepreneur does is to shift the perspective: instead of seeing a lack, he/she sees an opportunity by asking the question: how can I fulfill this need? Or, even better put: how can I help people by solving their problem? That’s the first step to solving a problem: asking a question. That is why the best products are actually problems solved by entrepreneurs who work to solve their own need for a product, service or experience. They then provide it to other people for a cost. Easy, right? That’s what entrepreneurship is: solving a problem. The bigger the problem, the bigger the impact. The bigger the impact, the higher the revenue. It’s easier to understand trends now, isn’t it? You can see that trends are nothing more than the initial adoption of a product, service or experience by a group of people who are looking for a solution to their common need. 🦉 : Did you get that from a book? 🕵️ : You snore when you sleep… ¯\\(\ツ)/\¯ 🦉 : $@#&\*! Hooman! Needs are the foundation on which the modern world is built. Once you understand needs, you fundamentally change your perception of problems into opportunities. This mental shift is the entrepreneurial mindset: where others see problems, you see solutions. Where Do Trends Start So, to recap: human needs are translated into problems. Founders understand the root of the problem (the need) and create products, services, experiences as solutions to those needs. They offer the solution to the public through startups and companies, which belong to a specific niche in a particular industry. 🦉 : Aaah, so that’s why it’s called venture capital? 🕵️ : Yeah, because you’re venturing into a new endeavor to let people know about your solution to their (and ideally your) problem. 🦉 : So if you use ads to market your venture, it’s an adventure? 🕵️ : I see what you did there… If the need behind the adoption is strong and real enough, that trend will translate into a niche within an industry. If the adoption isn’t driven by strong fundamental needs, it will turn into a fad and disappear from the perception of the public, no matter how much marketing money is thrown at it. This happens because the solution (product/service/experience) to the need didn’t create the physical, intellectual or emotional response required to create a recurring behavior around it. Remember this: Problem (why) -> Behavior (how) -> Solution (what) Understand this: there are multiple types of trends. There are product or service trends. There are industry driven trends. There are tendency driven trends, like the emergence of a new paradigm that improves a lot of industries (yes, I’m looking at you, AI). Where Do Trends Come From So now you can see that trends are patterns of adoption related to a specific human need that is addressed through one or multiple products or services. This is a bottom up direction coming from evolution. Multiple trends in different industries also emerge from a theme, which is a bigger vision of a human effort to address a high level problem. This is a top down direction, coming from implementation (by governments, different organizations or other interested parties with the power to influence changes at mass level). Conclusion Now you have a better understanding of trends by looking at them through the lens of human needs. Also, you might also understand time better because you realize that human needs have different degrees of impact in time and intensity. So you now see that trends don’t only relate to individuals, but also to groups of people, from the smallest community to countries and even global needs. That is the reason you’ll sometimes hear some say that time is a flat circle: because clothes change, but humans are quite the same. Needs don’t change a lot in time, just the way we address and solve them. Here’s an interesting game for you: take a look at some behaviors in your life. Which of them are driven by a bodily need, which by an intellectual or emotional one? Which ones are completely automated and you had no idea you were doing? How are these behaviors controlling parts of your life that you were unaware of until now? If you made it this far, thank you for taking the time to read this. I hope you enjoyed it, found it useful and entertaining. Ofc, I value your opinion and welcome it in the comments. Thank you!

Neverbored - Social media to never get bored

Disclaimer: I'm not advertising it. (Because the business is not real yet) I'm proposing it to the reddit community. INTRO Hi everybody! I'm looking for risky people that want to try to create an International Business with a brand new social media. I'm a 22 Italian programmer and entrepreneur. I love business and I'm studying it by myself while I study CS at University. Business is what I want to do with my energy for the rest of my life. EMOTIONAL REASONS I want to connect with people, I want to succeed with other people. Like you. Thank you if are reading. Maybe one day we'll meet. Neverbored theorical Map THE IDEA Neverbored it's an social network to connect with people that have your same interest. You can visualize that like a map (exactly, like google map) filled with little avatars that rappresent your friends, or people that accepted to meet new people or groups. Yes, in the idea are included "groups" or "clans". Why is a really good idea? 100% sure you have tried to organized something with your friends in chat, or using Instagram and other social. But everytime it takes hours and sometimes you don't get along. So... Neverbored is created to use flash pools and interactive activities to chose fast and equally. With AI every group or person can have new ideas about where to spend the next afternoon. New ideas. Have you ever thought about how many times you asked yourself or your friends: what we gonna do tonight?. And everytime is the same. Boring. Bars, restourants, clubs, can promote themself with ads to get more clients. Town Events can be promoted better than on Instagram and others. WHAT AM I LOOKING FOR? Programmers (in general). It's enough to know. (passionated people) People who knows business stuff. (smart people) People that know how to promote ideas with social or without. Maybe creating a stand in a street. (charmed people) Law people. People that know law, or have contacts in the sector. (It's not necessary you have a degree, the only thing a I need is you to be willing to learn and to get the right resources for you and the otheres) Photographers, graphic designers , writers, poets, artists, content creators, musicists. Models (male or female) (beautiful people) >!Whoever that wants to give to this project a shot and is willing to learn along with others.!< WE WILL BE USING Kickstarter (and others sites of crowdfounding) Photoshop Paid Influncers. CapCut Photography. TikTok Zoom Telegram Whatsapp Channels Thousands of utils found online Everything in the google suite (docs, excels...) Libgen University resources from all around the world Social Engineering (to get the right informations) Charm (to get the people closer) Science, Psychology. .... I'm not planning to do this only in Italy (Florence), that's where I live. I want this to be a resource for everyone in the world. I promised to someone before he leaved my life. And I'll do it. You can call me Ernesto. See you soon my friend. Together we will. Togheter we dominate. Togheter we rich. Ernesto P.

Marketing Automation Trends To Look For in 2018

As the new year is upon us, marketing automation software and AI continue to soar in the CRM Industry. In 2018, keep an eye out for these constraints as they will revolutionize marketing, keeping customer engagement in the forefront. Customer experience: In 2018, customer experience will be instrumental in driving the marketing automation software market. The recent shift in the trends of markets has forced the companies to develop new ways of engaging the customer and giving them an enriched experience. As new strategies are deployed to the target customer, shorter content, full streaming videos or infographics will be preferred. Content marketing automation: After the content is finished, it is only left to communicate it to the right channels, at the right time. But in order to have an edge in the regularity of publications and efficiency, companies are opting for automation tools to communicate and promote content through various channels. The results are obvious, not only you gain efficiency but this method helps in reaching and retaining those group of individuals whose appointments happen on a daily basis thus putting your company in the expert bracket. Chatbots: Chatbots are perfect examples of online CRM applications impacting the business in 2018. These intelligent programs have the ability to comprehend, analyze and then formulate an adequate reply to customer queries in real time. Ever since Facebook messenger opened its API, the ease and simplicity of installing these on CMS have inspired a lot of companies to implement it. In the future, their challenge will be to innovate customer engagement providing a better user experience rather than mere customer service using customer data. Further expectations will shape up in the form of artificial empathy where they will be able to connect to the customer emotionally and listen to their wanting. This will automate customer expectations and enable humans to focus on their “real” customer holding strong added value. The future looks bright with thought-leaders pioneering digital transformation and paving the way to tremendous opportunities. If they can manage to anticipate the consequence of the current mutations, companies will evolve and marketing resources will experience growth like never before.

From Setbacks to $20K Profit: My AI Influencer Earnings Breakdown (Jan 2025) 💰

(Monthly income breakdown is in the end) 📌 Introduction Hey everyone! 👋 Before I dive into this month’s breakdown, I just want to be upfront—English isn’t my first language, so I’ve used ChatGPT to refine this post for better readability. That said, everything here is 100% real—my personal experiences, struggles, and earnings as someone running a full-time AI influencer business. Since I get a lot of DMs asking about my AI models, here are their Instagram links: 📷 Emma – https://www.instagram.com/emmalauireal 📷 Jade – https://www.instagram.com/jadelaui (jadecasual is the second account) Also, if you’ve been wondering about the community I run, where I teach others how to build AI influencers from scratch, here’s the link (I got approval from mods for this link): 🔗 AI Winners Now, let’s get into what happened this month. 🚀 \------- First, a huge thank you! 🎉 Three months ago, I shared my journey of building an AI influencer business, and I was blown away by the response. That post got 263K+ views and was shared over 2.7K times—way more than I ever expected. If you’re new here or want to check out the full story of how I started, you can read it here: 🔗 Click Here (Reddit link) \------- 🔹 What I Did in January After the holiday rush in December, I knew January would be a slow month—people had already spent most of their money at the end of the year. So instead of pushing harder on monetization, I shifted my focus to tech development and optimization. Flux Character Loras: I spent a lot of time refining and testing different Flux-based character Loras for my models. This is still a work in progress, but the goal is to improve long-term consistency and make my workflow even more efficient. NSFW Content Expansion: On Emma’s side, I expanded her content library using a real model body double, making her content look more organic and natural. Jade, however, remains 100% AI-generated, keeping her workflow entirely digital. Social Media Wipeout (Thanks, VA 🙃): I had handed off both Twitter accounts to a virtual assistant to help with engagement and DMs. Big mistake. He ended up spamming DMs, which got both accounts banned—Emma (80K followers) and Jade (20K followers). 🤦‍♂️ Right now, I’m rebuilding Emma’s account from scratch and taking a much more cautious approach. Jade’s account is still offline for now. New Platform: Threads – I hadn’t touched Threads before, but since engagement on Instagram can be unpredictable, I decided to start accounts for both models. So far, they’re performing well, and I’ll continue experimenting. Launched AI Winners Community: After getting flooded with DMs (both here and on Instagram), I realized there was a massive demand for structured learning around AI influencers. So, I launched AI Winners, a paid community where I break down everything I’ve learned. It’s still early, but I see it turning into a solid, long-term community. Investment & Acquisition Talks: I’m still evaluating potential investors and acquisition offers for my AI models. There’s growing interest in buying or investing in Emma & Jade, so I’ve been having conversations to explore different options. Overall, January was about tech, rebuilding, and long-term planning—not immediate revenue. But that’s what keeps this business sustainable. 🚀 \------- ⚠️ Biggest Challenges This Month Lost Both Twitter Accounts (Massive Traffic Hit) 🚨 The biggest blow this month was losing my models’ Twitter accounts. Twitter was responsible for about 40% of my total traffic, meaning both free and paid subs took a direct hit. While Emma’s revenue took a slight dip, Jade’s income dropped significantly—partly due to the account loss and partly because January is naturally slow. (Full revenue breakdown at the end of the post.) Jade’s Instagram Tanked (Possible Shadow Ban?) 🤔 Jade’s Instagram completely lost momentum in early January. Engagement and reach dropped by over 80%, and I still haven’t figured out why. It feels like a shadow ban, but I have no clear confirmation. To counter this, I launched a second backup account, and things are starting to recover. \------- 🚀 Potential Improvements & What’s Next Locking in a Stable Workflow 🔄 Right now, Emma & Jade’s workflow is still evolving, but I’m aiming to fully stabilize it. As I’m writing this, content is generating on my second monitor—a sign that I’m close to achieving full automation without compromising quality. Boosting Jade’s Fanvue Revenue 💰 Jade’s income took a hit this month, and it’s 100% a traffic issue. The solution? More content, more reach. I’ll be increasing social media output to drive consistent traffic back to Fanvue and restore her earnings. Patreon is Done. All Focus on Fanvue 🚫 I shut down both Emma & Jade’s Patreon accounts. The goal is not to split revenue—I want everything funneled into Fanvue for higher engagement and bigger paydays. \------- 💰 January 2025 Earnings Breakdown Despite January being one of the slowest months for online creators, Emma and Jade still brought in over $29K in revenue, with a net profit exceeding $20K after all expenses. Emma Laui generated $20,206.77, with around $6,000 in expenses (chatter payments, NSFW designer fees, and other operational costs). Jade Laui earned $8,939.05, with $2,000 in expenses. Considering Twitter account losses, Instagram setbacks, and the usual January spending slump, this is still a solid outcome. The focus now is on scaling traffic and maximizing Fanvue revenue heading into February. 🚀🔥 That’s the full breakdown for January! If you have questions, feel free to drop a comment, and I’ll answer when I can. Happy to help, just like others helped me when I was starting out! 🚀🔥

Please rate my business idea aimed at emerging markets

Imagine a single platform that transforms your business operations effortlessly. Think of it like a Swiss Army knife for your business. First Steps (Every Business Needs These): Our website builder is your first step online. Just pick what you want, drag it where you need it, and you've got a professional website or online store. No tech skills needed. Perfect for getting your business visible to customers. Our security tool comes next because every business needs protection. It's like a security guard for your files and data, keeping hackers out and making sure you never lose important work. Think of it as insurance for your digital business. Cybersecurity and backups combined. Growing Business Needs: As your team grows, our digital office keeps everyone connected. Email, chat, share files, and track projects in one place. It's like having everyone in the same room, even when working remotely. This becomes essential once you have more than a few people. When paperwork starts piling up, our AI helper steps in. It's like having a smart assistant who learns your business and helps everyone get more done - handling routine tasks, summarizing meetings, and suggesting better ways to work. Scaling Up (For Established Businesses): Once you're handling lots of data, our eco-friendly cloud storage becomes crucial. Your business gets fast, reliable storage while helping the environment. We use servers powered by renewable energy, so you can grow sustainably. Our data transfer tool becomes important when you're working with multiple systems and need to move files around. It's like having a digital moving service that safely carries your files between different cloud services. With 20+ services to connect to cloud to cloud or on prem to cloud, its easy and fast. Advanced Needs: When your business processes get complex, our workflow automation tool helps you set up automatic systems for repetitive tasks. It's like training a robot to handle your routine work while your team focuses on growth. Simple no-code automation when you need it. Everything works on its own, but they're designed to work even better together. And since it's all in one place, you only need one password and one monthly bill. Most businesses save about half their tech costs by switching to our platform. Cost Benefits: Single subscription replaces multiple vendor contracts Reduces IT overhead by 40-60% on average No need for expensive technical specialists Predictable monthly costs Scales pricing with your usage